QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2007        No. 333-      



UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Travelport Limited
(Exact name of registrant parent guarantor as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(State or jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  4700
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
  98-0505100
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.
(Exact name of registrant intermediate parent guarantor as specified in its charter)

Luxembourg
(State or jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  4700
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
4a, vue Henri Schnadt
Luxembourg 2530
Luxembourg
  98-0505096
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Travelport LLC
(Exact name of registrant issuer as specified in its charter)

(see also Table of Additional Registrant Subsidiary Guarantors)


Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  4700
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-8662915
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
400 Interpace Parkway
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054

Travelport Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant co-obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  4700
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
400 Interplace Parkway
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  20-8657242
(I.R.S Employer
Identification No.)
(973) 939-1000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Eric J. Bock
Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
400 Interpace Parkway
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
Tel: (973) 939-1620
Fax: (973) 939-1199
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies:
Edward P. Tolley III, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Tel: (212) 455-2000
Fax: (212) 455-2502

         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public : The exchange will occur as soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

        If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o


Title of Each Class Of
Securities to be Registered

  Amount to Be
Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

  Amount Of
Registration
Fee


Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014   $ 150,000,000   100%(1 ) $ 150,000,000(1 ) $4,605(2)     

Guarantees of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014(3)     (4 ) (4 )   (4 )            (4)     

Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014     €235,000,000   100%(1 )   €235,000,000(1 ) $5,410(2)(5)

Guarantees of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014(3)     (4 ) (4 )   (4 )              (4)     

9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014   $ 450,000,000   100%(1 ) $ 450,000,000(1 ) $13,815(2)     

Guarantees of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014(3)     (4 ) (4 )   (4 )              (4)     

11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016   $ 300,000,000   100%(1 ) $ 300,000,000(1 ) $9,210(2)     

Guarantees of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016(3)     (4 ) (4 )   (4 )              (4)     

10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016     €160,000,000   100%(1 )   €160,000,000(1 ) $3,683(2)(5)

Guarantees of 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016(3)     (4 ) (4 )   (4 )              (4)     

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)
The registration fee for the securities offered hereby has been calculated under Rule 457(f)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
See inside facing page for table of additional registrant guarantors.
(4)
Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee for the guarantees is payable.
(5)
The amount of registration fee was calculated based on the noon buying rate for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on March 26, 2007 of 1.3336 = 1.00


         The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.





TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

Exact Name of Registrant As
Specified In Its Charter

  State or other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

  IRS Employer
Identification
Number

  Address, Including
Zip Code, of
Registrant's Principal
Executive Offices

  Phone Number
Apollo Galileo USA Partnership   Delaware   36-3882203   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.   Delaware   36-4182201   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.   Delaware   36-4182202   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Distribution Systems, Inc.   Delaware   11-2935545   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo Ba, Inc.   Delaware   52-1578385   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo Brasil Limited   Delaware   36-4077064   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo International, Inc.   Delaware   36-4156005   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo International, L.L.C.   Delaware   36-4169692   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo International Services, Inc.   Delaware   36-4280951   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo Operations, LLC   Delaware   22-3826920   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Galileo Technologies LLC   Delaware   36-3751366   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Gta North America, Inc.   Delaware   42-1595566   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
HotelPORT, Inc.   Delaware   20-3458272   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
HotelPORT International, Inc.   Delaware   20-8208528   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Internetwork Publishing Corporation   Florida   65-0543622   5455 N. Federal Hwy,
Suite O
Boca Raton, FL, 33487
  973-939-1000
                 

ii


Landmark Holding Company, Inc.   Delaware   20-2743927   5455 N. Federal Hwy,
Suite O
Boca Raton, FL, 33487
  973-939-1000
Magellen Technologies, Inc.   Delaware   36-4274991   400 Interpace
Parkway, Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
National Internet Travel Agency   Florida   65-0821014   5455 N. Federal Hwy,
Suite O
Boca Raton, FL 33487
  973-939-1000
Neat Group Corporation   Delaware   01-0774064   400 Interpace
Parkway, Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
O Holdings Inc.   Delaware   61-1463518   500 W. Madison
Chicago, IL 60661
Assistant Secretary
  973-939-1000
OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited   Delaware   n/a   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Orbitz Away LLC   Delaware   20-2420283   500 W. Madison
Chicago, IL 60661
  973-939-1000
Orbitz, Inc.   Delaware   52-2237052   500 W. Madison
Chicago, IL 60661
  973-939-1000
Orbitz, LLC   Delaware   36-4349713   500 W. Madison
Chicago, IL 60661
  973-939-1000
Orbitz Worldwide, Inc.   Delaware   20-5337455   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Quantitude, Inc.   Delaware   36-4359335   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Quantitude Services, Inc.   Delaware   36-4444070   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC   Delaware   90-0112349   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.   Texas   76-0213055   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travel Industries, Inc.   Delaware   84-0751209   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Americas, Inc.   Delaware   90-0112349   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Inc.   Delaware   20-8352702   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
                 

iii


Travelport China Holdings, Inc.   Delaware   20-1620478   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Development, LLC   Delaware   20-4455259   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc.   Tennessee   62-1149420   801 Royal Parkway,
Suite 200,
Nashville, TN 37214
  973-939-1000
Travelport for Business, Inc.   Delaware   20-5280097   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Operations, Inc.   Delaware   20-4141935   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC   Delaware   04-3703583   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation   Delaware   20-3593112   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Trip Network, Inc.   Delaware   22-3768144   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Trip.com, Inc.   Delaware   36-4342931   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.   Florida   59-3500280   400 Interpace Parkway, Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Warpspeed Sub, Inc.   Delaware   20-8210659   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000
Wizcom, Inc.   Delaware   20-4465398   400 Interpace Parkway,
Building A,
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  973-939-1000

iv


Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to those securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy.

Subject to Completion, dated March 30, 2007

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
GRAPHIC


Travelport LLC


Travelport Holdings, Inc.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014.

€235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014.

$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014.

$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016.

€160,000,000 aggregate principal amount 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016.

The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis by certain of our domestic subsidiaries.


        We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange your unregistered outstanding notes for freely tradeable exchange notes that have been registered under the Securities Act.

The Exchange Offer

    We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradeable.

    You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer.

    The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2007 which is the 21 st business day after the date of this prospectus.

    The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

    The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradeable.

        All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indentures. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

         You should carefully consider the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 21 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is            , 2007.


\


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Exchange Rate Information   ii
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities   ii
Industry Data   iii
Prospectus Summary   1
Risk Factors   21
Forward-Looking Statements   45
The Transactions   47
Use of Proceeds   50
Capitalization   51
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information   52
Selected Historical Financial Information   57
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   60
Industry   92
Business   97
Management   119
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management   142
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions   144
Description of Other Indebtedness   155
The Exchange Offer   158
Description of Senior Notes   171
Description of Senior Subordinated Notes   233
Registration Rights   294
Book-Entry, Settlement and Clearance   296
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences   299
Certain ERISA Considerations   300
Plan of Distribution   301
Legal Matters   301
Experts   301
Available Information   302
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

         We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any information or represent anything to you other than the information contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on unauthorized information or representations.

         This prospectus does not offer to sell nor ask for offers to buy any of the securities in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful, where the person making the offer is not qualified to do so, or to any person who cannot legally be offered the securities. The information in this prospectus is current only as of the date on its cover, and may change after that date.


        The following, which are used in this prospectus, are either (i) our registered trademarks or service marks, or trademarks or service marks for which we have pending applications or common law rights to, or (ii) registered trademarks or service marks or pending trademarks or service marks for which we have licenses to use: Galileo®; Apollo®; CheapTickets®; Orbitz®; Orbitz and Go™; OrbitzTLC™; Travelport®; HotelClub®; RatesToGo®; Gullivers Travel Associates™; GTA®; OctopusTravel®; ebookers®; Travelbag®; The Less You Pay, The Better It Feels™; and Deal Detector™.

i



EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain information regarding the noon buying rate in the City of New York for the euro, expressed in U.S. dollars per euro. These rates are presented for informational purposes and are not the same as the rates that are used for purposes of translating euros into U.S. dollars in our financial statements or for determining the equivalent amounts of the euro-denominated notes. The exchange rate used for presenting the amounts in U.S. dollars of the euro-denominated notes was one euro to $1.3199.

 
  U.S. Dollars per Euro at
and for the Year Ended
December 31,

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
Exchange rate at end of period   $ 1.26   $ 1.35   $ 1.18   $ 1.32
Average exchange rate during period(1)     1.14     1.25     1.24     1.26
Highest exchange rate during period     1.26     1.36     1.35     1.33
Lowest exchange rate during period     1.04     1.18     1.17     1.19

(1)
The average of the noon buying rates for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the last business day of each month during the applicable period.



ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        Travelport Limited, or the Parent Guarantor, is a Bermuda company and TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., or the Intermediate Parent Guarantor, is a Luxembourg company. A substantial portion of their assets, at any given time, is or may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. Although the Parent Guarantor and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor have appointed CT Corporation System as their agent to receive service of process with respect to any actions against them arising out of violations of the U.S. federal securities laws in any federal or state court in the United States relating to the transactions covered by this prospectus, it may be difficult for investors to enforce against them judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

        The Parent Guarantor has been advised by its Bermuda counsel that there is no treaty in force between the United States and Bermuda providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Bermuda against the Parent Guarantor depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by a Bermuda court as having jurisdiction over it, as determined by reference to Bermuda conflict of law rules. The courts of Bermuda would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in a U.S. court pursuant to which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty). The courts of Bermuda would recognize such a U.S. judgment as long as (1) the U.S. court had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to the judgment, (2) the U.S. court did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Bermuda, (3) the U.S. judgment was not obtained by fraud, (4) the enforcement of the U.S. judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Bermuda, (5) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Bermuda and (6) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Bermuda.

        In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, Bermuda courts will not enforce a provision of the U.S. federal securities law that is either penal in nature or contrary to public policy. It is the advice of the Parent Guarantor's Bermuda counsel that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state

ii



in its sovereign capacity, is unlikely to be entertained by Bermuda courts. Specified remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including specified remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Bermuda law or enforceable in a Bermuda court, as they are likely to be contrary to Bermuda public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against the Parent Guarantor in the first instance for a violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda.

        The Intermediate Parent Guarantor has been advised by its Luxembourg counsel that there is no treaty in force between the United States and Luxembourg providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. As a result, whether a U.S. judgment would be enforceable in Luxembourg against the Intermediate Parent Guarantor depends on whether the U.S. court that entered the judgment is recognized by a Luxembourg court as having jurisdiction over it, as determined by reference to Luxembourg conflict of law rules. The courts of Luxembourg would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in a U.S., court pursuant to which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty): The courts of Luxembourg would recognize such a U.S. judgment as long as (1) the U.S. court had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to the judgement both according to its own laws and to the Luxembourg rules on jurisdiction, (2) the U.S. court applied the proper law to the matter submitted to it, the procedure must have been regular and did not contravene the rules of natural justice of Luxembourg, (3) the U.S. judgment was not obtained by fraud, (4) the enforcement of the U.S. judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of Luxembourg, (5) the judgement is final and enforceable in the U.S. and no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of Luxembourg and (6) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of Luxembourg.

        In addition to and irrespective of jurisdictional issues, Luxembourg courts may not enforce a provision of the U.S. federal securities law that is either penal in nature or contrary to public policy. It is the advice of the Intermediate Parent Guarantor's Luxembourg counsel that an action brought pursuant to a public or penal law, the purpose of which is the enforcement of a sanction, power or right at the instance of the state in its sovereign capacity, is unlikely to be entertained by Luxembourg courts. Specified remedies available under the laws of U.S. Jurisdictions, including specified remedies under U.S. federal securities laws, would not be available under Luxembourg law or enforceable in a Luxembourg court, as they are likely to be contrary to Luxembourg public policy. Further, no claim may be brought in Luxembourg against the Intermediate Parent Guarantor in the first instance for a violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Luxembourg law and do not have force of law in Luxembourg.



INDUSTRY DATA

        We obtained the industry and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including PhoCusWright, Inc. and World Travel and Tourism Council, third-party providers of industry research. In addition, some of the data, including our determinations of industry size and share within our industry included in this prospectus is based on our processing of raw airline bookings data compiled by Galileo and sold as marketing information data tapes, or MIDT. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these publications, studies and surveys is reliable, we have not independently verified industry and competitive position data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal business research is reliable and the industry definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.

iii



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights key aspects of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and may not contain all of the information you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. You should read this summary together with the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the heading "Risk Factors" and the more detailed information in the pro forma financial statements and the historical financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

         Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, "we," "us," "our," "Travelport" and "our company" refer to Travelport Limited, or the Parent Guarantor, the indirect parent company of Travelport LLC, and its consolidated subsidiaries, which were acquired pursuant to the Transactions (as described below). See "The Transactions." The "Issuer" refers to Travelport LLC, formerly TDS Investor Corporation, the issuer of the notes. "Avis Budget Group, Inc." and "Avis Budget" refer to Avis Budget Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, formerly known as Cendant Corporation, or "Cendant". Financial information identified in this prospectus as "pro forma" gives effect to the closing of the Transactions.


Our Business

        We provide a highly effective worldwide system for the distribution of travel and travel-related products and services. Our comprehensive portfolio of Business to Business, or B2B, and Business to Consumer, or B2C, businesses spans the spectrum of travel distribution channels, allowing us to achieve significant geographic breadth and business diversity. We believe our breadth and diversity are core strengths of our business. We distribute content we aggregate from airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines and other travel suppliers through more than 227,000 global points of sale in our B2B businesses and to millions of travelers that visit our wholly owned online travel agencies in our B2C businesses. We are an important component of the worldwide travel industry as we provide travel suppliers with access to an extensive customer base of travelers, and provide travel agencies and consumers with robust booking technology and access to considerable supplier inventory. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded revenue of $2.6 billion and derived approximately 50% of our revenue from regions outside the United States.

        Our B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, our B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers. Our B2B businesses consist principally of Galileo, our global distribution system, or GDS, and Gullivers Travel Associates, or GTA, our wholesale travel business. In addition, we derive revenue from our supplier services businesses, which provide technology services and solutions for the airline and hotel industries, and from our corporate solutions operations, which offer corporate travel fulfillment solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our B2B businesses represented approximately 70% of our revenue. Our B2C businesses focus on offering travel products and services directly to consumers, largely through online travel agencies that offer a full range of travel products and services easily and efficiently. We operate several leading online travel agencies, or OTAs, in the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific serving various customer segments in the travel industry, including Orbitz and CheapTickets in the United States and ebookers in Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our B2C businesses represented approximately 30% of our revenue.

        Our B2B and B2C businesses operate globally and across the entire spectrum of travel distribution channels, allowing us to generate revenue at all significant points of sale and providing us with a hedge against potential strategic and geographic shifts in the industry. We believe we are one of the most diversified travel distribution companies in the world both geographically and in the scope of services we provide, as outlined below.

1


GRAPHIC


(1)
Utilize a different GDS pursuant to a pre-existing contract that expires in 2011.

        Our principal B2B and B2C businesses are leaders in their industries being one of the top players in many of the regions in which they operate. Galileo achieved a 23% worldwide share of GDS processed air segments in 2005, which consisted of strong share in attractive international regions, including Europe, Asia Pacific, the Middle East and Africa in 2005. Our online and offline travel agency businesses recorded approximately $10 billion in combined gross bookings in 2006, resulting in the number two industry position by gross bookings in the United States and one of the leading online travel agencies internationally. Our consumer brands include powerful online brands such as Orbitz and CheapTickets in the U.S. and ebookers in Europe.

        We were formed by Cendant in 2001 following its acquisitions of Galileo and CheapTickets. In 2004 and 2005, we significantly enhanced our worldwide travel distribution system through the acquisitions of Flairview, Orbitz, ebookers and GTA. Each acquisition was aimed at building scale and enhancing diversity in our businesses. Flairview, which operates under the HotelClub and RatesToGo brands, provides us with access to merchant hotel inventory and an online presence in Asia Pacific. Orbitz provides us with significant scale in the U.S., leading technology, significant brand recognition and the ability to achieve cost savings with our other online travel agencies including CheapTickets and

2


ebookers. ebookers provides significant international presence and the opportunity to compete in Europe. Finally, GTA further differentiates our system by providing access to favorable rates and allocations of hotel inventory through its relationships with a broad range of independent hotels and its wide variety of non-hotel destination services. GTA also provides multiple opportunities to cross-sell this inventory through our various distribution channels. As a result of these acquisitions, we operate a comprehensive global travel distribution system with significant geographic breadth and business diversity.


Industry Overview

        The worldwide travel industry represents a large and dynamic market. We believe that gross bookings in the global airline, hotel, car rental, vacation package and cruise industry were approximately $900 billion in 2005. Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific account for approximately 75% of the global travel industry. Gross bookings in these regions are expected to grow from approximately $670 billion in 2005 to $710 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 3%. Current drivers of industry growth include:

    Favorable global macro-economic trends, including income growth in emerging regions such as Asia Pacific and the Middle East;

    Increased customer discretionary spending on travel and recreation;

    Greater business travel resulting from the growth in the global economy;

    Growing sophistication of online travel offerings such as dynamic packaging, comprehensive global inventory and customer reviews; and

    Continued migration to the Internet as an efficient vehicle to research and book travel.

        The bulk of current global travel bookings is divided among Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific. Asia Pacific is expected to gain share over the next several years, as large growing populations combined with rising spending power drive increased business and leisure travel. The global travel industry can be divided into five main segments: air, hotel, car rental, vacation package, and cruise. For the total 2005 U.S. travel market, air was the largest segment based on gross bookings, followed by hotel, car and vacation packages.

        Thousands of travel suppliers compete to reach travelers. The fragmented nature of the industry has created an opportunity for distributors to capture value by developing and managing efficient systems that are capable of bridging travel supply and demand on a global, real-time basis. Success in the travel distribution industry depends on securing comprehensive inventory and then delivering this inventory to travelers to purchase through a system of owned and third-party distribution channels.

3


        The key players of the travel value chain are outlined below:

GRAPHIC

        At the top of the travel distribution value chain are suppliers which seek cost-effective ways to reach end-user travelers. Historically, these suppliers largely relied on traditional GDSs to connect their inventory of products and services with travel agencies who in turn distribute the products and services to travelers. In recent years, however, travel suppliers have begun to utilize other forms of distribution, including direct distribution via their own websites and emerging third party GDS-bypass technologies. Wholesalers are another distribution channel through which travel agencies obtain access to travel products and services and distribute them to groups or independent travelers. Wholesalers acquire inventory from suppliers and distribute this inventory primarily to tour operators and travel agencies. In addition, connectivity, or "switch", providers connect hotel and car suppliers to GDSs, thereby providing accurate real-time inventory information to the GDSs to facilitate sales by these suppliers.

        Historically, offline travel agencies, supplier reservation centers and ticket offices were the largest distribution channels to reach travelers. With the emergence of the Internet, however, numerous alternatives have developed for reaching travelers. For instance, OTAs and "meta-search" companies such as Kayak.com, Sidestep, Inc. and Yahoo!/Farechase provide a way for travelers to view multiple alternatives and book travel directly, while travel suppliers provide access to their own inventory on their own direct websites. New companies, often referred to as GDS New Entrants or "GNEs," are also offering alternative distribution technologies that perform the same function as a GDS without the large technology investment and network of a traditional GDS.

4



Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following are our key competitive strengths:

        Breadth and diversity.     Our worldwide travel distribution system is characterized by geographic breadth, business diversity and a broad customer base, all of which provide a competitive advantage and a high degree of stability to our consolidated cash flows.

    Geographic Breadth.   We operate in more than 130 countries, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we generated approximately 50% of our revenue from regions outside the United States.

    Business Diversity.   The diverse mix of our business allows us to capitalize on opportunities across the spectrum of worldwide travel distribution channels and types of customers and helps to better protect us against potential strategic and geographic shifts in the industry.

    Broad Supplier Base.   Our worldwide travel distribution system includes more than 425 airlines, 68,000 hotels, 20 car rental companies, 430 tour operators and 20 cruise lines.

        Significant presence in attractive international regions.     Our principal businesses have significant presence in a number of attractive international regions. International regions such as Asia Pacific, parts of Europe and the Middle East have attractive volume growth outlooks, driven by favorable demographic trends and growth trends of the underlying economies. We believe the international online segment has significant opportunities due to the accelerating penetration of online travel agencies in a number of key regions.

        Leading technology platform.     We have a strong track record in developing leading technological innovations, particularly in the online travel industry.

        Strong and consistent cash flow generation.     We have historically generated strong cash flows on a consistent basis. Drivers of our cash flows include our ability to successfully leverage growth in transaction volume and customer base across a shared infrastructure, our existing, modest capital expenditure requirements, attractive working capital dynamics and a favorable tax structure. These characteristics, combined with the contractual nature of our revenue and costs, our leading industry positions and long-standing customer relationships provide a strong, stable stream of cash flows.

        Considerable cross-selling opportunities.     We are able to cross-sell differentiated content across our portfolio of businesses, which often leads to higher sell-through rates for suppliers and increased revenue for us.

        Highly experienced management team and premier sponsorship.     Our management team is committed to improving and maintaining operational excellence by utilizing their extensive knowledge of the travel and technology industries. The Blackstone Group, our sponsor, is a leading global private equity firm with deep experience in the travel and leisure industry through previous investments.


Strategy

        We intend to pursue the following strategic initiatives:

        Drive operational efficiency and lower costs.     Our comprehensive worldwide travel distribution system was created by our former parent company through the acquisition of approximately 15 businesses beginning in 2001. We believe the synergies inherent in our business model provide more

5



effective distribution services for our suppliers as well as greater choice of travel products and services at more competitive prices to travel agencies and travelers.

        Expand and deepen our global footprint.     We intend to continue to increase the geographic presence of our B2B and B2C businesses. We believe that we can increase our presence as a significant value-added distributor for travel suppliers, travel agencies and travelers around the world by utilizing our global inventory of products and services, our leading technology, and our established relationships with travel suppliers and travel agencies.

        Sell more higher margin and complex travel offerings.     We intend to increase revenue and profitability by further increasing our sales of higher margin, complex or dynamically packaged travel products to be more in line with those achieved by other online travel agencies. We have implemented and intend to continue implementing more effective merchandising and promotions, expanded product offerings and greater personalization through more targeted and efficient e-mail marketing to our base of existing customers.

        Provide value-added technology-based services to suppliers, travel agencies and travelers.     We intend to complement our travel distribution system by continuing to provide important technology-based services to travel suppliers, travel agencies and travelers.

        Evaluate strategic opportunities.     While our strategy is focused on realizing the organic revenue growth potential of our existing businesses and cost savings from fully integrating our portfolio, we will continue to evaluate strategic transactions to enhance the value of our enterprise.


Company Information

        Travelport LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, formerly TDS Investor Corporation, is the issuer of the notes, and Travelport Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is the corporate co-obligor of the notes. Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Interpace Parkway, Building A, Parsippany, NJ 07054, and our telephone number at that address is (973) 939-1000.


Recent Developments

Reorganization

        Prior to January 1, 2007, we operated in two segments: Business to Business and Business to Consumer. On September 27, 2006, we announced that we will be organized under three global businesses—Galileo, Orbitz Worldwide, and GTA—effective January 1, 2007. Galileo is now comprised of our GDS business and our supplier services offerings, including United Airlines reservations, Global Fares and Shepherd Systems. Orbitz Worldwide is now comprised of our business to consumer businesses, including Orbitz, CheapTickets, ebookers, Flairview Travel, our Supplier.com hosting business and our corporate travel business. Gullivers Travel Associates is now comprised of GTA, our leading wholesaler, TRUST International, Wizcom and OctopusTravel.

Proposed Acquisition of Worldspan

        On December 7, 2006, we announced that we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Worldspan Technologies Inc., or Worldspan, to create a leading global travel solution provider. Simultaneously with the execution of the merger agreement, Worldspan completed a recapitalization plan. As part of this recapitalization plan, Travelport loaned $125 million to Worldspan in exchange for a payment in kind ("PIK") note which Travelport funded through cash on hand. In addition, one of

6



Travelport's parent companies also loaned Worldspan $125 million in exchange for a PIK note, which was funded by a $125 million equity contribution by investment funds affiliated with OEP TP, Ltd, or OEP. The transaction has been unanimously approved by the boards and major shareholders of both companies but consummation of the transaction remains subject to customary conditions to closing, including regulatory approvals. This transaction will be financed with approximately $1.04 billion of new funded indebtedness. Of the $1.04 billion of new indebtedness, we intend to use approximately $951 million to retire existing indebtedness of Worldspan after completion of our acquisition, approximately $72 million for fees and expenses and approximately $13 million to buy out the remaining equity of Worldspan's existing owners. Audited financial statements of Worldspan are included in the prospectus beginning on page F-64. See also "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information."

Proposed IPO of Orbitz Worldwide

        On March 14, 2007, we announced our intention to sell a portion of our ownership interest in our Orbitz Worldwide businesses in an initial public offering. The size of the ownership interest to be sold and the amount of proceeds to be received from the disposition of Orbitz Worldwide are yet to be determined. A portion of the proceeds would be used by us to reduce our outstanding indebtedness.

New PIK Term Loan at Parent Company

        On March 27, 2007, Travelport Holdings Limited, the parent of the Parent Guarantor, borrowed $1.1 billion of senior unsecured PIK term loans. Interest on the PIK term loans is payable quarterly in arrears by adding such interest to the principal amount of the outstanding PIK term loans. The PIK term loans were funded in U.S. dollars and mature five years after the PIK term loans were made. Travelport Holdings Limited intends to use the net proceeds from the borrowing of the PIK term loans to pay a dividend to its shareholders. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—New Parent Company PIK Loans."

7



Summary of the Terms of The Exchange Offer

         On August 23, 2006, we completed the private offering of the outstanding notes. In this prospectus, the terms "outstanding notes" refers to the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014; the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014; the 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014; the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016; and the 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016, all issued in the private offering. The terms "exchange notes" refers to Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014; the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014; the 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014; the 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016; and the 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016, all as registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The term "notes" refers to both the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.


General

 

In connection with the private offering, we entered into registration rights agreements with Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities (collectively, the "initial purchasers"), the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, in which we and the guarantors agreed, among other things, to use our reasonable best efforts to complete the exchange offer for the outstanding notes within 360 days after the date of issuance of the outstanding notes.

 

 

You are entitled to exchange in the exchange offer your outstanding notes for exchange notes, which are identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes except:

 

 


 

the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act;

 

 


 

the exchange notes are not entitled to certain registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreements; and

 

 


 

certain additional interest rate provisions are no longer applicable.

The exchange offer

 

We are offering to exchange up to:

 

 


 

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014.

 

 


 

€235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all outstanding Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014.
         

8



 

 


 

$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all outstanding 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014.

 

 


 

$300,000,000 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all outstanding 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016.

 

 


 

€160,000,000 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all outstanding 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016.

 

 

You may only exchange outstanding notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000 in the case of the dollar-denominated notes, and €50,000 and integral multiples of €50,000 in the case of the euro-denominated notes.

 

 

Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of specified conditions, we will exchange the exchange notes for all respective outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. We will cause the exchange to be effected promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

 

Upon completion of the exchange offer, there may be no market for the outstanding notes and you may have difficulty selling them.

Resales:

 

Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the "SEC", set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties referred to below, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, if:

 

 

(1)

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 

(2)

 

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

 

(3)

 

you are not an "affiliate" of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and

 

 

(4)

 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
         

9



 

 

If you are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business, or if you are engaging in, intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or if you are an affiliate of Travelport, then:

 

 

(1)

 

you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, or similar no- action letters; and

 

 

(2)

 

in the absence of an exception from the position of the SEC stated in (1) above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or other transfer of the exchange notes.

 

 

If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale or other transfer of the exchange notes that you receive in the exchange offer. See "Plan of Distribution."

Expiration date

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2007, which is the 21 st business day after the date of this prospectus, unless extended by us. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date of the exchange offer.

Withdrawal

 

You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will return to you any of your outstanding notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange, without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Interest on the exchange notes and the outstanding notes

 

Each exchange note will bear interest at the rate per annum set forth on the cover page of this prospectus from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes. The interest on the senior floating rate notes is payable on each March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1, beginning December 1, 2006. The interest on the senior dollar fixed rate notes and senior subordinated notes is payable on each March 1 and September 1, beginning March 1, 2007. No interest will be paid on outstanding notes following their acceptance for exchange.
         

10



Conditions to the exchange offer

 

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may assert or waive. See "The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the exchange offer."

Procedures for tendering outstanding Notes

 

If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, according to the instructions contained in this prospectus and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with the outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal. If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust Company, or "DTC", and wish to participate in the exchange offer for the outstanding notes, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer Program procedures of DTC.

 

 

The exchange agent and Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have confirmed that any registered holder of original securities that is a participant in Euroclear's or Clearstream, Luxembourg's book-entry transfer facility system may tender original securities by book-entry delivery by causing Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg to transfer the original securities into the exchange agent's account at Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg in accordance with Euroclear's or Clearstream, Luxembourg's procedures for such transfer. However, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal in the form accompanying this prospectus or an agent's message, and any other required documents, must nonetheless be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.

 

 

By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

 

(1)

 

you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

 

(2)

 

you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

 

 

(3)

 

you are not an "affiliate" of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and

 

 

(4)

 

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
         

11



 

 

If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that you acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you must represent to us that you will deliver a prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any resale or other transfer of such exchange notes.

 

 

If you are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business, or if you are engaged in, or intend to engage in, or have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or if you are an affiliate of the Issuer, then you cannot rely on the positions and interpretations of the staff of the SEC and you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or other transfer of the exchange notes.

Special procedures for beneficial owners

 

If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that are held in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender those outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you should contact such person promptly and instruct such person to tender those outstanding notes on your behalf.

Guaranteed delivery procedures

 

If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal or you cannot comply with the DTC procedures for book-entry transfer prior to the expiration date, then you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed delivery procedures."

Effect on holders of outstanding notes

 

In connection with the sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into registration rights agreements with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes that grants the holders of outstanding notes registration rights. By making the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled most of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. Accordingly, we will not be obligated to pay additional interest as described in the registration rights agreements. If you do not tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the indenture, except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreements and we will not be obligated to pay additional interest as described in the registration rights agreements, except in certain limited circumstances. See "Registration Rights."
         

12



 

 

To the extent that outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for outstanding notes could be adversely affected.

Consequences of failure to exchange

 

All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Material income tax considerations

 

The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See "Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."

Use of proceeds

 

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer.

Exchange agent

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, whose address and telephone number are set forth in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer—Exchange agent" of this prospectus, is the exchange agent for the dollar tranches of the exchange offer. The Bank of New York, whose address and telephone number is set forth in the section "The Exchange Offer—Exchange agent" of this prospectus, is the exchange agent for the euro tranches of the exchange offer.

13



Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

         The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be governed by the same indentures under which the outstanding notes were issued, and the exchange notes and the outstanding notes will constitute a single class for all purposes under the indentures. The following summary is not intended to be a complete description of the terms of the notes. For a more detailed description of the notes, see "Description of Senior Notes" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes".

         The senior dollar floating rate notes and the senior euro floating rate notes are collectively referred to herein as the "senior floating rate notes," the dollar senior subordinated notes and the euro senior subordinated notes are collectively referred to herein as the "senior subordinated notes," the senior floating rate notes and the senior dollar fixed rate notes are collectively referred to herein as the "senior notes," and the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes are collectively referred to herein as the "notes," unless the context otherwise requires.

Issuer   Travelport LLC, formerly TDS Investor Corporation, a Delaware limited liability company. Travelport Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is the corporate co-obligor of the notes.

Securities

 


 

$150 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014;

 

 


 

€235 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014;

 

 


 

$450 million aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014;

 

 


 

$300 million aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016; and

 

 


 

€160 million aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016.

Maturity

 

The senior notes will mature on September 1, 2014 and the senior subordinated notes will mature on September 1, 2016.

Interest Payment Dates

 

Interest on the senior floating rate notes is payable on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1 of each year.

 

 

Interest on the senior dollar fixed rate notes and the senior subordinated notes is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year.

Ranking

 

The outstanding senior notes are, and the exchange senior notes will be, senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and:

 

 


 

rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes, including the senior subordinated notes;
         

14



 

 


 

rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior notes; and

 

 


 

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt (including obligations under the senior secured credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the senior notes.

 

 

The outstanding senior subordinated notes are, and the exchange senior subordinated notes will be, unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuer and:

 

 


 

be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, including the senior credit facilities and the senior notes;

 

 


 

rank equally in right of payment to all future senior subordinated debt;

 

 


 

be effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured debt (including the senior credit facilities), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that is not a guarantor of the senior subordinated notes; and

 

 


 

rank senior in right of payment to all future debt and other obligations that are, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the senior subordinated notes.

 

 

The notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtednes of our subsidiaries who do not guarantee the notes. As of December 31, 2006, (1) the notes and related guarantees would have ranked effectively junior to approximately $2,223 million ($3,263 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of senior secured indebtedness, (2) the senior notes and related guarantees would have ranked senior to $511 million of senior subordinated notes, (3) the senior subordinated notes and related guarantees would have ranked junior to approximately $3,133 million ($4,173 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of senior indebtedness under the senior credit facilities and the senior notes and (4) we would have had an additional $275 million of unutilized capacity under our revolving credit facility, a $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility, under which $105.9 million in letters of credit were issued, and the option to raise incremental senior secured credit facilities of up to $500 million. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."
         

15



Guarantees

 

Each of our subsidiaries that guarantees the obligations under our senior credit facilities, the Parent Guarantor and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantee the senior notes on a senior unsecured basis and the senior subordinated notes on a senior subordinated unsecured basis. The guarantees of the senior notes rank equally with all other senior indebtedness of the guarantors. The guarantees of the senior subordinated notes are subordinated to all senior indebtedness of the guarantors. None of our foreign subsidiaries, non-wholly owned subsidiaries or receivables subsidiaries guarantee the senior notes or the senior subordinated notes.

Optional Redemption

 

At any time prior to September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem some or all of each series of the senior floating rate notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in "Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption") plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem some or all of each series of the senior floating rate notes at the redemption prices listed under "Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption" plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

 

At any time prior to September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem some or all of the senior dollar fixed rate notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in "Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption") plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem some or all of the senior dollar fixed rate notes at the redemption prices listed under "Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption" plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

 

 

At any time prior to September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem some or all of each series of the senior subordinated notes for cash at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus an applicable make-whole premium (as described in "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Optional Redemption") plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. At any time on or after September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem some or all of each series of the senior subordinated notes at the redemption prices listed under "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Optional Redemption" plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
         

16



Optional Redemption After
Certain Equity Offerings

 

At any time (i) prior to September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of each series of the senior floating rate notes, (ii) prior to September 1, 2009, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of the senior dollar fixed rate notes and (iii) prior to September 1, 2009, the Issuer may redeem up to 35% of each series of the senior subordinated notes, in each case with proceeds that the Issuer or one of its parent companies raises in one or more equity offerings at redemption prices set forth in this prospectus so long as, in each such case, at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued of the applicable series remains outstanding.

 

 

See "Description of Senior Notes—Optional Redemption" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Optional Redemption."

Change of Control Offer

 

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, the Issuer will be required to offer to repurchase the notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date. See "Description of Senior Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control."

Certain Indenture Provisions

 

The Issuer issued the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes under separate indentures. The indentures governing the notes contain covenants limiting the Parent Guarantor's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

 


 

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

 

 


 

pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

 


 

make certain investments;

 

 


 

sell certain assets;

 

 


 

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

 

 


 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets;

 

 


 

enter into certain transactions with their affiliates; and

 

 


 

designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
         

17



 

 

These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. During any period in which a series of notes has an Investment Grade Rating (as defined) we will not be subject to many of the covenants. See "Description of Senior Notes—Certain Covenants" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Certain Covenants."

No Prior Market; Listing

 

The exchange notes will generally be freely transferable (subject to certain restrictions discussed in "The Exchange Offer" and "Registration Rights") but will be a new issue of securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market for the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time without notice. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system. We intend to apply to list the senior euro floating rate notes and the euro senior subordinated notes on an exchange in Europe.

Use of Proceeds

 

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.


Risk Factors

        See "Risk Factors" for a description of the risks you should consider before deciding to participate in the exchange offer.

18



Summary Financial Data

        The following table provides a summary of our financial data as of and for the periods presented. On August 23, 2006, Travelport completed the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget (the "Acquisition"). Prior to the Acquisition, the Company's operations were limited to the formation of the Company and entering into derivative transactions related to the debt that was subsequently issued. Such financing activities resulted in a net loss of $11 million prior to the Acquisition. As a result, the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget are considered a predecessor company (the "Predecessor") to Travelport. The financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) to December 31, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for Travelport on a successor basis, reflecting the impact of the preliminary purchase price allocation.

        Set forth below is summary financial data and summary unaudited combined financial data of our business, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The historical data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 have been derived from historical combined financial statements of the Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the historical data for the period July 13 (Formation Date) to December 31, 2006 is derived from historical financial statements of the Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        You should read this data together with the information included under the headings "Risk Factors," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information," "Selected Historical Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Predecessor
  Company
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Period from
January 1
Through
August 22,

  Period from
July 13
(formation date)
Through
December 31,

  Combined*
Year Ended
December 31,

 
(dollars in millions)

  2004
  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                
  Net revenue (1)   $ 1,758   $ 2,411   $ 1,711   $ 839   $ 2,550  
  Costs and expenses:                                
    Cost of revenue     851     1,006     717     378     1,095  
    Selling, general and administrative     438     851     654     347     1,001  
    Separation and restructuring charges         22     92     16     108  
    Depreciation and amortization     124     204     125     78     203  
    Other income         (4 )   (7 )       (7 )
    Impairment of intangible assets (2)         422     2,376     14     2,390  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total operating expenses     1,413     2,501     3,957     833     4,790  
  Operating income (loss)     345     (90 )   (2,246 )   6     (2,240 )
  Interest expense, net     (6 )   (27 )   (39 )   (151 )   (190 )
  Other expense         (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     339     (118 )   (2,286 )   (146 )   (2,432 )
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     85     (75 )   (115 )   4     (111 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operation, net of tax     254     (43 )   (2,171 )   (150 )   (2,321 )
  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax     (1 )   (6 )   (6 )   (2 )   (8 )
  (Loss) gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax             (6 )   8     (2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 253   $ (49 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (144 ) $ (2,327 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Cash and cash equivalents     97        
  Working capital deficit (3)     527        
  Total assets     6,130        
  Long-term debt     3,623        
  Total equity     775        
                                 

19



Statement of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations of:                                
    Operating activities   $ 381   $ 552   $ 273   $ 12   $ 285  
    Investing activities     (1,575 )   (2,123 )   82     (4,311 )   (4,229 )
    Financing activities     1,213     1,653     (382 )   4,394     4,012  
    Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents         (36 )   8     2     10  
  Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations     (10 )   (2 )   (5 )       (5 )

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Capital expenditures     103     152     102     67     169  
  Depreciation and amortization     124     204     125     78     203  
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)     17.3 x   n/a     n/a     n/a     n/a  
 
  Predecessor
  Combined
 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
  2004
  2005
  2006
Operating Statistics (in thousands, except for gross bookings):      
Business to Business
Americas (5)
                 
    Air segments     95,154     100,086     105,075
    Non-air segments     17,340     17,386     18,008
 
International (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Air segments     153,602     158,798     158,733
    Non-air segments     4,526     4,751     5,164

Gross bookings (7) (in millions)

 

$

6,901

 

$

8,008

 

$

10,169

*
The combined results of the Company and the Predecessor for the periods in 2006 and that of the Predecessor in 2005 are not necessarily comparable due to the change in basis of accounting resulting from the Company's acquisition of the Predecessor and the change in capital structure. The presentation of the 2006 results on this combined basis does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles; however management believes that this provides useful information to assess the relative performance of the businesses in all periods presented in the financial statements. The captions included within our statements of operations that are materially impacted by the change in basis of accounting include net revenue, separation and restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and interest expense. We have disclosed the impact of the change in basis of accounting for each of these captions within our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

(1)
Includes non-cash revenue resulting from the impact of deferred credits from unfavorable contracts. For additional information, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

(2)
Represents a pre-tax impairment charge of $422 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 resulting primarily from our B2C businesses, of which $251 million reduced the value of goodwill and $171 million reduced the value of other intangible assets, $2,376 million for the period January 1 to August 22, 2006 of which $2,375 million reduced the value of goodwill and $1 million reduced the value of definite lived intangible assets, and $14 million for the period from July 13 through December 31, 2006 related to long-lived software marketing licenses. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies."

(3)
Working capital is defined as current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents) less current liabilities (excluding short term loans and current portion of long-term debt).

(4)
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges comprise interest which includes amortization of debt financing costs and the interest portion of rental payments. Due to the loss in 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by $118 million, $2,286 million, and $146 million respectively.

(5)
Includes United States, Mexico, Canada and Latin America.

(6)
Includes all countries other than the United States, Mexico, Canada and those in Latin America.

(7)
Gross bookings for all periods presented include gross bookings for all of our online and offline travel agencies as if we had acquired such businesses on January 1, 2004, except gross bookings for OctopusTravel, which are reflected as if we had acquired it on January 1, 2005.

20



RISK FACTORS

         You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before participating in the exchange offer.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the notes.

        We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2006, our total indebtedness was approximately $3,647 million ($4,762 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan), including the notes. We also had an additional $275 million ($300 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility, as well as the additional $19.1 million available under our $125 million ($150 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) synthetic letter of credit facility under our senior secured credit facilities and the option to raise incremental senior secured credit facilities of up to $500 million. The following chart shows our level of indebtedness as of December 31, 2006 after giving effect to the Transactions (U.S. dollar equivalent at the exchange rate of one euro to $1.3199 with respect to euro denominated amounts).

(in millions)

   
Term loan facilities   $ 2,223
Senior notes     910
Senior subordinated notes     511
Other existing debt     3
   
  Total   $ 3,647
   

        Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for you, including:

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and the senior notes, are at variable rates of interest;

    making it more difficult for us to make payments on the notes;

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit the Parent Guarantor's and its restricted subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments;

    make certain investments;

    sell certain assets;

    create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

21


    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets;

    enter into certain transactions with their affiliates; and

    designate their subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

        In addition, under the senior secured credit agreement, beginning on March 31, 2007, we are required to satisfy and maintain a maximum total leverage ratio. Our ability to meet that financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet that ratio. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the senior secured credit agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the senior secured credit agreement. If the lenders under the senior secured credit agreement accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit agreement as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indentures do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. In addition to the $275 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility and the $19.1 million available under our $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility under our senior secured credit facilities, both as of December 31, 2006, we have the right to add incremental term loan facilities or to increase commitments under the revolving credit facility up to an aggregate amount of $500 million. All of those borrowings and any other secured indebtedness permitted under the senior credit agreement and the indentures are effectively senior to the notes and the subsidiary guarantees. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries' existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase. In addition, the indentures governing the notes do not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our revenue is derived from the travel industry, and a prolonged substantial decrease in travel volume, particularly air travel, as well as other industry trends, could adversely affect us.

        Our revenue is derived from the worldwide travel industry. As such, our revenue increases and decreases with the level of travel activity, particularly air travel volume, and is therefore highly subject to declines in or disruptions to travel, particularly air travel, due to factors entirely outside of our control. Such factors include:

    global security issues, political instability, acts or threats of terrorism, hostilities or war, and other political issues that could adversely affect travel volume in our key markets;

    epidemics or pandemics, such as the avian flu and SARS;

    natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes;

    general economic conditions, particularly to the extent that adverse conditions may cause a decline in travel volume;

    the financial condition of travel suppliers, including the airline and hotel industry, and the impact of such financial condition on the cost and availability of air travel and hotel rooms;

    increases in fuel prices;

    changes to regulations governing the airline and travel industry;

22


    work stoppages or labor unrest at any of the major airlines or airports;

    increased airport security that could reduce the convenience of air travel;

    travelers' perception of the occurrence of travel-related accidents, or of the scope, severity and timing of the other factors described above; and

    changes in occupancy and room rates achieved by hotels.

        For the reasons indicated above, prolonged substantial decreases in travel volumes, particularly air travel, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity and capital resources.

        We may also be adversely affected by shifting trends in the travel industry. For example, a significant portion of the revenue of GTA, our wholesale travel company, is attributable to distribution through traditional wholesale and tour operators serving both group and individual travelers. In certain markets, an increasing proportion of travel is shifting away from that segment towards more independent, unpackaged travel. To the extent GTA or other components of our business are unable to adapt to such shifting trends, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

The travel industry is highly competitive, and we are subject to risks relating to competition that may adversely affect our performance.

        Our B2B businesses, which consist primarily of our GDS and GTA, and our B2C businesses, which consist primarily of our online travel agencies, operate in highly competitive industries. If we cannot compete effectively against our competitors, we may lose business, which may adversely affect our financial performance. Our continued success depends, in large part, upon our ability to compete effectively in industries that contain numerous competitors, some of which may have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we have.

        Factors affecting the competitive success of travel distribution providers, including our GDS, include the timeliness, reliability and scope of the travel inventory and related information offered, the reliability and ease of use of the system, the fees charged and inducements paid to travel agencies, the transaction fees charged to travel suppliers and the range of products and services available to travel suppliers and travel agencies. GDSs have two different categories of customers—travel suppliers and travel agencies—which gives rise to a two-sided market. We are, therefore, subject to the interrelated network effects arising out of the interaction between these two sides. We need to offer competitive terms to travel suppliers to obtain sufficient travel content that will allow us to provide a competitive offering to travel agencies in order to gain and maintain travel agency customers. If we are not able to attract large numbers of travel agency customers, our ability to obtain content from travel suppliers will be affected adversely.

        The deregulation of the GDS industry in the United States in mid-2004 has significantly increased competitive pressures on GDS providers. In addition, the European Commission is currently contemplating revising or repealing the regulations affecting the GDS industry within the European Union. Increased competition could require us to further increase spending on marketing or product development, decrease our transaction fees and other revenue, increase inducement payments or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our GDS operations compete with other traditional GDS businesses such as Amadeus Global Travel Distribution S.A., Sabre, Inc. and Worldspan, with alternative intermediate distribution technologies and with direct distribution by travel suppliers, such as airlines, hotels and car rental companies, many of which distribute all or part of their inventory directly through their own websites. Our GDS also competes with new companies in the travel distribution industry that are developing distribution systems without the large technology investment and network costs of a traditional GDS.

        Factors affecting the competitive success of travel wholesalers include customer service, the availability of travel inventory, pricing, the reliability of the reservation system, the geographic scope of products and services offered, and the ability to package products and services in ways appealing to

23



travelers. The wholesale travel industry is highly fragmented, and GTA competes with small regional and local wholesalers, certain global wholesalers such as Miki Travel Limited and Kuoni Group, as well as with travel agencies, particularly online agencies, that do not go through a wholesaler to acquire travel inventory from hotels and other travel suppliers. In addition, the enhanced presence of online travel agencies is placing pressure on GTA's ability to secure allocations of hotel rooms.

        Factors affecting the competitive success of online travel agencies include price, the availability of travel inventory, brand recognition, ease of use, the fees charged to travelers, accessibility, customer service and reliability. A number of our competitors may have greater brand recognition than we do or have greater financial resources or flexibility to finance branding efforts. We compete with traditional travel agencies, other online travel agencies and supplier websites and other online and offline travel planning service providers, including aggregator sites that offer inventory from multiple suppliers.

        We potentially face competition from a number of large Internet companies and services that have expertise in developing online commerce and in facilitating Internet traffic, including Google, AOL and Yahoo!, the latter two of which partner with Travelocity to offer travel products and services directly to consumers. We also compete with "meta-search" companies such as Kayak.com, Sidestep, Inc. and Yahoo!/Farechase, which are companies that leverage their search technology to aggregate travel search results across supplier, online travel agency and other websites. Competition from these and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        Some of our competitors may be able to secure services and products from travel suppliers on more favorable terms. In addition, the introduction of new technologies and the expansion of existing technologies may increase competitive pressures. Increased competition may result in reduced operating margins, as well as loss of industry share and brand recognition. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Competitive pressures faced by us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully acquire, integrate our operations with or attain the expected benefits of our intended acquisition of Worldspan.

        We have entered into an agreement to acquire Worldspan, and believe this acquisition will enhance our future financial performance by capitalizing on natural operational synergies. The travel distribution industry is highly regulated, and anti-trust and other regulatory approvals for this acquisition are still pending. Regulatory hurdles may prevent us from successfully acquiring Worldspan, depriving us from the anticipated financial benefits of this intended acquisition.

        Moreover, our proposed acquisition of Worldspan presents challenges to management, including the integration of our administrative operations, systems and personnel with those of Worldspan. The acquisition also poses other risks commonly associated with similar transactions, including unanticipated liabilities, unexpected costs and the diversion of management's attention to the integration of the operations of the combined companies. Any difficulties that our combined company encounters in the transition and integration processes, and any level of integration that is not successfully achieved, could have an adverse effect on our revenue, level of expenses and operating results. We may also experience operational interruptions or the loss of key employees, suppliers and customers. As a result, notwithstanding our expectations, we may not realize the anticipated benefits or cost savings of the Worldspan acquisition. In addition, if we do successfully complete the Worldspan acquisition, our total outstanding indebtedness will increase. As of December 31, 2006, after giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan, our total indebtedness would have been $4,762 million.

We are reliant upon information technology to operate our businesses and maintain our competitiveness, and any failure to adapt them to technological developments or industry trends could harm our business.

        We depend upon the use of sophisticated information technologies and systems, including technologies and systems utilized for reservation systems, communications, procurement and

24



administrative systems. Certain of our businesses also rely on third-party GDSs or other technologies. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we continuously need to improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer an increasing number of customers and travel suppliers enhanced products, services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure. Our future success also depends on our ability to adapt to rapidly changing technologies in our industry, particularly the increasing use of Internet-based products and services, to change our services and infrastructure so they address evolving industry standards, and to improve the performance, features and reliability of our service in response to competitive service and product offerings and the evolving demands of the marketplace. Furthermore, our use of such technology could be challenged by claims that we have infringed upon the patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights of others.

        One of our online travel agencies, ebookers, operates on systems that require a significant amount of manual processing, which have resulted in substantial reporting and maintenance costs. If we are unable to improve its systems to address these concerns, we may incur excess costs, be unable to take advantage of efficiencies of scale, or lose customers. Finally, we are in the process of implementing a new enterprise resource planning system developed by Oracle throughout our businesses in order to improve our ability to report information accurately, reduce our reliance on manual processing, and enhance our ability to respond to market developments more quickly. Delays or difficulties in implementing the system may keep us from achieving the desired results in a timely manner, to the extent anticipated, or at all.

        There generally can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain existing systems, obtain new technologies and systems, or replace or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors or in a cost-effective manner. Also, there can be no assurances that we will achieve the benefits anticipated or required from any new technology or system, or that we will be able to devote financial resources to new technologies and systems in the future.

System interruptions may cause us to lose customers or business opportunities or to incur liabilities.

        Our inability to maintain and improve our information technology systems and infrastructure may result in system interruptions. For example, ebookers, OctopusTravel.com and GTA operate on systems that have had stability and other attendant risks. System interruptions and slow delivery times, unreliable service levels, prolonged or frequent service outages, or insufficient capacity may prevent us from efficiently providing services to our customers or other third parties, which could result in our losing customers and revenue, or incurring liabilities. In addition to the risks from inadequate maintenance or upgrading, our information technologies and systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from various causes, including (i) natural disasters, war and acts of terrorism, (ii) power losses, computer systems failure, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator error, losses and corruption of data, and similar events, (iii) computer viruses, penetration by individuals seeking to disrupt operations or misappropriate information and other physical or electronic breaches of security, and (iv) the failure of third-party systems or services that we rely upon to maintain our own operations. Any extended interruption in our technologies or systems could significantly curtail our ability to conduct our businesses and generate revenue.

We are dependent upon third-party systems and service providers.

        We rely on certain third-party computer systems, service providers and software companies, such as AT&T and IBM. In particular, Galileo and our B2C businesses rely on third parties to conduct searches for airfares, our B2C businesses use third parties to access certain hotel inventory, and Orbitz also relies on third party providers of computer infrastructure critical to its business. Any interruption in these third-party services or deterioration in their performance may have a material adverse effect on us. In particular, the loss of our search technology licenses from a third party, which may expire as early as 2007, would have an adverse effect on us, as Orbitz has developed proprietary support services

25



and software architecture that enables it to use such search technology in connection with its booking engine. Some of our agreements with third-party service providers are terminable upon short notice and in many cases do not provide recourse for service interruptions.

        In addition, Orbitz uses Worldspan for its GDS under an agreement that expires in 2011. Because Orbitz operates under this agreement, any interruption or deterioration in Worldspan's products or services could prevent us from searching and/or booking airline and rental car reservations, which could have an adverse effect on us.

        Galileo utilizes third party, independently owned and managed, national distribution companies to distribute and provide its services in certain international jurisdictions.

        In the event the performance of such third parties deteriorates or our arrangements with any of such third parties are terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms or be able to do so without significant cost or disruptions to our businesses. These may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Trends in pricing and other terms of agreements among airlines, GDSs and travel agencies have reduced, and could further reduce in the future, our revenue and margins.

        A significant portion of our revenue depends on the fees paid by airlines for bookings made through our GDS. Airlines have sought to reduce or eliminate these fees in an effort to reduce distribution costs. One manner in which they have done so is to differentiate the fares and inventory, also known as content, that they provide to us and to our GDS competitors. In these cases, airlines provide some of their content to GDSs, while withholding other content, such as lower cost "web" fares, unless the GDSs and the agencies agree to participate in a cost reduction program. Certain airlines have also threatened to withdraw content, in whole or in part, from individual GDSs as a means of obtaining lower segment fees. Travel agencies have sought to counteract the effect of these cost reduction programs and lower commissions received from airlines by demanding higher financial incentives from the GDSs.

        We have entered into full content agreements with the six largest U.S. airlines that generally expire in 2011. The full content agreements we have with international airlines generally expire over the next three years. There is no way to predict our ability to renew these agreements, the loss of which may disadvantage us compared to other competitors, and could materially weaken our financial results. The U.S. full content agreements require us to make significant concessions to the participating airlines, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, as existing content agreements come up for renewal, there is no guarantee that the participating airlines will continue to provide their content to us to the same extent as they do now. A substantial reduction in the amount of content received from the participating airlines could also negatively affect our revenue and financial condition.

        In addition, certain GDSs, including Galileo, Sabre, Amadeus and Worldspan, have announced an alternative business and financial model for GDSs, generally referred to as the "opt-in" model. Under the opt-in model, travel agencies are offered the opportunity of paying a fee to the GDS or agreeing to a reduction in the financial incentives to be paid to them by the GDS to be assured of having access to full content from participating airlines or to avoid an airline-imposed surcharge on GDS-based bookings. The opt-in model in the United States may result in lower fees paid by the major airlines to a GDS, partially offset by fees from travel agencies and/or lower inducement payments to travel agencies. The opt-in model already has been introduced in the United Kingdom and Australia. In these countries, there were very high rates of travel agency opt-in, or agreement to significantly reduced inducement fees, without any industry disruption among airlines, GDSs and travel agencies. If the opt-in model becomes widely adopted, GDSs, including Galileo, could receive lower fees from the airlines, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

26



We depend on a relatively small number of airlines for a significant portion of our revenue and may be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition of one or more of these airlines.

        We depend on a relatively small number of airlines for a significant portion of our revenue. The top ten airlines combined accounted for approximately 28% of our revenue in 2005. Several major U.S. airlines (including Delta Air Lines, Inc. and Northwest Airlines, Inc.) have either filed for reorganization under the United States Bankruptcy Code, discussed publicly the risks of bankruptcy or are struggling financially. If any of our suppliers currently in bankruptcy liquidates or does not emerge from bankruptcy, or another of our major suppliers declares bankruptcy and is similarly unable to recover, and we are unable to compensate for the loss by offering comparable travel options on comparable terms, our businesses would be adversely affected.

Adverse changes in, or interruptions to, our relationships with other travel suppliers such as hotels could affect our access to travel offerings and reduce our revenue.

        In addition to airlines, we also rely significantly on our relationships with our hotel and other travel suppliers. Adverse changes in any of these relationships could reduce the amount of inventory that we are able to offer through our B2B and B2C businesses. We depend on travel suppliers to enable us to offer our customers comprehensive access to travel services and products. We cannot assure you that our arrangements with travel suppliers will remain in effect on current or similar terms, that the net impact of future pricing options will not adversely impact revenue, or that any of these suppliers will continue to supply us with the same level of access to travel inventory in the future.

        For example, during the course of our business, we are in continuous dialogue with our major hotel suppliers about the nature and extent of their participation in our GDS, our wholesale accommodation business and our online travel agencies. If hotel occupancy rates improve to the point that our hotel suppliers no longer place the same value on our distribution systems, such suppliers may reduce the amount of inventory they make available through our distribution channels or the amount we are able to earn in connection with hotel transactions. The significant reduction on the part of any of our major suppliers of their participation in our GDS, our wholesale accommodation business or business with our online travel agencies for a sustained period of time or their complete withdrawal could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Certain of our B2C businesses, such as Orbitz and CheapTickets, operate under what is commonly referred to as the "merchant model," in which the hotel operator negotiates a rate with us that the hotel is willing to accept for the room when it is booked through our websites. We then market that room for an amount that includes the hotel's charge plus a fee for the services we provide. Certain of our B2B businesses, such as GTA, also receive access to inventory directly from hotels at negotiated rates and then distribute the rooms for a fee to travel agencies and tour operators who then make available such inventory to travelers. Many hotels use these types of arrangements with businesses such as those we operate to dispose of excess hotel room inventory or to increase their inventory distribution. If hotels experience increased demand for rooms, they might reduce the amount of room inventory they make available through these merchant or negotiated rate arrangements. Moreover, hotels might seek to increase the cost of merchant or negotiated rate offerings, which may also adversely affect our revenue. In addition, several international hotel chains no longer allow distributors, including GTA, to distribute online rooms that they have purchased or gained access to at a lower, "net" rate that GTA and other distributors could then mark up, instead requiring that they distribute rooms in a manner that gives the hotel greater ability to set prices on a more real-time basis. As a result, a larger percentage of our bookings may be completed under the traditional agency model, which may adversely affect our revenue. To the extent that other hotel chains or hotels adopt such a model, our ability to maintain or raise the current level of margins on hotel bookings, or our ability to adjust pricing in light of market trends and other factors, may be adversely affected. Such pressures may also adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

27



Travel suppliers are seeking alternative distribution models, including those involving direct access to travelers, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

        Some travel suppliers are seeking to decrease their reliance on third-party distributors, including GDSs. For example, some travel suppliers have created or expanded commercial relationships with online and traditional travel agencies that book travel with those suppliers directly, rather than through a GDS. Many airlines, hotels, car rental companies and cruise operators have also established or improved their own travel distribution websites, and may offer advantages such as bonus miles or loyalty points, lower or no transaction or processing fees, priority waitlist clearance, e-ticketing or discounted prices for sales through these channels. Due to direct bookings with the airlines, "supplier.com" websites and other non-GDS distribution channels, a growing number of transactions are occurring outside a GDS. In the United States, in 2003, bookings made direct with the airlines accounted for approximately 50% of total air bookings and 54.5% of total air bookings in 2005. In Europe, in 2004, direct bookings with the airlines constituted 49% of total air bookings, while in 2006, direct bookings with the airlines constituted 55.9% of total air bookings. Conversely, they have made some of these offerings unavailable to unrelated distributors, or made them available only in exchange for lower distribution fees. Some low-price carriers distribute exclusively through such direct channels, bypassing GDSs and other third-party distributors completely, and as a result some low-cost airlines have been enhancing their share within the travel industry. In addition, several suppliers have formed joint ventures or alliances that offer multi-supplier travel distribution websites. Finally, some airlines are exploring alternative global distribution methods recently developed by new entrants to the global distribution marketplace. Such new entrants propose technology that is purported to be less complex than traditional GDSs, and that enables the distribution of airline tickets in a manner that is more cost-effective to the airline suppliers because no or lower inducement payments are paid to travel agencies. If these trends lead to lower participation by airlines and other travel suppliers in our GDS, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        In addition, given the diverse and growing number of alternative travel distribution channels, such as travel suppliers' direct to consumer websites and direct connects between airlines and travel agencies, as well as new technologies that allow travel agencies and consumers to bypass a GDS, increases in travel volumes, particularly air, may not translate in the same proportion to increases in volumes passing through our GDS.

We may not be able to achieve all of our expected cost savings.

        In connection with the Acquisition, we have identified potential annual cost savings of approximately $86 million that are reflected in our pro forma Adjusted EBITDA and set forth under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt and Financing Arrangements." We also believe other cost saving opportunities exist. For a more detailed description of these cost saving measures, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to achieve our expected cost savings and any other cost savings opportunities, that any identified savings will be achieved in a timely manner or that other unexpected costs will not offset any savings we do achieve. A variety of risks could cause us not to achieve the expected cost savings, including among others:

    higher than expected severance costs related to staff reductions;

    higher than expected retention costs for employees that will be retained;

    delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost-saving plan; and

    other unexpected costs associated with operating the business.

        The run-rate cost savings reflected in our presentation of pro forma Adjusted EBITDA assume the full implementation of the proposed cost-saving measures for the entire period presented. Because

28


some of the measures will take time to implement, any cost savings we achieve will not immediately affect our financial results in the amounts presented.

        Our failure to achieve our expected annual cost savings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidation in the travel industry may result in increased expenses, lost bookings and reduced revenue.

        Consolidation among travel suppliers, including airline mergers and alliances, may increase competition from distribution channels related to those suppliers and place more leverage in the hands of those suppliers to negotiate lower booking fees and lower commissions. Changes in ownership of travel agencies may also cause them to direct less business towards us. If we are unable to compete effectively, competitors could divert our customers away from our travel distribution channels and it could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Consolidation among travel agencies and competition for travel agency customers may also adversely affect our results of operations, since GDSs, such as Galileo, compete to attract and retain travel agency customers. Reductions in commissions paid by some travel suppliers, such as airlines, to travel agencies contribute to travel agencies having a greater dependency on traveler-paid service fees and GDS-paid inducements and may contribute to travel agencies consolidating. Consolidation of travel agencies increases competition for these travel agency customers and increases the ability of those agencies to negotiate higher GDS paid inducements. In order to compete effectively, we may need to increase inducements, pre-pay inducements or increase spending on marketing or product development.

A reduction in or elimination of our customer service fee could reduce our revenue.

        Our online travel agencies generally charge customers a service fee each time they book certain airline reservations or hotel rooms or purchase certain other travel products and services through the online travel agencies. Although our online travel agency competitors generally charge service fees, most travel supplier websites do not charge such a service fee and this could discourage customers from using our online travel agencies to purchase these travel products and services. If we have to reduce or eliminate our service fee, our revenue could decline as a result.

We depend on our international operations, which are subject to additional risks generally not encountered when doing business solely in the United States.

        Our international operations involve risks that may not exist when doing business in the United States. Excluding the United States, currently we operate in over 130 countries throughout Europe, Asia, the South Pacific, North America, South America and Africa. In order to achieve widespread acceptance in each country we enter, we believe that we must tailor our services to the unique customs and cultures of that country. Learning the customs and cultures of various countries, particularly with respect to travel patterns and practices, is a difficult task and our failure to do so could slow our growth in those countries.

        In addition, the risks involved in non-U.S. operations, or in having operations in multiple countries generally, that could result in losses include:

    delays in the development of the Internet as a broadcast, advertising and commerce medium in overseas markets;

    difficulties in staffing and managing operations due to distance, time zones, language and cultural differences, including issues associated with establishing management systems infrastructures in various countries;

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

    increased risk of piracy and limits on our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights in non-U.S. countries;

29


    for some of those operations where we have physical offices, increased risk of terrorism, political instability and war;

    exposure to local economic conditions, security issues, epidemics or natural disasters;

    potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of non-U.S. countries with the United States;

    preference of local populations for local providers;

    restrictions on the withdrawal of non-U.S. investment and earnings, including potentially substantial tax liabilities if we repatriate any of the cash generated by our international operations back to the United States;

    restrictions on travel;

    government policies against businesses owned by non-U.S. citizens, including U.S. trade sanctions;

    investment restrictions or requirements;

    diminished ability to legally enforce our contractual rights in non-U.S. countries;

    currency exchange restrictions;

    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries; and

    changes in non-U.S. taxation structures.

Our businesses are highly regulated and any failure to comply with such regulations or any changes in such regulations could adversely affect us.

        We operate in a highly regulated industry. Our businesses, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or the enactment of new laws, rules and regulations applicable to us, which could decrease demand for products and services, increase costs or subject us to additional liabilities. Moreover, regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew and revoke licenses and approvals and to implement regulations. Accordingly, such regulatory authorities could prevent or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or otherwise penalize us if our practices were found not to comply with the then current regulatory or licensing requirements or any interpretation of such requirements by the regulatory authority. Our failure to comply with any of these requirements or interpretations could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

        The European Commission is engaged in a comprehensive review of E.U. regulations governing GDSs. It is unclear at this time when the European Commission will complete its review and what changes, if any, will be made to the E.U. regulations. We could be adversely affected if the E.U. regulations are withdrawn or revised. In addition, we could be adversely affected if changes to the regulations, changes in interpretations of the regulations, or new regulations increase our cost of doing business, limit our ability to establish relationships with travel agencies, airlines, or others, impair the enforceability of existing agreements with travel agencies and other users of our system, prohibit or limit us from offering services or products, or limit our ability to establish or change fees. Continued GDS regulation in the E.U. and elsewhere, while GDS regulations have terminated in the United States, could also create the operational challenge of supporting different products, services and business practices to conform to the different regulatory regimes.

        There are also GDS regulations in Canada, under the regulatory authority of the Canadian Department of Transport. On April 27, 2004, a significant number of these regulations were lifted. Amendments to the rules include eliminating the "obligated carrier" rule, which required larger airlines in Canada to participate equally in the GDSs, and elimination of the requirement that transaction fees charged by GDSs to airlines be non-discriminatory. Due to the elimination of the obligated carrier rule in Canada, Air Canada, the dominant Canadian airline, could choose distribution channels that it owns and controls or distribution through another GDS rather than through our GDS.

30



        In our processing of travel transactions, we receive and store a large volume of personally identifiable data. This data is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous jurisdictions around the world, including the European Union through its Data Protection Directive and implementations of that Directive in the member states of the E.U. These laws and regulations are typically intended to protect the privacy of personal data that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that diminish our ability to conduct business.

        Our B2C businesses, particularly our online travel agencies, are subject to laws and regulations relating to our sales and marketing activities, including those prohibiting unfair and deceptive advertising or practices. Our travel services are subject to regulation and laws governing the offer and/or sale of travel products and services, including laws requiring us to register as a "seller of travel" in various states and to comply with certain disclosure requirements. As a seller of air transportation products in the United States, we are also subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation, which has authority to enforce economic regulations, and may assess civil penalties or challenge our operating authority.

        In addition, there is, and will likely continue to be, an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the Internet and online commerce, which may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet, user privacy, taxation and the quality of products and services. Furthermore, the growth and development of online commerce may prompt calls for more stringent customer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.

        In the aftermath of the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 in the United States, government agencies have been contemplating or developing initiatives to enhance national and aviation security, including the Transportation Security Administration's Computer-Assisted Passenger Prescreening System, known as CAPPS II. These initiatives may result in conflicting legal requirements with respect to data handling. As privacy and data protection has become a more sensitive issue, we may also become exposed to potential liabilities as a result of differing views on the privacy of travel data. Travel businesses have also been subjected to investigations, lawsuits and adverse publicity due to allegedly improper disclosure of passenger information. These and other privacy developments that are difficult to anticipate could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We are also subject to various other rules and regulations such as:

    various state and federal privacy laws;

    U.S. and E.U. regulations relating to Advance Passenger Information System (APIS) data;

    insurance and bonding regulations;

    the USA PATRIOT Act;

    Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations;

    the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act;

    laws that require us to register as a "seller of travel" to comply with disclosure requirements;

    the Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours Directive in the E.U., which regulates the sale of travel products and services in Europe directly to customers as part of a "package"; and

    laws and regulations in jurisdictions outside the United States in which we do business.

        Our failure to comply with any of the foregoing or other applicable laws and regulations may subject us to fines, penalties and potential criminal violations. Any changes to these laws or regulations or any new laws or regulations may make it more difficult for us to operate our businesses and may have a material adverse effect on our operations.

31


Government regulation could impose taxes or other burdens on us, which could increase our costs or decrease demand for our products.

        We rely upon generally available interpretations of tax laws and regulations in the states, countries and regions in which we operate and for which we provide travel inventory. We cannot be sure that these interpretations are accurate or that the responsible taxing authority is in agreement with our views. The imposition of additional taxes could cause us to have to pay taxes that we currently do not collect or pay or increase the costs of our products or services or increase our costs of operations.

        Federal legislation imposing limitations on the ability of states to tax Internet-based sales was enacted in 1998. The Internet Tax Freedom Act, which was extended by the Internet Tax Non-Discrimination Act, exempts specific types of sales transactions conducted over the Internet from multiple or discriminatory state and local taxation through November 1, 2007. If this legislation is not renewed when it terminates, state and local governments could impose additional taxes on Internet-based sales and these taxes could decrease the demand for our products or increase our costs of operations.

        In addition, despite the federal statute, state and local tax authorities may seek to establish that we have a nexus in the traditional sense or act as a hotel operator. Although we do not believe we are subject to such taxes, these jurisdictions could rule that we are subject to sales and occupancy taxes and seek to collect taxes on certain forms of revenue, either retroactively, prospectively or both.

Seasonal fluctuations in the travel industry could adversely affect us.

        Some of our businesses experience seasonal fluctuations, reflecting seasonal trends for the products and services we offer. These trends cause our revenue to be generally highest in the second and third calendar quarters of the year as travelers plan and purchase their spring and summer travel, and then flatten in the fourth and first calendar quarters of the year. Our results may also be affected by seasonal fluctuations in the inventory made available to us by our travel suppliers. For instance, during seasonal periods when demand is high, suppliers may impose blackouts for their inventory that prohibit us from selling their inventory during such periods. As a result, we may be required to borrow cash in order to fund operations or to meet debt service obligations during seasonal slowdowns or at other times. Since the terms of our indebtedness may restrict our ability to incur additional debt, we cannot assure you that we would be able to borrow such cash. Our inability to finance our funding needs during a seasonal slowdown or at other times could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may not realize anticipated benefits from past and future acquisitions or have the ability to complete future acquisitions.

        We have pursued an active acquisition strategy as a means of strengthening our businesses and have sought to integrate acquisitions into our operations to achieve economies of scale. For example, in 2005, we completed acquisitions of GTA and ebookers. We have derived a substantial portion of our recent growth in revenue and net income from acquired businesses. The success of any future acquisition strategy will continue to depend upon our ability to find suitable acquisition candidates on favorable terms and to finance and complete these transactions. In addition, upon completion of an acquisition, we may encounter risks related to the possible inability to integrate the acquired business into our operations, the possible departure of a significant number of employees, the loss in value of acquired intangibles, the diversion of management's attention and unanticipated problems or liabilities. These risks may adversely affect our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and revenue growth from our acquisitions. Acquisitions may not be accretive to our earnings, as expected or at all, and may negatively impact our results of operations through, among other things, the incurrence of debt to finance the Acquisition, non-cash write-offs of goodwill or intangibles and increased amortization expenses in connection with intangible assets. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2005, we

32



recorded a $422 million pre-tax non-cash intangibles impairment charge, primarily relating to reduced return expectations at our ebookers business, of which $251 million reduced the value of goodwill and $171 million reduced the value of other intangible assets. In addition, for the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006, we recorded a $2,376 million pre-tax non-cash impairment charge, primarily relating to the difference between the price at which Travelport was sold to The Blackstone Group and the historical carrying value of Travelport's net assets, of which $2,375 million reduced the value of goodwill and $1 million reduced the value of definite lived intangible assets. Acquisition integration activities can also put further demands on management, which could result in negative operating results.

We are not currently required to evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The current inapplicability of these rules, or any failure to comply when applicable may lead investors to lack confidence in our reported financial information.

        We are not subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including Section 404 thereof. Section 404 requires management of a reporting company to annually review, assess and disclose the effectiveness of the company's internal controls over financial reporting and the independent auditors to prepare a report addressing such assessments. Even if we successfully register an exchange offer for the notes with the SEC, we would not be subject to Section 404 until our fiscal year ending December 31, 2007. Moreover, once those requirements become applicable, there can be no assurance that the results of our assessment would not include the identification of material weaknesses in our internal controls. Any of these conditions, or our failure to comply with the requirements of Section 404 when they become applicable, may lead investors to lack or lose confidence in the accuracy of our reported financial information, which may adversely affect the trading price of the notes.

We are exposed to risks associated with online commerce security and credit card fraud.

        The secure transmission of confidential and personally identifiable information over the Internet is essential in maintaining customer and supplier confidence in our services. Substantial or ongoing security breaches, whether instigated internally or externally on our system or other Internet-based systems, could significantly harm our business. We currently require buyers to guarantee their transactions with their credit card online. We rely on licensed encryption and authentication technology to effect secure transmission of confidential information, including credit card numbers. It is possible that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer transaction data.

        We incur substantial expense to protect against and remedy security breaches and their consequences. However, we cannot guarantee that our security measures will prevent security breaches. A party (whether internal, external, an affiliate or unrelated third party) that is able to circumvent our security systems could steal proprietary information or cause significant interruptions in our operations. Security breaches also could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. Security breaches could also cause customers and potential customers to lose confidence in our security, which would have a negative effect on the demand for our products and services.

        We also face risks associated with security breaches affecting third parties conducting business over the Internet. Customers generally are concerned with security and privacy on the Internet, and any publicized security problems could inhibit the growth of the Internet and, therefore, our services as a means of conducting commercial transactions.

        In addition, participants in the payment card industry have proposed standards related to the processing of payments, as well as a target date by which they ask vendors to be compliant. The participants have stated that they may take actions against vendors who are not compliant by the target

33



date, including imposing cash penalties for violations or prohibiting them from processing transactions on participant cards. To the extent any of our businesses are not compliant by the industry-proposed target date, and payment card companies take punitive actions against us, our financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may not protect our technology effectively, which would allow competitors to duplicate our products and services. This could make it more difficult for us to compete with them.

        Our success and ability to compete depend, in part, upon our technology and other intellectual property, including our brands. Among our significant assets are our software and other proprietary information and intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and patent laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect these assets. Our software and related documentation, however, are protected principally under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford only limited protection, and the laws of some non-U.S. jurisdictions provide less protection for our proprietary rights than the laws of the United States. Unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and there can be no assurance that our legal remedies would adequately compensate us for the damage caused by unauthorized use.

        Intellectual property challenges have been increasingly brought against members of the travel industry. In the future, we may need to take legal actions to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This legal action might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. For a description of certain intellectual property proceedings in which we are involved, see "Business—Legal Proceedings."

Third parties may claim that we have infringed their intellectual property rights, which could expose us to substantial damages and restrict our operations.

        We have faced, are facing and in the future could face claims that we have infringed the patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights of others. In addition, we may be required to indemnify travel suppliers for claims made against them. Any claims against us or them could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation, delay the release of new products or services, pay damages, develop new intellectual property or acquire licenses to intellectual property that is the subject of the infringement claims. Resolutions of these matters may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. As a result, intellectual property claims against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations, and such claims may result in a loss of intellectual property protections that relate to certain parts of our business. For a description of certain intellectual property proceedings in which we are involved, see "Business—Legal Proceedings."

We are subject to certain risks related to litigation filed by or against us, and adverse results may harm us.

        We cannot predict with certainty the cost of defense, the cost of prosecution or the ultimate outcome of litigation and other proceedings filed by or against us, including remedies or damage awards, and adverse results in such litigation and other proceedings may harm us. Such litigation and other proceedings may include, but are not limited to, actions relating to intellectual property, in particular patent claims against us, tax matters, employment law or other harm resulting from negligence or fraud by individuals or entities outside our control.

        We are party to (or responsible in part for) certain legal actions that we describe in "Business—Legal Proceedings." The defense of these actions may increase our expenses and an adverse outcome in any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

34



Our ability to attract, train and retain executives and other qualified employees is crucial to results of operations and future growth.

        We depend substantially on the continued services and performance of our key executives, senior management and skilled personnel, particularly our professionals with experience in our business and operations, including our information technology and systems, and the GDS industry. We cannot assure you that any of these individuals will continue to be employed by us. The specialized skills needed by our business are time-consuming and difficult to acquire and in short supply, and this shortage is likely to continue. A lengthy period of time is required to hire and train replacement personnel when skilled personnel depart the company. An inability to hire, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees could materially hinder our business by, for example, delaying our ability to bring new products and services to market or impairing the success of our operations. Even if we are able to maintain our employee base, the resources needed to attract and retain such employees may adversely affect our profits, growth and operating margins.

United Airlines has announced its intention to use another provider to host and manage its reservation system.

        We host and manage United Airlines' reservations system and provide related services pursuant to an agreement that expires in 2013. United Airlines, however, has stated its intent to transition its reservation system from us to another provider, which cannot occur before 2008 under the agreement. If United Airlines completes the transition to another provider, our results of operations would be adversely affected due to the loss of revenue from the agreement.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.

        While most of our revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue, including interest obligations on a portion of our new senior secured credit facilities and on the senior euro floating rate notes and euro senior subordinated notes, is denominated in other currencies, such as the pound sterling, the euro and the Australian dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies or any other applicable currencies to the U.S. dollar will affect, to the extent not hedged in the financial markets, our operating expenses and operating margins and could result in exchange losses despite our efforts to manage our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.

Our Sponsors control us and may have conflicts of interest with us or you in the future.

        Investment funds associated with or designated by affiliates of The Blackstone Group, Technology Crossover Ventures and One Equity Partners, or our Sponsors, beneficially own substantially all of the outstanding voting shares of our ultimate parent company. As a result of this ownership, the Sponsors are entitled to elect all of our directors, to appoint new management and to approve actions requiring the approval of the holders of our outstanding voting shares as a single class, including adopting most amendments to our articles of incorporation and approving or rejecting proposed mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, regardless of whether noteholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. Through control of the Parent Guarantor, the Sponsors control us and all of our subsidiaries.

        The interests of the Sponsors may differ from yours in material respects. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of the Sponsors and their affiliates, as equity holders, might conflict with your interests as a noteholder. The Sponsors and their affiliates may also have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings (including financings that are senior to the senior subordinated notes) or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve

35



risks to you as a note holder. Additionally, the indentures governing the notes permit us to pay advisory fees, dividends or make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, and the Sponsors may have an interest in our doing so. For example, borrowings under our revolving credit facility and a portion of the proceeds from asset sales may be used for such purposes.

        The Sponsors and their affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies, and may from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. You should consider that the interests of the Sponsors may differ from yours in material respects. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions," "Description of Other Indebtedness," "Description of Senior Notes" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes."

We have identified four significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting.

        We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and are therefore not required to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. However, in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the periods ended August 22, 2006 and December 31, 2006, our auditors and we have identified certain matters involving our internal control over financial reporting that constitute significant deficiencies under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB").

        The PCAOB defines a significant deficiency as a control deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects the company's ability to initiate, authorize, record, process, or report external financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected. A control deficiency exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency in design exists when (a) a control necessary to meet the control objective is missing or (b) an existing control is not properly designed so that, even if the control operates as designed, the control objective is not always met. A deficiency in operation exists when a properly designed control does not operate as designed, or when the person performing the control does not possess the necessary authority or qualifications to perform the control effectively.

        Certain controls over the financial closing and reporting process did not operate as designed during the audit process. We and our auditors identified four significant deficiencies: (i) account reconciliation process was not operating effectively to identify errors in balances; (ii) communication between business units and technical accounting for non-routine transactions was not operating effectively; (iii) controls over the identification and disclosure of related party transactions were not designed properly; and (iv) our fraud risk assessment process was not fully implemented.

        We are in the process of implementing changes to strengthen our internal controls. Additional measures may be necessary and the measures we expect to take to improve our internal controls may not be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective or to ensure that such material weakness or other material weaknesses would not result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In addition, we cannot guarantee that other material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not be identified in the future. If we are unable to

36



correct deficiencies in internal controls in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information accurately and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC will be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of the notes, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and penalties, and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Separation from Avis Budget

We have a limited operating history as an independent company and our historical and pro forma financial information is not necessarily representative of the results we would have achieved as an independent company and may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.

        The historical and pro forma financial information prior to August 22, 2006 included in this prospectus does not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows that we would have achieved as an independent company during the periods presented or those that we will achieve in the future, primarily as a result of the following factors:

    Until August 2006, our businesses were operated by Avis Budget as part of its broader corporate organization, rather than as an independent company. Avis Budget or one of its affiliates historically performed various corporate functions for us, including, but not limited to, tax administration, certain governance functions (including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and internal audit) and external reporting. Our historical and pro forma financial results reflect allocations of corporate expenses from Avis Budget for these and similar functions. These allocations are less than the comparable expenses we believe we would have incurred had we operated as an independent company.

    Historically, we shared economies of scope and scale in costs, employees, vendor relationships and customer relationships, as well as pursued integrated strategies with Avis Budget's other businesses, including those operated by Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy as separate companies. We entered into a Transition Services Agreement and other agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy; however, such temporary arrangements may not capture the benefits our businesses have enjoyed as a result of being integrated with the other businesses of Avis Budget. The loss of these benefits could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition following the completion of the Acquisition. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for a further description of these agreements.

    Generally, our working capital requirements and capital for our general corporate purposes, including acquisitions and capital expenditures, were historically satisfied as part of the corporate-wide cash management policies of Avis Budget. Avis Budget no longer provides us with funds to finance our working capital or other cash requirements. Accordingly, we obtained, and may in the future need to obtain additional, financing from banks, through public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities, strategic relationships or other arrangements.

    Our cost of capital is higher than Avis Budget's cost of capital prior to the Acquisition because Avis Budget's credit ratings are higher than ours following the Acquisition.

Other significant changes may occur in our cost structure, management, financing and business operations as a result of the Acquisition that we cannot predict.

37



We may be unable to make, on a timely or cost-effective basis, the changes necessary to operate as an independent company, and we may experience increased costs after the Acquisition or as a result of the Acquisition.

        Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy are contractually obligated to provide to us only those services specified in the Transition Services Agreement and the other agreements we entered into with them in connection with the Acquisition and the spin-offs of Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide to stockholders of Avis Budget on July 31, 2006, or the Spin-Offs. All services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement will be provided for a specified period of time, generally for one year from the date of the Acquisition. We may be unable to replace in a timely manner or on comparable terms the services or other benefits that Avis Budget previously provided to us that are not specified in the Transition Services Agreement or the other agreements, or the services or benefits that are so specified upon the expiration of the periods for which they are to be provided pursuant to those agreements. Also, upon the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement or such other agreements, many of the services that are covered in such agreements will be provided internally or by unaffiliated third parties, and we expect that in some instances, we may incur higher costs to obtain such services than we incurred under the terms of such agreements. In addition, if Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide or Realogy do not continue to perform effectively the transition and other services called for under the Transition Services Agreement and other agreements, we may not be able to operate our businesses effectively and our profitability may decline.

The ownership by our executive officers of shares of common stock, options or other equity awards of Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide or Realogy may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest.

        Because of their former positions with Cendant, substantially all of our executive officers held shares of Cendant common stock, options to purchase shares of Cendant common stock or other equity-related instruments. Following the Spin-Offs, these officers now hold shares of common stock and options to purchase shares of common stock in Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy. The individual holdings of common stock and options to purchase common stock of Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy may be significant for some of these persons compared to these persons' total assets. Ownership by our officers, after the Acquisition, of common stock and options to purchase common stock of Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy, creates, or, may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy than the decisions have for us.

We are contractually obligated to indemnify Avis Budget for certain taxes relating to our separation from Avis Budget.

        Our separation from Avis Budget involved a restructuring of our business whereby certain of our former foreign subsidiaries were separated independent of our separation from Avis Budget. It is possible that the independent separation of these foreign subsidiaries could give rise to an increased tax liability for Avis Budget that would not have existed had these foreign subsidiaries been separated with us. In order to induce Avis Budget to approve the separation structure, we agreed to indemnify Avis Budget for any increase in their tax liability resulting from the structure. We are not able to predict the amount of such tax liability, if any. To the extent that our obligation to indemnify Avis Budget subjects us to additional costs, such costs would be treated as an adjustment to the purchase price, increasing tax-deductible goodwill, and could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition.

38



Risks Relating to the Notes

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

        Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes.

        If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Your right to receive payments on each series of outstanding notes is, and payments on the exchange notes will be, effectively junior to the right of lenders who have a security interest in our assets to the extent of the value of those assets.

        Our obligations under the notes and our guarantors' obligations under their guarantees of the notes are unsecured, but our obligations under our senior secured credit facilities and each guarantor's obligations under their guarantees of the senior secured credit facilities are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our domestic tangible and intangible assets, including the stock of substantially all of our wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries and a portion of the stock of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we are declared bankrupt or insolvent, or if we default under our senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could declare all of the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued interest, immediately due and payable. If we were unable to repay such indebtedness, the lenders could foreclose on the pledged assets to the exclusion of holders of the notes, even if an event of default exists under the indentures governing the notes at such time. Furthermore, if the lenders foreclose and sell the pledged equity interests in any subsidiary guarantor under the notes, then that guarantor will be released from its guarantee of the notes automatically and immediately upon such sale. In any such event, because the notes will not be secured by any of our assets or the equity interests in subsidiary guarantors, it is possible that there would be no assets remaining from which your claims could be satisfied or, if any assets remained, they might be insufficient to satisfy your claims fully. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

        As of December 31, 2006, we had approximately $2,223 million ($3,263 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of senior secured indebtedness, all of which was indebtedness under our senior secured credit facilities, not including availability of $275 million ($300 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) under our revolving credit facility, $19.1 million available to be drawn under our $125 million ($150 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) synthetic letter of credit facility, and the option to raise incremental senior secured credit facilities of up to $500 million. The indentures governing the notes permit the Parent Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, including senior secured indebtedness.

39



Claims of noteholders are structurally subordinate to claims of creditors of all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries and some of our U.S. subsidiaries because they do not guarantee the notes.

        The Issuer bought Travelport and its U.S. subsidiaries in the Acquisition, while substantially all of the non-U.S. subsidiaries were purchased by Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd., a direct subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor. Although Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd. and its subsidiaries are generally subject to the covenants in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes, none of them guarantee the senior secured credit facilities or the notes. The notes are also not guaranteed by any of our less than wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinate to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. See "The Transactions" and notes 8 and 15 to our combined financial statements contained elsewhere herein.

Your right to receive payments on the senior subordinated notes are junior to the rights of the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities and all of our other senior debt and any of our future senior indebtedness.

        The senior subordinated notes are general unsecured obligations that are junior in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding approximately $3,133 million ($4,173 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of senior indebtedness, including the senior notes and $2,223 million ($3,263 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) under the senior secured credit facilities. As of December 31, 2006, an additional $275 million ($300 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) was available to be drawn under our revolving credit facility and an additional $19.1 million was available under our $125 million ($150 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) synthetic letter of credit facility. In addition, we have the option to raise incremental senior secured credit facilities of up to $500 million. We may not pay principal, premium, if any, interest or other amounts on account of the senior subordinated notes in the event of a payment default or certain other defaults in respect of certain of our senior indebtedness, including debt under the senior secured credit facilities, unless the senior indebtedness has been paid in full or the default has been cured or waived. In addition, in the event of certain other defaults with respect to the senior indebtedness, we may not be permitted to pay any amount on account of the senior subordinated notes for a designated period of time.

        Because of the subordination provisions in the senior subordinated notes, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution, our assets will not be available to pay obligations under the senior subordinated notes until we have made all payments in cash on our senior indebtedness. We cannot assure you that sufficient assets will remain after all these payments have been made to make any payments on the senior subordinated notes, including payments of principal or interest when due.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the notes.

        Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the senior secured credit agreement, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness,

40



including our senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our senior secured credit agreement, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control.

        Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase of the notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries' operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to purchase all of the notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Further, we are contractually restricted under the terms of our senior secured credit agreement from repurchasing all of the notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase the notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior secured credit agreement. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indentures governing the notes and a cross-default under the senior secured credit agreement. The senior secured credit agreement also provides that a change of control will be a default that permits lenders to accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder. Any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions.

The lenders under the senior secured credit facilities have the discretion to release the guarantors under the senior secured credit agreement in a variety of circumstances, which will cause those guarantors to be released from their guarantees of the notes.

        While any obligations under the senior secured credit facilities remain outstanding, any guarantee of the notes may be released without action by, or consent of, any holder of the notes or the trustee under the indentures governing the notes, at the discretion of lenders under the senior secured credit facilities, if the related guarantor is no longer a guarantor of obligations under the senior secured credit facilities or any other indebtedness. See "Description of Senior Notes" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes." The lenders under the senior secured credit facilities have the discretion to release the guarantees under the senior secured credit facilities in a variety of circumstances. You will not have a claim as a creditor against any subsidiary that is no longer a guarantor of the notes, and the indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, whether secured or unsecured, of those subsidiaries will effectively be senior to claims of noteholders.

You may face foreign exchange risks or tax consequences as a result of investing in the euro notes.

        The senior euro floating rate notes and the euro senior subordinated notes are denominated and payable in euros. If you are a U.S. investor, an investment in euro-denominated notes will entail foreign exchange-related risks due to, among other factors, possible significant changes in the value of the euro relative to the U.S. dollar because of economic, political and other factors over which we have no control. Depreciation of the euro against the U.S. dollar could cause a decrease in the effective yield of the euro-denominated notes below their stated coupon rates and could result in a loss to you

41



on a U.S. dollar basis. Investing in the euro-denominated notes by U.S. investors may also have important tax consequences.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes.

        Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the notes and the incurrence of the guarantees. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from state to state, the notes or guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (1) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, issued the notes or incurred the guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors or (2) we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the notes or incurring the guarantees and, in the case of (2) only, one of the following is also true at the time thereof:

    we or any of the guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees;

    the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantees left us or any of the guarantors, as applicable, with an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business;

    we or any of the guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such guarantor's ability to pay as they mature; or

    we or any of the guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages, or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such guarantor if, in either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied.

        If a court were to find that the issuance of the notes or the incurrence of the guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court could void the payment obligations under the notes or such guarantee or further subordinate the notes or such guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related guarantor, or require the holders of the notes to repay any amounts received with respect to such guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the notes. Further, the voidance of the notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries' other debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.

        As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

        We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or the guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a court uses, that the issuance of the guarantees would not be further subordinated to our or any of our guarantors' other debt. Generally, however, an entity would be considered solvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:

    the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair saleable value of all its assets; or

    the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or

    it could not pay its debts as they become due.

42


We have no operations of our own and may not have sufficient cash to make payments on the notes.

        The Issuer, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor and the Parent Guarantor have no operations of their own and derive substantially all of their revenue and cash flows from their subsidiaries. Their principal assets are the equity interests they hold in their operating subsidiaries. As a result, these entities are dependent upon dividends and other payments from their subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet their outstanding debt service and other obligations. The subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable the Issuer, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor or the Parent Guarantor to make principal and interest payments on their indebtedness, including the notes. In addition, any payments on dividends, distributions, loans or advances to them by their subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, taxation and monetary transfer restrictions in the jurisdictions in which the subsidiaries operate. In addition, payments to them by their subsidiaries will be contingent upon the subsidiaries' earnings. The subsidiaries are, or in the future may be, subject to agreements that may restrict payments from the applicable subsidiary to the Issuer, the Intermediate Parent Guarantor or the Parent Guarantor. While the indentures governing the notes and the senior secured credit facilities provide for limitations on these restrictions, we cannot assure you that agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of their subsidiaries will permit the applicable subsidiary to provide them with sufficient cash to fund payments on the notes when due.

The Parent Guarantor is a Bermuda company, and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor is a Luxembourg company; it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against them.

        The Parent Guarantor and the Intermediate Parent Guarantor were incorporated under the laws of, and their businesses are based in, Bermuda and Luxembourg, respectively. In addition, a portion of their assets may be located in jurisdictions outside the United States. As such, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process within the United States upon them, or to recover against them on judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against the Parent Guarantor in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because these laws have no extraterritorial application under Bermuda law and do not have force of law in Bermuda; however, a Bermuda court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages on it if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. Similarly, it is unlikely that a claim may be brought in Luxembourg against the Intermediate Parent Guarantor in the first instance for violation of U.S. federal securities laws because it is unlikely that any provisions of laws have extraterritorial application under Luxembourg law and have force of law in Luxembourg; however, a Luxembourg court may impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages on it if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Luxembourg law.

        We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman, the Parent Guarantor's special Bermuda counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may decline to enforce the judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to public policy in Bermuda. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments.

43



        In addition, we have been advised by Arendt & Redernach, as special Luxembourg counsel, that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Luxembourg would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as the experts named herein, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, or original actions brought in Luxembourg against us or such persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, we have been advised by Luxembourg that there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Luxembourg providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, and there are grounds upon which Luxembourg courts may decline to enforce the judgments of U.S. courts. Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Luxembourg courts as contrary to public policy in Luxembourg. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable.

If you choose not to exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, the transfer restrictions currently applicable to your outstanding notes will remain in force and the market price of your outstanding notes could decline.

        If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, then you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the outstanding notes as set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreements, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to "Prospectus Summary—Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer" and "Registration Rights" for information about how to tender your outstanding notes.

        The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the principal amount of the outstanding notes outstanding, which may have an adverse effect upon and increase the volatility of, the market price of the outstanding notes due to reduction in liquidity.

Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the notes.

        The exchange notes are a new issues of securities for which there is no established public market. The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in any of the exchanges notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. Therefore, an active market for any of the exchange notes may not develop or, if developed, it may not continue. Historically, the market for non investment-grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for any of the exchange notes may not be free from similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your exchange notes. In addition, subsequent to their initial issuance, the exchange notes may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors.

44



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains "forward-looking" statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the statements appear, in particular, in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business." Forward-looking statements identify prospective information. Important factors could cause actual results to differ, possibly materially, from those in the forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "potential," "should," "will" and "would" or other similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future priorities, goals, strategies, actions to improve business performance, market growth assumptions and expectations, new products, product pricing, changes to our manufacturing processes, future business opportunities, capital expenditures, financing needs, financial position and other information that is not historical information or state other "forward-looking" information.

        The following list represents some, but not necessarily all, of the factors that could cause actual results to differ from historical results or those anticipated or predicted by these forward-looking statements:

    our substantial indebtedness;

    our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness and the impact such indebtedness may have on the way we operate our businesses;

    interest rate movements;

    factors affecting the level of travel activity, particularly air travel volume, including security concerns, natural disasters and other disruptions;

    general economic and business conditions, both nationally and in our markets;

    competition in the travel industry;

    pricing, regulatory and other trends in the travel industry;

    risks associated with doing business in multiple international jurisdictions and in multiple currencies;

    maintenance and protection of our information technology and intellectual property;

    the outcome of pending litigation;

    our ability to consummate the proposed acquisition of Worldspan;

    acquisition opportunities and our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses and realize anticipated benefits of such acquisitions, including the proposed Worldspan acquisition;

    financing plans and access to adequate capital on favorable terms; and

    our ability to achieve anticipated cost savings.

        We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur.

        Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by which, such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking information is based on information available at the time and/or management's good faith belief with respect to future events, and is subject to risks and

45



uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in the statements. The factors listed in the section captioned "Risk Factors," as well as any other cautionary language in this prospectus, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in these risk factors and elsewhere in this prospectus could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position.

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statements are made. We assume no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting forward-looking information except to the extent required by applicable securities laws. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements.

46



THE TRANSACTIONS

The Acquisition and Related Financings

        On June 30, 2006, Cendant Corporation and its indirect subsidiary, Travelport Americas, Inc. (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), entered into a Purchase Agreement with TDS Investor LLC, a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group, or the Sponsor, providing for the sale of Travelport.

        Investment funds associated with Blackstone and certain other investors who co-invested with Blackstone invested approximately $900 million in our business as part of the Acquisition. These funds are invested by the Sponsors directly or indirectly in TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., or the Partnership, a Cayman exempt limited partnership, which caused these funds to be contributed through its direct and indirect subsidiaries to the Issuer, one of its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries.

        The Acquisition was financed with proceeds from $2,200 million in term loans under our senior secured credit facilities. As part of the Acquisition, subsidiaries of Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda limited company, and a direct subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor, purchased substantially all of the foreign subsidiaries of Travelport with a portion of the funds described above, which it received from the Issuer in the form of an intercompany loan, and the Issuer acquired Travelport Americas, Inc. and its U.S. subsidiaries.

        As a result of the Acquisition, as of September 7, 2006, investment funds controlled by the Sponsor held approximately 86.1% of the shares of the Cayman limited company that acts as general partner of the Partnership and fully controls the Partnership. By virtue of this ownership and the Partnership's 100% ownership of us, Blackstone controls us. Investment funds controlled by Technology Crossover Ventures, or TCV, invested in the remaining Class A-1 Partnership Interests of the Partnership and the remaining shares of the general partner of the Partnership.

        In October 2006, the partners entered into an amended and restated partnership agreement and other agreements with its existing general partner and limited partners, as well as certain officers, directors and key employees (collectively, the "Executives") of the Company, pursuant to which the Partnership awarded and sold various classes of equity interests to the Executives. The Partnership received aggregate proceeds of approximately $1.6 million as a result of the sales of interests to Executives in the offering, which was made pursuant to the Partnership's 2006 Interest Plan (the "Interest Plan"). In addition, the Partnership also awarded, pursuant to the Interest Plan, additional interests to Executives with a fair market value for purposes of FAS 123R of $49 million, based on a preliminary valuation.

        In connection with our agreement to acquire Worldspan, One Equity Partners, or OEP, made an equity contribution of $125 million in the Partnership that was used by one of our parent companies to make a $125 million loan to Worldspan. As a result of this contribution, OEP became a limited partner in the Partnership. A second amended and restated limited partnership agreement for the Partnership reflecting certain amendments requested by OEP was entered on March 26, 2007.

        We entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Transition Services Agreement and certain other agreements with Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide that effected the separation of Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide from Avis Budget and provide a framework for our relationships with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy. These agreements govern the relationships among us, Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide and provide for the allocation among us, Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide of Cendant's assets, liabilities and obligations (including employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to the respective separations of each of the businesses from Cendant.

47



        See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy" for a summary of these agreements and other arrangements among Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide and us.

        The Transition Services Agreement provides for the provision of certain transition services by Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide to us, including services relating to human resources and employee benefits, corporate real estate, payroll, financial systems management, treasury and cash management, telecommunications and information technology. The cost of each transition service is based on either a flat fee or an allocation (based on size or usage) of the cost incurred by the company providing the service. All services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement will be provided for a specified period of time, generally one year from the date of the Acquisition, and the parties' abilities to terminate those services in advance without penalty will be limited.

        The following chart shows a summary of our organizational structure prior to the proposed Worldspan acquisition. The dotted line indicates the Issuer, the co-obligor and the entities that guarantee the senior secured credit facilities and the notes.

LOGO


(1)
Guarantor of the senior secured credit facilities on a senior secured basis, the senior notes on a senior basis and the senior subordinated notes on a senior subordinated basis.

48


(2)
The Issuer lent a portion of the proceeds from the senior secured credit facilities and the offering of the outstanding notes to Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd. to finance the purchase of substantially all of the foreign subsidiaries of Travelport as part of the Transactions. See "The Transactions."

(3)
Travelport Holdings, Inc. is the co-obligor of the notes.

(4)
The non-guarantor subsidiaries include all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries as well as Galileo International Technology, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. These entities are more restricted than the Issuer and the guarantors in their ability to incur indebtedness. See "Description of Senior Notes—Certain Covenants" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Certain Covenants."

Sources and Uses

        The sources and uses of the funds for the Transactions are shown in the table below.

(in millions)

   
   
   
Sources
   
  Uses
   
Revolving credit facility (1)   $   Purchase price   $ 4,179
Term loan facilities (2)     2,200   Cash on hand     219
Senior notes (3)     899   Fees and expenses (5)     105
             
Senior subordinated notes (4)     504          
Equity contribution     900          
   
         
  Total Sources   $ 4,503   Total Uses   $ 4,503
   
     

(1)
Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into a $275 million senior secured revolving credit facility with a six-year maturity, none of which was drawn on the closing date of the Transactions. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

(2)
Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into $2,200 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loan facilities consisting of a U.S. dollar-denominated facility and a euro-denominated facility, each having a seven-year maturity, and all of which were drawn on the closing date of the Transactions. We also entered into a $125 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility. On the closing date of the Transactions, we issued approximately $38 million in letters of credit under this facility. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

(3)
Includes $150 million aggregate principal amount of senior dollar floating rate notes due 2014, €235 million aggregate principal amount of senior euro floating rate notes due 2014 and $450 million aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % senior dollar fixed rate notes due 2014.

(4)
Includes $300 million aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % dollar senior subordinated notes due 2016 and €160 million aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % euro senior subordinated notes due 2016.

(5)
Reflects fees and expenses associated with the Transactions, including placement and other financing fees, advisory fees, transaction fees paid to affiliates of the Sponsor, and other transaction costs and professional fees. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

49



USE OF PROCEEDS

        The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreements that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. As consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. The outstanding notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any increase or decrease in our capitalization.

50



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table summarizes our cash position and capitalization as of December 31, 2006 on an actual basis and as adjusted for our proposed acquisition of Worldspan.

        This table should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings "The Transactions," "Use of Proceeds," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information," "Selected Historical Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Other Indebtedness" and our combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        This table also excludes indebtedness of our parent company. In particular, this table excludes the $1.1 billion of senior PIK term loans made by a syndicate of lenders to Travelport Holdings Limited on March 27, 2007.

 
  Actual
  As Adjusted
(in millions)

  As of
December 31,
2006

  As of
December 31,
2006

Cash and cash equivalents   $ 97   $ 129
   
 
Senior secured credit facilities:            
  Revolving credit facility (1)        
  Term loan facilities (2)     2,223     3,263
Senior notes (3)     910     910
Senior subordinated notes (4)     511     511
Capital leases     3     78
   
 
  Total debt     3,647     4,762
             
Equity (5)     775     900
   
 
  Total capitalization   $ 4,422   $ 5,662
   
 

(1)
Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into a $275 million senior secured revolving credit facility with a six-year maturity, none of which was drawn on the closing date of the Transactions. Upon closing of the proposed acquisition of Worldspan, the revolving credit facility will increase to $300 million. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

(2)
Upon the closing of the Transactions, we entered into $2,200 million in aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loan facilities consisting of a U.S. dollar-denominated facility and a euro-denominated facility, in each case having a seven-year maturity, and all of which were drawn on the closing date of the Transactions. We also entered into a $125 million senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility. Upon closing of the proposed acquisition of Worldspan, we will incur an additional $1,040 million of term loans and increase the synthetic letter of credit facility to $150 million.

(3)
Includes $150 million aggregate principal amount of senior dollar floating rate notes due 2014, €235 million aggregate principal amount of senior euro floating rate notes due 2014 and $450 million aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % senior dollar fixed rate notes due 2014.

(4)
Includes $300 million aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % dollar senior subordinated notes due 2016 and €160 million aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % euro senior subordinated notes due 2016.

(5)
Actual amount includes $908 million equity contribution, $144 million of deficit accumulated and $11 million of accumulated other comprehensive income for the period July 13, 2006 to December 31, 2006. As adjusted equity includes $125 million to be contributed as a result of the forgiveness of the PIK note issued to a parent affiliate of Travelport to occur upon the closing of the proposed acquisition of Worldspan.

51



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following unaudited pro forma financial information is based on the audited financial statements of Travelport appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as adjusted to illustrate the estimated pro forma effects of the Acquisition (including the preliminary application of purchase accounting) and related financing transactions, including the offering of notes and the preliminary estimates of the purchase price allocation, and also of the proposed acquisition of Worldspan. The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes of Travelport and Worldspan and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

        The unaudited pro forma statement of operations gives effect to the Transactions and the proposed acquisition of Worldspan as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet gives effect to the acquisition of Worldspan as if it had occurred on December 31, 2006.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information includes reported amounts from Worldspan's financial statements. The unaudited pro forma information does not reflect preliminary estimates of purchase price allocation for this proposed transaction as the transaction has not been consummated. We have assumed that, for Worldspan, historical values of current assets acquired and current liabilities assumed reflect fair value. The unaudited pro forma information does not include any Worldspan fair value adjustments for intangible assets and the possible impact on amortization on such possible fair value adjustments. Upon the allocation of the consummated Worldspan purchase price, there may be adjustments to depreciable and amortizable assets that could have a material impact on the balance sheet and statement of operations.

        The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Adjustments to depreciation and amortization are based upon the preliminary valuation and allocation of goodwill that resulted from the Acquisition, and are subject to revision.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the combined results of operations or financial position that we would have reported had the Transactions been completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as representative of our future combined results of operations or financial position.

52



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006
(in millions)

 
  Travelport
Limited

  Worldspan
  Pro forma
adjustments

  Pro forma
Assets                        
Current assets                        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 97   $ 32       $ 129
  Accounts receivable, net     454     72     (3 )(b)   523
  Deferred income taxes     6             6
  Other current assets     155     23         178
   
 
 
 
Total current assets     712     127     (3 )   836

Property and equipment, net

 

 

516

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

616
Goodwill and intangible assets     4,506     535     554   (a)   5,564
                  (31 )(b)    
Deferred income taxes     12     44         56
Other non-current assets     384     141     (125 )(c)(a)   472
                  72   (d)    
   
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 6,130   $ 947   $ 467   $ 7,544
   
 
 
 

Liabilities and invested equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities:                        
  Accounts payable   $ 308   $ 9       $ 317
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     821     135     (11 )(b)   945
  Current portion of long-term debt     22     7     (7 )(a)   22
  Current portion of capital lease obligations     2     13         15
  Deferred income taxes     13             13
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     1,166     164     (18 )   1,312

Long-term debt

 

 

3,622

 

 

1,194

 

 

96

  (a)

 

4,662
                  (250 )(c)(a)    
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations     1     62         63
Deferred income taxes     247             247
Tax sharing liability     125             125
Other non-current liabilities     194     64     (23 )(b)   235
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities     5,355     1,484     (195 )   6,644
   
 
 
 

Total equity

 

 

775

 

 

(537

)

 

125

  (c)(a)

 

900
                  537   (a)    
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and invested equity   $ 6,130   $ 947   $ 467   $ 7,544
   
 
 
 

(a)
The pro forma adjustments give effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan by Travelport and the allocation of the preliminary purchase price of $1.4 billion.


The indentures governing approximately $951 million of Worldspan debt contain provisions whereby the acquisition by Travelport, if closed, will represent an event of default and cause the outstanding debt to become immediately due and payable. In addition, the merger agreement requires the proceeds from the new Travelport term loans to be used to repay the Worldspan long-term debt. The excess of the preliminary purchase price less amounts used to pay Worldspan long term debt of $951 million, PIK notes to be forgiven of $250 million, $100 million estimated incremental liabilities to be assumed and capitalized transaction costs of $72 million over the historical December 31, 2006 Worldspan stockholders deficit balance of $537 million results in estimated incremental goodwill of $554 million.


Upon the allocation of the Worldspan purchase price, there may be adjustments to depreciable and amortizable assets that could have a material impact on the balance sheet and statements of operations.


The Worldspan historical basis goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2006 consisted of approximately $739 million in gross assets less $204 million of accumulated amortization. (See Worldspan financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details), Worldspan recorded amortization expense for its amortizable intangible assets of $59.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.


The amounts reflected as Worldspan goodwill and other intangible assets and related amortization expense in the pro forma financial information is subject to change should the transaction be consummated.

(b)
Eliminates the financial statement impact of transactions between Orbitz and Worldspan related to inducement payments made to Orbitz by Worldspan and the elimination of the impact of a purchase accounting fair value adjustment on the balance sheet of Travelport for certain contracts between Orbitz and Worldspan.

(c)
Reflects forgiveness of the $125 million PIK note issued by Worldspan to Travelport and the $125 million PIK note issued by Worldspan to a parent affiliate of Travelport. The $125 million PIK note issued to Travelport is eliminated from the balance sheet of Travelport and the $125 million PIK note issued to a parent affiliate of Travelport is recorded as a capital contribution.

(d)
Reflects estimated transaction fees directly related to the financing to be capitalized on the balance sheet and to be amortized over the life of the new term loan issuances

53



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006

 
  Company
  Predecessor(I)
   
   
   
   
 
(in millions)

  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
to December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006
to August 22, 2006

  Worldspan
(II)

  Travelport
Adjustments

  Worldspan
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
 
Net revenue   $ 839   $ 1,711     887   $ (31 ) (a)   (40 ) (g) $ 3,366  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cost of revenue     378     717     597         (40 ) (g)   1,630  
                              (22 ) (h)      
Selling, general and administrative     347     654     140     4    (b)   (33 ) (h)   1,112  
Separation and restructuring charges     16     92                 108  
Depreciation and amortization     78     125     38     14    (c)   55    (h)   310  
Other income         (7 )               (7 )
Impairment of long-lived assets     14     2,376         (2,376) (d)       14  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses     833     3,957     775     (2,358 )   (40 )   3,167  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

6

 

 

(2,246

)

 

112

 

 

2,327

 

 


 

 

199

 
Interest expense, net     (151 )   (39 )   (70 )   (191 ) (e)   (15 ) (i)   (465 )
                        1    (a)            

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

 

 


 

 


 

 

(23

)

 


 

 


 

 

(23

)
Other expense     (1 )   (1 )   3             1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (146 )   (2,286 )   22     2,137     (15 )   (288 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4     (115 )   12     143    (f)   (5)    (j)   39  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax   $ (150 ) $ (2,171 ) $ 10   $ 1,994   $ (10 ) $ (327 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations Data.

54



NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA

(I)
Prior to the Acquisition, the Company had limited operations. As a result, the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget are considered to be a predecessor company ("Predecessor").

(II)
Worldspan includes reported amounts for the year ended December 31, 2006 derived from Worldspan's financial statements.

(a)
Reflects the adjustment to revenue as a result of fair value adjustments as a result of the Acquisition.

(b)
Reflects the adjustment to selling, general and administrative expenses for the annual monitoring fee that the Company is required to pay to the Sponsors.

(c)
Reflects our preliminary estimates of the Travelport purchase price allocated to property, plant and equipment, trademarks and tradenames, developed technology, customer contracts and relationships, vendor contracts and relationships, or other identifiable intangible assets resulting in additional depreciation and amortization expense.

(d)
Impairment of intangible assets is excluded as the goodwill and intangible assets would be stated at fair value at the beginning of each period presented, and therefore an impairment would not exist in the periods presented.

(e)
Represents pro forma interest expense resulting from our new debt structure using the applicable interest rates as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
(in millions)

  2006
 
Revolving credit facility   $  
Term loan facilities     182    (1)
Senior dollar floating rate notes     15    (2)
Senior euro floating rate notes     31    (3)
Senior fixed rate notes     44    (4)
Dollar senior subordinated notes     36    (5)
Euro senior subordinated notes     26    (6)
Capital lease obligations assumed     4    (7)
Senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility     4    (8)
Commitment fees     1    (9)
   
 
Total cash interest expense     343  
Other existing liabilities     19    (10)
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs     19    (11)
   
 
Total pro forma interest expense     381  
Less historical interest expense, net     (190 )
   
 
Total pro forma interest expense adjustment   $ 191  
   
 

(1)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the $1,410 million U.S. dollar-denominated term loan facility at an assumed per annum interest rate of LIBOR of 5.19% plus 3.00% and the $790 million Euro-denominated term loan facility at an assumed interest rate of 8.136% per annum (reflecting the estimated impact of hedging agreements).

(2)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the $150 million notes at an assumed interest rate of 9.74% per annum (reflecting the estimated impact of hedging agreement).

(3)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the €235 million notes at an assumed interest rate of 10.034% per annum (reflecting the estimated impact of hedging agreements).

(4)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the $450 million notes at an interest rate of 9.875% per annum.

55


(5)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the $300 million notes at an interest rate of 11.875% per annum.

(6)
Reflects pro forma interest expense on the €160 million notes at an assumed interest rate of 12.70% per annum (reflecting the estimated impact of hedging agreement).

(7)
Reflects historical cash interest expense on assumed capital lease obligations that are not being refinanced.

(8)
Reflects pro forma interest expense under the new senior secured synthetic letter of credit facility at an assumed interest rate of 3.09% on the $125 million facility.

(9)
Reflects pro forma commitment fees of 0.50% on an estimated $275 million average available balance under the revolving credit facility.

(10)
Reflects non-cash accretion of other discounted liabilities being assumed, primarily related to the tax sharing liability.

(11)
Reflects non-cash amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs. These costs are amortized over the term of the related facilities.

Interest rate sensitivity:

A 1/8% change in interest rates would impact pro forma interest expense by approximately $2 million.

(f)
Represents the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments calculated at an assumed applicable statutory rate, net of the estimated impact of a valuation allowance. The actual tax effect depends, among other factors, on the jurisdictions associated with borrowing and our ability to realize taxable income in those jurisdictions, as well as on the deferred tax consequences.

(g)
Reflects elimination of inducements paid by Worldspan to Orbitz.

(h)
Reclassification of depreciation and amortization expense to conform to Travelport presentation. See also (a) of the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet.

(i)
Represents pro forma interest expense resulting from the proposed debt structure resulting from the planned acquisition of Worldspan using the applicable interest rates as follows (in millions):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest on new funded indebtedness   $ 80   (1)
Capital lease obligations assumed     5   (2)
   
 
Total cash interest expense     85  
Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs     4   (3)
   
 
Total pro forma interest expense     89  
Less historical interest expense, net     (74 )
   
 
Total pro forma interest expense adjustment   $ 15  
   
 

    (1)
    Reflects pro forma interest expense on a $1,040 million U.S. dollar-denominated term loan facility at an assumed interest rate of LIBOR of 5.19% plus 2.500%. This is based on the rates of the existing Travelport floating rate debt in 2006.

    (2)
    Reflects historical interest expense on assumed capital lease obligations.

    (3)
    Reflects non-cash amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs. These costs are amortized over the term of the related facilities.


The pro forma statements of operations data do not reflect incremental stand-alone costs or the effects of any cost savings and any related one-time costs to achieve those cost savings.

(j)
Represents the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments calculated at an assumed applicable statutory rate.

Interest rate sensitivity:

        A 1/8% change in interest rates would impact proforma interest expense related to the new funded indebtedness by approximately $1 million.

56



SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The following table presents our selected historical financial data and operating statistics. The statement of income data for each of the years in the four-year period ended December 31, 2005 and the periods January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are derived from unaudited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.

        On August 23, 2006, Travelport completed the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of Cendant Corporation (the "Acquisition"). Prior to the Acquisition, the Issuer's operations were limited to entering into derivative transactions related to the debt that was subsequently issued. As a result, the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. are considered a predecessor company (the "Predecessor") to Travelport. The financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) to December 31, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for Travelport on a successor basis (the "Company"), reflecting the impact of the preliminary purchase price allocation.

        The selected historical financial data and operating statistics presented below should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and accompanying notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical financial information may not be indicative of our future performance and does not necessarily reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented, including changes that will occur in our operations and capitalization as a result of the Acquisition. Refer to "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information" for a further description of the anticipated changes.

57


 
  Predecessor
  Company
  Combined*
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Period From
January 1,
through
August 22,

  Period From
July 13
(formation date)
through
December 31,

  Year
Ended
December 31,

 
(dollars in millions)

  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Statement of Operations Data:                                            
Net revenue   $ 1,695   $ 1,656   $ 1,758   $ 2,411   $ 1,711   $ 839   $ 2,550  
Total operating expenses     1,274     1,313     1,413     2,501     3,957     833     4,790  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     421     343     345     (90 )   (2,246 )   6     (2,240 )
Interest expense, net     (5 )   (2 )   (6 )   (27 )   (39 )   (151 )   (190 )
Other expense                 (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     416     341     339     (118 )   (2,286 )   (146 )   (2,432 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     103     75     85     (75 )   (115 )   4     (111 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax     313     266     254     (43 )   (2,171 )   (150 )   (2,321 )
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax             (1 )   (6 )   (6 )   (2 )   (8 )
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax                     (6 )   8     2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 313   $ 266   $ 253   $ (49 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (144 ) $ (2,327 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Balance Sheet Data(at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets   $ 3,898   $ 4,115   $ 6,031   $ 8,022         $ 6,130        
Long-term debt                 352           3,623        
Total liabilities     695     585     1,015     1,832           5,355        
Total invested equity     3,203     3,530     5,016     6,190           775        

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations of:                                            
Operating activities   $ 361   $ 381   $ 552   $ 273   $ 12   $ 285  
Investing activities     (345 )   (1,575 )   (2,123 )   82     (4,311 )   (4,229 )
Financing activities     (9 )   1,213     1,653     (382 )   4,394     4,012  
Effect of changes in exchange
rates on cash and cash equivalents
    1         (36 )   8     2     10  

Other Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)     28.4 x   27.9 x   17.4 x   n/ a   n/a     n/a     n/a  

*
The combined results of the Successor and the Predecessor for the periods in 2006 and that of the Predecessor in 2005 are not necessarily comparable due to the change in basis of accounting resulting from the Company's acquisition of the Predecessor and the change in capital structure. The presentation of the 2006 results on this combined basis does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles, however management believes that this provides useful information to assess the relative performance of the businesses in all periods presented in the financial statements. The captions included within our statements of operations that are materially impacted by the change in basis of accounting include net revenue, separation and restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and interest expense. We have disclosed the impact of the change in basis of accounting for each of these captions within our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

58


 
  Predecessor
  Company
 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Combined
Year Ended
December 31,

 
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2006 (5)

Operating Statistics (in thousands, except for gross bookings):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Business to Business
Americas (2)
                         
    Air segments   95,200     94,559     95,154     100,086   105,075
    Non-air segments         18,028     17,340     17,386   18,008
 
International (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Air segments   153,000     150,630     153,602     158,798   158,733
    Non-air segments         4,190     4,526     4,751   5,164
                           
Gross bookings (4) (in millions)       $ 5,632   $ 6,901   $ 8,008   10,169

(1)
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents earnings from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges comprise interest for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the period from July 13 (formation date) through December 31, 2006 which includes amortization of debt financing costs and the interest portion of rental payments. Due to the losses in fiscal year 2005, the period from January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 and July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed changes by $118 million, $2,286 million, and $146 million, respectively.

(2)
Includes United States, Mexico, Canada and Latin America.

(3)
Includes all countries other than the United States, Mexico, Canada and those in Latin America.

(4)
Gross booking, for all periods presented include gross bookings for all of our online and offline travel agencies as if we had acquired such business on January 1, 2004, except gross bookings for OctopusTravel, which are reflected as if we had acquired it on January 1, 2005.

(5)
For the purposes of operating statistics, we have combined the results of the company and the predecessor for the periods in 2006.

    Selected Quarterly Financial Data—(unaudited)

        Provided below is selected unaudited quarterly financial data for 2006 and 2005.

 
  2006
 
 
  Predecessor
  Company
 
 
  First
  Second
  July 1,
to
August 22,

  July 13,
(Formation
Date) to
September 30,

  Fourth
 
Net revenue   $ 636   $ 693   $ 382   $ 246   $ 593  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before depreciation, amortization, interest and income taxes     106     (1,070 )   (1,158 )   16     67  
Less: Depreciation and amortization     48     49     28     26     52  
  Interest expense, net     12     11     16     62     89  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 46   $ (1,130 ) $ (1,202 ) $ (72 ) $ (74 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 47   $ (1,060 ) $ (1,170 ) $ (71 ) $ (73 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  2005
 
 
  Predecessor
 
 
  First
  Second
  Third
  Fourth
 
Net revenue   $ 546   $ 658   $ 639   $ 568  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before depreciation, amortization, interest and income taxes     123     147     163     (320 )
Less: Depreciation and amortization     53     55     48     48  
         Interest expense, net     3     8     8     8  
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 67   $ 84   $ 107   $ (376 )
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 10   $ 71   $ 80   $ (210 )
   
 
 
 
 

59



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition covers periods prior to the consummation of the Acquisition. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of historical periods does not reflect the significant impact that the Acquisition will have on us, including significantly increased leverage and liquidity requirements, new stand-alone costs, as well as cost savings initiatives (and related costs) to be implemented in connection with the Transactions. You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Financial Information," "Selected Historical Financial Information" and the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Overview

        We provide a highly effective worldwide system for the distribution of travel and travel-related products and services. Our comprehensive portfolio of Business to Business, or B2B, and Business to Consumer, or B2C, businesses spans the spectrum of travel distribution channels, allowing us to achieve significant geographic breadth and business diversity. We believe our breadth and diversity are core strengths of our business. We distribute content we aggregate from airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines and other travel suppliers through more than 227,000 global points of sale in our B2B businesses and to millions of travelers that visit our wholly owned online travel agencies in our B2C businesses. We are an important component of the worldwide travel industry as we provide travel suppliers with access to an extensive customer base of travelers, and provide travel agencies and consumers with robust booking technology and access to considerable supplier inventory.

        We have established a strong competitive position in the travel industry through our two segments:

    Our B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, our B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers. Our B2B businesses represented approximately 70% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006.

    Our B2C businesses focus on offering travel products and services directly to consumers, largely through online travel agencies that offer a full range of travel products and services easily and efficiently. Our B2C businesses represented approximately 30% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Reorganization

        Prior to January 1, 2007, we operated in two segments: Business to Business and Business to Consumer. On September 27, 2006, we announced that we will be organized under three global businesses—Galileo, Orbitz Worldwide, and GTA—effective January 1, 2007. Galileo is now comprised of our GDS business and our supplier services offerings, including United Airlines reservations, Global Fares and Shepherd Systems. Orbitz Worldwide is now comprised of our business to consumer businesses, including Orbitz, CheapTickets, ebookers, Flairview Travel, our Supplier.com hosting business and our corporate travel business. Gullivers Travel Associates is now comprised of GTA, our leading wholesaler, TRUST International, Wizcom and OctopusTravel.

60



The Acquisition

        On August 23, 2006, Travelport completed the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget for a total purchase price of $4.1 billion, which was funded with $900 million of equity contributions of the sponsors as well as debt proceeds of $2,200 million in term loans under a new senior secured credit facility, the issuance of $899 million of senior notes and the issuance of $504 million of senior subordinated notes (the "Acquisition"). Prior to the Acquisition, the Company's operations were limited to the formation of the Company and entering into derivative transactions related to the debt that was subsequently issued. As a result, the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget are considered a predecessor company (the "Predecessor") to Travelport. The Condensed Financial Statements as of December 31, 2006 and for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for Travelport on a successor basis, reflecting the impact of the preliminary purchase price allocation. The Financial Statements for periods prior to August 23, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the Travelport Business of Avis Budget on a predecessor basis, reflecting the historical carrying values of the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget.

    Stand-alone Company

        As the Predecessor, we historically operated as a business segment of Avis Budget and not as a stand-alone company. The combined financial statements for all periods prior to August 23, 2006 included in this prospectus have been derived from the historical condensed combined financial statements of Avis Budget using the historical results of operations and the historical basis of assets and liabilities of Avis Budget's travel distribution services segment. The historical financial information included in this prospectus may not reflect what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we operated as a separate, stand-alone company without the shared resources of Avis Budget for the periods presented, and may not be indicative of our future results of operations, financial position and cash flows. See "Risk Factors."

        As the Predecessor, we were allocated general corporate overhead expenses from Avis Budget for corporate-related functions based on a percentage of our forecasted revenue. General corporate overhead expense allocations include executive management, tax, insurance, accounting, legal and treasury services and certain costs for employee benefits. During the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006, we were allocated $22 million and during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we were allocated $28 million and $22 million, respectively, of general corporate expenses from Avis Budget.

        Avis Budget also incurred certain expenses on our behalf. These expenses, which directly benefited us, were allocated based upon our actual utilization of the services. Direct allocations included costs associated with information technology, telecommunications, call centers and real estate usage. During the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006, we were allocated $62 million and during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we were allocated $104 million and $105 million, respectively, of expenses.

        We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocations of general corporate overhead and direct expenses from Avis Budget are reasonable. However, such expenses are not indicative of, nor is it practical or meaningful for us to estimate for all historical periods presented, the actual level of expenses that would have been incurred had we been operating as a separate, stand-alone public or private company.

        Incremental costs associated with operating as an independent company may include: changes in our labor and wage base, additional facilities and equipment, legal fees, insurance, and costs which might be incurred as a public registrant, including Board of Directors fees and filing related fees. For

61



the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2005, we estimate the incremental costs would have been approximately $5 million and $14 million, respectively.

        See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy" for a summary of these agreements and other arrangements among Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide and us.

Critical Accounting Policies

        In presenting the financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported therein. Several of the estimates and assumptions required relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. However, events that are outside of our control cannot be predicted and, as such, they cannot be contemplated in evaluating such estimates and assumptions. If there is a significant unfavorable change to current conditions, it could result in a material adverse impact to the combined results of operations, financial position and liquidity. We believe that the estimates and assumptions used when preparing the financial statements were the most appropriate at that time. Presented below are those accounting policies that we believe require subjective and complex judgments that could potentially affect reported results. We believe these accounting policies are applicable to both the Company and the Predecessor. However, the majority of our businesses operate in environments where a fee is paid for a service performed, and therefore the results of the majority of our recurring operations are recorded in the financial statements using accounting policies that are not particularly subjective, nor complex.

Global Distribution System Revenue Recognition

        Fees are collected from travel suppliers based upon the bookings made by travel agencies, internet sites and other subscribers. We also collect fees from travel agencies, internet sites and other subscribers for providing the ability to access schedule and fare information, book reservations and issue tickets for air through the use of the Galileo GDS. We record revenue for air travel reservations processed through the Galileo GDS at the time of the booking of the reservation. In cases where the airline booking is canceled, the booking fee must be refunded to the customer less any cancellation fee. As a result, we record revenue net of any estimated future cancellation reserve, which is calculated based on the historical cancellation rates. When we determine the estimate of future cancellations, we assume that a significant number of cancellations are immediately replaced with a new reservation, without loss of revenue. This assumption, which is supported by the historical rates of cancellations that resulted in a new reservation, has a significant impact on the amount reserved. In circumstances where expected cancellation rates increased or booking behavior changed, future cancellation estimates could be increased materially and as result revenue decreased by a corresponding amount.

        We distribute our products through a combination of owned sales and marketing organizations, or SMOs, and a network of non-owned national distribution companies, or NDCs. The NDCs are used in markets where we do not have our own SMOs to distribute our own products. In cases where NDCs are owned by airlines, we may pay a commission to the NDCs/airlines for the sales of distribution services to the travel agencies and also receive revenue from the same NDCs/airlines for the sales of segments through the Galileo GDS. We account for the fees received from the NDCs/airlines as revenue, and commissions paid to NDCs/airlines, as cost of revenue. Fees received and commissions paid are presented on the statement of operations on a gross basis, as the benefits derived from the sale of the segment is sufficiently separable from the commissions paid, and we can reasonably estimate the fair value of both the marketing services and the segment fees, although the determination of the objective and reliable evidence of fair value requires judgment.

62



Accounts Receivable

        We evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer's inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings, failure to pay amounts due us or others), we record a specific reserve for bad debts in order to reduce the receivable to the amount reasonably believed to be collectable. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debts based on past write-off history (average percentage of receivables written off historically) and the length of time the receivables are past due. Overall, airlines are experiencing financial difficulty, and some (including United Air Lines, Inc., U.S. Airways, Inc., ATA Holdings Corporation, Northwest Airlines, Inc. and Delta Air Lines, Inc.) have sought bankruptcy protection and still others may consider bankruptcy relief. We believe that we have appropriately considered the effects of these factors as of the date of the financial statements, as well as any other known customer liquidity issues, on the ability of customers to pay amounts owed. However, if demand for commercial air travel softens due to prevailing economic conditions, terrorist acts, war or other incidents involving commercial air transport, or other factors, the financial condition of customers may be adversely impacted.

        The allowance is based on the assessment of the collectibility of customer accounts. We regularly review the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the accounts receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer's ability to pay.

Business Combinations and the Recoverability of Goodwill and Indefinite and Definite Long-Lived Intangible Assets

        A component of our growth strategy has been to acquire and integrate businesses that complement the existing operations. We account for business combinations in accordance with SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" and related literature. Accordingly, the purchase price of acquired companies is allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the date of purchase. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

        In determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, the Company uses various recognized valuation methods including present value modeling and referenced market values (where available). Further, we make assumptions within certain valuation techniques including discount rates and timing of future cash flows. Valuations are performed by management or independent valuation specialists under management's supervision, where appropriate. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions that marketplace participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates.

        With regard to goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets recorded in connection with business combinations, we review the carrying values annually or, more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred, as required by SFAS No. 142 "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In performing this review, we are required to make an assessment of fair value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets. When determining fair value, we utilize various assumptions, including projections of future cash flows and discount rates. A change in these underlying assumptions could cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could cause the fair value to be less than the respective carrying amount. In such event, we would then be required to record a charge, which would impact earnings. In connection with the Transactions, we were required to test the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived assets for impairment. We normally perform an annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year subsequent to completing our annual forecasting process although we were required to perform this testing in conjunction with the Transactions. In performing this test, we determine fair value using the present value of expected future cash flows. As a result of

63



the impairment test performed we recorded a pretax charge of $2,390 million during 2006, including $2,375 million related to goodwill, $14 million related to long-lived software licenses and $1 million related to definite lived intangible assets. In addition, as a result of the analysis performed in 2005, we determined that the carrying values of goodwill and certain other indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily in our consumer travel businesses, exceeded their estimated fair values. Consequently, we also tested our other long-lived assets for impairment. In connection with the impairment assessments performed, we recorded a pretax charge of $422 million during 2005, of which $251 million reduced the value of goodwill and $171 million reduced the value of other intangibles assets (including $120 million related to trademarks and tradenames). This impairment resulted from a decline in future anticipated cash flows generated primarily by our consumer travel businesses. The aggregate carrying values of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets were $2.2 billion and $4.0 billion, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

        With regard to definite-lived intangible assets recorded in connection with business combinations, we review the carrying value if indicators of impairment are present, and determine whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the long-lived asset is less than our carrying value. If less, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset over its respective fair value. In performing this review, we are required to make an assessment of whether indicators of impairment are present, the estimate of future cash flows, and ultimately the fair value of the definite-lived intangible assets. When determining fair value, we utilize various assumptions, including projections of future cash flows and discount rates. A change in these underlying assumptions could cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could cause the fair value to be less than the respective carrying amount. As discussed above, we recorded a $1 million impairment charge to definite lived intangible assets as a result of impairment tests performed in connection with the acquisition. The aggregate carrying value of definite-lived intangible assets was $1.6 billion and $668 million as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Upfront Inducement Payments

        We pay inducements to traditional and online travel agencies for their usage of the Galileo GDS. These inducements may be paid at the time of signing a long-term agreement, at specified intervals of time, upon reaching specified transaction thresholds or for each transaction processed through the Galileo GDS. Inducements that are payable on a per transaction basis are expensed in the month the transactions are generated. Inducements paid at contract signing or payable at specified dates are capitalized and amortized over the expected life of the travel agency contract. Inducements payable upon the achievement of specified objectives are assessed as to the likelihood and amount of ultimate payment and expensed as incurred. If the estimate of the inducements to be paid to travel agencies in future periods changes, based upon developments in the travel industry or upon the facts and circumstances of a specific travel agency, cost of revenue could increase or decrease accordingly. In addition, we estimate the recoverability of capitalized inducements based upon the expected future cash flows from transactions generated by the related travel agencies. If the estimate of the future recoverability of amounts capitalized changes, cost of revenue will increase as the amounts are written-off. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005 we recorded upfront inducement payments of $79 million and $67 million, respectively, included within other assets in our balance sheet.

Income Taxes

        We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. We regularly review deferred tax assets to assess their potential realization and establish a valuation allowance for portions of such assets that we believe will not be ultimately realized. In performing this review, we make estimates and assumptions regarding projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences and the implementation of tax planning strategies. A change in these

64



assumptions could cause an increase or decrease to the valuation allowance resulting in an increase or decrease in the effective tax rate, which could materially impact the results of operations.

Acquired Company Tax Sharing Liability

        The acquired company tax sharing liability is related to an agreement between Orbitz and its former owners or their affiliates (the "Founding Airlines") governing the allocation of approximately $307 million of tax benefits resulting from a taxable exchange affected at the time of the Orbitz initial public offering in December 2003 ("Orbitz IPO"). For each tax period during the term of the tax agreement, we are obligated to pay the the Founding Airlines a percentage of the amount of any tax benefit realized as a result of additional deductions taken as a result of the taxable exchange. The term of the tax agreement commenced upon consummation of the Orbitz IPO and continues until all tax benefits have been utilized. With respect to each applicable tax period, the tax benefit payment is payable to the Founding Airlines when we receive the tax benefit. The carrying value of this liability is subject to certain assumptions, including the timing of the receipt of such benefits, the estimated tax rate when such benefits are realized and the discount rate. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005 this liability had a balance of $135 million and $175 million, respectively, representing the net present value of the liability based upon the expected realization of such benefits and the related payment to the Founding Airlines. We accreted interest expense related to this liability of approximately $5 million for the period July 13, 2006 (formation date) through December 31, 2006. The Predecessor accreted interest expense related to this liability of $14 million and $16 million for the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively. Based upon the payments expected to be made over the next twelve months as of the balance sheet dates, $10 million and $42 million of the liability is included as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The actual timing of benefits received and payments made under the agreement could differ from the assumptions used to value the liability, including the portion classified as current. Avis Budget agreed to indemnify us for any tax benefits that accrue to Avis Budget related to deductions taken prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

Segments

Business to Business

        Our B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, our B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers. Our B2B businesses consist principally of:

    Galileo, an electronic global distribution system, or GDS.

    GTA, a global travel wholesaler that packages hotel, car, and sightseeing services for sale to travel agencies and tour operators who distribute these vacation packages to leisure and group travelers.

    Supplier Services, which provide comprehensive technology products and services designed to enhance travel suppliers' and distributors' critical business processes including central reservation and related services, website hosting and other data processing services for airlines.

    Travelport for Business and Orbitz for Business, which provide corporate travel fulfillment solutions to a broad array of enterprises, ranging from Fortune 500 companies with sophisticated travel policies and global travel management requirements to small businesses.

65


    Net Revenue

        B2B revenue is primarily derived from transaction fees paid by travel suppliers for electronic travel distribution services, and to a lesser extent, revenue earned by GTA and other transaction and subscription fees. Galileo operates an electronic marketplace in which travel suppliers such as airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines, rail companies and other travel suppliers can store, display, manage and sell their products and services, and in which online and traditional travel agencies are able to electronically locate, price, compare and purchase travel suppliers' services. As compensation for our services, fees are earned, on a per segment or per booking basis, from airline, car rental, hotel and other travel-related suppliers for reservations booked through our GDS. We record and charge one transaction for each segment of an air travel itinerary (e.g., four transactions for a round-trip airline ticket with one connection each way), and one transaction for each car rental, hotel or cruise booking, regardless of the length of time associated with the booking.

        Fees paid by travel suppliers vary according to the levels of functionality at which they can participate in our GDS. These levels of functionality generally depend upon the type of communications and real-time access allowed with respect to the particular travel supplier's internal systems. Revenue for air travel reservations is recognized at the time of the booking of the reservation, net of estimated cancellations. Cancellations are estimated based on the historical level of cancellations, which are not significant. Revenue for car and hotel reservations is recognized upon fulfillment of the reservation. The later recognition of car and hotel reservation revenue reflects the difference in the contractual rights related to such services as compared to the airline reservation services.

        GTA is a leading wholesaler of accommodation and destination services to travel agencies and tour operators, who then sell to individual travelers or groups of travelers. Services provided by GTA include reservation services for hotel, ground transportation and other travel related services, exclusive of airline reservations. The components of the packaged vacations are based on the specifications requested by the travel agencies and tour operators. The revenue generated from the sale of packaged vacation components is recognized upon departure of the individual traveler or the group of travelers, as GTA has performed all services for the travel agency and the tour operator at that time.

        We also provide technology services and solutions for the airline and hotel industry focusing on marketing and sales intelligence, reservation and passenger service system and e-commerce solutions. Such revenue is recognized as the service is performed.

        In international markets, Galileo employs a hybrid sales and marketing model consisting of direct sales SMOs and indirect NDCs. In the United States, Galileo only employs an SMO model.

        In markets supported by our SMOs, Galileo enters into agreements with subscribers which provide for inducements in the form of cash payments, equipment or other services. The amount of the inducements varies depending upon the volume of the subscriber's business. We establish liabilities for these inducements and recognize the related expense as the revenue is earned in accordance with the contractual terms. Where incentives are provided at inception, we defer and amortize the expense over the life of the contract.

        In markets not supported by our SMOs, Galileo utilizes an NDC structure, where feasible, in order to take advantage of the NDC partner's local market knowledge. The NDC is responsible for cultivating the relationship with subscribers in its territory, installing subscribers' computer equipment, maintaining the hardware and software supplied to the subscribers and providing ongoing customer support. The NDC earns a commission based on the booking fees generated in the NDC's territory.

66



    Operating Expenses

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate our revenue, including inducements paid to travel agencies who subscribe to the Galileo GDS, commissions and costs incurred for NDCs and costs for call center operations, data processing and related technology costs.

        Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, labor and associated costs, advertising services, professional fees, and expenses for finance, legal, human resources and other administrative functions, including amounts allocated to us from Avis Budget in historic periods.

Business to Consumer

        We provide air, car, hotel, vacation packages, cruise and other travel reservation and fulfillment services to our customers primarily through our network of online travel agencies in the U.S. and internationally that cater to different customer segments in the travel industry. The key consumer brands include:

    Orbitz, acquired in November 2004, a full service online travel agency in the U.S. providing customers the ability to search for and book a wide array of travel products and services;

    CheapTickets, acquired in October 2001, a full service online travel agency in the U.S. designed for the more price-driven traveler who is focused on value;

    ebookers, acquired in February 2005, a full service travel agency serving Europe with an extensive product range, which includes tours, excursions, hotels, car rental, vacation packages and insurance; and

    Other B2C businesses including hotel accommodation businesses RatesToGo and HotelClub (acquired in April 2004 as part of the acquisition of Flairview Travel), Needahotel.com (acquired in February 2006) and OctopusTravel (acquired with GTA in April 2005); long haul, tailor-made tour operator business Travelbag (acquired in February 2005 in conjunction with ebookers); and the specialty travel information business The Away Network (acquired in January 2005).

    Net Revenue

        Our B2C businesses offer their products and services on a stand-alone and packaged basis, primarily through the agency and merchant business models. Under the agency model, we pass on reservations booked by travelers to the travel supplier. We receive commissions or fees from the travel supplier and/or traveler, and may also receive fees from companies operating computer systems through which the reservations are booked. Air agency revenue is generally recorded when the reservation is made and secured with a credit card, net of estimated future cancellations. Non-air agency revenue is generally recognized upon utilization of the reservation by the consumer. Under the merchant model, we negotiate with suppliers for access to travel content at negotiated net rates. We facilitate the booking of those travel products and services by consumers, either on a stand-alone basis or as part of a packaged combination of products, at a price that includes an amount sufficient to pay the travel supplier the net rate along with an estimate of the amount of any occupancy and other local taxes, plus an additional amount we charge for service fees. Consumers pay for merchant transactions prior to departing on their trip, generally when the reservation is booked, and such amounts are included in accrued travel supplier payments, deferred revenue and customer advances until the reservation is utilized. Our B2C businesses do not have purchase obligations for any unsold inventory. We record revenue on a net basis, based upon the amount collected from consumers net of all amounts paid to suppliers. Merchant air revenue is recognized when our obligations are met, which generally occurs when payment is received and the travel voucher is issued to the consumer. Merchant hotel and car booking revenue is recorded upon utilization of the reservation by the consumer. We accrue the

67


estimated amount of the supplier invoice at the time revenue is recognized. In certain cases, the actual amount owed differs from the estimated amount, and the difference is recognized as revenue.

        Revenue recognition for the components of a vacation package is based upon the policy of each separate component of the vacation package as discussed above.

        In connection with the Orbitz acquisition, we recorded a deferred credit relating to the below market rate terms of assumed contracts. Such amounts are recognized into net revenue ratably over the life of the respective contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, such amounts were $24 million and $31 million, respectively.

        We receive inducements under access agreements with GDSs for travel bookings made through their systems. The level of inducements earned is based on contractual agreements and increases based on the annual volume of bookings. These inducements are collected monthly, based on estimated annual volumes, but are recognized as revenue at the time of booking based on the applicable contractual rate and volume achieved to date.

        Other revenue is primarily comprised of revenue from advertising, sponsoring links on our websites and commissions from sales of various third party travel-related products on the websites. Advertising revenue is derived primarily from the delivery of advertisements on our websites and is recognized either on display of each individual advertisement or ratably over the advertising period, depending on the terms of the advertising contract. Revenue from sponsoring links is recognized upon notification of entitlement from the alliance partner.

    Operating Expenses

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate our revenue, including costs for call center operations, data processing and related technology costs.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, labor and associated costs, advertising services, professional fees, and expenses for finance, legal, human resources and other administrative functions, including amounts allocated to us from Avis Budget for historic periods.

Trends

Business to Business

        A GDS system creates value within the travel distribution chain by aggregating supply from multiple suppliers and offering travel agencies streamlined capabilities to provide choice, price and ticket itineraries for their customers. GDS systems face certain challenges such as increasing use of supplier direct sites, emerging technologies that allow travel agencies to directly connect to suppliers, lower airline booking fees, fewer travel agencies leasing computer equipment from GDSs, and potential deregulation of the European GDS industry; however, total worldwide GDS air segments have grown in each of the last two years.

        International markets remain strong with substantial growth in less mature regions including the Middle East and Asia where segment volumes increased by 9% and 6%, respectively, in 2005.

        The European GDS industry is regulated, unlike the U.S. where deregulation occurred several years ago. In regulated GDS industries, airlines who own a GDS are required to treat other GDSs in the same way as their own GDS. This means that the airlines are required to participate in all GDSs to the same extent. There is the potential for deregulation in Europe, but, if this does happen, we do not believe it would occur until 2009 and would only occur in the event that no airline has an ownership interest in any GDS.

68


        In order to provide differentiated services and efficiency for suppliers and travel agencies, GDS companies must have broad and competitive access to the content of travel suppliers, including full content from key airline customers. Galileo has negotiated long-term contracts with the six largest U.S. airlines, although pricing is set at lower levels under the new contracts. Certain GDSs have announced an alternative business and financial model known as the "opt-in" model which previously was only prevalent outside of the U.S. in countries such as the U.K. and Australia. Under the opt-in model, travel agencies have the option of either paying a fee or agreeing to a reduction of all or a portion of their inducement payments if they want to be assured of receiving full content from the participating airlines and avoiding a surcharge on GDS-based bookings. This results in a lower fee paid by the airline to the GDS. We believe the "opt-in" model will have a modest impact on our future operations.

Business to Consumer

        OTAs offer customers the ability to research travel options, search for the best prices or itineraries and book travel directly online. OTAs offer inventory from multiple airlines, hotels and car rental companies, enabling customers to select from a broad range of products in one aggregated display. OTAs offer suppliers access to a broad set of target customers that visit OTA websites with a travel purchase in mind. OTAs also invest in technologies to optimize Internet travel bookings, including dynamic packaging engines where travelers can create their own customized vacations. Also, OTAs have added features to improve the customer experience and increase purchase conversion rates. For example, OTAs continue to make advances in Internet technology, allowing for greater customization of bookings and improved online experiences. Customer interest and proprietary packaging capabilities have bolstered sales of packaged travel on OTA websites. OTAs also offer other services such as trip insurance, destination services (show tickets, tours and other events), reservation change hotlines and live help, as well as technology driven customer service and customer-care. Several trends suggest continued growth for OTAs. Continued customer acceptance of booking travel online and growing Internet access and usage are expected to drive global growth in online travel. PhoCusWright projects rapid growth of U.S. online packaged travel, increasing 82% from $5 billion in 2005 to $9 billion in 2007. There is also significant potential to serve small, medium and large businesses through OTA interfaces rather than traditional corporate travel agencies. New technologies are being designed to improve yield management for suppliers and improve the online experience for customers.

Seasonality

        Some of our businesses experience seasonal fluctuations, reflecting seasonal trends for the products and services we offer. These trends cause our revenue to be generally higher in the second and third calendar quarters of the year as travelers plan and purchase their spring and summer travel, and then flatten in the fourth and first calendar quarters of the year. Our results may also be affected by seasonal fluctuations in the inventory made available to us by our travel suppliers.

Results of Operations

        We evaluate the performance of our segments based on Segment EBITDA, which includes cost of revenue, sales and marketing expenses, technology, other overhead charges directly attributable to the segment, including certain amounts allocated to us by Avis Budget, and impairment of intangible assets. Certain expenses which are managed outside of the segments are excluded from Segment EBITDA. These consist primarily of corporate and unallocated expenses, other income and expense items, and other non-recurring charges such as restructuring and related activities, and gains and losses associated with sale of businesses and investments. Corporate and unallocated expenses consist primarily of indirect expenses, including corporate administrative services that are separately managed. SEC rules regulate the use in filings with the SEC of "non-GAAP financial measures," such as EBITDA and segment EBITDA, that are derived on the basis of methodologies other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We present certain non-GAAP measures in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of the financial statements, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

69


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2006 (Combined) Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

        The financial statements present our results for the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 and all periods of 2005 on a "predecessor basis" (reflecting Travelport's ownership by Avis Budget). The Company was formed on July 13, 2006, however, its operations were limited to entering into derivative transactions related to the debt that was subsequently issued, until the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of Avis Budget on August 23, 2006. See notes to the Financial Statements for further discussion of the Acquisition.

        For the purpose of management's discussion and analysis of the results of operations, we have compared the combined results of the Successor and the Predecessor for the periods in 2006 with that of the Predecessor in 2005. The results of the two periods are not necessarily comparable due to the change in basis of accounting resulting from the Company's acquisition of the Predecessor and the change in capital structure which primarily impact depreciation and amortization and interest expense. The captions included within our statements of operations that are materially impacted by the change in basis of accounting include net revenue, separation and restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets and interest expense. We have disclosed the impact of the change in basis of accounting for each of these captions in the following discussion of our results of operations. While the presentation of the 2006 results on this combined basis does not comply with generally accepted accounting principles, management believes that this provides useful information to assess the relative performance of the businesses in all periods presented in the financial statements.

        In accordance with SFAS 141 at the date of the Acquisition, the acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values. This resulted in an increase in value of intangible assets and a corresponding increase in amortization expense. The Company also has a significantly different capital structure to that of the predecessor and therefore incurred additional interest expense.

70


         Our combined results for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 
   
   
  Combined
  Predecessor
   
   
 
 
   
  Predecessor
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
 
   
  Change
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date) to
December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006 to
August 22, 2006

 
 
  2006
  2005
  $
  %
 
Net revenue   $ 839   $ 1,711   $ 2,550   $ 2,411   $ 139   6 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Costs and expenses                                    
Cost of revenue     378     717     1,095     1,006     89   9 %
Selling, general and administrative     347     654     1,001     851     150   18 %
Separation and restructuring charges     16     92     108     22     86   *  
Depreciation and amortization     78     125     203     204     (1 ) 0 %
Other income         (7 )   (7 )   (4 )   (3 ) 75 %
Impairment of long-lived assets     14     2,376     2,390     422     1,968   *  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                   
Total operating expenses     833     3,957     4,790     2,501     2,289   92 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     6     (2,246 )   (2,240 )   (90 )   (2,150 ) *  
Interest expense, net     (151 )   (39 )   (190 )   (27 )   (163 ) *  
Other expense     (1 )   (1 )   (2 )   (1 )   (1 ) *  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (146 )   (2,286 )   (2,432 )   (118 )   (2,314 ) *  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4     (115 )   (111 )   (75 )   (36 ) *  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax     (150 )   (2,171 )   (2,321 )   (43 )   (2,278 ) *  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations net of tax     (2 )   (6 )   (8 )   (6 )   (2 ) 33 %
(Loss) gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax     8     (6 )   2         2   *  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (144 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (2,327 ) $ (49 ) $ (2,278 ) *  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(*)
Not meaningful

71


        Our results on a segment basis for the Year Ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 
   
   
  Combined
  Predecessor
   
   
 
 
   
  Predecessor
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
 
   
  Change
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date) to
December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006 to
August 22, 2006

 
 
  2006
  2005
  $
  %
 
Business to Business                                    
  Net revenue   $ 604   $ 1,199   $ 1,803   $ 1,740   $ 63   4 %
  Segment EBITDA     112     (1,734 )   (1,622 )   479     (2,101 ) *  
Business to Consumer                                    
  Net revenue     255     543     798     703     95   14 %
  Segment EBITDA     14     (277 )   (263 )   (303 )   (40 ) -13 %
Other EBITDA(a)     (43 )   (111 )   (154 )   (63 )   (91 ) 144 %
Intersegment Eliminations                                    
  Net revenue     (20 )   (31 )   (51 )   (32 )   (19 ) 59 %
Combined Totals                                    
  Net revenue     839     1,711     2,550     2,411     139   6 %
  EBITDA   $ 83   $ (2,122 ) $ (2,039 ) $ 113   $ (2,152 ) *  

(*)
Not meaningful

(a)
Other includes the following:

 
   
   
  Combined
  Predecessor
 
 
   
  Predecessor
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date) to
December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006 to
August 22, 2006

 
 
  2006
  2005
 
Corporate and unallocated expenses   $ (21 ) $ (26 ) $ (47 ) $ (39 )
Gain (loss) on foreign currency     (5 )   1     (4 )   (5 )
Other income (expense)     (1 )   6     5     3  
Separation costs     (13 )   (74 )   (87 )    
Restructuring and related activities     (3 )   (18 )   (21 )   (22 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ (43 ) $ (111 ) $ (154 ) $ (63 )
   
 
 
 
 

        Provided below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes.

 
   
   
  Combined
  Predecessor
 
 
   
  Predecessor
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date) to
December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006 to
August 22, 2006

 
 
  2006
  2005
 
EBITDA   $ 83   $ (2,122 ) $ (2,039 ) $ 113  
Depreciation and amortization     (78 )   (125 )   (203 )   (204 )
Interest expense, net     (151 )   (39 )   (190 )   (27 )
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ (146 ) $ (2,286 ) $ (2,432 ) $ (118 )
   
 
 
 
 

72


Net Revenue

        The net revenue increase of $139 million (6%) on a combined basis includes a $65 million reduction to revenue due to the impact of fair value adjustments to our balance sheet recorded as a result of the Acquisition. The adjustments resulted in a reduction to deferred revenue as of the opening balance sheet date of August 23, 2006, of which $65 million impacted the results of operations for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) to December 31, 2006 as a reduction to net revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA within our B2C and B2B segments of $45 million and $20 million, respectively.

        Excluding the deferred revenue adjustment of $65 million, net revenue increased $204 million (8%), including $136 million (6%) on an organic basis and $68 million from the businesses we acquired during or subsequent to 2005, including GTA in April 2005 and ebookers in February 2005. These business contributed net revenue, cost of revenue and SG&A of $68 million, $16 million and $64 million, respectively.

        Organic revenue increased $136 million as a result of incremental revenue of B2C and B2B of $107 million (15%) and $48 million (3%), respectively, including incremental intersegment revenue of $19 million.

        Excluding the deferred revenue adjustment of $20 million, B2B net revenue increased $83 million (5%) primarily due to a $35 million increase from acquisitions and $48 million of organic growth. We experienced organic growth of $32 million within our Group and Tour business and $31 million (2%) from our GDS business, partially offset by a decline in revenues generated from our subscribers of $12 million (12%) and a $4 million decline in other revenues. Group and Tour business growth is due to the 20% growth in transactions in both our domestic and international markets. The GDS business growth of $31 million is primarily the result of a 2% growth in segments, driven by 5% growth domestically and 5% in Asia, partially offset by a 2% decline in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Effective yield remained constant, however we experienced 4% growth internationally offset by a 5% decline domestically primarily due to new long-term agreements signed in the third quarter of 2006 under the Galileo Content Continuity program that assure that our travel agency customers have full airline content. Our subscriber fees decrease of $18 million was partially offset by $6 million of incremental revenue generated by our Galileo Content Continuity program

        Excluding the previously discussed acquisitions of GTA and ebookers and the deferred revenue adjustment, B2C net revenue increased $107 million (15%) primarily as a result of a 27% increase in online gross bookings, principally at Orbitz and CheapTickets and $24 million of incremental revenues from our recently acquired online hotel booking business, NeedAHotel. The increase in gross bookings has resulted in incremental hotel booking revenue, dynamic packaging revenue, air booking revenue and other revenue of $21 million, $24 million, $30 million and $8 million, respectively. We believe these increases are attributable to enhanced supplier content, including additional online hotel offerings, more dynamic packaging options and a more robust marketing campaign in 2006.

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue increased $89 million (9%) on a combined basis, including $16 million from acquisitions. Organic cost of revenue increased $73 million (7%) primarily as a result of incremental cost of revenue of B2B and B2C of $36 million (4%) and $56 million (32%), respectively, including intersegment cost of revenue of $19 million.

        B2B cost of revenue increased $48 million (6%), including $12 million from the GTA acquisition. Organic cost of revenue increased $36 million (4%) due to a $52 million increase in inducements and support payments to travel agencies to support our increase in worldwide air booking volumes and increased costs on domestic air bookings resulting from higher contractual rates during 2006.

73



Approximately $19 million of the increase is attributable to support payments made to travel agencies within our B2C segment. This increase in inducements and support payments is partially offset by a $17 million decrease in telecom and technology costs realized primarily as a result of the efforts to improve efficiency in our distribution network.

        B2C cost of revenue increased $60 million (35%), including $4 million from acquisitions. Organic cost of revenue increased $56 million (32%) primarily associated with the 27% increase in gross bookings. The increase in transaction volume has resulted in increased costs associated with credit card processing, customer service costs and information technology costs. In addition we incurred $24 million incremental commissions paid to airlines by our recently acquired online hotel booking business, NeedAHotel.

SG&A

        SG&A increased $150 million on a combined basis, including $64 million related to acquisitions. Organic SG&A increased $86 million (10%), primarily as a result of $58 million (16%) and $21 million (5%) of incremental expenses within B2B and B2C, respectively and $7 million incremental costs within corporate and unallocated expenses and net losses on foreign currency.

        B2B SG&A expenses increased $92 million, including $34 million from the acquisitions. Organic SG&A increased $58 million, primarily attributable to (i) a $44 million increase in salaries and wages as a result of the growth in our operations, (ii) a $15 million increase in bad debt expense primarily from reserves recorded in 2006 related to airlines in bankruptcy and benefits realized in 2005 due to cash collections of amounts previously reserved, (iii) a $10 million increase in facilities expenses due primarily to the absence in 2006 of a benefit realized in 2005 related to a facility sub-lease and increased costs incurred. Such increases to SG&A were partially offset by a $8 million reduction in overhead costs allocated from AvisBudget as we received these charges only through August 22, 2006 as compared to a full year in 2005.

        B2C SG&A increased $51 million, which includes $30 million of incremental SG&A from acquisitions. On an organic basis, SG&A increased $21 million as a result of an increase of $41 million in marketing and advertising expenses related to expanded advertising campaigns promoting our Orbitz brand and $17 million increase in salaries and wages primarily as a result of increased staff levels to support our growth in operations. These increases were offset in part by $24 million of integration charges incurred during 2005, a $5 million reduction in software costs in 2006 as we were able to capitalize additional salaries and wages costs in 2006 that related to the development of our online consumer platform that will soon be launched, and a $3 million reduction in technology and general corporate overhead costs allocated from AvisBudget as we received these charges only through August 22, 2006 as compared to a full year in 2005.

Separation and Restructuring Charges

        Separation and restructuring charges of $108 million on a combined basis consisted of $87 million in separation costs on a combined basis and $21 million of restructuring charges on a combined basis. Separation costs of $13 million for the period July 31, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 consist primarily of payments made to employees related to retention and bonus plans of $6 million as well as $7 million in professional fees and other costs directly related to the separation plan. Separation costs of $74 million recorded by the Predecessor include $29 million of non-cash compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units, $16 million for employee severance, $15 million for employee retention and $14 million in various other separation costs including consulting and accounting fees. We also incurred $21 million in restructuring costs during 2006 (of which $18 million was recorded by the Predecessor and $3 million

74



was recorded by the Company), including employee severance costs and contract termination costs, as compared to $22 million in 2005.

Other Income

        Other income increased $3 million on a combined basis. The 2006 amount includes $7 million from the sale of a facility. The 2005 amount includes $4 million from the sale of an investment in a publicly traded company.

Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization decreased $1 million on a combined basis primarily due to the effect of the acceleration of depreciation in 2005 of $30 million primarily related to the revised useful lives of certain assets as a part of the integration of CheapTickets and Orbitz, substantially offset by $29 million incremental amortization expense as a result of the step up in fair value of our definite-lived intangible assets as a result of the Acquisition.

Impairment of Intangible Assets

        As a result of the impairment tests performed, we recorded a total impairment charge of $2,376 million, including $2,375 million related to goodwill and $1 million related to definite lived intangible assets for the period Janury 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006. In preparing the current calculation of the impairment, the Predecessor utilized the updated purchase price allocation of the buyer to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities, including intangible assets. Of the total goodwill impairment of $2,375 million, $2,019 million and $356 million related to reporting units comprising B2B and B2C, respectively. At the time of testing goodwill for impairment, we also tested other intangible assets for impairment as required by SFAS 142 and SFAS 144. As a result of these tests, we recorded an impairment of $1 million which related to definite lived intangible assets related to a reporting unit comprising B2C. Due to a change in the operations after the Acquisition was completed, we recorded an additional impairment of $14 million related to long-lived software marketing licenses for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense increased $163 million on a combined basis primarily as a result of the interest expense on our new debt issuances used to finance the Acquisition on August 23, 2006. The Acquisition was financed in part with the proceeds of $2,200 million in term loans under a new senior secured credit facility, the issuance of $899 million of senior notes, the issuance of $504 million of senior subordinated notes. Interest on such financing was $120 million during the year ended December 31, 2006, including $7 million of amortization of deferred financing fees. In addition, we incurred approximately $10 million of interest expense during the years related to borrowings under our interim credit agreement prior to the Acquisition and $10 million of interest related to our existing long term debt borrowed in the fourth quarter of 2005 in connection with the repatriation of foreign earnings to Avis Budget. We also incurred $10 million of fees related to an unused bridge financing arrangement and approximately $11 million related to interest rate hedges prior to the Acquisition for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 that did not meet the criteria for classification within accumulated other comprehensive income.

Benefit for Income Taxes

        Benefit for income taxes increased $36 million on a combined basis.

        Our effective tax rate is impacted on a recurring basis by earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are generally taxed at a rate lower than the United States federal statutory rate of 35%. During the

75



period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 we recorded a tax benefit of $115 million. In addition to the impact of earnings taxed in foreign jurisdictions at a rate lower than the United States rate, during this period the effective tax rate was significantly impacted by the impairment, as the majority of the impairment related to non-deductible goodwill, as well as by costs associated with the Spin-Off from Avis Budget, as these were generally incurred in the United States. In addition the effective tax rate was significantly impacted by a favorable tax ruling received in a foreign jurisdiction, as well as by the impact of an increase in our state tax rate which had the impact of increasing our deferred tax assets, which resulted in a benefit to the effective tax rate. The income tax benefits recorded on the impairment, separation costs, foreign tax ruling and state tax impact on deferred taxes were approximately $87 million, $30 million, $9 million and $21 million, respectively. Excluding these items, the effective tax rate for the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006 was 19%, reflecting the impact of earnings in foreign jurisdictions.

        For the period August 23, 2006 to December 31, 2006 we recorded a tax expense of $4 million. This primarily related to foreign taxes as well as a valuation allowance on certain deferred tax assets recorded during the period, as it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized.

        The income tax benefit in 2005 is primarily driven by the loss from operations, offset by taxes due to the repatriation of foreign earnings. The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which became effective October 22, 2004, provides a one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer, provided certain criteria are met. The Company has applied the provisions of this act to qualifying earnings repatriations through December 31, 2005. In December 2005, we repatriated $350 million of unremitted earnings, which resulted in income tax expense of approximately $28 million.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
  Predecessor
   
   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
  Change
(dollars in millions)

  2004
  2005
  $
  %
Net revenue   $ 1,758   $ 2,411   $ 653   37
   
 
 
   
Costs and expenses                      
  Cost of revenue     851     1,006     155   18
  Selling, general and administrative     438     851     413   94
  Restructuring charges         22     22   *
  Depreciation and amortization     124     204     80   65
  Other income         (4 )   (4 )  
  Impairment of long-lived assets         422     422   *
   
 
 
   
Total operating expenses     1,413     2,501     1,088   77
   
 
 
   
Operating income (loss)     345     (90 )   (435 ) *
  Interest expense, net     (6 )   (27 )   (21 ) *
  Other expense         (1 )   (1 ) *
   
 
 
   
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     339     (118 )   (457 ) *
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     85     (75 )   (160 ) *
   
 
 
   
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax     254     (43 )   (297 ) *
  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax     (1 )   (6 )   (5 ) *
   
 
 
   
Net income (loss)   $ 253   $ (49 )   (302 ) *
   
 
 
   

*
Not meaningful.

76


        The following is a discussion of the results of B2B and B2C:

 
  Predecessor
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Change
 
(dollars in millions)

 
  2005
  2004
  $
  %
 
Business to Business                        
  Net revenue   $ 1,740   $ 1,546   $ 194   13  
  Segment EBITDA     479     503     (24 ) (5 )
Business to Consumer                        
  Net revenue     703     181     522   *  
  Segment EBITDA     (303 )   (22 )   (281 ) *  
Other EBITDA(c)     (63 )   (12 )   (51 ) *  
Intersegment Eliminations(a)                        
  Net revenue     (32 )   (24 )   (8 ) *  
Combined Totals                        
  Net revenue(b)   $ 2,411   $ 1,703   $ 708   42  
  EBITDA   $ 113   $ 469   $ (356 ) 76  

(*)
Not meaningful
(a)
Consists primarily of eliminations related to the inducements paid by B2B to B2C.
(b)
Segment revenue for 2004 excludes $55 million of revenue contributed by the membership travel activities, which were transferred effective January 1, 2005.
(c)
Other includes the following:

 
  Predecessor
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)

 
  2005
  2004
 
  Corporate and unallocated expenses   $ (39 ) $ (24 )
  Gain (loss) on foreign currency     (5 )   3  
  Membership travel activities         9  
  Other income (expense)     3      
  Restructuring and related activities     (22 )    
   
 
 
  Total   $ (63 ) $ (12 )
   
 
 

    Provided below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

 
  Predecessor
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
(dollars in millions)

 
  2005
  2004
 
EBITDA   $ 113   $ 469  
  Depreciation and amortization     (204 )   (124 )
  Interest expense, net     (27 )   (6 )
   
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ (118 ) $ 339  
   
 
 

Net Revenue

        Net revenue increased $653 million primarily as a result of acquisitions in late 2004 and 2005, including Orbitz, GTA, ebookers and Flairview Travel, offset partially by the transfer of our membership travel activities to Avis Budget, effective January 1, 2005. The businesses acquired in 2004

77



and 2005 contributed to the increase in net revenue, cost of revenue and SG&A of $661 million, $156 million and $428 million, respectively.

        Apart from these acquisitions, the transfer of our membership travel activities, which contributed $55 million in net revenue in 2004, net revenue on an organic basis increased $47 million (3%), primarily due to $40 million of incremental revenue of B2C and $15 million of incremental revenue of B2B.

        B2C net revenue increased $522 million primarily as a result of recent acquisitions, which contributed incremental revenue of $482 million in the aggregate. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, B2C net revenue on an organic basis increased $40 million (22%) due to a $22 million increase in air transaction revenue and a $18 million increase in non-air transaction revenue. The increase in air revenue was principally driven by a 21% increase in online gross bookings, primarily at our CheapTickets.com website, due to improved site functionality, greater conversion rates, and enhanced content. The increase in non-air revenue is principally due to increased revenue at Flairview resulting primarily from an increase in site visits.

        B2B net revenue increased $194 million, primarily as a result of recent acquisitions, which contributed incremental revenue of $179 million. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, B2B net revenue on an organic basis increased $15 million (1%), primarily as a result of a $36 million (3%) increase in air booking fees, offset by a decline in other distribution revenue of $21 million for the period. By geographic region, international air booking fees increased $50 million (6%) whereas the Americas (defined as the United States, Canada, Mexico and Latin America) booking fees declined $14 million (3%). The increase in international air booking fees is driven by higher booking volumes of 3%, primarily as a result of an increase in travel demand within the Middle East and the Asia/Pacific regions offset in part by a decline in demand in Europe. The total number of air segments in international markets totaled 159 million in 2005. The effective yield on international air bookings remained relatively constant period over period. International air bookings represented approximately two thirds of total air bookings during 2005 and 2004. The decrease in Americas air booking fees is driven by a 8% decline in the effective yield, consistent with our pricing program with major U.S. carriers, which was designed to gain access to all public fares made available by the participating airlines. The volume of air bookings in the Americas increased 5% to approximately 100 million segments.

        B2B other distribution revenue declined $21 million as a result of lower subscription revenue of $44 million, partially offset by an increase of $23 million in solutions revenue from arrangements where the Company provides technology services to airlines. Subcriber fees decline because fewer travel agencies are leasing computer equipment from Galileo and we believe that this trend will continue. The solution revenue increase primarily resulted from $12 million increase in our Web Hosting business, a $6 million increase in our hosting agreement from United Airlines due to increased volume and a $3 million increase other vendor fees.

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue increased $155 million, primarily as a result of acquisitions, which contributed incremental cost of revenue of $156 million in aggregate and offset partially by $2 million related to the transfer of our membership travel activities to Avis Budget. Organic cost of revenue increased $1 million, reflecting an increase of $14 million in our B2B segment, offset by a decrease of $13 million in our B2C segment.

        B2B cost of revenue increased $53 million (7%), including $39 million related to the acquisitions. B2B organic cost of revenue increased $14 million (2%) primarily as a result of (i) $20 million of higher commissions attributable to higher booking volumes, primarily within the Middle East and Asia Pacific regions, and a greater mix of booking volumes in higher commission rate countries, (ii) a

78



$4 million increase in inducements and support payments to travel agencies as a result of increased transaction volume, partially offset by (iii) $10 million of expense savings on network communications and equipment maintenance and installation due, in part, to the reduction in subscriber computer equipment as discussed above.

        B2C cost of revenue increased $104 million (155%), including $117 million related to the acquisitions. B2C organic cost of revenue decreased $13 million (20%) primarily as a result of integration efforts executed domestically at our CheapTickets.com and Lodging.com businesses, including the migration of technology to a common platform.

SG&A

        SG&A increased $413 million, primarily as a result of the acquisitions offset partially by the transfer of our membership travel activities. The acquisitions contributed incremental SG&A of $428 million in aggregate. The membership travel activities contributed $44 million of SG&A in 2004. Apart from these factors, organic SG&A increased $29 million (4%), reflecting an increase of $46 million in our B2B segment, a decrease of $31 million in our B2C segment and a $14 million increase within corporate and unallocated expenses.

        B2B SG&A increased $154 million (67%), including $119 million related to the acquisitions. Organic SG&A increased $35 million (15%) primarily as a result of (i) the absence in 2005 of a $41 million expense reduction realized in 2004 in connection with a benefit plan amendment and (ii) $12 million of incremental salaries and wages primarily as a result of an increase in headcount as part of the growth in our business and (iii) and $6 million of additional integration costs incurred in 2005 within our existing B2B businesses associated with our recent acquisitions of Orbitz, GTA and ebookers. Such amounts were offset in part by (i) an $8 million reduction in costs as a result of savings realized on vacated facilities and (ii) a $10 million reduction in bad debt expense primarily as a result of collections on customer accounts in 2005 which were specifically reserved for in prior years and improved collection patterns.

        B2C SG&A increased $289 million (214%), including $309 million related to the acquisitions. B2C Organic SG&A decreased $20 million (15%) due primarily to (i) $18 million of lower wages and benefits due to decreased headcount as a result of integrating our online businesses and (ii) $5 million of savings on advertising and marketing expenditures as a result of a re-alignment of marketing programs across brands.

Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges increased $22 million as a result of our restructuring initiatives that we committed to in the first quarter of 2005 targeted principally at reducing costs, enhancing organizational efficiency and consolidation and rationalizing existing processes and facilities, including approximately $15 million of employee severance costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation and amortization increased $80 million (65%), including $59 million related to the Acquisitions and organic incremental depreciation of $12 million related to the revised useful lives of certain assets of CheapTickets in 2005 related to the integration of CheapTickets and Orbitz.

Impairment of Intangible Assets

        Impairment of intangible assets consists of a non-cash impairment charge associated primarily with our B2C segment (see note 2 to our annual combined financial statements included elsewhere herein).

79



Interest Expense

        Interest expense, net increased $21 million primarily as a result of imputed interest on several long-term unfavorable contracts we assumed in connection with our recent acquisitions, including imputed interest on the tax sharing liability related to the Orbitz acquisition (see note 6 to our combined financial statements included elsewhere herein). In addition, we borrowed $350 million during the course of 2005 in order to fund the $350 million repatriation of certain foreign earnings to Avis Budget, resulting in increased interest expense of $1 million.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

        We recorded an income tax benefit of $75 million for 2005 versus an income tax expense of $85 million in 2004. The income tax benefit in 2005 is primarily driven by the loss from operations, offset by taxes due to the repatriation of foreign earnings. The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which became effective October 22, 2004, provides a one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer, provided certain criteria are met. The Company has applied the provisions of this act to qualifying earnings repatriations through December 31, 2005. In December 2005, we repatriated $350 million of unremitted earnings, which resulted in income tax expense of approximately $28 million. The income tax expense in 2004 is primarily driven by the income from operations. The effective tax rate for 2005 was 64%, compared to 25% in 2004. The effective tax rate for 2005 differs from the federal statutory rate for various reasons, including taxes on foreign operations at alternate rates, the tax differential on the impairment of intangible assets, state and local taxes, and taxes on repatriated earnings. The effective tax rate for 2004 differs from the federal statutory rate for various reasons, including taxes on foreign operations at alternate rates and state and local taxes.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        Our principal source of liquidity is cash flow generated from operations, including working capital. The principal uses of cash are to fund planned operating expenditures, capital expenditures, including investments in products and technology offerings, interest payments on debt and any mandatory or discretionary principal payments of debt issuances. As of December 31, 2006, our financing needs were supported by $275 million of available capacity in our revolving credit agreement.

Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes the changes to our cash flows from continuing operations:

 
   
  Company
  Combined
  Predecessor
   
 
 
  Predecessor
   
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
to December 31,
2006

  Year Ended December 31,
 
(in millions)

  January 1, 2006
to August 22,
2006

 
  2006
  2005
  Change
 
Cash provided by (used in):                                
  Operating activities   $ 273   $ 12   $ 285   $ 552   $ (267 )
  Investing activities     82     (4,311 )   (4,229 )   (2,123 )   (2,106 )
  Financing activities     (382 )   4,394     4,012     1,653     2,359  
Effects of exchange rate changes     8     2     10     (36 )   46  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents   $ (19 ) $ 97   $ 78   $ 46   $ 32  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Note that cash of $69 million as of the Acquisition date is included as a reduction in the purchase price, and thus is reflected as a source of cash within cash flow from investing activities of continuing operations for the period July 13, 2006 (formation date) through December 31, 2006.

80


 
  Predecessor
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
(in millions)

 
  2005
  2004
  Change
 
Cash provided by (used in):                    
  Operating activities   $ 552   $ 381   $ 171  
  Investing activities     (2,123 )   (1,575 )   (548 )
  Financing activities     1,653     1,213     440  
Effects of exchange rate changes     (36 )       (36 )
   
 
 
 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents   $ 46   $ 19   $ 27  
   
 
 
 

        Operating Activities.     On a combined basis for the year ended December 31, 2006, cash inflow from operations was $285 million, a decrease of $267 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease is primarily the result of $103 million in incremental interest payments, $58 million in one time cash separation costs, $20 million of first half employee bonuses paid in 2006, and $13 million of contract termination costs as well as the impact on operating cash flows from a decrease in our operating results.

        At December 31, 2005, we had $88 million of cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $46 million as compared to December 31, 2004. Cash inflow from operations was $552 million, an increase of $171 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase primarily represented higher operating results, including amounts generated from the recent acquisitions Orbitz and GTA.

        At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the working capital deficit (defined as current assets net of cash, and intercompany balances to Avis Budget as of December 31, 2005, minus current liabilities) was $551 million and $367 million, respectively. The increase in the working capital deficit was primarily the result of the timing of collections of our accounts receivable, additional accrued travel supplier payments, deferred revenue, customer advances which relate primarily to merchant model transactions and accrued interest expense. Under the merchant model, we generally receive cash from consumers at the booking date. Such amounts are recorded within accrued travel supplier payments, deferred revenue and customer advances until the revenue is recognized. Typically, hotel suppliers invoice us after the consumers travel is completed, whereas air carriers invoice us shortly after booking.

        Investing Activities.     The use of cash from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was driven by the use of $4,110 million for the Acquisition and $125 million loaned to Worldspan, offset in part by $199 million of intercompany funding from Avis Budget. The use of cash from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was driven by $1,100 million for the acquisition of GTA, $403 million for the acquisition of ebookers, and $482 million of intercompany funding to Avis Budget.

        Capital expenditures were $169 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $17 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was due in part to strategic initiatives, including the new global online platform.

        Our cash flow used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.1 billion compared to $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $548 million. Such change primarily reflected (i) the use of $1.5 billion in cash for the 2005 acquisitions, consisting primarily of GTA and ebookers, as compared to $1.2 billion used for the 2004 acquisitions of Orbitz and Flairview, (ii) an increase of $98 million used on intercompany funding primarily as a result of an increase in cash advances made to Avis Budget during 2005, (iii) a $61 million decline in cash proceeds from assets sales in 2005 as a result of investments sold in 2004 that were acquired as part of Orbitz and (iv) an increase of $49 million in capital expenditures during 2005.

81



        Financing Activities.     On a combined basis, our cash flow provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $4,012 million as compared to cash from financing activities of $1,653 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 2005 amount related to cash transferred from Avis Budget to affect the purchase of GTA and ebookers. The source of cash in 2006 related primarily to the $3,603 million of debt proceeds and $902 million in capital contributions received in connection with the Acquisition, less $350 million of existing debt repaid in 2006 and $105 of debt issuance costs.

        Our cash flow from financing activities was $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $440 million. Such change principally reflected (i) an incremental capital contribution from Avis Budget of $476 million used to fund the additional acquisitions consideration made in 2005 as compared to 2004, and (ii) cash proceeds of $350 million received from the issuance of long term debt in connection with Avis Budget's repatriation of $350 million of foreign earnings. These increases were partially offset by a decrease to cash of $350 million for dividends paid to Avis Budget in connection with the repatriation of foreign earnings.

Debt and Financing Arrangements

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        Our senior secured credit facilities provide senior secured financing of $2,600 million, consisting of: (i) a $2,200 million term loan facility; (ii) a $275 million revolving credit facility; and (iii) a $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility.

        The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as the swingline borrowings.

        Travelport LLC is the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities. All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor, Intermediate Parent Guarantor and, subject to certain exceptions, each of our existing and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries.

        All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all the following assets of the Borrower and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions: (i) a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Borrower, 100% of the capital stock of each guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of each of our wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the guarantors; and (ii) a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower and each guarantor.

        Borrowings under the U.S. term loan facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00% with respect to the dollar-denominated facility, and EURIBOR plus 2.75% with respect to the Euro-denominated facility. Borrowings under the $275 million revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%. Under the $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility, we must pay a facility fee equal to the applicable margin under the U.S. term loan facility on the amount on deposit. At December 31, 2006, there were no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility and we had commitments of approximately $106 million outstanding under our synthetic letter of credit facility.

        The applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan facility, the revolving credit facility and the synthetic letter of credit facility may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios.

        In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum. The commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

82



        The senior secured credit facilities are subject to amortization and prepayment requirements and contain the covenants, events of default and other provisions described under "Description of Other Indebtedness—Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities."

Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes

        On August 23, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued $150 million of dollar-denominated senior dollar floating rate notes, €235 million euro-denominated senior floating rate notes ($299 million dollar equivalent) and $450 million 9 7 / 8 % senior fixed rate notes. The dollar-denominated floating rate senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 %. The euro-denominated floating rate senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to EURIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 %. The senior notes are unsecured senior obligations and are subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including the senior secured credit facility) and will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes). The senior notes are redeemable at our option at any time, in whole or in part, at the appropriate redemption prices plus accrued interest through the redemption date.

        On August 23, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued $300 million of 11 7 / 8 % dollar-denominated notes and €160 million of 10 7 / 8 % Euro-denominated notes ($204 million dollar equivalent). The senior subordinated notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness and secured indebtedness (including the senior credit facilities and the senior notes).

        The indentures governing the senior notes and senior subordinated notes limit the Parent Guarantor's (and most or all of its subsidiaries') ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make other distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments;

    make certain investments;

    sell certain assets;

    create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets;

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

    designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

        From time to time, depending upon market, pricing and other conditions, as well as on our cash balances and liquidity, we may seek to repurchase a portion of the senior notes and/or senior subordinated notes in the open market.

        Subject to certain exceptions, the indentures governing the notes permit us and our restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd. and its subsidiaries, which together comprise the non-U.S. operations of Travelport, guarantee the notes offered hereby. These entities will be more restricted than the Issuer and the guarantors in their ability to incur indebtedness. See "Description of Senior Notes—Certain Covenants" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Certain Covenants."

        Under the indentures governing the notes, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends is tied to ratios based on pro forma Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as "EBITDA" in the indentures). For example, for the four quarters ended December 31, 2006, the minimum pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charge ratio required in order to incur additional debt pursuant to the ratio

83



provision in the indentures or to make certain investments and restricted payments under the indentures was 2 to 1 and our pro forma ratio for such period (excluding any effect from the proposed Worldspan acquisition) would have been 1.68 to 1.

        EBITDA, a measure used by management to measure operating performance, is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow available for management's discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Our presentation of EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Management believes EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends because EBITDA excludes the results of decisions that are outside the control of operating management and can differ significantly from company to company depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. In addition, EBITDA provides more comparability between the historical results of the Travelport business of Avis Budget and results that reflect purchase accounting and the new capital structure. Management compensates for the limitations of using non-GAAP financial measures by using them to supplement GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone.

        Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense, net, provision (benefit) for income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments set forth below and permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing the notes. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about unusual items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented as Adjusted EBITDA is the earnings measure defined in the covenants under our bond indenture.

        Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

84



        Historical EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated as follows:

 
  Predecessor
  Company
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period From
January 1,
through
August 22,

  Period from
July 13
(formation date)
through
December 31,

  Combined*
Years Ended
December 31,

 
(in millions)

  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
 
Net income (loss)   $ (49 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (144 ) $ (2,327 )
  Loss (gain) from discontinued operations, net of tax     6     12     (6 )   6  
  Interest expense, net     27     39     151     190  
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes     (75 )   (115 )   4     (111 )
  Depreciation and amortization     204     125     78     203  
   
 
 
 
 
EBITDA   $ 113   $ (2,122 ) $ 83   $ (2,039 )
  Impairment of intangible assets(a)     422     2,376     14     2,390  
  Other non-cash items(b)     (13 )   16     7     23  
  Restructuring and integration costs(c)     51     100     16     116  
  Unusual or non-recurring items(d)     28     2     74     76  
  Acquired and disposed EBITDA(e)     5              
  Acquisition adjustments(f)     (13 )   (5 )       (5 )
  Cost savings(g)               78     78  
  Sponsor monitoring fee(h)               2     2  
   
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 593   $ 367   $ 274   $ 641  
   
 
 
 
 

(a)
Represents a pre-tax impairment charge of $422 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 resulting primarily from our B2C businesses, of which $251 million reduced the value of goodwill and $171 million reduced the value of other intangible assets, $2,376 million for the period January 1, to August 22, 2006 of which $2,375 million reduced the value of goodwill and $1 million reduced the value of definite lived intangible assets, and $14 million for the period from July 13 through December 31, 2006 impairment related to long-lived software marketing licenses. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies."

(b)
Other non-cash items consist of the following:

 
  Predecessor
  Company
   
 
   
   
  Period from
July 13
(formation date)
through
December 31,

   
 
   
  Period from
January 1,
through
August 22,

   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Combined*
Year Ended
December 31,

(in millions)

  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
Non-cash stock-based compensation costs   $ 15     12     6   $ 18
Reversals of accruals and reserves(i)     (26 )          
Reversal of facility-related liability(ii)     (5 )          
Write-down of capitalized software     1            
Equity in loss of equity investment     1     1     1     2
Other(iii)     1     3         3
   
 
 
 
Total other non-cash items   $ (13 ) $ 16   $ 7   $ 23
   
 
 
 

85


            (i)    Includes reductions of allowance for doubtful accounts of $12 million, reduction of liabilities of $11 million, and reduction of affinity card accrued payments of $3 million for each the year ended December 31, 2005.

            (ii)   Represents the reversal of a facility-related liability established prior to 2005.

            (iii)  Represents the historical amortization of pension and postretirement plan actuarial losses of $1 million for each the year ended December 31, 2005 and $1 million for the period from January 1, through August 22, 2006, which will be eliminated in purchase accounting, and amortization of an advance payment under a contractual arrangement to provide technology solutions for a customer of $2 million for the period from January 1, through August 22, 2006.

    (c)
    Restructuring and integration costs consist of the following:

 
  Predecessor
  Company
   
 
   
   
  Period from
July 13,
(formation date)
through
December 31,

   
 
   
  Period from
January 1
through
August 22,

   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Combined*
Year Ended
December 31,

(in millions)

  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
Integration costs(i)   $ 28   $   $   $
Severance and other restructuring costs(ii)     23     21     3     24
Business optimization costs(iii)         3     2     5
Separation costs (iv)         76     11     87
   
 
 
 
Total restructuring and integration costs   $ 51   $ 100   $ 16   $ 116
   
 
 
 
      (i)
      Primarily represents costs incurred to integrate and combine the operations and internet booking technology at our Orbitz, ebookers, GTA and CheapTickets businesses.

      (ii)
      Primarily represents severance costs and restructuring actions taken to reduce staff levels in some of our online travel businesses and the realignment of our global sales force.

      (iii)
      Represents costs incurred in connection with a business optimization plan to create a single, global technology platform.

      (iv)
      Represents costs incurred in connection with our separation from Avis Budget.

    (d)
    Unusual or non-recurring items consist of the following:

 
  Predecessor
  Successor
   
 
 
   
   
  Company
Period from
July 13
(formation date)
through December 31,

   
 
 
   
  Period from
January 1
through
August 22,

   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Combined*
Year Ended
December 31,

 
(in millions)

 
  2005
  2006
  2006
  2006
 
Non-recurring Sarbanes-Oxley and legal compliance costs for acquisitions   $ 9   $   $   $  
Gain on sales of investments and facilities (i)     (6 )   (7 )       (7 )
GTA seller bonus (ii)     11     7     4     11  
Purchase accounting impact on deferred revenue (iii)     15     1     65     66  
Other (iv)     (2 )   1     5     6  
   
 
 
 
 
Total unusual or non-recurring items   $ 28   $ 2   $ 74   $ 76  
   
 
 
 
 

86


      (i)
      Represents gain on sale of available-for-sale securities of $4 million and gain on sale of a facility of $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, and gain on sale of a facility of $7 million for the period from January 1, through August 22, 2006.

      (ii)
      Represents bonuses payable to the acquired employees of GTA pursuant to the related purchase agreement.

      (iii)
      Represents the impact on historical net revenue of the reduction of deferred revenue to fair value and recognition of intangible assets related to booking backlog in purchase accounting with respect to Orbitz and GTA.

      (iv)
      Represents technology solutions revenue applicable to services provided in a prior year pursuant to a contractual reconciliation provision.

    (e)
    Includes $5 million of pre-acquisition Adjusted EBITDA for GTA, which was acquired on April 1, 2005, for the year ended December 31, 2005.

    (f)
    Represents preliminary estimates of ongoing incremental stand-alone costs for services that were performed by Avis Budget or expenses that were allocated by Avis Budget prior to the consummation of the Transactions. These additional costs consist primarily of additional personnel, information technology, facility-related, insurance and professional services costs. The additional personnel will provide services historically provided by Avis Budget primarily in the information systems, finance, tax, treasury and legal areas. The additional information technology costs reflect external service and support costs across a variety of information technology functions.

    (g)
    Represents run-rate cost savings expected to be achieved within the twelve months following the Acquisition as permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing the notes offered hereby of $75 million initiated after the Acquisition and $11 million initiated in June 2006. The adjustment is net of the $8 million of savings achieved in the results for the period July 13, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The $11 million of run-rate cost savings initiated during the three months ended June 30, 2006 is from global headcount reductions and facility consolidations pursuant to restructuring actions. The costs associated with implementing these cost savings are being borne by Avis Budget and are not taken into account in calculating Adjusted EBITDA. We expect to relieve the $75 million of additional run-rate cost savings through restructuring and other actions by the year ended December 31, 2007 related to telecommunications, information technology and other general and administrative expenses. Estimated run-rate cost savings by category are as follows (in millions):

Telecommunications (i)   $ 15
Information technology (ii)     45
Other general and administrative expenses (iii)     15
   
  Total   $ 75
   
      (i)
      Represents estimated cost savings associated with renegotiating information technology agency connectivity contracts, consolidating our business unit telecommunication network and reducing long haul circuits.

      (ii)
      Represents estimated cost savings associated with renegotiating contracts, centralizing information technology infrastructure, consolidating hardware and software platforms and other operations of multiple brands, reducing discretionary project spending and headcount reductions.

      (iii)
      Represents cost savings associated with adopting a more centralized shared service model for global operations, human resources, finance, and legal, and estimated cost savings associated with offshoring, reducing overhead and general and administrative headcount.

87



    Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account the approximately $41 million in estimated one-time costs expected to be incurred through the year ended December 31, 2007 in connection with realizing the additional $75 million of run-rate cost savings over the same period. The adjustments reflecting estimated cost savings constitute forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those reflected due to a number of factors, including, without limitation, an inability to (i) reduce our telecommunications costs, (ii) renegotiate contracts favorably, (iii) centralize our information technology infrastructure and (iv) an inability to reduce other general and administrative expenses. See "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may not be able to achieve all of our expected cost savings." for further information.

    (h)
    Represents amount of sponsor monitoring fees.

New Parent Company PIK Loans

        Our parent company, Travelport Holdings Limited, has recently entered into a credit agreement for a $1.1 billion senior unsecured pay-in-kind ("PIK") term loan. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears at a rate starting at LIBOR + 700 base points for the first 18 months, increasing to LIBOR + 750 for the next 12 months and then increasing to LIBOR plus 800 thereafter. Interest may be paid in kind unless our parent company elects to pay in cash. The PIK loans are not prepayable for the first eight months and then would be prepayable at par for the next 13 months and then at declining premiums thereafter. The PIK loans are due five years after they are made. Travelport Holdings Limited intends to use the net proceeds from the borrowings of the PIK term loans to pay a dividend to its shareholders.

Proposed Worldspan Acquisition

        The proposed acquisition of Worldspan would be funded with an additional $1,040 million of senior secured term loans. In addition, the senior secured revolving credit facility would increase by $25 million as would the synthetic letter of credit facility.

Interest Rate Risk

        A portion of the debt used to finance much of our operations is exposed to interest rate fluctuations. We use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities. The primary interest rate exposure at December 31, 2006 was to interest rate fluctuations in the United States and Europe, specifically LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates. We currently use interest rate swaps as the derivative instrument in these hedging strategies. The derivatives used to manage the risk associated with our floating rate debt were designated as cash flow hedges.

Commitments and Contingencies

        Orbitz sued Worldspan in Illinois state court in September 2005. The complaint alleged that Worldspan misrepresented and omitted material facts in connection with the parties' negotiation of amendments to the parties' CRS access contract ("The CRS Agreement") in 2002 and 2004, and that the omissions and misrepresentations violated the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act. Orbitz's complaint sought to rescind the amendments to the CRS Agreement and unspecified monetary damages. On September 19, 2005, Worldspan removed Orbitz's state court case to federal court. On April 3, 2006, the case was remanded back to state court. On July 5, 2006, Orbitz filed an Amended Complaint against Worldspan, asserting 8 causes of action including Director Conflict of Interest, Fraudulent Inducement under the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act, Common Law Fraud, Equitable Estoppel, two Breach of Contract counts, and Declaratory Relief. In the Amended Complaint, Orbitz seeks rescission of the contract, unspecified monetary damages and costs, and a Declaratory Judgment. On August 14, 2006, Worldspan filed a motion to dismiss 4 of Orbitz's claims in the Amended Complaint (consumer

88



fraud, fraud, director conflict and equitable estoppel). The parties have briefed the issues raised by Worldspan's motion, but the case has been stayed by agreement of the parties.

        Worldspan sued Orbitz in federal court in Chicago in September 2005. The complaint alleged breach of contract and the violation of the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. Worldspan alleged that Orbitz violated the parties' CRS Agreement by using certain Worldspan data to support Orbitz's Supplier Link product, and by using the services of non-Worldspan CRS's to support Supplier Link bookings. Additionally, Worldspan alleged that Orbitz's shopping provider, ITA, is a CRS and that the use of ITA's non-CRS related services breached the CRS Agreement. Worldspan's Computer Fraud and Abuse Act claim related to Orbitz's alleged impermissible use of Worldspan's system for use or support of Supplier Link bookings. The complaint sought in excess of $50 million as damages. On April 19, 2006, Worldspan's federal complaint was dismissed in its entirety. Worldspan appealed the order, and filed its opening brief in support of the appeal with the Seventh Circuit on November 6, 2006. The appeal has been stayed by agreement of the parties, and no hearing or ruling date has been set.

        Worldspan filed a separate Illinois state court case against Orbitz on April 24, 2006. In that complaint, Worldspan alleged the same state law claims as its dismissed federal suit. Worldspan filed an amended complaint on October 16, 2006 adding a claim under the Georgia Computer Systems Protection Act and contract claims alleging failure by Orbitz to mediate certain issues and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. On November 17, 2006, Orbitz filed a motion to dismiss Worldspan's complaint, and the parties have briefed the issues. This case has been stayed by the agreement of the parties.

        We and certain of our online travel businesses are parties to litigation brought by consumers and municipalities and other governmental entities involving hotel occupancy taxes. We believe that the claims in such litigation lack merit and we will continue to defend vigorously against them.

        We believe that we have adequately accrued for such matters as appropriate or, for matters not requiring accrual, believe that such matter will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows based on information currently available. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and, although we believe that our accruals are adequate and/or that we have valid defenses in these matters based upon advice of counsel, unfavorable resolutions could occur. As such, an adverse outcome from such unresolved proceedings for which claims are awarded in excess of the amounts accrued for could be material to us with respect to earnings or cash flows in any given reporting period. However, we do not believe that the impact of such unresolved litigation would result in a material liability to us in relation to our combined financial position or liquidity.

        See "Business—Legal Proceedings."

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our future contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006. The table below does not include future cash payments related to (i) contingent payments that may be made to Avis Budget and/or third parties at a future date in connection with the arrangements described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions", (ii) payments that may result

89



from the transfer to us of certain assets by Avis Budget or (iii) the various guarantees described in the notes to the financial statements included elsewhere herein.

(in millions)

  2007
  2008
  2009
  2010
  2011
  Thereafter
  Total
Debt(a)   $ 24   $ 24   $ 22   $ 22   $ 22   $ 3,533   $ 3,647
Interest payments(b)     341     338     336     334     332     717     2,398
Operating leases     33     31     31     27     23     90     235
Other purchase commitments(*)     125     82     69     61     48         385
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 523   $ 475   $ 458   $ 444   $ 425   $ 4,340   $ 6,665
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(*)
Primarily reflects our agreement with IBM for data center services.

(a)
The information above excludes the $1.1 billion of senior PIK term loans due 2012 of our parent company, Travelport Holdings Limited.

(b)
Includes interest payments on fixed and floating rate long term debt. Interest rate assumption for all periods presented is based on the actual weighted average interest rate for 2006.

Other Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Purchase Commitments.     In the normal course of business, we make various commitments to purchase goods or services from specific suppliers and for other capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had approximately $385 million of outstanding purchase commitments, primarily relating to service contracts for information technology. These purchase obligations extend through 2011.

        Standard Guarantees/Indemnifications.     In the ordinary course of business, we enter into numerous agreements that contain standard guarantees and indemnities whereby we indemnify another party for breaches of representations and warranties. In addition, many of these parties are also indemnified against any third-party claim resulting from the transaction that is contemplated in the underlying agreement. Such guarantees and indemnifications are granted under various agreements, including those governing (i) purchases, sales or outsourcing of assets or businesses, (ii) leases of real estate, (iii) licensing of trademarks or other intellectual property, (iv) access to credit facilities and use of derivatives and (v) issuances of debt securities. The guarantees and indemnifications issued are for the benefit of the (i) buyers in sale agreements and sellers in purchase agreements, (ii) landlords in lease contracts, (iii) financial institutions in credit facility arrangements and derivative contracts and (iv) underwriters in debt security issuances. While some of these guarantees and indemnifications extend only for the duration of the underlying agreement, many survive the expiration of the term of the agreement or extend into perpetuity (unless subject to a legal statute of limitations). There are no specific limitations on the maximum potential amount of future payments that we could be required to make under these guarantees and indemnifications, nor are we able to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments to be made under these guarantees and indemnifications as the triggering events are not subject to predictability. With respect to certain of the aforementioned guarantees and indemnifications, such as indemnifications of landlords against third-party claims for the use of real estate property leased by us, insurance coverage is maintained that mitigates any potential payments to be made.

        Other.     Bastion Surety, a joint venture with Orbis Capital Limited, is a bond provider on behalf of travel agencies and tour operators in the United Kingdom. It is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Services Authority to provide bonding insurance in the United Kingdom, Belgium, France, Ireland and the Netherlands as an alternative to cash and bank bonds to protect consumers in the event of business failure of a travel agent or tour operator. From time to time, travel agents and/or tour operators fail, requiring a draw down on these bonds, which can result in the loss of the amount of the bond provided on behalf of such travel agent or tour operator. The total bonds outstanding as of March 30, 2007 are approximately $105 million. We were notified of potential defaults on bonds

90



totaling approximately $6 million during 2006 and approximately $1 million in 2007. The majority of bonds have an expiration date during 2007, and we are not currently actively issuing new bonds at this time, other than renewals for existing clients. While we endeavor to only issue bonds after appropriate credit diligence on the travel agent or tour operator, we can provide no assurance that such agents or operators will not ultimately default on their bond obligations to Travelport.

Changes in Accounting Policies

        We have adopted the recently issued standards as required, SFAS No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3".

        For detailed information regarding this pronouncement and the impact thereof on our business, see note 2 to the combined financial statements included elsewhere herein.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We may hedge, as appropriate, our interest rate and currency exchange rate exposure. We use foreign currency forwards to manage and reduce the foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with our foreign currency denominated receivables, forecasted earnings of foreign subsidiaries and other transactions.

        We are exclusively an end user of these instruments, which are commonly referred to as derivatives. We do not engage in trading, market making or other speculative activities in the derivatives markets. More detailed information about these financial instruments is provided in note 15 to the combined financial statements. Our principal market exposure is foreign currency rate risks.

        We have foreign currency rate exposure to exchange rate fluctuations worldwide and particularly with respect to the pound sterling, the euro and the Australian dollar. We anticipate that such foreign currency exchange rate risk will remain a market risk exposure for the foreseeable future.

        We assess our market risk based on changes in foreign currency exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. The sensitivity analysis measures the potential impact in earnings, fair values and cash flows based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase and decrease) in currency rates.

        The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate carrying values due to the short-term nature of these assets. We use a current market pricing model to assess the changes in the value of the U.S. dollar on foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities and derivatives. The primary assumption used in these models is a hypothetical 10% weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against all our currency exposures as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

        Our total market risk is influenced by a wide variety of factors including the volatility present within the markets and the liquidity of the markets. There are certain limitations inherent in the sensitivity analyses presented. While probably the most meaningful analysis, these "shock tests" are constrained by several factors, including the necessity to conduct the analysis based on a single point in time and the inability to include the complex market reactions that normally would arise from the market shifts modeled.

        We used December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 market rates on outstanding financial instruments to perform the sensitivity analyses separately for each of our currency rate instruments. The estimates are based on the market risk sensitive portfolios described in the preceding paragraphs and assume instantaneous, parallel shifts in exchange rates.

        We have determined that the impact of a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates and prices on our earnings, fair values and cash flows would not be material. While these results may be used as benchmarks, they should not be viewed as forecasts.

91



INDUSTRY

        The worldwide travel industry represents a large and dynamic market. We believe that gross bookings in the global airline, hotel, car rental, vacation package and cruise industry were approximately $900 billion in 2005. Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific account for approximately 75% of the global travel industry. Gross bookings in these regions are expected to grow from approximately $670 billion in 2005 to $710 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 3%. Current drivers of industry growth include:

    Favorable global macro-economic trends, including income growth in emerging regions such as Asia Pacific and the Middle East;

    Increased customer discretionary spending on travel and recreation;

    Greater business travel resulting from the growth in the global economy;

    Growing sophistication of online travel offerings such as dynamic packaging, comprehensive global inventory and customer reviews; and

    Continued migration to the Internet as an efficient vehicle to research and book travel.

        The bulk of current global travel bookings is divided among Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific. Asia Pacific is expected to gain share over the next several years, as large growing populations combined with rising spending power drive increased business and leisure travel. According to the World Travel and Tourism Council, for the 5-year period between 2005 and 2010, the total travel and tourism in Asia Pacific, the United States and Europe is expected to grow 11%, 6% and 5%, respectively.

        The three major regions have distinct characteristics:

Region

  2005 Gross Bookings
(dollars in
billions) (1)(2)

  2005 Relative
Share, by Gross
Bookings (%) (1)

  Key Characteristics
Europe   $ 263   39 % •  Largest travel region
•  Regulated GDS industry
•  Growing online penetration
•  Large number of independent travelers
•  Fragmented hotel industry

United States

 

$

224

 

33

%

•  Large, growing travel region
•  De-regulated GDS industry
•  Highest online penetration
•  Large number of business and independent traveler segments

Asia Pacific

 

$

185

 

28

%

•  Online segments experiencing high growth
•  Large number of tour and managed travelers
•  Significant long-term growth potential

    (1)
    Source: PhoCusWright, Inc.
    (2)
    Reflects gross bookings of airlines, hotels, car rentals, vacation packages and cruises.

        The global travel industry can be divided into five main segments: air, hotel, car rental, vacation package and cruise. For the total 2005 U.S. travel market, air was the largest segment based on gross bookings, followed by hotel, car and vacation packages.

        According to PhoCusWright, leisure and unmanaged business travelers represented approximately 57% of U.S. gross bookings in 2005 and is expected to grow faster than the managed business travel sector.

92


Travel Distribution Overview

        Thousands of travel suppliers compete to reach travelers. The fragmented nature of the industry has created an opportunity for distributors to capture value by developing and managing efficient systems that are capable of bridging travel supply and demand on a global, real-time basis. Success in the travel distribution segment depends on securing comprehensive inventory and then delivering this inventory to travelers to purchase through a system of owned and third-party distribution channels. The key players of the travel value chain are outlined below:

GRAPHIC

        At the top of the travel distribution value chain are suppliers which seek cost-effective ways to reach end-user travelers. Historically, these suppliers largely relied on traditional GDSs to connect their inventory of products and services with travel agencies who in turn distribute the products and services to travelers. In recent years, however, travel suppliers have begun to utilize other forms of distribution, including direct distribution via their own websites and emerging third party GDS-bypass technologies. Wholesalers are another distribution channel through which travel agencies obtain access to travel products and services and distribute them to groups or independent travelers. Wholesalers acquire inventory from suppliers and distribute this inventory primarily to tour operators and travel agencies. In addition, connectivity, or "switch", providers connect hotel and car suppliers to GDSs, thereby providing accurate real-time inventory information to the GDSs to facilitate sales by these suppliers.

        Historically, offline travel agencies, supplier reservation centers and ticket offices were the largest distribution channels to reach travelers. With the emergence of the Internet, however, numerous alternatives have developed for reaching travelers. For instance, OTAs and "meta-search" companies such as Kayak.com, Sidestep, Inc. and Yahoo!/Farechase provide a way for travelers to view multiple alternatives and book travel directly, while travel suppliers provide access to their own inventory on their own direct websites. New companies, often referred to as GDS New Entrants or "GNEs," are also

93



offering alternative distribution technologies that perform the same function as a GDS without the large technology investment and network of a traditional GDS.

Business to Business Industry Overview

        The business to business, or B2B, industry primarily consists of companies that assist travel suppliers in distributing other travel and travel-related inventory to travelers. Participants in this segment include global distribution systems, or GDSs, and providers of alternative technologies that link travel agencies and travel suppliers. The B2B industry also consists of wholesale travel operators, which primarily offer accommodation and destination services. In addition, the B2B industry includes businesses that provide technology services to industry participants, including airlines and other suppliers. Finally, the B2B industry consists of corporate services such as online travel solutions for corporations.

GDS

        A GDS creates value within the travel distribution chain by aggregating inventory from multiple suppliers and offering travel agencies streamlined capabilities to provide choice, price and itineraries for their customers. A GDS is primarily characterized as a fee-per-service business whereby a GDS provider collects a distribution fee per segment of a particular travel booking. Although travel agencies initiate and complete transactions using a GDS, it is the travel supplier that generally pays transaction fees to the GDS. Moreover, GDSs typically offer volume-based and other economic inducements to travel agencies in order to gain and maintain client relationships.

        Outside of the United States opportunities for GDS remain strong with notable growth in less mature regions, including Asia Pacific and the Middle East, where segment volumes increased by 9% and 6%, respectively, in 2005. Europe has also historically been a strong region for GDSs. In Europe, GDSs are still regulated, unlike the United States where deregulation occurred two years ago. In Europe, airlines who own a GDS are generally required to participate in all GDSs. As GDS businesses have adapted to the shifting competitive landscape, several changes in the GDS business model have taken place. GDS companies now offer far greater breadth of content beyond airline segments and provide travel agencies with more value-added products, including hotels and vacation packages. GDSs have also become more focused on reducing costs and improving efficiency in an attempt to maintain margins given reduced airline booking fees. Additionally, GDSs are introducing online interfaces, services and technologies to help travel agencies improve effectiveness for their clients. GDSs are also providing travel technologies to travel suppliers, including hosting services.

        GDS companies in the U.S. are negotiating new airline pricing contracts with five to seven year time frames. Certain GDSs, including Galileo, Sabre, Amadeus and Worldspan, have announced an alternative business and financial model for GDSs, generally referred to as the "opt-in" model. Under the opt-in model, travel agencies may be offered the opportunity of paying a fee to the GDS or agreeing to a reduction of their inducement payments to be assured of receiving full content or to avoid an airline-imposed surcharge on GDS-based bookings. The opt-in model in the United States may result in lower fees paid by the major airlines to a GDS, partially offset by fees from travel agents and/or lower inducement payments to travel agencies. The opt-in model already has been introduced outside of the United States in countries such as the United Kingdom and Australia. In these countries, there were very high rates of travel agency opt-in, or agreement to reduced inducement fees, without any industry disruption among airlines, GDSs and travel agencies.

Wholesale travel

        Wholesalers of travel are primarily involved in the distribution of hotel accommodations and tours. Wholesalers earn revenue on the difference between the price at which suppliers make travel products

94



and services available to them and the price at which the wholesalers offer those products or services to travel agencies or consumers. Suppliers often utilize wholesalers to distribute excess or distressed inventory and are willing to provide significantly reduced net rates with guaranteed allocations. In some instances, wholesalers may even pre-buy inventory at deeply discounted net rates. Wholesalers in turn are able to make certain travel products and services available at prices lower than those at which the individual components could be purchased. The wholesale travel industry remains highly fragmented, with most participants either focused on specific regions or private, local operators.

Travel supplier services

        Supplier services providers design and provide comprehensive technology products and services designed to enhance travel suppliers' and distributors' critical business processes. Technology services include central reservation and related services, website hosting for individual supplier websites, management of the ticketing process, and other data processing services for airlines. Outsourcing these services helps airlines and other suppliers limit their investment in direct cost structures. These services strive to integrate all of the reservation, distribution and other related business and technical processes instead of just offering suppliers a specific application. In addition to technology solutions, other supplier services include consulting services and data management and airline solutions, which include technology solutions and related services (including white label supplier hosting solutions) for airlines.

Business to Consumer Industry Overview

        The emergence of the Internet as a travel booking tool has revolutionized the way millions of people research and book their travel and has led to the establishment of OTAs, which provide a direct link between suppliers and consumers. The U.S. online travel segment grew by over 25% in 2005 and is expected to grow by approximately 20% annually through 2007. Online travel in the United States represented 28% of gross bookings in 2005. This penetration is expected to increase to 37% in two years. Outside of the United States, online penetration has been slower to take hold, but has recently been accelerating and represents a significant opportunity for increased penetration in both Europe and Asia Pacific. According to PhoCusWright, the European online travel industry is expected to grow by 75% between 2005 and 2007, and the Asia Pacific online travel industry is expected to grow by 63% between 2005 and 2007. The table below indicates the gross bookings of online leisure and unmanaged gross bookings by region for the periods shown.

 
  2005
  2007 Estimated
  2005—2007
Estimated
Compound
Annual Growth
Rate

 
(dollars in millions)
Region

  Gross Bookings
  % of Total
  Gross Bookings
  % of Total
 
United States   $ 64   56 % $ 97   52 % 23 %
Europe     36   30     63   34   33  
Asia Pacific     16   14     26   14   27  
   
 
 
 
     
Total   $ 116   100 % $ 186   100 % 27 %
   
 
 
 
     

Source:    PhoCusWright, Inc.

        Travel agencies typically generate revenue by receiving GDS inducements and commissions from travel suppliers and by charging service fees to travelers. Under the "merchant model," however, travel agencies, including OTAs, may also generate revenue based on the difference between the price to travelers and the "net" price the suppliers quoted to the travel agencies for the product or service. OTAs create value within the travel distribution chain by offering travelers one of several means by which to research travel options from multiple airlines, hotels and car rental companies, search for the best prices or itineraries and book travel directly online. OTAs offer suppliers access to a broad set of

95




travelers that visit OTA websites with a travel purchase in mind. OTAs also invest in technologies to optimize Internet travel bookings, including dynamic packaging engines where travelers can create their own customized vacations.

        The environment in which OTAs do business is dynamic and growing, and has become increasingly competitive. Heightened competition has resulted from the deployment of substantial capital by large competitors, growth of supplier direct websites, the emergence of "meta-search" companies such as Kayak.com, Sidestep, Inc. and Yahoo!/Farechase, travelers use of multiple OTAs for price comparisons while booking elsewhere and increased use of retail promotions/coupons to attract travelers and gain market share.

        Several OTAs have robust technology platforms, significant marketing budgets, comprehensive supplier inventory and large customer bases. Also, OTAs have added features to improve functionality and the travelers experience, and to increase purchase conversion rates. For example, OTAs continue to make advances in Internet technology, allowing for greater customization of bookings via dynamic packaging and other improved online experiences, such as user generated hotel reviews. Travelers' interest and proprietary packaging capabilities have bolstered sales of packaged travel on OTA websites. OTAs also offer additional services such as trip insurance, destination services, reservation change hotlines and live help, as well as technology driven customer service and care, that increase customer loyalty and create new revenue streams. Furthermore, OTAs have increased their efforts to provide services to the corporate segment by offering new comprehensive corporate travel solutions.

        Several trends suggest continued growth for OTAs. Continued customer acceptance of booking travel online and growing Internet access and usage are expected to drive global growth in online travel. PhoCusWright projects rapid growth of online packaged travel, increasing 65% from $5 billion in 2005 to $8 billion in 2007. There is also significant potential to serve small, medium and large businesses through OTA interfaces rather than through traditional corporate travel agencies.

96



BUSINESS

Overview

        We provide a highly effective worldwide system for the distribution of travel and travel-related products and services. Our comprehensive portfolio of B2B and B2C businesses spans the spectrum of travel distribution channels, allowing us to achieve significant geographic breadth and business diversity. We believe our breadth and diversity are core strengths of our business. We distribute content we aggregate from airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines and other travel suppliers through more than 227,000 global points of sale in our B2B businesses and to millions of travelers that visit our wholly owned online travel agencies in our B2C businesses. We are an important component of the worldwide travel industry as we provide travel suppliers with access to an extensive customer base of travelers, and provide travel agencies and consumers with robust booking technology and access to considerable supplier inventory. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded revenue of $2.6 billion and derived approximately 50% of our revenue from regions outside the United States.

        Our B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, our B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers. Our B2B businesses consist principally of Galileo, our GDS, and GTA, our wholesale travel business. In addition, we derive revenue from our supplier services businesses, which provide technology services and solutions for the airline and hotel industries, and from our corporate solutions operations, which offer corporate travel fulfillment solutions. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our B2B businesses represented approximately 70% of our revenue. Our B2C businesses focus on offering travel products and services directly to consumers, largely through online travel agencies that offer a full range of travel products and services easily and efficiently. We operate several leading OTAs in the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific serving various customer segments in the travel industry, including Orbitz and CheapTickets in the United States and ebookers in Europe. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our B2C businesses represented approximately 30% of our revenue.

        Our B2B and B2C businesses operate globally and across the entire spectrum of travel distribution channels, allowing us to generate revenue at all significant points of sale and providing us with a hedge against potential strategic and geographic shifts in the industry. We believe we are one of the most diversified travel distribution companies in the world both geographically and in the scope of services we provide, as outlined below.

97



GRAPHIC


(1)
Utilizes the Worldspan GDS pursuant to a pre-existing contract that expires in 2011.

        Our principal B2B and B2C businesses are leaders in their industries being one of the top three players in many of the regions in which they operate. Galileo achieved a 23% worldwide share of GDS processed air segments in 2005, which consisted of strong share in attractive international regions, including a 23% share in Europe, a 28% share in Asia Pacific, a 60% share in the Middle East and a 66% share in Africa in 2005. Our online and offline travel agency businesses recorded approximately $10 billion in combined gross bookings in 2006, resulting in the number two industry position by gross bookings in the United States and one of the leading online travel agencies internationally. Our consumer brands include powerful online brands such as Orbitz and CheapTickets in the U.S. and ebookers in Europe.

        We were formed by Cendant in 2001 following its acquisitions of Galileo and CheapTickets. In 2004 and 2005, we significantly enhanced our worldwide travel distribution system through the acquisitions of Flairview, Orbitz, ebookers and GTA. Each acquisition was aimed at building scale and enhancing diversity in our businesses. Flairview, which operates under the HotelClub and RatesToGo brands, provides us with access to merchant hotel inventory and an online presence in Asia Pacific. Orbitz provides us with significant scale in the U.S., leading technology, significant brand recognition and the ability to achieve cost savings with our other online travel agencies including CheapTickets and

98



ebookers. ebookers provides significant international presence and the opportunity to compete in Europe. Finally, GTA further differentiates our system by providing access to favorable rates and allocations of hotel inventory through its relationships with a broad range of independent hotels and its wide variety of non-hotel destination services. GTA also provides multiple opportunities to cross-sell this inventory through our various distribution channels. As a result of these acquisitions, we operate a comprehensive global travel distribution system with significant geographic breadth and business diversity.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe the following are our key competitive strengths:

        Breadth and diversity.     Our worldwide travel distribution system is characterized by geographic breadth, business diversity and a broad customer base, all of which provide a competitive advantage and a high degree of stability to our combined cash flows.

    Geographic Breadth.   We operate in more than 130 countries, and for the year ended December 31, 2006, we generated approximately 50% of our revenue from regions outside the United States.

    Business Diversity.   The diverse mix of our business allows us to capitalize on opportunities across the spectrum of worldwide travel distribution channels and types of customers and provides us with a hedge against potential strategic and geographic shifts in the industry.

    Broad Supplier Base.   Our worldwide travel distribution system includes more than 425 airlines, 68,000 hotels, 20 car rental companies, 430 tour operators and 20 cruise lines.

        Significant presence in attractive international regions.     Our principal businesses have significant presence in a number of attractive international regions. International regions such as Asia Pacific, parts of Europe and the Middle East have attractive volume growth outlooks, driven by favorable demographic trends and growth trends of the underlying economies. We believe the international online segment has significant opportunities due to the accelerating penetration of online travel agencies in a number of key regions.

        Leading technology platform.     We have a strong track record in developing leading technological innovations, particularly in the online travel industry.

        Strong and consistent cash flow generation.     We have historically generated strong cash flows on a consistent basis. Drivers of our cash flows include our ability to successfully leverage growth in transaction volume and customer base across shared infrastructure, our existing, modest capital expenditure requirements, attractive working capital dynamics and a favorable tax structure. These characteristics, combined with the contractual nature of our revenue and costs, our leading industry positions and long-standing customer relationships provide a strong, stable stream of cash flows.

        Considerable cross-selling opportunities.     We are able to cross-sell differentiated content across our portfolio of businesses, which often leads to higher sell-through rates for suppliers and increased revenue for us.

        Highly experienced management team and premier sponsorship.     Our management team is committed to improving and maintaining operational excellence by utilizing their extensive knowledge of the travel and technology industries. The Blackstone Group, our sponsor, is a leading global private equity firm with deep experience in the travel and leisure industry through previous investments.

99



Strategy

        We intend to pursue the following strategic initiatives:

        Drive operational efficiency and lower costs.     Our comprehensive worldwide travel distribution system was created by our former parent company through the acquisition of approximately 15 businesses beginning in 2001. We believe the synergies inherent in our business model provide more effective distribution services for our suppliers as well as greater choice of travel products and services at more competitive prices to travel agencies and travelers.

        Expand and deepen our global footprint.     We intend to continue to increase the geographic presence of our B2B and B2C businesses. We believe that we can increase our presence as a significant value-added distributor for travel suppliers, travel agencies and travelers around the world by utilizing our global inventory of products and services, our leading technology, and our established relationships with travel suppliers and travel agencies.

        Sell more higher margin and complex travel offerings.     We intend to increase revenue and profitability by further increasing our sales of higher margin, complex or dynamically packaged travel products to be more in line with those achieved by other online travel agencies. We have implemented and intend to continue implementing more effective merchandising and promotions, expanded product offerings and greater personalization through more targeted and efficient e-mail marketing to our base of existing customers.

        Provide value-added technology-based services to suppliers, travel agencies and travelers.     We intend to complement our travel distribution system by continuing to provide important technology-based services to travel suppliers, travel agencies and travelers.

        Evaluate strategic opportunities.     While our strategy is focused on realizing the organic revenue growth potential of our existing businesses and cost savings from fully integrating our portfolio, we will continue to evaluate strategic transactions to enhance the value of our enterprise.

Reorganization

        Prior to January 1, 2007, we operated in two segments: Business to Business and Business to Consumer. On September 27, 2006, we announced that we will be organized under three global businesses—Galileo, Orbitz Worldwide and GTA, effective January 1, 2007. Galileo is now comprised of our GDS business and our supplier services offerings, including United Airlines reservations, Global Fares and Shepherd Systems. Orbitz Worldwide is now comprised of our business to consumer businesses, including Orbitz, CheapTickets, ebookers, Flairview Travel, our Supplier.com hosting business and our corporate travel business. Gullivers Travel Associates is now comprised of GTA, our leading wholesaler, TRUST International, Wizcom and OctopusTravel. The description set forth below of our businesses reflects our historical two-segment structure of B2B and B2C.

Business to Business

Overview

        Our B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, our B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers. Our B2B businesses consist principally of Galileo, GTA, as well as our supplier services and corporate solutions operations. Our B2B businesses primarily generate revenue by charging booking fees to travel suppliers, marking up inventory GTA sells to travel agencies and other customers, and charging license, support and maintenance fees for other products and services. For the year ended December 31, 2006, our B2B businesses represented approximately 70% of our revenue.

100


Galileo

        Galileo is one of the most geographically diverse of the traditional GDSs, with an attractive and balanced book of business in Europe and the United States, as well as other rapidly growing regions such as Asia Pacific and the Middle East. Galileo operates an electronic marketplace in which travel suppliers such as airlines, hotels, car rental companies, cruise lines, rail companies and other travel suppliers can store, display, manage and sell their products and services, and in which online and traditional travel agencies are able to electronically locate, price, compare and purchase travel suppliers' services. As of December 31, 2005, Galileo connected approximately 425 airlines, 68,000 hotels, 20 car rental companies, 430 tour operators and major cruise lines to approximately 52,000 travel agency locations.

        Through Galileo, a travel agency customer is able to obtain schedule, availability and pricing information, and purchase travel services from multiple travel suppliers. Galileo also facilitates travel agencies' internal business processes such as quality control, operations and financial information management. Increasingly, this includes the integration of products and services from independent parties that complement our core product and service offering. We also provide technical support, training and other assistance to travel agencies. Galileo enables its travel agency customers to achieve measurable results through a customized combination of content, productivity tools and marketing solutions. Galileo offers its travel agency customers numerous customized access options, productivity tools, automation, training and customer support focusing on process automation, back-office efficiency, aggregation of content at the desktop and online booking solutions.

        The majority of Galileo's revenue is derived from distribution fees paid by travel suppliers, particularly airlines. As compensation for its services, Galileo generally charges the travel supplier a segment fee for the bookings it processes. For example, we record and charge one booking for each segment of an air travel itinerary (e.g., four bookings for a round-trip airline ticket with one connection each way), and one transaction for each car rental, hotel or cruise booking, regardless of the length of time associated with the booking. In addition, travel agencies may pay a fee for access to our GDS and for the equipment, software and services provided. Additionally, we provide inducement payments to a significant number of travel agencies as a means of facilitating greater use of our GDS. In 2005, we generated approximately 93% of our booking fee revenue from airlines, while revenue from hospitality and destination services suppliers, primarily car rental companies and hotels, accounted for approximately 7%. Bookings generated by our ten largest travel agency customers constituted approximately 26% of the bookings made through Galileo in 2005.

GTA

        GTA is a leading wholesaler of accommodation and destination services to travel agencies and tour operators worldwide. GTA has significantly increased the amount of proprietary content we make available through Galileo and our global B2C businesses, which increasingly differentiates us. In 2006, GTA serviced more than 26,000 groups and made over 2.9 million bookings. GTA has contracts with over 23,000 hotels worldwide and sells travel products and services in over 140 countries, including countries in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia and Australia. We have expanded GTA's customer base by offering GTA's enhanced hotel content to Galileo's travel agency customers and to travelers who book through our B2C businesses.

        GTA primarily offers its hotel inventory through the wholesaler model in which it enters into arrangements with individual hotel chains and independent hotel properties, giving it access to the inventory of participating hotels at negotiated rates. The room inventory to which GTA has access under these arrangements is provided to GTA on an allocation basis, which assures availability of those rooms. GTA then distributes the inventory to travel agencies and directly to travelers on its customers' own websites. GTA also may provide the ground portion of a travel package that travel agencies and

101



tour operators offer to travelers and also can arrange coach transfers from airports, hotels, restaurant bookings and sight seeing trips.

        GTA's business model provides us with opportunities to earn incremental revenue by cross-selling to Galileo travel agency customers and our B2C customers. We believe GTA also allows us to benefit from growth of low cost air carriers. A new route by a low-cost airline can create demand for services at the new destination, including hotel and ground transportation, which may increase GTA's booking volumes.

Supplier Services

        We provide technology services and solutions for the airline industry focusing on marketing and sales intelligence, reservation and passenger service system and e-commerce solutions. We also provide end-to-end reservation, technology and distribution solutions for hospitality suppliers that allow them to reduce their distribution costs and maximize reservation potential. Outsourcing these services enables airlines and other suppliers to limit their investment in direct cost structures and reduce variable costs and to focus on core business competence. Our Supplier Services offerings include the following:

    United Airlines Reservations.     We host and manage United Airlines' reservations system and provide related services. An airline's reservation system is an integral part of its operations, as it supports, among other activities, airline inventory management, ticket sales, departure control and crew scheduling. For sophisticated, multi-national carriers, the airline reservation system typically interfaces with many other systems within the airline. The current agreement under which we provide these services to United Airlines expires in 2013.

    Global Fares.     Global Fares provides searching and pricing solutions for more than a dozen leading airlines worldwide, including United Airlines, Air New Zealand and Alitalia.

    Shepherd Systems.     Shepherd provides a comprehensive suite of innovative technologies, airline marketing intelligence and sales force automation tools to the travel industry. Serving more than 40 of the world's leading airlines worldwide, Shepherd's tools are used throughout different airline departments, including network, planning, revenue, yield, scheduling, sales and marketing to strengthen their ability to make strategic decisions and help drive better business results.

    Supplier.com Hosting.     We provide e-commerce solutions, including the hosting of customer websites for American Airlines (AA.com) and for Northwest Airlines (NWA.com), as well as providing the technology for United Airlines' and American Airlines' corporate travel portals. In addition, we also provide an Internet booking engine for united.com.

    TRUST International.     TRUST develops and implements a state-of-the-art central reservation system, providing tailor-made, real-time reservations and global distribution solutions to the hospitality industry. TRUST's services include call center outsourcing, connectivity to all GDSs and various online travel agency businesses and Internet platforms. TRUST operates three global call centers, serving 46 countries in 9 languages and its customers include, as of December 31, 2005, approximately 2,900 well-known hotels and hotel chains at 685 destinations in approximately 120 countries.

    WizCom.     WizCom provides hotel and car rental suppliers with seamless connectivity to electronic distribution and e-commerce solutions for Internet, GDSs and other travel reservation systems.

Corporate Solutions

        We offer corporate travel fulfillment solutions to a broad array of enterprises, ranging from Fortune 500 companies with sophisticated travel policies and global travel management requirements to

102



small businesses through the Travelport for Business and Orbitz for Business brands. We offer the services of Galileo, a choice of the Travelport for Business or Orbitz for Business online booking tools, and customer care and fulfillment services to meet those corporate travel requirements.

        Travelport for Business is generally marketed to policy intensive, control oriented companies. Travelport for Business is an easy-to-use, configurable solution with 24 hour a day, seven days a week proactive customer care—ideal for companies seeking to reduce costs without sacrificing agency services. Orbitz for Business is a full-service online travel management program for corporations that provides, depending on the level of service requested, online bookings, 24 hour a day, seven days a week reservation and service support; and premier travel services. Corporate Solutions seeks to minimize transaction costs and ticket price, while providing a high degree of price transparency, access to a wide choice of low fares, and a superior, automation-enhanced service experience to its customers. Orbitz for Business capitalizes on Orbitz's strong customer reputation and traveler related services.

        We generate per transaction fees paid by corporate customers. We also collect transaction fees from corporate customers for fulfillment of customer care services offered as part of our end-to-end corporate travel solution, as well as fees from supplier agreements that we have negotiated for the benefit of all of our customers.

Business to Consumer

Overview

        We own and operate several online travel agencies that offer business travelers the ability to search for and book a broad range of travel products and services, including airline tickets, hotel accommodations, car rentals, vacation packages, cruises and destination services, such as tours and show tickets. We offer such services primarily through Orbitz and CheapTickets in the United States and ebookers in Europe, as well as through our online accommodation sites, HotelClub.com, RatesToGo.com, OctopusTravel.com and needahotel.com. Our B2C businesses generate revenue by earning commissions and fees from travel suppliers and GDSs. We also generate revenue by charging travelers service fees for booking certain transactions and charging travel suppliers and other companies advertising fees for advertising on our websites. Approximately 30% of our revenue was generated by our B2C businesses in 2006.

Orbitz

        Orbitz, our largest full service online travel brand, is one of the leading domestic OTAs. Orbitz was founded by five major domestic airlines in 2000 and began full service operation in 2001. Orbitz is a full service travel agency that offers travelers a wide variety of travel options and has historically introduced many innovations in online booking technology, including the Matrix display and our proactive customer care platform, OrbitzTLC. Orbitz enables travelers to search for and book a broad array of travel products and services, including airline tickets, hotel accommodations, rental cars, vacation packages and cruises. Orbitz provides a comprehensive display of fares and rates in a single location, and has augmented this capability through expanded product offerings including a vast number of travel products and services such as dynamic packaging, destination services (shows, events and other attractions) and insurance. Search results are presented in the easy-to-use Matrix display that enables travelers to select the price and supplier that best meet their individual travel needs. Our search process enables travelers to purchase airline tickets, rent cars, reserve lodging and book cruises and vacation packages 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Key features of Orbitz appear below:

    Air travel.     We provide travelers with what we believe is one of the largest selection of low fares generally available as we have agreements with the major domestic airlines and are able to offer fares that are as low as those the airlines offer on their own websites and the sites of other OTAs. Our technology and Matrix display allow travelers to quickly and easily evaluate a broad

103


      range of potential fare and supplier combinations through an intuitive design. Our Matrix display enables travelers to search based on their preferred travel dates, destinations, times, number of passengers, class of service and number of stops, and then displays fare and flight offerings matching those specifications according to price and other specified criteria. Travelers can also prioritize the categories according to their specific preferences. On Orbitz.com, our Matrix display provides comprehensive information to travelers in an unbiased manner to enable them to select their preferred carrier. Once a consumer selects a flight, our booking process makes it easy for travelers to purchase their tickets. We also provide "Tips," a dynamic tool which, in real time, identifies to the traveler savings available at nearby airports or alternate times. By selecting our "anytime" and "Flex Search" features, travelers with flexible travel schedules can expand the choices available to them. "Flex Search" is a powerful search tool that allows travelers to review travel options over a range of dates that displays flight and fare combinations that would require dozens of searches on competitive sites.

    Accommodations.     We enable travelers to search, compare and book reservations at numerous independent and chain hotel properties via the merchant model and also via the traditional agency/retail model. In addition to information on destination, dates and number of guests, travelers can select a specific lodging or hotel chain, location and budget preference. Travelers can also specify amenity preferences such as restaurants, swimming pools, room service, health club facilities, handicapped facilities, business centers and meeting rooms. We also offer customer-generated hotel reviews and interactive neighborhood maps. The majority of our hotel transactions are completed using the merchant model, which provides greater pricing flexibility than the traditional agency model. Further, by negotiating access to fixed room rates with suppliers, we are able to market rooms to travelers at a rate that includes fees for the services we provide resulting in higher net revenue than we achieve on bookings via the agency model. We established our merchant program in 2003.

    Car rentals.     We enable travelers to search and reserve car rentals online at most major car rental companies and certain regional independent companies. In addition to specifying date and location preferences, travelers can select a specific car company, request specific features and obtain credit for any potential discounts (such as American Automobile Association) when renting a car. We display our car rental options using our Matrix display.

    Vacation packages.     We introduced our own dynamic packaging engine in 2004 and have since experienced significant growth in this area. Our packaging functionality leverages our Matrix display and enables travelers to see multiple combinations of airlines and hotels to assemble a vacation package that best meets their objectives, frequently for less than purchasing the individual components separately.

    Cruises.     Our cruise product allows travelers to purchase cruise travel on 73 cruise lines. The "cruise tools" feature provides answers to frequently asked questions about cruises and feedback from other users. At present we work through Cruise.com, a third party provider, to book cruises.

    OrbitzTLC.     OrbitzTLC is our proactive customer care service that provides travelers with technology delivered information to enhance their travel experience. OrbitzTLC Alerts update travelers on real-time events that could affect their travel plans before they leave or while they are traveling. Some key features of OrbitzTLC Alerts include:

    Flight departure and arrival delays—even if the delay occurs after the flight has departed;

    Flight cancellations;

    Airport conditions and closures;

104


      Gate changes and baggage claim information;

      Severe weather and potential delays;

      Transportation strikes and travel alternatives; and

      Street closures for major events.

        Supporting our innovative OrbitzTLC technology platform, Orbitz has an in-house team of air traffic controllers, travel journalists, weather analysts, and airport, passenger and security specialists monitoring nationwide travel conditions. This team interprets and gathers FAA, National Weather Service and other data to provide travelers with real-time information regarding developments such as flight delays, airport closures and transportation strikes so they are aware of any changes or problems that may affect their travel plans. In 2004 and 2005, we distributed nearly 50 million care alerts to travelers, and, in 2005, over 60% were sent to travelers' wireless devices.

CheapTickets

        CheapTickets is a leading United States online travel company focused on value-conscious travelers. Although it possesses many of the same features as Orbitz, CheapTickets is designed for the more price-driven, leisure traveler. CheapTickets has certain features designed for bargain hunters such as price alerts to inform travelers when a certain price is available for a desired trip and "Cheap of the Week" notices for exceptional fares. CheapTickets was founded in 1986 as an outlet for deeply discounted airfares. CheapTickets is well regarded by price conscious travelers and is the #1 non-paid result for "cheap" in both Google and Yahoo. In July 2005, we successfully combined the management and operations of CheapTickets with Orbitz, allowing us to reduce costs and leverage best practices as well as marketing and technology experience in order to provide travelers with enhanced inventory and features and functionality to find travel fares worldwide.

ebookers

        ebookers is one of the leading full service online travel agencies in Europe. ebookers offers customers a wide range of travel services through its online travel agency business, ebookers.com, and telephone call centers. ebookers currently operates local online travel agencies in nine European countries, which are Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, the Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Dedicated websites service four other European countries, which are Austria, Belgium, Denmark and Norway. Millions of unique potential customers visit ebookers websites each month, while other ebookers customers may also book travel through our call centers. The key features of ebookers appear below:

    Air travel.     ebookers enables customers to book air travel on over 110 full service airlines, plus over 25 low cost carriers. We have agreements for negotiated fares with approximately 65 major airlines, which allow us to offer discounted airfares, both online and offline, to customers in each of the European countries in which ebookers operates.

    Lodging.     ebookers provides customers with numerous hotel selections, all of which are sourced through GTA. This allows us to leverage the purchasing power of GTA to offer our customers discounted hotel rates in approximately 120 countries around the world. Our technology allows customers to specify desired room types and hotel amenities, view details such as hotel pictures and interactive maps, before completing the reservation online.

    Car rentals.     ebookers has developed its own car rental reservation system, which allows us to offer our customers with discounted car rental rates at over 7,000 car rental locations worldwide. We have agreements with the world's largest car rental companies, which offer a combined fleet of over 400,000 vehicles. We offer our car rental product on an "opaque" basis, where the

105


      customer does not know the name of the car provider until after the reservation is completed. This system has allowed us to negotiate unique reduced net rates with our car rental partners. Car rentals are sold on ebookers as part of an air travel purchase or on a stand-alone basis as well as an affiliate site, carbookers.com, which recently won the TravelMole "Best Car Rental Website 2005" award.

    Vacation packages.     In 2006, ebookers introduced vacation packages, combining discounted airfares and discounted hotel accommodations into a single transaction at an inclusive price. This new functionality was initially developed for ebookers' online travel agencies in the United Kingdom and Switzerland and has since been rolled out to other ebookers sites.

    Insurance.     ebookers has agreements with Europe's largest insurance companies, and we offer travel insurance through the ebookers online travel agencies throughout Europe, our call centers and standalone online travel agency, insurancebookers.com.

Other B2C Businesses

    Flairview Travel , a leading international online provider of hotel reservation services headquartered in Australia, operates two global hotel accommodation businesses, HotelClub.com and RatesToGo.com. HotelClub offers discounted hotel rates for more than 24,000 hotels in approximately 100 countries worldwide directly to travelers through websites in multiple languages. To accommodate its broad client base, HotelClub offers its services in twelve languages, which are traditional Chinese and simplified Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Spanish. HotelClub purchases its hotel inventory predominantly through GTA. RatesToGo offers last-minute online accommodations reservations (rooms bookable within 21 days of the planned hotel stay) in over 12,000 hotels in more than 60 countries. RatesToGo has established agreements with hotels worldwide for last minute inventory.

    OctopusTravel provides travelers with the ability to book reservations online from a large inventory of hotels and apartments, car rentals, bus and limousine transfers and sightseeing services in numerous cities and countries. It offers accomodations in more than 150 countries worldwide and operates in 34 different languages. The vast majority of OctopusTravel's bookings are made through its affiliate customer channel, which offers white label and co-branded solutions to its business partners, with a minority of bookings made through its consumer direct channel. This allows its affiliate partners, such as airlines, financial institutions and travel portals, to incorporate booking services and content of OctopusTravel into their own websites. Further, OctopusTravel manages content, online marketing and customer service on behalf of its affiliates. OctopusTravel has more than 3,700 agreements with affiliate partners, including major airlines in Europe, Middle East, and Asia/Pacific.

    Travelbag is a long haul, tailor-made tour operator based in the UK whose products include boutique hotels and customized travel packages with complex itineraries. Due to the complexity and generally high ticket value of Travelbag's products, Travelbag is predominantly an off-line business selling through its eight retail stores and its call centers. Travelbag's sales require specialized knowledge and high customer interaction.

    Other B2C businesses include needahotel.com, which operates an online and call center accommodation booking service; The Away Network, which specializes in travel content for travelers seeking unique experiences and activities; and the Neat Group, which develops markets and operates dynamic packaging technology that enables travelers to choose among a broad range of discounted air, car and hotel offerings to create customized travel packages.

106


Customers

        Our customers in our B2B businesses primarily consist of travel suppliers and travel agencies, while our principal customers in our B2C businesses are travelers who access our online travel agencies.

    Travel suppliers

        Our travel supplier customers include approximately 425 airlines, 68,000 hotel properties, 20 car rental companies, 430 tour operators and major cruise lines. The table below depicts our largest travel suppliers in the airline, hotel, and car rental categories for 2005.

Airlines
  Hotels
  Car Rental Companies
 
•    United Airlines

 

        •    Wyndham Worldwide

 

        •    Dollar
 
•    American Airlines

 

        •    Marriott International

 

        •    Budget
 
•    Alitalia Airlines

 

        •    Intercontinental Hotel Group

 

        •    Alamo
 
•    Delta Airlines

 

        •    Hilton

 

        •    Hertz
 
•    Northwest Airlines

 

        •    Choice Hotels

 

        •    Thrifty

        Our top ten suppliers, all of which are airlines, represented approximately 28% of our revenue for 2005.

    Travel agencies

        Our travel agency customers include approximately 52,000 travel agency locations in more than 130 countries. Our largest travel agency customers for 2005 were American Express, CheapTickets, Carlson Wagonlit Travel, Flight Centre Limited and BCD. Our top ten travel agencies, which includes CheapTickets, generated approximately 25% of our total segments booked for 2005. Four of our top five travel agencies have been customers for at least 14 years, with two being customers for over 25 years.

    Online customers

        Through our B2C businesses, we serviced millions of online customers in 2005. Revenue generated through our B2C channel is highly diversified, with no single customer representing a material portion of our revenue in the segment.

Sales and Marketing

Business to Business

        Our B2B sales and marketing teams are responsible for developing existing and initiating new commercial relationships with travel suppliers and travel agencies on a worldwide basis.

    Galileo

        In international markets, we employ a hybrid sales and marketing model consisting of direct sales and marketing organizations, or SMOs, that we manage and indirect, third party national distribution companies, or NDCs. In the United States, we only employ an SMO model. We market, distribute and support our B2B products and services primarily through our SMOs. In regions outside the Americas not supported directly by our SMOs, we provide our products and services through our relationships with NDCs which are typically independently owned and operated by a local travel-related business in the related country. For example, in the Middle East, our GDS products are distributed through an arrangement with the Arab Air Carriers Organization which includes Saudi Arabia Airlines, Emirates

107


and Kuwait Airways. Each NDC is responsible for maintaining the relationship with travel agency customers in its territory and providing ongoing customer support. We pay each NDC a commission based upon the booking fees generated in the NDC's territory, and the NDC retains all subscriber fees billed in the territory.

        Our SMOs and NDCs are organized by country and are typically divided between the new account teams, which seek to add new travel agencies to our distribution system, and account management teams, which service and expand existing business. We also provide global account management to large selected multi-national customers. In certain markets, smaller customers are managed by telemarketing teams.

    GTA

        GTA operates full-service sales offices in London, New York, Hong Kong, Japan and Dubai that are responsible for maintaining and building relationships with retail travel agents, wholesale tour operators and corporate travel clients in 120 countries around the world.

    Travel Suppliers

        Galileo manages existing and initiates new commercial relationships with its travel suppliers through teams organized by product categories including air, hotel and car rental services.

        Galileo also has a dedicated Airline Solutions sales and service organization that is responsible for marketing information technology services such as airline hosting and e-commerce solutions to airlines globally.

        Within GTA, we have dedicated contractors globally that are tasked with securing local content. These contractors are responsible for negotiating commercial terms for hotels (including rates and allocations) and other ground services (including restaurants, sightseeing, excursions, transfers and long distance coaches).

Business to Consumer

        Our B2C sales and marketing efforts are focused on driving visitors to our web sites and creating differentiated brands by demonstrating clear value propositions for our distinct customer segments. We also use a variety of marketing tactics to encourage the sale of more complex travel, particularly dynamic travel packages which we believe offer value to our customers while also generating more revenue per transaction for us. Domestically, we employ a combination of traditional retail and online marketing strategies to persuade customers to book their travel online with Orbitz and CheapTickets. We believe this combination has been successful and we intend to leverage such strategies internationally. Each major brand has a core marketing campaign to focus on distinct consumer messaging for distinct consumer segments. The major components of our marketing strategy are brand marketing and online marketing:

    Brand Marketing

        We use traditional broadcast advertising such as television and radio that focuses on brand differentiation and emphasizes certain features of our businesses that we believe are valuable to our customers, such as OrbitzTLC and dynamic packaging. We are currently testing the efficacy of print advertising as a component of our advertising media mix. In all of our marketing strategies, we are focusing on promotional marketing to emphasize attractive deals for our consumers and encourage the purchase of certain types of travel.

    Online Marketing

        We use various forms of online marketing to drive traffic to our online travel agencies. Representative online marketing strategies include search engine marketing on Google, Yahoo! and

108


MSN, advertising placements on travel research and content sites such as Trip Advisor and TravelZoo, interactive "pop-under" advertising, affiliate marketing and search engine optimization. We also generate traffic and transactions from certain meta-search travel websites, such as Kayak, SideStep and Yahoo! Farechase. Email marketing is an important component of our marketing strategy and we are currently focused on improving our abilities to target customers with specific offers that correspond to their particular interests.

Supplier Relations

        Our supplier relations efforts are focused on managing and developing mutually beneficial relationships with travel suppliers, including airlines, hotels, rental car companies and destination service providers. Our supplier relations team negotiates commercial terms with travel suppliers and works closely with our product development and marketing teams to ensure we build and maintain products that meet the needs of travel suppliers and our customers.

Technology and Operations

Technology

        We operate our worldwide travel distribution system primarily in commercial data center facilities in Denver, Chicago, and London. These highly secure, high technology facilities provide redundant environmental support for power, cooling, and fire suppression with dedicated generators and multiple backup systems. Our redundant systems and telecommunication infrastructure is online 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

        Our GDS and other B2B systems handle thousands of messages per second. Our extensive global telecommunications infrastructure allows real-time updating of supplier information across a private Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) network which offers a high level of security and privacy. Our systems infrastructure has proven to be highly scalable and reliable, leveraging transaction processing facility and open systems technology extensively across our production environment.

        The core systems infrastructures that are utilized for our B2B businesses, other than our GDS, include our proprietary Galileo 360 o Fares Solution and Galileo Web Services.

    Galileo 360 o Fares Solution.     Galileo 360 o Fares is an open systems solution, delivering up-to-date automated worldwide fares options, performing fare transactions, as well as supporting domestic and international public and private fares. This solution is used by the B2B and B2C travel industry and is built with a high level of scalability and redundancy.

    Galileo Web Services.     Galileo Web Services, or GWS, refers to a collection of services that provide travel agencies with access to key functionality on our GDS. Our GWS products use industry-standard technology such as XML, HTTP, and SOAP to support data transfer between client travel applications and our GDS. Our GWS products allow disparate systems to communicate with each other using a common framework. Consequently, our GWS products provide a valuable tool to customers as they do not need to update their infrastructure to access certain of our services.

        Our B2C systems handle millions of searches a day for available travel options across air, hotel, car, packaging, and attractions and services. Our distributed open systems architecture has proven to be highly scalable and resilient in the event of a system failure, handling high transaction volumes across our multiple branded websites on shared infrastructure. Real-time monitoring provides comprehensive business and operational insight into the functionality and use of our system.

        The core systems infrastructures that are utilized for our B2C businesses are:

    Orbitz.com and CheapTickets.com run on open systems technology leveraging a distributed Java systems framework. Architected as a very high volume transaction processing engine, proven to

109


      be highly scaleable and reliable, the applications are primarily deployed on RedHat Linux running on AMD Opteron processors and Sun Solaris running on Sun Microsystems multi-core servers. We aggressively support and leverage open standards such as XML, RSS and SOAP.

    ebookers is built on open systems technology, primarily running on IBM xSeries servers. This solution was built for horizontal scalability and leverages open source based systems such as MySQL and RedHat Linux.

    HotelClub.com and RatesToGo.com are built on a Microsoft.NET framework that runs on a IBM XSeries servers.

    OctopusTravel is a Java application that runs IBM Websphere which leverages the business logic and content store of an IBM AS/400 platform based travel reservation and booking engine.

        We have technological strengths in multiple areas. These include:

    early and aggressive open systems strategies within our GDS business, resulting in a significant portion of our GDS processing being conducted outside the more costly mainframe environment;

    extensive experience in supporting and scaling low fare search in our B2C business using open systems commodity hardware rather than more expensive mainframes, resulting in an increasingly high performance and low cost flight search capability;

    dynamic packaging capability, which enables travelers to see multiple combinations of airlines and hotels to assemble a vacation package resulting in trips that are, on average, less expensive and more flexible for the traveler;

    real-time business event monitoring, which provides comprehensive business and operational insight, resulting in our ability to manage the business in real time;

    a globally sourced technology organization, resulting in a flexible and scalable organization with global productivity;

    Matrix display technology for simultaneous display of multiple online travel options; and

    the ability to connect and book on multiple supplier host systems, creating inherent technology flexibility and a powerful consumer experience.

        We are committed to protecting the security of our customers' information. We maintain an information security team that is responsible for implementing and maintaining controls to limit the potential of unauthorized users from entering our system. These controls include the implementation of information security policies and procedures, security monitoring software, encryption policies, access policies, password policies, physical access limitations, and detection and monitoring of fraud from internal staff. We use a combination of off-the-shelf and proprietary authentication technology to ensure that the integrity of our data is not compromised. Our information security team also coordinates internal and external audits. Security audits are conducted semi-annually. In addition, we maintain a comprehensive information systems security policy that provides guidelines for protecting customers' data and information, safeguarding our proprietary information, reporting security incidents, and policies for administrative controls of end user access to computing resources.

        We plan to invest significantly in our technology platform over the next two years, of which a significant portion will be paid by Avis Budget prior to the completion of the Acquisition or will be funded through a purchase price adjustment pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. We are investing in building a scaleable, service-oriented technology platform to create a single, global, comprehensive platform that will allow us to extend this technology across our portfolio of online brands around the world. This will result in long-term cost savings due to a more scaleable platform, improved flexibility, and improved ability to process, as improvements made on our platform will apply to all of our B2C brands. We expect this transition will allow our online businesses to improve site merchandising, browsing and searching functionality, add significant personalization features, and ultimately improve

110



our ability to drive higher return-on-investment in our online and offline advertising. We expect this transition to occur in a phased approach, with certain of our worldwide B2C sites migrating to the new platform over the next two years. Moreover, we will continue to invest in our core systems to ensure that we maintain a product suite that enables traditional and non-traditional content and adds value for our vendors and customers.

Operations

        Our B2B and B2C operations have over 4,500 insourced and outsourced staff in 40 countries, supporting all of our businesses. Operation functions consist of general customer service, call center support, email processing support and all other post purchase support, telesales activities for customer brands, and a variety of back office and fulfillment functions across all businesses. We use a combination of insourced and outsourced vendor locations to service all our brands. Most support functions for our customer businesses are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

        Our operations group supports these brands with internal operations located in Denver, Chicago, Sydney, Frankfurt, Rome, New Delhi, New York City, Los Angeles, London, Langley, Glasgow and Dublin, while smaller regional offices for B2B and B2C sales and service exist across Europe, the Middle East and Asia Pacific. We also operate remote agent locations in support of help desk operations for Galileo in the United States in and around the Atlanta and Denver areas and some specific sites in Mexico and South America based on in-country customer support requirements. In addition, to maximize savings and ensure process redundancy, we utilize a variety of vendors to manage call centers and back office operations.

        In addition to the broad services discussed above, the operations team also manages key aspects of proactive service to our customers. The OrbitzTLC program was designed as a proactive way to keep travelers informed about flight delays, schedule information and relevant news/events that may impact their travel plans. OrbitzTLC has broad customer participation and enables us to forecast events and travel situations, pinpoint impacted travelers and notify travelers in large numbers through multiple methods, such as e-mail, cell phone and pager. Data synthesized by a team of experts in our Chicago and Denver internal operational locations helps ensure we manage every aspect of a customer's trip. We believe OrbitzTLC contributes to our customer retention, and in 2004 and 2005, we distributed nearly 50 million care alerts. As we look to consolidate our platforms and gain synergies with our multi-functional service desktop applications and interactive voice response support systems, we will have the capability to migrate this technology to other brands, on a domestic and international basis.

Competition

        The marketplace for travel distribution is large and highly competitive. Galileo competes with the other traditional GDSs, Amadeus Global Travel Distribution S.A., Sabre, Inc. and Worldspan, as well as other GDSs and travel suppliers that offer information and booking functionality through their own websites. In addition, GDSs compete with technology providers offering a direct connection between travel content providers and travel agents by-passing GDSs, such as Navitaire, and so-called GNEs such as ITA, Farelogix and others that aggregate travel content from different sources. GTA's competitors include regional and local wholesalers, as well as global wholesalers such as Miki Travel Limited, Kuoni Group and Tourico Holidays, Inc. Each of our primary competitors offers products and services substantially similar to ours. We believe competition in our B2B business is based on the following criteria:

    travel supplier and travel agency relationships;

    the number and size of travel agencies utilizing our GDS;

    travel supplier participation levels and inventory;

    technology;

111


    pricing;

    the timeliness, reliability and scope of the information offered;

    service reliability and ease of use; and

    range of products and services offered.

        In the B2C industry, we compete with other OTAs owned by Expedia, Inc., Priceline.com Incorporated and Sabre, Inc., as well as supplier direct-distribution channels such as supplier websites and toll-free numbers and a large number of offline leisure travel agencies, including among others Liberty Travel, Inc. and American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. We also face competition from a number of large Internet companies, such as Google, AOL and Yahoo!, and "meta-search" companies, such as Kayak.com, Side Step, Inc. and Yahoo!/Farechase. We believe competition in our B2C business is based on the following criteria:

    price;

    travel inventory;

    brand recognition;

    customer service

    ease of use;

    accessibility; and

    reliability.

Trademarks and Intellectual Property

        The trademarks and service marks "Galileo®", "CheapTickets®", "Orbitz®", "Orbitz and Go™", "OrbitzTLC™", "Travelport®", "HotelClub®", "RatesToGo®", "Gullivers Travel Associates™", "GTA®", "OctopusTravel®", "ebookers®", "Travelbag®", "The Less You Pay, The Better It Feels™" and "Deal Detector™" and related trademarks and logos used in 2005 are material to our businesses. We and our subsidiaries and their licensees actively use these marks. All of the material marks used by these companies are registered (or have applications pending for registration) in their appropriate markets. We own the material marks used in our businesses. We take reasonable precautions to protect against unauthorized or infringing uses of our trademarks in the marketplace.

        We also use a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect the software, business processes and other proprietary information we use to conduct our businesses. These assets and the related intellectual property rights are important assets of our businesses.

        Unauthorized use of our intellectual property could have a material adverse effect on us and there can be no assurance that our legal remedies would adequately compensate us for the damage caused by such use.

Employees

        We have approximately 8,000 employees, including approximately 5,700 employees in international markets and approximately 2,300 employees in the Americas. We have approximately 4,500 employees in our B2B businesses, approximately 1,750 in our B2C businesses and approximately 1,750 employees in our shared services functions. None of our employees in the U.S. are subject to collective bargaining agreements governing their employment with us; we have several legislatively created relationships in Europe. We believe that our employee relations are good.

112



Properties and Facilities

        Our primary facilities are as follows:

        Corporate Headquarters.     We currently are headquartered in Parsippany, New Jersey pursuant to a lease with a term of ten years. We also lease space in New York City pursuant to a lease with a term of four years.

        Data Center.     We own a data center located in Greenwood Village, Colorado. A two-building secure campus, it houses the systems infrastructure and web and database servers for our B2B operations, including our GDS, and our domestic B2C operations, as well as the data centers for Realogy, Wyndham Worldwide, Avis Budget Group and other third parties. Every month, more than 1 billion transactions are run through the data center. The data center powers travel agency terminals and Internet travel websites and provides access 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

        B2B Businesses.     Galileo conducts its main operations at our leased offices in Langley, United Kingdom. GTA businesses conduct their main operations at our owned offices in London, United Kingdom. Domestically, our B2B businesses operate primarily from Parsippany, NJ and Chicago, IL. There are also leased facilities in over 40 countries that function as call centers or fulfillment or sales offices.

        B2C Businesses.     Our B2C businesses conduct their main operations at our leased offices in Chicago, IL and London. There are also leased facilities within the United States and throughout Europe and Asia Pacific that function as administrative, call centers or fulfillment or sales offices.

        The table below provides a summary of our key facilities.

Summary of Key Facilities

Location

  Purpose
  Employees
  Leased / Owned
Parsippany, NJ   Corporate headquarters   230   Leased
Chicago, IL   B2C domestic headquarters   765   Leased
London, UK   B2C international headquarters   175   Leased
Langley, UK   Galileo headquarters   325   Leased
Denver, CO   Application Development and Data Center   45   Owned
London, UK   GTA headquarters   730   Owned
New Delhi, India   Call Center and Business Process Outsourcing   1,500   Leased

Government Regulation

        We are subject to or affected by international, federal, state and local laws, regulations and policies, which are constantly subject to change. The descriptions of the laws, regulations and policies that follow are summaries and should be read in conjunction with the texts of the laws and regulations described below. The descriptions do not purport to describe all present and proposed laws, regulations and policies that affect our businesses.

        We believe that we are in material compliance with these laws, regulations and policies. Although we cannot predict the effect of changes to the existing laws, regulations and policies or of the proposed laws, regulations and policies that are described below, we are not aware of proposed changes or proposed new laws, regulations and policies that will have a material adverse affect on our business.

        Privacy and Data Collection Regulation.     Privacy regulations continue to evolve and on occasion may be inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another. Many states have introduced legislation or enacted laws and regulations that require strict compliance with standards for data collection and protection of privacy and provide for penalties for failure to notify customers when such standards are breached, even by third parties. The Federal Trade Commission adopted "do not call" and "do not fax" regulations in October 2003. In compliance with such regulations, our affected businesses have developed and implemented plans to block phone numbers listed on the "do not call" and "do not fax"

113



registries and have instituted new procedures for preventing unsolicited telemarketing calls. In response to "do not call" and "do not fax" regulations, our affected businesses have reduced their reliance on outbound telemarketing.

        As an online business, customers provide us with personally identifiable information, or PII, that has been specifically and voluntarily given. PII includes information that can identify a customer as a specific individual, such as name, phone number, or e-mail address. We only share customer PII with our authorized travel service providers or as required by law, and only as necessary in order to complete a transaction that customers specifically request. We do not sell or rent PII to anyone. We provide customers with choice and control over the collection and use of their PII, as well as a means of updating, correcting, or removing any PII stored in their customer profile. Customers are provided the opportunity to specifically choose the promotional marketing communications they wish to receive from our company. If they choose to opt-out of the promotional communication services that we provide, then we will only send communications that relate to a specific travel purchase made by the customer.

        Many states have enacted or are considering legislation to regulate the protection of private information of consumers, as well as limiting unsolicited commercial email on the internet to consumers. The legislation that has become state law is a small percentage of the number still pending, and is similar to what has been introduced at the federal level. We cannot predict whether any of the proposed state privacy legislation currently pending will be enacted and what effect, if any, it would have on our company.

        The primary international privacy regulations to which our international operations are subject are Canada's Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act and the European Union Data Protection Directive:

    Canada:     The Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act, or PIPEDA, provides Canadian residents with privacy protections in regard to transactions with businesses and organizations in the private sector. PIPEDA recognizes the individual's right to privacy of their personal information. Additionally, it recognizes the need of organizations to collect, use and share personal information and establishes rules for handling personal information. On January 1, 2004, PIPEDA was extended to the collection, use, or disclosure of personal information in the course of any commercial activity within a province.

    Europe:     Individual countries within the EU have specific regulations related to the transborder dataflow of personal information (i.e., sending personal information from one country to another). The EU Data Protection Directive is the source of many of these individual regulations and requires companies doing business in EU member states to comply with its standards. It provides for specific regulations requiring all non-EU countries doing business with EU member states to provide adequate data privacy protection when sending personal data from any of the EU member states. Effective July 25, 2000, the EU member states adopted a safe-harbor arrangement that provides that United States organizations can adopt procedures that comply with European privacy regulations and can certify their compliance through notice to the U.S. Department of Commerce. Participation in the safe harbor is voluntary and indicates that the organization provides an adequate level of privacy protection and qualifies the company to receive data from EU member states. A company does not have to join the safe harbor to be in compliance with the EU Data Protection Directive. It may choose instead to seek approval for the data transfers from the specific individual or otherwise qualify for an exception. United States companies that avail themselves of the safe harbor arrangement are subject to oversight and possible enforcement actions by the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Transportation (which has authority over "ticket agents") if they violate the provisions of their certification. Such violations may be found to be unfair and deceptive practices. Additionally, the European Commission has approved a set of standard form clauses for the transfer of personal

114


      data. These allow companies to put in place a contractual chain in order to transfer data outside of Europe.

        Marketing Operations.     The products and services offered by our various businesses are marketed through a number of distribution channels, including online. These channels are regulated on the international, state and federal levels, and we believe that our marketing operations will increasingly be subject to such regulation. Such regulation, including anti-fraud laws, customer protection laws, and privacy laws may limit our ability to solicit new customers or to market additional products or services to existing customers. We are also aware of, and are actively monitoring the status of, certain proposed state legislation related to privacy and to email marketing that may be enacted in the future. It is unclear at this point what effect, if any, such state legislation may have on our businesses. California, in particular, has enacted legislation that requires enhanced disclosure on Internet websites regarding customer privacy and information sharing among affiliated entities. We cannot predict whether these laws will affect our practices with respect to customer information and inhibit our ability to market our products and services nor can we predict whether other states will enact similar laws.

        Internet Regulation.     We must also comply with laws and regulations applicable to businesses engaged in online commerce. An increasing number of laws and regulations apply directly to the Internet and commercial online services. For example, e-mail activities are subject to the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act. The CAN-SPAM Act regulates the sending of unsolicited, commercial electronic mail by requiring the sender to (i) include an identifier that the message is an advertisement or solicitation if the recipient did not expressly agree to receive electronic mail messages from the sender, (ii) provide the recipient with an online opportunity to decline to receive further commercial electronic mail messages from the sender and (iii) list a valid physical postal address of the sender. The CAN-SPAM Act also prohibits predatory and abusive electronic mail practices and electronic mail with deceptive headings or subject lines. Moreover, there is currently great uncertainty whether or how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes, libel and personal privacy apply to the Internet and commercial online services. It is possible that laws and regulations may be adopted to address these and other issues. Further, the growth and development of the market for online commerce may prompt calls for more stringent customer protection laws.

        New laws or different applications of existing laws would likely impose additional burdens on companies conducting business online and may decrease the growth of the Internet or commercial online services. In turn, this could decrease the demand for our products or increase our cost of doing business.

        Federal legislation imposing limitations on the ability of states to impose taxes on Internet-based sales was enacted in 1998. The Internet Tax Freedom Act, which was extended by the Internet Nondiscrimination Act, exempted certain types of sales transactions conducted over the Internet from multiple or discriminatory state and local taxation through November 1, 2007. The majority of products and services we offer are already taxed: hotel rooms and car rentals at the local level and air transportation at the federal level with state taxation preempted. In Europe, there are laws and regulations governing e-commerce and distance-selling which primarily affect our recently-acquired customer travel businesses. These regulations require our businesses to act fairly towards customers, for example, by giving customers a cooling-off period during which they can cancel transactions without penalty. There are various exceptions for the leisure and travel industry.

        Global Distribution Systems Regulation.     Our GDS business is subject to specific GDS regulations in the EU and Canada. As of July 31, 2004, all GDS regulations in the United States expired.

        In Europe, the European Commission continues to examine the ongoing need for GDS regulations. In 2002, the European Commission advised that it was considering revising or repealing many regulations, including the regulations which prevent an airline that owns a GDS from

115



discriminating against other GDS systems in terms of services, commissions and fees. While the European Commission continues to consider deregulation of the GDS industry in the EU, it did not issue a formal proposal in 2005. A decision to completely deregulate or to issue an amended set of regulations could be announced in 2007 or later.

        There are also GDS regulations in Canada, under the regulatory authority of the Canadian Department of Transport. On April 27, 2004, a significant number of these regulations were lifted. Amendments to the rules include eliminating the "obligated carrier" rule, which required larger airlines in Canada to participate equally in the GDSs, and elimination of the requirement that transaction fees charged by GDSs to airlines be non-discriminatory. Due to the elimination of the obligated carrier rule in Canada, Air Canada, the dominant Canadian airline, could choose distribution channels that it owns and controls or distribution through another GDS rather than through our GDS.

        Travel Agency Regulation.     The products and services we provide are subject to various international, federal, state and local regulations. We must comply with laws and regulations relating to our sales and marketing activities, including those prohibiting unfair and deceptive advertising or practices. Our travel services are subject to regulation and laws governing the offer and/or sale of travel products and services, including laws requiring us to register as a "seller of travel" in various states and to comply with certain disclosure requirements. As a seller of air transportation products in the United States, we are subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation (DOT), which has jurisdiction over economic issues affecting the sale of air travel, including customer protection issues and competitive practices. The DOT has authority to enforce economic regulations, and may assess civil penalties or challenge our operating authority. In addition, many of our travel suppliers and trade customers are heavily regulated by the United States and other governments and we are indirectly affected by such regulation.

        Where we sell travel products and services in Europe directly to travelers as part of a "package", The Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours Regulations Directive regulates us, as implemented by EU member states into country-specific regulations, or Package Travel Regulations. Where the Package Travel Regulations apply, they impose primary liability on us for all elements of a trip sold through us, whether or not we own or control those services or whether we sub-contract them to independent suppliers. The Package Travel Regulations principally affect the businesses of ebookers and Travelbag, as well as other online brands where the sale is made in the EU.

        Additionally, certain jurisdictions abroad may require that we hold a local travel agencies' license in order to sell travel product to travelers.

        Our businesses are also subject to regulations affecting issues such as telecommunications and exports of technology.

        Insurance Regulation.     Bastion Surety, a joint venture with Orbis Capital Limited, is a bond provider for travel agencies and tour operators in the United Kingdom. It is authorized and regulated by the UK Financial Services Authority, FSA, to provide bonding insurance in the United Kingdom, Belgium, France, Ireland and the Netherlands as an alternative to cash and bank bonds to protect consumers in the event of business failure of a travel agent or tour operator. The FSA regulates the financial services industry through statutory powers under the Financial Services and Markets Act (2000).

        The FSA imposes minimum standards of fitness and propriety on both companies and certain individuals (notably company directors and controllers) that fall within its remit. These minimum standards are embodied in the FSA's Threshold Conditions and Principles for Business. If one of the Threshold Conditions or Principles is breached (e.g. ceases to maintain a minimum level of financial resources), the FSA can remove permission to trade.

116



        We are required to deal with the FSA in an open and cooperative manner and to inform them of matters in a timely fashion. In addition, we are required to provide annual returns to the FSA concerning the state of Bastion, notably in respect of its financial position.

        In addition, Insurancebookers Limited sells stand-alone travel insurance online and off-line to consumers. It is authorized by the FSA and trades as an Appointed Representative of Landmark Insurance Company, part of the AIG Group.

Legal Proceedings

    Worldspan

        On September 19, 2005, Worldspan, L.P., or Worldspan, sued Orbitz, LLC in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, asserting five causes of action: a violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, three breach of contract claims, and a claim for injunctive relief. Orbitz moved to dismiss the action for lack of federal jurisdiction on the ground that the sole federal cause of action (for the alleged violation of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act) failed to state a claim upon which relief could be granted. On April 19, 2006, the trial judge granted Orbitz's motion and dismissed the remaining state claims. Worldspan has appealed the trial court's decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. On December 12, 2006, the Seventh Circuit agreed at the parties' request to stay the appeal indefinitely, with periodic updates to the court. On April 24, 2006, after the trial court dismissed its claims in the federal action, Worldspan filed a second suit against Orbitz, LLC in the Circuit Court of Cook County, County Department, Law Division. Worldspan's original Cook County complaint set forth the three breach of contract claims and the claim for injunctive relief that were dismissed from the earlier federal action. The breach of contract counts relate to Orbitz's alleged improper use of Worldspan's seatmap data, Orbitz's alleged use of a Computer Reservation System named ITA Software, Inc., and Orbitz's alleged use of Galileo in connection with non-direct connect bookings. Worldspan asserts that this alleged conduct violates a Worldspan and Orbitz agreement concerning Orbitz's use of Worldspan as a Computer Reservation System for airline tickets. The count for injunctive relief seeks to prevent Orbitz from engaging in the alleged conduct that was the substance of the breach of contract counts. Worldspan subsequently filed an Amended Complaint, adding three breach of contract claims and a claim under the Georgia Computer Systems Protection Act. Worldspan's prior four claims remain. The new breach of contract claims relate to Orbitz's alleged improper use of Galileo to book AirTran flights, Orbitz's alleged failure to follow certain dispute resolution provisions in the parties' agreement, and Orbitz's alleged bad faith request for certain services under the parties' agreement. The new Georgia Computer Systems Protection Act claim is based on the same factual allegations as the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act claim that was dismissed by the federal trial court. Worldspan claims damages in its Amended Complaint in excess of $109 million, as well as the injunctive relief set forth above. Orbitz moved to dismiss the Worldspan lawsuit on the ground that Worldspan failed to state any claims upon which relief may be granted. After Orbitz filed its motion to dismiss, Worldspan filed a Second Amended Complaint attempting to assert the same causes of action. The case is currently pending before Judge Brigid McGrath. On December 28, 2006, at the request of the parties, the court stayed the action until further order of the court. Orbitz will vigorously defend against Worldspan's asserted claims.

        On September 16, 2005, before Worldspan filed the federal case described above, Orbitz, LLC sued Worldspan, L.P. in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Law Division. Orbitz's original complaint set forth two claims for rescission of certain provisions of the parties' agreement, one brought under the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act and one based on equitable estoppel. Both claims relate to Worldspan's alleged deceptive conduct inducing Orbitz into certain amendments to the parties' agreement concerning Orbitz's use of Worldspan as a Computer Reservations System. On October 18, 2005, Worldspan removed Orbitz's Cook County case to the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, asserting that Orbitz's case raised issues of federal law.

117



Orbitz moved the federal court to remand the case back to Cook County. On April 3, 2006, the court granted Orbitz's motion and remanded the case. On July 5, 2006, Orbitz filed its First Amended Complaint in the Cook County case, adding two breach of contract claims, two claims for declaratory relief, a common law fraud claim, and a claim for rescission of certain amendments to the parties' agreement based on a director conflict at the time of the amendments. Orbitz's two prior claims remain. The new breach of contract claims and claims for declaratory relief relate to Orbitz's rights to certain low-cost airline content under the parties' agreement and Orbitz's right to have Worldspan provide data to ITA Software, Inc. on Orbitz's behalf. The new fraud claim generally addresses the same deceptive conduct as Orbitz's prior Illinois Consumer Fraud Act and equitable estoppel claims. The new director conflict claim is brought under the Illinois Business Practices Act and Illinois law, and asserts that Worldspan and Orbitz were jointly owned and controlled, in material part, when certain amendments to the parties' agreement were executed. Orbitz alleges that Worldspan cannot enforce the agreement because it is unfair to Orbitz and thus violates Illinois law due to the conflict. Worldspan filed a motion to dismiss Orbitz's First Amended Complaint on the grounds that Orbitz failed to state claims upon which relief may be granted. The Orbitz lawsuit was consolidated with the Worldspan Cook County lawsuit described above and is currently pending before Judge Brigid McGrath. On December 28, 2006, at the request of the parties, the court stayed the action until further order of the court.

    Tax Cases

        Along with other similar online companies, Travelport Americas, Inc. (f/k/a Travelport, Inc., which was f/k/a Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc.), Orbitz, LLC, Orbitz, Inc., Trip Network, Inc. (d/b/a CheapTickets.com), and/or Internetwork Publishing Corp. (d/b/a Lodging.com) (collectively referred to herein as the "Orbitz defendants") have been named in a number of lawsuits relating to the alleged failure to pay certain taxes to plaintiffs in connection with making hotel room reservations for consumers. As the parent of Travelport Americas, Inc., Cendant Corporation (n/k/a Avis Budget Group, Inc.) was named in only a few of the tax litigation cases, but has now been dismissed in all but two of the pending cases. The Orbitz defendants are members of a joint defense group with other industry members including IACI, Sabre-Travelocity, and priceline.com

        Currently, 29 cases are pending which were filed by state municipality (or in some instances, a county or a visitors' bureau) plaintiffs, 15 in federal court and 14 in state court. Of these cases, 14 were filed as class actions, which means that the named plaintiff /county seeks to represent all similar municipalities/counties in its state with a similar hotel tax statute. The other 15 cases are actions brought by individual municipalities/counties only, as opposed to class actions. While these tax cases are not entirely identical, most allege that the companies violated certain tax provisions by failing to remit certain taxes to plaintiffs and/or charged more in taxes than was remitted to plaintiffs. The cases assert violation of state and local tax provisions, as well as various common law claims based on the same factual allegations. Most of these cases are still at the initial pleading stages, with motions to dismiss pending in many jurisdictions. Some initial written and oral discovery has been taken in some of the actions. No classes have been certified in any of the cases and no cases have yet gone to trial.

        In addition to the cases brought by the municipalities, two additional similar actions have been brought by plaintiffs' class action attorneys on behalf of consumers who booked hotel rooms through the defendants' online travel websites. These cases, pending in Illinois and California state courts, are based on allegations that the defendants wrongfully charged for taxes that were not legitimate in that they were not required by the taxing authorities to be collected. As with the municipality actions, both of these actions are still at fairly preliminary stages, no classes have been certified, and no trial dates are scheduled.

118



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors:

Name

  Age
  Position
Jeff Clarke   45   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael Rescoe   54   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Gordon Wilson   40   President and Chief Executive Officer, Galileo
Steven Barnhart   45   President and Chief Financial Officer, Orbitz Worldwide
Kenneth S. Esterow   42   President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA
Eric J. Bock   41   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Patrick J. Bourke III   48   Executive Vice President and Chief Reengineering Officer
Terence P. Conley   43   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
Jo-Anne Kruse   41   Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Paul C. Schorr IV   39   Director
Martin Brand   32   Director
William Griffith   35   Director
David L. Weinberg   55   Director Nominee

         Jeff Clarke has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2006. Mr. Clarke has 20 years of strategic, operational and financial experience with leading high-technology firms. From April 2004 to May 2006, Mr. Clarke was Chief Operating Officer of the software company CA, Inc. (formerly Computer Associates Inc.). Mr. Clarke also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CA, Inc. from April 2004 until February 2005. From 2002 through November 2003, Mr. Clarke was Executive Vice President, Global Operations at Hewlett-Packard Company. Before then, Mr. Clarke joined Compaq Computer Corporation in 1998 and held several positions, including Chief Financial Officer of Compaq from 2001 until the time of Compaq's merger with Hewlett-Packard Company in 2002. From 1985 to 1998, Mr. Clarke held several financial, operational, international and managerial positions with Digital Equipment Corporation. Mr. Clarke serves on the Board of Directors of UTStarcom, Inc., a Nasdaq company and global leader in IP-based, end-to-end networking solutions.

         Michael Rescoe has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since November 2006. Most recently, Mr. Rescoe was Chief Financial Officer for Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), which he joined in July 2003. His responsibilities included treasury, accounting, risk management, financial planning, investor relations and retirement services, and he oversaw the development and implementation of all financial strategies for the corporation. Before joining TVA, Mr. Rescoe served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Finance and Planning at 3Com Corporation, a global leader in network technology solutions, in Santa Clara, California. While at 3Com, Mr. Rescoe helped to complete one of the most successful IPO's in the history of the technology sector: Palm Inc., the corporation's hand-held computing division. Prior to that, Mr. Rescoe was Chief Financial Officer of PG&E Corporation, one of the nation's largest utility and energy companies, located in San Francisco. Mr. Rescoe also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Dallas-based Enserch Corporation (formerly Lone Star Gas), a diversified energy and utility company that was merged into TXU Inc., a larger, vertically integrated investor-owned utility. For over a dozen years, Mr. Rescoe was an investment banker serving the energy and utility sector. Mr. Rescoe serves on the Board of Directors and as Chairman of the Audit Committee of Global Crossing Limited.

         Gordon Wilson is our President and Chief Executive Officer, Galileo. Mr. Wilson was President and Chief Executive Officer of B2B International Markets for Cendant's Travel Distribution Services Division from April 2003 to August 2006. From 2002 to April 2003, Mr. Wilson was Managing Director of Galileo EMEA and Asia Pacific. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. Wilson was Managing Director of Galileo

119



EMEA. Mr. Wilson also served as VP Global Customer Delivery based in Denver, CO, Managing Director of Galileo South Africa in Johannesburg, Managing Director of Galileo Portugal and Spain in Lisbon, and General Manager of Airline Sales and Marketing. Prior to joining Galileo International in 1991, which was acquired by Avis Budget in 2001, Mr. Wilson held a number of positions in the European airline and chemical industries.

         Steven Barnhart is our President and Chief Financial Officer of Orbitz Worldwide. Mr. Barnhart joined Orbitz in May 2003, and was a key member of the finance team that took Orbitz public. Following the November 2004 acquisition of Orbitz, he led the finance integration with Cendant Corporation's other online travel brands. Soon after, Mr. Barnhart was appointed as the consumer travel unit's Chief Financial Officer within Cendant's Travel Distribution Services division. In 2006, Mr. Barnhart was appointed President of Orbitz Worldwide. Prior to joining Orbitz, Mr. Barnhart held various finance positions over a 13-year period with PepsiCo and its Pepsi-Cola and Frito-Lay subsidiaries. In his final role, Mr. Barnhart was Director of Finance for a division of the Pepsi Bottling Group with over $1 billion in revenue and 5000 employees. Prior to PepsiCo, Mr. Barnhart was an economic analyst in New Jersey for the Brussels-based Polyurethanes division of ICI, and worked in the commercial lending field for American National Bank in Chicago.

         Kenneth S. Esterow is our President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA. Mr. Esterow was President and Chief Executive Officer of Travel Industry Services, Americas for Cendant's Travel Distribution Division from July 2005 to August 2006. From May 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Esterow was Executive Vice President, Supplier Services for Cendant's Travel Distribution Division. From September 2001 to April 2003, Mr. Esterow was Senior Vice President and Chief Development Officer of Cendant's Travel Distribution Division. Prior thereto, Mr. Esterow served as Senior Vice President, Strategic Development Group of Avis Budget, as well as was Senior Vice President and General Manager of AutoVantage.com, TravelersAdvantage.com and PrivacyGuard.com. Mr. Esterow joined Avis Budget in 1996 from Deloitte & Touche LLP, where he was a management consultant.

         Eric J. Bock is our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Bock was Executive Vice President, Law and Corporate Secretary of Cendant from May 2002 to August 2006 where he oversaw legal groups in multiple functions, including corporate matters, finance, mergers and acquisitions, corporate secretarial and governance, as well as Travelport since its inception in 2001. From July 1997 until December 1999, Mr. Bock served as Vice President, Legal and Assistant Secretary and was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2000 and Corporate Secretary in May 2000. Mr. Bock joined HFS Incorporated in 1997. Prior to joining Cendant, Mr. Bock was an associate in the corporate group at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in New York, New York.

         Patrick J. Bourke III is our Executive Vice President and Chief Reengineering Officer. Prior to joining us in July 2006, Mr. Bourke served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Bid.com and has worked as a consultant to various venture capital and private equity portfolio companies. Starting in 1996, Mr. Bourke held numerous positions in sales and consulting services of Intersolv, which he joined as Vice President. From 1988 to 1996, Mr. Bourke held various management positions in insurance and marketing divisions of Perot Systems, Inc., where he managed strategic planning and was responsible for North American operations. Prior thereto, he served in various technical and management positions with Electronic Data System.

         Terence P. Conley is our Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer. Mr. Conley was Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Services of Cendant from 2003 to August 2006, responsible for oversight of global human resources, facilities management, corporate real estate, events marketing and security functions. Prior thereto, Mr. Conley was Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources of Cendant since July 1999. Prior to joining Cendant, Mr. Conley spent nearly ten years with the PepsiCo organization in various roles, including Vice President of Human Resources at The Pepsi-Cola Company, Director of Human Resources with PepsiCo's Frito Lay division, Director of Human Resources for PepsiCo Corporate and Director of Human Resources with PepsiCo's KFC unit.

120



         Jo-Anne Kruse is our Executive Vice President, Human Resources. Ms. Kruse was Executive Vice President, Human Resources of Cendant's Travel Distribution Division from January 2005 to August 2006. Ms. Kruse was Senior Vice President, Human Resources of Cendant's Travel Distribution Division from October 2001 to January 2005. Previously, Ms. Kruse was Vice President, Human Resources for Cendant from December 1999 to October 2001. Prior to joining Cendant, Ms. Kruse served in a variety of human resource positions at PepsiCo, Inc./Frito-Lay for five years. Prior thereto, Ms. Kruse served in various human resources positions at Bristol-Myers Squibb/Clairol and Chase Manhattan Bank.

         Paul C. Schorr IV ("Chip") is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Schorr principally concentrates on investments in technology. Before joining Blackstone in 2005, Mr. Schorr was a Managing Partner of Citigroup Venture Capital in New York where he was responsible for the firm's technology/telecommunications practice. Mr. Schorr was involved in such transactions as Fairchild Semiconductor, ChipPAC, Intersil, AMI Semiconductor, Worldspan, NTelos and MagnaChip. He had been with Citigroup Venture Capital for nine years. Mr. Schorr received his MBA with honors from Harvard Business School and a BSFS magna cum laude from Georgetown University's School of Foreign Service. He is a member of the board of directors of AMI Semiconductor, Inc. and MagnaChip. Mr. Schorr is also a member of the board of Jazz at Lincoln Center.

         Martin Brand is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Brand joined Blackstone's London office in 2003 and transferred to Blackstone's New York office in 2005. Since joining Blackstone, Mr. Brand has been involved in the execution of the firm's direct investments in SULO, Kabel BW, Primacom, New Skies, CineUK, NHP and Travelport. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Brand was a consultant with McKinsey & Company. Prior to that, Mr. Brand was a derivatives trader with the FICC division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York and Tokyo. Mr. Brand received his BA/MA in Mathematics and Computation, First Class Honours, from Oxford University and his MBA from Harvard Business School.

         William Griffith is a General Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures, or TCV. Mr. Griffith joined TCV as a Principal in 2000 and became a General Partner in 2003. Mr. Griffith brings over eleven years of financing experience to TCV. Mr. Griffith has both led and co-led investments in 2Wire, Continuous Computing, InPhonic, Lynk Systems (acquired by Royal Bank of Scotland), Paciolan, Fandango, Techwell, Egenera, INFOnxx, Liquidnet, Motricity, Nextag, Riskmetrics, Whitepages, Oak Pacific and Adknowledge. Mr. Griffith currently serves on the Boards of Directors of 2Wire, CCPU, Motricity, Paciolan, Whitepages and Adknowledge and is a board observer at Capital Access. Before joining TCV, Mr. Griffith was an associate at The Beacon Group, a private equity firm that was acquired by JP Morgan Chase in 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Griffith was an investment banking analyst at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Griffith has also worked at or consulted for a number of private technology companies, including Tellme Networks and Quantumshift.

         David L. Weinberg has been a Senior Operating Partner at One Equity Partners in New York since 2001. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Weinberg served as a Managing Director for Allegro Capital Ltd. in London. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Weinberg served as a Managing Director at Nippon Credit International, Ltd. in London and the Chief Executive Officer of the securities subsidiary of the Nippon Credit Bank. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Weinberg was a Partner at Eastbridge Capital, Inc. in New York. From 1980 to 1988, Mr. Weinberg served in varying senior positions at EF Hutton, Inc. and Citicorp, both in New York.

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        As a privately-held company, we are not required to have independent directors on our Board of Directors. None of our directors is independent.

121


Board Composition

Committees of the Board

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and an executive committee. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary and advisable. None of the directors in these committees are independent directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreements Between Our Company and the Sponsors."

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Schorr, Brand and Griffith. Mr. Brand is the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of our financial statements; (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) our independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.

    Compensation Committee

        Our Compensation Committee is comprised of Messrs. Schorr, Brand and Griffith. Mr. Schorr is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The compensation committee is responsible for determining executive base compensation and incentive compensation and approving the terms of stock option grants pursuant to our equity incentive plans.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our corporate by-laws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, every current and former director, officer or other legal representative of our company shall be entitled to be indemnified by our company against judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) resulting from any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, but not limited to, an action by or in the right of the company to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the company, or is or was serving in any capacity at the request of the company for any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. Persons who are not our directors or officers may be similarly indemnified in respect of service to the company or to any other entity at the request of the company to the extent our Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled to indemnification.

        To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, we or one or more of our affiliates plan to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees. Any such agreements would provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as our directors and executive officers.

        As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer, employee or agent of our company where indemnification will be required or permitted. Nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for indemnification.

122


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Introduction

        Both prior to and following our Acquisition by an affiliate of Blackstone, our executive compensation plans were and are designed to attract and retain talented individuals and to link the compensation of those individuals to our performance. Prior to the Acquisition, Cendant, of which we were a part, determined the compensation of our executives, including establishing certain incentives for our senior executives to ensure retention of these key executives throughout the process leading up to our sale.

        Following the Acquisition, we adjusted the compensation of our executives to reflect our status as a newly-independent company. Specifically, we entered into the equity arrangements described below, and we entered into employment agreements with most of our senior executives, which standardized the employment terms for these individuals and reflected the financial terms, such as the base salary and annual target bonus, in light of their new roles in Travelport.

        We have, from time to time, used market data provided by Towers Perrin and Hewitt Associates to obtain comparative information about the levels and forms of compensation that companies of comparable size to us award to executives in comparable positions. We use this data to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive and that the compensation we award to our senior executives is generally at the midpoint of that awarded to senior executives in similar positions at similarly-sized companies. In addition, we consult, from time to time, with representatives of Blackstone regarding the compensation practices of its affiliates.

        On September 26, 2006, our board of directors approved the terms of the employment agreements of most of our executive officers. Our board of directors also formed a compensation committee, which is comprised of Mr. Schorr, Mr. Brand and Mr. Griffith and is chaired by Mr. Schorr. The purpose of the Compensation Committee is to, among other things, determine executive compensation and approve the terms of our equity incentive plans.

    Compensation of Our Named Executive Officers

        Our Named Executive Officers for 2006 are Jeff Clarke, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Michael Rescoe, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Gordon Wilson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Galileo, Kenneth Esterow, our President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA, Jo-Anne Kruse, our Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Mitch Truwit, our former Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide, and Daryl Raiford our former Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Truwit and Mr. Raiford no longer serve as our executive officers.

        In the tables below, we include (1) compensation from Cendant to employees who worked solely for the Travelport businesses of Cendant prior to the Acquisition and (2) compensation from us following the Acquisition. We have excluded all compensation from Cendant to employees who did not work solely for the Travelport businesses of Cendant prior to the Acquisition. As a result of this determination, the Named Executive Officers included in the tables are not necessarily reflective of our current most highly paid executive officers.

    Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

        As a privately-held company that is part of Blackstone's private equity portfolio, our primary executive compensation objective is to attract and retain top talent from within the highly competitive global marketplace so as to maximize shareholder value. We seek to recruit and retain individuals who have demonstrated a high level of expertise and who are market leaders in our unique, technology-based industry. As a result of the industry's historical and current developments, cash and other compensation are at the high end of the competitive range.

123


        Our highly competitive compensation program is composed of four principal components, all of which are identified in the Summary Compensation Table below:

    salary;

    annual incentive compensation (bonus awards);

    long-term incentive compensation (in the form of restricted equity and/or restricted cash awards); and

    other limited perquisites and benefits.

        Our strategy uses cash compensation and perquisites to attract and retain talent and variable cash and long-term incentives to ensure a performance-based delivery of pay that aligns, as much as possible, our Named Executive Officers' rewards with our shareholders' interests and takes into account competitive factors and the need to attract talented individuals.

    Other Considerations

        We also consider individual circumstances related to each executive's retention. For example, when Mr. Clarke was hired by Cendant as our chief executive officer to guide us through either the completion of the sale of the Travelport businesses to a third party or through an initial public offering, he forfeited certain economic incentives associated with his previous employment. As a result, Cendant provided Mr. Clarke with a compensation package designed to compensate Mr. Clarke for the awards he had forfeited. The level of his compensation was also set by Cendant to be commensurate with the compensation of other similarly situated chief executives in the industry and within Cendant. Likewise, in connection with the Acquisition, Mr. Clarke agreed to amend certain terms of his employment agreement in light of the fact that we would continue to be a privately-held company, and we provided Mr. Clarke with a compensation package that was comparable in economic terms to his former compensation package at Cendant and reflected his enhanced responsibility due to our sale by Cendant. The specific terms of Mr. Clarke's employment agreement are set forth below under "—Employment Agreements."

        In addition, the other Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Mr. Rescoe, who joined us following the Acquisition, and Mr. Truwit, who serves as an advisor to our board of directors pursuant to a consulting agreement, similarly received compensation packages that reflect their new responsibilities since the Acquisition.

        Salary.     Base salaries for Named Executive Officers reflect each executive's level of experience, responsibilities and expected future contributions to our success, as well as market competitiveness. The base salaries currently in effect are in most cases increased from the base salaries established by Cendant prior to the Acquisition. Base salaries are specified in the individual employment agreements, which dictate the individual's base salary for so long as the contract specifies, as described more fully below under "—Employment Agreements." We expect to review base salaries on an annual basis and we expect to consider factors such as individual and company performance and the competitive environment in our industry in determining whether salary adjustments are warranted.

        Bonuses.     We pay two different types of bonuses:

      Discretionary Bonus. In 2006, we awarded discretionary signing, retention and sale bonuses. While these bonuses related to our particular circumstances in 2006, we may elect to pay additional discretionary bonuses from time to time in the future.

      Annual Incentive Compensation (Bonus). We have developed an annual cash bonus program to align executives' goals with our earnings growth objectives for the applicable year. The target payment for each of our current Named Executive Officers is specified in each Named Executive Officer's employment agreement entered into in 2006 and ranges from 100% to 150% of base salary. These bonuses are based primarily upon the achievement of an annual EBITDA target established by our Board of Directors within the first three

124


        months of the applicable fiscal year. The Travelport EBITDA target for 2006 was $554.8 million, broken down to targets of $275.6 million in EBITDA for the first half of 2006 and $279.2 million in EBITDA for the second half of 2006. Our Board of Directors has established an EBITDA target of $620 million for the 2007 fiscal year, broken down to targets of $290 million in EBITDA for the first half of 2007 and $330 million in EBITDA for the second half of 2007. As these awards are subject to the attainment of performance criteria, they may be paid, to the extent earned or not earned, at, below or above target levels (with a maximum of 350% of the target level for Mr. Clarke). In 2007, the Board determined that, for 2007, executive officers other than Mr. Clarke will have a maximum award of 200% of base salary. The maximum award for Mr. Clarke will continue to be 350% of target level. The amounts earned for 2006 pursuant to these arrangements are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table under the "Non-Equity Compensation Incentive Plan" column.

        Long-Term Incentive Compensation.     The principal goal of our long-term incentive plans is to align the interests of our executives and shareholders.

      Option awards. We do not currently utilize options as part of our executive compensation program.

      Stock Partnership. We provide long-term incentives through our equity incentive plan, which utilizes different classes of equity and is described further below under "—Our Equity Incentive Plan." Under the terms of the plan, we may grant equity incentive awards in the form of Class A-2 Units, Restricted Equity Units, Class B Units, Class C Units or Class D Units of our ultimate parent, TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., a limited partnership, to officers, employees, non-employee directors or consultants.

        Each Restricted Equity Unit entitles its holder to receive one Class A-2 Unit at a future date, subject to certain vesting conditions. The Class A-2 Units are interests in a limited partnership and have economic characteristics that are similar to those of shares of common stock in a corporation.

        The Class B, C and D Units are profits interests that are tied to the following targets more fully described below under "—Our Equity Incentive Plan." Table and which enable the holders to participate in our future growth after the date the interests are granted:

      Class B Units vest 25% annually over four years. Upon a "change of control" while the executive is employed, all unvested Class B profits interests will vest in full.

      Class C Units will vest upon a "liquidity event" where Blackstone earns a return of 200% of its invested capital.

      Class D Units will vest upon a "liquidity event" where Blackstone earns a return of 300% of its invested capital.

        Pension and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation.     None of our Named Executive Officers receives pension benefits. We do, however, provide for limited deferred compensation arrangements for executives.

        All Other Compensation.     We have a limited program granting perquisites and other benefits to our executive officers.

125



Summary Compensation Table

        The following table contains compensation information for our Named Executive Officers for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. Note that in establishing our Named Executive Officers, we did not consider the compensation earned by Cendant employees who were not previously part of the Travelport, as they did not receive compensation from the Travelport businesses of Cendant prior to the Acquisition. Mr. Raiford, our former Chief Financial Officer, is still employed by us but no longer serves as an executive officer. Mr. Truwit, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of Orbitz Worldwide, is no longer employed with us but has entered into an agreement to serve as an advisor to our board of directors.

Name and
Principal
Position

  Salary
($)

  Bonus(1)
($)

  Stock Awards(2)
($)

  Non-Equity
Compensation
Incentive Plan
($)

  All Other
Compensation
($)

  Total
($)


Jeff Clarke, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

653,846

 

7,005,000

(3)

7,003,098

(4)

980,769

(5)

115,069

(6)

15,757,782

Daryl Raiford, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

457,564

 

1,392,149

 

n/a

 

410,650

 

860,073

(7)

3,120,436

Michael Rescoe, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

53,846

(8)

0

 

2,842,207

 

250,000

(8,9)

16,791

(10)

3,162,844

Gordon Wilson, President and CEO, Galileo

 

604,853

 

1,903,638

 

4,156,915

 

510,696

 

185,627

(11)

7,361,729

Kenneth Esterow, President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA

 

380,671

 

1,788,125

(12)

3,315,971

 

417,812

 

70,707

(13)

5,973,286

Jo-Anne Kruse, Executive Vice President, Human Resources

 

311,057

 

1,000,000

 

1,391,598

 

260,385

 

68,515

(14)

3,031,555

Mitch Truwit, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide

 

407,115

 

1,575,000

(15)

n/a

 

251,346

 

50,829

(16)

2,284,285

        (1)   Amounts included in this column reflect signing, retention and sale bonuses awarded in 2006. The amounts in this column include certain sale bonuses awarded in 2006 that are payable in January and August 2007 only to awardees who are still employed with us in good standing at that time. In addition, cash bonuses that were rolled over to purchase equity are included.

        (2)   Amounts included in this column reflect the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 in accordance with FAS 123R in connection with awards of restricted equity units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in footnote 18, "Equity—Based Compensation," to the financial statements.

        (3)   Includes a $2,100,000 restricted cash award granted to Mr. Clarke to compensate him for compensation and benefits forgone when he left his previous employer. Additionally, a sign on bonus of $1,500,000 and a $3,405,000 retention bonus connected to his original employment terms upon hire by Cendant are included.

        (4)   Includes $2,295,000 in lieu of which Mr. Clarke received rollover restricted equity units.

        (5)   Includes $250,000 in lieu of which Mr. Clarke received restricted equity units.

        (6)   Includes relocation and housing benefits of $14,349. As of the date hereof, there are some outstanding expenses related to 2006 that have yet to be reconciled and paid. Also includes deferred income match of $91,145.

        (7)   Includes a severance payment of $800,000, matching 401(k) contributions of $12,422, deferred income company contributions of $8,239, financial planning benefits of $1,625, tax assistance of $6,273 and car benefits of $19,081.

        (8)   Reflects partial year employment.

        (9)   Includes $250,000 in lieu of which Mr. Rescoe received restricted equity units.

        (10) Includes relocation and housing benefits of $15,453.

        (11) Includes company matching pension contributions of $98,807, financial planning benefits of $9,795, car benefits of $57,235, tax assistance of $2,037 and travel benefits of $9,796. All amounts expressed for Mr. Wilson in this prospectus are paid in British pounds and have been converted to U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as in effect on December 31, 2006 of 1.95910 British pounds to 1 U.S. dollar.

126



        (12) Includes $100,000 in lieu of which Mr. Esterow received restricted equity units, as well as a one-time special payment of $400,000.

        (13) Includes matching 401(k) contributions of $13,200, deferred compensation employer contributions of $24,750, car benefits of $13,177 and tax assistance of $3,690.

        (14) Includes matching 401(k) contributions of $13,788, deferred compensation employer contributions of $18,991, financial planning benefits of $2,438, tax assistance of $10,328 and car benefits of $11,670.

        (15) Includes $500,000 in lieu of which Mr. Truwit received restricted equity units.

        (16) Includes matching 401(k) contributions of $3,956, deferred compensation employer contributions of $15,081, financial planning benefits of $1,155 and car benefits of $15,927.

127



Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2006

 
   
   
  Estimated Potential Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Plan Awards

  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock Units
(#)

  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)

 
Name

  Type of
Award

  Grant Date
  Threshold
($)

  Target
($)

  Maximum
($)

  Threshold
(#)

  Target
(#)

  Maximum
(#)

 
Jeff Clarke, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   Non-equity incentive plan       $ 980,769   $ 980,769   $ 2,971,154                        
    REUs   10/13/06                                 2,295,000 (1) $ 2,295,000 (2)
    REUs   10/13/06                                 250,000 (3) $ 250,000  
    REUs   10/13/06                                 4,708,098   $ 4,708,098  
    Class B Units   10/13/06                                 3,059,361   $ 1,499,087  
    Class C Units   10/13/06                         3,059,361           $ 1,315,525  
    Class D Units   10/13/06                         3,059,061           $ 1,162,557  
Daryl Raiford, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 410,650   $ 513,313                        
Michael Rescoe, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 250,000   $ 312,500                        
    REUs   10/13/06                                 250,000 (4) $ 250,000  
    REUs   10/13/06                                 1,506,591   $ 1,506,591  
    Class B Units   10/13/06                                 1,027,397   $ 503,425  
    Class C Units   10/13/06                         1,027,397           $ 441,781  
    Class D Units   10/13/06                         1,027,397           $ 390,411  
Gordon Wilson, President and CEO, Galileo   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 510,696   $ 638,370                        
    REUs   10/13/06                                 2,504,708   $ 2,504,708  
    Class B Units   10/13/06                                 1,270,928   $ 622,755  
    Class C Units   10/13/06                         1,270,928           $ 546,499  
    Class D Units   10/13/06                         1,270,928           $ 482,953  
Kenneth Esterow, President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 417,812   $ 522,265                        
    REUs   10/13/06                                 100,000 (5) $ 100,000  
    REUs   10/13/06                                 2,504,708   $ 2,504,708  
    Class B Units   10/13/06                                 624,049   $ 305,784  
    Class C Units   10/13/06                         624,049           $ 268,341  
    Class D Units   10/13/06                         624,049           $ 237,139  
Jo-Anne Kruse, Executive Vice President, Human Resources   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 260,385   $ 325,481                        
    REUs   10/13/06                                 847,458   $ 847,458  
    Class B Units   10/13/06                                 418,569   $ 205,099  
    Class C Units   10/13/06                         418,569           $ 179,985  
    Class D Units   10/13/06                         418,569           $ 159,056  
Mitch Truwit, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide   Non-equity incentive plan         0   $ 251,346   $ 251,346                        
    REUs   10/13/96                                 500,000 (6) $ 500,000 (6)

        (1)   Of these 2,295,000 "rollover" restricted equity units, 20% vest on each of the following dates: March 31, 2007; June 30, 2007; September 30, 2007; December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008. This grant was in lieu of a restricted cash award that was meant to compensate Mr. Clarke for the loss of compensation forfeited when he left his previous employer to work for us.

        (2)   See note (1) above.

        (3)   Granted in lieu of $250,000 of Non-Equity Incentive Plan compensation to which Mr. Clarke otherwise would have been entitled.

        (4)   Granted in lieu of $250,000 of Non-Equity Incentive Plan compensation to which Mr. Rescoe otherwise would have been entitled.

        (5)   Granted in lieu of $100,000 of bonus compensation to which Mr. Esterow otherwise would have been entitled.

        (6)   Granted in lieu of $500,000 of bonus compensation to which Mr. Truwit otherwise would have been entitled.

128


Employment Agreements

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into new employment agreements and/or amended existing employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers. Named Executive Officers also receive equity-based awards in TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. or one or more of its parent entities. The employment agreements supersede all prior understandings between these executives and us and our affiliates regarding their employment.

    Jeff Clarke, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Compensation, Term.     Jeff Clarke entered into an amended employment agreement with TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., effective September 26, 2006, pursuant to which he serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Clarke's employment agreement has a three-year term and provides for automatic one-year renewal periods upon the expiration of the initial term or any subsequent term, unless either party provides notice of non-renewal at least 120 days prior to the end of the then-current term. He is entitled to a minimum base salary of $1,000,000, subject to annual increases at the discretion of our board of directors. Mr. Clarke is eligible for a target annual bonus of 150% of his base salary upon the achievement of an annual EBITDA target established by our board (with a maximum potential bonus of 350% of target level). In addition, under his amended employment agreement, Mr. Clarke received a restricted cash award of $2,100,000 that vests and becomes payable in 20% installments on each of March 31, 2007, June 30, 2007, September 30, 2007, December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008.

        Severance Terms.     Mr. Clarke's employment agreement provides that if he is terminated by us without cause or resigns as a result of constructive termination, he will receive his base salary through termination, unpaid annual bonus from the preceding year, reimbursement for un-reimbursed business expenses and any accrued benefits under our benefits plans ("accrued rights"), including:

    a pro rata portion of his annual bonus for the year of termination, payable when otherwise paid to other executives for that year;

    an amount equal to 299% multiplied by the sum of (i) his annual base salary and (ii) his target annual bonus;

    full and immediate vesting of his restricted cash award; and

    vesting of any equity-based awards to the extent provided for in the award agreements.

        In addition, in the event that any payments or benefits provided to Mr. Clarke under his employment agreement or any other plan or agreement in connection with a change in control by us result in an "excess parachute payment" excise tax of over $50,000 being imposed on Mr. Clarke, he would be entitled to a gross-up payment equal to the amount of the excise tax, as well as a payment equal to the income tax and additional excise tax on the gross-up payment.

        Constructive Termination.     Constructive termination is defined in Mr. Clarke's employment agreement as:

    any material failure by us to fulfill our obligations under the employment agreement (including any reduction to Mr. Clarke's annual base salary, as increased from time to time) or any equity agreement he has with us;

    our failure to nominate Mr. Clarke for election to our board of directors;

    the failure of our shareholders to elect Mr. Clarke to our board of directors;

    the failure of any successor to our business operations to assume our obligations under the employment agreement;

129


    the primary business office for Mr. Clarke being relocated to any place more than 30 miles from the city limits of Parsippany, NJ, New York, NY or Chicago, IL;

    a material and sustained diminution of Mr. Clarke's duties and responsibilities as of the date of the employment agreement; or

    our election not to renew the initial employment term or any subsequent extension thereof (except as a result of Mr. Clarke reaching retirement age, as determined by our policy).

        Any of the events described above will be a constructive termination only if we fail to cure the event within 30 days after receipt from Mr. Clarke of written notice of the event that he believes constitutes a constructive termination. In addition, a constructive termination shall cease to exist for an event on the 60 th day following the later of its occurrence or Mr. Clarke's knowledge of the event, unless Mr. Clarke has given us written notice thereof prior to such date.

    Gordon Wilson, President and Chief Executive Officer, Galileo

        Compensation, Term.     We entered into a service agreement with Gordon Wilson in June 2006, along with a terms and conditions addendum from June 2006. The Company and Mr. Wilson made changes to both the service agreement and the terms and conditions addendum in August 2006. We are in the process of formalizing such agreements into a new service agreement, which will then be approved by our board. The service agreement continues until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than twelve months' prior written notice. If full notice is not given, we will pay salary and benefits in lieu of notice for any unexpired period of notice, regardless of which party to the service agreement gave notice of termination. Mr. Wilson is entitled to a minimum base salary of £325,000, subject to annual increases at the discretion of our board of directors. Mr. Wilson is eligible for a target annual bonus of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Wilson's period of continuous employment with us commenced on May 13, 1991 and will automatically terminate on his 60 th birthday.

        Severance Terms.     Mr. Wilson's employment agreement requires that if either he or we serve notice to the other to terminate Mr. Wilson's employment with us, in our absolute discretion, we may require him to take "garden leave" for all or part of the remaining period of his employment. If Mr. Wilson is asked to take garden leave, he:

    has agreed to resign immediately from any offices he holds with us or any affiliate upon our request;

    may be required to carry out none or some of his duties during the remaining period of his employment;

    must return to us all documents and other materials (including copies) belonging to us or any affiliate containing confidential business information;

    may not without our permission contact or attempt to contact in a business context any of our employees, clients, suppliers or professional advisers that he reasonably expected to know/have known in the course of his duties with us; and

    may not attend his place of work or any other of our or our affiliates' premises unless requested to do so.

        During any period of garden leave, Mr. Wilson will continue to receive his full salary, other remuneration and benefits.

    Messrs. Rescoe and Esterow and Ms. Kruse

        Compensation, Term.     The employment agreements for Kenneth Esterow, Michael Rescoe and Jo-Anne Kruse each have a three-year initial term. They provide for automatic one-year renewal

130


periods upon the expiration of the initial term or any subsequent term, unless either party provides the notice of non-renewal at least 120 days prior to the end of the then-current term. Each of the agreements also includes provision for the payment of an annual base salary subject to annual review and adjustment and each of Messrs. Rescoe and Esterow and Ms. Kruse is eligible for a target annual bonus based upon the achievement of certain financial performance criteria of 100% of annual base salary. Base salary is $425,000 for Mr. Esterow, $500,000 for Mr. Rescoe, and $350,000 for Ms. Kruse.

        Severance Terms.     The terms of the employment agreements for each of Messrs. Esterow and Rescoe and Ms. Kruse establish that, if the Named Executive Officer is terminated by us without cause or resigns as a result of constructive termination, the Named Executive Officer will continue to receive his or her then annual base salary and target annual bonus in accordance with our normal payroll practices for a period of up to twenty-four months, in addition he / she will receive his or her then accrued rights, a pro rata portion of his or her then annual bonus for the year of termination, payable when otherwise paid to executives for that year, and any vesting of any equity-based awards to the extent provided for in the award agreements.

        Constructive Termination.     Constructive termination is defined in the employment agreements for Messrs. Esterow and Rescoe and Ms. Kruse as:

    any material reduction in annual base salary or target annual bonus (excluding any change in value of equity incentives or a reduction affecting substantially all similarly situated executives);

    our failure to pay compensation or benefits when due, in each case which is not cured within 30 days following our receipt of written notice from the executive describing the event that he / she believes provides for constructive termination;

    a material and sustained diminution of the executive's duties and responsibilities as of the date of the employment agreement;

    the primary business office for the executive being relocated by more than 50 miles; or

    our election not to renew the initial employment term or any subsequent extension of the employment term (except as a result of the executive reaching retirement age, as determined by our policy).

        Any of the events described above will be a constructive termination only if we fail to cure the event within 30 days after receipt from the executive of written notice of the event that he / she believes constitutes a constructive termination. In addition, a constructive termination shall cease to exist for an event on the 60th day following the later of its occurrence or the executive's knowledge of the event, unless the executive has given us written notice thereof prior to such date.

    Restrictive Covenants

        As a result of the restrictive covenants contained in their employment agreements, each of the Named Executive Officers has agreed not to disclose, or retain and use for their own benefit or benefit of another person our confidential information. Each of the Named Executive Officers has also agreed not to directly or indirectly compete with us, not to solicit our employees, clients or contractors, engage in, or directly or indirectly manage, operate, or control or join our competitors, or compete with us or interfere with our business, or advance the interest of any competitors, or use his or her status with us to obtain goods or services that would not be available in the absence of such a relationship to us. These restrictions are effective for a period of two years, in the case of Ms. Kruse and Messrs. Clarke, Rescoe and Esterow after employment with us has been terminated for any reason. In the case of Mr. Wilson, the restrictions are effective for a period of 12 months. Should we exercise our right to place Mr. Wilson on "garden leave," the period of time that he is on such leave will be subtracted from and thereby reduce the length of time that he is subject to his restrictive covenants.

131


        In addition, each of the Named Executive Officers has agreed to grant us a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, assignable and sublicensable license over all intellectual property rights that result from his or her work while employed with us.

Our Equity Incentive Plan

        Under the terms of the TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. 2006 Interest Plan, we may grant equity incentive awards in the form of Class A-2 Units, Restricted Equity Units, Class B Units, Class C Units or Class D Units to current or prospective officers, employees, non-employee directors or consultants.

Purposes of the Plan

        The purposes of the plan are:

        (1)   to promote our interests and those of our partners by attracting and retaining exceptional officers and other employees, non-employee directors and consultants; and

        (2)   to enable such individuals to acquire an equity interest in and participate in our long-term growth and financial success.

Administration of the Plan

        The board of directors of TDS Investor (Cayman) GP, Ltd. conducts the general administration of the plan in accordance with the plan's provisions. The board administers, construes and interprets the plan and establishes rules for carrying it out and makes changes to such rules when appropriate.

        The board may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons, and may appoint other agents to properly administer the plan. The board and our officers and directors are entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the board in good faith shall be final and binding. No member of the board shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the plan or the awards, and all members of the board shall be fully protected by us with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

        The board may from time to time make awards under the plan to employees, or other persons having a relationship with us or any of our subsidiaries, in such form and having such terms, conditions and limitations as the board may determine. Subject to the provisions of the plan, the board will determine the forms and amounts of awards for participants. The terms, conditions and limitations of each award under the plan must be set forth in an award agreement in a form approved by the board, consistent, however, with the terms of the plan; provided that award agreements will contain provisions dealing with the treatment of awards in the event of the termination of employment, death or disability of a participant, and may also include provisions concerning the treatment of awards in the event of a change of control of us. The board has the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding grants as are consistent with the plan, provided that, except for adjustments under the adjustment provisions discussed below, no such action can modify an award in a manner adverse to the participant without the participant's consent except as such modification is provided for or contemplated in the terms of the award. The board will determine whether and when awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended. All designations, determinations and other decisions made by the board relating to the plan or any award will be binding upon all persons.

Units Offered Pursuant to the Plan

        The total number of units available for awards under the plan is 100,000,000. Unless restricted by applicable law, units related to awards that are terminated or lapse will immediately become available

132



for other awards. In the event of any change in the outstanding units by reason of an equity dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, combination or transaction or exchange of units or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to our partners of equity or cash, other than regular cash distributions, or any transaction similar to the foregoing, regardless of whether outstanding units are changed, the board shall adjust appropriately the number and kind of units subject to the plan and available for or covered by awards, the prices per unit related to outstanding awards, the vesting terms under any award agreement and the distribution priority contained in our partnership agreement, and make such other revisions to outstanding awards as it deems, in good faith, are equitably required.

Awards

        Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem. Awards, in the board's sole discretion, may take the form of units or restricted equity units. The participant will be required to become a party to an award agreement as a condition to the grant of an award. Upon receipt of the units, the participant also will be required to become a party to our partnership agreement. All awards and interests will be held by the participant subject to the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement and the award agreement.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan

        The board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the plan, and may waive any conditions, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award; provided that any such action that is expected to be materially adverse to a participant will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant.

        Unless previously terminated by the board, the plan will terminate on October 13, 2016.

Restricted Equity Awards

        As part of our compensation program, certain employees are offered the opportunity to convert unearned future cash compensation into restricted equity units, which represent restricted equity units in TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. Each restricted equity unit will entitle the holder to receive one Class A-2 Unit of TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. at a future date, subject to the prior satisfaction of certain vesting conditions. Employees who are eligible to receive certain cash bonuses (but who have not yet earned or received such bonuses) from us will be eligible to convert those cash bonuses into restricted equity units. An employee will receive one restricted equity unit for each $1.00 of cash bonus that is converted.

        Restricted equity units vest quarterly on each of February 2, May 2, August 2 and November 2. Each of these dates is known as a vesting date. If the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated by us without cause, as a result of death or disability, or by the Named Executive Officer as a result of a constructive termination, the Named Executive Officer will automatically vest in any unvested restricted equity awards held by the Named Executive Officer on the date of termination as follows:

            (1)   if the termination occurs between May 3 and November 2 (inclusive), the Named Executive Officer will vest in those restricted equity units that would have vested on the next four scheduled vesting dates;

            (2)   if the termination occurs between November 3 and February 2 (inclusive), the Named Executive Officer will vest in those restricted equity units that would have vested on the next three scheduled vesting dates; and

133



            (3)   if the termination occurs between November 3 and February 2 (inclusive), the Named Executive Officer will vest in those restricted equity units that would have vested on the next three scheduled vesting dates.

        If an employee ceases to be employed by us before the date on which he or she would have earned the cash bonus, the employee will forfeit the restricted equity units and will not receive the converted cash bonus unless otherwise contractually entitled to it. The minimum amount of restricted equity units that may be purchased by any employee is 50,000 for U.S. employees (30,000 for non-U.S. employees). The restricted equity units will be subject to the terms and conditions of our partnership agreement, a registration rights agreement and a management equity award agreement.

Terms of the Units

        Subject to the applicable Named Executive Officer's continued employment with us, the Class B, Class C and/or Class D Units, as applicable, will automatically vest as follows:

        Class B Units.     25% of the Class B Units will automatically vest on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the closing of the Acquisition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a change of control occurs at a time when the Named Executive Officer is employed by us, all of the Named Executive Officer's Class B Units will be deemed to have automatically vested immediately prior to such change of control.

        If the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated by us without cause, as a result of death or disability, or by the Named Executive Officer as a result of a constructive termination, the Named Executive Officer will automatically vest in the next vesting period of Class B Units. If the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated for any other reason, the Named Executive Officer will have no right to further vesting of the Class B Units and any unvested Class B Units will be forfeited.

        Class C Units.     Class C Units will automatically vest upon (i) the sale by Blackstone, in one or a series of transactions, of at least 50% of its Class A-1 Units (and shares received in exchange for Class A-1 Units), where Blackstone has received, in respect of its Class A-1 Units held on October 13, 2006 (excluding any Class A-1 Units disposed of within the first twelve months following the Acquisition at a sale price that does not exceed 120% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units), cash or other marketable securities (whether through distributions under our partnership agreement in respect of such Class A-1 Units or dispositions of such Class A-1 Units) with a fair market value equal to 200% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units (excluding any Class A-1 Units disposed of within the first twelve months following the Acquisition at a sale price that does not exceed 120% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units) or (ii) the distribution by the Blackstone, in one or a series of transactions, of at least 50% of its aggregate Class A-1 Units (and shares received in exchange for Class A-1 Units) to limited partners of Blackstone (other than affiliates) where the Class A-1 Units distributed have a fair market value equal to 200% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated by us without cause, as a result of death or disability, or by the Named Executive Officer as a result of a constructive termination, a percentage of the Named Executive Officer's Class C Units that are then unvested will automatically vest in an amount equal to the percentage of the Named Executive Officer's original Class B Units that became vested at the time of such termination. If the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated for any other reason, the Named Executive Officer will have no right to further vesting of the Class C Units and any unvested Class C Units will be forfeited.

        Class D Units.     Class D Units will automatically vest upon (i) the sale by Blackstone, in one or a series of transactions, of at least 50% of its aggregate Class A-1 Units (and shares received in exchange

134



for Class A-1 Units), where Blackstone has received, in respect of its Class A-1 Units held on October 13, 2006 (excluding any Class A-1 Units disposed of within the first twelve months following the Acquisition at a sale price that does not exceed 120% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units), cash or other marketable securities (whether through distributions under the our partnership agreement in respect of such Class A-1 Units or dispositions of such Class A-1 Units) with a fair market value equal to 300% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units (excluding any Class A-1 Units disposed of within the first twelve months following the Acquisition at a sale price that does not exceed 120% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units); or (ii) the distribution by Blackstone, in one or a series of transactions, of at least 50% of its aggregate Class A-1 Units (and shares received in exchange for Class A-1 Units) to limited partners of Blackstone (other than affiliates), where the Class A-1 Units distributed have a fair market value equal to 300% of the amount invested by Blackstone in respect of such Class A-1 Units.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated by us without cause, as a result of death or disability, or by the Named Executive Officer as a result of a constructive termination, a percentage of the Named Executive Officer's Class D Units that are then unvested will automatically vest in an amount equal to the percentage of the Named Executive Officer's original Class B Units that became vested at the time of such termination. If the Named Executive Officer's employment with us is terminated for any other reason, the Named Executive Officer will have no right to further vesting of the Class D Units and any unvested Class D Units will be forfeited.

135



Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal-Year End

 
  Stock Awards

Name

  Type of Award
  Number of
Shares or Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (#)

  Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)

  Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested
(#)

  Equity Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or Payout Value of
Unearned Shares, Units or
Other Rights That Have Not
Vested ($)

Jeff Clarke, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   REUs   6,414,586   $ 6,414,586          
    Class B Units   3,059,361   $ 1,499,087          
    Class C Units             3,059,361   $ 1,315,525
    Class D Units             3,059,361   $ 1,162,557

Daryl Raiford, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

n/a

Michael Rescoe, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

REUs

 

1,318,267

 

$

1,318,267

 

 

 

 

 
    Class B Units   1,027,397   $ 503,425          
    Class C Units             1,027,397   $ 441,781
    Class D Units             1,027,397   $ 390,441

Gordon Wilson, President and CEO, Galileo

 

REUs

 

2,191,620

 

$

2,191,620

 

 

 

 

 
    Class B Units   1,270,928   $ 622,755          
    Class C Units             1,270,928   $ 546,499
    Class D Units             1,270,928   $ 482,953

Kenneth Esterow, President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA

 

REUs

 

2,291,620

 

$

2,291,620

 

 

 

 

 
    Class B Units   624,049   $ 305,784          
    Class C Units             624,049   $ 268,341
    Class D Units             624,049   $ 237,139

Jo-Anne Kruse, Executive Vice President, Human Resources

 

REUs

 

741,525

 

$

741,525

 

 

 

 

 
    Class B Units   418,569   $ 205,099          
    Class C Units             418,569   $ 179,985
    Class D Units             418,569   $ 159,056

Mitch Truwit, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide

 

REUs

 

500,000

 

$

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

None of our Named Executive officers had outstanding option awards at 2006 fiscal year-end.

136



Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2006

 
  Option Awards
   
   
   
   
 
  Stock Awards
 
  Number of
Shares
Acquired
on
Exercise
(#)
Cendant

  Value
Realized
on
Exercise
($)
Cendant

Name

  Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
Travelport

  Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
Travelport

  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)
Cendant

  Value
Realized on
Vesting ($)
Cendant

Jeff Clarke, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director         588,512   $ 588,512   n/a     n/a
Daryl Raiford, Former Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
        n/a     n/a   41,931 (1) $ 374,318
Michael Rescoe, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer         188,324   $ 188,324   n/a     n/a
Gordon Wilson, President and CEO, Galileo   23,654 (1) $ 9,386   313,089   $ 313,089   59,389 (1) $ 547,274
Kenneth Esterow, President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA         313,089   $ 313,089   50,160 (1) $ 474,392
Jo-Anne Kruse, Executive Vice President, Human Resources         105,932   $ 105,932   42,036 (1) $ 401,115
Mitch Truwit, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide               127,248 (1) $ 1,135,999

        (1)   The disclosure in this table regarding Cendant equity securities is based on information provided by Merrill Lynch, Cendant's administrator of equity plans. If one of our Named Executive Officers transferred equity to another broker, neither we nor Merrill Lynch would have any information on exercises during the relevant time period.


Pension Benefits in 2006

        No Named Executive Officers are currently in a defined benefit plan sponsored by us or our subsidiaries and affiliates.

137




Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2006

        All amounts disclosed in this table relate to our Travelport Americas, Inc. Officer Deferred Compensation Plan. This table does not reflect any information regarding Cendant's Officer Deferred Compensation Plan.

Name

  Executive
Contributions in
Last FY
($)

  Registrant
Contributions in
Last FY
($)

  Aggregate Earnings
in Last FY
($)

  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)

  Aggregate Balance
at Last FYE
($)


Jeff Clarke, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

125,000

 

75,000

 

4,576

 

0

 

204,576

Daryl Raiford, Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

54,927

 

8,239

 

5,310

 

0

 

68,476

Michael Rescoe, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

Gordon Wilson, President and CEO, Galileo (a)

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

Kenneth Esterow, President and Chief Executive Officer, GTA

 

24,750

 

24,750

 

1,662

 

0

 

51,162

Jo-Anne Kruse, Executive Vice President, Human Resources

 

15,623

 

15,623

 

76

 

0

 

31,322

Mitch Truwit, Former President and Chief Executive Officer, Orbitz Worldwide

 

82,944

 

15,081

 

8,087

 

0

 

106,112

        (a)   Mr. Wilson participates in a United Kingdom plan that is more like a 401(k) plan and therefore is not included in this table.

Severance Arrangements

    Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment

        The following table describes the potential payments and benefits under our compensation and benefit plans and arrangements to which the Named Executive Officers would be entitled upon termination of employment.

138



Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment

Current

  Cash
Severance
Payment

  Continuation
of
Medical/Welfare
Benefits
(present
value)

  Acceleration
and
Continuation
of Equity
Awards
(unamortized
expense as of
12/31/06)

  Excise Tax
Gross-up

  Total
Termination
Benefits

Jeff Clarke                    
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   9,575,000   39,406   3,686,714   0   13,301,120
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   9,575,000   39,406   7,035,505   4,566,864   21,216,775

Daryl Raiford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   1,696,074   103,668   0   0   1,799,742
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   1,696,074   103,668   0   0   1,799,742

Michael Rescoe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   2,000,000   16,053   607,848   0   2,623,901
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   2,000,000   16,053   1,125,871   0   3,141,924

Gordon Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   2,546,832   173,640   607,392   0   3,327,864
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   2,546,832   173,640   2,125,871   0   4,846,343

Kenneth Esterow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   1,700,000   91,914   704,392   0   2,496,306
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   1,700,000   91,914   2,222,871   0   4,014,785

Jo-Anne Kruse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   0   0   0   0   0
  Involuntary termination   1,400,000   99,048   205,508   0   1,704,556
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   1,400,000   99,048   719,280   0   2,218,328

Mitch Truwit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Voluntary retirement   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
  Involuntary termination   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
  Involuntary or good reason termination after change in control (CIC)   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a

        Accrued Pay and Regular Retirement Benefits.     The amounts shown in the table above do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided on a non-discriminatory basis to salaried employees generally upon termination of employment. These include:

    Accrued salary and vacation pay and earned but unpaid bonus.

    Distributions of plan balances under our 401(k) plan and the non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

        Deferred Compensation.     The amounts shown in the table do not include distributions of plan balances under our deferred compensation plan. Those amounts are shown in the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2006 Table above.

139



        Death and Disability.     A termination of employment due to death or disability does not entitle the Named Executive Officers to any payments or benefits that are not available to salaried employees generally.

        Involuntary and Constructive Termination and Change-in-Control Severance Pay Program.     As described above under "Severance Terms" under "—Employment Agreements," the Named Executive Officers are entitled to severance pay in the event that their employment is terminated by us without cause or if the Named Executive Officer resigns as a result of a constructive termination. The amounts shown in the table are for such "involuntary or constructive terminations" and are based on the following assumptions and provisions in the employment agreements:

    Covered terminations generally . Eligible terminations include an involuntary termination for reasons other than cause, or a voluntary resignation by the executive as a result of a constructive termination.

    Covered terminations following a Change in Control . Eligible terminations include an involuntary termination for reasons other than cause, or a voluntary resignation by the executive as a result of a constructive termination, following a change in control.

    Definitions of Cause and Constructive Termination

    A termination of an executive officer by us is for cause if it is for any of the following reasons:

    The Named Executive Officer's failure substantially to perform executive's duties for a period of 10 days following receipt of written notice from us of such failure;

    Theft or embezzlement of company property or dishonesty in the performance of the Named Executive Officer's duties;

    Conviction which is not subject to routine appeals of right or a plea of "no contest" for (x) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or (y) a crime involving moral turpitude for which the potential penalty includes imprisonment of at least one year;

    The Named Executive Officer's willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the Named Executive Officer's duties or any act or omission which is materially injurious to the our financial condition or business reputation; or

    The Named Executive Officer's breach of the restrictive covenants in his/her employment agreement.

    A termination by the executive officer is as a result of constructive termination if it results from:

    Any material reduction in an executive's base salary or annual bonus (excluding any change in value of equity incentives or a reduction affecting substantially all similarly situated executives);

    Our failure to pay compensation or benefits when due;

    Material and sustained diminution to an executive's duties and responsibilities;

    The primary business office for an executive being relocated by more than 50 miles (for Mr. Clarke, more than 30 miles from the city limits of Parsippany, New Jersey, New York, New York or Chicago, Illinois); or

    Our election not to renew the initial employment term or any subsequent extension thereof (except as a result of the Named Executive Officer's reaching retirement age, as determined by our policy).

140


Cash severance payment . Represents, except for Mr. Clarke, the payment of 2 times the Named Executive Officer's base salary and target annual bonus plus a pro rata annual bonus for the year of termination. For Mr. Clarke, the cash severance payment represents 2.99 times his base salary and target annual bonus plus a pro rata annual bonus for the year of termination.

Continuation of health, welfare and other benefits . Represents the present value of coverage for two years (3 years for Mr. Clarke) following a covered termination equivalent to our current active employee medical, dental, life, long-term disability insurances, and other covered benefits.

Acceleration and continuation of equity awards . Represents the value of one year of accelerated vesting of the A-2, B, C and D Units held by each individual. In the case of Mr. Clarke, it represents the vesting of restricted rolled over A-2 units as well.

Excise tax gross-up . Upon a change in control, employees may be subject to certain excise taxes under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. We have agreed to reimburse Mr. Clarke for those excise taxes as well as any income and excise taxes payable by him as a result of any reimbursements for the 280G excise taxes. The amounts in the table are based on a 280G excise tax rate of 20%, a statutory 25% federal income tax rate, a 1.45% Medicare tax rate and a 3.4% state income tax rate.

        Payments Upon Change in Control Alone.     The change in control provisions in the employment agreements are "double trigger" provisions, meaning payments are made only if the executive suffers a covered termination of employment following the change in control. Employees do not receive payments upon a change in control alone.

Compensation of Directors

        The composition of our board of directors was established by the terms of the Shareholder Agreements entered into between Blackstone and TCV (other than management) and TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman company, which indirectly owns 100% of our equity securities.

        Directors who are also our employees receive no separate compensation for service on the board of directors or committees of the board of directors. Non-employee directors also currently receive no separate compensation for service on the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.

141



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        All of our limited liability company interests are beneficial owned by TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., a Cayman company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Units of TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. as of March 1, 2007 for (i) each individual or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the Class A-1 Units of TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., (ii) each of our Named Executive Officers, (iii) each of our directors and (iv) all of our directors and our executive officers as a group.

        The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person's ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person's percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

        Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated Class A Units. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is 400 Interpace Parkway, Building A, Parsippany, NJ 07054.

 
   
   
 
Title of Class

  Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership

  Percent
 
A-1   Blackstone Funds(1)   775,000,000   75.44 %
A-1   TCV Funds(2)   125,000,000   12.17 %
A-1   OEP TP Ltd.(3)   125,000,000   12.17 %
A-2   Jeff Clarke (executive officer)(4)   *   *  
A-2   Michael Rescoe (executive officer)(4)   *   *  
A-2   Gordon Wilson (executive officer)(4)   *   *  
A-2   Kenneth Esterow (executive officer)(4)   *   *  
A-2   Jo-Anne Kruse (executive officer)(4)   *   *  
A-2   Mitch Truwit(5)   *   *  
A-2   Daryl Raiford(5)   *   *  
A-2   David L. Weinberg (director nominee)(6)   125,000,000   12.17 %
A-1   Paul C. Schorr IV (director)(7)   775,000,000   75.44 %
A-1   Martin Brand (director)(8)   775,000,000   75.44 %
A-1   William J.G. Griffith IV (director)(9)   125,000,000   12.17 %
A-1   All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)   1,027,280,000   100.00 %

*
Beneficial Owner holds less than 1% of Class A Units

(1)
Reflects beneficial ownership of 625,000,000 Class A-1 Units held by Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V L.P., 92,960,731 Class A-1 Units held by BCP (Cayman) V-S L.P., 18,056,688 Class A-1 Units held by BCP V Co-Investors (Cayman) L.P., 3,230,104 Class A-1 Units held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V-A L.P.1, 33,433,051 Class A-1 Units held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. and 2,319,426 Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V L.P. (collectively, the "Blackstone Funds"), as a result of the Blackstone Funds' ownership of interests in TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., for each of which Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) V Ltd. is the general partner having voting and investment power over the Class A-1 Units held or controlled by each of the Blackstone Funds. Messrs. Schorr and Brand are directors of Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) V Ltd. and as such may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the Class A-1 Units held or controlled by the Blackstone Funds. The address of Blackstone LR Associates (Cayman) V Ltd. and the The Blackstone Group Funds is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

142


(2)
Reflects beneficial ownership of 124,021,890 Class A-1 Units held by TCV VI (Cayman), L.P. and 978,110 Class A-1 Units held by TCV Member Fund (Cayman), L.P. (collectively, the "TCV Funds"), both funds fully owned by Technology Crossover Ventures. The address of Technology Crossover Ventures and the TCV Funds is c/o Technology Crossover Ventures, 528 Ramona Street, Palo Alto, California 94301.

(3)
The address of OEP TP Ltd. is c/o One Equity Partners, 320 Park Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(4)
The units of TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. consist of Class A-1 and A-2 Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units. As of March 1, 2007, all of the issued and outstanding Class A-1 Units were held by the Blackstone Funds, the TCV Funds and OEP TP Ltd. Certain of our executive officers hold Class A-2 Units, which generally have the same rights as Class A-1 Units, subject to restrictions and put and call rights applicable only to units held by employees. In addition, certain of our executive officers hold Restricted Equity Units, which upon the occurrence of certain specified future events may vest into Class A-2 Units, which when vested will generally have the same rights as Class A-1 Units, subject to restrictions and put and call rights applicable only to units held by employees. Class B Units, Class C Units and Class D Units, which are subject to different vesting schedules and other conditions including certain transfer restrictions and put and call rights applicable only to management holders as described above under "—Our Equity Incentive Plan" are held exclusively by members of our management and do not entitle the holder to voting rights.

(5)
Mr. Truwit and Mr. Raiford no longer serve as executive officers.

(6)
Mr. Weinberg, a director nominee of Travelport Limited, the parent guarantor, and TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., is a senior operating partner of One Equity Partners. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Weinberg are also included in the amounts disclosed for OEP TP Ltd. Mr. Weinberg disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by OEP TP Ltd.

(7)
Mr. Schorr, a director of Travelport Limited, the parent guarantor, and TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Schorr are also included in the amounts disclosed for the Blackstone Funds. Mr. Schorr disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.

(8)
Mr. Brand, a director of Travelport Limited, the parent guarantor, and TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., is a Principal of The Blackstone Group. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Brand are also included in the amounts disclosed for the Blackstone Funds. Mr. Brand disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.

(9)
Mr. Griffith, a director of Travelport Limited and TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P., is a General Partner of Technology Crossover Ventures. Amounts disclosed for Mr. Griffith are also included in the amounts disclosed for the TCV Funds. Mr. Griffith disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the TCV Funds.

143



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy

        We have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, a Transition Services Agreement and several other agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy that effected the separation of Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy from Cendant and provide a framework for our relationships with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy going forward. These agreements govern the relationships among us, Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy and provide for the allocation among us, Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy of Cendant's assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to the respective separations of each of the businesses from Cendant.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

        The Separation and Distribution Agreement sets forth our agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy regarding the principal transactions that were necessary to separate us from Cendant. It also sets forth other agreements that govern certain aspects of our relationship with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy after the completion of Cendant's separation plan.

        Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities.     The Separation and Distribution Agreement identifies assets to be transferred, liabilities to be assumed and contracts to be assigned to each of us, Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy as part of the separation of Cendant into four companies, describes when and how these transfers, assumptions and assignments will occur. In particular, the Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Separation and Distribution Agreement:

    All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) primarily related to the business and operations of Cendant's Travel Distribution Services segment were retained by or transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries;

    All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) primarily related to the business and operations of Cendant's Real Estate Services segment, Hospitality Services (including Timeshare Resorts) segment and Vehicle Rental segment were retained by or transferred to, respectively, Realogy or one of its subsidiaries, Wyndham Worldwide or one of its subsidiaries or Avis Budget or one of its subsidiaries;

    Liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) related to, arising out of or resulting from businesses of Cendant that were previously terminated or divested were allocated among the parties to the extent formerly owned or managed by or associated with such parties or their respective businesses;

    Each party assumed or retained any liabilities relating to its employees in respect of the period prior to, on or following the effective time of the Separation and Distribution Agreement; and

    Realogy assumed 62.5% and Wyndham Worldwide assumed 37.5% of certain historical, contingent and other corporate liabilities of Cendant or its subsidiaries, which are not primarily related to any of the respective businesses of Travelport, Realogy, Wyndham Worldwide or Avis Budget's Vehicle Rental business. The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that as of the completion of the Acquisition, we have no liability or responsibility for these types of liabilities.

        Except as expressly set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement, all assets were transferred on an "as is," "where is" basis and the respective transferees bear the economic and legal risks that (i) any conveyance proves to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good title, free and clear of any security interest and (ii) any necessary consents or governmental approvals are not obtained or that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with.

144



        Information in this prospectus with respect to the assets and liabilities of the parties following the completion of Cendant's separation plan is presented based on the allocation of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires. Certain of the liabilities and obligations to be assumed by one party or for which one party will have an indemnification obligation under the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the other agreements relating to the separation are, and following the separation may continue to be, the legal or contractual liabilities or obligations of another party. Each such party that continues to be subject to such legal or contractual liability or obligation will rely on the applicable party that assumed the liability or obligation or the applicable party that undertook an indemnification obligation with respect to the liability or obligation, as applicable, under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, to satisfy the performance and payment obligations or indemnification obligations with respect to such legal or contractual liability or obligation.

        Further Assurances.     To the extent that any transfers contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement were not consummated on or prior to the date of the applicable Spin-Off or Acquisition, the parties agreed to cooperate to effect such transfers as promptly as practicable following the date of the applicable separation. In addition, each of the parties agreed to cooperate with each other and use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the ancillary agreements.

        The Financings.     Under the Separation and Distribution Agreement, we, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy incurred indebtedness, the proceeds of which were utilized by Avis Budget to repay its existing corporate indebtedness. The indebtedness that we incurred in this regard under an interim credit facility was repaid in full prior to the completion of the Acquisition.

        Intercompany Accounts.     The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that, subject to any provisions in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement to the contrary, prior to the Spin-Offs and the completion of the Acquisition, as the case may be, intercompany accounts were settled as set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and such balances are no longer outstanding.

        Releases and Indemnification.     Except as otherwise provided in the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement, each party released and forever discharged each other party and its respective subsidiaries and affiliates from all liabilities existing or arising from any acts or events occurring or failing to occur or alleged to have occurred or to have failed to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to have existed on or before the separation from Cendant of any such parties. The releases do not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the completion of Avis Budget's separation plan pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any ancillary agreement.

        In addition, the Separation and Distribution Agreement provides for cross-indemnities principally designed to place financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of our business with us and financial responsibility for the obligations and liabilities of Avis Budget's business, Wyndham Worldwide's business and Realogy's business with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy, respectively. Specifically, each party will, and will cause its subsidiaries and affiliates to, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other parties, their respective affiliates and subsidiaries and each of their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for any losses arising out of or otherwise in connection with certain matters, including the liabilities each such party assumed or retained pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement and any breach by such party of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

        Legal Matters.     Each party to the Separation and Distribution Agreement assumed the liability for, and control of, all pending and threatened legal matters related to its own business or assumed or

145



retained liabilities and will indemnify the other parties for any liability arising out of or resulting from such assumed legal matters.

        Each party to a claim agreed to cooperate in defending any claims against two or more parties for events that took place prior to, on or after the date of the separation of such party from Cendant.

        Employee Matters.     The Separation and Distribution Agreement allocates liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee compensation and benefit plans and programs and other related matters in connection with the separation of Cendant including the treatment of certain outstanding and long-term incentive awards, existing deferred compensation obligations and certain retirement and welfare benefit obligations. The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide (but, for the purpose of clarity, not us) will guarantee each other's obligations (as well as Avis Budget's) under our respective deferred compensation plans for amounts deferred in respect of 2005 and earlier years. Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, outstanding Cendant stock options and restricted stock unit awards were equitably adjusted in connection with each Spin-Off.

        Insurance.     The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides for the allocation among the parties of benefits under existing insurance policies for occurrences prior to each separation and sets forth procedures for the administration of insured claims. In addition, the agreement allocates among the parties the right to proceeds and the obligation to incur deductibles under certain insurance policies. As of completion of the Acquisition, we (and our officers and directors) no longer have benefits under Cendant's directors and officers insurance policies and error and omissions run-off insurance policies.

        Dispute Resolution.     In the event of any dispute arising out of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the general counsels of the parties will negotiate for a reasonable period of time to resolve any disputes among the parties. If the parties are unable to resolve disputes in this manner, the disputes will be resolved through binding arbitration.

        Other Matters Governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement.     Other matters governed by the Separation and Distribution Agreement include access to financial and other information, intellectual property, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees and similar credit support.

Transition Services Agreement

Transition Services Provided by Avis Budget and the Other Separated Companies to Us

        On July 27, 2006, we entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy to provide for an orderly transition to being an independent company. Under the Transition Services Agreement, Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy agreed to provide us with various services, including services relating to human resources and employee benefits administration, corporate real estate, payroll, financial systems management, treasury and cash management, telecommunications and information technology.

        Under the Transition Services Agreement, the cost of each transition service generally reflects the same payment terms and will be calculated using the same cost allocation methodologies for the particular service as those associated with the costs on our historical financial statements. The cost of each transition service is based on either a flat fee or an allocation (based on size or usage) of the cost incurred by the company providing the service. The Transition Services Agreement was negotiated in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship and in the context of the separation of Cendant into four independent companies. Unless specifically indicated below, all services provided under the Transition Services Agreement were provided for a specified period of time, and the parties' abilities to terminate those services in advance without penalty is limited. After the expiration of the arrangements contained in the Transition Services Agreement, we may not be able to replace these services in a timely manner

146



or on terms and conditions, including cost, as favorable as those we have received from Avis Budget or one of the separated companies. We have developed a plan to increase our own internal capabilities to reduce our reliance on Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy for these services. We have the right to receive reasonable information with respect to the charges to us by Avis Budget and other service providers for transition services provided by them.

        The following sets forth a summary of the services provided to us by Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy under the Transition Services Agreement and the manner of allocation of costs to us for these services. Also set forth is a description of payments made for such services for the preceding three fiscal years. We believe these allocations approximate the actual costs to provide these services.

    Human Resources and Employee Benefits Administration

        Upon completion of the Acquisition, we established our own 401(k), life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment insurance benefit plans, among others. Under the Transition Services Agreement, Avis Budget provided human resources and employee benefits services to support both our existing and newly established plans and programs until December 31, 2006. Avis Budget allocated certain of the costs of human resources services (other than those costs related to human resource-related technology solutions) to us based on the number of our employees. After the completion of the Acquisition, these costs were allocated to us in this manner under the Transition Services Agreement. For 2005 and 2004, Avis Budget allocated the costs of human resource-related technology solutions to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. Following the completion of the Acquisition, these costs were allocated to us based on the number of our employees. Our allocated share of the costs of these services was approximately $594,000 in 2006, approximately $419,000 in 2005 and approximately $364,000 in 2004.

    Payroll

        Avis Budget provides us with payroll management services. Under the Transition Services Agreement, Avis Budget will continue to provide such services through June 30, 2007. In addition, the Transition Services Agreement includes provisions for tax filings and the distribution of W-2s to our employees for the 2006 tax year. Avis Budget has allocated the costs of payroll management services to us based on the number of our employees. These costs are allocated to us in this manner under the Transition Services Agreement. In addition, we paid Avis Budget a one-time management fee of $50,000 to manage the transition of our payroll processing after completion of the Acquisition. Our allocated share of the costs of these services was approximately $186,000 in 2006, approximately $162,000 in 2005 and approximately $187,000 in 2004.

    Financial Systems Management

        Avis Budget provided us with financial systems software support. Under the Transition Services Agreement, Avis Budget provided us with financial systems software support for a period of six months from the completion of the Acquisition. For the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and fiscal years 2005 and 2004, Avis Budget allocated the cost of these services to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. Upon the completion of the Acquisition, these costs were allocated to us under the Transition Services Agreement at agreed upon rates based on historical costs and usages. Since the completion of the Acquisition, we have acquired new licenses for software licensed from third parties to operate our financial management systems.

    Telecommunications and Information Technology Services

        We receive or use (i) telecommunications services, including our local and long distance rate per minute charges pursuant to arrangements Avis Budget has with third-party providers and (ii) certain information technology support, software, hardware and services, primarily at or from our data center in

147


Greenwood Village, Colorado, and generally through contracts with its third party licensors and hardware and service providers. We continue to receive telecommunications services under the Transition Services Agreement pursuant to the arrangements Avis Budget has with third party telecommunications service providers until the earlier of the expiration of third party contracts or the establishment of direct contractual relationships with service providers. Avis Budget and its third party providers will continue providing information technology services, including support, software, hardware and services, under the Transition Services Agreement for a period of up to two years from the completion of the Acquisition. Subject to any potential third party contractual limitations and/or termination restrictions or penalties, we may terminate the provision of these services upon 90 days' prior written notice to Avis Budget. In such event, we would be responsible for the repayment to Avis Budget of any unamortized computer hardware service charges and software charges and other associated transition and early termination payments. Avis Budget has allocated the costs for these services to us based on our actual or historical usage and pre-determined rates and the level of support we receive from Avis Budget and its service providers. Upon the completion of the Acquisition, these costs are allocated to us in this manner under the Transition Services Agreement. Our allocated share of the costs for these services was approximately $62 million in 2006, approximately $93 million in 2005 and approximately $93 million in 2004.

    Treasury and Cash Management

        Avis Budget provided us with our treasury and cash management services. For the period January 1, 2006 to August 23, 2006 and fiscal years 2005 and 2004, Avis Budget allocated the costs of these services to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below, and also based on resources used and time spent in providing such services. Since the completion of the Acquisition, we have generally maintained the resources within our own operations to provide these services.

    Corporate Real Estate

        Avis Budget provided us with corporate real estate services, including construction management and finance services. After the completion of the Acquisition, Wyndham Worldwide will provide certain of these services to us until June 30, 2007. Avis Budget has allocated the costs of these services to us based on the number of locations and related square footage we maintain. There are no additional costs for these services after the completion of the Acquisition. Our allocated share of costs for these services was approximately $237,000 for the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and approximately $252,000 and $209,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

    Media Services

        Avis Budget provided us with media planning and advertising buying services. We pay advertising costs directly to the third-party vendors. In addition, Avis Budget allocated the costs of managing these third-party vendor agreements to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. Realogy will continue to provide these services to us through 2007 on similar economic terms. We will need to negotiate our own agreements with media vendors following the expiration of Realogy's provision of the services.

    Public and Regulatory Affairs

        Avis Budget provided us with public and regulatory affairs services, including governmental affairs. Realogy will continue to provide us with these services until December 31, 2007. Avis Budget allocated the costs of these services to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. These costs are now allocated to us based on our historical usage and pre-determined rates.

148


    Facilities

        Avis Budget provided us with facilities services, including space planning and property management, until December 31, 2006. Avis Budget allocated the costs of these services to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. After the completion of the Acquisition, there was no additional cost for these services.

    Records Management

        Avis Budget provides us with records management services, including storage, maintenance and destruction of records and documents. Avis Budget allocates the cost of these of these services to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. Following the completion of the Acquisition, Avis Budget continues to provide these services to us for so long as the documents are required to be retained in accordance with applicable law and Avis Budget's document retention policy. These costs are allocated to us based on our historical usage and pre-determined rates.

Transition Services Provided by Us to Avis Budget and the Other Separated Companies

        In connection with Avis Budget's separation plan, certain operations previously provided by Avis Budget to us and to Avis Budget's other subsidiaries will be transferred to our company. These operations include certain aspects of the corporate facilities, security, real estate and treasury functions. As a result, pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, we will provide these services to Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy for a period of time following the completion of the Spin-Offs and the Acquisition as described below.

    Facilities

        We provided Realogy, Wyndham Worldwide and Avis Budget with facilities services, including space planning, security and property management, until December 31, 2006. There was no additional cost for these services under the Transition Services Agreement.

    Corporate Real Estate

        We provide Wyndham Worldwide with certain corporate real estate services, including transaction and construction management services, until June 30, 2007. There is no additional cost for these services under the Transition Services Agreement.

    Treasury and Cash Management

        We provided Avis Budget with certain treasury and cash management services on an as-needed basis through January 31, 2007. There was no additional cost for these services under the Transition Services Agreement.

149


    Hosting Services

        We provided Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide with hosting services for their employee travel discount website through December 31, 2006. There was no additional cost for these services under the Transition Services Agreement.

    Collocation and Data Center Facilities

        We will provide Realogy, Wyndham Worldwide and Avis Budget with collocation and facilities services in our Denver data center following the Acquisition for a term of up to five years, with Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide having the right to terminate after three years without penalty. Avis Budget will have the right to renew the agreement for an additional five-year term. Each separated entity is charged for these services utilizing a calculation based on allocation of floor space and equipment used within the data center.

    Telecommunications Professional Services

        We will provide Avis Budget with certain professional services to assist it in providing telecommunications operations to support Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement through March 31, 2007. There generally will be no additional cost for these services under the Transition Services Agreement.

Allocation of Certain Costs

    True-Up

        With respect to certain of the services described above, if the actual cost to the service provider of providing such services is different than the costs allocated to a service recipient pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement, the service provider or service recipient, as applicable, will reimburse the other party so that the amount ultimately paid for such services reflects the actual cost.

    Early termination

        Should a service recipient terminate its use of a shared transitional service before the end of the applicable term, such service recipient will bear any resulting termination costs (including related severance costs) so that no other service recipient bears any increased expense as a result of this early termination.

Commercial Intercompany Arrangements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy

        In addition to the Separation and Distribution Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement, we have commercial arrangements with Avis Budget's other business units only in limited circumstances. The arrangements we have that continued after the completion of the Acquisition are described below. In connection with these arrangements, we recorded net revenue of approximately $34 million, $30 million and $40 million during 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Although we believe that these agreements are substantially similar to those we would have entered into with unaffiliated third parties, there can be no assurance that the terms of these agreements are the same or more or less favorable than the terms we might have received from unaffiliated third parties.

Corporate Relocation Services Agreement

        We have agreed to continue to outsource to Realogy our employee relocation services, including relocation policy management, household goods moving services and departure and destination real estate related services. Pursuant to such agreement, we will pay a fee to Realogy for each relocating employee as well as reimbursement for direct costs associated with the relocation. This agreement will continue indefinitely, unless terminated earlier by either party in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

150



Commercial Real Estate Brokerage Agreement

        We have agreed to continue to utilize Realogy's commercial real estate brokerage network on a non-exclusive basis to provide certain real estate related services, such as transaction management, acquisition and disposition services, broker price opinions, renewal due diligence and portfolio review. This agreement extends for an initial term of three years, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Realogy is not compensated directly for commercial real estate brokerage transactions which utilize its franchisees; however, it does receive revenue in the form of royalty payments made by its commercial real estate brokerage franchisees on such transactions. In certain circumstances, its owned brokerage operations may provide the ultimate service.

Real Estate Affinity Agreement

        We have agreed to continue to market Realogy's brokerage and settlement services and products to our customers and employees through various forms of advertising and media, including but not limited to brochures, newsletters and presentations at various conferences. This agreement extends for an initial term of three years unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

Corporate Travel Agreement

        Travelport for Business has agreements with Avis Budget, Realogy and Wyndham Worldwide pursuant to which they have agreed to continue to utilize our corporate travel management services, which include full-service ticketing and fulfillment services, a custom-configured corporate online booking tool and access to a corporate travel call center. The agreements extend for an initial term of three years, unless terminated earlier by either party in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

Car Rental Rate Agreements

        We have agreed to designate Avis Budget's car rental brands, Avis and Budget, as the primary and secondary suppliers, respectively, of car rental services for our employees. These agreements provide for negotiated car rental rates and discounts for both business and leisure travel on a worldwide basis. The agreements extend for an initial term of three years, unless terminated earlier by either party in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

Distribution Agreements

        Certain of our subsidiaries have agreements with Wyndham Worldwide pursuant to which Wyndham Worldwide provides us with certain of its products and services, such as hotel room inventory from its lodging business and inventory from its vacation exchange and rental business, for distribution through our various distribution channels, including Galileo. Generally, these agreements extend for an initial term of one to four years, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement.

        Certain of our subsidiaries have agreements with Avis Budget pursuant to which Avis Budget provides us with car rental rates for distribution through our various distribution channels, including Galileo, and tour package programs. Under the agreements with Galileo, Avis Budget pays us a negotiated fee for each net reservation booked through the Galileo GDS. The initial term of these agreements ends on December 31, 2009, but will continue thereafter unless terminated by the parties in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement.

Promotion Agreements

        We have agreements with Wyndham Worldwide pursuant to which Wyndham Worldwide's hotel and vacation ownership business can promote its products and services to customers accessing our various consumer travel websites. These agreements generally extend for one year unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement.

151



Reservation Services Agreements

        We provide certain reservation support services, such as GDS subscriber access, airline ticketing and foreign language reservation services, to certain subsidiaries of Wyndham Worldwide. Generally, these agreements extend for an initial term of one to three years unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the applicable agreement.

Commercial Intercompany Arrangements with Former Avis Budget Affiliates

Marketing Services Division

        In October 2005, Avis Budget sold the companies that made up its Marketing Services Division businesses ("MSD"). We are a party to a number of commercial arrangements with the MSD companies pursuant to which we each provide the other with certain services and each market or otherwise make available certain of our products and services to customers of the other. Marketing arrangements include (i) marketing agreements pursuant to which MSD may market their products and services to customers of our B2C businesses through several channels; (ii) a Galileo distribution agreement pursuant to which MSD uses Galileo's GDS to make air, hotel and vehicle rental reservations; (iii) a platform services agreement pursuant to which we pay for certain of MSD's platform hosting costs and agree to provide a travel club technology platform if we choose to develop one; and (iv) a fulfillment services agreement pursuant to which we provide ticketing and other travel fulfillment services to MSD. The initial terms of these agreements generally extend for five to six years, unless terminated by either party in accordance with the terms of those agreements. With respect to the marketing arrangements, MSD typically pays us commissions, either based on customers referred or products and services sold. With respect to the Galileo GDS agreement, we pay MSD an inducement payment for each net booking made by MSD through our GDS, and MSD pays us management fees for access to our GDS and the equipment, software and services provided. With respect to the fulfillment services agreement, MSD pays us fees based on services used plus a share of revenue from reservations of select hotel accommodations and tour packages. In addition, prior to the sale of MSD, we shared space and services with MSD in certain U.S. locations. We continue such an arrangement with respect to our Nashville, Tennessee location pursuant to a sublease agreement expiring on October 13, 2006 and our Englewood, Colorado location pursuant to a sublease agreement expiring on April 30, 2010.

Wright Express

        In February 2005, Avis Budget completed the initial public offering of 100% of the outstanding common stock of its wholly owned Wright Express subsidiary. We are a party to an agreement with Wright Express under which Wright Express provides us with a MasterCard rotating account program. Under this agreement, our subsidiaries and affiliates may participate in the program for their purchasing needs, particularly their online reservation systems. Wright Express receives a commission from the vendor for all purchases made on any rotating accounts, and Wright Express pays us a rebate based on the purchase volume for all the participating subsidiaries and affiliates on the program. The term of the agreement extends through September 23, 2007.

Other Intercompany Relationships among Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide, Realogy and Us

Intercompany Balances

        We had an intercompany balance due from Avis Budget, which equaled approximately $874 million and $395 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Such balance was settled pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and such balance is no longer outstanding. See "—Agreements with Avis Budget, Wyndham Worldwide and Realogy" and "—Separation and Distribution Agreement."

152



Subleases and Related Guarantees

        Our real estate portfolio spans across 40 countries and consists of approximately 1.9 million square feet of office space pursuant to over 155 lease agreements.

        Avis Budget allocated to us the cost of occupying approximately 55,000 rentable square feet within the Seven Sylvan Way complex for our corporate operations in Parsippany, New Jersey through November 17, 2006. We paid Avis Budget for rent and other services, such as access to the cafeteria, maintenance and security. Our rent and related costs under this agreement was approximately $1 million for the period January 1, 2006 to August 22, 2006, $1.3 million in 2005 and $1.3 million in 2004. In connection with Avis Budget's separation plan, this lease was assigned to Wyndham Worldwide. We entered into a short-term sublease arrangement with Wyndham Worldwide pursuant to which they charged us our pro rata share of costs which totalled $739,000 for the period August 23, 2006 to November 17, 2006, when we vacated the space. In addition, we entered into a sublease arrangement with Realogy pursuant to which we subleased space at the 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, New Jersey offices. This space was Cendant Corporation's headquarters, a portion of which we occupied and for which we were charged rent and related facility costs. In connection with Avis Budget's separation plan, this lease was assigned to Realogy. Our proportionate share of annual costs (rent and facility charges) was approximiately $152,000 in 2006. We no longer occupy this space.

        In addition, we currently share space under subleases with Wyndham Worldwide, Avis Budget and Realogy, including office space in Bassersdorf, Switzerland, Brussels, Belgium, Singapore, Melville, NY and Rosemont, IL.

        Avis Budget remains liable to landlords for all lease obligations pursuant to either guarantee agreements or the assignment provision of those leases assigned by Avis Budget to us, unless expressly released from such liability by the relevant landlord. Estimated liabilities associated with these obligations will be declined over an average term of five years.

Preferred Alliance with Suppliers

        We participated in Avis Budget's preferred alliance programs pursuant to which we designate to third parties various suppliers for particular goods and services. In connection with such programs, Avis Budget may earn a commission on goods and services purchased from certain preferred vendors under those programs.

        Third party agreements where we, and not Avis Budget or one of its other affiliates, are the primary participant to the relevant agreement were assigned to us by Avis Budget prior to our separation from Avis Budget. Third party agreements where both we and other Avis Budget companies are covered by a single agreement were assigned to us or amended to enable us to become a party to a separate but identical agreement with the third party vendor. For the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years 2005 and 2004, Avis Budget allocated the costs of administration of the preferred alliance programs to us through our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below.

Insurance

        Prior to completion of the Acquisition, we paid Avis Budget for a variety of insurance policies. These insurance policies included executive risk coverage, property and casualty, workers compensation, umbrella liability insurance and losses from crime. Avis Budget allocated the costs of the insurance policies to us based on exposure criteria, including the number of our employees, revenue, losses and property values. We purchased our own insurance policies upon completion of the Acquisition. Our insurance is not significantly more expensive than the insurance costs allocated to us by Avis Budget. Our allocated share of the costs of insurance policies was approximately $3 million for the period January 1, 2006 to August 23, 2006, approximately $4 million in 2005 and approximately $3 million in 2004. In addition, costs for our directors and officers insurance in 2005 and 2004 were included in our share of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is discussed below. Our annual costs for insurance policies increased to approximately $6 million from approximately $5 million, primarily due

153



to our incurring the full cost of our own directors and officers insurance and fiduciary liability insurance.

General Corporate Overhead

        In addition to the services discussed above for which costs are directly allocated to us by Avis Budget, certain corporate services were charged to us through Avis Budget's general corporate overhead allocation, which was calculated based on a percentage of our revenue. These services include certain of the services discussed above, some of which will be provided to us as transition services for a period of time following our separation from Avis Budget and services, such as corporate purchasing, that we will have to secure for ourselves following the end of the transition services period. Our share of the general corporate overhead was approximately $22 million for the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and $27.2 million and $22.1 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. We will continue to pay 20% of Avis Budget's general corporate overhead, which is estimated to be approximately $50,000 per month in 2007 based upon the amounts charged in 2006.

Agreements Between Our Company and the Sponsors

Advisory Agreement

        As of the closing of the Transactions, we entered into an Advisory Agreement with an affiliate of the Sponsor and an affiliate of TCV pursuant to which such entities or their affiliates provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services. Pursuant to an investment and cooperation agreement dated as of December 7, 2006, OEP also became subject to and entitled to the benefits of such Advisory Agreement. Pursuant to such agreement, affiliates of the Sponsor and an affiliate of TCV receive an aggregate annual monitoring fee equal to approximately $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and together with an affiliate of OEP, share the greater of $5 million or 1% of adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility) for each year thereafter. Affiliates of the Sponsor and TCV also received reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with the Transactions prior to the closing date and in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. In addition, pursuant to such agreement, an affiliate of the Sponsor and an affiliate of TCV also received transaction fees of $45 million, which amount is contained within the $4,179 million purchase price discussed under "The Transactions—Sources and Uses," in connection with services provided by the Sponsor and its affiliates related to the Transactions. The Advisory Agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Sponsor and its affiliates.

Shareholder Agreements

        In connection with our sale by Cendant, TDS Investor (Cayman) L.P. entered into Shareholder Agreements with Blackstone and TCV. The Shareholder Agreements contain agreements among the parties with respect to the election of our directors and the directors of our parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions (including the right to approve various corporate actions) and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).

Other Agreements

        The Sponsor is currently negotiating a master hotel participation agreement with our B2C businesses on behalf of certain of its portfolio companies that operate in the hotel industry (including La Quinta, Extended Stay America, Homestead Studio Suites Hotels and LXR Luxury Resorts). This agreement is not yet signed, but our B2C businesses currently have individual agreements with certain of these portfolio companies.

154



DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Existing Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

        We entered into, and subsequently amended, a senior secured credit agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and a letter of credit issuer, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as swing line lender, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as syndication agent, and UBS Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc., and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners, Lehman Brothers Inc., Citicorp Global Markets, Inc. and Deutsche Bank AG New York York Branch, as co-documentation agents, and the lenders from time to time party thereto.

        The senior secured credit facilities provide senior secured financing of $2,600 million, consisting of:

    a $2,200 million term loan facility (which will include U.S. dollar-denominated and euro-denominated subfacilities);

    a $275 million revolving credit facility (which will include U.S. dollar-denominated and euro and sterling-denominated subfacilities); and

    a $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility.

        Travelport LLC, which is referred to in this section as the Borrower, is the borrower under the senior secured credit facilities. The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings referred to as the swingline borrowings.

Interest Rate and Fees

        Borrowings under the U.S. term loan facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00% with respect to the dollar-denominated facility, and EURIBOR plus 2.75 with respect to Euro-denominated facility. Borrowings under the $275 million revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%.

        Under the $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility, we must pay a facility fee equal to the applicable margin under the dollar-denominated term loan facility on the amount on deposit. The applicable margin for dollar-denominated borrowings under the term loan facility, the revolving credit facility and the synthetic letter of credit facility may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios.

        In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, we will be required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum. The commitment fee rate may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. We will also be required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

        The senior secured credit agreement requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

    50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios) of our annual excess cash flow;

    100% of the net cash proceeds of all nonordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property by the Parent Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries (including insurance and condemnation proceeds), if we do not reinvest those net cash proceeds in assets to be used in our business or to make certain other permitted investments (a) 15 months of the receipt of

155


      such net cash proceeds or (b) if we commit to reinvest such net cash proceeds within 15 months of the receipt thereof, within 180 days of the date of such commitment; and

    100% of the net proceeds of any incurrence of debt by the Parent Guarantor or any of its restricted subsidiaries, other than debt permitted under the senior secured credit agreement.

        The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to installments of the term loan facility in direct order of maturity.

        We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary "breakage" costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization

        We are required to repay installments on the loans under the term loan facility in quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of their funded total principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on the date that is seven years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facilities.

        Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full at maturity, six years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facilities.

        Principal amounts outstanding under the synthetic letter of credit facility will be due and payable in full at maturity, seven years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facilities.

Guarantee and Security

        All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor, Intermediate Parent Guarantor and, subject to certain exceptions, each of our existing and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries.

        All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all the following assets of the Borrower and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

    a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Borrower, 100% of the capital stock of each guarantor and 65% of the capital stock of each of our wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries that are directly owned by us or one of the guarantors; and

    a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of the Borrower and each guarantor.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

        The senior secured credit agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Parent Guarantor and its restricted subsidiaries, including us, to:

    incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;

    create liens on assets;

    enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

    engage in mergers or consolidations;

    sell certain assets;

    pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

156


    make investments, loans or advances;

    repay subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);

    make certain acquisitions;

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

    amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes);

    change our lines of business; and

    change the status of the Parent Guarantor as a passive holding company.

        In addition, the senior secured credit agreement requires us to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio.

        The senior secured credit agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

Proposed Worldspan Acquisition

        The proposed acquisition of Worldspan would be funded with an additional $1,040 million of senior secured term loans. In addition, the senior secured revolving credit facility would increase by $25 million as would the synthetic letter of credit facility.

157



THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

        The Issuer hereby offers to exchange a like principal amount of exchange notes for any or all outstanding notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and accompanying letter of transmittal. We refer to the offer as the "exchange offer." You may tender some or all of your outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

        As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes; €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes; $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes; $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes; €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes is outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent to all holders of outstanding notes known to us on or about            , 2007. The Issuer's obligation to accept outstanding notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer is subject to certain conditions set forth under "—Conditions to the exchange offer" below. The Issuer currently expects that each of the conditions will be satisfied and that no waivers will be necessary.

Purpose and effect of the exchange offer

        We entered into registration rights agreements with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we agreed, under certain circumstances, to file a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the outstanding notes for exchange notes. We also agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to cause this registration statement to be declared effective and to cause the exchange offer to be consummated within 360 days after the issue date of the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will have terms substantially identical to the terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. The outstanding notes were issued on August 23, 2006.

        Under the circumstances set forth below, we will use our reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in the registration rights agreements and to keep the shelf registration statement effective for two years or such shorter period ending when all outstanding notes or exchange notes covered by the statement have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the statement or to the extent that the applicable provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act are amended or revised. These circumstances include:

    if applicable law or interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit the Issuer and the guarantors to effect this exchange offer;

    if for any other reason the exchange offer is not consummated within 360 days of the issue date of the outstanding notes;

    any initial purchaser requests in writing to the Issuer within 30 days after the consummation of this exchange offer with respect to outstanding notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in this exchange offer and held by it following the consummation of this exchange offer; or

    if any holder of the outstanding notes that participates in this exchange offer does not receive exchange notes that may be sold without restriction in exchange for its tendered outstanding notes (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of the Issuer) and notifies the Issuer within 30 days after becoming aware of restrictions; or

    if the Issuer so elects.

158


        If we fail to comply with certain obligations under the registration rights agreements, we will be required to pay additional interest to holders of the outstanding notes and the exchange notes required to be registered on a shelf registration statement.

        Each holder of outstanding notes that wishes to exchange their outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to make the following written representations:

    any exchange notes to be received by such holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business;

    such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act;

    such holder is not an affiliate of the Issuer, as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable; and

    it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes.

        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see "Plan of Distribution."

Resale of exchange notes

        Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties referred to below, we believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, if:

    you are acquiring the exchange notes in your ordinary course of business;

    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes;

    you are not an affiliate of the Issuer as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and

    you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

        If you are an affiliate of the Issuer, or are engaging in, or intend to engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business, then:

    you cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC enunciated in Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC's letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters; and

    in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

        This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, for the resale or for other retransfer of exchange notes only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes

159



for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. Please read "Plan of Distribution" for more details regarding the transfer of exchange notes.

Terms of the exchange offer

        On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, we will accept for exchange in the exchange offer outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000 in the case of the dollar-denominated notes, and €50,000 and integral multiples of €50,000, in the case of euro-denominated notes. We will issue $2,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $2,000 of exchange notes in exchange for a corresponding principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer. We will issue €50,000 and integral multiples of €50,000 in the case of euro-denominated notes.

        The form and terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the registration rights agreements. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indentures under which the outstanding notes were issued, and the exchange notes and the outstanding notes will constitute a single class for all purposes under the indentures. For a description of the indenture, please see "Description of Senior Notes" and "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes."

        The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.

        As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes; aggregate principal amount of €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes; $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes; $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes; €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding. This prospectus and a letter of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

        We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreements, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits that such holders have under the indenture relating to such holders' outstanding notes, except for any rights under the registration rights agreements that by their terms terminate upon the consummation of the exchange offer.

        We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreements, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under "—Conditions to the exchange offer".

        Holders who tender outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with

160



respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below, in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read "—Fees and expenses" below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments

        As used in this prospectus, the term "expiration date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2007 which is the 21 st business day after the date of this prospectus. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term "expiration date" will mean the latest time and date to which we shall have extended the expiration of the exchange offer.

        To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, followed by notification to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

        We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

    to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (only if we amend or extend the applicable exchange offer);

    to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept outstanding notes not previously accepted if any of the conditions set forth below under "—Conditions to the exchange offer" have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and

    subject to the terms of the registration rights agreements, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

        Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, including the waiver of a material condition, we will promptly disclose the amendment by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Exchange Act and will extend the offer period if necessary so that at least five business days remain in the offer following notice of the material change.

Conditions to the exchange offer

        Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes, and we may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus before accepting any outstanding notes for exchange, if:

    the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder of outstanding notes, violates any applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the SEC;

    any action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency that might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, and any material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us; or

    all governmental approvals shall not have been obtained, which approvals we deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer.

161


        In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:

    the representations described under "—Purpose and effect of the exchange offer" and "—Procedures for tendering outstanding notes"; and

    any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

        We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by notice by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Act of such extension to their holders. During any such extensions, all outstanding notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them for exchange. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder as promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

        We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give notice by press release or other public announcement as required by Rule 14e-1(d) of the Act of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

        These conditions are for our sole benefit, and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them so long as such circumstances do not arise due to our action or inaction or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.

Procedures for tendering outstanding dollar notes

        Only a holder of outstanding notes may tender their outstanding notes in the exchange offer. To tender outstanding dollar notes in the exchange offer, a holder must comply with either of the following:

    complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or

    comply with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.

        In addition, either:

    the exchange agent must receive outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal; or

    prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent's message; or

    the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

162


        To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at the address set forth below under "—Exchange agent" prior to the expiration date.

        A tender to us that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date constitutes an agreement between us and the tendering holder upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

        The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at the holder's election and risk. Rather than mail these items, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. Holders should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. Holders may request that their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees effect the above transactions for them.

        If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding dollar notes are held in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee who wishes to participate in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact such party and instruct such person to tender outstanding notes on your behalf.

        You must make these arrangements or follow these procedures before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering the outstanding dollar notes.

        Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the U.S. or another "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

    by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the letter of transmittal; or

    for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

        If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder's name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

        If the applicable letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

        The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's system may use DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent's message to the exchange agent. The term

163



"agent's message" means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, that states that:

    DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

    the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal or, in the case of an agent's message relating to guaranteed delivery, such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

    we may enforce that agreement against such participant.

Procedures for tendering outstanding euro notes

        To tender outstanding euro notes in the applicable exchange offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "—Exchange Agent" prior to the expiration date.

        In addition, either:

    the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding euro notes along with the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;

    the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding euro notes into the exchange agent's account at Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent's message prior to the expiration date; or

    holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

        A Tender to us that is not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and the tendering holder upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the applicable letter of transmittal.

        The method of delivery of outstanding euro notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding euro notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.

        If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding euro notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding euro notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding euro notes, either:

    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding euro notes in your name; or

    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding euro notes.

        The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.

164


        Signatures on the applicable letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding euro notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

    by a registered holder of the outstanding euro notes who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the applicable letter of transmittal; or

    for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.

        If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding euro notes listed on the outstanding euro notes, such outstanding euro notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder's name appears on the outstanding euro notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

        If the applicable letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding euro notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.

        The exchange agent and Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have confirmed that any registered holder of original securities that is a participant in Euroclear's or Clearstream, Luxembourg's book-entry transfer facility system may tender original securities by book-entry delivery by causing Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg to transfer the original securities into the exchange agent's account at Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg in accordance with Euroclear's or Clearstream, Luxembourg's procedures for such transfer. However, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal in the form accompanying this prospectus or an agent's message, and any other required documents, must nonetheless be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under "—Exchange Agent" prior to the expiration date. The term "agent's message" means a message transmitted by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that:

    Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, has received an express acknowledgment from each participant in such book-entry transfer facility's Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP, that it is tendering outstanding euro notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;

    the participant has received and agrees to be the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the applicable letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent's message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of guaranteed delivery; and

    we may enforce that agreement against the participant.

        DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg are collectively referred to herein as the "book-entry transfer facilities" and, individually as a "book-entry transfer facility."

165



Acceptance of exchange notes

        In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the applicable exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

    outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility; and

    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent's message.

        By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the applicable exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:

    you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

    you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and

    you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.

        In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The applicable letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. See "Plan of Distribution."

        We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offers, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in its or its counsel's judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.

        Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the applicable letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.

Book-entry delivery procedures

        Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility's system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at the facility in accordance with the facility's procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires

166



receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a "book-entry confirmation," prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent's account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility, the applicable letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an "agent's message," as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the applicable book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

Guaranteed delivery procedures

        If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC's Automatic Tender Offer Program prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:

    the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;

    prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either: (i) a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or (ii) a properly transmitted agent's message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (a) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made by that notice of guaranteed delivery; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with the exchange agent; and

    the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

        Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.

Withdrawal rights

        Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be effective:

    the applicable exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal; or

    in the case of dollar notes, you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program system;

167


    or in the case of euro notes, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as applicable, must receive a tested telex of SWIFT message relating to the withdrawal that complies with the procedures for withdrawal of tenders established by Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as appropriate.

        Any notice of withdrawal must:

    specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;

    identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and

    where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

        If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:

    the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and

    a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless your are an eligible guarantor institution.

        If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offers. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the applicable exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under "—Procedures for tendering outstanding dollar notes" and "—Procedures for tendering outstanding euro notes" above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Exchange agent

        The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York also acts as trustee under the indentures governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Registered or Certified Mail:   By Facsimile Transmission:   By Overnight Courier or Hand Delivery:
The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza,
23rd Floor
(Attn: Warren Goshine)
New York, NY 10006
Telephone: 212-225-5279
  212-225-5436

To Confirm by Telephone:
212-225-5279
  The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza,
23rd Floor
(Attn: Warren Goshine)
New York, NY 10006
Telephone: 212-225-5279

168


        If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.

Fees and expenses

        The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.

        We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

Accounting treatment

        We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchanges. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will record the expenses of the exchange offer as incurred.

Transfer taxes

        We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

    certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;

    tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or

    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.

        If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.

        Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of failure to exchange

        If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the

169



outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

        In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.

Other

        Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.

        We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offer or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.

170



DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES

General

        Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, (i) the terms " we ," " our " and " us " each refer to Travelport Limited (" Holdings ") and its consolidated Subsidiaries, assuming completion of the Transaction; (ii) " Foreign Holdco " refers only to TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. and not to any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the term " Issuer " refers only to Travelport LLC and not to any of its Subsidiaries and is deemed to include Travelport Holdings, Inc., as Co-Obligor.

        The Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of senior dollar floating rate notes due 2014 (the " Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes "), €235 million aggregate principal amount of senior euro floating rate notes due 2014 (the " Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes " and, together with the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the " Senior Floating Rate Notes ") and $450 million aggregate principal amount of senior dollar fixed rate notes due 2014 (the " Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes " and, together with the Senior Floating Rate Notes, the " Senior Notes ") under an indenture dated August 23, 2006 (the " Indenture ") among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the " Trustee "). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Senior Notes are substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes and Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes were issued as a separate class, but, except as otherwise provided below, are treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture.

        The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the Senior Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under "Where You Can Find More Information."

Brief Description of Senior Notes

        The Senior Notes are:

    unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer;

    pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities) of the Issuer;

    effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (including the Senior Credit Facilities);

    senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined with respect to the Senior Notes) (including the Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Issuer; and

    initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our indirect parent, Holdings, our direct parent, Foreign Holdco, and each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

        The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer

171



under the Indenture and the Senior Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest in respect of the Senior Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

        Our indirect parent, Holdings, our direct parent, Foreign Holdco and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as detailed below) guarantee the Senior Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Senior Notes are a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor and are pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, will be effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity and are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes) of each such entity. The Senior Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Senior Notes.

        Not all of Holdings' Subsidiaries will Guarantee the Senior Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to Holdings. None of our Foreign Subsidiaries, non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or Receivables Subsidiaries (subject to certain limited exceptions) will guarantee the Senior Notes.

        The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

        Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

        If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor's liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes or this Offering—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes."

        Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

            (1)   (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

              (b)   the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

              (c)   the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or

              (d)   the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" or the discharge of the Issuer's obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

172



            (2)   such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Holding Company Structure

        The Issuer is a holding company for its Subsidiaries, with no material operations of its own and only limited assets. Accordingly, the Issuer is dependent upon the distribution of the earnings of its Subsidiaries, whether in the form of dividends, advances or payments on account of intercompany obligations, to service its debt obligations.

Ranking

Senior Secured Indebtedness Versus the Senior Notes

        The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes and the payment of any Guarantee will rank pari passu in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities.

        The Senior Notes and the Guarantees are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuer's and the Guarantors' existing and future Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, Holdings had approximately $2,223 million ($3,263 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of Secured Indebtedness, consisting entirely of Secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities. As of December 31, 2006, Holdings would also have had an additional $275.0 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving portion of the Senior Credit Facilities, an additional $19.1 million available to be drawn under the synthetic letter of credit facility of our Senior Credit Facilities and the option to raise incremental term or revolving credit facilities under our Senior Credit Facilities of up to $500.0 million. As of December 31, 2006, we issued approximately $105.9 million in letters of credit under the synthetic letter of credit facility.

        Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Notes

        The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the Senior Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London. The Issuer also undertook under the Indenture that it will ensure, to the extent practicable, that it maintains a paying agent in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding the taxation of savings income (the " Directive "). The paying agent for the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes is the Trustee and for the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes is The Bank of New York.

        The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London and a transfer agent, including one with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London. The initial registrar and transfer agent is the Trustee with respect to the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes and The Bank of New York with respect to the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes. The registrar maintains a register

173



reflecting ownership of the Senior Notes outstanding from time to time and the transfer agent makes payments on and facilitate transfer of Senior Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

        The Issuer may change the paying agents, the registrars or the transfer agents without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

        So long as any series of Senior Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

Transfer and Exchange

        A Holder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Senior Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        On the Issue Date the Issuer issued an aggregate principal amount of $150 million of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, an aggregate principal amount of €235 million of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes, and an aggregate principal amount of $450 million of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes in this offering. The Senior Notes will mature on September 1, 2014. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," the Issuer may issue additional Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes and/or Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes from time to time under the Indenture (" Additional Senior Notes "). The Senior Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Senior Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "Senior Notes" for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of Senior Notes" include any Additional Senior Notes that are actually issued.

Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes

        Interest on the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes accrues at the rate of 9 7 / 8 % per annum. Interest on the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2007 to the Holders of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes of record on the immediately preceding February 15 and August 15. Interest on the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes accrued from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Senior Floating Rate Notes

        The Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 %, as determined by the calculation agent (the " Dollar Calculation Agent "), initially the Trustee. The Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to EURIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 %, as determined by the calculation agent (the " Euro Calculation Agent "),

174



initially the Trustee. Interest on the Senior Floating Rate Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on each March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2006, to the Holders of Senior Floating Rate Notes of record on the immediately preceding February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. Interest on the Senior Floating Rate Notes accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date.

        Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the Indenture relating solely to the Senior Floating Rate Notes.

        " Determination Date, " with respect to an Interest Period, will be the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of the Interest Period.

        " EURIBOR," with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in euros for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 248 as of 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 248 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank's offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) as of approximately 11:00 a.m., Brussels time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in euros for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in London, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank's rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in euros to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided then the rate for the Interest Period will be the rate in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

        " Interest Period " means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include November 30, 2006.

        " LIBOR, " with respect to an Interest Period, will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in United States dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Telerate Page 3750 does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank's offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank's rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in United States dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at

175



least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

        " Euro-zone " means the region comprised of member states of the European Union that adopt the euro.

        " London Banking Day " is any day in which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted or, with respect to any future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank market.

        " Representative Amount " means a principal amount of not less than (i) $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time, in the case of the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and (ii) €1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time, in the case of the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes.

        " TARGET Settlement Day " means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open.

        " Telerate Page 248 " means, the display page so designated on Bridge's Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor).

        " Telerate Page 3750 " means the display designated as "Page 3750" on the Moneyline Telerate service (or such other page as may replace Page 3750 on that service).

        The amount of interest for each day that the Senior Floating Rate Notes are outstanding (the " Daily Interest Amount ") will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Senior Floating Rate Notes. The amount of interest to be paid on the Senior Floating Rate Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amounts for each day in the Interest Period.

        All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655)) and all dollar and/or euro amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

        The interest rate on the Senior Floating Rate Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

Additional Interest

        Additional Interest may accrue on the Senior Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Senior Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Senior Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Senior Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer's office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

176



Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

        The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Senior Notes as described under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders." The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Senior Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

Senior Floating Rate Notes

        Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the Senior Floating Rate Notes at its option prior to September 1, 2008.

        At any time prior to September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of each series of Senior Floating Rate Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the " Redemption Date "), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        On and after September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem each series of Senior Floating Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice" at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

  Senior Dollar
Floating Rate
Notes Percentage

  Senior Euro
Floating Rate
Notes Percentage

 
2008   102.000 % 102.000 %
2009   101.000 % 101.000 %
2010 and thereafter   100.000 % 100.000 %

        In addition, until September 1, 2008, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem (a) up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date and (b) up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject in each case to the right of Holders of Senior Floating Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Euro Floating Rate Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Notes that are Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date and at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal

177



amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Notes that are Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

        Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. So long as any series of Senior Floating Rate Notes is listed on an exchange, and to the extent required by such stock exchange, the Issuer will notify the exchange of any such notice of redemption. In addition, the Issuer will notify the exchange of the principal amount of any series of Senior Floating Rate Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of such series of Senior Floating Rate Notes.

        If the Issuer redeems less than all of the outstanding Senior Floating Rate Notes, the Trustee shall select the Senior Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice."

Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes

        Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes at its option prior to September 1, 2010.

        At any time prior to September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the " Redemption Date "), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        On and after September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice" at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

  Senior Dollar
Fixed Rate Notes
Percentage

 
2010   104.938 %
2011   102.469 %
2012 and thereafter   100.000 %

        In addition, until September 1, 2009, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject in each case to the right of Holders of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Notes that are Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

178


        Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. So long as any Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes is listed on a stock exchange, and to the extent required by such stock exchange, the Issuer will notify the stock exchange of any such notice of redemption. In addition, the Issuer will notify the stock exchange of the principal amount of any Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes.

        If the Issuer redeems less than all of the outstanding Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, the Trustee shall select the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice."

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

        The Senior Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Senior Notes as described under "—Optional Redemption," the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the " Change of Control Offer ") at a price in cash (the " Change of Control Payment ") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Senior Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

            (1)   that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control," and that all Senior Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

            (2)   the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the " Change of Control Payment Date ");

            (3)   that any Senior Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

            (4)   that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Senior Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (5)   that Holders electing to have any Senior Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Senior Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of such Senior Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (6)   that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Senior Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Senior Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30 th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Senior Notes, the principal amount of Senior Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such

179



    Holder is withdrawing its tendered Senior Notes and its election to have such Senior Notes purchased;

            (7)   that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Senior Notes, the Holders of the remaining Senior Notes will be issued new Senior Notes and such new Senior Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes; and

            (8)   the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Senior Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

            (1)   accept for payment all Senior Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

            (2)   deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Senior Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

            (3)   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Senior Notes so accepted together with an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Senior Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

        The Senior Credit Facilities provide, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound-down.

        Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Senior Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

        The Change of Control purchase feature of the Senior Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise

180



affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Certain Covenants—Liens." Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Senior Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

        The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Senior Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as described above.

        The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer's obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes.

Asset Sales

        The Indenture provides that Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

            (1)   Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

            (2)   except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

              (a)   any liabilities (as shown on Holdings' or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Senior Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Holdings and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

              (b)   any securities received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

              (c)   any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all

181



      other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

    shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

        Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

            (1)   to permanently reduce:

              (a)   Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities; and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

              (b)   Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

              (c)   Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Notes as provided under "Optional Redemption," through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Senior Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Senior Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

              (d)   Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary;

            (2)   to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

            (3)   to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an " Acceptable Commitment ") and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a " Second Commitment ") within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

182


        Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute " Excess Proceeds ." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Senior Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Senior Notes (" Pari Passu Indebtedness "), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an " Asset Sale Offer "), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $35.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

        To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Senior Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Senior Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

        Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Senior Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

Selection and Notice

        If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Senior Notes issued by it at any time, the Trustee will select the Senior Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Senior Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Senior Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

        Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Senior Notes at such Holder's registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Senior Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Senior Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption

183



that relates to such Senior Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

        The Issuer will issue a new Senior Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Senior Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Senior Note. Senior Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Senior Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

        Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the date of the Issue Date (i) the Senior Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Senior Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a " Covenant Suspension Event ") the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this "Description of Senior Notes" section of this prospectus will not be applicable to the Senior Notes (collectively, the " Suspended Covenants )":

            (1)   "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales";

            (2)   "—Limitation on Restricted Payments";

            (3)   "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (4)   clause (4) of the first paragraph of "—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets";

            (5)   "—Transactions with Affiliates";

            (6)   "—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries"; and

            (7)   "—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries."

During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, Holdings may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary."

        If and while Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the " Reversion Date ") one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Senior Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the "Suspension Period". The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

        During any Suspension Period, Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) Holdings or such Restricted

184



Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to "—Liens" below without equally and ratably securing the Senior Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales" above; provided , further , that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Senior Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described above under the caption "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

        There can be no assurance that the Senior Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

            (I)   declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings', or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

              (a)   dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

              (b)   dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

            (II)  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

            (III)   make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

              (a)   Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; or

              (b)   the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

185



            (IV)   make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as " Restricted Payments "), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

            (1)   no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

            (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" (the " Fixed Charge Coverage Test "); and

            (3)   such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

              (a)   50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of Holdings' recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

              (b)   100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") from the issue or sale of:

                (i)    (A) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

                  (x)   Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings' Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

                  (y)   Designated Preferred Stock;

          and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

186



                (ii)   debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings;

      provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

              (c)   100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions); plus

              (d)   100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

                (i)    the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

                (ii)   the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

              (e)   in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $50.0 million, shall be set forth in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor), at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

        The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

            (1)   the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

            (2)   (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (" Treasury Capital Stock ") or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (" Refunding Capital Stock ") and (b) if

187



    immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

            (3)   the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" so long as:

              (a)   the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

              (b)   such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

              (c)   such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

              (d)   such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

            (4)   a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

              (a)   the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent

188


      companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

              (b)   the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

              (c)   the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

    and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings from members of management of Holdings, any of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings' Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

            (5)   the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of "Fixed Charges";

            (6)   (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Issue Date;

              (b)   the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

              (c)   the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;


provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

            (7)   Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

189


            (8)   repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

            (9)   the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings' common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity's common stock), following the first public offering of Holdings' common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings' common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

            (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

            (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;

            (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

            (13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under "—Transactions with Affiliates";

            (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control" and "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales"; provided that all Senior Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

            (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

              (a)   franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

              (b)   federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

              (c)   customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

              (d)   general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

190



              (e)   fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of Holdings related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

            (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

        As of the Issue Date, all of Holdings' Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries. Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary." For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of "Investment." Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of "Permitted Investments," and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, " incur " and collectively, an " incurrence ") with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $100.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

        The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

            (1)   the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers' acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers' acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $3,100 million outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower

191


    thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;

            (2)   the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the Senior Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Senior Notes) and (b) the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

            (3)   Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

            (4)   Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

            (5)   Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

            (6)   Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that

              (a)   such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

              (b)   the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

            (7)   Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

            (8)   Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Senior Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such

192



    Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

            (9)   shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

            (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

            (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

            (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $300.0 million; provided , however that no more than $100.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

            (13) the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums),

193



    defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the " Refinancing Indebtedness ") prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

              (a)   has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

              (b)   to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Senior Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Senior Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

              (c)   shall not include:

                (i)    Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings;

                (ii)   Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

                (iii)  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

    and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under a Credit Facility;

            (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor or merged into the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

              (a)   Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

              (b)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

            (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

            (16) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

            (17) (a) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

              (b)   any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under "—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries";

194


            (18) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

            (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption "—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

            (1)   in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (19) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

            (2)   at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

        For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

        The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

        The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

195



Liens

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

            (1)   in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Senior Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

            (2)   in all other cases, the Senior Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Senior Notes and the related Guarantees, (b) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and (c) Liens securing Indebtedness under Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred under the covenant described above under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (c), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

        Neither Holdings nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

            (1)   Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the " Successor Company ");

            (2)   the Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, under the Senior Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

            (3)   immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

            (4)   immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

              (a)   the Successor Company or Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

              (b)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

            (5)   each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the third succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental

196


    indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person's obligations under the Indenture, the Senior Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

            (6)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

        The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Senior Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

            (1)   any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or the Issuer, and

            (2)   Holdings or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

            (1)   (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the " Successor Person ");

              (b)   the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor's related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

              (c)   immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

              (d)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

            (2)   the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales."

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor's Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

Transactions with Affiliates

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each of

197



the foregoing, an " Affiliate Transaction ") involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

            (1)   such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis; and

            (2)   the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer's Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

        The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

            (1)   transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" and the definition of "Permitted Investments";

            (3)   the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date;

            (4)   the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (5)   transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis;

            (6)   any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

            (7)   the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

            (8)   the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as disclosed in the offering memorandum dated August 11, 2006 relating to the offering of the outstanding notes;

198


            (9)   transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

            (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;

            (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

            (12) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith;

            (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith; and

            (14) investments by the Investors in securities of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

            (1)   (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

              (b)   pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

            (3)   sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

        except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

              (a)   contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related documentation;

              (b)   the Indenture and the Senior Notes;

              (c)   purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

199



              (d)   applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

              (e)   any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

              (f)    contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

              (g)   Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Liens" that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

              (h)   restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

              (i)    other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

              (j)    customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

              (k)   customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

              (l)    any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

              (m)  restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

        Holdings will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

            (1)   such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

              (a)   if the Senior Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be

200


      subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary's guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Senior Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

              (b)   if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Notes;

            (2)   such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and

            (3)   such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

              (a)   such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

              (b)   such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Reports and Other Information

        Notwithstanding that Holdings may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require Holdings to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Senior Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

            (1)   within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

            (2)   within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

            (3)   promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

            (4)   any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that Holdings shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event Holdings will make available such information to

201


prospective purchasers of Senior Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Senior Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time Holdings would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, Holdings will agree that, for so long as any Senior Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

        In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings becomes a guarantor of the Senior Notes, the Indenture will permit Holdings to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to Holdings by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after Holdings would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the offering memorandum dated August 11, 2006 relating to the offering of the outstanding notes.

Events of Default and Remedies

        The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

            (1)   default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Senior Notes;

            (2)   default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Senior Notes;

            (3)   failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 25% in principal amount of the Senior Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Senior Notes;

            (4)   default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Senior Notes, if both:

              (a)   such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

202


              (b)   the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

            (5)   failure by Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

            (6)   certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary; or

            (7)   the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

            If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Senior Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately.

        Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Senior Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

        The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Senior Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Senior Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Senior Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

            (1)   the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

            (2)   holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

            (3)   the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

        Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Senior Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if

203


any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Senior Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Notes unless:

            (1)   such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

            (2)   Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            (3)   Holders of the Senior Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

            (4)   the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

            (5)   Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

        No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Senior Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Senior Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Senior Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Senior Notes and have the Issuer and each Guarantor's obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (" Legal Defeasance ") and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

            (1)   the rights of Holders of Senior Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

            (2)   the Issuer's obligations with respect to Senior Notes concerning issuing temporary Senior Notes, registration of such Senior Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

            (3)   the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer's obligations in connection therewith; and

204



            (4)   the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

        In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (" Covenant Defeasance ") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Senior Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under "—Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Notes.

        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Senior Notes:

            (1)   the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Senior Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes and cash in euro, euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Senior Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Senior Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Senior Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

            (2)   in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

              (a)   the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

              (b)   since the issuance of the Senior Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,


in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

            (3)   in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

            (4)   no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

            (5)   such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the indenture pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a

205



    party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

            (6)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

            (7)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

            (8)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Senior Notes, when either:

            (1)   all Senior Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Notes which have been replaced or paid and Senior Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

            (2)  (a) all Senior Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Senior Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes and euro, euro-denominated Government Securities or a combination thereof, in the case of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

              (b)   no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes (or the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness);

              (c)   the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

206



              (d)   the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Senior Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

        In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

        Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Senior Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Senior Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Senior Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes, other than Senior Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Senior Notes); provided , however, that that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes or the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes or Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Senior Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.

        The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Senior Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Senior Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

            (1)   reduce the principal amount of such Senior Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

            (2)   reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Senior Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Senior Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders");

            (3)   reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Note;

            (4)   waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Senior Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

            (5)   make any Senior Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

            (6)   make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Notes;

            (7)   make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

            (8)   impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder's Senior Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Senior Notes;

            (9)   make any change to or modify the ranking of the Senior Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

207


            (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Senior Notes.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Senior Notes without the consent of any Holder;

            (1)   to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

            (2)   to provide for uncertificated Senior Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Notes;

            (3)   to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

            (4)   to provide the assumption of the Issuer's or any Guarantor's obligations to the Holders;

            (5)   to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

            (6)   to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

            (7)   to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

            (8)   to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

            (9)   to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

            (10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

            (11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Senior Notes to any provision of this "Description of Senior Notes" to the extent that such provision in this "Description of Senior Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Senior Notes; or

            (12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Senior Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Senior Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Senior Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Senior Notes.

        The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

        Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

        The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is permitted to

208



engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

        The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Senior Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

        The Indenture, the Senior Notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

        Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term "consolidated" with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

        " Acquired Indebtedness " means, with respect to any specified Person,

            (1)   Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

            (2)   Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

        " Acquisition " means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

        " Additional Interest " means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

        " Affiliate " of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

        " Applicable Premium " means, with respect to any Senior Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

            (1)   1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Note; and

            (2)   the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Senior Floating Rate Note at September 1, 2008 or such Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Note at September 1, 2010, as the case may be (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption "Optional Redemption"), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Senior Floating Rate Note through September 1, 2008 or such Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Note through September 1, 2010 as the case may be (assuming that the rate of interest on the applicable series of Senior Floating Rate Notes for the period from the

209



    Redemption Date through September 1, 2008 will be equal to the rate of interest on such series of Senior Floating Rate Notes in effect on the date on which the applicable notice of redemption is given) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate, in the case of the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes or the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes, and the Bund Rate, in the case of the Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes, as of such Redemption Date, in each case plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Senior Dollar Floating Rate Note, Senior Euro Floating Rate Note or Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Note, as applicable.

        " Asset Sale " means:

            (1)   the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a "disposition"); or

            (2)   the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

        in each case, other than:

              (a)   any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

              (b)   the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under "—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets" or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

              (c)   the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments";

              (d)   any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;

              (e)   any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

              (f)    to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

              (g)   the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

              (h)   any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

              (i)    foreclosures on assets;

              (j)    sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and

210



              (k)   any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture.

        " Bund Rate " means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such redemption date, where:

            (1)   " Comparable German Bund Issue " means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2008 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Senior Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to September 1, 2008; provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2008 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2008 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

            (2)   " Comparable German Bund Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

            (3)   " Reference German Bund Dealer " means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

            (4)   " Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any redemption date, the average as determined by the Issuer in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

        " Business Day " means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

        " Capital Stock " means:

            (1)   in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

            (2)   in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

            (3)   in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

            (4)   any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

        " Capitalized Lease Obligation " means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

211


        " Capitalized Software Expenditures " shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

        " Cash Equivalents " means:

            (1)   United States dollars;

            (2)   (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

              (b)   in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

            (3)   securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

            (4)   certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

            (5)   repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

            (6)   commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody's or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

            (7)   marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody's or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody's nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

            (8)   investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

            (9)   readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody's or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

            (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of "A" or higher from S&P or "A2" or higher from Moody's with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

            (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody's.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

212


        " Change of Control " means the occurrence of any of the following:

            (1)   the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

            (2)   Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

        " Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense " means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

        " Consolidated Interest Expense " means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

            (1)   consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) any Additional Interest and any "additional interest" with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) and (z) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities; plus

            (2)   consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

            (3)   interest income for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

        " Consolidated Net Income " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

            (1)   any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent

213


    incurred on or prior to June 30, 2007), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

            (2)   the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

            (3)   any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (including the Travel 2 Travel 4 operations being disposed) shall be excluded,

            (4)   any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded,

            (5)   the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

            (6)   solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments," the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

            (7)   effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person's consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes (other than the impact of unfavorable contract liabilities and commission agreements under purchase accounting), shall be excluded,

            (8)   any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

            (9)   any impairment charge or asset write-off, including without limitation impairment charges or asset write-offs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

            (10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

            (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification

214



    of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges including bonuses paid in connection with the GTA acquisition and any adjustments to liabilities due to the former owners of Orbitz under the tax sharing arrangement or integration and non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

            (12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

            (13) the following items shall be excluded:

              (a)   any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

              (b)   any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

        " Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio " as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) Holdings' EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

        " Consolidated Total Indebtedness " means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of Holdings and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based

215



upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by Holdings.

        " Contingent Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (" primary obligations ") of any other Person (the " primary obligor ") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

            (1)   to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

            (2)   to advance or supply funds

              (a)   for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

              (b)   to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

            (3)   to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

        " Credit Facilities " means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

        " Default " means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

        " Designated Non-cash Consideration " means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

        " Designated Preferred Stock " means Preferred Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer's Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        " Disqualified Stock " means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or

216


exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Senior Notes or the date the Senior Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

        " EBITDA " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

            (1)   increased (without duplication) by:

              (a)   provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (b)   Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of "Consolidated Interest Expense" pursuant to clauses (1)(w), (x) and (y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (c)   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (d)   any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (e)   the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, the separation from Avis Budget and the business-to-consumer platform; plus

              (f)    any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs and the amortization of up-front bonuses in connection with the supplier services business, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

              (g)   the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

217


              (h)   the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates"; plus

              (i)    the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken no later than 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $85.8 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma cost savings adjustments made pursuant to of the definition of "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio"); plus

              (j)    the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

              (k)   any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments"; and

            (2)   decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) for the year ended December 31, 2005 an aggregate of (i) $12.5 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts; (ii) $11.1 million applicable to changes in estimates of breakage revenues relating to vendor liabilities and (iii) $2.7 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to Orbitz's affinity credit-card liability, in each case recorded on a quarterly basis.

        " EMU " means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

        " Equity Interests " means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

        " Equity Offering " means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

            (1)   public offerings with respect to Holdings' or any direct or indirect parent company's common stock registered on Form S-8;

            (2)   issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and

            (3)   any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

        " euro " means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

        " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

218



        " Excluded Contribution " means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from

            (1)   contributions to its common equity capital, and

            (2)   the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer's certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        " fair market value " means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to or exceeds $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

        " Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the " Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date "), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any

219



Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

        " Fixed Charges " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

            (1)   Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

            (2)   all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

            (3)   all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

        " Foreign Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

        " GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Government Securities " means securities that are:

            (1)   direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

            (2)   obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

        " guarantee " means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

        " Guarantee " means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer's Obligations under the Indenture.

220



        " Guarantor " means Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Senior Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

        " Hedging Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

        " Holder " means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered on the registrar's books.

        " Indebtedness " means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

            (1)   any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

              (a)   in respect of borrowed money;

              (b)   evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

              (c)   representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

              (d)   representing any Hedging Obligations; or

              (e)   during a Suspension Period only, obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-back Transactions in an amount equal to the present value of such obligations during the remaining term of the lease using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction determined in accordance with GAAP,


if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

            (2)   to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

            (3)   to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

        " Independent Financial Advisor " means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

221



        " Initial Purchasers " means Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

        " Investment Grade Rating " means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

        " Investment Grade Securities " means:

            (1)   securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

            (2)   debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

            (3)   investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

            (4)   corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

        " Investments " means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments":

            (1)   "Investments" shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings' equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

              (a)   Holdings' "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

              (b)   the portion (proportionate to Holdings' equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

            (2)   any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

        " Investors " means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

        " Issue Date " means August 23, 2006.

        " Issuer " has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under "General."

        " Legal Holiday " means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

222



        " Lien " means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

        " Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

        " Net Income " means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

        " Net Proceeds " means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales") to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

        " Obligations " means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker's acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        " Officer " means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

        " Officer's Certificate " means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

        " Opinion of Counsel " means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

        " Permitted Asset Swap " means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under "Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales".

223



        " Permitted Holders " means each of the Investors and members of management of Holdings (or its direct parent) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

        " Permitted Investments " means:

            (1)   any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

            (3)   any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

              (a)   such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

              (b)   such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary,

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

            (4)   any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales" or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

            (5)   any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

            (6)   any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

              (a)   in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

              (b)   as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

            (7)   Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (8)   any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

224



            (9)   Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments";

            (10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates" (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

            (12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

            (13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

            (14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

            (15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

            (16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person's purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

        " Permitted Liens " means, with respect to any Person:

            (1)   pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

            (2)   Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

            (3)   Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being

225



    contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

            (4)   Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

            (5)   minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

            (6)   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of the second paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (7)   Liens existing on the Issue Date;

            (8)   Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (9)   Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

            (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

            (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

            (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

            (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

226


            (16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings' clients;

            (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

            (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

            (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

            (20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding;

            (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption "—Events of Default and Remedies" so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

            (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

            (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

            (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

            (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

            (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

227



            (27) during a Suspension Period only, Liens securing Indebtedness, and Indebtedness represented by Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an amount not to exceed 15% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

        For purposes of this definition, the term "Indebtedness" shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

        " Person " means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        " Preferred Stock " means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

        " Qualified Proceeds " means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

        " Rating Agencies " means Moody's and S&P or if Moody's or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Senior Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody's or S&P or both, as the case may be.

        " Receivables Facility " means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Receivables Fees " means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

        " Receivables Subsidiary " means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

        " Registration Rights Agreement " means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Senior Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

        " Related Business Assets " means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Restricted Investment " means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

        " Restricted Subsidiary " means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of "Restricted Subsidiary."

        " S&P " means Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

228



        " Sale and Lease-Back Transaction " means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

        " SEC " means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

        " Secured Indebtedness " means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

        " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        " Senior Credit Facilities " means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, Foreign Holdco, Holdings, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" above).

        " Senior Indebtedness " means:

            (1)   all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

            (2)   all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

            (3)   any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

            (4)   all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

              (a)   any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

              (b)   any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

229



              (c)   any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

              (d)   any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

              (e)   that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture.

        " Senior Subordinated Notes " means the $300 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer's 11 7 / 8 % dollar senior subordinated notes due 2016 issued on the Issue Date and the €160 million aggregate princpal amount of the Issuer's 10 7 / 8 % euro senior subordinated notes due 2016 issued on the Issue Date.

        " Significant Subsidiary " means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Similar Business " means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

        " Sponsor Management Agreement " means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Issuer.

        " Subordinated Indebtedness " means, with respect to the Senior Notes,

            (1)   any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, and

            (2)   any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Senior Notes.

        " Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person:

            (1)   any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

            (2)   any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

              (x)   more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

              (y)   such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

        " Total Assets " means the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

230


        " Transaction " means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Transaction Agreement " means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport LLC and TDS Investor LLC, as the same was amended prior to the Issue Date.

        " Treasury Rate " means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2008, in the case of the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, and September 1, 2010, in the case of the Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

        " Trust Indenture Act " means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

        " Unrestricted Subsidiary " means:

            (1)   any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and

            (2)   any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

            (1)   any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings;

            (2)   such designation complies with the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments"; and

            (3)   each of:

              (a)   the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

              (b)   its Subsidiaries

    has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

231


        Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

            (1)   Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

            (2)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

        Any such designation by Holdings shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Holdings or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

        " Voting Stock " of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

        " Weighted Average Life to Maturity " means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

            (1)   the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

            (2)   the sum of all such payments.

        " Wholly-Owned Subsidiary " of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

232



DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES

General

        Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading "Certain Definitions." In this description, (i) the terms " we ," " our " and " us " each refer to Travelport Limited (" Holdings ") and its consolidated Subsidiaries, assuming completion of the Transaction; (ii) " Foreign Holdco " refers only to TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. and not to any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) the term " Issuer " refers only to Travelport LLC and not to any of its Subsidiaries and is deemed to include Travelport Holdings, Inc., as Co-Obligor.

        The Issuer issued $300 million aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % dollar senior subordinated notes due 2016 (the " Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes ") and €160 million aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % euro senior subordinated notes due 2016 (the " Euro Senior Subordinated Notes " and, together with the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, the " Senior Subordinated Notes ") under an indenture dated August 23, 2006 (the " Indenture ") among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the " Trustee "). Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Senior Subordinated Notes are substantially identical and include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

        The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of those agreements, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture at our address set forth under the heading "Prospectus Summary."

Brief Description of Senior Subordinated Notes

        The Senior Subordinated Notes are:

    unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Issuer;

    subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes) of the Issuer;

    effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of the Issuer (including the Senior Credit Facilities);

    senior in right of payment to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes) of the Issuer; and

    initially guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by our indirect parent, Holdings, our direct parent, Foreign Holdco and each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Senior Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

        The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.

        Our indirect parent, Holdings, our direct parent, Foreign Holdco and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than as detailed below) guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes. Each of the Guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Notes are a general unsecured obligation of each Guarantor, are subordinated

233


in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such entity, including its guarantees of the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes and are effectively subordinated to all secured Indebtedness of each such entity, including its guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities, to the extent of the assets securing such guarantee. The Senior Subordinated Notes will be structurally subordinated to Indebtedness and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do not Guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        Not all of Holdings' Subsidiaries will Guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to Holdings. None of our Foreign Subsidiaries, or non-Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or Receivables Subsidiaries (subject to certain limited exceptions) will guarantee the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.

        Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor's pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

        If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantor's liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes—Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the guarantees, and, if that occurs, you may not receive any payments on the notes."

        Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

            (1)   (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

              (b)   the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

              (c)   the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or

              (d)   the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" or the discharge of the Issuer's obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

            (2)   such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Holding Company Structure

        The Issuer is a holding company for its Subsidiaries, with no material operations of its own and only limited assets. Accordingly, the Issuer is dependent upon the distribution of the earnings of its Subsidiaries, whether in the form of dividends, advances or payments on account of intercompany obligations, to service its debt obligations.

234



Ranking

Senior Indebtedness Versus the Senior Subordinated Notes

        The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes and the payment of any Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in cash in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Issuer and such Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes.

        The Senior Subordinated Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated in right of payment to all of the Issuer's and the Guarantors' existing and future Senior Indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all of the Issuer's and the Guarantors' existing and future Secured Indebtedness, including their obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness. As of December 31, 2006, Holdings had $3,133 million ($4,173 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) of Senior Indebtedness (of which $2,223 million ($3,263 million giving effect to the proposed acquisition of Worldspan) would have been Secured Indebtedness, consisting entirely of Secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities). As of December 31, 2006, Holdings would also have had an additional $275.0 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving portion of the Senior Credit Facilities, an additional $19.1 million available to be drawn under the synthetic letter of credit facility of our Senior Credit Facilities and the option to raise incremental term or revolving credit facilities under our Senior Credit Facilities of up to $500.0 million. As of December 31, 2006, we issued approximately $105.9 million in letters of credit under the synthetic letter of credit facility.

        Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Senior Subordinated Notes

        The Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the Senior Subordinated Notes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London. The Issuer also undertook under the Indenture that it will ensure, to the extent practicable, that it maintains a paying agent in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding the taxation of savings income (the " Directive "). The initial paying agent for the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes is the Trustee and for the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes is The Bank of New York.

        The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London and a transfer agent, including one with offices in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York and London. The initial registrar and transfer agent is the Trustee with respect to the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes and The Bank of New York with respect to the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes. The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of Senior Subordinated Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

        The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.

        So long as any series of Senior Subordinated Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

235



Subordination of the Senior Subordinated Notes

        Only Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Senior Subordinated Notes and Guarantees will rank pari passu in all respects with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer and the relevant Guarantor, respectively.

        We agreed in the Indenture that the Issuer and the Guarantors will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Indebtedness of such Person, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the applicable Person or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person. The Indenture does not treat (i) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (ii) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

        Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will be permitted to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" or "Satisfaction and Discharge" below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, " pay the Senior Subordinated Notes ") other than in the form of Permitted Junior Securities if either of the following occurs (a " Payment Default "):

            (1)   any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

            (2)   any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Issuer is permitted to pay the Senior Subordinated Notes if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

        During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a " Non-Payment Default ") with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuer will not be permitted to pay the Senior Subordinated Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a " Payment Blockage Period ") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer) of written notice (a " Blockage Notice ") of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

            (1)   by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

            (2)   because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or

            (3)   because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

        Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the

236


maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Issuer and related Guarantors are permitted to resume paying the Senior Subordinated Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Senior Subordinated Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Senior Subordinated Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

        In the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuer upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property:

            (1)   the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive any payment;

            (2)   until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

            (3)   if a distribution is made to Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

        The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Issuer to pay interest or principal with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is outstanding, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor may pay the Senior Subordinated Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Senior Subordinated Notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

        Each Guarantor's obligations under its Guarantee will be senior subordinated obligations of that Guarantor. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the

237



Issuer's obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes apply equally to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee.

        A Holder by its acceptance of Senior Subordinated Notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

        By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Issuer or a Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the provisions described under "Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" or "Satisfaction and Discharge," if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions.

Transfer and Exchange

        A Holder may transfer or exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Senior Subordinated Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Senior Subordinated Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Senior Subordinated Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        The Issuer issued an aggregate principal amount of $300 million of Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes and an aggregate principal amount of €160 million of Euro Senior Subordinated Notes in this offering. The Senior Subordinated Notes will mature on September 1, 2016. Subject to compliance with the covenant described below under the caption "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," the Issuer may issue additional Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes and/or Euro Senior Subordinated Notes from time to time after this offering under the Indenture (" Additional Senior Subordinated Notes "). The Senior Subordinated Notes offered by the Issuer and any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "Senior Subordinated Notes" for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes" include any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes that are actually issued.

        Interest on the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes will accrue at the rate of 11 7 / 8 % per annum. Interest on the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes will accrue at the rate of 10 7 / 8 % per annum. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2007 to the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes of record on the immediately preceding February 15 and August 15. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30 day months.

238



Additional Interest

        Additional Interest may accrue on the Senior Subordinated Notes in certain circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer's office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases

        The Issuer will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase Senior Subordinated Notes as described under the caption "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders." The Issuer may at any time and from time to time purchase Senior Subordinated Notes in the open market or otherwise.

Optional Redemption

        Except as set forth below, the Issuer will not be entitled to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at its option prior to September 1, 2011.

        At any time prior to September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of each series of the Senior Subordinated Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the " Redemption Date "), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        On and after September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem each series of the Senior Subordinated Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under the heading "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice" at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

Year

  Dollar Senior
Subordinated
Notes Percentage

  Euro Senior
Subordinated
Notes Percentage

 
2011   105.938 % 105.438 %
2012   103.958 % 103.625 %
2013   101.979 % 101.813 %
2014 and thereafter   100.000 % 100.000 %

239


        In addition, until September 1, 2009, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem (a) up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (b) up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Senior Subordinated Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 110.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any to the Redemption Date, subject in each case to the right of Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes that are Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date and at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Senior Subordinated Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes that are Euro Senior Subordinated Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

        Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer's discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. So long as any series of Senior Subordinated Notes is listed on an exchange, and to the extent required by such exchange, the Issuer will notify the exchange of any such notice of redemption. In addition, the Issuer will notify the exchange of the principal amount of any series of Senior Subordinated Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of such series of Senior Subordinated Notes.

        If the Issuer redeems less than all of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, the Trustee shall select the Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed in the manner described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice."

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

        The Senior Subordinated Notes provide that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes as described under "—Optional Redemption," the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the " Change of Control Offer ") at a price in cash (the " Change of Control Payment ") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

            (1)   that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control," and that all Senior Subordinated Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

            (2)   the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the " Change of Control Payment Date ");

            (3)   that any Senior Subordinated Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

240


            (4)   that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Senior Subordinated Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (5)   that Holders electing to have any Senior Subordinated Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Senior Subordinated Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of such Senior Subordinated Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

            (6)   that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Senior Subordinated Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Senior Subordinated Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Senior Subordinated Notes and its election to have such Senior Subordinated Notes purchased;

            (7)   that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Holders of the remaining Senior Subordinated Notes will be issued new Senior Subordinated Notes and such new Senior Subordinated Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Senior Subordinated Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Senior Subordinated Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes; and

            (8)   the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

            (1)   accept for payment all Senior Subordinated Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

            (2)   deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Senior Subordinated Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

            (3)   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Senior Subordinated Notes so accepted together with an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Senior Subordinated Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

        The Senior Credit Facilities and Senior Notes prohibit or limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may prohibit or limit, the Issuer from purchasing any Senior Subordinated Notes as a result of a Change of Control. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes to permit the purchase of the Senior Subordinated Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such

241


case, the Issuer's failure to purchase tendered Senior Subordinated Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes under certain circumstances. The Senior Credit Facilities will provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under our Senior Credit Facilities, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance our Senior Credit Facilities. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the Senior Credit Facilities, such default could result in amounts outstanding under our Senior Credit Facilities being declared due and payable and cause a Receivables Facility to be wound down.

        Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.

        The Change of Control purchase feature of the Senior Subordinated Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Certain Covenants—Liens." Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

        The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to any Person. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes as described above.

        The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer's obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

242



Asset Sales

        The Indenture provides that Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

            (1)   Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

            (2)   except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

              (a)   any liabilities (as shown on Holdings's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Holdings and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

              (b)   any securities received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

              (c)   any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

    shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

        Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

            (1)   to permanently reduce:

              (a)   Obligations under Senior Indebtedness, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

              (b)   Obligations under Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes as provided under "Optional Redemption," through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes to purchase their Senior Subordinated Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Senior Subordinated Notes that would otherwise be prepaid, or

              (c)   Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary,

            (2)   to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or

243


            (3)   to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an " Acceptable Commitment ") and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a " Second Commitment ") within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

        Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute " Excess Proceeds ." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Senior Subordinated Notes (" Pari Passu Indebtedness "), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an " Asset Sale Offer "), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $35.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

        To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Subordinated Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Senior Subordinated Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

        Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the

244



Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

        The Senior Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes prohibit or limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may prohibit or limit, the Issuer from purchasing any Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this Asset Sales covenant. In the event the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of the Senior Notes to the purchase of the Senior Subordinated Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such case, the Issuer's failure to purchase tendered Senior Subordinated Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes under certain circumstances.

Selection and Notice

        If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued by it at any time, the Trustee will select the Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Senior Subordinated Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Senior Subordinated Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

        Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes at such Holder's registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Senior Subordinated Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. If any Senior Subordinated Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Senior Subordinated Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

        The Issuer will issue a new Senior Subordinated Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Senior Subordinated Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Senior Subordinated Note. Senior Subordinated Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Senior Subordinated Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

        Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date following the date of the Issue Date (i) the Senior Subordinated Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Senior Subordinated Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a " Covenant Suspension Event ") the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes" section of this prospectus will not be applicable to the Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the " Suspended Covenants "):

            (1)   "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales";

            (2)   "—Limitation on Restricted Payments";

245



            (3)   "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (4)   clause (4) of the first paragraph of "—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets";

            (5)   "—Transactions with Affiliates";

            (6)   "—Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries";

            (7)   "—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries";

During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, Holdings may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary."

            (8)   "—Limitations on Layering"; and

            (9)   "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control".

        If and while Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the " Reversion Date ") one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Senior Subordinated Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the " Suspension Period ." The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described above under the caption "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock."

        There can be no assurance that the Senior Subordinated Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade Ratings.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

    (I)
    declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings', or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

              (a)   dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

              (b)   dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted

246



      Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

            (II)  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

            (III)   make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

              (a)   Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; or

              (b)   the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

            (IV)   make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as " Restricted Payments "), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

            (1)   no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

            (2)   immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" (the " Fixed Charge Coverage Test "); and

            (3)   such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

              (a)   50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of Holdings' recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

              (b)   100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second

247



      paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") from the issue or sale of:

                (i)    (A) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

                  (x)   Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings' Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and

                  (y)   Designated Preferred Stock; and
          (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or

                (ii)   debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings;

      provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

              (c)   100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions); plus

              (d)   100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

                (i)    the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

                (ii)   the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

              (e)   in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $50.0 million, shall

248


      be set forth in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor), at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

        The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

            (1)   the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;

            (2)   (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (" Treasury Capital Stock ") or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (" Refunding Capital Stock ") and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

            (3)   the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" so long as:

              (a)   the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

              (b)   such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

              (c)   such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

              (d)   such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

            (4)   a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments

249


    made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

              (a)   the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus

              (b)   the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

              (c)   the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings from members of management of Holdings, any of Holdings' direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings' Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;

            (5)   the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of "Fixed Charges";

            (6)   (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Issue Date;

              (b)   the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

              (c)   the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph;

    provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such

250


    issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

            (7)   Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

            (8)   repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

            (9)   the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings' common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity's common stock), following the first public offering of Holdings' common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings' common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

            (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

            (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;

            (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

            (13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by the covenant described under "—Transactions with Affiliates";

            (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under the captions "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control" and "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales"; provided that all Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;

            (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,

              (a)   franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

              (b)   federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its

251



      Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

              (c)   customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

              (d)   general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

              (e)   fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of Holdings related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

            (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

        As of the Issue Date, all of Holdings' Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries. Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary." For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of "Investment." Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of "Permitted Investments," and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, " incur " and collectively, an " incurrence ") with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries' most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or

252



Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma application to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $100.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

        The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

            (1)   the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers' acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers' acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $3,100 million outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;

            (2)   the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Senior Subordinated Notes) and (b) the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof);

            (3)   Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));

            (4)   Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;

            (5)   Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers' compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers' compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;

            (6)   Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that

              (a)   such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

              (b)   the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

253



            (7)   Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

            (8)   Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;

            (9)   shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;

            (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock," exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

            (11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

            (12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $300.0 million; provided, however that no more than $100.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first

254



    date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));

            (13) the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the " Refinancing Indebtedness ") prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

              (a)   has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

              (b)   to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

              (c)   shall not include:

                (i)    Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings;

                (ii)   Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

                (iii)  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Indebtedness;

            (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor or merged into the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either

              (a)   Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

              (b)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

            (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of

255


    business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;

            (16) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

            (17) (a) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or

              (b)   any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under "—Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries";

            (18) Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

            (19) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the caption "—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

            (1)   in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (19) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the preceding paragraph; and

            (2)   at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above.

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.

        For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

256


        The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Liens

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

            (1)   in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Senior Subordinated Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or

            (2)   in all other cases, the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (a) Liens securing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees and (b) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

        Neither Holdings nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

            (1)   Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings or the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the " Successor Company ");

            (2)   the Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, under the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

            (3)   immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

            (4)   immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,

              (a)   the Successor Company or Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test or

              (b)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

            (5)   each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the third succeeding paragraph shall apply, shall have by supplemental

257


    indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person's obligations under the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and

            (6)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture.

        The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees and the Senior Subordinated Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

            (1)   any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or the Issuer, and

            (2)   Holdings or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

            (1)   (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the " Successor Person ");

              (b)   the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor's related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

              (c)   immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

              (d)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

            (2)   the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales."

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor's Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

Transactions with Affiliates

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement,

258



understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each of the foregoing, an " Affiliate Transaction ") involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

            (1)   such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis; and

            (2)   the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer's Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

        The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

            (1)   transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the covenant "—Limitation on Restricted Payments" and the definition of "Permitted Investments";

            (3)   the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date;

            (4)   the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (5)   transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm's-length basis;

            (6)   any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

            (7)   the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;

259



            (8)   the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as disclosed in the offering memorandum dated August 11, 2006 relating to the offering of the outstanding notes;

            (9)   transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

            (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;

            (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

            (12) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith;

            (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith; and

            (14) investments by the Investors in securities of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

        Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

            (1)   (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

              (b)   pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

            (3)   sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

              (a)   contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the Senior Notes and the related indenture;

              (b)   the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes;

260



              (c)   purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the property so acquired;

              (d)   applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

              (e)   any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;

              (f)    contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

              (g)   Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Liens" that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

              (h)   restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

              (i)    other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

              (j)    customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;

              (k)   customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

              (l)    any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and

              (m)  restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

        Holdings will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital

261



markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

            (1)   such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:

              (a)   if the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary's guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

              (b)   if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Subordinated Notes;

            (2)   such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and

            (3)   such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:

              (a)   such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

              (b)   such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

provided that this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

Limitation on Layering

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

            (1)   equal in right of payment with the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be; or

            (2)   expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Guarantor's Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be.

        The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

262


Reports and Other Information

        Notwithstanding that Holdings may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Indenture will require Holdings to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

            (1)   within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;

            (2)   within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;

            (3)   promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and

            (4)   any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that Holdings shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event Holdings will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Senior Subordinated Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time Holdings would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, Holdings will agree that, for so long as any Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

        In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings becomes a guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Indenture will permit Holdings to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to Holdings by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after the Issuer would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the offering memorandum dated August 11, 2006 relating the offering of the outstanding notes.

263



Events of Default and Remedies

        The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:

            (1)   default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Senior Subordinated Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

            (2)   default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture);

            (3)   failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less 25% in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes;

            (4)   default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, if both:

              (a)   such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

              (b)   the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

            (5)   failure by Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

            (6)   certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary; or

            (7)   the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.

If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred

264


under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

            (1)   acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

            (2)   five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuer and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

        Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Indenture will provide that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

        The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Senior Subordinated Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Senior Subordinated Note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

            (1)   the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or

            (2)   holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

            (3)   the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

        Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Senior Subordinated Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes unless:

            (1)   such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

            (2)   Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            (3)   Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

            (4)   the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

            (5)   Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

265



        Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Senior Subordinated Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

        No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Senior Subordinated Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and have the Issuer and each Guarantor's obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee (" Legal Defeasance ") and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

            (1)   the rights of Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to the Indenture;

            (2)   the Issuer's obligations with respect to Senior Subordinated Notes concerning issuing temporary Senior Subordinated Notes, registration of such Senior Subordinated Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Subordinated Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

            (3)   the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer's obligations in connection therewith; and

            (4)   the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

        In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (" Covenant Defeasance ") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under "Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

266


        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes:

            (1)   the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Senior Subordinated Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Senior Subordinated Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Senior Subordinated Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

            (2)   in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

              (a)   the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

              (b)   since the issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

    in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

            (3)   in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

            (4)   no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

            (5)   such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes or the indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

            (6)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

            (7)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

267


            (8)   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Senior Subordinated Notes, when either:

            (1)   all Senior Subordinated Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Subordinated Notes which have been replaced or paid and Senior Subordinated Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

            (2)   (a) all Senior Subordinated Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Subordinated Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

              (b)   no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes (or the indenture governing the Senior Notes) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness);

              (c)   the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and

              (d)   the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

        In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

        Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee and the Senior Subordinated Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Senior

268



Subordinated Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes, other than Senior Subordinated Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Senior Subordinated Notes); provided, however , that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes or the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes, only the consent of holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes or Euro Senior Subordinated Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Senior Subordinated Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.

        The Indenture will provide that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Senior Subordinated Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

            (1)   reduce the principal amount of such Senior Subordinated Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

            (2)   reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Senior Subordinated Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Senior Subordinated Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described above under the caption "Repurchase at the Option of Holders");

            (3)   reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Senior Subordinated Note;

            (4)   waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Senior Subordinated Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

            (5)   make any Senior Subordinated Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

            (6)   make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes;

            (7)   make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;

            (8)   impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder's Senior Subordinated Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Senior Subordinated Notes;

            (9)   make any change in the subordination provisions thereof that would adversely affect the Holders; or

            (10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and any Guarantee or Senior Subordinated Notes without the consent of any Holder;

            (1)   to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

269


            (2)   to provide for uncertificated Senior Subordinated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Subordinated Notes;

            (3)   to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of assets;

            (4)   to provide the assumption of the Issuer's or any Guarantor's obligations to the Holders;

            (5)   to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;

            (6)   to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

            (7)   to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

            (8)   to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;

            (9)   to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;

            (10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture;

            (11) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Senior Subordinated Notes to any provision of this "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes" to the extent that such provision in this "Description of Senior Subordinated Notes" was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Senior Subordinated Notes; or

            (12) making any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Senior Subordinated Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Senior Subordinated Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Senior Subordinated Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Senior Subordinated Notes.

        The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

        Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

        The Indenture will contain certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

        The Indenture will provide that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any

270



proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture will provide that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Senior Subordinated Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Governing Law

        The Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes and any Guarantee will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

        Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term "consolidated" with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

        " Acquired Indebtedness " means, with respect to any specified Person,

            (1)   Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

            (2)   Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

        " Acquisition " means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

        " Additional Interest " means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

        " Affiliate " of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

        " Applicable Premium " means, with respect to any Senior Subordinated Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

            (1)   1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Subordinated Note; and

            (2)   the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Senior Subordinated Note at September 1, 2011 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under the caption "—Optional Redemption"), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Senior Subordinated Note through September 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate, in the case of the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, and the Bund Rate, in the case of the Euro Senior Subordinated Notes, as of such Redemption Date, in each case plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Dollar Senior Subordinated Note or Euro Senior Subordinated Note, as applicable.

271



        " Asset Sale " means:

            (1)   the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a "disposition"); or

            (2)   the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant under described under "—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

      in each case, other than:

              (a)   any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

              (b)   the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under "—Certain Covenants—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets" or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;

              (c)   the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments";

              (d)   any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;

              (e)   any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

              (f)    to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

              (g)   the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

              (h)   any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

              (i)    foreclosures on assets;

              (j)    sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and

              (k)   any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture.

        " Bund Rate " means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming

272


a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such redemption date, where:

            (1)   " Comparable German Bund Issue " means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2011 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Senior Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to September 1, 2011; provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2011 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2011 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

            (2)   " Comparable German Bund Price " means, with respect to any redemption date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

            (3)   " Reference German Bund Dealer " means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

            (4)   " Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations " means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any redemption date, the average as determined by the Issuer in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date.

        " Business Day " means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

        " Capital Stock " means:

            (1)   in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

            (2)   in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

            (3)   in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

            (4)   any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

        " Capitalized Lease Obligation " means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

        " Capitalized Software Expenditures " shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements

273



that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

        " Cash Equivalents " means:

            (1)   United States dollars;

            (2)   (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

              (b)   in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

            (3)   securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

            (4)   certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

            (5)   repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

            (6)   commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody's or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

            (7)   marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody's or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody's nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

            (8)   investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

            (9)   readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody's or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

            (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of "A" or higher from S&P or "A2" or higher from Moody's with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

            (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody's.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

274


        " Change of Control " means the occurrence of any of the following:

            (1)   the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

            (2)   Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

        " Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense " means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

        " Consolidated Interest Expense " means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

            (1)   consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) any Additional Interest and any "additional interest" with respect to the Senior Notes, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) and (z) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities; plus

            (2)   consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

            (3)   interest income for such period.

        For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

        " Consolidated Net Income " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

275



            (1)   any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior to June 30, 2007), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

            (2)   the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

            (3)   any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (including the Travel 2 Travel 4 operations being disposed) shall be excluded,

            (4)   any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded,

            (5)   the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

            (6)   solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments," the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

            (7)   effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person's consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, (other than the impact of unfavorable contract liabilities and commission agreements under purchase accounting) shall be excluded,

            (8)   any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

            (9)   any impairment charge or asset write-off, including without limitation impairment charges or asset write offs related to intangible assets, long lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

            (10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

276


            (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges including bonuses paid in connection with the GTA acquisition and any adjustments to liabilities due to the former owners of Orbitz under the tax sharing arrangement or integration and non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

            (12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded, and

            (13) the following items shall be excluded:

              (a)   any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

              (b)   any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" only (other than clause (3)(d) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) thereof.

        " Contingent Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (" primary obligations ") of any other Person (the " primary obligor ") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

            (1)   to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

            (2)   to advance or supply funds

              (a)   for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

              (b)   to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

            (3)   to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

        " Credit Facilities " means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any

277


amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock") or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

        " Default " means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

        " Designated Non-cash Consideration " means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer's Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

        " Designated Preferred Stock " means Preferred Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer's Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        " Designated Senior Indebtedness " means:

            (1)   any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities; and

            (2)   any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, the principal amount of which is $50.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer as "Designated Senior Indebtedness."

        " Disqualified Stock " means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Senior Subordinated Notes or the date the Senior Subordinated Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

        " EBITDA " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

            (1)   increased (without duplication) by:

              (a)   provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign

278


      withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (b)   Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of "Consolidated Interest Expense" pursuant to clauses (1)(w), (x) and (y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (c)   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (d)   any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (e)   the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, the separation from Avis Budget and the business to consumer platform; plus

              (f)    any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs and the amortization of up front bonuses in connection with the supplier services business, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

              (g)   the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

              (h)   the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates"; plus

              (i)    the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken no later than 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $85.8 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma cost savings adjustments made pursuant to the definition of "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio"); plus

279



              (j)    the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

              (k)   any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments"; and

            (2)   decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) for the year ended December 31, 2005 an aggregate of (i) $12.5 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts; (ii) $11.1 million applicable to changes in estimates in breakage revenues relating to vendor liabilities and (iii) $2.7 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to Orbitz's affinity credit card liability, in each case recorded on a quarterly basis.

        " EMU " means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

        " Equity Interests " means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

        " Equity Offering " means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

            (1)   public offerings with respect to Holdings' or any direct or indirect parent company's common stock registered on Form S-8;

            (2)   issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and

            (3)   any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

        " euro " means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

        " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        " Excluded Contribution " means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from

            (1)   contributions to its common equity capital, and

            (2)   the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer's certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

        " fair market value " means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to

280



or exceeds $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

        " Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the " Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date "), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

        " Fixed Charges " means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

            (1)   Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

            (2)   all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

281



            (3)   all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

        " Foreign Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

        " GAAP " means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Government Securities " means securities that are:

            (1)   direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

            (2)   obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

        " guarantee " means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

        " Guarantee " means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer's Obligations under the Indenture.

        " Guarantor " means Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

        " Hedging Obligations " means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

        " Holder " means the Person in whose name a Senior Subordinated Note is registered on the registrar's books.

        " Indebtedness " means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

            (1)   any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

              (a)   in respect of borrowed money;

              (b)   evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers' acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

282



              (c)   representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

              (d)   representing any Hedging Obligations,

    if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

            (2)   to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

            (3)   to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

        " Independent Financial Advisor " means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

        " Initial Purchasers " means Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and UBS Securities LLC.

        " Investment Grade Rating " means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody's and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

        " Investment Grade Securities " means:

            (1)   securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

            (2)   debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

            (3)   investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

            (4)   corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

        " Investments " means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this

283


definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments":

            (1)   "Investments" shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings' equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

              (a)   Holdings "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

              (b)   the portion (proportionate to Holdings equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

            (2)   any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

        " Investors " means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

        " Issue Date " means August 23, 2006.

        " Issuer " has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under "General."

        " Legal Holiday " means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

        " Lien " means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

        " Moody's " means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

        " Net Income " means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

        " Net Proceeds " means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales") to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

284


        " Obligations " means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker's acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        " Officer " means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

        " Officer's Certificate " means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

        " Opinion of Counsel " means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

        " Permitted Asset Swap " means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales".

        " Permitted Holders " means each of the Investors and members of management of Holdings (or its direct parent) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

        " Permitted Investments " means:

            (1)   any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (2)   any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

            (3)   any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

              (a)   such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

              (b)   such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary,

    and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

            (4)   any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Asset Sales" or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

            (5)   any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

285



            (6)   any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

              (a)   in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

              (b)   as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

            (7)   Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (8)   any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

            (9)   Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Restricted Payments";

            (10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Transactions with Affiliates" (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);

            (12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

            (13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

            (14) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

            (15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

            (16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person's purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

286



        " Permitted Junior Securities " means:

            (1)   Equity Interests in Holdings, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; or

            (2)   unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture;

provided that the term "Permitted Junior Securities" shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is treated as part of the same class as the Senior Subordinated Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

        " Permitted Liens " means, with respect to any Person:

            (1)   pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

            (2)   Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

            (3)   Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

            (4)   Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

            (5)   minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

            (6)   Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of the second paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (7)   Liens existing on the Issue Date;

287



            (8)   Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (9)   Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock";

            (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

            (12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person's obligations in respect of bankers' acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

            (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

            (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

            (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

            (16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings' clients;

            (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

            (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

            (19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

            (20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding;

            (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under the caption "Events of Default and Remedies" so long as such Liens are

288



    adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

            (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

            (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

            (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock"; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

            (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

            (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

        For purposes of this definition, the term "Indebtedness" shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

        " Person " means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        " Preferred Stock " means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

        " Qualified Proceeds " means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

        " Rating Agencies " means Moody's and S&P or if Moody's or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Senior Subordinated Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody's or S&P or both, as the case may be.

        " Receivables Facility " means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

289



        " Receivables Fees " means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

        " Receivables Subsidiary " means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

        " Registration Rights Agreement " means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

        " Related Business Assets " means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

        " Representative " means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer.

        " Restricted Investment " means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

        " Restricted Subsidiary " means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of "Restricted Subsidiary."

        " S&P " means Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

        " Sale and Lease-Back Transaction " means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

        " SEC " means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

        " Secured Indebtedness " means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

        " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

        " Senior Credit Facilities " means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, Foreign Holdco, Holdings, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" above).

290



        " Senior Indebtedness " means:

            (1)   all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

            (2)   all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

            (3)   any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

            (4)   all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

         provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

              (a)   any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

              (b)   any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

              (c)   any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

              (d)   any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

              (e)   that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture; provided , however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of the Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness of their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated the Indenture and (b) shall have receive a certificate from an officer of the Issuer to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of the Indenture.

        " Senior Notes " means the $150 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer's senior dollar floating rate notes due 2014 issued on the Issue Date, €235 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer's senior euro floating rate notes due 2014 issued on the Issue Date and $450 million aggregate principal amount of the Issuer's 9 7 / 8 % senior dollar fixed rate notes due 2014 issued on the Issue Date.

        " Senior Subordinated Indebtedness " means:

            (1)   with respect to the Issuer, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes issued by the Issuer; and

            (2)   with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of Senior Subordinated Notes.

291



        " Significant Subsidiary " means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Similar Business " means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

        " Sponsor Management Agreement " means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with Sponsor and the Issuer.

        " Subordinated Indebtedness " means, with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes,

            (1)   any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes, and

            (2)   any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

        " Subsidiary " means, with respect to any Person:

            (1)   any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

            (2)   any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

              (x)   more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

              (y)   such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

        " Total Assets " means the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

        " Transaction " means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

        " Transaction Agreement " means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport LLC and TDS Investor LLC, as the same was amended prior to the Issue Date.

        " Treasury Rate " means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2011; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

292



        " Trust Indenture Act " means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-
777bbbb).

        " Unrestricted Subsidiary " means:

            (1)   any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and

            (2)   any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

        Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

            (1)   any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings;

            (2)   such designation complies with the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments"; and

            (3)   each of:

              (a)   the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

              (b)   its Subsidiaries

    has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

        Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

            (1)   Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

            (2)   the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

        in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

        Any such designation by Holdings shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Holdings or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer's Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

        " Voting Stock " of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

        " Weighted Average Life to Maturity " means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

            (1)   the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

            (2)   the sum of all such payments.

        " Wholly-Owned Subsidiary " of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

293



REGISTRATION RIGHTS

        The Issuer, the guarantors of the notes and the initial purchasers have entered into a registration rights agreement with respect to each series of notes on August 23, 2006. In the registration rights agreements, each of the Issuer and the guarantors agreed that they would, at their expense, for the benefit of the holders of each series of notes, (i) file one or more registration statements on an appropriate registration form (each, an "exchange offer registration statement") with respect to a registered offer (each, an "exchange offer") to exchange each series of notes for new notes guaranteed by the guarantors, in the case of the senior notes, on a senior basis or, in the case of the senior subordinated notes, on a senior subordinated basis, with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the senior notes or the senior subordinated notes, as the case may be (the notes so exchanged, the "exchange notes") (except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions), and (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to cause each exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. Upon an exchange offer registration statement being declared effective, we will offer the applicable exchange notes (and the related guarantees) in exchange for surrender of the applicable series of notes. We will keep each exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the applicable exchange offer is mailed to the holders. For each of the notes surrendered to us pursuant to an exchange offer, the holder who surrendered such note will receive a related exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered note. Interest on each exchange note will accrue (A) from the later of (i) the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the note surrendered in exchange therefor or (ii) if the note is surrendered for exchange on a date in a period that includes the record date for an interest payment date to occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date or (B) if no interest has been paid on such note, from the original issue date of the notes.

        Under existing interpretations of the SEC contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be freely transferable by holders thereof (other than our affiliates) after the applicable exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act; provided, however, that each holder that wishes to exchange its notes for exchange notes will be required to represent (i) that any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) that, at the time of the commencement of the applicable exchange offer, it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of Securities Act) of the applicable exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act, (iii) that it is not an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under Securities Act) of ours, (iv) if such holder is not a broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of applicable exchange notes and (v) if such holder is a broker-dealer (a "participating broker-dealer") that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. We will agree to make available, during the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act for use by participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with any resale of exchange notes.

        If (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, we are not permitted to effect an exchange offer, (ii) an exchange offer is not consummated within 360 days of the original issue date of the notes, (iii) in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered exchange notes so request, or (iv) in the case of any holder that participates in an exchange offer, such holder does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such holder as an affiliate of ours within the meaning of the Securities Act), then, in each case, we will

294



(x) promptly deliver to the holders and the applicable trustee written notice thereof and (y) at our sole expense, (a) promptly file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the applicable series of notes and (b) use our reasonable best efforts to keep effective such shelf registration statement until the earliest of (i) two years after the original issue date of the notes, (ii) such time as all of the applicable notes have been sold thereunder or (iii) the date upon which all notes covered by such shelf registration statement become eligible for resale, without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144 (the "shelf registration period"). We will, in the event that a shelf registration statement is filed, provide to each holder whose notes are registered under such shelf registration statement copies of the prospectus that is a part of such shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when such shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the applicable series of notes. A holder that sells notes pursuant to a shelf registration statement will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the applicable registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification rights and obligations). If (A) we have not exchanged exchange notes for all notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer on or prior to the 360th day after the original issue date of the notes or (B) if applicable, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the applicable series of notes has been declared effective and such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective at any time during the shelf registration period (subject to certain exceptions), then additional interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the applicable series of notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period that such additional interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such additional interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) commencing on (x) the 361st day after the original issue date of the notes, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective, in the case of (B) above; provided, however, that upon the exchange of exchange notes for all notes tendered (in the case of clause (A) above), or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (B) above), additional interest on such notes as a result of such clause (or the relevant sub-clause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.

        Any amounts of additional interest due will be payable in cash on the same original interest payment dates as interest on the notes is payable.

        The exchange notes will be accepted for clearance through DTC.

        This summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreements does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreements, copies of which will be available from us upon request.

295



BOOK-ENTRY, SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

The global notes

        The exchange notes issued in exchange for outstanding notes will be represented by global notes in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons (collectively, the "global notes").

        Upon issuance, the global notes will be deposited with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

        Ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC ("DTC participants") or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

    upon deposit of each global note with DTC's custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the initial purchasers; and

    ownership of beneficial interests in each global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).

        Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-entry procedures for the global notes

        All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the initial purchasers are responsible for those operations or procedures.

        DTC has advised us that it is:

    a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

    a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

    a member of the Federal Reserve System;

    a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

    a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

        DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC's participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC's system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

296


        So long as DTC's nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indentures. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

    will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

    will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

    will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indentures for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the Trustee under the indentures.

        As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

        Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the Trustee to DTC's nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

        Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

        Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC's procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.

        Cross-market transfers between DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a global note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

        Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

        DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC,

297



Euroclear or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated notes

        Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

    DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

    DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;

    we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or

    certain other events provided in the indentures should occur.

298



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, no gain or loss will be recognized by a holder upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor, and the basis of the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the exchange.

         In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

299



CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        The notes may be purchased and held by an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or by an individual retirement account or other plan subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"). A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA must, however, determine that the purchase and holding of a note is consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA. The fiduciary of an ERISA plan, as well as any other prospective investor subject to Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law, must also determine that the purchase and holding of notes does not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law. Each purchaser and transferee of a note who is subject to Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law ("Plan Investor") will be deemed to have represented to us, by its acquisition and holding of the note, that its acquisition and holding of the notes does not constitute or give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law. The sale of any notes to any Plan Investor is in no respect a representation by us or any of our affiliates or representatives that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plan Investors generally or any particular Plan Investor, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plan Investors generally or any particular Plan Investor.

300



PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days, we will use our reasonable best efforts to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and each amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the holders of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the exchange notes and related guarantees offered hereby will be passed upon by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of the funds controlled by The Blackstone Group.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Travelport Limited as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from July 13, 2006 (date of formation) through December 31, 2006 and of the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. (formerly Cendant Corporation) as of December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein (which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the basis of presentation, as discussed in note 1, and transactions with related

301



parties as discussed in note 22), and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of Worldspan Technologies Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the exchange notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and, where such contract or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement is qualified by the provisions in such exhibit to which reference is hereby made. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the exchange notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, historical information about Travelport LLC and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC's home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

302



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2

Statements of Operations

 

F-3

Balance Sheets

 

F-4

Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-5

Statements of Changes in Equity

 

F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-7


WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Auditors   F-64

Balance Sheets

 

F-65

Statements of Operations

 

F-66

Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 

F-67

Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-68

Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-69

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.

To the Board of Directors of
Travelport Limited

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Travelport Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for the period from July 13, 2006 (date of formation) through December 31, 2006. We have also audited the combined balance sheet of the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. (formerly Cendant Corporation) (the "Predecessor") as of December 31, 2005, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the Standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company was formed on July 13, 2006 and the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. have been consolidated with the Company since the date of acquisition on August 23, 2006. The financial statements for periods prior to August 23, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. on a predecessor basis.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Travelport Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period July 13, 2006 (date of formation) through December 31, 2006, and such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period January 1, 2006 through August 23, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey
March 20, 2007

F-2



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions)

 
  Company
(Consolidated)

  Predecessor
(Combined)

 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation
Date) through
December 31,
2006

   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Net revenue   $ 839   $ 1,711   $ 2,411   $ 1,758  
   
 
 
 
 
Costs and expenses                          
Cost of revenue     378     717     1,006     851  
Selling, general and administrative     347     654     851     438  
Separation and restructuring charges     16     92     22      
Depreciation and amortization     78     125     204     124  
Other income         (7 )   (4 )    
Impairment of long-lived assets     14     2,376     422      
   
 
 
 
 
Total operating expense     833     3,957     2,501     1,413  
   
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     6     (2,246 )   (90 )   345  
Interest expense, net     (151 )   (39 )   (27 )   (6 )
Other expenses     (1 )   (1 )   (1 )    
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (146 )   (2,286 )   (118 )   339  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     4     (115 )   (75 )   85  
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax     (150 )   (2,171 )   (43 )   254  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax     (2 )   (6 )   (6 )   (1 )
Gain (loss) from disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax     8     (6 )        
   
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (144 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (49 ) $ 253  
   
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-3



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions)

 
   
  Predecessor
(Combined)

 
 
  Company
(Consolidated)

 
 
  December 31, 2005
 
 
  December 31, 2006
 
Assets              
Current Assets:              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 97   $ 88  
  Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $27 and $22)     454     408  
  Due from AvisBudget         874  
  Deferred income taxes     6     44  
  Other current assets     155     104  
  Assets of discontinued operations         37  
   
 
 
Total current assets     712     1,555  

Property and equipment, net

 

 

516

 

 

500

 
Goodwill     2,165     4,043  
Trademarks and tradenames     707     491  
Other intangible assets, net     1,634     668  
Deferred income taxes     12     684  
Other non-current assets     384     81  
   
 
 
Total assets   $ 6,130   $ 8,022  
   
 
 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities:              
  Accounts payable   $ 308   $ 218  
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     821     692  
  Current portion of long-term debt     24     5  
  Deferred income taxes     13     3  
  Liabilities of discontinued operations         42  
   
 
 
Total current liabilities     1,166     960  

Long-term debt

 

 

3,623

 

 

352

 
Deferred income taxes     247     194  
Tax sharing liability     125     133  
Other non-current liabilities     194     193  
   
 
 
Total liabilities     5,355     1,832  
   
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (note 16)              

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stock $1.00 par value; 12,000 shares authorized, 12,000 shares issued and outstanding          
Additional paid in capital     908      
Accumulated deficit     (144 )    
AvisBudget net investment         6,283  
Accumulated other comprehensive     11     (93 )
   
 
 
Total equity     775     6,190  
   
 
 
Total liabilities and equity   $ 6,130   $ 8,022  
   
 
 

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-4



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

 
   
  Predecessor
(Combined)

 
 
  Company
(Consolidated)

 
 
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Operating Activities of continuing operations                          
Net income (loss)   $ (144 ) $ (2,183 ) $ (49 ) $ 253  
Loss (income) from discontinued operations     (6 )   12     6     1  
   
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations     (150 )   (2,171 )   (43 )   254  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                          
  Depreciation and amortization     78     125     204     124  
  Impairment of long-lived assets     14     2,376     422      
  Deferred income taxes     (5 )   (111 )   (55 )   78  
  Provision for bad debts     2     9     (10 )   16  
  Gain on sale of property         (9 )   (1 )    
  Amortization of debt issuance costs     17              
  Unrealized losses on derivative instruments     11              
  Non-cash charges related to tax sharing liability     5     14     16      
  Non-cash Travelport equity grants     6              
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and disposals                          
  Accounts receivable     95     (88 )   (20 )   (4 )
  Other current assets     45     8     1     (9 )
  Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities     (108 )   150     16     (4 )
Other     2     (30 )   22     (74 )
   
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations     12     273     552     381  
   
 
 
 
 
Investing activities of continuing operations                          
Property and equipment additions     (67 )   (102 )   (152 )   (103 )
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired     (4,110 )   (20 )   (1,503 )   (1,163 )
Loan to Worldspan     (125 )            
Net intercompany funding with AvisBudget           199     (482 )   (384 )
Proceeds from asset sales         10     10     71  
Other     (9 )   (5 )   4     4  
   
 
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities of continuing operations     (4,311 )   82     (2,123 )   (1,575 )
   
 
 
 
 
Financing activities of continuing operations                          
Proceeds from borrowings     3,603     1,900     350      
Principal payments on borrowings     (1,789 )   (467 )   (50 )   (14 )
Repayment from (advance to) AvisBudget     1,783     (1,783 )        
Capital contribution from AvisBudget             1,703     1,227  
Issuance of common stock     902              
Dividends paid             (350 )    
Payment for settlement of tax sharing liability         (32 )        
Debt issuance costs     (105 )            
   
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations     4,394     (382 )   1,653     1,213  
   
 
 
 
 
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents     2     8     (36 )    
   
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations     97     (19 )   46     19  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                          
  Operating activities     1     (10 )   (5 )   1  
  Investing activities     (1 )   5     5     (11 )
  Financing activities                  
  Effects of exchange rate changes             (2 )    
   
 
 
 
 
          (5 )   (2 )   (10 )
   
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period         93     49     40  
   
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period     97     69     93     49  
Less cash of discontinued operations             (5 )   (7 )
   
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations   $ 97   $ 69   $ 88   $ 42  
   
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                          
Income tax payments, net   $ 14   $ 19   $ 18   $ 35  
Interest payments   $ 88   $ 25   $ 10   $ 6  
Non-cash forgiveness of debt   $   $ 916   $   $  

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-5



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(in millions)

 
  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid In
Capital

  Accumulated
Deficit

  AvisBudget's
Net
Investment

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

  Total
Equity

 
Predecessor                                      
  Balance as of January 1, 2004   $   $   $   $ 3,499   $ 31   $ 3,530  
  Comprehensive income:                                      
  Net income                 253            
  Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $4                     13        
  Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $(2)                     (1 )      
  Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $(2)                     (6 )      
  Total comprehensive income                                   259  
  Capital contribution from AvisBudget                 1,227         1,227  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance as of December 31, 2004                 4,979     37     5,016  
  Comprehensive loss:                                      
  Net loss                 (49 )          
  Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $(49)                     (124 )      
  Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax                     2        
  Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of tax of $(4)                     (8 )      
  Total comprehensive loss                                   (179 )
  Capital contribution from AvisBudget                 1,703         1,703  
  Dividends paid to AvisBudget                 (350 )       (350 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance as of December 31, 2005                 6,283     (93 )   6,190  
  Comprehensive loss:                                      
  Net loss                 (2,183 )          
  Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $46                     135        
  Unrealized losses on available for sale securities, net of tax                     6        
  Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges                     (1 )      
  Total comprehensive loss                                   (2,043 )
  Non-cash contribution of assets from AvisBudget                 45         45  
  Non-cash forgiveness of intercompany debt with AvisBudget                 (916 )       (916 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance as of August 22, 2006   $   $   $   $ 3,229   $ 47   $ 3,276  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company                                      
  Issuance of common stock   $   $ 902   $   $   $   $ 902  
  Equity-based compensation         6                 6  
  Comprehensive loss:                                      
  Net loss             (144 )              
  Currency translation adjustment, net of tax of $1                     20        
  Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(6)                     (9 )      
  Total comprehensive loss                                   (133 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance as of December 31, 2006   $   $ 908   $ (144 ) $   $ 11   $ 775  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-6



TRAVELPORT LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions)

1.    Basis of Presentation

        Travelport Limited (hereafter "Travelport" or "the Company"), formerly TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., is a Bermuda corporation formed on July 13, 2006 for the purpose of the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. ("AvisBudget," formerly Cendant Corporation). Travelport is one of the world's largest travel conglomerates. It operates 20 leading brands including Galileo, a global distribution system (GDS); Orbitz, an on-line travel agent; and Gulliver's Travel Associates, a wholesaler of travel content. The Company has approximately 8,000 employees and operates in 130 countries. Travelport is a private company owned by affiliates of The Blackstone Group ("Blackstone") of New York and Technology Crossover Ventures ("TCV") of Palo Alto, California.

        On August 23, 2006, Travelport completed the acquisition of the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget for a total purchase price of approximately $4.1 billion, which was funded with $900 million of equity contributions from the owners as well as debt proceeds from the issuance of $2,200 million in term loans under a new senior secured credit facility, the issuance of $899 million of senior notes and the issuance of $504 million of senior subordinated notes (the "Acquisition"). Prior to the Acquisition, the Company's operations were limited to the formation of the Company and entering into derivative transactions related to the debt that was subsequently issued. Such financing activities resulted in a net loss of $11 million prior to the Acquisition. As a result, the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget are considered a predecessor company (the "Predecessor") to Travelport. The financial statements as of December 31, 2006 and for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for Travelport on a successor basis, reflecting the impact of the preliminary purchase price allocation. The financial statements for periods prior to August 23, 2006 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget on a predecessor basis, reflecting the historical carrying values of the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget.

        The Travelport businesses of AvisBudget represent a combined reporting entity comprised of the assets and liabilities used in managing and operating the travel distribution services businesses of AvisBudget, which are considered a Predecessor to the Company. The Travelport businesses of AvisBudget include Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc., its subsidiaries, certain technologies contained in WizCom International, Inc., a subsidiary of AvisBudget and the entities in which Travelport directly or indirectly has a controlling financial interest.

        The Predecessor's combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows may not be indicative of the Company's future performance and do not necessarily reflect what its combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented, including changes in its operations and capitalization as a result of the separation from AvisBudget.

        Certain corporate and general and administrative expenses, including those related to executive management, information technology, tax, insurance, accounting, legal and treasury services and certain employee benefits have been allocated by AvisBudget to the Predecessor based on forecasted revenue. Management believes such allocations are reasonable. However, the associated expenses recorded by the Predecessor in the accompanying Combined Statements of Operations may not be indicative of the actual expenses that would have been incurred had the Predecessor been operating as a separate, standalone entity. Following the Acquisition, the Company performs these functions using internal resources or purchased services, although certain of these services are provided by AvisBudget during a

F-7



transitional period pursuant to a transition services agreement. Refer to Note 22—Related Party Transactions for a detailed description of the transactions with AvisBudget.

Business Description

        The Company operated in the following business segments through December 31, 2006:

Business to Business —The B2B businesses primarily focus on electronic travel distribution services of Galileo that connect travel suppliers to travel agencies, who in turn distribute travel and travel-related products and services to their customers. In addition, the B2B businesses provide wholesale accommodation and destination services of Gullivers Travelers Associates ("GTA"), as well as offer transaction processing solutions for travel suppliers and other travel industry customers.

Business to Consumer —The B2C businesses focus on offering travel products and services directly to consumers, largely through online travel agencies Orbitz, CheapTickets and ebookers which offer a full range of travel products and services easily and efficiently.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation Policy

        The Company's consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Travelport, Travelport's wholly-owned subsidiaries, and entities for which Travelport controls a majority of the entity's outstanding common stock. The Company eliminated significant intercompany transactions and accounts in its consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company provides global distribution and computer reservation services, offers retail consumer and corporate travel agency services through its online travel agencies and provides travel marketing information to airline, car rental and hotel clients as described below.

Distribution Revenue

        The Company provides travel agencies, Internet sites and other subscribers with the ability to access schedule and fare information, book reservations and print tickets for air travel. The Company also provides subscribers with information and booking capability covering car rentals and hotel reservations at properties throughout the world. Such distribution services are provided through the use of a computerized reservation system, the Galileo Global Distribution System (the "Galileo GDS"). As compensation for services provided, fees are collected, on a per segment basis, from airline, car rental, hotel and other travel-related suppliers for reservations booked through the Galileo GDS. Revenue for air travel reservations is recognized at the time of the booking of the reservation, net of estimated cancellations. Cancellations are estimated based on the historical level of cancellations, which have not been significant. Revenue for car and hotel reservations is recognized upon fulfillment of the reservation. The timing of the recognition of car and hotel reservation revenue reflects the difference in the contractual rights related to such services as compared to the airline reservation services.

F-8



        The Company provides the components of packaged vacations to travel agencies, primarily through GTA, which the travel agencies sell to individual travelers or groups of travelers. Services include reservation services provided by GTA for hotel, ground transportation and other travel related services, exclusive of airline reservations. The components of the packaged vacations are based on the specifications requested by the travel agencies. The revenue generated from the sale of packaged vacation components is recognized upon departure of the individual traveler or the group of travelers, as the Company has performed all services for the travel agency at that time and the travel agency is the tour operator and provider of the packaged vacation.

        The Company provides travel agency services to corporations as well as technology solutions to airlines. Such revenues are recognized as the services are performed.

Consumer Revenue

        The Company provides airline, car rental, hotel and other travel reservation and fulfillment services to its customers through its network of travel brands, including its online brands Orbitz, CheapTickets and ebookers. These products and services are offered on a stand-alone and packaged basis, primarily through the agency and merchant business models. Revenue recognition for the components of a package is based upon the nature of each separate component, as disclosed below.

        Under the agency model, the Company passes reservations booked by its consumers to the travel provider. The Company receives commissions or fees from the travel provider and/or traveler, and may also receive fees from companies operating computer systems through which the reservations are booked.

        Under the merchant model, the Company negotiates with suppliers for access to travel content at negotiated net rates. The Company facilitates the booking of those travel products and services by consumers, either on a stand-alone basis or as part of a packaged combination of products, at a price that includes an amount sufficient to pay the travel supplier the net rate along with an estimate of the amount of any occupancy and other local taxes, plus an additional amount the Company charges for service fees. Consumers pay for merchant transactions prior to departing on their trip, generally when the reservation is booked, and such amounts are included in accrued travel supplier payments and deferred revenue until the reservation is utilized. The Company generally does not have purchase obligations for any unsold inventory. The Company records revenue on a net basis, based upon the amount collected from consumers net of all amounts paid to suppliers. The Company accrues for the estimated amount of the supplier invoice, at the time revenue is recognized. In certain cases, the actual amount owed differs from the estimated amount, and the difference is recognized as revenue.

Air Revenue

        Agency air revenue is derived from supplier transaction fees, consumer service fees, reservation system booking incentives, and transaction fees and is generally recorded when the reservation is made and secured with a credit card, net of estimated future cancellations. A portion of supplier transaction fees is based upon contractual agreements, while the remainder is determined by the individual airlines.

F-9



        Merchant air revenue, whereby the Company determines the ticket price, is recognized when the Company's obligations are met, which generally occurs when payment is received and the travel voucher is issued to the consumer.

        The Company receives booking incentives under access agreements with reservation system providers for travel bookings made through the providers' systems. The level of incentives earned is based on contractual agreements and increases based on annual volume of bookings. These incentives are collected monthly, based on estimated annual volumes, but are recognized as revenue at the time of booking based on the applicable contractual rate and volume achieved to date.

Non-Air Travel Revenue

        Non-air agency revenue is derived from supplier transaction fees and reservation system booking incentives relating to lodging, car rental, cruise, and vacation reservation services. The Company generally recognizes supplier transaction fees upon utilization of the reservation by the consumer, and reservation system booking incentives upon notification of entitlement. Merchant hotel and car booking revenue, whereby the Company determines the price, are recorded upon utilization of the reservation by the consumer.

Advertising and Other Revenue

        Other revenue is primarily comprised of revenue from advertising, sponsor links on the Company's websites and commissions from sales of various third party travel-related products on the Company's websites. Advertising revenue is derived primarily from the delivery of advertisements on the Company's websites and is recognized either on display of each individual advertisement or ratably over the advertising period, depending on the terms of the advertising contract. Revenues from sponsor links is recognized upon notification of entitlement from the alliance partner.

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of direct costs incurred to generate the Company's revenue, including commissions and costs incurred for third-party national distribution companies ("NDCs"), financial incentives paid to travel agencies who subscribe to the GDS, and costs for call center operations, data processing and related technology costs.

        In markets not supported by the Company's sales and marketing organizations, the Company utilizes an NDC structure, where feasible, in order to take advantage of the NDC partner's local market knowledge. The NDC is responsible for cultivating the relationship with subscribers in its territory, installing subscribers' computer equipment, maintaining the hardware and software supplied to the subscribers and providing ongoing customer support. The NDC earns a share of the booking fees generated in the NDC's territory.

        The Company enters into productivity agreements with significant subscribers, which provide for incentives in the form of cash payments, equipment or other services at no charge. The amount of the incentive varies depending upon the expected volume of the subscriber's business. The Company establishes liabilities for these incentives and recognizes the related expense as the revenue is earned in

F-10



accordance with the contractual terms. Where incentives are provided at inception, the Company defers and amortizes the expense over the life of the contract.

        Technology management costs, data processing costs, and telecommunication costs included in cost of revenue consist primarily of internal system and software maintenance fees, data communications and other expenses associated with operating the Company's Internet sites and payments to outside contractors.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company's trade receivables are reported in the balance sheets net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company provides for estimated bad debts based on its assessment of the ultimate realizability of receivables, considering historical collection experience, the economic environment and specific customer information. When the Company determines that an account is not collectible, the account is written-off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Bad debt expense (benefit) is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations and amounted to $2 million, $9 million, $(10) million and $16 million for the periods July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006. January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and for the years 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Predecessor recorded a benefit of $10 million to bad debt expense in 2005 primarily as a result of collections on customer accounts in 2005 which were specifically reserved for in prior years and improved collection patterns.

Advertising Expense

        Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred and include online marketing costs such as search and banner advertising, and offline marketing such as television media and print advertising. Advertising expense, included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the statements of operations, was approximately $95 million, $201 million, $249 million and $116 million for the periods July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and for the years 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is determined in accordance with SFAS 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates. The deferred tax assets are recorded net of a valuation allowance when, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Decreases to the valuation allowance are recorded as reductions to the provision for income taxes and increases to the valuation allowance result in additional provision for income taxes. However, if the valuation allowance is adjusted in connection with an acquisition, such adjustment is recorded through goodwill rather than the provision for income taxes. The realization of the deferred tax assets, net of a valuation allowance, is primarily dependent on estimated future taxable income. A change in the Company's estimate of future taxable income may require an addition or reduction to the valuation allowance.

F-11



        The Predecessor's operations have been included in the consolidated federal tax return of AvisBudget up to the date of Acquisition. In addition, the Predecessor has filed consolidated, combined and unitary state income tax returns with AvisBudget in jurisdictions where required or permitted. The income taxes associated with the Predecessor's inclusion in AvisBudget's federal and state income tax returns are included in the Due from AvisBudget, net line item on the accompanying balance sheets. The provision for income taxes is computed as if the Predecessor filed its federal, state and foreign income tax returns on a stand-alone basis and, therefore, determined using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the tax rates of the Predecessor on a stand-alone basis. These differences are based upon estimated differences between the book and tax bases of the assets and liabilities for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2005. The deferred tax assets and liabilities may be adjusted in connection with the finalization of AvisBudget's prior years' income tax returns or in connection with the separation of AvisBudget into four independent companies.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Derivative Instruments

        The Company uses derivative instruments as part of its overall strategy to manage its exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. As a matter of policy, the Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

        All derivatives are recorded at fair value either as assets or liabilities. Changes in fair value of the hedged item in a fair value hedge are recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognized currently in earnings as a component of net revenues, cost of revenue or selling, general and administrative expenses, based upon the nature of the hedged item, in the statements of operations. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized currently in earnings in the statements of operations. The effective portion of changes in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion is reported currently in earnings in the statements of operations. Amounts included in other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged cash flows affect earnings.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment (including leasehold improvements) are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation, recorded as a component of depreciation and amortization expense on the statements of operations, is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements, also recorded as a component of depreciation and amortization, is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated benefit period of the related assets or the lease term. Useful lives are up to 30 years for buildings, up to 20 years for leasehold improvements, from 3 to 15 years for capitalized software and from 3 to 7 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment.

F-12


        The Company capitalizes the costs of software developed for internal use in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." Capitalization of software developed for internal use commences during the development phase of the project. The Company amortizes software developed or obtained for internal use on a straight-line basis when such software is substantially ready for use.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        In connection with SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," ("SFAS No. 142") the Company is required to assess goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company assesses goodwill for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of its reporting units to their fair values. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The Company uses comparative market multiples and other factors to corroborate the discounted cash flow results, if available. Other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment and written down to fair value, in accordance with SFAS No. 142.

        The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred pursuant to SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets." This analysis is performed by comparing the respective carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, to be generated from such assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value through a charge to the statements of operations.

        The Company performs its annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter of each year subsequent to completing its annual forecasting process or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consists of accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency and interest rate hedge transactions, additional minimum pension liabilities and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale. Foreign currency translation adjustments exclude income taxes related to indefinite investments in foreign subsidiaries. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries having non-U.S.-dollar functional currencies are translated at exchange rates at the balance sheet dates. Revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the periods presented. The gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of hedging gains or losses and taxes, are included in accumulated other comprehensive income on the balance sheets. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are not significant and are included in earnings as a component of net revenues, cost of revenues or selling, general and administrative expenses, based upon the nature of the underlying transaction, in the statements of operations. The effect of exchange rates on cash balances denominated in foreign currency is included as a separate component on the statements of cash flows.

F-13



Equity-Based Compensation

        The Company introduced an equity-based long term incentive plan after the Acquisition, for the purpose of retaining certain key employees. Under this program key employees were granted restricted equity units and partnership interests in the partnership which controls the Company.

        In addition, certain employees of the Predecessor previously participated in AvisBudget's share based payment programs. All outstanding stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") of AvisBudget vested in July 2006.

        The Company records compensation expense related to its equity-based compensation plan under SFAS No. 123R "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure". The Company and the Predecessor expensed all employee equity-based compensation over their vesting period based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The equity-based compensation is reflected in the statements of operations and included as a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheet as the ultimate payment of such awards will not be achieved through use of the Company's cash or other assets.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and classification of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

        The Company's accounting policies, which include significant estimates and assumptions, include estimation of the collectibility of accounts receivable, including amounts due from airlines that are in bankruptcy or who have faced financial difficulties, amounts for future cancellations of airline bookings processed through the GDS system, determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination, the evaluation of the recoverability of the carrying value of intangible assets and goodwill, and the evaluation of uncertainties surrounding the calculation of the Company's tax assets and liabilities, including assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets and related amounts that may be due under the tax sharing agreement with the founding airlines of Orbitz—see further information at Note 13.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 ("SFAS 159") "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities", providing companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The Standard's objective is to reduce both complexity in accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. Generally accepted accounting principles have required different measurement attributes for different assets and liabilities that can create artificial volatility in earnings. SFAS 159 helps to mitigate this type of accounting-induced volatility by enabling companies to report related assets and liabilities at fair value, which would likely reduce the need for companies to comply with detailed rules for hedge accounting. SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure

F-14



requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The Standard requires companies to provide additional information that will help investors and other users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect of the Company's choice to use fair value on its earnings. It also requires entities to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the Company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. SFAS 159 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this Statement on its financial statements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, "Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans" ("SFAS No. 158"). SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan (other than a multi-employer plan) as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. SFAS No. 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position, with limited exceptions. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 158 on January 1, 2007, as required, but does not expect that adoption of such pronouncement will have a material effect on its financial statements.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS No. 157") which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, as required, and is currently evaluating the impact of such adoption on its financial statements.

        In September 2006, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, "Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements" ("SAB 108"). SAB 108 provides guidance on the SEC's views regarding quantifying the materiality of financial statement misstatements, including misstatements that were not material to prior years' financial statements. SAB 108 is effective for the Company's fiscal year ended after November 15, 2006. The application of SAB 108 required the Company to quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The initial adoption of SAB 108 had no impact on the financial statements.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes" ("FIN 48"), which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement standard for recognition and measurement in the financial statements of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company will adopt the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007, as required, and anticipates recording an adjustment to the fair value of net assets acquired in the Acquisition up to $20 million. The expected impact may change based on further analysis. However, the Company has been indemnified by Avis Budget for substantially all of these tax-related matters.

F-15



3.    Discontinued Operations

        During the second quarter of 2006, the Predecessor formalized a plan to dispose of a subsidiary engaged in wholesale travel operations in the United Kingdom. The Company completed the sale of this subsidiary in December 2006.

        Summarized statements of operations data for discontinued operations is as follows:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date) through
December 31, 2006

  January 1, 2006
through
August 22, 2006

  Year Ended December 31, 2005
  Year Ended December 31, 2004
 
Net revenues   $ 4   $ 10   $ 17   $ 27  
   
 
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes     (2 )   (8 )   (8 )   (1 )
(Provision) benefit for income taxes         2     2      
   
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax   $ (2 ) $ (6 ) $ (6 ) $ (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations   $ 8   $ (6 ) $   $  
(Provision) benefit for income taxes                  
   
 
 
 
 
Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax   $ 8   $ (6 ) $   $  
   
 
 
 
 

        Summarized balance sheet data for discontinued operations, excluding intercompany payable and receivable balances, is as follows:

 
  Predecessor
 
  As of
December 31,
2005

Assets of discontinued operations:      
  Current assets     32
  Property and equipment, net     4
  Other non-current assets     1
   
Total assets of discontinued operations   $ 37
   

Liabilities of discontinued operations:

 

 

 
  Current liabilities   $ 41
  Other liabilities     1
   
Total liabilities of discontinued operations   $ 42
   

4.    Acquisitions

        Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations are recorded based upon their estimated fair values at the respective acquisition dates. The results of operations of businesses

F-16



acquired by the Company have been included in the statements of operations since their respective dates of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. The allocation of purchase price is based upon preliminary estimates and assumptions. Accordingly, the allocations may be subject to revision when the Company receives final information, including appraisals and valuation work performed by third party experts and other analyses. Any revisions to the fair values, which may be significant, will be recorded by the Company as further adjustments to the purchase price allocations.

Proposed 2007 Acquisition

        On December 7, 2006, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Worldspan Technology Inc. ("Worldspan") for $1.4 billion, to create a leading global travel solution provider. Simultaneously with the execution of the merger agreement, Travelport loaned $125 million to Worldspan in exchange for a payment in kind (PIK) note which Travelport funded through cash on hand. The term of the note is 9 years and bears interest initially at 3% increasing to LIBOR plus 11% over the term provided that in no event will the interest rate exceed 12%. Interest has been accrued at the weighted average interest rate over the stated term of the note. In addition, an affiliate of one the significant shareholders of the Company loaned Worldspan $125 million in exchange for a PIK note. Upon completion of the Worldspan acquisition both notes will be applied against the $1.4 billion purchase price. The transaction has been unanimously approved by the boards and major shareholders of both companies but consummation of the transaction remains subject to customary conditions to closing, including regulatory approvals.

2006 Acquisitions

        On August 23, 2006, the Company acquired the Travelport businesses of AvisBudget for approximately $4.1 billion in cash. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. This allocation is based upon a valuation derived from assumptions and estimates provided by Company management, and is subject to revision for purchase price and other adjustments related to the finalization of deal related liabilities and consideration.

        The allocation of the purchase price is summarized as follows:

 
  Amount
Cash consideration   $ 4,119
Transaction costs and expenses     60
   
Total purchase price     4,179
Less: Historical value of tangible assets acquired in excess of liabilities assumed     393
Less: Fair value adjustments     1,643
   
Goodwill   $ 2,143
   

F-17


        The fair value adjustments included in the preliminary allocation of the purchase price above primarily consisted of:

 
  Amount
 
Fair value of identifiable intangible assets   $ 2,368  
Adjustments to deferred income taxes and income tax payable     (753 )
Costs associated with exit activities     (25 )
Fair value adjustments to:        
  Tangible assets acquired     (29 )
  Liabilities assumed     82  
   
 
    $ 1,643  
   
 

        The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Acquisition:

 
  Amount
Cash   $ 69
Other current assets     650
Property and equipment     479
Other non-current assets     159
Intangible assets      
  Trademarks and tradenames     702
  Customer relationships     1,596
  Vendor reliationships and other     70
Goodwill     2,143
   
Total assets     5,868
   
Total current liabilities     1,135
Total non-current liabilities     303
Deferred taxes     251
   
Total liabilities     1,689
   
Fair value of net assets acquired   $ 4,179
   

        Definite lived intangibles consist mainly of customer relationships and other intangibles, each with an average life of 16 years.

F-18


        The Company based the purchase price for the Acquisition on historical and forecast performance metrics, which included EBITDA and cash flow. The purchase price resulted in a significant amount of goodwill due to the leading industry and brand position and growth opportunities in the market. As a result, the predominant portion of the purchase price is based on the expected financial performance of the business, and not the net asset value on the books at the time of the acquisition. As a result, a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill. The goodwill was assigned $892 million to B2B, none of which is expected to be tax deductible and $1,251 million to B2C, $786 million of which is expected to be tax deductible. Tax deductible goodwill is based on the preliminary purchase price allocation for tax purposes, estimated filing amounts to date, as well as the current expectation of tax elections to be made by purchaser and seller, all of which are subject to change.

        Other.     In 2006, the Predecessor recorded approximately $43 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition of Needahotel, an Ireland based online provider of hotel accommodations in Europe, which was acquired on February 8, 2006 for consideration of approximately $32 million.

        None of this goodwill is expected to be tax deductible.

2005 Acquisitions

        Gullivers Travel Associates.     On April 1, 2005, the Predecessor completed the acquisition of Donvand Limited, which operates under the names Gullivers Travel Associates and Octopus Travel Group Limited (collectively, "Gullivers"). Gullivers is a wholesaler of hotel rooms, destination services, travel packages and group tours and a global online provider of lodging and destination services. The Predecessor believed that this acquisition positioned the Predecessor as a worldwide leader in the global online travel intermediary space.

        The allocation of the purchase price is summarized as follows:

 
  Amount
Cash consideration   $ 1,202
Transaction costs and expenses     12
   
Total purchase price     1,214
Less: Historical value of assets acquired in excess of liabilities assumed     79
Less: Fair value adjustments     342
   
Goodwill   $ 793
   

F-19


        The fair value adjustments included in the allocation of the purchase price above primarily consisted of:

 
  Amount
 
Allocation of purchase price to intangible assets(a)   $ 499  
Deferred tax liability for book-tax basis differences in assets and liabilities     (155 )
Costs associated with exiting activities(b)     (4 )
Other fair value adjustments     2  
   
 
    $ 342  
   
 

(a)
Represents (i) $109 million of indefinite-lived trademarks associated with the Predecessor's exclusive right to use the Gullivers name, (ii) $357 million of customer relationships with an estimated weighted-average life of 15 years and (iii) $33 million of other intangible assets with an estimated weighted-average life of 20 years.

(b)
As part of the acquisition, the Predecessor's management formally committed to various strategic initiatives primarily aimed at creating synergies between the cost structures of the Predecessor and Gullivers, which were expected to be achieved through the involuntary termination of certain Gullivers' employees. The Predecessor formally communicated the termination of employment to approximately 14 employees, principally representing certain members of Gullivers' senior management. As of December 31, 2005, all of these employees had been terminated. As a result of these actions, the Predecessor established personnel-related liabilities of $4 million. As of December 31, 2005, all of the personnel-related liabilities had been paid.

        The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Predecessor's acquisition of Gullivers:

 
  Amount
Cash   $ 157
Other current assets     141
Property and equipment     53
Intangible assets     499
Goodwill     793
   
Total assets     1,643
   
Total current liabilities     270
Total non-current liabilities     159
   
Total liabilities     429
   
Fair value of net assets acquired   $ 1,214
   

        The Company based the net purchase price for the acquisition on historical as well as forecast performance metrics, which include EBITDA and cash flow, as well as synergies expected to be realized throughout the organization. As a result, the predominant portion of the purchase price is based on the expected financial performance of the business, and not the net asset value on the books

F-20



at the time of the acquisition. As a result, a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

        ebookers plc.     On February 28, 2005, the Predecessor acquired ebookers plc ("ebookers"), a leading full service online travel agency in Europe offering a wide range of discount and standard price travel products and services including airfares, hotels, car rentals, cruises and travel insurance. Management believed that this acquisition enhances the Predecessor's role in the global online travel intermediary space. The allocation of the purchase price is summarized as follows:

 
  Amount
Cash consideration   $ 444
Transaction costs and expenses     10
   
Total purchase price     454
Plus: Historical value of liabilities assumed in excess of assets acquired     33
Less: Fair value adjustments     118
   
Goodwill   $ 369
   

        The fair value adjustments included in the allocation of the purchase price above primarily consisted of:

 
  Amount
 
Allocation of purchase price to intangible assets(a)   $ 187  
Deferred tax liability for book-tax basis differences in assets and liabilities     (36 )
Costs associated with exiting activities(b)     (10 )
Other fair value adjustments     (23 )
   
 
    $ 118  
   
 

(a)
Represents (i) $135 million of indefinite-lived trademarks associated with the Predecessor's exclusive right to use the ebookers name, (ii) $41 million of customer relationships with an estimated weighted-average life of five years and (iii) $11 million of other intangible assets with an estimated weighted-average life of 10 years.

(b)
As part of the acquisition, the Predecessor's management formally committed to various strategic initiatives primarily aimed at creating synergies between the cost structures of the Predecessor and ebookers, which were expected to be achieved through the involuntary termination of certain ebookers employees and the termination of certain lease obligations. The Predecessor formally communicated the termination of employment to approximately 110 employees, representing a wide range of employee groups, and as of December 31, 2005, substantially all of these employees had been terminated. As a result of these actions, the Predecessor established personnel-related and facility-related liabilities of $6 million and $4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, cash payments of $6 million were made to reduce the personnel-related liability. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2005, substantially all of the personnel-related liability costs had been paid. Additionally, during 2005, other adjustments of $1 million were made to reduce the facility-related

F-21


    liability. Accordingly, the remaining balance for the facility-related liability as of December 31, 2005 was $3 million. The Company anticipates the remainder of the lease termination costs will be paid by 2009.

        The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Predecessor's acquisition of ebookers:

 
  Amount
Cash   $ 82
Other current assets     32
Property and equipment     24
Intangible assets     187
Goodwill     369
Other non-current assets     13
   
Total assets     707
   
Total current liabilities     157
Total non-current liabilities     96
   
Total liabilities     253
   
Fair value of net assets acquired   $ 454
   

        The Company based the net purchase price for the acquisition on historical as well as forecast performance metrics, which include EBITDA and cash flow as well as expected benefits of expanding its online presence geographically. As a result, the predominant portion of the purchase price is based on the expected financial performance of the business, and not the net asset value on the books at the time of the acquisition. As a result, a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to goodwill. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. This acquisition was not material to the Predecessor's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

        Other.     During 2005, the Predecessor also acquired AsiaHotels.com and Away.com for aggregate consideration of $11 million in cash, which resulted in goodwill (based on the allocation of the purchase price) of $8 million, of which $5 million is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. These acquisitions were not significant to the Predecessor's results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

F-22


Pro Forma Financial Information

        The following unaudited pro forma data for the Company's significant acquisitions of Travelport and Gullivers includes the results of operations as if each acquisition had been consummated as of the beginning of the respective period presented. This pro forma data is based on historical information and does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it indicative of future results of operations.

 
  (Unaudited)
 
 
  Period January 1, 2006 through
August 22, 2006

  Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
 
  Historical As
Reported

  Adjustments(a)
  Pro Forma
  Historical As
Reported

  Adjustments(a)
  Pro Forma
 
Net revenue   $ 1,711   $ (29 ) $ 1,682   $ 2,411   $ 48   $ 2,459  
Loss from continuing operations     (2,171 )   1,979     (192 )   (43 )   (96 )   (139 )

(a)
Includes adjustments to operating expenses for an annual monitoring fee that we expect to pay to the Blackstone Group, amortization and depreciation expense based on the fair value and estimated lives ascribed to tangible and intangible assets for recording of the acquisition and incremental interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees related to the new debt offering. Impairment of intangible assets in both periods is excluded as the goodwill and intangible assets would be stated at fair value at the beginning of each period presented, and therefore an impairment would not exist. The adjustments for 2005 also include amounts for Gullivers, from January 1, 2005 through April 1, 2005, the date of acquisition

5.    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        The purchase price for the Acquisition of the Predecessor by the Company indicated that the carrying value of the Predecessor's goodwill balance may have been impaired. Accordingly, the Predecessor tested the carrying value of the recorded goodwill. The fair value of each reporting unit was based on the purchase price for the Predecessor, as allocated to each reporting unit based on the forecasted cash flows for each.

        In 2006 as a result of the impairment tests performed concurrent with the announcement of the Acquisition, the Predecessor recorded a total impairment charge of $2,376 million, including $2,375 million related to goodwill and $1 million related to definite lived intangible assets. In preparing the calculation of the impairment, the Predecessor utilized the final purchase price allocation of the buyer to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities, including intangible assets. Of the total goodwill impairment of $2,375 million, $2,019 million and $356 million related to reporting units comprising Business to Business and Business to Consumer, respectively. At the time of testing goodwill for impairment, the Predecessor also tested other intangible assets for impairment. As a result of these tests, the Predecessor recorded an impairment of $1 million which related to definite lived intangible assets related to a reporting unit comprising Business to Consumer. Due to a change in operations after the Acquisition was completed, the Company recorded an additional impairment of $14 million related to long-lived software licenses.

F-23


        In 2005, as a result of the annual impairment test performed, the Predecessor determined that the carrying values of goodwill and certain other indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily in its B2C businesses, exceeded their estimated fair values. Consequently, the Predecessor also tested its other long-lived assets for impairment. In connection with the impairment assessments performed, the Predecessor recorded a pretax charge of $422 million, of which $251 million reduced the value of goodwill and $171 million reduced the value of other intangible assets (including $120 million related to trademarks and tradenames). This impairment resulted from a decline in future anticipated cash flows generated primarily by its consumer travel businesses.

6.    Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consisted of:

 
   
   
   
  Predecessor
 
 
As of December 31, 2006

 
  As of December 31, 2005
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Carrying
Amount

  Gross
Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Net
Carrying
Amount

Non-Amortizable Intangible Assets                                    
Goodwill   $ 2,165           $ 4,043        
   
             
           
Trademarks and tradenames   $ 707           $ 491        
   
             
           
Amortizable Intangible Assets                                    
Customer Relationships   $ 1,608   $ 44   $ 1,564   $ 704   $ 84   $ 620
Vendor relationships and other     71     1     70     65     17     48
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 1,679   $ 45   $ 1,634   $ 769   $ 101   $ 668
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the Company between July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) and December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 
  Balance at
July 13,
2006

  Goodwill
Acquired

  Foreign
Exchange

  Balance at
December 31,
2006

Business to Business   $   $ 892   $ 22   $ 914
Business to Consumer         1,251         1,251
   
 
 
 
Goodwill   $   $ 2,143   $ 22   $ 2,165
   
 
 
 

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the Predecessor are as follows:

 
  Balance at
January 1,
2006

  Goodwill
Acquired
during
2006

  Adjustments
to Goodwill
Acquired
during
2005(*)

  Impairment
  Foreign
Exchange

  Balance at
August 22,
2006

Business to Business   $ 2,857   $ 43   $ (83 ) $ (2,019 ) $ 185   $ 983
Business to Consumer     1,186         2     (356 )   (47 )   785
   
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill   $ 4,043   $ 43   $ (81 ) $ (2,375 ) $ 138   $ 1,768
   
 
 
 
 
 

(*)
Adjustments to goodwill reflect the final purchase price allocation, including refinement of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

F-24


 
  Balance at
January 1,
2005

  Goodwill
Acquired
during
2005

  Adjustments
to Goodwill
Acquired
during
2004(*)

  Impairment
  Foreign
Exchange

  Balance at
December,
2005

Business to Business   $ 2,218   $ 734   $   $   $ (95 ) $ 2,857
Business to Consumer     1,170     436     (125 )   (251 )   (44 )   1,186
   
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill   $ 3,388   $ 1,170   $ (125 ) $ (251 ) $ (139 ) $ 4,043
   
 
 
 
 
 

(*)
Adjustments to goodwill reflect the final purchase price allocation, including refinement of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired.

        Amortization expense relating to all intangible assets was as follows:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
July 31, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22, 2006

 
  2005
  2004
Customer relationships   $ 43   $ 28   $ 34   $ 16
Vendor relationships and other     1     3     12     1
   
 
 
 
Total (*)   $ 44   $ 31   $ 46   $ 17
   
 
 
 

(*)
Included as a component of depreciation and amortization on the statements of operations.

        The Company expects related amortization expense relating to those intangible assets for the five succeeding fiscal years to approximate $127 million, $127 million, $126 million, $119 million and $106 million in 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

7.    Separation and restructuring charges

        Separation and restructuring charges consist of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
July 31, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  January 1, 2006
through
August 22, 2006

 
  2005
  2004
Separation costs   $ 13   $ 74   $   $
Restructuring charges     3     18     22    
   
 
 
 
    $ 16   $ 92   $ 22   $
   
 
 
 

        Separation costs of $13 million for the period July 31, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 consist primarily of payments made to employees related to retention and bonus plans of $6 million as well as $7 million in professional fees and other costs directly related to the

F-25


separation plan. Separation costs of $74 million recorded by the Predecessor include $29 million of non-cash compensation expense related to the accelerated vesting of stock options and restricted stock units, $16 million for employee severance, $15 million for employee retention and $14 million in various other separation costs including consulting and accounting fees.

        During the second quarter of 2006, the Predecessor committed to various strategic initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs, enhancing organizational efficiency and consolidating and rationalizing existing processes and facilities. The initial recognition of the restructuring charge and the corresponding utilization from inception are summarized by category as follows:

 
  Personnel
Related

  Facility
Related

  Other
  Total
 
Initial charge   $ 9   $ 8     4   $ 21  
Cash payments     (7 )   (7 )       (14 )
Other non-cash reduction             (2 )   (2 )
   
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2006   $ 2   $ 1   $ 2   $ 5  
   
 
 
 
 

        The restructuring charges included within other in the table above include asset impairments and consulting fees.

        During first quarter 2005, the Company committed to various strategic initiatives targeted principally at reducing costs, enhancing organizational efficiency and consolidating and rationalizing existing processes and facilities. The more significant areas of cost reduction include reduction in staff, as such all charges have been classified as personnel related.

        The initial recognition of the restructuring charge and the corresponding utilization from inception are summarized as follows:

Initial charge   $ 22  
Cash payments     (9 )
Other non-cash reduction     (1 )
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2005   $ 12  
   
 

        The balance at December 31, 2005 represents amounts under executive severance contracts settled by AvisBudget.

        The restructuring charges have not been recorded within the reportable segments of the Company, as these amounts are not reviewed by management in evaluating the results of the segments

F-26



8.    Income Taxes

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
 
July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
to December 31,
2006

   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Current                          
  Federal   $   $ (46 ) $ (56 ) $ (11 )
  State         3     (2 )   2  
  Foreign     9     39     38     16  
   
 
 
 
 
      9     (4 )   (20 )   7  
   
 
 
 
 
Deferred                          
  Federal     6     (37 )   (1 )   57  
  State     1     (51 )   (6 )   15  
  Foreign     (12 )   (23 )   (48 )   6  
   
 
 
 
 
      (5 )   (111 )   (55 )   78  
   
 
 
 
 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 4   $ (115 ) $ (75 ) $ 85  
   
 
 
 
 

        Pre-tax income for domestic and foreign operations consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
  Year Ended
December 31,

 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
  2005
  2004
Domestic   $ (81 ) $ (2,418 ) $ (16 ) $ 131
Foreign     (65 )   132     (102 )   208
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes   $ (146 ) $ (2,286 ) $ (118 ) $ 339
   
 
 
 

F-27


        Current and non-current deferred income tax assets and liabilities, as of December 31, were comprised of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
 
As of
December 31,
2006

 
 
  As of
December 31,
2005

 
Current deferred income tax assets:              
  Accrued liabilities and deferred income   $ 23   $ 28  
  Provision for doubtful accounts     3     7  
  Net operating loss carryforwards         9  
  Other         5  
  Valuation allowance(*)     (20 )   (5 )
   
 
 
Current deferred income tax assets     6     44  
   
 
 
Current deferred income tax liabilities:              
  Prepaid expenses     (4 )   (3 )
  Accrued liabilities and deferred income     (8 )    
  Other     (1 )    
   
 
 
Current deferred income tax liability     (13 )   (3 )
   
 
 
Current net deferred income tax (liability) asset   $ (7 ) $ 41  
   
 
 
Non-current deferred income tax assets:              
  Net operating loss carryforwards   $ 154   $ 83  
  Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward     1     5  
  Accrued liabilities and deferred income     15     52  
  Depreciation and amortization     262     361  
  Capital loss carryforward     14     14  
  Acquisition and integration-related liabilities     31     123  
  Change in reserve accounts     8     41  
  Accumulated other comprehensive income     3     59  
 
Other

 

 

1

 

 


 
  Valuation allowance(*)     (477 )   (54 )
   
 
 
Non-current deferred income tax assets (liability)     12     684  
   
 
 
Non-current deferred income tax liabilities:              
  Accrued liabilities and deferred income         (3 )
  Depreciation and amortization     (246 )   (153 )
  Deferred gain on intercompany transfer of assets         (37 )
  Other     (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
  Non-current deferred income tax liability     (247 )   (194 )
   
 
 
Non-current net deferred income tax asset (liability)   $ (235 ) $ 490  
   
 
 

(*)
A valuation allowance was recorded on certain deferred tax assets that were recorded during purchase accounting, as well as on additional deferred tax assets that were generated through December 31, 2006. The valuation allowance of $497 million as of December 31, 2006 relates to net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. Federal ($52 million), U.S. State ($4 million), non-U.S.

F-28


        As of December 31, 2006, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $52 million, which expire between 2020 and 2026. At December 31, 2006, no provision has been made for deferred income taxes on any portion of approximately $125 million of accumulated and undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, since it is the present intention of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in those foreign operations. The determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred income tax liability for unremitted earnings is not practicable.

        In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2, "Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004." The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, which became effective October 22, 2004, provides a one-time dividends received deduction on the repatriation of certain foreign earnings to a U.S. taxpayer, provided certain criteria are met. The Predecessor has applied the provisions of this act to qualifying earnings repatriations through December 31, 2005. In December 2005, the Predecessor repatriated $350 million of unremitted earnings, which was used for domestic investment purposes. This repatriation resulted in income tax expense of approximately $28 million. The Company's effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows for the year ended December 31:

 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through
December 31,
2006

  Predecessor
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

  2005
  2004
 
Federal statutory rate   35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 % 35.0 %
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefits   (0.4 ) 0.9   (3.7 ) 3.2  
Taxes on foreign operations at alternate rates   (13.3 ) 1.3   34.1   (15.3 )
Taxes on repatriations made to benefit from provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, net of credits       (23.2 )  
Taxes on other repatriated foreign income, net of taxes on tax credits   (0.9 ) 0.4   9.5   1.7  
Tax differential on impairment of intangible assets, Including net state and foreign impact     (32.7 ) 19.2    
Adjustment of estimated income tax accruals       (9.1 ) 0.4  
Change in federal tax valuation allowance   (22.6 )      
Other   (0.5 ) 0.1   1.8   0.1  
   
 
 
 
 
    (2.7 )% 5.0 % 63.6 % 25.1 %
   
 
 
 
 

F-29


        The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company's worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company is regularly under audit by tax authorities. Accruals for tax contingencies are provided for in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies."

        Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company is indemnified by Avis Budget for all income tax liabilities relating to periods prior to the Acquisition. The Company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities, including the indemnified liabilities, are adequate for all remaining open years, based on its assessment of many factors, including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter.

        Although the Company believes there is appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company has recorded liabilities representing the best estimates of the probable loss on certain positions. The Company believes that the accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open years, based on assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law applied to the facts of each matter. Although the Company believes the recorded assets and liabilities are reasonable, tax regulations are subject to interpretation and tax litigation is inherently uncertain; therefore, the Company's assessments can involve both a series of complex judgments about future events and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions supporting the assessments are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any other related litigation could be materially different than that which is reflected in historical income tax provisions and recorded assets and liabilities.

        The results of an audit or litigation related to these matters include a range of potential outcomes, which may involve material amounts. However, as discussed above, the Company has been indemnified by Avis Budget for all income taxes relating to periods prior to the sale of the Company and therefore, does not expect such resolution to have a significant impact on its earnings, financial position or cash flows.

9.    Other Current Assets

        Other current assets consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
  As of
December 31,
2006

  As of
December 31,
2005

Derivative assets   $ 59   $
Prepaid expenses     30     40
Sales and use tax receivables     23     19
Other     43     45
   
 
    $ 155   $ 104
   
 

F-30


10.    Property and Equipment, net

        Property and equipment, net, consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
  As of
December 31, 2006

  As of
December 31, 2005

 
Land   $ 4   $ 1  
Capitalized software     242     533  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     123     264  
Building and leasehold improvements     98     47  
Construction in progress     83     64  
   
 
 
      550     909  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (34 )   (409 )
   
 
 
Property and equipment, net   $ 516   $ 500  
   
 
 

        During the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company and the Predecessor recorded depreciation expense of $34 million, $94 million and $158 million and $107 million, respectively.

11.    Other Non-Current Assets

        Other non-current assets consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
  As of
December 31,
2006

  As of
December 31,
2005

Worldspan Note   $ 125   $
Deferred financing costs     88    
Development advances     57     51
AvisBudget tax receivable     54    
Other     60     30
   
 
    $ 384   $ 81
   
 

F-31


12.    Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
  As of
December 31,
2006

  As of
December 31,
2005

Accrued travel supplier payments, deferred revenue and customer advances   $ 316   $ 266
Accrued payroll and related     81     77
Accrued commissions and incentives     87     90
Accrued sales and use tax     65     67
Accrued interest expense     43     5
Accrued advertising and marketing     36     38
Accrued merger and acquisition costs     40     33
Current portion of tax sharing liability     10     42
Other     143     74
   
 
    $ 821   $ 692
   
 

13.    Tax Sharing Liability

        The tax sharing liability relates to an agreement between Orbitz and its former owners or their affiliates (the "Founding Airlines") governing the allocation of approximately $307 million of tax benefits resulting from a taxable exchange affected at the time of Orbitz initial public offering in December 2003 ("Orbitz IPO"). For each tax period during the term of the tax agreement, the Company is obligated to pay the Founding Airlines a percentage of the amount of the tax benefit realized as a result of additional deductions taken as a result of a taxable exchange. The term of the tax agreement commenced upon consummation of the Orbitz IPO and continues until all tax benefits have been utilized. With respect to each applicable tax period, the tax benefit payment is payable to the Founding Airlines when the Company receives the tax benefit. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, this liability had a balance of $135 million and $175 million, respectively, representing the net present value of the liability based upon the expected realization of such benefits and the related payment to the Founding Airlines. The Company accreted interest expense related to this liability of approximately $5 million for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006. The Predecessor accreted interest expense related to this liability of $14 million and $16 million for the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2005, respectively. Based upon the payments expected to be made with one year of the balance sheet $10 million and, $42 million of the liability is included as a component of accrued expenses and other current liabilities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. During the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, the Predecessor cash settled $32 million of this liability and the liability was reduced by an additional $9 million as a result of fair value adjustments related to the Acquisition.

F-32



14.    Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt consisted of:

 
   
   
  Predecessor
 
  Maturity
  As of
December 31,
2006

  As of
December 31,
2005

Senior Secured Credit Facilities                
  Term loan facility                
    Dollar-denominated   August 2013   $ 1,407   $
    Euro-denominated   August 2013     816    
Senior notes              
    Dollar-denominated floating rate notes   September 2014     150    
    Euro-denominated floating rate notes   September 2014     310    
    9 7 / 8 % notes   September 2014     450    
Senior subordinated notes              
    11 7 / 8 % Dollar-denominated notes   September 2016     300    
    10 7 / 8 % Euro-denominated notes   September 2016     211    
AvisBudget revolving credit agreement             350
Other         3     7
       
 
Total long-term debt         3,647     357
Less: Current portion         24     5
       
 
Long-term debt       $ 3,623   $ 352
       
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        On August 23, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a $2.6 billion senior secured credit facility consisting of: (i) a $2,200 million term loan facility; (ii) a $275 million revolving credit facility; and (iii) a $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility. The Company is required to repay the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 1% per annum of the original funded principal amount, commencing on December 29, 2006. Approximately $6 million was paid on December 29, 2006. The $275 million revolving credit facility is comprised of U.S. Dollar denominated sub-facility of $175 million and an alternative currency sub-limit (Sterling and Euro) of $100 million.

        Borrowings under the U.S. term loan facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.00% with respect to the dollar-denominated facility, and EURIBOR plus 2.75% with respect to the Euro-denominated facility. Borrowings under the $275 million revolving credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.75%. Under the $125 million synthetic letter of credit facility, the Company must pay a facility fee equal to the applicable margin under the U.S. term loan facility on the amount on deposit. At December 31, 2006, there were no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility.

F-33


Senior Notes

        On August 23, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued $150 million of dollar-denominated senior dollar floating rate notes, € 235 million euro-denominated senior floating rate notes ($299 million dollar equivalent) and $450 million 9 7 / 8 % senior fixed rate notes. The dollar-denominated floating rate senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 %. The euro-denominated floating rate senior notes bear interest at a rate equal to EURIBOR plus 4 5 / 8 % (before the impact of hedging arrangements). The senior notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the Company (including the senior secured credit facility) and will be senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes).

Senior Subordinated Notes

        On August 23, 2006, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued $300 million of 11 7 / 8 % dollar-denominated notes and € 160 million of 10 7 / 8 % euro-denominated notes ($204 million dollar equivalent). The senior subordinated notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness and secured indebtedness of the Company (including the senior credit facilities and the senior notes).

AvisBudget Revolving Credit Agreement

        In 2005, Galileo International Technology, LLC ("GIT"), a wholly owned subsidiary that formed part of the Predecessor, was permitted borrowing access under the AvisBudget Group, Inc. $3.5 billion Five Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of November 22, 2004 ("the AvisBudget Credit Facility") in connection with AvisBudget's repatriation of foreign earnings under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. The outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2005 funded a dividend payment to AvisBudget Group, Inc. of $350 million.

        The amounts borrowed under the AvisBudget Credit Facility by GIT were guaranteed by AvisBudget. Other than GIT, the Predecessor was not party to the AvisBudget Credit Facility and did not guarantee any borrowings thereunder, including the borrowings of GIT. The borrowings bore interest at LIBOR plus 39 basis points and had a weighted average interest rate of 5.1% for the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006. The Predecessor incurred interest expense of approximately $8 million for the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006. The AvisBudget Credit Facility had a contractual maturity date of November 2009; however, the outstanding balance of the loan was repaid prior to the closing of the Acquisition as described below.

Interim Credit Agreement

        On July 18, 2006, the Predecessor entered into a $2.2 billion unsecured interim credit agreement, consisting of a $1.8 billion term loan agreement and a $400 million revolving credit agreement. The credit facilities had a maturity date of July 17, 2007. Loans under the interim credit agreement bore interest, at the Predecessor's option, at 87.5 basis points over LIBOR, or at the alternate base rate. On July 27, 2006, the Predecessor borrowed $1.9 billion under the credit facilities in order to advance $1,635 million to AvisBudget and to repay the entire remaining $265 million of GIT indebtedness outstanding under the AvisBudget Credit Facility. The interim credit agreement was repaid in full on

F-34



August 23, 2006 with a portion of the proceeds received from the term loan facility, the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes discussed above. The Predecessor incurred approximately $10 million in interest expense related to this interim credit agreement.

Debt Maturities

        Aggregate maturities of debt as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:

Year

  Amount
2007   $ 24
2008     24
2009     22
2010     22
2011     22
Thereafter     3,533
   
    $ 3,647
   

Debt Issuance Costs

        In connection with the debt issuances associated with the Acquisition, the Company recorded $105 million of debt issuance costs. Debt issuance costs are capitalized within other assets on the balance sheet and amortized over the life of the related debt into earnings as part of interest expense on the statement of operations. Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $17 million for the period July 13, 2006 to December 31, 2006 including approximately $10 million of fees related to an unused bridge financing arrangement.

Debt Covenants and Guarantees

        The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing our notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company's ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; create liens on assets; enter into sale and leaseback transaction; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock; make investments, loans or advances; repay subordinated indebtedness (including the Company's senior subordinated notes); make certain acquisitions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; amend material agreements governing our subordinated indebtedness (including the Company's senior subordinated notes); change our lines of business; and change the status of the Company as a passive holding company.

        In addition, the Company is required to maintain a maximum total leverage ratio. The senior secured credit agreement and indentures also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and event of default. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive and financial covenants related to long-term debt.

        The senior notes and senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by the Company's subsidiaries incorporated in the U.S. with the exception of GIT. See Note 21 for the consolidated condensed financial statements of the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor subsidiaries.

F-35



15.    Financial Instruments

RISK MANAGEMENT

        Following is a description of the Company's risk management policies:

Foreign Currency Risk

        The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage its exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates associated with its foreign currency denominated receivables and payables and forecasted earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The Company primarily hedges its foreign currency exposure to the British pound, Euro and Australian dollar. Substantially all the forward contracts utilized by the Company do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." The fluctuations in the value of these forward contracts do, however, largely offset the impact of changes in the value of the underlying risk that they are intended to economically hedge. Gains (losses) on these forward contracts amounted to $—million, $10 million, ($12) million and $12 million during the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

        A portion of the debt used to finance much of the Company's operations is exposed to interest rate fluctuations. The Company uses various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities. The primary interest rate exposure at December 31, 2006 was to interest rate fluctuations in the United States and Europe, specifically LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates. The company currently uses interest rate swaps as the derivative instrument in these hedging strategies. The derivatives used to manage the risk associated with the Company's floating rate debt were designated as cash flow hedges. Certain interest rate components of the Company's cross currency hedging transactions entered into by the Company have been designated as ineffective resulting in a non-cash charge of $11 million, recorded within interest expense on the Company's consolidated statement of operations. In connection with its cash flow hedges designated as effective, the Company recorded a net loss of $15 million to other comprehensive income. Deferred amounts to be recognized in earnings will change with market conditions and will be substantially offset by changes in the value of the related hedge transactions. The Company does not have any deferred gains or losses recorded in other comprehensive income for contracts that will mature in the next twelve months. At December 31, 2006 the Company's interest rate hedges cover transactions for periods that do not exceed five years.

Credit Risk and Exposure

        The Company is exposed to counterparty credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to various agreements and sales transactions. The Company manages such risk by evaluating the financial position and creditworthiness of such counterparties and by requiring collateral in instances in which financing is provided. The Company mitigates counterparty credit risk associated with its derivative contracts by monitoring the amounts at risk with each counterparty to such contracts, periodically evaluating counterparty creditworthiness and financial position, and where possible, dispersing its risk among multiple counterparties.

F-36



        As of December 31, 2006, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk with any individual counterparty or groups of counterparties.

Market Risk

        The Company provides global distribution and reservation services, offers retail consumer and corporate travel agency services through its online travel agencies and provides travel marketing information to airline, car rental and hotel clients. The Company provides airline, car rental, hotel and other travel reservation and fulfillment services to its customers through its network of online travel companies. The Company's results of operations are affected by many economic factors, including the level of economic activity in the markets in which it operates. In the travel services business, a decline in economic activity typically results in a decline in both business and leisure travel and, accordingly, a decline in the volume of transactions in both of the Business to Business segments and the Business to Consumer segments. Additionally, our customers are located worldwide, generating approximately 55% and 57% of revenue from outside the United States during the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 and the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, respectively. Accordingly, a decline in economic activity either in the United States or in international markets may have a material adverse effect on our performance.

        Other business risks faced by the Company relates to its dependence on relationships with travel suppliers, primarily airlines and hotels, exposure to risks associated with online commerce security and credit card fraud, dependence on third party technology developers, technology outages and breakdown, and failure to integrate various disconnected business units and technology.

FAIR VALUE

        The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques, as appropriate. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these assets and liabilities.

        The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of all other financial instruments as of December 31, are as follows:

 
  2006
  2005
 
Asset/(liability)

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Estimated
Fair Value

 
Worldspan note   $ 125   $ 125   $   $  
Long-term debt     (3,647 )   (3,641 )   (357 )   (357 )
Derivatives                          
  Unrealized foreign exchange gains on foreign currency interest rate swaps     47     47     2     2  
  Foreign exchange forwards — liabilities             (5 )   (5 )
  Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps     (26 )   (26 )        

F-37


16.    Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

Leases

        The Company is committed to making rental payments under noncancelable operating leases covering various facilities and equipment.

        Future minimum lease payments required under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:

Year

  Amount
2007   $ 33
2008     31
2009     31
2010     27
2011     23
Thereafter     90
   
    $ 235
   

        Commitments under capital leases amounted to $3 million as of December 31, 2006 primarily related to office and information technology equipment.

        During the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years 2005 and 2004, the Company and the Predecessor incurred total rental expense of $13 million, $21 million, $28 million and $22 million, respectively, principally related to leases of office buildings at each of the business units.

Purchase Commitments

        In the normal course of business, the Company makes various commitments to purchase goods and services from specific suppliers, including those related to capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had approximately $385 million of outstanding purchase commitments, primarily relating to service contracts for information technology (of which $125 million relates to 2007). These purchase obligations extend through 2011.

Contingencies

Company Litigation

        The Company is involved in various claims, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries related to contract disputes, business practices, intellectual property and other commercial, employment and tax matters.

        Orbitz sued Worldspan in Illinois state court in September 2005. The complaint alleged that Worldspan misrepresented and omitted material facts in connection with the parties' negotiation of amendments to the parties' CRS access contract ("The CRS Agreement") in 2002 and 2004, and that the omissions and misrepresentations violated the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act. Orbitz's complaint sought to rescind the amendments to the CRS Agreement and unspecified monetary damages. On

F-38



September 19, 2005, Worldspan removed Orbitz's state court case to federal court. On April 3, 2006, the case was remanded back to state court. On July 5, 2006, Orbitz filed an Amended Complaint against Worldspan, asserting 8 causes of action including Director Conflict of Interest, Fraudulent Inducement under the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act, Common Law Fraud, Equitable Estoppel, two Breach of Contract counts, and Declaratory Relief. In the Amended Complaint, Orbitz seeks rescission of the contract, unspecified monetary damages and costs, and a Declaratory Judgment. On August 14, 2006, Worldspan filed a motion to dismiss 4 of Orbitz's claims in the Amended Complaint (consumer fraud, fraud, director conflict and equitable estoppel). The parties have briefed the issues raised by Worldspan's motion, but the case has been stayed by agreement of the parties.

        Worldspan sued Orbitz in federal court in Chicago in September 2005. The complaint alleged breach of contract and the violation of the federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. Worldspan alleged that Orbitz violated the parties' CRS Agreement by using certain Worldspan data to support Orbitz's Supplier Link product, and by using the services of non-Worldspan CRS's to support Supplier Link bookings. Additionally, Worldspan alleged that Orbitz's shopping provider, ITA, is a CRS and that the use of ITA's non-CRS related services breached the CRS Agreement. Worldspan's Computer Fraud and Abuse Act claim related to Orbitz's alleged impermissible use of Worldspan's system for use or support of Supplier Link bookings. The complaint sought in excess of $50 million as damages. On April 19, 2006, Worldspan's federal complaint was dismissed in its entirety. Worldspan appealed the order, and filed its opening brief in support of the appeal with the Seventh Circuit on November 6, 2006. The appeal has been stayed by agreement of the parties, and no hearing or ruling date has been set.

        Worldspan filed a separate Illinois state court case against Orbitz on April 24, 2006. In that complaint, Worldspan alleged the same state law claims as its dismissed federal suit. Worldspan filed an amended complaint on October 16, 2006 adding a claim under the Georgia Computer Systems Protection Act and contract claims alleging failure by Orbitz to mediate certain issues and breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. On November 17, 2006, Orbitz filed a motion to dismiss Worldspan's complaint, and the parties have briefed the issues. This case has been stayed by the agreement of the parties.

        The Company and certain of its online travel businesses are parties to litigation brought by consumers and municipalities and other governmental entities involving hotel occupancy taxes. The Company believes that the claims in such litigation lack merit and will continue to defend vigorously against them.

        The Company believes that it has adequately accrued for such matters as appropriate or, for matters not requiring accrual, believes that they will not have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows based on information currently available. However, litigation is inherently unpredictable and, although the Company believes that its accruals are adequate and/or that it has valid defenses in these matters based upon advice of counsel, unfavorable resolutions could occur. As such, an adverse outcome from such unresolved proceedings for which claims are awarded in excess of the amounts accrued for could be material to the Company with respect to earnings or cash flows in any given reporting period. However, the Company does not believe that the impact of such unresolved litigation would result in a material liability to the Company in relation to its financial position or liquidity.

F-39



Guarantees/Indemnifications

Standard Guarantees/Indemnifications

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into numerous agreements that contain standard guarantees and indemnities whereby the Company indemnifies another party for breaches of representations and warranties. In addition, many of these parties are also indemnified against any third party claim resulting from the transaction that is contemplated in the underlying agreement. Such guarantees or indemnifications are granted under various agreements, including those governing (i) purchases, sales or outsourcing of assets or businesses, (ii) leases of real estate, (iii) licensing of trademarks, (iv) use of derivatives and (v) issuances of debt securities. The guarantees or indemnifications issued are for the benefit of the (i) buyers in sale agreements and sellers in purchase agreements, (ii) landlords in lease contracts, (iii) financial institutions in derivative contracts and (iv) underwriters in debt security issuances. While some of these guarantees extend only for the duration of the underlying agreement, many survive the expiration of the term of the agreement or extend into perpetuity (unless subject to a legal statute of limitations). There are no specific limitations on the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these guarantees, nor is the Company able to develop an estimate of the maximum potential amount of future payments to be made under these guarantees as the triggering events are not subject to predictability and there is little or no history of claims against the Company under such arrangements. With respect to certain of the aforementioned guarantees, such as indemnifications of landlords against third party claims for the use of real estate property leased by the Company, the Company maintains insurance coverage that mitigates any potential payments to be made.

         Contractual Obligations to Indemnify AvisBudget for Certain Taxes Relating to the Separation from AvisBudget.

        The Company's separation from AvisBudget involved a restructuring of the Travelport business whereby certain former foreign subsidiaries were separated independent of the Company's separation from Avis Budget. It is possible that the independent separation of these foreign subsidiaries could give rise to an increased tax liability for Avis Budget that would not have existed had these foreign subsidiaries been separated with the Company. In order to induce Avis Budget to approve the separation structure, the Company agreed to indemnify AvisBudget for any increase in AvisBudget's tax liability resulting from the structure. The Company is not able to predict the amount of such tax liability, if any. To the extent that the Company's obligation to indemnify Avis Budget subjects the Company to additional costs, such costs would be treated as adjustment to the purchase price, increasing tax-deductible goodwill, and could significantly and negatively affect the Company's financial condition.

17.    Equity

Description of Capital Stock

        The Company has authorized share capital of US $12,000 and has issued 12,000 shares, with a par value of $1 per share. Subject to any resolution of the members of the Company to the contrary (and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares), the share capital of the Company is divided into shares of a single class the holders of which,

F-40



subject to the provisions of the bylaws, are (i) entitled to one vote per share; (ii) entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare; (iii) in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganization or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and (iv) generally entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

        The Board may, subject to the bylaws and in accordance with the Companies Act of 1981, as amended from time to time, declare a dividend to be paid to the members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

        The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the members entitled to receive any dividend. The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others. The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, consisted of:

 
  Currency
Translation
Adjustments

  Unrealized
Gains on
Available for
Sale Securities

  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) on
Cash Flow
Hedges

  Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income

 
Predecessor                                
  Balance, January 1, 2004   $ 41   $   $   $ (10 ) $ 31  
  Activity during period     13         (1 )   (6 )   6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance, December 31, 2004     54         (1 )   (16 )   37  
  Activity during period     (124 )       2     (8 )   (130 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance, December 31, 2005     (70 )       1     (24 )   (93 )
  Activity during period     135     6     (1 )       140  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance, August 22, 2006   $ 65   $ 6   $   $ (24 ) $ 47  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Activity during period     20         (9 )       11  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Balance, December 31, 2006   $ 20   $   $ (9 ) $   $ 11  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-41


18.    Equity-Based Compensation

        The Company introduced an equity based long term incentive program in 2006 for the purpose of retaining certain key employees. Under this program, key employees were granted restricted equity units and interests in the partnership that owns 100% of the Company. The Company's board of directors approved the grant of up to 100 million restricted equity units. The equity awards issued consist of four classes of partnership interest. The Class A-2 equity units vest at a pro-rata rate of 6.25% on a quarterly basis and become fully vested in May 2010. The Class B partnership interests vest annually over a four-year period beginning in August 2007. The Class C and D awards vest upon the occurrence of a liquidity event subject to certain other performance criteria. None of the awards require the payment of an exercise price by the recipient.

        The activity of the Company's equity award program is presented below:

 
   
   
  Partnership Interest
 
  Restricted Equity Units
Class A-2

 
  Class B
  Class C
  Class D
 
  Number
of Shares

  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

  Number
of Shares

  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Balance at July 13, 2006                        
Granted at fair market value   36,372,213   $ 1.00   11,278,539   $ 0.49   11,278,539   $ 0.43   11,278,539   $ 0.38
Exercised                        
Forfeited                        
   
       
       
       
     
Balance at December 31, 2006   36,372,213   $ 1.00   11,278,539   $ 0.49   11,278,539   $ 0.43   11,278,539   $ 0.38
   
       
       
       
     

        The fair values of these equity awards are estimated on the dates of grant using a Monte-Carlo valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

Dividend yield    
Expected volatility   40.00 %
Risk-free interest rate   4.73 %
Expected holding period (years)   6.6 years  

        The total estimated fair value of all awards granted was $51 million. As of December 31, 2006, 4.2 million Class A-2 restricted equity units were vested, and no partnership interests were vested. The Company expensed the restricted equity units and the Class B partnership interests over their vesting period based upon the fair value of the awards on the date of grant. During the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, the Company recognized $6.1 million in compensation expense related to the restricted equity units and the Class B partnership interests, none of which is expected to provide a tax benefit. The Company did not record any compensation expense for the Class C and Class D Partnership Interest as it was determined that it is not probable that these awards will vest due to the contingent performance criteria.

F-42



AvisBudget Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock Options

        Stock options granted by AvisBudget to its employees generally have a ten-year term, and those granted prior to 2004 vested ratably over periods ranging from two to five years. In 2004, AvisBudget adopted performance and time vesting criteria for stock option grants. The predetermined performance criteria determine the number of options that will ultimately vest and are based on the growth of AvisBudget's earnings and cash flows over the vesting period of the respective award. The number of options that vested range from 0% to 200% of the base award. Vesting occurred over a four-year period, but did not exceed 25% of the base award in each of the three years following the grant date. All unvested stock options vested 30 days subsequent to the separation of Realogy Corporation and Wyndham Worldwide Corporation from AvisBudget. AvisBudget's policy was to grant options with exercise prices at then-current fair market value.

        The annual activity of AvisBudget's common stock option plans related to the Predecessor's employees consisted of:

 
   
   
  Year Ended
 
  Period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006
 
  2005
  2004
 
  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Number of
Options

  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance at beginning of period   6,132,529   $ 15.87   7,366,449   $ 16.29   8,935,858   $ 15.43
Granted at fair market value(a)         134,480     20.03   1,650,889     18.18
Transfers(b)   1,462,169     19.09                    
Granted in connection with PHH spin-off(c)         305,706     *      
Exercised   (343,309 )   11.19   (1,192,216 )   13.83   (2,621,185 )   14.58
Forfeited/canceled   (421,543 )   20.18   (481,890 )   18.43   (599,113 )   16.11
Vested/converted as a result of separation   (6,829,846 )   16.53                    
   
       
 
 
 
Balance at end of period           6,132,529   $ 15.87   7,366,449   $ 16.29
   
       
 
 
 

(*)
Not meaningful.

(a)
In 2005 and 2004, the stated value reflects the maximum number of options assuming achievement of all performance and time vesting criteria.

(b)
Represents the number of stock option award to AvisBudget employees that became Travelport employees. The number of stock options transferred is equal to the total grants to these employees since the respective plan inception date.

(c)
As a result of the January 2005 distribution of PHH Corporation by AvisBudget, the closing price of AvisBudget common stock was adjusted downward by $1.10 on January 31, 2005. Additionally, AvisBudget granted incremental options to achieve a balance of 1.04249 options outstanding

F-43


    subsequent to the spin-off for each option outstanding prior to the spin-off. The exercise price of each option was also adjusted downward by a proportionate value.

        The weighted-average grant-date fair value of AvisBudget common stock options granted in the normal course of business during 2005 and 2004 was $5.89 and $6.90, respectively. The fair values of these stock options are estimated on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for AvisBudget common stock options granted in 2005 and 2004:

 
  2005
  2004
 
Dividend yield   1.7 % 1.5 %
Expected volatility   30.0 % 30.0 %
Risk-free interest rate   3.8 % 4.0 %
Expected holding period (years)   5.5   5.5  

Restricted Stock Units

        RSUs granted by AvisBudget entitled the Predecessor employees to receive one share of AvisBudget common stock upon vesting. RSUs granted in 2003 vested ratably over a four-year term. Subsequently, AvisBudget adopted performance and time vesting criteria for RSU grants. The predetermined performance criteria determined the number of RSUs that will ultimately vest and were based on the growth of AvisBudget's earnings and cash flows over the vesting period of the respective award. The number of RSUs that vested ranged from 0% to 200% of the base award. Vesting occurred over a four year period, but did not exceed 25% of the base award in each of the three years following the grant date. Upon the separation of Realogy and Wyndham, approximately 50% of the unvested RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2005 were cancelled and the remaining 50% vested thirty days following such separation.

F-44



        The annual activity related to AvisBudget's RSU plan for the Predecessor's employees consisted of:

 
  January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006
  Year Ended
 
  2005
  2004
 
   
  Weighted
Average
Grant
Price

 
  Number of
RSUs

  Number of
RSUs

  Weighted
Average
Grant Price

  Number of
RSUs

  Weighted
Average
Grant Price

Balance at beginning of period   5,466,924   $ 21.24   2,007,022   $ 22.96   425,373   $ 14.31
  Granted at fair market value(a)         4,200,418     20.82   1,805,401     24.24
  Transfers(b)   582,953     20.52            
  Granted in connection with PHH spin-off(c)         99,314     *      
  Vested/exercised   (39,981 )   16.21   (256,938 )   19.29   (104,800 )   14.31
  Forfeited/canceled   (2,876,820 )   21.23   (582,892 )   21.34   (118,952 )   19.15
Vested/converted as a result of Separation   (3,133,076 )   21.18              
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period           5,466,924   $ 21.24   2,007,022   $ 22.96
   
       
 
 
 

(*)
Not meaningful.

(a)
In 2005 and 2004, reflects the maximum number of RSUs assuming achievement of all performance and time vesting criteria.

(b)
As a result of the January 2005 spin-off of PHH Corporation by AvisBudget, the closing price of AvisBudget common stock was adjusted downward by $1.10 on January 31, 2005. In order to provide an equitable adjustment to holders of its RSUs, AvisBudget granted incremental RSUs to achieve a balance of 1.0477 RSUs outstanding subsequent to the spin-off for each RSU outstanding prior to the spin-off.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense Allocated to the Company

        During the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, AvisBudget allocated pre-tax equity-based compensation expense of $38 million, $15 million and $3 million, respectively, to the Predecessor. Such compensation expense relates only to the options and RSUs that were granted by AvisBudget to the Company's employees subsequent to January 1, 2003. The allocation was based on the estimated number of options and RSUs AvisBudget believed it would ultimately provide and the underlying vesting period of the award. As AvisBudget measured its stock-based compensation expense using the intrinsic value method during the periods prior to January 1, 2003, AvisBudget did not recognize compensation expense upon the issuance of equity awards to its employees. Therefore, the Predecessor was not allocated compensation expense for options that were granted by AvisBudget to the Predecessor employees prior to January 1, 2003 (there were no RSUs granted prior to January 1, 2003). See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for more information regarding the accounting policy for stock-based compensation.

F-45



        Presented below is the effect on net income for 2004 had compensation expense been recognized by AvisBudget and allocated to the Company for options that were granted prior to January 1, 2003:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2004

 
Reported net income   $ 253  
Add back: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax     2  
Less: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of tax     (2 )
   
 
Pro forma net income   $ 253  
   
 

        As of January 1, 2005, there were no outstanding awards for which stock-based compensation expense is not reflected within reported net income; accordingly, pro forma information is not presented subsequent to December 31, 2004.

19.    Employee Benefit Plans

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution savings plan that provides certain eligible employees of the Company an opportunity to accumulate funds for retirement. The Company matches the contributions of participating employees on the basis specified by the plan. The Company's cost for contributions to this plan was $5 million, $6 million, $6 million and $6 million for period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, the and for the years ended, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension, Postretirement and Other Plans

        The Company sponsors domestic non-contributory defined benefit pension plans, which cover certain eligible employees. The majority of the employees participating in these plans are no longer accruing benefits. Additionally, the Company sponsors contributory defined benefit pension plans in certain foreign subsidiaries with participation in the plans at the employee's option. Under both the domestic and foreign plans, benefits are based on an employee's years of credited service and a percentage of final average compensation, or as otherwise described by the plan. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the aggregate accumulated benefit obligation of these plans was $337 million and $306 million, respectively. Substantially all of the defined benefit pension plans maintained by the Company had accumulated benefit obligations that exceeded the fair value of the assets of such plans at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The Company's policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws, plus such additional amounts the Company determines to be appropriate. The Company also maintains post-retirement health and welfare plans for eligible employees of certain domestic subsidiaries.

F-46



        The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans. For such plans, the following tables provide a statement of funded status as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and summaries of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of assets for the years then ended:

 
  Defined Benefit Pension Plans
  Postretirement Benefit Plan
 
 
  Company
  Predecessor
  Company
  Predecessor
 
 
  Period
July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through
December 31,
2006

  Period
January 1,
2006
through
August 22,
2006

  Year
Ended
2005

  Period
July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through
December 31,
2006

  Period
January 1,
2006
through
August 22,
2006

  Year
Ended
2005

 
Benefit obligation, beginning of year   $ 331   $ 306   $ 296   $ 12   $ 13   $ 15  
Service cost             1              
Interest cost     5     8     13             1  
Actuarial loss     2     14     16             (1 )
Net benefits paid     (3 )   (6 )   (8 )       (1 )   (2 )
Currency translation adjustment and other     2     9     (12 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation, end of period   $ 337   $ 331   $ 306   $ 12   $ 12   $ 13  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of period   $ 260   $ 224   $ 219   $   $   $  
Return on plan assets     17     22     14              
Employer contribution     7     7     10             1  
Net benefits paid     (3 )   (6 )   (8 )           (1 )
Currency translation adjustment and other     4     13     (11 )            
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets, end of period   $ 285   $ 260   $ 224   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status   $ (52 ) $ (71 ) $ (82 ) $ (12 ) $ (12 ) $ (13 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss     (8 )   29     40             3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (60 ) $ (42 ) $ (42 ) $ (12 ) $ (12 ) $ (10 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-47


        The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the periods July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006, the period January 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the years 2005 and 2004:

 
  Defined Benefit Pension Plans
  Postretirement Benefit Plan
 
 
  Company
  Predecessor
  Company
  Predecessor
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through
December 31,
2006

  January 1,
2006
through
August 22,
2006

  2005
  2004
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through
December 31,
2006

  January 1,
2006
through
August 22,
2006

  2005
  2004
 
Service cost   $   $   $ 1   $ 1   $   $   $   $  
Interest cost     5     8     13     13             1     1  
Expected return on plan assets     (5 )   (8 )   (12 )   (12 )                
Amortization of prior service cost                                 (41 )
Recognized net actuarial loss         2     1                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost   $   $ 2   $ 3   $ 2   $   $   $ 1   $ (40 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        During 2004 the activity in the Postretirement Benefit Plan reflects a gain of $38 million relating to a plan amendment adopted in 2003, whereby coverage for all retirees over age 65 and for certain employees under the age of 50 was eliminated and the participant premiums were increased.

        The Company's defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans utilize a discount rate of 5.2% and 5.5% for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company's defined benefit pension plans utilize an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.25% for 2006 and 2005. Such rate is based on long-term capital markets forecasts and risk premiums for respective asset classes, expected asset allocations, expected inflation and other factors. The Company's health and welfare benefit plans use an assumed health care cost trend rate of 9% for 2006, declining 1% for each succeeding year through 2010. The effect of a one-percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend would not have a material impact on the net periodic benefit costs or the accumulated benefit obligations of the Company's health and welfare plans.

        The Company seeks to produce a return on investment for the plans which is based on levels of liquidity and investment risk that are prudent and reasonable, given prevailing market conditions. The assets of the plans are managed in the long-term interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plans. The Company manages this allocation strategy with the assistance of independent diversified professional investment management organizations

F-48



        The allocation of assets for the Benefit Plans as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 follows:

 
  Defined Benefit
Pension Plans

 
 
  2006
  2005
 
Equity securities   67 % 65 %
Fixed income securities (including cash)   24 % 27 %
Alternative investments   9 % 8 %
   
 
 
Total   100 % 100 %
   
 
 

        The Company's contributions to its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans are estimated to aggregate $20 million in 2007.

        The Company estimates its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans will pay benefits to participants as follows:

 
  Defined Benefit
Pension Plans

  Postretirement
Benefit Plan

Fiscal year ending December 31:            
2007   $ 9   $ 2
2008     9     2
2009     10     2
2010     10     2
2011     10     2
Five fiscal years thereafter     61     4
   
 
    $ 109   $ 14
   
 

20.    Segment Information

        The reportable segments presented below represent the Company's operating segments for which separate financial information is available and which is utilized on a regular basis by its chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to allocate resources. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment EBITDA, which is defined as net revenue minus cost of revenue, sales and marketing expenses, other overhead charges directly attributable to the segment and impairment of intangible assets. Certain expenses which are managed outside of the segments are excluded from the results of the segments. These consist primarily of corporate and unallocated expenses, other income and expense items, and other non-recurring charges such as restructuring and related activities. Corporate and unallocated expenses consist primarily of indirect expenses, including corporate administrative services that are separately managed. Gains and losses associated with sale of businesses and investments are excluded from segment performance.

F-49


        On an overall basis, management evaluates the performance of the Company based upon net revenue and "EBITDA", which is defined as net income from continuing operations before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, each of which is presented on the Company's Statements of Operations. The Company's presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Business to Business                          
Net revenue   $ 604   $ 1,199   $ 1,740   $ 1,546  
Segment EBITDA     112     (1,734 )   479     503  
Business to Consumer                          
Net revenue     255     543     703     181  
Segment EBITDA     14     (277 )   (303 )   (22 )
Other                          
Net revenue(a)                 55  
EBITDA(b)     (43 )   (111 )   (63 )   (12 )
Intersegment eliminations(c)                          
Net revenue     (20 )   (31 )   (32 )   (24 )
Combined Totals                          
Revenue     839     1,711     2,411     1,758  
EBITDA   $ 83   $ (2,122 ) $ 113   $ 469  

    (a)
    Includes net revenue of the Membership Travel Business of $55 million for 2004. These businesses were transferred to AvisBudget Group, Inc. effective January 1, 2005.

    (b)
    Other includes the following:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
  Corporate and unallocated expenses   $ (21 ) $ (26 ) $ (39 ) $ (24 )
  Restructuring and related activities     (3 )   (18 )   (22 )    
  Gain (loss) on foreign currency     (5 )   1     (5 )   3  
  Separation costs     (13 )   (74 )        
  Membership Travel activity                 9  
  Other income (expense)     (1 )   6     3      
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ (43 ) $ (111 ) $ (63 ) $ (12 )
   
 
 
 
 

    (c)
    Consists primarily of eliminations related to the inducements paid by B2B to B2C.

F-50


        Provided below is a reconciliation of EBITDA to income before taxes:

 
   
  Predecessor
 
 
   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,
2006

   
 
 
  January 1, 2006
through August 22,
2006

  2005
  2004
 
  EBITDA   $ 83   $ (2,122 ) $ 113   $ 469  
  Interest expense, net     (151 )   (39 )   (27 )   (6 )
  Depreciation and amortization     (78 )   (125 )   (204 )   (124 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes   $ (146 ) $ (2,286 ) $ (118 ) $ 339  
   
 
 
 
 

        Provided below is a reconciliation of segment assets to total assets.

 
   
  Predecessor
 
  As of December
31, 2006

  As of
December 31, 2005

  Business to business   $ 3,885   $ 4,610
  Business to consumer     2,043     2,494
  Corporate and other     202     918
   
 
  Total assets   $ 6,130   $ 8,022
   
 

        The geographic segment information provided below is classified based on geographic location of the Company's subsidiaries:

 
  United
States

  United
Kingdom

  All Other
Countries

  Total
Net Revenue                        
Company                        
  July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006   $ 379   $ 66   $ 394   $ 839
Predecessor                        
  January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006     721     206     784     1,711
  2005     1,071     245     1,095     2,411
  2004     752     95     911     1,758

        Net revenue by country is determined by the domicile of the legal entity receiving the revenue for consumer revenue and the location code for segment booking revenue for distribution revenue.

21.    Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Condensed Financial Statements

        The following condensed financial information presents the Company's Consolidating Condensed Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006 and the Consolidating Condensed Statement of Operations and Statement of Cash Flows for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 and the Predecessor's Combining Condensed Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2005 and the Combining Condensed Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the periods January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 for: (a) Travelport Limited ("the Parent Guarantor"); (b) TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l ("the Intermediate Parent Guarantor"), (c) Travelport LLC (formerly known as Travelport Inc.). ("the Issuer"), (d) the guarantor subsidiaries; (e) the non-guarantor subsidiaries; (f) elimination and adjusting entries necessary to combine the Parent, Intermediate Parent Guarantor with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (e) the Company and Predecessor on a Consolidated and Combined basis, respectively.

F-51



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
As of December 31, 2006

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Intermediate
Parent
Guarantor

  Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Net revenue   $   $   $   $ 414   $ 425   $   $ 839  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost and expenses                                            
  Cost of revenue                 71     307         378  
  Selling, general and administrative                 219     128         347  
  Separation and restructuring charges                 15     1         16  
  Depreciation and amortization                 45     33         78  
  Impairment of intangible assets                 14             14  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses                 364     469         833  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 

50

 

 

(44

)

 


 

 

6

 
  Interest expense             (139 )   (10 )   (2 )       (151 )
  Other income (expense)                     (1 )       (1 )
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (144 )   (88 )   51             181      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(144

)

 

(88

)

 

(88

)

 

40

 

 

(47

)

 

181

 

 

(146

)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                 (11 )   15         4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

(144

)

 

(88

)

 

(88

)

 

51

 

 

(62

)

 

181

 

 

(150

)
Loss from discontinued operations                     (2 )       (2 )
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations                     8         8  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (144 ) $ (88 ) $ (88 ) $ 51   $ (56 ) $ 181   $ (144 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-52



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
As of December 31, 2006

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Intermediate
Parent
Guarantor

  Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
Assets                                          
Current assets:                                          
  Cash and cash equivalents   $   $   $   $ 19   $ 78   $   $ 97
  Accounts receivable                 78     376         454
  Deferred income taxes                 (2 )   8         6
  Other current assets             59     32     64         155
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total current assets             59     127     526         712
Investment in subsidiary/intercompany     775     (1,214 )   2,327             (1,888 )  
Property and equipment, net                 361     155         516
Goodwill                 953     1,212         2,165
Trademarks and tradenames                 538     169         707
Other intangible assets, net                 954     680         1,634
Deferred income taxes                 (27 )   39         12
Other non-current assets             125     121     138         384
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total assets

 

$

775

 

$

(1,214

)

$

2,511

 

$

3,027

 

$

2,919

 

$

(1,888

)

$

6,130
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and equity                                          
Current liabilities:                                          
  Accounts payable   $   $   $   $ 71   $ 237   $   $ 308
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities             55     361     405         821
  Current portion of long-term debt             22     1     1         24
  Deferred income taxes                 5     8         13
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities             77     438     651         1,166
Long-term debt             3,622     1             3,623
Deferred income taxes                     247         247
Acquired company tax sharing liability                 125             125
Other non-current liabilities             26     136     32         194
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities                 3,725     700     930           5,355
Total equity/intercompany     775     (1,214 )   (1,214 )   2,327     1,989     (1,888 )   775
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity   $ 775   $ (1,214 ) $ 2,511   $ 3,027   $ 2,919   $ (1,888 ) $ 6,130
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-53



TRAVELPORT LIMITED
CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS
For the Period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Intermediate
Parent
Guarantor

  Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Operating activities of continuing operations                                            
Net income (loss)   $ (144 ) $ (88 ) $ (88 ) $ 51   $ (56 ) $ 181   $ (144 )
Loss from discontinued operations                     (6 )       (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations     (144 )   (88 )   (88 )   51     (62 )   181     (150 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization                 45     33         78  
Impairment of intangible assets                 14             14  
Deferred income taxes                 (6 )   1         (5 )
Provision for bad debts                     2         2  
Amortization of debt issuance costs             17                 17  
Unrealized losses on derivative instruments             11                 11  
Non-cash charges related to tax sharing liability                 5             5  
Non-cash Travelport equity grants                 6             6  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     144     88     (51 )           (181 )    
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and disposals                                            
Accounts receivable                 61     34         95  
Other current assets                 11     34         45  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities             (4 )   (104 )           (108 )
Other                 (2 )   4           2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of continuing operations             (115 )   81     46         12  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Investing activities of continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Property and equipment additions                 (51 )   (16 )       (67 )
Businesses acquired, net of cash acquired and acquisition-related payments             (2,059 )       (2,051 )       (4,110 )
Loan to Worldspan     (125 )                       (125 )
Net intercompany funding     (777 )       (1,318 )       2,095          
Proceeds from asset sales                              
Other                 (11 )   2         (9 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations     (902 )       (3,377 )   (62 )   30         (4,311 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities of continuing operations                                            
Proceeds from borrowings             3,603                 3,603  
Principal payments on borrowings             (6 )   (1,783 )           (1,789 )
Repayment from AvisBudget                 1,783             1,783  
Issuance of common stock     902                         902  
Debt issuance cost             (105 )               (105 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-54


(continued)

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Intermediate
Parent
Guarantor

  Issuer
  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Consolidated
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations     902         3,492                 4,394  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents                       2         2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations                 19     78         97  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                                            
  Operating activities                     1         1  
  Investing activities                     (1 )       (1 )
  Financing activities                              
  Effects of exchange rate changes                              
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                              
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $   $   $   $ 19   $ 78   $   $ 97  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The following combining condensed financial information presents the Combining Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the Combining Condensed Statements of Operations and Statements of Cash Flows as if the guarantor/non-guarantor subsidiary structure had been in place at the Predecessor for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 of: (a) Cendant Travel Distribution Service Group, Inc., ("the Parent"); (b) the guarantor subsidiaries; (c) the non-guarantor subsidiaries; (d) elimination and adjusting entries necessary to combine the Parent with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries; and (e) the Company on a combined basis. The condensed financial information of the Intermediate Parent Guarantor and the Issuer are not included for periods prior to August 22, 2006 as these entities did not have any operations prior to this date.


TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)
COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Net revenue   $   $ 838   $ 914   $ (41 ) $ 1,711  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cost and expenses                                
  Cost of revenue         297     423     (3 )   717  
  Selling, general and administrative         381     311     (38 )   654  
  Separation and restructuring charges         92             92  
  Depreciation and amortization         72     53         125  
  Other general income         (7 )           (7 )
  Impairment of intangible assets         2,159     217         2,376  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses         2,994     1,004     (41 )   3,957  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Operating loss

 

 


 

 

(2,156

)

 

(90

)

 


 

 

(2,246

)
  Interest expense, net         (26 )   (13 )       (39 )
  Other expense         (1 )           (1 )
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (2,183 )           2,183      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes     (2,183 )   (2,183 )   (103 )   2,183     (2,286 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes         (132 )   17         (115 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

(2,183

)

 

(2,051

)

 

(120

)

 

2,183

 

 

(2,171

)
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax             (6 )       (6 )
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax             (6 )       (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss   $ (2,183 ) $ (2,051 ) $ (132 ) $ 2,183   $ (2,183 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-55



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)

COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Net revenue   $   $ 1,154   $ 1,304   $ (47 ) $ 2,411  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cost and expenses                                
  Cost of revenue         404     613     (11 )   1,006  
  Selling, general and administrative         460     429     (38 )   851  
  Restructuring charges         22             22  
  Depreciation and amortization         127     75     2     204  
  Impairment of intangible assets         121     301         422  
  Other general income         (1 )   (3 )       (4 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses         1,133     1,415     (47 )   2,501  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income         21     (111 )       (90 )
  Interest expense, net         (17 )   (10 )       (27 )
  Other income (expense)             (1 )       (1 )
  Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (49 )             49      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     (49 )   4     (122 )   49     (118 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes         (66 )   (9 )       (75 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax     (49 )   70     (113 )   49     (43 )
Loss from discontinued operations             (6 )       (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (49 ) $ 70   $ (119 ) $ 49   $ (49 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-56



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)

COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Net revenue   $   $ 832   $ 937   $ (11 ) $ 1,758  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cost and expenses                                
Cost of revenue         387     475     (11 )   851  
Selling, general and administrative         229     209         438  
Depreciation and amortization         85     39         124  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating expenses         701     723     (11 )   1,413  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income

 

 


 

 

131

 

 

214

 

 


 

 

345

 
Interest expense, net         15     (21 )       (6 )
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     253             (253 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

253

 

 

146

 

 

193

 

 

(253

)

 

339

 
Provision for income taxes         63     22         85  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

 

 

253

 

 

83

 

 

171

 

 

(253

)

 

254

 
Loss from discontinued operations             (1 )       (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net income

 

$

253

 

$

83

 

$

170

 

$

(253

)

$

253

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-57



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)
COMBINING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
As of December 31, 2005

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

Assets                              
Current assets:                              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 13   $ 75   $   $ 88
  Accounts receivable         79     329         408
  Due from AvisBudget         631     243         874
  Deferred income taxes         8     36         44
  Other current assets         43     61         104
  Assets of discontinued operations             37         37
   
 
 
 
 
Total current assets         774     781         1,555
Investment in subsidiary     6,190             (6,190 )  
Property and equipment, net         354     146         500
Goodwill         2,567     1,476         4,043
Trademarks and tradenames         286     205         491
Other intangible assets, net         87     581         668
Deferred income taxes         62     622         684
Other non-current assets         40     41         81
   
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 6,190   $ 4,170   $ 3,852   $ (6,190 ) $ 8,022
   
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and equity                              
Current liabilities:                              
  Accounts payable   $   $ 62   $ 156   $   $ 218
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities         270     422         692
  Current portion of long-term debt         5             5
  Deferred income taxes             3         3
  Liabilities of discontinued operations             42         42
   
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities         337     623         960
Long-term debt             352         352
Deferred income taxes         156     38         194
Acquired company tax sharing liability         133             133
Other non-current liabilities         201     (8 )       193
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities         827     1,005         1,832

Total equity

 

 

6,190

 

 

3,343

 

 

2,847

 

 

(6,190

)

 

6,190
   
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity   $ 6,190   $ 4,170   $ 3,852   $ (6,190 ) $ 8,022
   
 
 
 
 

F-58



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)
COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS
For the Period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Elimination
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Operating activities                                
Net loss   $ (2,183 ) $ (2,051 ) $ (132 ) $ 2,183   $ (2,183 )
Loss from discontinued operations             12         12  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Loss from continuing operations     (2,183 )   (2,051 )   (120 )   2,183     (2,171 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                                
Depreciation and amortization         72     53         125  
Impairment of intangible assets         2,157     219         2,376  
Deferred income taxes         (88 )   (23 )       (111 )
Provision for bad debts             9         9  

Gain on sale of property

 

 


 

 


 

 

(9

)

 


 

 

(9

)
Non-cash charges related to tax sharing liability         14             14  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     2,183             (2,183 )    
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and disposals                                
Accounts receivable         (111 )   23         (88 )
Other current assets         (7 )   15         8  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities         124     26           150  
Other         28     (58 )       (30 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations         138     135         273  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities                                
Property and equipment additions         (76 )   (26 )       (102 )
Net assets acquired, net of cash acquired and acquisition-related payments             (20 )       (20 )

Net intercompany funding to AvisBudget

 

 


 

 

(38

)

 

237

 

 


 

 

199

 

Proceeds from asset sales

 

 


 

 


 

 

10

 

 


 

 

10

 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

 

 


 

 


 

 

(5

)

 


 

 

(5

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities of continuing operations         (114 )   196         82  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities                                
Proceeds from borrowings         1,900             1,900  
Principal payments on borrowings         (117 )   (350 )       (467 )
Advances to Avis Budget         (1,783 )           (1,783 )
Payment for settlement of tax sharing liability         (32 )           (32 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations         (32 )   (350 )       (382 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents             8         8  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations

 

 


 

 

(8

)

 

(11

)

 


 

 

(19

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                                
  Operating activities             (10 )       (10 )
  Investing activities             5         5  
  Financing activities                      
  Effects of exchange rate changes                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
              (5 )       (5 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period         13     80         93  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $   $ 5   $ 64   $   $ 69  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-59



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)
COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Operating activities of continuing operations                                
Net income (loss)   $ (49 ) $ 70   $ (119 ) $ 49   $ (49 )
Loss from discontinued operations             6         6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations     (49 )   70     (113 )   49     (43 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                                
Depreciation and amortization         127     77         204  
Impairment of intangible assets         121     301         422  
Deferred income taxes         (7 )   (48 )       (55 )
Provision for bad debts         (7 )   (3 )       (10 )

Gain on sale of property

 

 


 

 


 

 

(1

)

 


 

 

(1

)
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     49             (49 )    
Non-cash charges related to tax sharing liability         16             16  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and disposals                                

Accounts receivable

 

 


 

 

(5

)

 

(15

)

 


 

 

(20

)
Other current assets         3     (2 )       1  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities         13     3         16  
Other         (13 )   35         22  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations         318     234         552  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities of continuing operations                                

Property and equipment additions

 

 


 

 

(103

)

 

(49

)

 


 

 

(152

)
Net assets acquired, net of cash acquired and acquisition-related payments         4     (1,507 )       (1,503 )
Net intercompany funding to AvisBudget         (168 )   (314 )       (482 )

Proceeds from asset sales

 

 


 

 

1

 

 

9

 

 


 

 

10

 

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

 

 


 

 

10

 

 

(6

)

 


 

 

4

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations         (256 )   (1,867 )       (2,123 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Financing activities of continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Proceeds from borrowings             350         350  
Principal payments on borrowings         (2 )   (48 )       (50 )
Capital contributions from AvisBudget             1,703         1,703  
Dividends paid to AvisBudget         (45 )   (305 )       (350 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations         (47 )   1,700         1,653  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents             (36 )       (36 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations         15     31         46  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                                
  Operating activities             (5 )       (5 )
  Investing activities             5         5  
  Financing activities                      
  Effects of exchange rate changes             (2 )       (2 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
              (2 )       (2 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         (2 )   51         49  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year         13     80         93  
Less cash of discontiued operations             (5 )       (5 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents of conntinuing operations   $   $ 13   $ 75   $   $ 88  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-60



TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR)
COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
  Parent
Guarantor

  Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminations
  Predecessor
Combined

 
Operating activities of continuing operations                                
Net income   $ 253   $ 83   $ 170   $ (253 ) $ 253  
Loss from discontinued operations             1         1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations     253     83     171     (253 )   254  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                                
Depreciation and amortization         85     39         124  
Deferred income taxes         72     6           78  
Provision for bad debts         10     6         16  
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries     (253 )           253      
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and disposals                                
Accounts receivable         (2 )   (2 )       (4 )
Other current assets         1     (10 )       (9 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities           (9 )   5           (4 )
Other         (60 )   (14 )       (74 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating
activities of continuing operations
        180     201         381  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities of continuing operations                                
Property and equipment additions         (84 )   (19 )       (103 )
Net assets acquired, net of cash acquired and acquisition-related payments         (1,101 )   (62 )       (1,163 )
Net intercompany funding to
AvisBudget
        945     (1,329 )       (384 )
Proceeds from asset sales         66     5         71  
Decrease in restricted cash         4             4  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations         (170 )   (1,405 )       (1,575 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Financing activities of continuing operations                                
Proceeds from borrowings         (6 )   6          
Principal payments on borrowings             (14 )         (14 )
Capital contributions from AvisBudget             1,227         1,227  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities of continuing operations         (6 )   1,219         1,213  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in cash and cash
equivalents of continuing operations
        4     15         19  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations                                
  Operating activities             1         1  
  Investing activities             (11 )       (11 )
  Financing activities                      
  Effects of exchange rate changes                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
              (10 )       (10 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         (6 )   46         40  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
year
        (2 )   51         49  
Less cash of discontinued operations             (7 )       (7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents of continuing operations   $   $ (2 ) $ 44   $   $ 42  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-61


22.    Related Party Transactions

Capital Transactions with AvisBudget

        In 2005 the Company received a $1,703 million capital contribution from AvisBudget primarily in connection with the acquisitions of Gullivers and ebookers and paid a $350 million dividend to AvisBudget in connection with the repatriation of foreign earnings (See Note 14—Long-term debt for further description). During 2004 the Company received a $1,227 million capital contribution from AvisBudget in connection with the acquisition of Orbitz. During 2003 the Company received a $23 million capital contribution in connection with the acquisition of several non-significant businesses.

Due from AvisBudget, Net

        The following table summarizes related party transactions occurring between the Predecessor and AvisBudget:

 
  January 1,
2006
through
August 22,
2006

  Years Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2005
  2004
 
Due from (to) AvisBudget, beginning balance   $ 874   $ 395   $ (5 )
Corporate-related functions     (84 )   (132 )   (127 )
Related party agreements     16     30     40  
Income taxes, net     266     49     18  
Net interest on amounts due to and from AvisBudget     (5 )   (10 )   (9 )
Advances to AvisBudget and affiliates, net     (151 )   542     478  
Non-cash forgiveness of intercompany debt     (916 )        
   
 
 
 
Due from (to) AvisBudget, ending balance   $   $ 874   $ 395  
   
 
 
 

Corporate-Related Functions

        The Predecessor was allocated general corporate overhead expenses from AvisBudget for corporate-related functions based on a percentage of the Predecessor's forecasted revenue. General corporate overhead expense allocations include executive management, tax, insurance, accounting, legal and treasury services and certain employee benefits, information technology, telecommunications, call centers and real estate usage for common space. During the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 the Predecessor was allocated $22 million, $28 million and $22 million, respectively, of general corporate expenses from AvisBudget, which are included within selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying Statements of Operations.

        AvisBudget also incurred certain expenses on behalf of the Predecessor. These expenses, which directly benefited the Predecessor, were allocated to the Predecessor based upon the Predecessor's actual utilization of the services. Direct allocations included costs associated with information technology, telecommunications, call centers and real estate usage. During the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Predecessor was allocated $62 million, $104 million and $105 million, respectively, of expenses directly benefiting the Predecessor, which are included within selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying Statements of Operations.

        The Predecessor believes the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocations of general corporate overhead and direct expenses from AvisBudget are reasonable. However, such expenses are

F-62



not indicative of, nor is it practical or meaningful for the Predecessor to estimate for all historical periods presented, the actual level of expenses that would have been incurred had the Predecessor been operating as an separate, stand-alone public company.

Related Party Agreements with AvisBudget

        The Predecessor conducts the following business activities with AvisBudget and its other subsidiaries: (i) provides corporate travel management services to AvisBudget and its affiliates, and (ii) maintains marketing agreements with AvisBudget affiliates. In connection with these activities, the Predecessor recorded net revenue of $16 million, $30 million and $40 million during the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Income Taxes, net

        As discussed in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Predecessor is included in the consolidated federal and state income tax returns of AvisBudget. The income tax payable to AvisBudget approximated $47 million and $313 million as of August 22, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, and is recorded as a component of the due from AvisBudget, net line on the Balance Sheets.

Net Interest on Amounts Due to AvisBudget

        Also in the ordinary course of business prior to the Acquisition, AvisBudget swept cash from the Predecessor's bank accounts and the Predecessor maintains certain loan balances due to AvisBudget. Inclusive of unpaid corporate allocations, the Predecessor had net amounts due from AvisBudget, exclusive of income taxes totaling approximately $1,187 million as of December 31, 2005. In connection with the acquisition all amounts due from AvisBudget at August 22, 2006 were forgiven. Certain of the advances made to or from AvisBudget are interest bearing. In connection with the interest bearing activity, the Predecessor recorded net interest expense of $5 million, $10 million and $9 million during the period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Transition Services Agreement

        The Company entered into a transition services agreement with AvisBudget, Wyndham Worldwide Corporation and Realogy Corporation in order to maintain certain critical general and administrative functions immediately after the Acquisition and continuing for various periods of time, none of which extend beyond December 2007. Avis Budget, Wyndham and Realogy have agreed to provide certain payroll, human resources, systems support, records management and other services to the Company, for which the Company was charged approximately $1 million for the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006.

Transactions with Entities Related to Owners

        The Blackstone Group is the ultimate majority shareholder in the Company. The Blackstone Group invests in a wide variety of companies operating in many industries. The Company pays an annual management fee to Blackstone and TCV. For 2006 this management fee approximated $2 million. In addition the company recorded $45 million in transaction costs for advisor services provided by Companies controlled by Blackstone and TCV.

*****

F-63



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2006


Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Worldspan Technologies Inc.:

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Worldspan Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as established by the Auditing Standards Board (United States) and in accordance with the auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 8, 2007

F-64



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 
  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

 
Assets              
Current assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 58,302   $ 31,551  
  Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for uncollectibles of $8,110 and $10,475 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively     97,984     71,994  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     16,629     23,459  
   
 
 
    Total current assets     172,915     127,004  
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation     91,283     100,318  
Deferred charges     24,392     36,550  
Debt issuance costs, net     14,626     21,225  
Supplier and agency relationships, net     236,981     201,774  
Developed technology, net     183,254     161,542  
Trade name     72,142     72,142  
Goodwill     73,525     73,525  
Other intangible assets, net     29,106     26,298  
Restricted funds         50,000  
Other long-term assets     94,727     76,212  
   
 
 
    Total assets   $ 992,951   $ 946,590  
   
 
 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Current liabilities              
  Accounts payable   $ 16,847   $ 8,480  
  Accrued expenses     148,280     134,930  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations     17,863     13,199  
  Current portion of long-term debt     4,000     7,000  
   
 
 
    Total current liabilities     186,990     163,609  
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations     36,555     62,031  
Long-term debt     667,500     1,193,993  
Related party debt     43,630      
Pension and postretirement benefits     60,328     54,655  
Other long-term liabilities     9,510     9,165  
   
 
 
    Total liabilities     1,004,513     1,483,453  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Class A Convertible Common Stock, $0.01 par; 125,000,000 shares authorized; 83,253,159 and 82,967,548 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2005 and 87,377,659 and 87,082,198 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2006     832     873  
Class B Convertible Common Stock, $.01 par; 11,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     110     110  
Class C Convertible Common Stock, $0.01 par 125,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding          
Additional paid in capital—common stock     (14,510 )   130  
Deferred compensation     (6,852 )   (501 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (558 )   (631 )
Retained earnings (deficit)     9,507     (536,716 )
   
 
 
Total stockholders' deficit, excluding treasury stock     (11,471 )   (536,735 )
Less: Cost of treasury stock, 285,611 shares at December 31, 2005 and 295,461 shares at December 31, 2006     (91 )   (128 )
   
 
 
  Total stockholders' deficit     (11,562 )   (536,863 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit   $ 992,951   $ 946,590  
   
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-65



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

 
Revenues                    
Electronic travel distribution   $ 876,552   $ 881,599   $ 812,688  
Information technology services     67,666     72,156     74,312  
   
 
 
 
    Total revenues     944,218     953,755     887,000  

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cost of revenues                    
  Cost of revenues excluding developed technology amortization     667,620     660,929     575,283  
  Developed technology amortization     22,313     23,429     21,583  
   
 
 
 
    Total cost of revenues     689,933     684,358     596,866  
Selling, general and administrative     129,160     116,271     140,025  
Amortization of intangible assets     36,540     36,847     38,015  
   
 
 
 
    Total operating expenses     855,633     837,476     774,906  
Operating income     88,585     116,279     112,094  

Other Income (Expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest expense, net     (49,716 )   (64,690 )   (70,297 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net         (51,694 )   (22,719 )
Other, net     (5,804 )   603     2,582  
   
 
 
 
    Total other expense, net     (55,520 )   (115,781 )   (90,434 )
   
 
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes     33,065     498     21,660  
Income tax expense (benefit)     12,640     (8,325 )   11,710  
   
 
 
 
Net Income     20,425     8,823     9,950  
Series A Preferred Stock dividends     34,468     4,936      
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders     (14,043 )   3,887     9,950  
Class B Common Stock dividends     600     3,080     62,810  
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) available to Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock stockholders   $ (14,643 ) $ 807   $ (52,860 )
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-66



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(in thousands)

 
  Class A
Common Stock

  Class B
Common Stock

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Treasury Stock
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

   
 
 
  Additional
Paid in
Capital

  Deferred
Compensation

  Retained
(Deficit)
Earnings

   
 
 
  Shares
  Cost
  Shares
  Cost
  Shares
  Cost
  Total
 
Balance at December 31, 2003   83,000   $ 830   11,000   $ 110         $ 12,616   $ (1,154 ) $ (19,741 ) $ 425   $ (6,914 )
Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred stock                       (34,468 )               (34,468 )
Cash dividends on Class B Common Stock                       (600 )               (600 )
Issuance of Common Stock   37                     12                 12  
Common Stock repurchased               (286 )   (91 )                   (91 )
Restricted stock purchases, net of forfeitures                       10,610     (10,610 )            
Stock-based compensation                       1,016     1,750             2,766  
Comprehensive income:                                                              
  Net income, as restated                               20,425         20,425  
  Unrealized holding loss on investment                                   (412 )   (412 )
  Additional minimum pension liability                                   (2,561 )   (2,561 )
                                                         
 
  Comprehensive income                                                           17,452  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2004   83,037     830   11,000     110   (286 )   (91 )   (10,814 )   (10,014 )   684     (2,548 )   (21,843 )
Paid-in-kind dividends on Series A Preferred stock                       (4,936 )               (4,936 )
Cash dividends on Class B Common Stock                       (3,080 )               (3,080 )
Issuance of Common Stock   16                     25                 25  
Restricted stock purchases, net of forfeitures   200     2                 374     (176 )           200  
Stock-based compensation                       3,921     3,338             7,259  
Comprehensive income:                                                              
  Net income                               8,823         8,823  
  Change in fair value of derivative accounted for as a hedge, net of tax of $1,251                                   2,131     2,131  
  Unrealized holding loss on investment                                   (12 )   (12 )
  Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $76                                   (129 )   (129 )
                                                         
 
  Comprehensive income                                                           10,813  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2005   83,253     832   11,000     110   (286 )   (91 )   (14,510 )   (6,852 )   9,507     (558 )   (11,562 )
Cash dividends on Class A Common Stock                               (493,363 )       (493,363 )
Cash dividends on Class B Common Stock                               (62,810 )       (62,810 )
Issuance of Common Stock   1,446     14                 1,585                 1,599  
Common Stock repurchased               (10 )   (37 )                   (37 )
Restricted stock issuances, net of forfeitures   2,679     27                 8,701     (8,728 )            
Stock-based compensation                       2,076     15,079             17,155  
Cash settlement of stock-based awards                       (2,798 )               (2,798 )
Tax benefit related to stock options exercised                       5,076                 5,076  
Comprehensive income:                                                              
  Net income                               9,950         9,950  
  Change in fair value of derivative accounted for as a hedge, net of tax of $140                                   (230 )   (230 )
  Additional minimum pension liability, net of tax of $93                                   157     157  
                                                         
 
  Comprehensive income                                                           9,877  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2006   87,378   $ 873   11,000   $ 110   (296 ) $ (128 ) $ 130   $ (501 ) $ (536,716 ) $ (631 ) $ (536,863 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-67



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2005
  2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:                    
  Net income   $ 20,425   $ 8,823   $ 9,950  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
    Depreciation and amortization     101,878     100,745     92,770  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt, net         51,694     22,719  
    Deferred income taxes     2,404     (10,139 )   6,909  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     3,425     3,306     3,777  
    Paid-in-kind interest     5,193     459     493  
    Stock-based compensation     2,766     7,259     17,155  
    Loss on disposal of property and equipment, net     630     523     73  
    Gain on sale of investment in other entity     (953 )        
    Write-down of impaired investments     1,498          
    Other     (56 )   (21 )   (7 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                    
  Trade accounts receivable, net     329     4,810     25,990  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     3,031     4,799     (6,847 )
  Deferred charges     (807 )   9,959     (12,159 )
  Other long-term assets     (5,677 )   (14,879 )   (37,819 )
  Accounts payable     (5,530 )   2,180     (8,369 )
  Accrued expenses     19,112     (16,686 )   (13,222 )
  Pension and postretirement benefits     (6,186 )   (4,656 )   (5,424 )
  Other long-term liabilities     1,298     (4,357 )   (342 )
   
 
 
 
  Net cash provided by operating activities     142,780     143,819     95,647  
Cash flows from investing activities:                    
  Purchase of property and equipment     (13,758 )   (14,100 )   (5,382 )
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     233     239     481  
  Capitalized software for internal use     (865 )   (19 )    
  Proceeds from sale of investment in other entity     5,765          
   
 
 
 
  Net cash used in investing activities     (8,625 )   (13,880 )   (4,901 )
Cash flows from financing activities:                    
  Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt issuance costs         734,727     1,179,414  
  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock         (375,728 )    
  Repurchase previously issued notes         (327,555 )   (622,120 )
  Repurchase of seller note obligation         (36,137 )    
  Consent fees paid—holding company notes         (8,638 )    
  Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock         200      
  Proceeds from issuance of Class A Common and Series A Preferred Stock     380     25     1,599  
  Cash dividends paid     (484 )   (3,080 )   (556,173 )
  Class A Common Stock repurchased     (91 )       (37 )
  Principal payments on capital leases     (21,683 )   (19,574 )   (17,458 )
  Principal payments on debt     (55,512 )   (136,488 )   (105,000 )
  Cash paid upon settlement of stock-based awards             (2,798 )
  Excess tax benefits from stock -based compensation             5,076  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash used in financing activities     (77,390 )   (172,248 )   (117,497 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     56,765     (42,309 )   (26,751 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     43,846     100,611     58,302  
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 100,611   $ 58,302   $ 31,551  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:                    
  Interest paid   $ 42,504   $ 57,408   $ 73,717  
  Income taxes (recovered) paid   $ 6,911   $ 6,809   $ 11,401  
   
 
 
 

Non-cash financing activities:

(1)
Capital lease obligations of $23,994, $762 and $37,367 were incurred for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, when the Partnership entered into leases for new equipment.
(2)
In December 2004, the Company declared Class B Dividends of $150, which were outstanding at December 31, 2004 and subsequently paid during 2005.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-68



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1.    Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of Business.     On March 3, 2003, Citigroup Venture Capital Equity Partners, L.P. ("CVC") and Ontario Teachers' Pension Plan Board ("OTPP") formed Worldspan Technologies Inc. ("WTI" or the "Company"), formerly Travel Transaction Processing Corporation ("TTPC"). On June 30, 2003, the Company indirectly acquired 100% of the outstanding partnership interests of Worldspan, L.P. ("Worldspan" or the "Partnership") from affiliates of Delta Air Lines, Inc. ("Delta"), Northwest Airlines, Inc. ("Northwest") and American Airlines, Inc. ("American") (the "Acquisition"). The Company had no operations, assets, or revenues from the period of inception to June 30, 2003. The Partnership is a Delaware limited partnership formed in 1990. The Company owns all of the general partnership interests in the Partnership. WS Holdings LLC ("WS Holdings"), which is owned by the Company, is the sole limited partner of the Partnership, owning all of the limited partnership interests. Prior to the Acquisition, Delta, Northwest and American (collectively, our "founding airlines") each owned approximately 40%, 34% and 26% general partnership interests in the Partnership, respectively, and NEWCRS Limited, Inc. ("NEWCRS"), which was owned by our founding airlines, owned all of the limited partnership interests.

        On December 7, 2006, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger ("the Merger Agreement") with Travelport, Inc. for an initial merger consideration of $1,400,000, subject to adjustments as defined in the Merger Agreement. The merger is subject to customary closing conditions and regulatory approvals. The acquisition is currently expected to close in the third quarter of 2007. The merger agreement may be terminated (1) by mutual agreement of Travelport, Inc. and the Company; (2) by either Travelport, Inc. or the Company during certain time periods if conditions relating to domestic and foreign antitrust approvals are not satisfied; and (3) in accordance with other customary termination rights as set forth in the Merger Agreement. If conditions to the closing of the Merger Agreement are satisfied or waived and Travelport, Inc. breaches its obligation to affect the closing for certain reasons, then, upon the termination of the Merger Agreement pursuant to certain provisions, Travelport, Inc. shall pay $30,000 to the Company as a termination fee. Upon closing of the merger, the Company will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Travelport, Inc. Concurrent with entering into the Merger Agreement, the Company entered into Recapitalization Transactions (as more fully described in Note 10), including borrowings aggregating $1,200,000. The proceeds of these borrowings, along with available cash, were used to retire $609,630 of existing indebtedness, pay accrued interest of $8,365, pay call premiums of $12,490, pay costs related to the transactions of $19,895 and pay a dividend to the Class A and B common stockholders aggregating $556,173. The debt agreements related to the $1,200,000 borrowings contain provisions whereby the merger with Travelport, Inc., if closed, will represent an event of default and cause the outstanding amounts to become immediately due and payable.

        The Company provides information, reservations, transaction processing and related services for airlines, travel agencies and other travel-related entities. The Company owns and operates a global distribution system ("GDS"), and provides traditional travel agencies, online travel agencies, and corporate travel departments ("subscribers") with access to and use of this GDS. The Company also charges Delta, Northwest and others for the use of the GDS.

        Basis of Presentation.     The accompanying financial statements represent the consolidated statements of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company accounts for its investments in certain investee companies (ownership 20%-50%) under the equity method of

F-69



accounting, due to the Company having significant influence, but not control of the investee. Less than 20% owned investees are included in the financial statements at the cost of the Company's investment, as the Company does not have significant influence of the investee. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents.     Cash equivalents consist of all short term, highly liquid investments readily convertible into cash.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments.     The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company, the carrying value of debt and capital lease obligations approximate fair value.

        Foreign Currency.     The U.S. dollar is considered to be the functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. The Company had cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies of approximately $2,855, $2,509 and $4,370, respectively, at December 31, 2005 and $3,480, $1,744 and $839, respectively, at December 31, 2006. These amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars based upon exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 and the related transaction gains and losses are included in "Other, net" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company recorded a transaction loss of $926 for the year ended December 31, 2004, a transaction gain of $642 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and a transaction loss of $3,310 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

        Property and Equipment.     Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of the assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

        Capitalized Software for Internal Use.     Under the provisions of Statement of Position No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), capitalization of costs begins when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has authorized further funding for the project and management deems it probable that the software will be completed and used to perform the function intended. The Company amortizes capitalized software development costs when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, which is approximately three to seven years. Amortization of capitalized software was $596, $1,898 and $53 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively . Research and development costs incurred in software development was $7,172, $11,357 and $11,433 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Software maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

        Long-Lived Assets.     Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If it is determined that such indicators are present, an undiscounted future net cash flow projection is prepared for the assets. In preparing this projection, a number of assumptions are made, including without limitation, future transactions levels, price levels and rates of increase in operating expenses. If the projection of

F-70



undiscounted future cash flows is in excess of the carrying value of the recorded asset, no impairment is recorded. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the projected undiscounted net cash flows, an impairment is recorded. The amount of the impairment charge is determined by discounting the projected net cash flows.

        Restricted Funds.     As of December 31, 2006, funds of $50,000 are restricted due to certain requirements in the Merger Agreement. If the requirements are satisfied prior to the closing of the merger, the restrictions on the funds will be removed and the Company will be able to dividend the amount to shareholders. If the requirements are not satisfied, the funds will be used to prepay existing long term debt and the purchase price in the Merger Agreement will be reduced from $1,400,000 to $1,350,000.

        Derivative Instruments.     All derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments that do not qualify as hedges and/or any ineffective portion of hedges are recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statement of operations in the current period. Changes in the fair value of the effective portions of cash flow hedges are reported in other comprehensive income and recognized in earnings when the hedged item is recognized in earnings.

        Revenue Recognition.     The Company applies the guidance within SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements" ("SAB 104") to determine when to properly recognize revenue. SAB 104 states that revenue generally is realized or realizable and earned when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the seller's price to the buyer is fixed and determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.

        The Company provides electronic travel distribution services through the Worldspan GDS. These services are provided for airline carriers, rental car companies, hotels and other providers of travel products and services (collectively referred to as "suppliers"). The Company charges the suppliers fees for reservations booked through the Worldspan GDS and the fee per transaction is based upon the participation level of the respective supplier. Each participation level has a different level of functionality, which impacts the nature of the services provided through the Worldspan GDS. Revenue for airline travel transactions made through the Worldspan GDS is recognized at the time the transactions are processed. However, if a transaction is subsequently canceled, the transaction fee or fees must be credited or refunded to the airline. Therefore, revenues are recorded net of an estimated amount reserved to account for cancellations which may occur in a future month. This reserve is calculated based on historical cancellation rates. In estimating the amount of future cancellations that will require a transaction fee to be refunded, the Company assumes that a significant percentage of cancellations are followed by an immediate re-booking, without a net loss of revenues. This assumption is based on historical rates of cancellations and re-bookings and has a significant impact on the amount reserved. Revenue for car rental, hotel and other travel provider transactions is recognized at the time the reservation is used by the traveler.

        The Company has entered into content agreements with certain airlines pursuant to which these airlines will give the Company access to their schedule information, seat availability and publicly available fares (including web fares) for flights for sale in the territories covered in the respective agreements. Any payments made by the Company to airlines in conjunction with these agreements are

F-71



accounted for as contra-revenue in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor's Products) ("EITF No. 01-9").

        The Company also enters into subscriber service agreements, primarily with travel agencies, providing the user with access to the Worldspan GDS. Revenue from subscriber agreements is recognized as the service is provided. In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, these revenues are reported as a reduction of cost of revenues.

        As part of the Acquisition, the Company entered into a founder airline services agreement ("FASA") with each of Delta and Northwest. The FASAs replaced existing agreements between the Company and these two founding airlines covering substantially the same information technology services provided by the Company at substantially the same prices. The services provided under the FASAs include (i) internal reservation system services; (ii) flight operations technology services; and (iii) software development services, which include custom development and integration of software for use in an airline's internal reservation system and flight operations system. Under the terms of the FASAs, revenue is earned in relation to the actual monthly cost incurred to provide each of the services. Revenue is recognized in the period the services are provided and the associated costs are incurred. The FASAs contain an obligation by the Company to provide FASA credits and make FASA credit payments (collectively referred to as "FASA credits") to Delta and Northwest during the term. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, Delta and Northwest earned FASA credits of $33,333 per year, which were accounted for as contra-revenue in accordance with EITF No. 01-9.

        The Company also provides technology services to other companies in the travel industry on a fixed fee per transaction basis. Revenue is recognized as the service is provided.

        Advertising Costs.     Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

        Subscriber Incentives.     Subscriber incentive costs include ongoing programs to assist in the sale of Worldspan products and services. Costs may increase or decrease depending on total Worldspan system transaction volumes generated by certain subscribers. These subscriber incentives may be paid at the time of signing a long-term agreement, at specified intervals of time upon reaching specified transaction thresholds or for each transaction processed through the Worldspan GDS. Subscriber incentives that are payable on a per transaction basis are expensed in the month the transactions are generated. Subscriber incentives payable upon the achievement of specified objectives are assessed as to the likelihood and amount of ultimate payment and expensed over the term of the contract. Subscriber incentives paid at contract signing or payable at specified dates or upon the achievement of specified objectives are capitalized and amortized over the expected life of the travel agency contract, which is generally four years. Deferred charges represent the unamortized balance of the capitalized payments to subscribers. Amortization of deferred charges was $22,285, $23,074 and $16,450 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006. Deferred charges are reviewed for recoverability on a quarterly basis, or when circumstances change, based upon the expected future cash flows from transactions processed by the related subscribers. If the estimate for future recoverability differs from the amount recorded, the difference is written off.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, subscriber revenue is recorded as a reduction of subscriber incentive costs (which include the amortization of deferred charges). To the extent this revenue reduces

F-72



the cost associated with the subscriber service agreements to zero, the remaining agency revenue is included in electronic travel distribution revenue on the consolidated statements of operations.

        Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.     The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS No. 142). SFAS No. 142 requires goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives to no longer be amortized. Goodwill and other intangible assets will be subject to an impairment test annually or when changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Stock-Based Compensation.     Under the WTI stock incentive plan, WTI offers restricted shares of its Class A Common Stock and grants options to purchase shares of its Class A Common Stock to certain employees of the Company. Prior to January 1, 2006, WTI accounted for employee stock options and restricted shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"). WTI valued stock options based upon a binomial option-pricing model. As the options and restricted shares of Class A Common Stock were being granted to employees of the Company, the Company recognized this value as an expense ratably over the period in which the options and restricted shares vest. In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment ("SFAS No. 123R"). The statement requires an entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized ratably over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the prospective transition method of its provisions. Therefore, the financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include the impact of, SFAS No. 123R. Under the prospective method of adoption, only new awards (or awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after the effective date) are accounted for under the provisions of SFAS No. 123R.

        Retirement Plans.     Pension costs recorded as charges to operations include actuarially determined current service costs and an amount equivalent to amortization of prior service costs in accordance with the provisions set forth in SFAS No. 87, Employers' Accounting for Pensions . The Company accounts for postretirement benefits other than pensions in accordance with SFAS No. 106, Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions . The Company accounts for the cost of these benefits, which are for health care and life insurance, by accruing them during the employee's active working career. In October 2003, the Company approved changes that resulted in the curtailment of these retirement plans. As required by SFAS Nos. 87 and 106, the Company has recognized the effects of those actions in measuring the projected benefit obligation as part of purchase accounting.

        Income Taxes.     The Company determines its deferred tax provision using the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and income tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates and laws in effect at the time of such determination. The measurement of deferred tax assets is adjusted by a valuation allowance, if necessary, to recognize the extent to which, based on available evidence, the future tax benefits more likely than not will not be realized.

F-73



        Use of Estimates.     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Risks and Uncertainties.     The Company derives substantially all of its revenues from the travel industry. Accordingly, events affecting the travel industry, particularly airline travel and participating airlines, can significantly affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company's suppliers and subscribers are primarily located in the United States and Europe.

        Travel agencies are the primary channel of distribution for the services offered by travel suppliers. If the Company was to lose all or part of the transactions generated by any significant travel agency and not replace such transactions, its business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. One online agency subscriber, Expedia, generated transactions in our electronic travel distribution segment which resulted in revenue of approximately $239,702, $261,944 and $220,923 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. These amounts represented 25%, 27% and 25%, respectively, of the Company's total revenue.

        On May 5, 2004, the Company announced that it had been informed by Expedia of its intention to move a portion of its transactions in North America to another GDS provider in order to diversify its GDS relationships beyond using a single provider to process substantially all of its GDS transactions. In October 2005, Expedia notified the Partnership of its intention to move some portion but not all of its European transactions to another GDS provider in 2006. Expedia announced in May 2006 that it had commenced booking at select points of sale certain European segments through another GDS. In July 2006, Expedia announced the commencement of processing transactions in North America with another GDS. Expedia's total transaction volume processed on the Worldspan GDS decreased in 2006 resulting in a decrease in revenue of approximately $41,021.

        Additionally, on June 13, 2006, Priceline, one of the Company's largest online travel agency customers, notified the Company that it intended to begin processing segments on another GDS as soon as July 28, 2006. In October 2006, the Company has confirmed that some of Priceline's North American transactions are now being processed on another GDS. The decline in transaction volume in 2006 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial results.

        Effective September 14, 2005, Delta and Northwest, both significant suppliers of the Company, entered bankruptcy protection. Revenues generated by Delta were $165,405, $161,229 and $113,273 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Revenues generated by Northwest were $100,660, $95,621 and $80,589 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. These amounts represented approximately 18%, 17% and 13% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, for Delta and approximately 11%, 10% and 9% of total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, for Northwest.

        Pre-bankruptcy petition net accounts receivable under the Company's two primary agreements with Northwest were $15,893 and $0 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. In November 2006 the Company sold its pre-bankruptcy petition accounts receivable to a third party on a non-recourse basis

F-74



for an amount in excess of its carrying value resulting in a pre-tax gain of $5,787. The gain is included in Other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. Pre-bankruptcy petition net accounts receivable under the Company's two primary agreements with Delta was $4,034 and $0 at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, respectively. Post-bankruptcy petition accounts receivable at December 31, 2005 and 2006 under the Company's two primary agreements with Delta and Northwest collectively totaled $24,970 and $19,110, respectively. The Company believes it will continue to provide the services to the airlines and, absent further significant deterioration in the financial condition of the airlines, post-bankruptcy petition accounts receivable are expected to be collected in accordance with the terms of the Company's current commercial agreements.

        The Company evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable considering a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer's inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, the Company records a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due in order to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount the Company reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company recognizes reserves for bad debts based on past write-off experience and the length of time the receivables are past due. The Company maintained an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $8,110 and $10,475 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

        Cost of Revenues.     Cost of revenues consists primarily of inducements paid to travel agencies, technology development and operations personnel, software costs, network costs, hardware leases, maintenance of computer and network hardware, depreciation of computer hardware and the data center building and other travel agency support headcount.

        Selling, General and Administrative.     Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of sales and marketing, labor and associated costs, advertising services, professional fees, a portion of the expenses associated with our facilities, depreciation of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures and leasehold improvements, internal management costs and expenses for finance, legal, human resources and other administrative functions.

        Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements.     In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment . The statement requires an entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, known as the requisite service period. SFAS No. 123(R) became applicable to the Company beginning January 1, 2006. See Note 7 for a discussion of the impact of adopting SFAS No. 123(R).

F-75



WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1.    Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, which supersedes APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements. SFAS No. 154 changes the requirements for accounting for and reporting of changes in accounting principles. The statement requires the retroactive application to prior periods' financial statements of changes in accounting principles, unless it is impracticable to determine either the period specific effects or the cumulative effect of the change. SFAS No. 154 does not change the guidance for reporting the correction of an error in previously issued financial statements or the change in an accounting estimate. SFAS No. 154 became effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. As of the year ended December 31, 2006, SFAS No. 154 did not impact the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

        In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments . Under current generally accepted accounting principles an entity that holds a financial instrument with an embedded derivative must separate the financial instrument, resulting in the host financial instrument and the embedded derivative being accounted for separately. SFAS No. 155 permits, but does not require, entities to account for financial instruments with an embedded derivative at fair value thus negating the need to separate the instrument between its host and the embedded derivative. SFAS No. 155 is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company believes that SFAS No. 155 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

        In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets . SFAS No. 156 amends SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities , to require that all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable. SFAS No. 156 permits, but does not require, the subsequent measurement of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value. An entity that uses derivative instruments to mitigate the risks inherent in servicing assets and servicing liabilities is required to account for those derivative instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 156 is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company believes that SFAS No. 156 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

        In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109 ("FIN 48"), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting and disclosing in the financial statements, tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, including a decision whether to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction. FIN 48 provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in an entity's financial statements, only if the position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The Company is currently assessing the impact of FIN 48 on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

F-76



        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure of fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and accordingly, does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact, if any, that the adoption of this pronouncement will have on its financial statements.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This pronouncement is effective for the Company as of December 31, 2007 and is required to be adopted prospectively. SFAS No. 158 requires that the Company recognize the funded status of its defined benefit and other postretirement benefit plans in its December 31, 2007 balance sheet, with changes in the funded status recognized through comprehensive income, net of tax, in the year in which they occur. The funded status of a plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation, which is represented by the projected benefit obligation for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for other postretirement plans . Based on the Company's funded status of plan obligations for the year ended December 31, 2006, the estimated impact of adopting SFAS No. 158 would have been an increase of approximately $29,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006, with no impact to the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations or Cash Flows. The actual impact of adopting SFAS No. 158 could materially differ from this estimate as a result of changes in assumptions used in the valuation of projected plan obligations and the fair value of plan assets measured as of December 31, 2007. The Company's plans are currently in compliance with the SFAS No. 158 requirement to be measured as of the date of the year-end statement of financial position.

2.    Investments

        At December 31, 2004, the Company held an investment in a publicly traded company, Datalex, that was classified as an available-for-sale marketable security. The fair value of this investment at December 31, 2004 was $853. In February 2005, Datalex and the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement. Under the Settlement Agreement, the Company was to sell all 1.5 million shares in Datalex and forward the proceeds to it. The investment was fully reserved for at December 31, 2004. In return, Datalex indemnified the Company for any shareholder liability incurred as a result of the investment as well as terminated the software and development agreements between them. The Company sold the shares in 2005 and remitted proceeds of $2,924 to Datalex.

        The Company accounts for its investments in certain non-public investee companies (ownership 20%-50%) under the equity method of accounting. The Company recognized a net gain of $57 for the year ended December 31, 2004 for its equity in the gains of the investees. Less than 20%-owned non-public investees are included in the financial statements at the cost of the Company's investment. In September 2004, the Company sold its investment in a non-public investee in which it held a 25% ownership interest for net proceeds of $5,765, resulting in a gain of $953. In connection with this sale, the Company also deferred $1,145 of gain as a result of an indemnification provision in the sale agreement.

F-77



        The Company assesses on a regular basis whether any significant decline in the fair value of an investment below the Company's cost is other-than-temporary. In performing this assessment, the Company considers all available evidence to evaluate whether the decline in an investment is other-than-temporary. This includes consideration of the current market price (for those investments that are publicly traded), specific factors or events (if any) that have caused the decline, recent news and events at the investee, general market conditions and the duration and extent to which an investment's market value has been below the Company's cost. To the extent that a decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the investment is written down to its estimated fair value with an impairment charge to current earnings.

        For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,498 to write-off its investment in various non-public investee companies. The impairment charges recorded were based upon management's estimate of the fair value. The decline in the estimated fair value of each investment was considered to be other-than-temporary since the Company concluded that it was unclear over what period a recovery, if any, would take place; therefore, the positive evidence suggesting that the investment would recover to at least the Company's purchase price was not sufficient to overcome the presumption that there was a permanent impairment in value.

3.    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are comprised of the following:

 
  Estimated
Useful Life

  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

 
Subscriber computer equipment   3 years   $ 19,355   $ 18,056  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment   3 to 5 years     53,770     69,895  
Assets acquired under capital leases   3 to 19 years     115,697     143,069  
Purchased software   3 to 7 years     7,083     4,939  
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of lease term or useful life     2,062     2,172  
Land         130      
       
 
 
Total property and equipment         198,097     238,131  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization         (106,814 )   (137,813 )
       
 
 
Property and equipment, net       $ 91,283   $ 100,318  
       
 
 

        Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment was $43,025, $40,470 and $33,172 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Accumulated amortization of assets acquired under capital leases at December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $55,811 and $73,781, respectively. Assets acquired under capital leases primarily consist of mainframe equipment, acquired software and a building.

4.    Related Party Transactions

        Refinancing Transactions.     In February 2005, the Company entered into a series of Refinancing Transactions. In December 2006, the Company entered into a series of Recapitalization Transactions.

F-78


Certain of the parties to these transactions were related parties, including CVC and OTPP. See Note 10 for a description of these transactions.

        Advisory Agreements.     In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into an advisory agreement with CVC Management pursuant to which CVC Management may provide financial, advisory and consulting services to the Company. In exchange for these services, CVC Management was entitled to an annual advisory fee of $900. The advisory agreement had an initial term of ten years. These expenses are included in "Selling, general and administrative" expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company distributed $900 and $225, respectively, to CVC Management pursuant to this advisory agreement.

        In connection with the Refinancing Transactions, on February 16, 2005, WTI entered into an amendment to its advisory agreement with CVC Management to terminate all advisory and other fees payable under that agreement as of January 1, 2005 in return for a prepayment of $4,620 payable on or before December 15, 2005. The Company paid the entire amount of this prepayment to CVC during the third and fourth quarters of 2005. The prepaid advisory fees are included in "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" and "Other long-term assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The prepaid advisory fees are being amortized on a straight line basis over the remaining term that the services are provided. The agreement expires in June 2013. During each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company recognized $544 of expense in connection with this agreement.

        Class B Common Stock Dividends.     During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company declared Class B Common Stock Dividends of $600 and paid Class B Common Stock dividends of $450 to OTPP. The remaining unpaid dividends at December 31, 2004 were paid in January 2005.

        On February 16, 2005, WTI filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective as of the date of filing, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to, among other things, terminate the special dividends payable to holders of the Class B Common Stock of WTI in return for a prepayment of $3,080 payable on or before December 15, 2005. The Company paid the entire amount of this prepayment to the holders of the Class B Common Stock during the third and fourth quarters of 2005. As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, all of the Class B Common Stock was held by OTPP. In December 2006, the Company paid $62,810 in dividends to the holders of Class B Common Stock in connection with the 2006 Recapitalization Transactions as described in Note 10.

        Stock-Based Compensation.     Under the WTI stock incentive plan, the Company offers restricted shares of its Common Stock and grants options to purchase shares of its Common Stock to certain employees. As the options and restricted shares are being granted to employees, the Company recognizes this value as an expense ratably over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award.

        Subordinated Notes.     In March 2004, affiliates of CVC acquired from American the $39,000 subordinated seller note originally issued to American. Following such acquisition, pursuant to the terms of the subordinated seller note, the Company paid cash interest to these affiliates of CVC in the

F-79



aggregate amount of $2,048 and was obligated to issue additional notes to such affiliates in lieu of cash interest in the aggregate principal amount of $2,867, in each case, for the year ended December 31, 2004. This note was paid off in connection with the Refinancing Transactions as described in Note 10.

        Also, in connection with the Refinancing Transactions the Company issued $43,630 in 11% Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Holdco Notes") to certain related parties of CVC and paid $365 in accrued and unpaid interest in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of all of the obligations owing by the Company in the 12% Related Party Notes due 2012.

        Outsourcing Agreements.     In 2005 the Company entered into a master services agreement for technology services with Calleo Distribution Technologies Pvt. Ltd ("Calleo"). Additionally in 2005, the Company's United Kingdom domiciled subsidiary, Worldspan Services Limited, entered into a distributor agreement with Calleo for the distribution of Worldspan's services in the India sub-continent and other countries. In 2006, the master services agreement for technology services with Calleo was terminated and the Company entered into a similar master services agreement for technology services with InterGlobe Technologies, Pvt. Ltd. ("IGT"). Mr. Rakesh Gangwal, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has a greater than 10% equity ownership interest in both Calleo and IGT. The master services agreement has an initial term of ten years, subject to termination rights. The distributor agreement also has an initial ten year term, subject to termination rights. Payments under the agreements are contingent upon bookings generated by Calleo. The Company made no payments to Calleo and IGT during the year ended December 31, 2005, and paid $3,161 and $2,996 to Calleo and IGT, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company has a total of approximately $109 and $1,426 of accrued expenses owed to Calleo and IGT as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company has also recorded a prepaid asset in the amount of $215 as of December 31, 2006 that relates to deferred costs and that will be amortized over the 120 month term of the agreement.

        During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company entered into an internet service agreement with Time Warner Telecom, Inc. ("TWTC"). Mr. Kevin Mooney, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, is a director of TWTC. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company paid $20 to TWTC and, as of December 31, 2006, there were no accrued expenses owed to TWTC.

F-80



5.    Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses are comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

Subscriber incentives   $ 77,472   $ 66,020
Employee compensation     27,303     25,433
Income taxes(1)     6,620     1,593
Booking cancellation reserve     8,220     8,267
Other accrued expenses     28,665     33,617
   
 
Total   $ 148,280   $ 134,930
   
 

(1)
As of December 31, 2006, the Company has a federal income tax receivable which is included in other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

6.    Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all U.S. employees. Pension coverage for employees of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans governed by local statutory requirements. The plans provide for payment of retirement benefits, mainly commencing between the ages of 52 and 65. After meeting certain qualifications, an employee acquires a vested right to future benefits. The benefits payable under the plans are generally determined on the basis of an employees' length of service and earnings. Annual contributions to the plans are sufficient to satisfy legal funding requirements. Effective January 1, 2002, the defined benefit pension plan was amended to exclude employees hired on or after January 1, 2002. Effective December 31, 2003, the Company froze all further benefit accruals under the defined benefit pension plan. Employees who already became participants in the defined benefit pension plan will, however, continue to receive credit for their future years of service for purposes of determining vesting in their accrued benefits and for purposes of determining their eligibility to receive benefits, such as early retirement, that are conditioned on the number of a participant's years of service.

        The Company provides postretirement health care and life insurance benefits to retirees in the United States and certain employee groups outside the United States. Most employees and retirees outside the United States are covered by government health care programs. Effective January 1, 2002, the plan covering these benefits was amended to exclude employees hired on or after January 1, 2002. In October 2003, the Company approved additional changes to this plan.

        Employees, other than those in a limited grandfathered group, retiring after December 31, 2003 will not be eligible for retiree health care coverage.

        The changes made to the plans during the second half of 2003 resulted in the curtailment of the plans. As required by SFAS Nos. 87 and 106, the Company has recognized the effects of those actions in measuring the projected benefit obligation as part of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition.

F-81



        The components of net pension and postretirement costs are as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

 
Service cost   $   $   $  
Interest cost     11,049     11,570     11,691  
Expected return on plan assets     (13,555 )   (14,625 )   (15,791 )
Amortization of transition obligation              
Amortization of prior service cost              
Recognized net actuarial loss         108      
   
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit   ($ 2,506 ) ($ 2,947 ) ($ 4,100 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Postretirement Benefits
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Service cost   $ 329   $ 263   $ 236
Interest cost     1,671     1,627     1,518
Expected return on plan assets            
Amortization of transition obligation            
Amortization of prior service cost            
Recognized net actuarial loss            
   
 
 
Net periodic cost   $ 2,000   $ 1,890   $ 1,754
   
 
 

F-82


        The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets, and the funded status of the plans are as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Postretirement Benefits
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

 
Change in benefit obligation:                          
Benefit obligation at beginning of period   $ 204,989   $ 216,668   $ 29,879   $ 28,934  
Service cost             263     237  
Interest cost     11,570     11,691     1,627     1,519  
Actuarial loss     8,630     (4,042 )   180     605  
Benefits paid     (8,521 )   (9,408 )   (3,015 )   (2,627 )
   
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at end of period   $ 216,668   $ 214,909   $ 28,934   $ 28,668  
   
 
 
 
 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period   $ 183,707   $ 197,407   $   $  
Actual return on plan assets     21,636     27,522          
Employer contributions     585     620     3,015     2,627  
Benefits paid     (8,521 )   (9,408 )   (3,015 )   (2,627 )
   
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of period   $ 197,407   $ 216,141   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 

Reconciliation of funded status:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Funded status   $ (19,260 ) $ 1,232   $ (28,934 ) $ (28,668 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)     (12,005 )   (27,903 )   2,596     3,200  
Unrecognized transition obligation                  
Unrecognized prior service cost                  
Other                  
   
 
 
 
 
Net amount recognized   $ (31,265 ) $ (26,671 ) $ (26,338 ) $ (25,468 )
   
 
 
 
 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Accrued benefit liability   $ (34,031 ) $ (29,187 )            
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,766     2,516              
   
 
             
Net amount recognized   $ (31,265 ) $ (26,671 )            
   
 
             

        The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

 
  Pension Benefit
  Postretirement Benefits
 
 
  December 2005
  December 2006
  December 2005
  December 2006
 
Discount rate   5.50 % 5.75 % 5.50 % 5.75 %
Rate of compensation increase          

F-83


        The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits
  Postretirement Benefits
 
 
  December
2005

  December
2006

  December
2005

  December
2006

 
Discount rate   5.75 % 5.75 % 5.75 % 5.75 %
Rate of compensation increase          
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets   9.00 % 9.00 %    

        For U.S. plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets, the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets were $216,668, $216,668 and $197,407, respectively, as of December 31, 2005 and $214,911, $214,911 and $216,141, respectively, as of December 31, 2006. The Company estimates that its pension and postretirement plan contributions during the year ended December 31, 2007 will be approximately $687 and $2,778, respectively.

        Benefit payments are made from both funded benefit plan trusts and from current assets. The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Year ended December 31,

  Pension
benefits

  Postretirement
benefits

2007   $ 9,533   $ 2,778
2008   $ 9,711   $ 2,700
2009   $ 9,900   $ 2,603
2010   $ 10,212   $ 2,574
2011   $ 10,534   $ 2,558
2012 - 2016   $ 58,951   $ 11,275

        For postretirement benefits, the Company has not assumed a health care cost trend rate as, beginning in 2004, participants will pay for substantially all of the future increases in medical costs of the plan.

        The Company determined its assumptions for the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets based on historical asset class returns, current market conditions, and long-term return analysis for global fixed income and equity markets. The Company considers the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets a longer-term assessment of return expectations and does not anticipate changing this assumption annually unless there are significant changes in economic conditions.

        The Company's pension plan investment strategies are to maximize return within reasonable and prudent levels of risk in order to provide benefits to participants. The investment strategies are targeted to produce a total return that, when combined with the Company's contributions to the plan, will maintain the plan's ability to pay all benefit and expense obligations when due. Risk is controlled through diversification of asset types and investments in domestic and international equities, fixed income securities and cash. Investment risk is monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews. The target asset allocation is 75% equities and 25% debt securities. The

F-84



Company's pension plan weighted-average asset allocation by asset category based on asset fair values is as follows:

 
  Percentage of Pension
Plan assets

 
Asset category

  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

 
Equity securities   78.3 % 79.3 %
Debt securities   21.7 % 20.7 %
   
 
 
Total   100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 

        The Company sponsors a number of defined contribution plans. Contributions are determined under various formulas. Costs related to such plans amounted to $4,898 and $4,336 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

        In December 2003, the United States enacted into law the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act"). The Act establishes a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, known as "Medicare Part D," and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In January 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Staff Position No. 106-1, "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003" ("FSP 106-1"). The Company elected to defer accounting for the effects of the Act, as permitted by FSP 106-1. In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 106-2, "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003" ("FSP 106-2"). FSP 106-2 requires companies to account for the effect of the subsidy on benefits attributable to past service as an actuarial experience gain and as a reduction of the service cost component of net postretirement health care costs for amounts attributable to current service, if the benefit provided is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. In 2005, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has started to issue regulations governing how employers should determine whether their prescription drug benefits are at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. Based on the proposed regulations, the Company has concluded that its retiree prescription drug benefits are not at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. As such, the adoption of FSP 106-2 during the third quarter of 2004 did not effect the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        The Company reserves the right to modify or terminate its employee benefit plans as to all participants and beneficiaries at any time, except as restricted by the Internal Revenue Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA).

7.    Stock-Based Compensation

        Under the Company's stock incentive plan, the Company offers restricted shares of its Class A Common Stock and grants options to purchase shares of its Class A Common Stock to selected management employees of the Partnership. The Company has reserved 13,250,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock for issuance under the stock incentive plan. The options expire ten years from date of grant. The exercise price of any options granted or the purchase price for restricted stock offered under

F-85



the stock incentive plan is determined by the Board of Directors. The Company accounts for employee stock options and restricted shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. The Company adopted the provision of SFAS No. 123R effective at the beginning of 2006 under the prospective transition method which has no significant impact on income before income taxes, net income, cash flow from operations or cash flow from financing activities.

        The Company applies the binomial option-pricing model in accounting for the options issued under the Company's stock incentive plan. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the weighted-average assumptions used in the binomial option-pricing model were as follows:

 
  Risk-Free
Interest Rate(1)

  Expected
Life(2)

  Expected
Volatility(3)

  Expected
Dividend Yield

 
2004   3.15 % 5 years   0 % 0 %
2005   4.00 % 5 years   0 % 0 %
2006   4.96 % 6.5 years   35.4 % 0 %

(1)
Represents the rate of a U.S. Treasury security maturing from the grant date over a period of time approximating the expected life of the option.

(2)
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company estimated the expected life to approximate the vesting period. However, due to a lack of substantial history regarding the timing of exercises (the Company was formed only recently—June 30, 2003), the Company has elected to use the simplified method allowed by Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107 , Share-Based Payment , for estimating the expected term equal to the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual term. This change of estimate was effective January 1, 2006.

(3)
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company estimated expected volatility to approach zero as the underlying stock is not publicly traded. Effective January 1, 2006, as required under SFAS No. 123R, the Company has estimated the volatility of the underlying stock. The Company has determined that the historical volatility experienced by one of its major competitor's publicly-traded stock reflects a more accurate forecast of volatility.

F-86


        During 2006, the Company granted 72,500 Series 1 options, with weighted average exercise prices and weighted average grant date fair values as follows:

 
  Series 1
 
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value(1)

Options whose exercise price was less than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock on the day of grant   $ 3.79   $ 1.89
Options whose exercise price was equal to the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock on the day of grant   $ 3.96   $ 1.78
Options whose exercise price was greater than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock on the day of grant   $ 0.00   $ 0.00

(1)
Grant date fair value was calculated using the binomial option-pricing model.

        During 2006, the Company granted 72,500 Series 2 options, whose exercise price was greater than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock on the day of grant. The weighted average exercise price and weighted average grant date fair value of these Series 2 options were $7.90 and $0.00 per share. In 2006, there were no Series 2 options granted whose exercise price was equal to or less than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock on the day of grant.

        The stock options vest over five years, which is deemed to be the service period over which the stock-based compensation expense is recognized. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $199, $1,026 and $710 during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, attributable to stock options. The 2006 amount represents compensation expense prior to the acceleration of stock options vesting as described below.

        Information concerning stock options issued to employees of the Company is presented in the following table. There were 329,600, 846,500 and 0 Series 1 stock options exercisable at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. There were 329,600, 846,500, and 6,682,727 Series 2 stock options exercisable at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The weighted-average remaining

F-87


contractual life was 0 and 6.8 years for Series 1 and Series 2 options, respectively, at December 31, 2006.

 
  Series 1
  Series 2
 
  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

  Number of
Shares

  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2003   1,812,500   $ 2.11   1,812,500   $ 7.30
  Granted   227,500     1.92   227,500     7.11
  Exercised            
  Forfeited   (223,500 )   1.85   (223,500 )   7.04
  Unexercised   (6,000 )   1.78   (6,000 )   6.97
   
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2004   1,810,500   $ 1.78   1,810,500   $ 6.97
  Granted(1)   365,000     1.87   365,000     5.92
  Exercised            
  Forfeited   (52,500 )   1.60   (52,500 )   6.76
  Unexercised   (20,500 )   1.66   (20,500 )   6.87
   
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2005   2,102,500   $ 1.48   2,102,500   $ 6.49
  Granted(1)   72,500     3.90   72,500     7.90
  Modification         9,875,263     N/A
  Exercised(2)   (1,445,750 )   1.11      
  Forfeited   (39,000 )   1.39   (39,000 )   6.18
  Unexercised   (11,500 )   1.29   (19,750 )   6.29
  Cancelled   (678,750 )   1.59      
   
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006(3)         11,991,513   $ 1.06
   
 
 
 
Exercisable at December 31, 2006(4)         6,862,727   $ 1.06
   
 
 
 

(1)
As allowed under SFAS No. 123(R), WTI has continued to apply the binomial option-pricing model in valuing the options granted in 2006 with the resulting fair value being amortized straight-line over the service period. The weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Series 1 options reflected above as being granted during the year ended December 31, 2006, were $3.90 and $1.83, respectively, per share. These options were granted with an exercise price equal to or lower than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock. The weighted-average exercise price and weighted-average grant-date fair value of the Series 2 options reflected above as being granted during the year ended December 31, 2006, were $7.90 and $0, respectively, per share. These options were granted with an exercise price higher than the market value of the underlying Class A Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2005, there were 365,000 Series 1 options granted with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.87 and a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $0.33; additionally, there were 365,000 Series 2 options granted with a weighted-average exercise price of $5.92 and a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $0. During the year ended December 31, 2004, there were 227,500 Series 1 options granted with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.92 and a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $5.70; additionally, there were 227,500 Series 2 options granted with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.11 and a weighted-average grant-date fair value of $2.02.

F-88


(2)
WTI received $1,599 in cash upon exercise of these options. The intrinsic value of the 1,445,750 Series 1 options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $7,610, which represents the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. The weighted average market value of the underlying stock was approximately $6.37 on the dates of exercise. There were no options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

(3)
The aggregate intrinsic value of the Series 1 and Series 2 options expected to vest at December 31, 2006 was approximately $0 and $794, respectively. See item (2) above regarding the definition of "intrinsic value." The weighted-average exercise prices of the Series 1 and Series 2 options expected to vest were $0 and $1.07, respectively. The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the Series 1 and Series 2 options expected to vest at December 31, 2006 was 0 and 7.4 years, respectively. The total compensation cost to be recognized under SFAS No. 123 R related to Series 1 and Series 2 options at December 31, 2006 expected to vest is approximately $0 and $129, respectively, which will be expensed over the remaining weighted-average service period of 0 and 2.8 years, respectively.

(4)
The total fair value of Series 1 and Series 2 options vested at December 31, 2006 was approximately $0 and approximately $116, respectively. At December 31, 2005, there were 846,500 Series 1 options vested with a total fair value of approximately $201 and 846,500 Series 2 options vested with a total fair value of approximately $62. At December 31, 2004, there were 329,600 Series 1 options vested with a total fair value of approximately $13 and 329,600 Series 2 options vested with a total fair value of approximately $0. The aggregate intrinsic value of the Series 1 and Series 2 options vested at December 31, 2006 was approximately $0 and $1,838, respectively. See item (2) above regarding the definition of "intrinsic value." The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the Series 1 and Series 2 options exercisable at December 31, 2006 was 0 and 6.8 years, respectively.

        During the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a series of restricted stock subscription agreements with certain members of the Partnership's management having an aggregate value of $12,938 for 1,587,500 restricted shares of Common Stock. These restricted shares vest over approximately five years, which is deemed to be the service period over which the stock-based compensation expense is recognized. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $1,638 and $1,428 during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, attributable to these restricted stock subscription agreements. The 2006 compensation expense excludes the effect of the restricted stock vesting acceleration discussed below. Also during the first quarter of 2004, the Company entered into a stock subscription agreement with a member of the Partnership's management having a value of $819 for 100,512 shares of Common Stock. Since there was no vesting or service period associated with these shares, the entire stock-based compensation expense for these shares was recognized during the first quarter of 2004.

        On February 28, 2005, the Company entered into a stock subscription agreement in connection with the exercise by a member of management of his option to purchase 16,000 shares of Class A Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25. This sale was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated thereunder. On March 21, 2005, the Company entered into a restricted stock subscription agreement under which one of our executive officers

F-89



purchased an aggregate of 200,000 restricted shares of Class A Common Stock at a price of $1.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $200. These restricted shares vest over approximately five years, which is deemed to be the service period over which the stock-based compensation expense is recognized. This sale was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated thereunder and was made without registration pursuant to the exemption provided by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

        During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company accelerated the vesting of restricted shares and stock options held by a member of the Company's management and, as a result, $4,338 in additional compensation expense for these shares and options was recognized.

        On June 15, 2006, the Company entered into a stock subscription agreement with the Company's Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to the agreement, 2,000,000 restricted shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock were issued to the Chief Executive Officer. On December 7, 2006, in connection with the Merger Agreement vesting of these shares was accelerated.

        Non-vested restricted share activity under the WTI stock incentive plan for the year ended at December 31, 2006 is summarized as follows:

 
  Number
of Shares

  Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value(1)

Non-vested restricted shares of Class A Common Stock at December 31, 2005   3,139,046   $ 2.54
  Granted   2,678,750     3.26
  Vested(2)   (5,387,796 )   3.00
  Forfeited      
   
 
Non-vested restricted shares of Class A Common Stock at December 31, 2006(3)   430,000   $ 1.19
   
 

(1)
Under both SFAS No. 123R and SFAS No. 123, the fair value of restricted stock awards is measured as being the intrinsic value of the shares on the day of grant—i.e. the amount by which the market value of the shares on the day of grant exceeds the exercise/purchase price of the shares.

(2)
The fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $16,176. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the fair value of the 2,145,642 restricted stock awards vested was approximately $2,385.

(3)
Of the non-vested shares at December 31, 2006, 421,400 are expected to vest. The total compensation cost to be recognized under SFAS No. 123R related to the shares at December 31, 2006 expected to vest is approximately $501, which will be expensed over the remaining weighted-average service period of 2.4 years.

F-90


        On December 7, 2006, the Company entered into the Merger Agreement. In connection with the signing of the agreement, the board of directors and stockholders approved the following changes to certain of the Company's stock awards:

    Accelerated the vesting of Series 1 stock options and shares of restricted stock for certain key employees resulting in additional stock compensation expense of $12,614 being recorded;

    Cancelled the remaining 678,750 Series 1 stock options and made a cash payment to the option holders. The option cancellation and cash payment were accounted for in accordance with FAS 123(R) as an acceleration of vesting and related exercise of the option. The vesting acceleration resulted in additional stock compensation expense of $652. The cash payment to the options holders of $2,798 was charged to additional paid in capital. The unrestricted and restricted stock grant was valued at the fair market value on the grant date;

    Granted 678,750 shares of unrestricted and restricted stock to the option holders. Compensation expense of $296 was recognized for the shares of stock that had no future restrictions. The remaining compensation cost of $501 was deferred and will be amortized over the applicable service period;

    Modified all outstanding Series 2 stock options by increasing the number of options and reducing the option price by a factor sufficient to maintain the original option's value to the option holder after the payment of the dividend discussed above; and

    In connection with the signing of the Merger Agreement, the Company cannot issue any more options or restricted stock.

8.    Acquisition of Worldspan

        On June 30, 2003, the Company indirectly acquired 100% of the outstanding partnership interests of Worldspan from affiliates of Delta, Northwest and American. The aggregate consideration for the Acquisition was $901,500, consisting of $817,500 in cash and the issuance by the Company of $84,000 of holding company subordinated seller notes payable by the Company to American and Delta. The purchase consideration was subject to adjustment based upon certain items, such as the Partnership's closing cash, debt and working capital. The resulting net aggregate consideration for the Acquisition was $837,766. The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase transaction in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations .

        The $119,944 excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net tangible assets and separately identifiable intangible assets of the Partnership was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price was allocated among tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values at the Acquisition date.

F-91



        The following represents the allocation of the purchase price at the time of the Acquisition:

Current assets   $ 178,756  
Property and equipment     129,504  
Deferred charges     33,975  
Other long-term assets     59,901  
Goodwill     119,944  
Other identifiable intangibles     666,723  
Current liabilities     (203,085 )
Pension and postretirement benefits     (64,067 )
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations     (62,640 )
Other long-term liabilities     (21,245 )
   
 
Allocated purchase price   $ 837,766  
   
 

        The $119,944 of goodwill was allocated as follows: $105,620 to the electronic travel distribution segment and $14,324 to the information technology services segment.

        During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, a net decrease of $4,013 and $42,268, respectively, was recorded to goodwill as a result of the reduction of a valuation allowance on pre-acquisition deferred tax assets.

        Other identifiable intangibles acquired consist of the following:

Asset

  Fair Value
  Estimated Useful Life
Supplier and agency relationships   $ 321,618   8-11 years
Information technology services contracts     36,126   5-15 years
Developed technology     236,837   11 years
Trade name     72,142   Indefinite

        The weighted average life of acquired identifiable intangibles, subject to amortization, is approximately nine years. Goodwill and trade name are not amortized but will be tested for impairment on an annual basis or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist. In 2006, the Company did not have to record a charge to earnings for an impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets.

9.    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill and other intangible assets consisted of the following:

 
   
  December 31, 2005
  December 31, 2006
 
  Estimated
Useful Life

  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

  Cost
  Accumulated
Amortization

Supplier and agency relationships   8-11 years   $ 321,618   $ 84,637   $ 318,467   $ 116,693
Information technology services contracts   5-15 years     36,126     7,020     36,126     9,828
Developed technology   5-11 years     238,979     55,725     238,850     77,308
Goodwill   Indefinite     73,525         73,525    
Trade name   Indefinite     72,142         72,142    
       
 
 
 
        $ 742,390   $ 147,382   $ 739,110   $ 203,829
       
 
 
 

F-92


        During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded $1,615 in acceleration of amortization of agency relationship intangibles related to two online agencies. The contracts with the Company were terminated by the agencies. The write-off was recorded as additional amortization in the statement of operations.

        The Company recorded amortization expense for its amortized intangible assets of $58,667, $60,275 and $59,598 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the Company's intangible assets is as follows:

Year Ended
December 31,

   
2007   $ 57,695
2008     56,778
2009     57,075
2010     57,075
2011     49,029
Thereafter     111,962
   
    $ 389,614
   

        In connection with the Acquisition, the Company recorded an intangible asset in the amount of $33,152 related to the FASAs with Delta and Northwest. As of December 31, 2006, the unamortized portion of the intangible asset related to the Delta and Northwest FASAs was $25,424. This amount is included in "Other intangible assets, net" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The services provided to Delta and Northwest under the terms of their respective FASA include internal reservation services, development services and other support services. The Company continues to provide services to the airlines in accordance with the terms of the respective FASA. The Company believes that these services are essential to the continued operation of the airlines. In addition, the Company believes that the cost of the services provided to Delta and Northwest are competitive to current market rates for these services given the cost formula and the monthly credit each airline receives as a part of the respective FASA. The Company does not believe that the long term value of the FASAs has changed based on any facts currently available. Additional facts could become known or actions taken by Delta and Northwest in bankruptcy that could impact the long term value of the FASAs and possibly result in an impairment of the intangible asset in the future.

        In connection with the Acquisition, the Company also recorded additional intangible assets of approximately $318,467 related to the value of the Company's existing contracts with online travel agencies, traditional travel agencies and travel suppliers. The Company believes that the Delta and Northwest bankruptcy filings will not have a materially adverse impact on cash flows because the travel customer would be able to select another supplier if Delta and Northwest were to reduce their flight capacity. Alternatively, Delta and Northwest could pursue GDS alternatives allowing them to bypass the Worldspan GDS. If either Delta or Northwest were successful in bypassing the Worldspan GDS entirely or significantly reducing their flight capacity, the Company's cash flow and financial condition could be materially, adversely effected and possibly result in an impairment of the related intangible assets in the future.

F-93



        Of the $318,467 recorded for the Company's existing contracts with travel agencies and travel suppliers, the Company estimates that $35,234 was related to the Expedia contract. Based on that estimate, the portion of this intangible asset that is unamortized as of December 31, 2006 was $19,819. The Company has confirmed that a significant portion of Expedia's North American transactions are now being processed on another GDS. The Company has performed an impairment test in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The Company has concluded that there was no impairment related to this intangible asset in or as of December 31, 2006.

10.    Debt

        Long-term debt consists of the following:

 
  December 31, 2005
  December 31, 2006
 
9 5 / 8 Senior Notes   $ 500   $ 500  
Floating Rate Notes(1)     300,000      
Term loan under 2005 Senior Credit Facility(2)     371,000      
Holdco Notes     43,630      
First Lien Credit Facility(2)         700,000  
Second Lien Credit Facility(2)         250,000  
Travelport Notes         250,493  
   
 
 
Total debt     715,130     1,200,993  
Less current portion of long-term debt     (4,000 )   (7,000 )
   
 
 
Long-term debt, excluding current portion   $ 711,130   $ 1,193,993  
   
 
 

(1)
The Floating Rate Notes are publicly traded and at December 31, 2005 had a market value of approximately $261,000 based on the quoted market price for such notes.

(2)
Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company, the carrying value of the debt obligation approximates fair value as of the end of the respective year.

        Long-term debt repayments are due as follows:

2007   $ 7,000
2008     7,000
2009     7,000
2010     7,000
2011     7,500
Thereafter     1,165,493
   
    $ 1,200,993
   

        On January 10, 2005, the Company entered into a Note Redemption Agreement (the "Note Redemption Agreement") with Delta. Pursuant to the Note Redemption Agreement, the Company

F-94



redeemed the 10% Subordinated Note due 2012 (the "Seller Notes") in an original principal amount of $45,000 issued by the Company to Delta on June 30, 2003, the additional notes issued in lieu of cash interest and all accrued and unpaid interest up to January 10, 2005 for $36,137. As a result of the extinguishment of this debt, the Company recorded a gain in 2005 of $12,541 as other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

        On February 11, 2005, certain wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, as guarantors (the "Guarantor Subsidiaries") and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, entered into an Indenture (the "Indenture"). Pursuant to the Indenture, the Guarantor Subsidiaries issued $300,000 of Senior Second Lien Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2011 (the "Floating Rate Notes"), secured on a second priority basis by substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, WS Financing and the Guarantor Subsidiaries. In addition, Worldspan, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as borrower, the Company, and WS Holdings entered into a new credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"). In connection with the closing under the Credit Agreement, a new senior credit facility (the "2005 Senior Credit Facility"), consisting of a revolving credit facility in the amount of $40,000 and a new term loan facility due 2010 (the "Term Loan under 2005 Senior Credit Facility") in the amount of $450,000, was made available to Worldspan.

        At the Company's option, the interest rate applied to borrowings under the Term Loan under the 2005 Senior Credit Facility during 2005 was based on the LIBOR rate plus the initial applicable margin of 2.75%. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Floating Rate Notes was based on the three-month LIBOR rate plus 6.25%. At December 31, 2005, the three-month LIBOR rate was 4.54%.

        The net proceeds from the sale of the Floating Rate Notes and the closing of the 2005 Senior Credit Facility, along with available cash of the Company (collectively referred to as the "Refinancing Transactions"), were used to:

    repay approximately $57,488 of the outstanding balance of the then-existing senior term loan due 2007 including any accrued and unpaid interest then outstanding under the existing 2004 senior credit facility,

    purchase pursuant to a cash tender offer of $279,500 of the Company's outstanding 9 5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011,

    redeem the Company's outstanding Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the face amount of the Company's Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date for a total redemption price of approximately $375,729,

    pay a consent fee of $8,638 to certain related parties of CVC in connection with the Holdco Notes described below, and

    pay fees and expenses related to the Refinancing Transactions.

        In connection with the Refinancing Transactions, on February 16, 2005, the Company issued $43,630 in 11% Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the "Holdco Notes") to certain related parties of CVC and paid $365 in accrued and unpaid interest in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of all of the obligations owing by the Company in the 12% Related Party Notes due 2012.

F-95



        As a result of the Refinancing Transactions described above, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $51,694 for the year ended December 31, 2005.

        Debt covenants in the Credit Agreement and the Indenture required the Guarantor Subsidiaries to maintain certain financial ratios, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. Also, the Indenture required the Guarantor Subsidiaries to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. In addition, certain non-financial covenants restricted the activities of the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

        On March 4, 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $508,370 on November 15, 2005 and amortized on a quarterly basis to $102,250 at November 15, 2008. The reset dates on the swap are February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year until maturity on November 15, 2008. This agreement, which has been designated as a cash flow hedge, will be used to convert the variable component of the interest rates on certain indebtedness to a fixed rate of 4.3%, effective November 15, 2005. During 2005 and 2006, the critical terms of the swap matched those of the debt it was hedging; therefore the swap was considered a highly effective hedge against changes in the fair value of the debt and no ineffectiveness was recognized in operations. Changes in the fair value of the swap are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in each reporting period. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, the total fair value of this swap was a long-term asset of $3,382 and $3,427, respectively, which included accrued interest of $0 and $423, respectively. The accrued interest is included in other current assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets with the remainder of the total value included in other long-term assets.

        On December 7, 2006, the Company and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries entered into the following transactions (collectively referred to as "2006 Recapitalization Transactions"):

    The Partnership entered into a first lien credit agreement in the amount of $700,000 ("First Lien Credit Facility"). The First Lien Credit Facility bears interest with respect to Eurodollar loans at a rate of LIBOR plus a 3.25% margin and with respect to Base Rate Loans, the greater of the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds plus one half of one percent plus a 2.25% margin. Interest is payable at the end of each calendar quarter beginning March 31, 2007. The principal is due in 27 quarterly installments of $1,750 commencing March 31, 2007 with a balloon payment of $652,750 due on December 7, 2013.

    The Partnership entered into second lien credit agreement in the amount of $250,000 ("Second Lien Credit Facility"). The Second Lien Credit Facility bears interest with respect to Eurodollar loans at a rate of LIBOR plus a 7.00% margin and with respect to Base Rate Loans, the greater of the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds plus one half of one percent plus a 6.00% margin. Interest is payable at the end of each calendar quarter beginning March 31, 2007. The margin on the Second Lien Credit Facility increases by 0.5% for both Eurodollar and Base Rate Loans effective September 8, 2007 and increases by an additional 0.5% effective December 7, 2007. The principal is due in full on December 7, 2014.

    The Company entered into a $125,000 Subordinated Note due December 7, 2015 with Travelport Worldwide Limited and a $125,000 Subordinated Note due December 7, 2015 with Travelport Limited (collectively referred to as "Travelport Notes"). The Travelport Notes bear interest at a rate of 3% per annum until December 2007, 7% per annum from December 2007 to

F-96


      December 2008 and LIBOR plus 11% not to exceed a total interest rate of 12% per annum for the remainder of the term. Interest is payable quarterly commencing March 31, 2007. Any unpaid interest will become part of the principal of the Travelport Notes on a quarterly basis.

        The gross proceeds of $1,200,000 from the 2006 Recapitalization Transactions along with available cash were used to:

    Retire the principal of $266,000 and pay accrued interest of $1,867 on the Term loan under the 2005 Senior Credit Facility;

    Retire the principal of $300,000, pay accrued interest of $4,218 and pay a call premium of $9,000 on the Floating Rate Notes;

    Retire the principal of $43,630, pay accrued interest of $2,280 and pay a call premium of $3,490 on the Holdco Notes;

    Pay certain costs associated with 2006 Recapitalization Transactions of $19,895. These costs were capitalized and are included in Debt issuance costs, net in the consolidated balance sheet; and

    Pay a dividend to holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock totaling $556,173.

        The call premiums paid on the Floating Rate Notes and the Holdco Notes of $12,490 along with the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Term loan under the 2005 Credit Facility and the Floating Rate Notes of $10,229 were written off and classified as a loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations.

        Debt covenants in both the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities require the Partnership to maintain certain financial ratios, including a minimum interest coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. In addition, certain non-financial covenants restrict the activities of the Partnership and its subsidiaries. Included in these non-financial covenants for the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities is a limitation on fundamental changes which prohibits the Partnership and its subsidiaries from entering into any merger, consolidation or liquidation. The First and Second Lien Credit Facilities contain provisions whereby the merger with Travelport, Inc., if closed, will represent an event of default and cause the outstanding amounts to become immediately due and payable. Also, the Travelport Notes' principal and accrued interest become immediately due and payable upon a change of control as defined in the subordinated note agreement.

11.    Lines of Credit

        As part of the Refinancing Transactions, the Partnership entered into a revolving credit facility in the amount of $40,000. As of December 31, 2005, no amounts were outstanding on this credit facility. This facility was terminated in connection with the 2006 Recapitalization Transactions discussed in Note 10.

        As a part of the 2006 Recapitalization Transactions discussed in Note 10, the Partnership entered into a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50,000. As of December 31, 2006, no amounts were outstanding on this facility. Commitment fees on the unused portion are payable quarterly and $17 of

F-97



commitment fees were accrued at December 31, 2006. On February 16, 2007, the Company borrowed $25,000 against the revolving credit facility.

12.    Common and Preferred Stock

        On February 16, 2005, WTI redeemed approximately 97% of Series A Preferred Stock and the remaining outstanding Series A Preferred Stock on April 15, 2005, in connection with the Refinancing Transactions at a redemption price equal to the face amount of the Series A Preferred Stock plus accrued and unpaid dividends thereon to the redemption date. There were 126,186,421 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the date of redemption.

        Prior to the redemption, the Company was authorized to issue 330,000 shares of preferred stock, all of which was designated to be Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred Stock had a par value of $0.01 per share and was entitled to annual dividends, if and when declared, which were cumulative and accrued at a rate of 10%, compounding semi-annually. The Series A Preferred Stock was senior to all common stock and had no voting rights.

        The Company is authorized to issue 261,000,000 shares of Common Stock, consisting of (i) 125,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, (ii) 11,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and (iii) 125,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. The holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and the holders of Class B Common Stock and Class C Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders other than the election of directors. Holders of Class A Common Stock may convert any or all of their shares into an equal number of shares of Class C Common Stock, and holders of Class B Common Stock or Class C Common Stock may convert any or all of their shares into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class B Common Stock were entitled to an annual special dividend equal to an aggregate amount of $600 per year for a period of ten years following the closing of the Acquisition. During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company declared Class B Common Stock Dividends of $600 and paid Class B Common Stock dividends of $450. The remaining $150 was subsequently paid during 2005.

        On February 16, 2005, WTI filed a Certificate of Amendment of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective as of the date of filing, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware to, among other things, terminate the special dividends payable to holders of the Class B Common Stock of WTI in return for a prepayment of $3,080 payable on or before December 15, 2005. The Company paid the entire amount of this prepayment to the holders of the Class B Common Stock during the third and fourth quarters of 2005. Since December 31, 2003, all of the Class B Common Stock was held by OTPP.

        Concurrent with the signing of the Agreement with Travelport, on December 7, 2006, WTI refinanced its existing debt and paid a dividend of $493,363 to Class A Common stockholders and $62,810 to Class B Common stockholders. See Note 10 for a discussion of the Recapitalization Transactions.

        The Company accounts for treasury stock using the cost method. As of December 31, 2006, the Company held 295,461 of Class A Common Stock as treasury shares.

F-98



13.    Other Events

        On July 20, 2005, the Partnership announced a reduction in force of approximately 70 employees. The reduction was the result of improved organizational efficiency and the outsourcing of programming for certain applications. The Partnership recorded a charge of $1,050, all of which was for severance and benefits. This amount is included in "Cost of Revenues" in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2005, there was no remaining liability associated with this workforce reduction.

14.    Income Taxes

        Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consisted of:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Domestic   $ 25,257   $ (9,733 ) $ 13,497
Foreign     7,808     10,231     8,163
   
 
 
Income before provision for income taxes   $ 33,065   $ 498   $ 21,660
   
 
 

        The income tax provision (benefit) is as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2004

  Year ended
December 31,
2005

  Year ended
December 31,
2006

Current provision:                  
  Federal   $ 7,667   $ (137 ) $ 2,483
  State     368     14    
  Foreign     2,201     1,937     2,318
   
 
 
    Total current     10,236     1,814     4,801
   
 
 
Deferred provision:                  
  Federal     1,420     (9,753 )   6,445
  State     81     (557 )   184
  Foreign     903     171     280
   
 
 
    Total deferred     2,404     (10,139 )   6,909
   
 
 
    Total provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 12,640   $ (8,325 ) $ 11,710
   
 
 

        The Company utilizes SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." The deferred taxes result from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax for earnings from the Company's partnership investment in Worldspan associated with accrued expenses, employee benefit plans, intangibles, fixed assets, and other items.

F-99


        The Company's net deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

 
Deferred tax assets:              
Investment in partnership   $ 32,034   $ 38,383  
Net operating loss carryforwards     10,057     2,803  
Interest     2,797      
Foreign operations     4,192     3,635  
   
 
 
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance     49,080     44,821  
Valuation allowance     (1,080 )   (794 )
   
 
 
Net deferred tax asset   $ 48,000   $ 44,027  
   
 
 

        Below is a reconciliation of the expected income tax expense from continuing operations (based on the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35%) to the actual income tax expense (benefit):

 
  Years ended December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2005
  2006
 
Computed expected income tax expense   $ 11,573   $ 174   $ 7,581  

Effect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  State income taxes, net of federal effect     368         1,354  
  Foreign rate variance         (852 )   (20 )
  Domestic valuation allowance release         (12,202 )    
  Foreign valuation allowance release             (239 )
  Amortization of an indefinite lived asset     492     2,028      
  Research and development tax credit     (1,284 )   (390 )    
  Nondeductible expense associated with stock options     900     2,290     2,385  
  Other, net     591     627     649  
   
 
 
 
  Income tax expense (benefit)   $ 12,640   $ (8,325 ) $ 11,710  
   
 
 
 

        In 2005, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize its domestic net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets prior to their expiration. As a result, the Company released $54,238 of its deferred tax asset valuation allowance and recorded a $42,036 reduction in goodwill as it related to deferred tax assets that arose as of or prior to the Acquisition.

        In 2005, the Company reduced the pre-acquisition valuation allowance on its foreign deferred tax assets by $232, which resulted in a corresponding deduction to goodwill. During 2006, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize a portion of its foreign deferred tax assets prior to their expiration. As a result, the Company released $239 of its deferred tax asset valuation allowance and recorded a $286 income tax benefit. As of December 31, 2006 there is a valuation allowance of $794 against net foreign deferred tax assets of $3,635. A valuation allowance has

F-100



been set up as the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to realize the benefit of such foreign deferred tax assets.

        In 2006, the state effective tax rate was reduced by 1%, from 2% in 2005 to 1% in 2006. This is primarily due to Georgia state tax law changes.

        The Company uses the tax law ordering approach for purposes of determining its windfall tax benefits under SFAS No. 123R. Deferred tax assets relating to tax benefits of employee stock option grants have been reduced to reflect exercises in 2006. In addition, these exercises resulted in tax deductions in excess of previously recorded compensation expense with the benefit being considered a "windfall". Pursuant to SFAS No. 123R the additional tax benefit of $5,076 associated with the windfall is realized in 2006 as Additional Paid in Capital.

        The Company had a domestic net operating loss carryforward at December 31, 2006 of $7,786 that will expire in 2026 if not utilized. Upon a change of control of the Company, the usage of its net operating loss and other tax carryforward items may be limited. The Company plans to utilize its remaining net operating loss carryforwards prior to the expected closing date, if consummated, of the Merger Agreement.

        As of December 31, 2006, the Company, in accordance with Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion 23, Accounting for Income Taxes, Special Areas has determined that undistributed foreign earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested by its non-U.S. subsidiaries and, therefore, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes has been made. The Company periodically determines whether the non-U.S. subsidiaries will invest their undistributed earnings indefinitely and reassesses this determination as appropriate. Determination of the amount of any unrecognized deferred income tax liability associated with foreign earnings is not practicable.

15.    Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

        On September 19, 2005, the Company filed a lawsuit against Orbitz (a subsidiary of Travelport, Inc.) in the United States District Court, Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division ("Federal Suit"). See Note 1 for a discussion of the Merger Agreement with Travelport, Inc. Orbitz is one of the Company's largest online travel agency customers and represented approximately 11% of its transaction volume for twelve month periods ended December 31, 2006. The Federal Suit alleged that Orbitz accessed and used the Company's seat map data in violation of the Federal Computer Fraud and Abuse Act ("FCFAA") and in breach of the agreement with Orbitz. The Federal Suit contained several additional state-law claims. On April 19, 2006, the court considering the Federal Suit dismissed the claim under the FCFAA and relinquished jurisdiction over the Company's state-law claims against Orbitz without prejudice to the Company refiling its state-law claims in state court. The Company filed an appeal with the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit on May 18, 2006.

        The Company refiled its state-law claims in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Law Division. The complaint alleges that Orbitz's improper accessing and use of the Company's seat map data violates the Georgia Computer Systems Protection Act and the Company's agreements with Orbitz, and that Orbitz's use of Galileo and ITA, competing computer reservation systems, constitutes breaches of the Company's agreement with Orbitz. The Company is seeking

F-101



injunctive relief to prevent the unauthorized accessing and use of its seat map data as well as to prevent Orbitz's use of the services or data of Galileo and ITA. The Company also seeks monetary damages from Orbitz in excess of $109,000 and reimbursement for its attorneys' fees and costs.

        After filing the Federal Suit, the Company learned that Orbitz filed suit against it on September 16, 2005, in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois, County Department, Law Division, purporting to assert two causes of action against it for violation of the Illinois Consumer Fraud Act and equitable estoppel. Orbitz claimed that certain exclusivity, minimum segment fee and 100% booking requirement provisions in the agreement were illegal and in violation of public policy. In its suit, Orbitz seeks a court order precluding the Company from pursuing its breach of contract claims against Orbitz, an order terminating and rescinding the first and second amendments of the Company's contract with Orbitz (which include, among other things, provisions containing commitments from Orbitz with respect to its usage of the Worldspan GDS through 2011), monetary damages in excess of $50, punitive damages and reimbursement for attorneys' fees and costs. Orbitz filed an amended complaint against the Company on July 5, 2006. The amended complaint adds six counts, including claims of breach of contract, fraud and rescission, in addition to a declaratory judgment request. The complaint seeks equitable and monetary relief, attorney's fees and costs, monetary damages in excess of $50 and prejudgment interest. The Orbitz case has been consolidated with the Company's state court cases. The Company believes that the allegations in the Orbitz complaint are without merit and it intends to defend against this action vigorously. If the Company is unable to satisfactorily resolve the claims asserted by Orbitz and its lawsuit against the Company is successful, there would be few or no restrictions to prevent Orbitz from moving a significant portion of its business from the Worldspan GDS, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

        The parties have agreed to stay both the state and federal actions pending the closing of the proposed merger with Travelport, Inc.

        In September 2003, the Company received multiple assessments totaling €39,503 from the tax authorities of Greece relating to tax years 1993-2002. The Company filed appeals of these assessments. Pursuant to a formal tax amnesty program with the Greek authorities, the Company reached a settlement of the outstanding assessments in an amount of approximately €7,775. The Company Interest Purchase Agreement, dated March 3, 2003, provides that each of Delta, Northwest and American (collectively, Worldspan's "founding airlines") shall severally indemnify WTI and hold WTI harmless on a net after-tax basis from and against any and all taxes of the Company and its subsidiaries related to periods prior to the Acquisition. The Company informed the founding airlines of the receipt of these assessments and the indemnity obligation of the founding airlines under the Company Interest Purchase Agreement. Delta and American have reimbursed the Company in full pursuant to their indemnity obligations. As of December 31, 2006, the balance of the amounts due from Northwest was $1,625. Because of the indemnity provision and other remedies available under the applicable agreements, the Company believes that this remaining balance will be recovered from Northwest and will not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

        Additionally, in connection with the Acquisition, Delta, Northwest and American agreed to retain the rights and obligations of all tax matters relating to tax periods prior to June 30, 2003. However, the exercise of these rights could be successfully challenged in bankruptcy court.

F-102



        On July 26, 2006, Expedia and its affiliate, IAC Global LLC, (collectively, "Expedia") filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Superior Court, King County, Washington. Among other actions and requests for relief, the complaint requests a declaratory judgment from the court regarding Expedia's use of data and information provided by the Company as set forth in the contract between the parties. The Company believes that the allegations in the Expedia complaint are without merit and it intends to defend against this action.

        In addition, the Company is currently involved in various claims related to matters arising from the ordinary course of business. Management believes the ultimate disposition of these actions will not materially affect the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

Operating and Capital Leases

        The Company has operating lease agreements which are principally for software, equipment and office facilities. Rent expense relating to these lease agreements was $62,492 and $55,616 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

        The Company leases equipment under noncancelable capital lease obligations. Under these arrangements, an asset and obligation are recorded at the lesser of the present value of the rental and other minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased property. The interest rate used in computing the present value of the minimum lease payments ranges from approximately 4.2% to 12.0% depending on the asset being leased. The annual lease payments under capital lease obligations are allocated between a reduction in the liability and interest payments using the effective interest method.

        Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases and capital leases at December 31, 2006 are as follows:

 
  Operating
  Capital
 
2007   $ 42,365   $ 17,907  
2008     44,402     16,078  
2009     39,999     17,184  
2010     38,800     16,789  
2011     31,826     44,715  
   
 
 
Total   $ 197,392   $ 112,673  
   
       
Less amount representing interest           (37,443 )
         
 
Present value of net minimum lease payments           75,230  
Less current maturities           (13,199 )
         
 
Long-term maturities         $ 62,031  
         
 

        On June 30, 2006, Worldspan signed amendments to its existing Asset Management Offering agreement ("AMO"), Enterprise Software Option agreement ("ESO") and the Websphere Software Special Option agreement ("WSSO"), collectively referred to as the "IBM OIO Agreements." The terms of the IBM OIO Agreements were extended from June 30, 2008 to June 30, 2011 with the option for two one-year renewal periods from June 30, 2011.

F-103



        Consistent with prior treatment, the Company has accounted for the amended IBM OIO Agreements collectively as a multiple element arrangement of hardware, software, and services. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company has a remaining aggregate minimum commitment of $213,864 at December 31, 2006, plus additional contingent payments dependent upon the rate of growth of electronic travel distribution transaction volumes. Of the aggregate minimum commitment, approximately $153,181 represents future minimum lease payments for leases classified as operating at December 31, 2006 and approximately $60,683 represents future minimum lease payments for leases classified as capital at December 31, 2006. These amounts have been included in the table above in the future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases and capital leases at December 31, 2006.

        The future minimum amounts payable under the IBM OIO agreements are as follows at December 31, 2006:

 
  Total IBM OIO
Agreements

  IBM OIO
Agreements
Operating Leases at
December 31, 2006

  IBM OIO
Agreements
Capital Leases at
December 31, 2006

2007   $ 46,442   $ 32,658   $ 13,784
2008     48,174     34,323     13,851
2009     48,262     34,411     13,851
2010     47,970     34,514     13,456
2011     23,016     17,275     5,741
   
 
 
    $ 213,864   $ 153,181   $ 60,683

        The payment stream of the IBM OIO Agreements are such that in the earlier years, the payments required under the agreement exceed the value of the technology and service elements received. This prepaid element was $11,166 and $11,247 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and is included in "Other long-term assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

        Effective September 29, 2006, Worldspan entered a separate leasing arrangement with IBM to lease new mainframe and storage devices. This leasing arrangement increased capital lease obligations and property and equipment by $11,184.

16.    Business Segment Information

        The Company's operations are classified into two reportable business segments: electronic travel distribution and information technology services. The Company's two reportable business segments are managed separately based on fundamental differences in their operations. In addition, each business segment offers different products and services. The electronic travel distribution segment distributes travel services of its suppliers to subscribers of the Worldspan GDS. By having access to the Worldspan GDS, subscribers are able to book reservations with the suppliers. The information technology services segment provides technology services to Delta and Northwest and other companies in the travel industry.

F-104



        The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on operating income. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. There are no intersegment sales.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

 
Revenues                    
  Electronic travel distribution   $ 876,552   $ 881,599   $ 812,688  
  Information technology services     67,666     72,156     74,312  
   
 
 
 
    Total revenues   $ 944,218   $ 953,755   $ 887,000  
Operating income                    
  Electronic travel distribution   $ 120,727   $ 157,527   $ 143,951  
  Information technology services     (32,142 )   (41,248 )   (31,857 )
   
 
 
 
    Total operating income   $ 88,585   $ 116,279   $ 112,094  
Depreciation and amortization                    
  Electronic travel distribution   $ 82,401   $ 77,964   $ 71,179  
  Information technology services     19,477     22,781     21,591  
   
 
 
 
    Total depreciation and amortization   $ 101,878   $ 100,745   $ 92,770  

        The Company's principal administrative, marketing, product development and technical operations are located in the United States. Areas of operation outside of North America include EMEA, Asia and Latin America which are primarily composed of selling and marketing functions.

        The following table includes the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, related to our geographic areas.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2004

  Year Ended
December 31,
2005

  Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Geographic areas                  
  Total revenues                  
    United States   $ 801,592   $ 815,701   $ 768,204
    Foreign     142,626     138,054     118,796
   
 
 
      Total   $ 944,218   $ 953,755   $ 887,000
 
  December 31,
2005

  December 31,
2006

  Long-lived assets            
    United States   $ 791,906   $ 784,568
    Foreign     28,130     35,018
   
 
      Total   $ 820,036   $ 819,586

F-105


17.    Supplemental Guarantor/Non-Guarantor Financial Information

        In conjunction with the closing of the Refinancing Transactions discussed in Note 10, the Term Loan under 2005 Senior Credit Facility became fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the domestic operations and assets of the Partnership (referred to as "Worldspan, L.P.—Guarantor" in the accompanying financial information). Included in Worldspan, L.P.—Guarantor are Worldspan, L.P. and all of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries including WS Financing Corp ("WS Financing"). These domestic subsidiaries also fully and unconditionally guarantee on a second priority basis the Floating Rate Notes. These domestic subsidiaries collectively represent less than one percent of the Partnership's total assets, Partners' capital (deficit), total revenues, net income, and cash flows from operating activities. The guarantees of each of the legal entities comprised by Worldspan, L.P.—Guarantor are full, unconditional, joint and several. The foreign subsidiaries (referred to as "Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries" in the accompanying financial information) represent the foreign operations of the Partnership. WS Financing does not have any substantial operations, assets or revenues. In connection with the Merger Agreement discussed in Note 1, the Company and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries entered into the 2006 Recapitalization Transactions. The Term Loan under the 2006 Recapitalization transactions became fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the domestic operations and assets of the Partnership.

        The following financial information presents condensed consolidating balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for Worldspan, L.P.—Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. The information has been presented as if Worldspan, L.P.—Guarantor accounted for its ownership of the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

F-106


Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
as of December 31, 2005

 
  WTI
  Worldspan,
L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Assets                                
Current assets                                
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 209   $ 55,238   $ 2,855   $   $ 58,302  
  Trade accounts receivable, net         95,475     2,509         97,984  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     543     16,196     796     (906 )   16,629  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total current assets     752     166,909     6,160     (906 )   172,915  
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation         85,311     5,972         91,283  
Deferred charges         12,984     11,408         24,392  
Debt issuance costs, net         14,626             14,626  
Supplier and agency relationships, net         236,981             236,981  
Developed technology, net         183,254             183,254  
Trade name         72,142             72,142  
Goodwill     (38,278 )   111,803             73,525  
Other intangible assets, net         29,106             29,106  
Investments in subsidiaries     31,509     27,811         (59,320 )    
Other long-term assets     48,421     41,444     10,750     (5,888 )   94,727  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total assets   $ 42,404   $ 982,371   $ 34,290   $ (66,114 ) $ 992,951  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities, Stockholders' Deficit and Partners' Capital                                
Current liabilities                                
  Accounts payable   $   $ 12,477   $ 4,370   $   $ 16,847  
  Intercompany accounts payable (receivable)         31,461     (31,461 )        
  Accrued expenses     4,448     111,089     33,649     (906 )   148,280  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations         17,863             17,863  
  Current portion of long-term debt         4,000             4,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     4,448     176,890     6,558     (906 )   186,990  
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations         36,555             36,555  
Long-term debt         667,500             667,500  
Related party debt     43,630                 43,630  
Pension and postretirement benefits         60,370     (42 )       60,328  
Other long-term liabilities     5,888     9,547     (37 )   (5,888 )   9,510  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities     53,966     950,862     6,479     (6,794 )   1,004,513  
Commitments and contingencies                                

Stockholders' deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par; 125,000,000 shares authorized; 83,253,159 and 82,967,548 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2005     832                 832  
Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par; 11,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     110                 110  
Class C Common Stock, $0.01 par 125,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                      
Additional paid in capital—common stock     (14,510 )               (14,510 )
Deferred compensation     (6,852 )               (6,852 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (558 )               (558 )
Retained earnings     9,507                 9,507  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' deficit, excluding treasury stock     (11,471 )               (11,471 )
Less: Cost of treasury stock, 285,611 shares at December 31, 2005     (91 )               (91 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total stockholders' deficit     (11,562 )               (11,562 )
Partners' capital         31,509     27,811     (59,320 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities, stockholders' deficit and Partners' capital   $ 42,404   $ 982,371   $ 34,290   $ (66,114 ) $ 992,951  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-107



Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
as of December 31, 2006

 
  WTI
  Worldspan,
L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Assets                                
Current assets                                
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 232   $ 27,839   $ 3,480   $   $ 31,551  
  Trade accounts receivable, net         70,250     1,744         71,994  
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets     5,122     18,283     960     (906 )   23,459  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total current assets     5,354     116,372     6,184     (906 )   127,004  
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation         96,843     3,475         100,318  
Deferred charges         17,824     18,726         36,550  
Debt issuance costs, net         21,225             21,225  
Supplier and agency relationships, net         201,774             201,774  
Developed technology, net         161,542             161,542  
Trade name         72,142             72,142  
Goodwill     (38,278 )   111,803             73,525  
Other intangible assets, net         26,298             26,298  
Investments in subsidiaries     (341,304 )   33,376         307,928      
Restricted funds     50,000                 50,000  
Other long-term assets     44,176     24,201     12,817     (4,982 )   76,212  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total assets   $ (280,052 ) $ 883,400   $ 41,202   $ 302,040   $ 946,590  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities, Stockholders' Deficit and Partners' Capital                                
Current liabilities                                
  Accounts payable   $   $ 7,641   $ 839   $   $ 8,480  
  Intercompany accounts payable (receivable)     47     27,415     (27,462 )        
  Accrued expenses     1,289     100,101     34,446     (906 )   134,930  
  Current portion of capital lease obligations         13,199             13,199  
  Current portion of long-term debt         7,000             7,000  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities     1,336     155,356     7,823     (906 )   163,609  
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations         62,031             62,031  
Long-term debt     250,493     943,500             1,193,993  
Pension and postretirement benefits         54,655             54,655  
Other long-term liabilities     4,982     9,162     3     (4,982 )   9,165  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities     256,811     1,224,704     7,826     (5,888 )   1,483,453  
Commitments and contingencies                                

Stockholders' deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par; 125,000,000 shares authorized; 87,377,659 and 87,082,198 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31, 2006     873                 873  
Class B Common Stock, $.01 par; 11,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     110                 110  
Class C Common Stock, $0.01 par 125,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding                      
Additional paid in capital—common stock     130                 130  
Deferred compensation     (501 )               (501 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (631 )               (631 )
Retained deficit     (536,716 )               (536,716 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders' deficit, excluding treasury stock     (536,735 )               (536,735 )
Less: Cost of treasury stock, 295,461 shares at December 31, 2006     (128 )               (128 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total stockholders' deficit     (536,863 )               (536,863 )
Partners' capital         (341,304 )   33,376     307,928      
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities, stockholders' deficit and Partners' capital   $ (280,052 ) $ 883,400   $ 41,202   $ 302,040   $ 946,590  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-108


Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Revenues   $ 1,500   $ 801,592   $ 142,626   $ (1,500 ) $ 944,218  
Operating expenses     1,372     722,000     133,761     (1,500 )   855,633  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     128     79,592     8,865         88,585  
Other income (expense)                                
  Interest (expense) income, net     (9,603 )   (40,185 )   72         (49,716 )
  Income from subsidiaries     41,863     4,704         (46,567 )    
  Other, net     (2,427 )   (2,248 )   (1,129 )       (5,804 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense), net     29,833     (37,729 )   (1,057 )   (46,567 )   (55,520 )
Income before income taxes     29,961     41,863     7,808     (46,567 )   33,065  
Income tax expense     9,536         3,104         12,640  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 20,425   $ 41,863   $ 4,704   $ (46,567 ) $ 20,425  
   
 
 
 
 
 


Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Revenues   $ 1,281   $ 815,701   $ 138,054   $ (1,281 ) $ 953,755  
Operating expenses     1,095     709,344     128,318     (1,281 )   837,476  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     186     106,357     9,736         116,279  
Other income (expense)                                
  Interest (expense) income, net     (4,995 )   (59,796 )   101         (64,690 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt     3,903     (55,597 )           (51,694 )
  Income from subsidiaries     (675 )   8,123         (7,448 )    
  Other, net     (29 )   238     394         603  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense), net     (1,796 )   (107,032 )   495     (7,448 )   (115,781 )
Income before income taxes     (1,610 )   (675 )   10,231     (7,448 )   498  
Income tax expense (benefit)     (10,433 )       2,108         (8,325 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 8,823   $ (675 ) $ 8,123   $ (7,448 ) $ 8,823  
   
 
 
 
 
 


Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P—Guarantor.
  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Revenues   $ 906   $ 768,204   $ 118,796   $ (906 ) $ 887,000  
Operating expenses     1,084     667,374     107,354     (906 )   774,906  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     (178 )   100,830     11,442         112,094  
Other income (expense)                                
  Interest (expense) income, net     (4,965 )   (65,423 )   91         (70,297 )
  Loss on extinguishment of debt     (3,490 )   (19,229 )           (22,719 )
  Income from subsidiaries     27,695     5,565         (33,260 )    
  Other, net         5,952     (3,370 )       2,582  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other income (expense), net     19,240     (73,135 )   (3,279 )   (33,260 )   (90,434 )
Income before income taxes     19,062     27,695     8,163     (33,260 )   21,660  
Income tax expense (benefit)     9,112         2,598         11,710  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 9,950   $ 27,695   $ 5,565   $ (33,260 ) $ 9,950  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-109


Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
for the Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 11,363   $ 150,517   $ (1,160 ) $ (17,940 ) $ 142,780  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
  Purchase of property and equipment         (10,575 )   (3,183 )       (13,758 )
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment         233             233  
  Capitalized software for internal use         (727 )   (138 )       (865 )
  Proceeds from the sale of investments in other entity         5,765             5,765  
  Investments in subsidiaries     (11,131 )   (6,320 )       17,451      
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash used in investing activities     (11,131 )   (11,624 )   (3,321 )   17,451     (8,625 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
  Cash dividends paid     (484 )               (484 )
  Class A Common stock repurchased     (91 )               (91 )
  Proceeds from issuance of Class A Common and Series A Preferred stock     380                 380  
  Principal payments on capital leases         (21,683 )           (21,683 )
  Principal payments on debt         (55,512 )           (55,512 )
  Distributions to Partners, net         (6,809 )       6,809      
  Contributions to subsidiaries             6,320     (6,320 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (195 )   (84,004 )   6,320     489     (77,390 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     37     54,889     1,839         56,765  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     100     41,615     2,131         43,846  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 137   $ 96,504   $ 3,970   $   $ 100,611  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-110



Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
for the Year Ended December 31, 2005

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 1,058   $ 161,261   $ (11,233 ) $ (7,267 ) $ 143,819  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
  Purchase of property and equipment         (10,572 )   (3,528 )       (14,100 )
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment         239             239  
  Capitalized software for internal use         (19 )           (19 )
  Investments in subsidiaries     422,372     (13,646 )       (408,726 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     422,372     (23,998 )   (3,528 )   (408,726 )   (13,880 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
  Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs         734,727             734,727  
  Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock     (375,728 )               (375,728 )
Repurchase old notes         (327,555 )           (327,555 )
Repurchase of seller note obligation     (36,137 )               (36,137 )
Consent fees paid—holding company notes     (8,638 )               (8,638 )
Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock     200                 200  
Proceeds from issuance of Class A Common and Series A Preferred stock     25                 25  
Cash dividends paid     (3,080 )               (3,080 )
Principal payments on capital leases         (19,574 )           (19,574 )
Principal payments on debt         (136,488 )           (136,488 )
Distributions to Partners, net         (429,639 )       429,639      
Contributions to subsidiaries             13,646     (13,646 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (423,358 )   (178,529 )   13,646     415,993     (172,248 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     72     (41,266 )   (1,115 )       (42,309 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     137     96,504     3,970         100,611  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 209   $ 55,238   $ 2,855   $   $ 58,302  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-111



Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 
  WTI
  Worldspan, L.P.—
Guarantor

  Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

  Eliminating
Entries

  WTI
Consolidated

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ (50,912 ) $ 168,340   $ (4,626 ) $ (17,155 ) $ 95,647  
Cash flows from investing activities:                                
  Purchase of property and equipment         (4,858 )   (524 )       (5,382 )
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment         271     210         481  
  Capitalized software for internal use                      
  Investments in subsidiaries     400,388     (5,565 )       (394,823 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     400,388     (10,152 )   (314 )   (394,823 )   (4,901 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                
  Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs     250,000     929,414             1,179,414  
  Class A Common stock repurchased     (37 )               (37 )
  Repurchase previously issued notes     (47,120 )   (575,000 )           (622,120 )
  Consent fees paid—holding company notes                      
  Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock                      
  Proceeds from issuance of Class A Common and Series A Preferred stock     1,599                 1,599  
  Cash dividends paid     (556,173 )               (556,173 )
  Principal payments on capital leases         (17,458 )           (17,458 )
  Principal payments on debt         (105,000 )           (105,000 )
  Distributions to Partners, net         (414,745 )       414,745      
  Contributions to subsidiaries             5,565     (5,565 )    
    Cash paid upon settlement of stock-based awards     (2,798 )   (2,798 )       2,798     (2,798 )
    Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation     5,076                 5,076  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (349,453 )   (185,587 )   5,565     411,978     (117,497 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     23     (27,399 )   625         (26,751 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     209     55,238     2,855         58,302  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 232   $ 27,839   $ 3,480   $   $ 31,551  
   
 
 
 
 
 

F-112


PROSPECTUS

GRAPHIC


OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014.

€235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014.

$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014.

$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 11 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Subordinated Notes due 2016.

€160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding 10 7 / 8 % Senior Euro Subordinated Notes due 2016.

Until the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                        , 2007



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Each of the registrants, except as discussed below, are organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

        As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the registrants include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of the directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

    The certificate of incorporation and/or bylaws of each of the registrants also provide that the registrants:

    must indemnify their directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law;

    may advance expenses, as incurred, to their directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law; and

    may indemnify their other employees and agents to the same extent that the registrants indemnified their officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by their board of directors.

        Pursuant to Section 145(a) of the DGCL, the registrants may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, agent or employee of the company or is or was serving at their request as a director, officer, agent, or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. Pursuant to Section 145(b) of the DGCL, the power to indemnify also applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit. Pursuant to Section 145(b), the registrants shall not indemnify and person in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. The power to indemnify under Sections 145(a) and (b) of the DGCL applies (i) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or preceding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

        The indemnification provisions contained in the certificate of incorporation and by laws of the registrants are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled by law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. In addition, the registrants will maintain insurance on behalf of their directors and executive officers insuring them against my liability asserted against them in their capacities as directors or officers or arising out of such status.

II-1



        Some of the registrants are limited liability companies organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 18-10 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company act (the "Delaware Act") grants each limited liability company organized thereunder the power to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any an all claims and demands whatsoever, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, set forth in the limited liability company agreement of the respective registrants.

        The Certificate of Formation of Travelport LLC is silent on indemnification provisions.

        Article X of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Travelport LLC provides that: SECTION 10.1. Exculpation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a "Covered Person" and collectively, the "Covered Persons") shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, the Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 10.2. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 10.3. Advancement of Expenses. The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company's expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

        SECTION 10.4. Indemnification Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Delaware Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

        SECTION 10.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Delaware Act, or otherwise.

II-2



        SECTION 10.6. Continuation of Indemnity. The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

        The Partnership Agreement for Apollo Galileo USA Partnership is silent on indemnification provisions.

        Article VI of Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc. and Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provide for Indemnification of Directors, Offices and Others to the fullest extent under the DGCL: (a)  General . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect.

        (b)    Proceedings Initiated by any Person . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsection (a) above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

        (c)    Advancement of Expenses . The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article VI also include, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the right to be paid the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with any such civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

        (d)    Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indeuU1ify him or her against such liability under the provisions of applicable law.

        (e)    Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        Article IX of Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc. and Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.'s Bylaws and Article XI of Galileo International, Inc.'s Restated Bylaws provide that: SECTION 9.01 and SECTION 1, respectively. General . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized

II-3



or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

        SECTION 9.02 and SECTION 2, respectively.     Derivative Actions.     The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determine such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or an agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or an agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        SECTION 9.03 and SECTION 3, respectively.     Successful Defense.     To the extent that (i) a director or an officer of the Corporation or (ii) any other employee or agent of the Corporation who the Board of Directors has authorized the Corporation to indemnify, has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above, or

II-4



in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

        SECTION 9.04 and SECTION 4, respectively.     Proceedings Initiated by any Person.     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 9.01 or 9.02 above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

        SECTION 9.05 and SECTION 5, respectively.     Procedure.     Any indemnification under Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

        SECTION 9.06 and SECTION 6, respectively.     Advancement of Expenses.     Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article IX or as otherwise authorized by law. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

        SECTION 9.07 and SECTION 7, respectively.     Rights Not Exclusive.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

        SECTION 9.08 and SECTION 8, respectively.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

        SECTION 9.09 and SECTION 9, respectively.     Definition of "Corporation".     For purposes of this Article IX, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

        SECTION 9.10 and SECTION 10, respectively.     Certain Other Definitions.     For purposes of this Article IX, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines"

II-5



shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation", as referred to in this Article IX.

        SECTION 9.11 and SECTION 11, respectively.     Continuation of Rights.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

        SECTION 9.12 and SECTION 12, respectively.     Repeal or Modification.     Any repeal or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        SECTION 9.13 and SECTION 13, respectively.     Amendments to DGCL.     If the DGCL is amended hereafter to broaden the rights of those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses, then such rights shall be extended to such persons to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended, without further action by either the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

        Article SEVENTH of Galileo International, Inc.'s Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that: (a) The Corporation (i) shall indemnity any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suite or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a directors or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect.

    (b)
    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsection (a) of this Article SEVENTH, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

    (c)
    The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article SEVENTH also include, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the right to be paid the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with any such civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

    (d)
    The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as

II-6


      such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of applicable law.

    (e)
    Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        Article X of Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC, Galileo Operations, LLC, Galileo Technologies LLC and Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC's Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement and Travelport Development, LLC's Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement provides that: SECTION 10.1. Exculpation . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manger, any Member, or any officer, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a "Covered Person" and collectively, the "Covered Persons") shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by this Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 10.2.     Indemnification.     To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 10.3.     Advancement of Expenses.     The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company's expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

        SECTION 10.4.     Indemnification Not Exclusive.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

        SECTION 10.5.     Insurance.     The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

II-7



        SECTION 10.6.     Continuation of Indemnity.     The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

        Article SIXTH of Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation, HotelPORT, Inc., HotelPORT International, Inc., Landmark Holding Company, Inc., Neat Group Corporation, Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., Travelport Inc., Travelport China Holdings, Inc., Travelport for Business, Inc., Raccoon Acquisition Corp., Travelport Operations, Inc., Travelport Holdings, Inc., Trip Network, Inc. and Wizcom, Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provides that: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

        Article VIII of Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation and Trip Network, Inc., and HotelPORT, Inc., HotelPORT International, Inc., Landmark Holding Company, Inc., Neat Group Corporation, Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., Travelport Inc., Travelport China Holdings, Inc., Travelport Operations, Inc., Travelport Holdings, Inc., and Wizcom, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: Section 1 and Section 8.1, respectively. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Rights of Corporation. Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Section 2 and Section 8.2, respectively.     Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.     Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of

II-8



Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        Section 3 and Section 8.3, respectively.     Authorization of Indemnification.     Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

        Section 4 and Section 8.4, respectively.     Good Faith Defined.     For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case maybe.

        Section 5 and Section 8.5, respectively.     Indemnification by a Court.     Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

        Section 6, and Section 8.6, respectively.     Expenses Payable in Advance.     Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

II-9


        Section 7 and Section 8.7, respectively.     Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

        Section 8 and Section 8.8, respectively.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

        Section 9 and Section 8.9, respectively.     Certain Definitions.     For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article VIII.

        Section 10 and Section 8.10, respectively. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

        Section 11 and Section 8.11, respectively. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

II-10



        Section 12 and Section 8.12, respectively. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

        Paragraph 8 of Galileo International Services, Inc., Magellen Technologies, Inc. and Trip.com, Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provides that: The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        Article VII, Section 7 of Distribution System, Inc., Galileo International Services, Inc. and Magellen Technologies, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        Article VI of Trip.com, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: Section 6.1. To the extent permitted by Delaware law from time to time in effect and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of this Article, the corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

        Section 6.2.     To the extent permitted by Delaware law from time to time in effect and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of this Article, the corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        Section 6.3.     To the extent that a director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

II-11



        Section 6.4.     Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only upon a determination in the specific case that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections 6.1 or 6.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable and a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel (compensated by the corporation) in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

        Section 6.5.     Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, or threat thereof, shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors, whether a disinterested quorum exists or not, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article.

        Section 6.6.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the other Sections of this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders, disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

        Section 6.7.     The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article or of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        Section 6.8.     For purposes of this Article references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

        Section 6.9.     For purposes of this Article, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on or involves services by such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Article.

        Section 6.10.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

II-12



        Article VI, Section 6.4 of Galileo BA, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such person's testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee. For purposes of this by-law, the term "Corporation" shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service "at the request of the Corporation" shall include service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

        Article SEVENTH of Galileo Brasil Limited's Articles of Incorporation provides that: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, section 145 thereof), as amended from time to time, the Corporation shall, in general, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto or otherwise and, in particular, a director shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

        Section 10 of Galileo Brasil Limited's Bylaws provides that: It being the intent of the corporation to provide maximum protection available under the law to its officers and directors, the corporation shall indemnify its officers and directors to the full extent the corporation is permitted or require to do so by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Such indemnification shall include payment by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of a civil or criminal action or proceeding and upon the undertaking of the person to be indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification, of expenses incurred by such person in defending any such action or proceeding. The corporation may accept any such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the person to make such repayment. As used in this paragraph, the terms "director" and "officer" include their respective heirs, executors and administrators.

        Section 20 of the LLC Agreement of Galileo International, L.L.C. provides that: 20.1. Exculpation. (i) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Covered Persons" means the Undersigned Member, any Affiliate of the Undersigned Member and any officers, directors, stockholders, partners or employees of the Undersigned Member and their respective Affiliates, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company or its Affiliates.

        (ii)   No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

        (iii)  A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within the professional or expert competence of such person or entity and who or which has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value

II-13



and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Undersigned Member might properly be paid.

        20.2.      Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons.    (i) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Undersigned Member to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

        (ii)   Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (b) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that a Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Company or the Undersigned Member, the Covered Person shall resolve such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Covered Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Covered Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Covered Person at law or in equity or otherwise.

        (iii)  Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision (a) in its "discretion" or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its "good faith" or under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or other applicable law.

        20.3.      Indemnification.    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 18 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

        20.4.      Expenses.    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 20 hereof.

        20.5.      Insurance.    The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons or entities as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person or entity against such liability under the provisions of

II-14



this Agreement. The Managing Member and the Company may enter into indemnity contracts with a Covered Person and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 20 hereof and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

        Article EIGHT of OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited's Articles of Incorporation provides that: The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may be hereafter amended, any person who was or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ("Proceeding") by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is serving or served at any time, at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against all loss suffered and expenses incurred by such person; provided, however, the Corporation shall not indemnify any person for a Proceeding initiated by him or her unless the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall also indemnify its directors and officers for expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145(e) of the General Corporation Law as in effect on the date of this Certificate of Incorporation or as the same may be hereafter amended.

        Article SEVENTH of GTA North America, Inc. provides that: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

        Article IV of GTA North America, Inc. and OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited's Bylaws provides that: Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall also include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right.

        The corporation may, by the action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such employees and agents of the corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by applicable law.

        The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under applicable law.

        The rights and authority conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of

II-15



incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article nor the adoption of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any statute inconsistent with this Article shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

        Article IX of O Holdings Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provides that: Section 9.1. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a "Covered Person") who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a Person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

        Section 9.2.     Prepayment of Expenses.     The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

        Section 9.3.     Claims.     If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefore by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

        Section 9.4.     Nonexclusivity of Rights.     The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        Section 9.5.     Other Sources.     The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.

        Section 9.6.     Amendment or Repeal.     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

II-16



        Section 9.7.     Other Indemnification and Prepayment Expenses.     This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation, or by the action of a committee of the Board of Directors of Orbitz, Inc. or designated officers of Orbitz, Inc. established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, any payment or expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

        Section 9.8.     Approval.     To the extent any approval of the Corporation is required under Delaware law with respect to indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Covered Person or other person, such approval may only be granted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the corporation, or by the action of a committee of the Board of Directors of Orbitz, Inc. or designated officers of Orbitz, Inc. established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation.

        Article VII of O Holdings Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: Section 7.01. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify directors and officers of the Corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

        Section 7.02.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any of its Affiliates or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

        Article VIII of Orbitz Away LLC's Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement provides that: SECTION 8.1. Exculpation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, neither the Member nor any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a "Covered Person" and collectively, the "Covered Persons") shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, this Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by this Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 8.2.     Indemnification.     To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled

II-17



to indemnification under this Section 8.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

        SECTION 8.3.     Advancement of Expenses.     The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 8.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company's expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

        SECTION 8.4.     Indemnification Not Exclusive.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as an officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

        SECTION 8.5.     Insurance.     The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII, the Act, or otherwise.

        SECTION 8.6.     Continuation of Indemnity.     The provisions of this Article VIII shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 8.2 made or commenced against any. Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

        Article EIGHTH of Orbitz, Inc.'s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that: (1) RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any officer or director of the Corporation prior to November 12, 2004 (a "Covered Person") who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a Person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

        (2)   PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH or otherwise.

II-18



        (3)   CLAIMS, If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article EIGHTH is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim thereof by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

        (4)   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article EIGHTH shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate, the By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

        (5)   OTHER SOURCES. The Corporation's obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.

        (6)   AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article EIGHTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

        (7)   OTHER INDEMNIFICATION AND PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES. This Article EIGHTH shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the Corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies); provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, any payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH or otherwise.

        (8)   To the extent any approval of the Corporation is required under Delaware law with respect to indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Covered Person or other person, such approval may only be granted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the Corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies).

        (9)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, (a) the provisions of this Article EIGHTH will apply to Covered Persons for a period ending on November 12, 2010 and (b) the Corporation shall indemnify persons other than Covered Persons as and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

        Article VIII of Orbitz, Inc. and Travelport Americas, Inc's Bylaws provides that: Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings. The corporation shall indemnify any person:

        (a)   who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was servicing at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or

II-19



other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;

        (b)   who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        The extent, amount, and eligibility for the indemnification provided herein will be made by the board of directors. Said determinations will be made by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding or by the shareholders by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of shareholders who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding.

        The corporation will have the power to make further indemnification as provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; however, the indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his actions or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute a violation of the criminal law unless the director, officer, employee or agent has reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; a transaction which the director, officer, employee or agent derived an improper personal benefit; in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are applicable or willful misconduct or conscious disregard for the best interests of the corporation in proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of the shareholder.

        Section 2.     Authorization of Indemnification.     Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

        Section 3.     Good Faith Defined.     For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have bad no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation

II-20



or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

        Section 4.     Indemnification by a Court.     Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

        Section 5.     Expenses Payable in Advance.     Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

        Section 6.     Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Artic1e VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

        Section 7.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

        Section 8.     Certain Definitions.     For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any

II-21



constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article VIII.

        Section 9.     Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

II-22


        Section 10.     Limitation on Indemnification.     Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

        Section 11.     Indemnification of Employees and Agents.     The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

        Section 3.4 of Orbitz, LLC's Limited Liability Company Agreement provides that: (a) No Indemnified Party shall have any liability, responsibility or accountability, now or in the future (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to any other Indemnified Party or to the Company for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) (collectively, "Damages") asserted against or incurred by the Company or any Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with the management or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company or any Indemnified Party, any activities of any Indemnified Party involving the offering and selling of securities in the Company, the management or conduct of the business and affairs of any Indemnified Party insofar as it relates to the Company, or any other acts reasonably believed by such Indemnified Party to be within the scope of authority conferred on such person by this Agreement, the Managing Member or the Officers, including, without limitation, activities of an Indemnified Party (i) which are for the account of such Indemnified Party, (ii) in respect of which such Indemnified Party profits in any manner, or (iii) in which such Indemnified Party failed or refused to perform any act, except for any act or failure to act pursuant to advice of the independent certified public accountant or legal counsel for the Company or required or prohibited by any government rule; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any Indemnified Party for Damages asserted against or incurred by the Company or another Indemnified Party which resulted from a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Indemnified Party that establishes that such acts (A) were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (B) with respect to Indemnified Parties who are Officers or employees of the Company or employees of the Managing Member seconded to, employed by or an Officer of the Company or an officer or director of the Managing Member, were not reasonably believed by such Indemnified Party to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (collectively, the "Excluded Activities").

        (b)   The provisions set forth in Section 3.4(a) shall not apply to liability for any acts or omissions of an Indemnified Party determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Indemnified Party that establishes that such Indemnified Party personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such Indemnified Party was not legally entitled.

        (c)   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Damages asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with (i) the management or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or the Managing Member, (ii) any activities of any Indemnified Party involving the offering and selling of securities in the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnification shall not apply with respect to Excluded Activities committed by any such Indemnified Party. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.4(c) shall only be made out of Company assets.

        (d)   In the event that an Indemnified Party desires to assert its right to indemnification from the Company under this Section 3.4 the Indemnified Party will give the Company prompt notice of the claim giving rise thereto (a "Claim"), and the Company will undertake the defense thereof. The failure

II-23



to promptly notify the Company hereunder shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Company is actually prejudiced by the failure to so notify the Company promptly.

        (e)   The Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any Claim without the written consent of the Company unless the Indemnified Party agrees in writing to forego any and all claims for indemnification from the Company with respect to such Claim. However, if the Company, within a reasonable time after notice of any such Claim, fails to defend such Claim, including by failing to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party will have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Company.

        (f)    If the Company has undertaken the defense of a Claim and if there is a reasonable expectation that (i) a Claim may materially and adversely affect the Indemnified Party other than as a result of money damages or other money payments or (ii) the Indemnified Party or Parties may have legal defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to the defenses available to the Company, the Indemnified Party shall nevertheless have the right, at the Company's cost and expense, to defend such Claim.

        (g)   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by an Indemnified Party in defending any Claim shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such Claim upon receipt by the Company of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.4.

        (h)   The indemnification provided by this Section 3.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnified Party may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnified Party who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of an Indemnified Party.

        (i)    No amendment made to this Section 3.4 by this Agreement or any Prior Agreement shall affect the rights of any Person who was an Indemnified Party (as defined in the Prior Agreements) under any Prior Agreement.

        Paragraph 7 of Quantitude, Inc. and Quantitude Services, Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provides that: The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agent to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

        Article VI, Section 2 of Quantitude Services, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that:. Each person who (a) is or was or had agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or, at the request of the Corporation, a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), and (b) is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, shall be entitled to (i) indemnification by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by the Laws of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect and (ii) the advancement of expenses related to the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Section 2. No amendment to or repeal of this Section 2 shall apply to or have any effect on the right to indemnification permitted or authorized hereunder for

II-24



or with respect to claims asserted before or after such amendment or repeal arising from acts or omissions occurring in whole or in part before the effective date of such amendment or repeal.

        Article VI of Travel Industries, Inc.'s Articles of Incorporation provides that: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize Corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

        Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely afoot any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

        Article VIII of Travel Industries, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: Section 1. Scope . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

        Section 2.     Advancing Expenses.     Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director's fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director's duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

        Section 3.     Liability Offset.     The corporation's obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

        Section 4.     Continuing Obligation.     The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action,

II-25



suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

        Section 5.     Nonexclusive.     The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

        Section 6.     Other Persons.     In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Section 7.     Definitions.     The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

        Article IX of Travelport for Business, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article: (a) "Corporation" includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Corporation in a merger or other transaction in which the predecessor's existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.

        (b)   "Director" means an individual who is or was a Director of the Corporation or an individual who, while a Director of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation's request as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. A Director is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporation's request if the Director's duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the Director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. "Director" includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a Director.

        (c)   "Expenses include counsel fees.

        (d)   "Liability" means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or reasonable Expenses incurred with respect to a Proceeding.

        (e)   "Official Capacity" means: (i) when used with respect to a Director, the office of Director in the Corporation; and (ii) when used with respect to an individual other than a Director, as contemplated in Article IX, Section 6 of these Bylaws the office in the Corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Corporation. "Official Capacity" does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.

        (f)    "Party" includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding.

        (g)   "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

        2.     Right to Indemnification.     

        (a)   The Corporation shall indemnify a Director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any Proceeding to which the Director was a Party because of being a

II-26



Director of the Corporation, against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Director in connection with the Proceeding.

        (b)   Except as provided in subsection (e) of this Section 2, the Corporation shall indemnify an individual made a Party to a Proceeding because the individual is or was a Director against Liability incurred in the Proceeding if:

            (i)    The individual acted in good faith; and

            (ii)   The individual reasonably believed:

              (A)  In the case of conduct in the individual's Official Capacity with the Corporation, that the individual's conduct was in the Corporation's best interests; and

              (B)  In all other cases, that the individual's conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation's best interests; and

            (iii)  In the case of any criminal Proceeding, the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the individual's conduct was unlawful.

        (c)   A Director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the Director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement of subsection (b)(ii) of this Section 2.

        (d)   The termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the Director did not meet the standard of conduct described in this Section.

        (e)   The Corporation shall not indemnify a Director under this Section 2:

            (i)    In connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in which the Director was adjudged liable to the Corporation; or

            (ii)   In connection with any other Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the Director, whether or not involving action in the Director's Official Capacity, in which the Director was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the Director.

        (f)    Indemnification under this Article IX, Section 2 in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation is limited to reasonable Expenses incurred in connection with the Proceeding.

        3.     Advance for Expenses.     

        (a)   The Corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable Expenses incurred by a Director who is a Party to a Proceeding in advance of final disposition of the Proceeding and in advance of any determination and authorization of indemnification pursuant to Article IX, Section 5 of these Bylaws if:

            (i)    The Director furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation of the Director's good faith belief that the Director has met the standard of conduct described in Section 2 of this Article IX; and

            (ii)   The Director furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on the Director's behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the Director did not meet the standard of conduct.

        (b)   The undertaking required by subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 3 must be an unlimited general obligation of the Director but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

        (c)   Authorization of payments under this Section 3 may be made by resolution adopted by the shareholders or board or Directors, or by contract.

II-27



        4.     Determination and Authorization of Indemnification.     A Director of the Corporation who is a Party to a Proceeding may apply for indemnification or advance of Expenses to the court conducting the Proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court after giving any notice the court considers necessary may order indemnification or advance of Expenses if it determines:

        (a)   The Director is entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, in which case the court shall also order the Corporation to pay the Director's reasonable Expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification;

        (b)   The Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the Director met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this Article IX, or was adjudged liable as described in Section 2(e) of this Article IX, but if the Director was adjudged so liable, the Director's indemnification is limited to reasonable Expenses incurred unless the Articles of Incorporation or a Bylaw, contract, or resolution approved and ratified by the shareholders pursuant to Section 11 of this Article IX provides otherwise; or

        (c)   In the case of an advance of Expenses, the Director is entitled pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or any applicable resolution or contract, to payment or reimbursement of the Director's reasonable Expenses incurred as a Party to the Proceeding in advance of final disposition of the Proceeding.

        5.     Determination and Authorization of Indemnification.     

        (a)   The Corporation shall not indemnify a Director under this Article IX unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that indemnification of the Director is permissible in the circumstances because the Director has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 2(b) of this Article IX.

        (b)   The determination shall be made:

            (i)    By the Board of Directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors not at the time Parties to the Proceeding;

            (ii)   If a quorum cannot be obtained under (i) of this subsection, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors, in which designation Directors who are Parties may participate, consisting solely of two or more Directors not at the time Parties to the Proceeding;

            (iii)  By special legal counsel:

              (A)  Selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in (i) or (ii) of this subsection; or

              (B)  a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be obtained under (i) of this subsection and a committee cannot be designated under (ii) of this subsection, selected by majority vote of the full Board of Directors, in which selection Directors who are Parties may participate; or

            (iv)  By the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of Directors who are at the time Parties to the Proceeding may not be voted on the determination.

        (c)   Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination is made by special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made by those entitled under subsection (b) (iii) of this Section to select counsel.

II-28


        6.     Indemnification of Officers.     

        (a)   An officer of the Corporation shall be indemnified under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, and is entitled to apply for court-ordered indemnification under Section 4 of this Article IX, in each case to the same extent as a Director; and

        (b)   The Corporation shall indemnify and advance Expenses under Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX to an officer to the same extent as to a Director; and

        (c)   The Corporation may also indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer to the extent, consistent with law, that may be provided by the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw, a general or specific action of its Board of Directors, or contract.

        (d)   An officer who is also a Director of the Corporation is limited to the indemnification rights of Directors set forth in Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX, regardless of the capacity in which the individual is made a Party to a Proceeding.

        7.     Indemnification of Employees and Agents.     

        (a)   The Corporation may indemnify employees and agents of the Corporation under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, and may afford the right to such employees or agents to apply for court-ordered indemnification under Section 4 of this Article IX, in each case to the same extent as a Director; and

        (b)   The Corporation may indemnify and advance Expenses under Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of Article IX to an employee or agent of the Corporation to the same extent as to a Director;

        (c)   The Corporation may also indemnify and advance Expenses to an employee or agent to the extent, consistent with law, that may be provided by a general or specific action of its Board of Directors, or contract; and

        (d)   An employee or agent who is also a Director of the Corporation is limited to the indemnification rights of Directors set forth in Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX, regardless of the capacity in which the individual is made a Party to a Proceeding.

        8.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against Liability asserted against or incurred by the individual in that capacity or arising from the individual's status as a Director, officer, employee, or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify the individual against the same Liability under this Article IX.

        9.     Indemnification as a Witness.     This Article IX does not limit a Corporation's power to pay or reimburse Expenses incurred by a Director in connection with the Director's appearance as a witness in a Proceeding at a time when the Director has not been made a named defendant or respondent to the Proceeding.

        10.     Report to Shareholders.     If the Corporation indemnifies or advances Expenses to a Director pursuant to this Article IX in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders' meeting.

        11.     Shareholder Authorized Indemnification.     

        (a)   If authorized by the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw adopted or ratified by the shareholders, or a resolution adopted or ratified, before or after the event, by the shareholders of the

II-29



Corporation, the Corporation shall have the power to indemnify or agree to indemnify a Director made a Party to a Proceeding, or obligate itself to advance or reimburse Expenses incurred in a Proceeding, without regard to the limitations contained in Sections 2 through 5 of this Article IX; provided that no such indemnity shall indemnify any Director from or on account of:

            (i)    Acts or omissions of the Director finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

            (ii)   Conduct of the Director finally adjudged to be an unlawful distribution under RCW 23B.08.310; or

            (iii)  Any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such Director personally received a benefit in money, property, or services to which the Director was not legally entitled.

        (b)   Unless the Articles of Incorporation, or a Bylaw, or a resolution adopted or ratified by the shareholders of the Corporation provides otherwise, any determination as to any indemnity or advance of Expenses under subsection (a) of this Section 11 shall be made in accordance with Section 5 of this Article IX.

        12.     Validity of Indemnification.     A provision addressing the Corporation's indemnification of or advance for Expenses to Directors that is contained in these Bylaws, a resolution of its shareholders or Board of Directors, or in a contract or otherwise, is valid only if and to the extent the provision is consistent with RCW 23B.08.500 through 23B.08.580.

        13.     Interpretation.     The provisions contained in this Article IX shall be interpreted and applied to provide indemnification to Directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, as such law may be amended, interpreted and applied from time to time.

        14.     Savings Clause.     If this Article IX or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director as to reasonable Expenses and liabilities with respect to any Proceeding, whether or not brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

        15.     Nonexclusivity of Rights.     The right to indemnification under this Article IX for Directors, officers, employees and agents shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have, or hereafter acquire, under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, other agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, insurance policy, principles of common law or equity, or otherwise.

        Paragraph 7 of Warpspeed Sub, Inc.'s Certificate of Incorporation provides that: Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seven shall not adversely affect any right of protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

        Article IV of Warpspeed Sub, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation shall indemnify any current or former Director or officer of the Corporation and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation against all expenses, judgements, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made

II-30



a party by reason of his or her current or former position with the Corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was servicing, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

         Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of Tennessee.

        Under Sections 48-18-501 through 48-18-509 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, as amended, the Company is entitled to indemnify its directors and officers against reasonable expenses.

        The Charter and Bylaws of Cendant Travel, Inc. are silent on indemnification provisions.

        Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws are silent on indemnification provisions.

         Internetwork Publishing Corporation, National Internet Travel Agency and Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc. are each incorporated under the laws of Florida.

        Under Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act, as amended, the Company is entitled to indemnify its directors and officers against reasonable expenses.

        Article VII of Internetwork Publishing Corporation's Bylaws provides that: Section 1. Indemnification . All persons who the Corporation is empowered to indemnify pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect) shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent permitted thereby. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other such rights to which those seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled, including, but not limited to, any rights of indemnification to which they may be entitled pursuant to any agreement, insurance policy, other by-law or charter provisions, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise. No repeal or amendment of this Article VII shall adversely affect any rights of any person pursuant to this Article VII which existed at the time of such repeal or amendment with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment.

        Section 2.     Insurance.     The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other organization, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under law.

        The final paragraph on page fourteen of Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Florida Business Corporation Act.

        The Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of National Internet Travel Agency is silent on indemnification provisions.

         S. D. Shepherd Systems, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of Texas.

        Section 8.051 of Texas Business Organization Code states that: (a) An enterprise shall indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate against reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with a proceeding in which the person is a respondent because the person is or was a governing person or delegate if the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. (b) A court that determines, in a suit for indemnification, that a governing person, former governing person, or delegate is entitled to indemnification under this section shall order indemnification and award to the person the expenses incurred in securing the indemnification.

II-31



        Section 8.052 states that (a) on application of a governing person, former governing person, or delegate and after notice is provided as required by the court, a court may order an enterprise to indemnify the person to the extent the court determines that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances. (b) This section applies without regard to whether the governing person, former governing person, or delegate applying to the court satisfies the requirements of Section 8.101 or has been found liable: (1) to the enterprise; or (2) because the person improperly received a personal benefit, without regard to whether the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity. (c) The indemnification ordered by the court under this section is limited to reasonable expenses if the governing person, former governing person, or delegate is found liable: (1) to the enterprise; or (2) because the person improperly received a personal benefit, without regard to whether the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity.

        Section 8.101 states that (a) An enterprise may indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate who was, is, or is threatened to be made a respondent in a proceeding to the extent permitted by Section 8.102 if it is determined in accordance with Section 8.103 that: (1) the person: (A) acted in good faith; (B) reasonably believed: (i) in the case of conduct in the person's official capacity, that the person's conduct was in the enterprise's best interests; and (ii) in any other case, that the person's conduct was not opposed to the enterprise's best interests; and (C) in the case of a criminal proceeding, did not have a reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful; (2) with respect to expenses, the amount of expenses other than a judgment is reasonable; and (3) indemnification should be paid. (b) Action taken or omitted by a governing person or delegate with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of the person's duties for a purpose reasonably believed by the person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan is for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the enterprise. (c) Action taken or omitted by a delegate to another enterprise for a purpose reasonably believed by the delegate to be in the interest of the other enterprise or its owners or members is for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the enterprise. (d) A person does not fail to meet the standard under Subsection (a)(1) solely because of the termination of a proceeding by: (1) judgment; (2) order; (3) settlement; (4) conviction; or (5) a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent.

        Section 8.102 states that (a) Subject to Subsection (b), an enterprise may indemnify a governing person, former governing person, or delegate against: (1) a judgment; and (2) expenses, other than a judgment, that are reasonable and actually incurred by the person in connection with a proceeding. (b) Indemnification under this subchapter of a person who is found liable to the enterprise or is found liable because the person improperly received a personal benefit: (1) is limited to reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding; (2) does not include a judgment, a penalty, a fine, and an excise or similar tax, including an excise tax assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and (3) may not be made in relation to a proceeding in which the person has been found liable for: (A) willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of the person's duty to the enterprise; (B) breach of the person's duty of loyalty owed to the enterprise; or (C) an act or omission not committed in good faith that constitutes a breach of a duty owed by the person to the enterprise. (c) A governing person, former governing person, or delegate is considered to have been found liable in relation to a claim, issue, or matter only if the liability is established by an order, including a judgment or decree of a court, and all appeals of the order are exhausted or foreclosed by law.

        Article V of S. D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.'s Bylaws provides that: Section 1. Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. (a) As used in this section: (1) "Company" includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Company in a merger, consolidation or other transaction in which the liabilities of the predecessor are transferred to the Company by operation of law and in

II-32



any other transaction in which the Company assumes the liabilities of the predecessor but does not specifically exclude liabilities that are the subject matter of this Section 1.

        (2)   "Director" "Director" means any person who is or was a director of the Company and any person who, while a director of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

        (3)   "Expenses" include court costs and attorney's fees.

        (4)   "Official Capacity" means

        a)    when used with respect to a Director, the office of director in the Company, and

        b)    when used with respect to a person other than a Director, the elective or appointive office in the Company held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Company, but in each case does not include service for any other foreign or domestic company or any partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

        (5)   "Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit or proceeding.

        (b)   The Company may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any Proceeding because he is or was a Director only if it is determined in accordance with Section 1(f) that the person:

        (1)   conducted himself in good faith;

        (2)   reasonably believed:

        a)    in the case of conduct in his Official Capacity as a Director of the Company, that his conduct was in the Company's best interests, and

        b)    in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation's best interests; and

        (3)   in the case of any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

        (c)   Except to the extent permitted in paragraph (e) below, a Director shall not be indemnified under Section 1(b) for obligations resulting from a Proceeding:

        (1)   in which the person is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person's Official Capacity; or

        (2)   in which the person is found liable to the Company.

        (d)   The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, be determinative that the person did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 (b). A person shall be deemed to have been found liable in respect of any claim, issue or matter only after the person shall have been so adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals there from.

        (e)   A person may be indemnified under Section l(b) against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes), fines settlements and reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding; but if the person is found liable to the Company or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the person, indemnification (i) shall be

II-33



limited to reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding and (ii) shall not be made in respect of any Proceeding in which the person shall have been found liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company.

        (f)    No indemnification under Section l(b) shall be made by the Company unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that the Director has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1(b). Such determination shall be made:

        (1)   by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents in the Proceeding;

        (2)   if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a committee of the Board of Directors, designated to act in the matter by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which vote Directors who are named defendants or respondents may participate), which committee shall consist solely of two (2) or more Directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents to the Proceeding; or

        (3)   by special independent legal counsel, selected by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by vote as set forth in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph (f), or, if the requisite quorum of the full Board of Directors cannot be obtained thereof and such a committee cannot be established, by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which vote Directors who are named defendants or respondents may participate); or

        (4)   by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by Directors who are named defendants or respondents in the Proceeding.

        (g)   Authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination that indemnification is permissible is made by special independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in a manner specified in clause (3) in Section 1(f) for the selection of such counsel.

        (h)   A Director who has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any Proceeding in which he is a party because he is a Director shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable Expenses incurred by him in connection with the Proceeding.

        (i)    If, in a suit for indemnification required by paragraph (h) above, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director is entitled to indemnification under that section, the court shall order indemnification and shall award to the director the Expenses incurred in securing the indemnification.

        (j)    If, upon application of a Director, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that a Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1(b) or has been found liable in the circumstances described in Section 1(c), the court may order such indemnification as the court determines is proper and equitable; but if the person is found liable to the Company or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the person, the indemnification shall be limited to reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding.

        (k)   Reasonable Expenses incurred by a Director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding and without the determination specified in Section 1(t) or the authorization or determination specified in Section 1(g) herein after:

        (1)   receipt by the Company of a written affirmation by the Director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized in this

II-34



Section 1, and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it shall ultimately be determined that he has not met such standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director against Expenses incurred by him in connection with that Proceeding is prohibited by Section l(e) of this Article; and

        (2)   a determination that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Section 1.

        (l)    The written undertaking required by Section 1(k) must be an unlimited general obligation of the Director but need not be secured. It may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. Determinations and authorizations of payments under paragraph (k) shall be made in the manner specified in paragraph (f).

        (m)  The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any statute, Bylaw, agreement, insurance policy, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in their Official Capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person; provided, however, no provision for the Company to indemnify or to advance Expenses to a Director who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding, whether contained in the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of shareholders or directors, an agreement or otherwise (except as contemplated by paragraph (r)), shall be valid unless consistent with this section or, to the extent that indemnity hereunder is limited by the Articles of Incorporation, consistent therewith.

        (n)   Nothing contained in this Section shall limit the Company's power to pay or reimburse Expenses incurred by a Director in connection with his appearance as a witness in a Proceeding at a time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

        (o)   Unless limited by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company,

        (1)   an officer of the Company shall be indemnified as and to the same extent provided in paragraphs (h), (i) and (j) for a Director and shall be entitled to the same extent as a Director to seek indemnification pursuant to the provisions of those subsections; and

        (2)   the Company may indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer, employee or agent of the Company to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance Expenses to Directors pursuant to this Section 1.

        (p)   The Company may indemnify and advance Expenses to nominees and designees who are not or were not officers, employees, or agents of the Company who are or were serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to Directors under this Section 1.

        (q)   The Company, in addition, may indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer, employee or agent or person who is identified by Section 1(p) as a nominee or designee and who is not a Director to such further extent, consistent with law, as may be provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, these Bylaws, general or specific action of the Board of Directors, or contract or as permitted or required by common law.

        (r)   The Company may purchase and maintain insurance or another arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole

II-35



proprietorship, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity of arising out of his status as such a person, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the Texas Business Corporation Act or this Section 1.

        (s)   Any indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to a Director in accordance with this Section shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice or waiver of notice of the next shareholders' meeting or with or before the next submission to shareholders of a consent to action without a meeting pursuant to Section A, Article 9.10 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, and in any case, within the 12-month period immediately following the date of the indemnification or advance.

        (t)    For purposes of this Section 1, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Director to serve an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by him of his duties to the Company also imposed duties on, or otherwise involves services by, him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise taxes assessed on a Director with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed "fines". Action taken or omitted by him with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

        Section 2. Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Neither a Director nor a member of any committee shall be liable if, in the exercise of ordinary care, he relied and acted in good faith upon written financial statements of the Company represented to him to be correct by the President or by the officer of the Company having charge of its books of account, or certified by an independent public or certified public accountant or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of the Company, nor shall he be so liable if, in the exercise of ordinary care and in good faith, in determining the amount available for payment of a dividend or other distribution, he considered the assets of the Company to be of their book value.

         Travelport Limited is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda.

        Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (as amended) provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favour or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

        Article 53 of Travelport Limited Bylaws provides that: 53.1 The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company, any subsidiary thereof, and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out

II-36



on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of a1~.y action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall. not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

        53.2 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer of the Company against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer of the Company or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

         TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. is a société a responsibilité limitée incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg.

        Luxembourg's Law on Commercial Corporations is silent on indemnification of officers, directors and managers. It does not establish any restrictions or guidance on indemnification of directors, corporate executives or managers.

        TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.'s Articles of Incorporation are silent as to indemnification of its Managers, except article 14 states that the manager(s) do not assume, by reason of its/their position, any personal liability in relation to commitments regularly made by them in the name of the company. They are authorized agents only and are therefore merely responsible for the execution of their mandate.

II-37


Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        (a) Exhibits


Exhibit Index

Exhibit No.
  Description
2.1   Purchase Agreement by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport Americas, Inc. (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), and Travelport LLC (f/k/a TDS Investor Corporation, f/k/a TDS Investor LLC), dated as of June 30, 2006
2.2   Amendment to the Purchase Agreement among Cendant Corporation, Travelport Americas, Inc., (f/k/a Travelport Inc.) (f/k/a TDS Investor Corporation, f/k/a TDS Investor LLC) and Travelport Limited (f/k/a TDS Investor (Bermuda), Ltd.), dated as of August 23, 2006, to the Purchase Agreement dated as of June 30, 2006
2.3   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.) Warpspeed Sub Inc., Worldspan Technologies Inc., Citigroup Venture Capital Equity Partners, L.P., Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board and Blackstone Management Partners V, L.P., dated as of December 7, 2006
3.1   Certificate of Formation of Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.)
3.2   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.)
3.3   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport Limited (f/k/a TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.)
3.4   Memorandum of Association and By-laws of Travelport Limited (f/k/a TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.)
3.5   Articles of Incorporation of TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.
3.6   Partnership Agreement for Apollo Galileo USA Partnership
3.7   Certificate of Incorporation of Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc. (f/k/a ATS Sub I, Inc.)
3.8   By-laws of Apollo Galileo Sub I, Inc. (f/k/a ATS Sub I, Inc.)
3.9   Certificate of Incorporation of Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc. (f/k/a ATS Sub II, Inc.)
3.10   By-laws of Apollo Galileo Sub II, Inc. (f/k/a ATS Sub II, Inc.)
3.11   Certificate of Formation of Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC (f/k/a Cendant Technology Holding, LLC)
3.12   Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC (f/k/a Cendant Technology Holding, LLC)
3.13   Charter of Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. (f/k/a Cendant Travel, Inc.)
3.14   By-laws of Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. (f/k/a Cendant Travel, Inc.)
3.15   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation (f/k/a Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation)
3.16   By-laws of Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation (f/k/a Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation)
3.17   Certificate of Incorporation of Distribution Systems, Inc. (f/k/a Britair Enterprises, Inc.)
3.18   By-laws of Distributions Systems, Inc. (f/k/a Britair Enterprises, Inc.)
3.19   Certificate of Incorporation of Galileo BA, Inc. (f/k/a BritAir Acquisition Corp. Inc.)
     

II-38


3.20   By-laws of Galileo BA, Inc. (f/k/a BritAir Acquisition Corp. Inc.)
3.21   Certificate of Incorporation of Galileo Brasil Limited
3.22   By-laws of Galileo Brasil Limited
3.23   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Galileo International, Inc. and Certificate of Merger of Galaxy Acquisitions Corp. into Galileo International, Inc.
3.24   Restated By-laws of Galileo International, Inc.
3.25   Certificate of Formation of Galileo International, L.L.C. and Certificate of Merger Merging Galileo International Partnership with and into Galileo International, L.L.C.
3.26   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Galileo International, L.L.C.
3.27   Certificate of Incorporation of Galileo International Services, Inc.
3.28   By-laws of Galileo International Services, Inc.
3.29   Certificate of Formation of Galileo Operations, LLC (f/k/a Galaxy Operations, LLC)
3.30   Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Galileo Operations, LLC (f/k/a Galaxy Operations, LLC)
3.31   Certificate of Formation of Galileo Technologies LLC (f/k/a Covia Distributed Software, Inc.)
3.32   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Galileo Technologies, LLC (f/k/a Covia Distributed Software, Inc.)
3.33   Certificate of Incorporation of GTA North America, Inc.
3.34   Bylaws of GTA North America, Inc.
3.35   Certificate of Incorporation of HotelPORT, Inc.
3.36   By-laws of HotelPORT, Inc.
3.37   Certificate of Incorporation of HotelPORT International, Inc.
3.38   By-laws of HotelPORT International, Inc.
3.39   Articles of Incorporation of Internetwork Publishing Corporation
3.40   By-laws of Internetwork Publishing Corporation
3.41   Certificate of Incorporation of Landmark Holding Company, Inc.
3.42   By-laws of Landmark Holding Company, Inc.
3.43   Certificate of Incorporation of Magellen Technologies, Inc.
3.44   By-laws of Magellen Technologies, Inc.
3.45   Partnership Registration Statement and Statement for Dissociation for Partnership of National Internet Travel Agency
3.46   Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement between InterNETWORK Publishing Corporation and Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC
3.47   Certificate of Incorporation of Neat Group Corporation (f/k/a Neat Acquisition Corporation)
3.48   By-laws of Neat Group Corporation (f/k/a Neat Acquisition Corporation)
3.49   Certificate of Incorporation of O Holdings Inc.
     

II-39


3.50   Bylaws of O Holdings Inc.
3.51   Certificate of Incorporation of OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited
3.52   Bylaws of OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited
3.53   Certificate of Formation of Orbitz Away LLC
3.54   Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Orbitz Away LLC
3.55   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Orbitz, Inc.
3.56   Amended and Restated By-laws of Orbitz, Inc.
3.57   Certificate of Formation of Orbitz, LLC (f/k/a DUNC, LLC)
3.58   Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC
3.59   Certificate of Incorporation of Orbitz Worldwide, Inc.
3.60   By-laws of Orbitz Worldwide, Inc.
3.61   Certificate of Incorporation of Quantitude, Inc.
3.62   By-laws of Quantitude, Inc.
3.63   Certificate of Incorporation of Quantitude Services, Inc.
3.64   By-laws of Quantitude Services, Inc.
3.65   Certificate of Formation of Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC
3.66   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC
3.67   Articles of Incorporation of S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.
3.68   Bylaws of S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.
3.69   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport Inc. (f/k/a B2B Newco, Inc.)
3.70   By-laws of Travelport Inc. (f/k/a B2B Newco, Inc.)
3.71   Certificate of Formation of Travelport Development, LLC (f/k/a TDS Development, LLC)
3.72   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Travelport Development, LLC (f/k/a TDS Development, LLC)
3.73   Certificate of Incorporation of Travel Industries, Inc. (f/k/a Trip Acquisition Corp.) and Certificate of Merger of Travel Industries, Inc. with and into Trip Acquisition Corp.
3.74   By-laws Travel Industries, Inc. (f/k/a Trip Acquisition Corp.)
3.75   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport China Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cendant TDS China Holdings, Inc.)
3.76   By-laws of Travelport China Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Cendant TDS China Holdings, Inc.)
3.77   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport for Business, Inc. and Certificate of Merger of Travelport for Business, Inc. and Travelport Corporate Solutions, Inc.
3.78   Bylaws of Travelport for Business, Inc. (f/k/a Highwire, Inc.)
3.79   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport Americas, Inc. (f/k/a Travelport Inc.)
3.80   By-laws of Travelport Americas, Inc. (f/k/a Travelport Inc.)
3.81   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport Operations, Inc. (f/k/a TDS Operations, Inc.)
     

II-40


3.82   By-laws of Travelport Operations, Inc. (f/k/a TDS Operations, Inc.)
3.83   Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport Holdings, Inc.
3.84   By-laws of Travelport Holdings, Inc.
3.85   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Trip Network, Inc. (f/k/a Travel Portal, Inc.) and Certificate of Merger of Cheap Tickets, Inc. into Trip Network, Inc.
3.86   Amended and Restated By-laws of Trip Network, Inc. (f/k/a Travel Portal, Inc.)
3.87   Certificate of Incorporation of Trip.com, Inc. (f/k/a Galileo AC, Inc.) and Certificate of Merger of Trip.com, Inc. with and into Galileo Acquisition Co.
3.88   Bylaws of Trip.com, Inc. (f/k/a Galileo Acquisition Co.)
3.89   Articles of Incorporation of Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.
3.90   By-laws of Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.
3.91   Certificate of Incorporation of Warpspeed Sub, Inc.
3.92   By-laws of Warpspeed Sub, Inc.
3.93   Certificate of Incorporation of Wizcom, Inc.
3.94   By-laws of Wizcom, Inc.
4.1   Indenture dated as of August 23, 2006 by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.) and the Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
4.2   Indenture dated as of August 23, 2006 by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.) and the Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
4.3   Registration Rights Agreement Senior Notes dated as of August 23, 2006 by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
4.4   Registration Rights Agreement Senior Subordinated Notes dated as of August 23, 2006 by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
4.5   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (with respect to the Senior Notes) dated January 11, 2007 between Warpspeed Sub Inc. and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
4.6   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes) dated January 11, 2007 between Warpspeed Sub Inc. and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
4.7   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 (with respect to the Senior Notes) dated March 13, 2007 among Travelport LLC (f/k/a TDS Investor Corporation), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., Travelport Inc., Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., Travelport Holdings, Inc. and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
4.8   Supplemental Indenture No. 2 (with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes) dated March 13, 2007 among Travelport LLC (f/k/a TDS Investor Corporation), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., Travelport Inc., Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., Travelport Holdings, Inc. and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
5.1   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
     

II-41


10.1   First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2006 as amended and restated on January 29, 2007 among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), Travelport Limited (f/k/a TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.), Waltonville Limited, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, UBS Loan Finance LLC and Other Lenders Party Hereto
10.2   Security Agreement dated as of August 23, 2006 by and among Travelport LLC (f/k/a Travelport Inc.), Travelport Limited (f/k/a TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.), Waltonville Limited. Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and UBS AG, Stamford Branch
12.1   Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1   List of Subsidiaries
23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
23.2   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
25.1   Form T-1
99.1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
99.2   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers
99.3   Form of Letter to Clients
99.4   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery

Item 22.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrants hereby undertake:

        (1)   To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

            (i)    To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1993;

            (ii)   To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

            (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2)   That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

II-42



        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, or controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of it counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-43



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    TRAVELPORT LLC

 

 

By:

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name: Eric J. Bock
    Title: Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle J. Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 


Manager

/s/  
MARTIN BRAND       
(Martin Brand)

 


Manager


(Paul C. Schorr, IV)

 


Manager

/s/  
WILLIAM J.G. GRIFFITH       
(William J.G. Griffith)

 


Manager

II-44



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Travelport Limited has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Parsippany, New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    TRAVELPORT LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name: Eric J. Bock
    Title: Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 


(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 


(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director
     

II-45



/s/  
MARTIN BRAND       
(Martin Brand)

 

Director


(Paul C. Schorr, IV)

 

Director

/s/  
WILLIAM J.G. GRIFFITH       
(William J.G. Griffith)

 


Director

II-46



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Luxembourg on March 30, 2007.

    TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l.

 

 

By:

/s/  
JOHN SUTHERLAND       
    Name: John Sutherland
    Title: (Manager)


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke

 

Director

/s/  
ERICK J. BOCK       
Eric J. Bock

 

Director

/s/  
JOHN SUTHERLAND       
John Sutherland

 

Director

II-47



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Operations, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-48



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Apollo Galileo USA Partnership has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK           
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)
  Partner Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

/s/  
JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Partner Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

II-49



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK           
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-50



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB II, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK           
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)
  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARK       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-51



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Distribution Systems, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-52



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo Ba, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    GALILEO BA, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK     
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-53



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo Brasil Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO BRASIL LIMITED

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-54



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo International, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-55



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo International, L.L.C. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Manager

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Manager

II-56



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo International Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-57



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo Operations, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO OPERATIONS, LLC

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
Michael Rescoe

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
William J. Severance

 


(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke

 

Manager

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
Eric J. Bock

 

Manager

II-58



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Galileo Technologies LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GALILEO TECHNOLOGIES LLC

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Manager

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Manager

II-59



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Gta North America, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    GTA NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCKE       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-60



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, HotelPORT, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    HOTELPORT, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke
  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
Michael Rescoe

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
William J. Severance

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
Eric J. Bock

 

Director

II-61



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, HotelPORT International, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    HOTELPORT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
Michael Rescoe

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
William J. Severance

 


(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
Jeff Clarke

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC BOCK       
Eric J. Bock

 

Director

II-62



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Internetwork Publishing Corporation has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCKE       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-63



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Landmark Holding Company, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    LANDMARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-64



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Magellen Technologies, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    MAGELLEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-65



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, National Internet Travel Agency has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary
Internetwork Publishing Corporation


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
Partner
Internetwork Publishing Corporation
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
  Raccoon Acquisition 1, LLC, Partner

II-66



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Neat Group Corporation has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    NEAT GROUP CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Serverance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-67



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, O Holdings Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    O HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-68



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM (USA) LIMITED

 

 

By:

 

 
        /s/   ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-69



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Orbitz Away LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary as
sole member Orbitz, LLC


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
  Orbitz, LLC as sole member

II-70



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Orbitz, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    ORBITZ, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-71



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Orbitz, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    ORBITZ, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
BILL SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Manager

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Manager

II-72



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Quantitude Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    ORBITZ WORLDWIDE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
BILL SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-73



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Quantitude Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    QUANTITUDE SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
BILL SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-74



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Quantitude, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    QUANTITUDE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
BILL SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-75



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    RACCOON ACQUISITION I, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-76



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    S.D. SHEPHERD SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-77



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travel Industries, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVEL INDUSTRIES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-78



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Americas, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT AMERICAS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-79



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-80



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport China Holdings, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT CHINA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

II-81



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Development, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-82



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT FULFILLMENT SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
        General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-83



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport for Business, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT FOR BUSINESS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-84



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Operations, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT OPERATIONS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-85



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRAVELPORT TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
  (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-86



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Cendant UK Acquisitions Corporation has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

    TRAVELPORT UK ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-87



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Trip Network, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRIP NETWORK, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-88



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Trip.com, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRIP.COM, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-89



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    TRUST INTERNATIONAL HOTEL
RESERVATION SERVICES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
        General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

II-90



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Parsippany, state of New Jersey on March 30, 2007.

    WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

 

By:

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name: Eric J. Bock
    Title: Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature
  Capacity

 

 

 

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 


(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 


Director

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

II-91



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Wizcom, Inc. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Parsippany, state of New Jersey, on March 30, 2007.

 
   
   
    WIZCOM, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
    Name:   Eric J. Bock
    Title:   Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric J. Bock and Rochelle Boas and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 30, 2007.

Signature

  Capacity

 

 

 
/s/   JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
MICHAEL RESCOE       
(Michael Rescoe)

 


(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
WILLIAM J. SEVERANCE       
(William J. Severance)

 

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
ERIC J. BOCK       
(Eric J. Bock)

 

Director

/s/  
JEFF CLARKE       
(Jeff Clarke)

 

Director

II-92




QuickLinks

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
INDUSTRY DATA
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Our Business
Industry Overview
Competitive Strengths
Strategy
Company Information
Recent Developments
Summary of the Terms of The Exchange Offer
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes
Risk Factors
Summary Financial Data
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE TRANSACTIONS
USE OF PROCEEDS
CAPITALIZATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2006 (in millions)
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INDUSTRY
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2006
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2006 Fiscal-Year End
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2006
Pension Benefits in 2006
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation in 2006
Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES
DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
BOOK-ENTRY, SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
TRAVELPORT LIMITED INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM.
TRAVELPORT LIMITED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in millions)
TRAVELPORT LIMITED BALANCE SHEETS (in millions)
TRAVELPORT LIMITED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in millions)
TRAVELPORT LIMITED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (in millions)
TRAVELPORT LIMITED NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unless otherwise noted, all amounts are in millions)
TRAVELPORT LIMITED CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS As of December 31, 2006
TRAVELPORT LIMITED CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET As of December 31, 2006
TRAVELPORT LIMITED CONSOLIDATING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS For the Period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the Period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET As of December 31, 2005
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS For the Period January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
TRAVELPORT BUSINESSES OF AVISBUDGET CORPORATION (PREDECESSOR) COMBINING CONDENSED CASH FLOWS For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2006
Report of Independent Auditors
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (dollars in thousands)
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands)
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (dollars in thousands)
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2004
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2005
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2004
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2005
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2006
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Exhibit Index
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY

Exhibit 2.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

Cendant Corporation,

 

Travelport Inc.

 

and

 

TDS Investor LLC

 

Dated as of June 30, 2006

 

 



 

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into and effective as of the 30th day of June, 2006, by and among Cendant Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller “), Travelport Inc. (formerly, Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller (the “ Company “), and TDS Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer “).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Seller beneficially owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Shares ”), of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Shares constitute all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to cause the sale to Buyer of, the Shares, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1             Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1.

 

Action “ means any action, claim, complaint, investigation, petition, suit, arbitration or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, at law or in equity by or before any arbitral body of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity.

 

Acquired Companies “ means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Actually Realized , ” with respect to a Tax Benefit, shall mean the time that any refund of Taxes is actually received or applied against other Taxes due, or at the time of the filing of a Tax Return (including any Tax Return relating to estimated Taxes) on which a loss, deduction or credit or increase in basis is applied to reduce the amount of Taxes that would otherwise be payable.

 



 

Affected Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 

Affiliate “ means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a specified Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement “ means this Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented, together with all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto.

 

Balance Sheet “ means the audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2005 included in the Financial Statements.

 

Balance Sheet Date “ means December 31, 2005.

 

Ba stion “ means Bastion Surety Limited, a private company limited by shares, with registered number 05 360879, and an indirect Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Business Day “ means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in New York, New York.

 

Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Capex Budget ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(vii).

 

Cendant Separation Agreement “ means the Separation and Distribution Agreement to be entered into by and among Seller, the Company, Realogy and Wyndham with respect to the separation of Seller into four separate companies.

 

CFHC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

Closing Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

Closing Indebtedness “ means the Travelport Facility and the other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A) of the definition of Indebtedness) of the Acquired Companies outstanding at the Closing.

 

Code “ means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

2



 

Company Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(n)(i).

 

Company Disclosure Letter “ means the disclosure letter of the Company referred to in, and delivered to Buyer pursuant to, this Agreement.

 

Company Intellectual Property “ means the Intellectual Property owned or licensed from third parties by any Acquired Company.

 

Company Leases ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k).

 

Company Plan “ means each Plan (other than a Seller Plan which will remain a Seller Plan after the Closing Date) that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to or entered into by any Acquired Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of any of the Acquired Companies or as to which any Acquired Company has any present or future liability.

 

Confidentiality Agreement “ means the Confidentiality Agreement between Seller, the Company and Blackstone Partners V LLC, dated April 28, 2006, as amended from time to time.

 

Contract “ means any binding contract, agreement, commitment, franchise, indenture, lease, purchase order, license, note, bond or mortgage.

 

Copyrights “ means all U.S. and foreign copyrights (including all registrations and applications to register the same, and all unregistered copyrights) and copyrightable works.

 

Current Assets ,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the applicable date, (i) current assets as set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company (other than cash and cash equivalents) minus (ii) the current portion of any deferred Tax asset and income Tax receivable reflected on such consolidated balance sheet.

 

Current Liabilities ,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the applicable date, (i) current liabilities as set forth on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company minus (ii) to the extent such item would otherwise be included in Current Liabilities, the sum of (u) the aggregate principal outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest under the Travelport Facility and the other Closing Indebtedness, if any, and any liabilities or obligations (including costs) incurred at the request of Buyer in connection with the Financing plus (v) any deferred Tax liabilities and income Taxes payable reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (w) any Indebtedness reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (x) the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs and the Project Nova Costs reflected on such consolidated balance sheet plus (y) any and all liabilities and obligations under the Orbitz Tax Agreement for which Buyer and its Affiliates are indemnified pursuant to Section 4.15(g)(ii) plus (z) any

 

3



 

other liabilities or obligations of the Acquired Companies for which Seller or any of its current or former Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) is liable to the Acquired Companies pursuant to the Cendant Separation Agreement or this Agreement.

 

Damages “ means actual damages, losses, liabilities, claims, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, interest, penalties, judgments and settlements.

 

Debt Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i).

 

Debt Commitment Letter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i).

 

Dispute Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv).

 

Encumbrance “ means any lien, encumbrance, security interest, option, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, conditional sale or restriction on transfer of title or voting, whether imposed by agreement, law, equity or otherwise.

 

Equity Commitment Letters ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i).

 

Equity Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(i).

 

Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(p)(ii).

 

Equity Interests “means any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity or voting interest or any security or evidence of Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity interest, or any right, warrant or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA “ means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the related regulations and published interpretations.

 

Estimated Closing Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Estimated Closing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

4



 

Estimated GTA Bonus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated GTA Bonus Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Estimated M&A Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)

 

Estimated M&A Cost Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Estimated Net Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated PA Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated PA Cost Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Estimated Project Nova Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Estimated Restructuring Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

 

Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

Extraordinary Transaction Taxes “ mean Taxes attributable to any transaction of any Acquired Company that is caused or permitted by Buyer to occur or be deemed to occur on the Closing Date after the Closing.

 

Final Adjustments “ means the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment, the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment, the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment, the Final PA Costs Adjustment, Final M&A Costs Adjustment, Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment and the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment.

 

Final Amounts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Closing Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

5



 

Final Closing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(k).

 

Final Company Portion Retention Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(g).

 

Final GTA Bonus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final GTA Bonus Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(h).

 

Final M&A Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final M&A Costs Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(l).

 

Final Net Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Net Working Capital Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(f).

 

Final PA Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final PA Costs Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(i).

 

Final Project Nova Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(m).

 

Final Restructuring Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(j).

 

Financial Statements “ means, collectively, (i) the audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the audited combined statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, including any notes

 

6



 

thereto, and (ii) the unaudited combined balance sheet and unaudited combined statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

 

Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g).

 

Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

 

Foreign Plan “ means each Company Plan or Seller Plan, as the case may be, that is not subject to United States Law.

 

FSA “ means the Financial Services Authority, an independent non-governmental body constituted by FSMA.

 

FSA Notice “ means a completed notice of control (as such term is defined in Section 178(5) of FSMA) to be submitted to the FSA, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller, relating to Buyer’s proposed acquisition of control (such term having the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 179 of FSMA) of Bastion, fully compliant with the requirements of Section 182 of FSMA and including such information and accompanied by such documents as the FSA may require for the purposes of its consideration of such proposed acquisition of control in accordance with Part XII of FSMA, which will be filed by Buyer with the FSA in accordance with Section 178 of FSMA.

 

FSMA “ means the United Kingdom’s Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

 

GAAP “ means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved. With respect to any calculation of Net Working Capital for purposes of this Agreement, no change in accounting principles shall be made from those used in preparing the monthly internal balance sheets made available to Buyer in the “data room”, including, without limitation, with respect to the nature of accounts, level of reserves or level of accruals unless otherwise specified in this Agreement. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “changes in accounting principles” includes all changes in accounting principles, policies, practices, procedures or methodologies with respect to financial statements, their classification or presentation, as well as all changes in practices, methods, conventions or assumptions (unless required by objective changes in underlying events or to conform with United States generally accepted accounting principles) utilized in making accounting estimates.

 

Governmental Entity “ means any United States or foreign federal, state or municipal government, or any agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any self regulatory authority with similar powers.

 

Governmental Filings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

 

7



 

GTA Bonus “ means an amount equal to $20,400,000 minus the amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of any of the Acquired Companies on account of the bonus described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

Guarantees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 

Hazardous Substances means all substances defined or regulated as pollutants, contaminants, toxic, or hazardous by any Environmental Law or any other material that would reasonably be expected to result in liability under Environmental Law, including without limitation, petroleum and petroleum products, friable asbestos, lead, toxic mold, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

 

HSR Act “ means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the related regulations.

 

Indebtedness “ means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:  (i) the principal of and any premium in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money, including any accrued interest and any cost or penalty associated with prepaying any such indebtedness, and including any such obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations or any guarantee of the foregoing; and (ii) obligations under or with respect to (A) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements obtained or entered into in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, individually or in the aggregate, $1,000,000, (B) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements obtained or entered into other than in the ordinary course of business or individually or in the aggregate in excess of $1,000,000 and (C) bank guarantees and surety bonds (other than those issued for the benefit of the Acquired Companies); provided , however , that with respect to any Acquired Company, obligations and liabilities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above to or for the benefit of another wholly-owned (other than director qualifying shares and similar regimes) Acquired Company shall not constitute “Indebtedness” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Indemnity Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8.

 

Independent Accounting Firm “ means a mutually acceptable nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, other than Ernst & Young LLP, upon which Buyer and Seller shall have mutually agreed, or if no such firm is available and willing to serve, then a mutually acceptable expert in public accounting, in each case, upon which Buyer and Seller shall have mutually agreed.

 

Initial Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

Intellectual Property “ means all Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Trade Secrets and all other intellectual property rights in any jurisdiction, to the extent recognized under the Laws of such jurisdiction.

 

8



 

Interim Period “ means, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period that begins on the first day of such Straddle Period and ends on the Closing Date.

 

Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g).

 

Knowledge of the Company “ means the actual knowledge of Jeff Clarke, Ronald L. Nelson, Mitch Truwit, Gordon Wilson, Ken Esterow, Daryl Raiford, Jo-Anne Kruse, William Severance, Terry Conley, Christopher Vukelich, Eric Bock, Thomas DeMay and Karen Klein.

 

Law “ means any law, statute, code, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, judgment or decree or other pronouncement of any Governmental Entity having the effect of law.

 

Leased Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k).

 

M&A Costs “ means an amount equal to $13,800,000 minus the aggregate amount paid from May 31, 2006 until the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in respect of costs that are recorded under the Accrued Merger and Acquisition Costs line item on the relevant combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies.

 

Material Adverse Effect “ means any changes, events or conditions that have or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or that materially impairs the ability of Seller and the Acquired Companies to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than any changes, events or conditions resulting from:  (i) general economic conditions in any of the markets or geographical areas in which any of the Acquired Companies operates, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (ii) changes in economic conditions or the financial, banking, currency or capital markets in general (whether in the United States or any other country or in any international market) or changes in currency exchange rates or currency fluctuations, unless such changes disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iii) other conditions generally affecting any of the industries in which the Acquired Companies operate, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iv) acts of God, calamities, national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by any country in hostilities, whether commenced before or after the date hereof, and whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, unless such event disproportionately affects the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (v) changes in Law or in GAAP (or other generally accepted accounting principles applied by any of the Acquired Companies) or interpretations thereof; (vi) any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Buyer has expressly consented; (vii) any item

 

9



 

or items set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter; or (viii) the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Separation Agreements, including by reason of the identity of Buyer or any communication by Buyer regarding the plans or intentions of Buyer with respect to the conduct of the business of any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Net Working Capital “ means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities.

 

Orbitz Tax Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(g)(ii).

 

Organizational Documents “ means the documents by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs (including, but not limited to, certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, memorandum of association, articles of association, partnership agreements, constitutional documents, by-laws or operating agreement).

 

Outside Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

 

Owned Real Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(k).

 

Patents “ means all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, including divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, and any extensions thereof.

 

Permits ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(p).

 

Permitted Encumbrance “ means (i) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government Contracts, performance and return of money bonds and similar obligations; (ii) mechanics, carriers’, workers’, repairers’, materialmen’s, warehousemen’s and other Encumbrances which have arisen in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Encumbrances expressly approved by Buyer; (iv) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet delinquent or contested in good faith and for which appropriate reserves have been established on the Financial Statements or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date; (v) requirements and restrictions of zoning, building and other Laws, rules and regulations; (vi) statutory liens of landlords for amounts not yet due and payable; (vii) liens arising under conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Encumbrances set forth in any title policy or title report with respect to Real Property that is provided to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement or as set forth in Section 3.2(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter ; and (ix) Encumbrances which, in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to impair, in any material respect, the continued use of the asset or property to which they relate, as used on the date hereof.

 

10



 

Person “ means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

 

Plans “ means each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), including, but not limited to, each pension, profit sharing, 401(k), severance, welfare, disability, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, other equity-based plan or arrangement, employee loan, retirement, employment, change-in-control, retention, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive and all other employee benefit agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), whether formal or informal, oral or written, legally binding or not.

 

Post-Closing Tax Period “ shall means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date.

 

Pre-Closing Period Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(i).

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

Pre-Closing Taxes “ means all liabilities for Taxes of the Acquired Companies for Pre-Closing Tax Periods and any Interim Period including any Taxes arising from any election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code, except for Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes. For purposes of calculating the liability of the Acquired Companies for Taxes of any Interim Period, the portion of any Tax for a Straddle Period that is allocable to the Interim Period shall be deemed to equal: (i) in the case of Taxes based upon or related to income, gain or receipts, the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period had ended on the Closing Date and the books of the Acquired Companies were closed as of the close of such date; provided , however , that depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions will be taken into account in accordance with the principles of clause (iii) below; (ii) in the case of Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events, Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events occurring on or before the Closing Date; and (iii) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis, or in the case of any other Taxes not covered by clauses (i) or (ii) above, the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and (b) the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period.

 

Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i).

 

Preliminary Closing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

11



 

Preliminary Closing Statement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

 

Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Preliminary GTA Bonus ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Preliminary M&A Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Preliminary Net Working Capital ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Preliminary PA Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Preliminary Project Nova Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

 “ Preliminary Restructuring Costs ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii).

 

Project Austin Costs “ means an amount equal to $56,200,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in connection with the technology project described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

Project Nova Costs “ means an amount equal to $53,779,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in connection with operating expenses related to the separation of the Acquired Companies from the Seller described in Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(n).

 

Real Property “ means, collectively, the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property.

 

Realogy “ means Realogy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Reference Net Working Capital “ means negative $400,000,000.

 

Released Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 

12



 

Representatives “ shall include Blackstone Management Partners V LLC, its Affiliates and their various respective directors, officers, employees and legal and accounting advisors and potential sources of debt financing.

 

Required Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(g)(iii).

 

Restructuring Costs “ means an amount equal to $17,000,000 minus the aggregate amount paid prior to the Closing Date by or on behalf of the Acquired Companies in connection with the restructuring project described in Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

Retention Letter ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Retention Payment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Section 338 Elections ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).

 

Section 338 Taxes “ means the difference between (x) the amount of Taxes payable by Seller or its Affiliates or the Acquired Companies for the Tax period or year in which the Closing occurs and (y) the amount of Taxes that would have been payable by Seller or its Affiliates for the Acquired Companies for such Tax year or period if no Section 338 Elections had been made with respect to any Acquired Company.

 

Section 338(h)(10) Companies ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).

 

Section 338(h)(10) Elections ”shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(c).

 

Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Seller Consolidated Returns ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a).

 

Seller Plans “ means each Plan (other than a Company Plan) that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to or entered into by Seller and its Affiliates for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Separation Agreements “ means (in each case in substantially the form provided to Buyer prior to the execution hereof) the Cendant Separation Agreement, together with a tax sharing agreement, a transition services agreement and the other agreements to be entered into among Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, certain current and former Affiliates of Seller, and the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Cendant Separation Agreement.

 

13



 

Severance Costs ” means the severance costs payable to the former employees identified on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Specified Contracts “ means (A) Contracts with outside service providers providing for payments in any 12-month period of more than $10,000,000, (B) airline content agreements, (C) multinational subscriber agreements, (D) Orbitz supplier link agreements and (E) Orbitz airline charter associate agreements.

 

Straddle Period “ shall mean any Tax period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date.

 

Straddle Period Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(iii).

 

Subsidiary “ of any Person means, on any date, any Person (i) the accounts of which would be consolidated with and into those of the applicable Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date or (ii) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent of the Equity Interests or more than fifty percent of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than fifty percent of the general partnership interests or more than fifty percent of the profits or losses of which are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the applicable Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Support Services ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.13.

 

Surety Bonds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12.

 

Tax “ means any foreign, federal, state, county or local income, sales and use, excise, franchise, occupancy, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance, or withholding tax or other tax, duty, custom, levy, fee, assessment or charge in the nature of (or similar to) taxes imposed by any Tax authority or other Governmental Entity, including any interest, addition to Tax or penalties related thereto.

 

Tax Benefit “ means the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is reduced (including, without limitation, by or as a result of a deduction, increase in basis, entitlement to refund, credit, or otherwise, whether available in the current taxable year, as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year or as a carryforward or carryback, as applicable) as the result of a payment that gives rise to an indemnification obligation under Section 4.15(g) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability less the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is increased (including, without limitation, by or as a result of the inclusion in

 

14



 

income, loss of a deduction, decrease in basis, loss of a refund or credit, or otherwise, whether applicable in the current taxable year or as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year, as applicable) as a result of the receipt of any indemnity payment received pursuant to Section 4.15(g) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability.

 

Tax Claim ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(h)(i).

 

Tax Package “ means (i) a pro forma Tax Return relating to the operations of any Acquired Company the Tax items of which are required to be reported in any Seller Consolidated Return; and (ii) all information relating to such operations of any Acquired Company that is reasonably necessary to prepare and file the applicable Seller Consolidated Return.

 

Tax Return “ means any return, report, declaration, information return or other document filed or required to be filed with any Tax authority with respect to Taxes, including any amendments thereof and including any schedules or attachments thereto.

 

Terminating Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(a).

 

Trade Secrets “ means all U.S., state and foreign trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential and proprietary information.

 

Trademarks “ means all U.S. and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, logos, slogans and other identifiers of the source of goods or services, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, and all registrations and applications relating to the foregoing.

 

Transaction Expenses “ means any fees and expenses of the Acquired Companies in connection with the negotiation and the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any other agreements in respect of similar transactions with other parties not treated in a different manner under this Agreement; provided , however , that Transaction Expenses shall not include any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Financing.

 

Transfer Taxes “ means any sales, use, stock transfer, real property transfer, real property gains, transfer, stamp, registration, documentary, recording or similar duties or taxes together with any interest thereon, penalties, fines, costs, fees, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Travelport Facility ” means a 364-day unsecured credit facility providing for loans to the Company in an aggregate amount of approximately $2,200,000,000.

 

WARN Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16.

 

15



 

Wyndham “ means Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

 

Section 2.1             Purchase and Sale of Shares .

 

(a)            Buyer and Seller hereby agree that, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions hereof, at the Closing, Buyer shall purchase from Cendant Finance Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“ CFHC ”), and Seller shall cause CFHC to sell, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, all of the Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than (i) restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws and (ii) those created by Buyer or arising out of ownership of the Shares by Buyer).

 

(b)            At the Closing, Buyer shall pay, in consideration for the purchase of the Shares pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in cash $4,300,000,000 (the “ Initial Purchase Price “), as adjusted by the Estimated Closing Adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (the “ Closing Consideration “). The Closing Consideration is subject to adjustment following the Closing by the Final Adjustments and pursuant to Section 2.3(p).

 

Section 2.2             Closing .

 

(a)            The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing “) shall be held at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, located at Four Times Square, New York, New York, or at such other location as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree, at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, following the satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article V (other than conditions which by their nature can be satisfied only at Closing), at such date as Buyer and Seller mutually agree, which shall be no later than the second Business Day after satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V (the “ Closing Date “), unless another date is agreed to in writing by Buyer and Seller; provided , however , that the Closing Date shall not be earlier than August 22, 2006.

 

(b)            Deliveries by Seller . At the Closing, Seller shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Buyer:

 

(i)                 a certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares, along with such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that such Shares have been duly assigned or transferred to Buyer;

 

16



 

(ii)                a customary payoff letter in respect of the Travelport Facility evidencing the repayment of all obligations thereunder on the Closing Date concurrently with the Closing;

 

(iii)               all other documents required to be delivered by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

(iv)               a duly executed and acknowledged certificate, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer and in compliance with the Code and Treasury regulations, certifying such facts as to establish that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from withholding pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code.

 

(c)            Deliveries by Buyer . At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Seller:

 

(i)                 the Closing Consideration, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or accounts (including third party accounts) designated by Seller prior to Closing; and

 

(ii)                all other documents required to be delivered by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 2.3             Purchase Price Adjustment .

 

(a)            No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a certificate of an officer of Seller, or one of its Subsidiaries, on behalf of Seller, setting forth its good faith estimate as of the open of business on the Closing Date of (i) the Net Working Capital (the “ Estimated Net Working Capital “), (ii) the Closing Indebtedness other than the Travelport Facility which shall be repaid by Seller on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.24 (the “ Estimated Closing Indebtedness “), (iii) the Company Portion Retention Payments (the “ Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments “), (iv) the GTA Bonus (the “ Estimated GTA Bonus “), (v) the Project Austin Costs (the “ Estimated PA Costs “), (vi) the Restructuring Costs (the “ Estimated Restructuring Costs “), (vii) the M&A Costs (the “ Estimated M&A Costs “) and (viii) the Project Nova Costs (the “ Estimated Project Nova Costs “).

 

(b)            The Initial Purchase Price shall be (i) (A) increased, if the Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the Reference Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to the amount of such excess or (B) decreased, if the Reference Net Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to such excess (such increase or decrease, as the case may be, being the “ Estimated Closing Adjustment “) and (ii) decreased by (w) the Estimated Closing Indebtedness, (x) an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated Project Nova Costs (such product, the “ Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment “), (y) an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) the Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments (such product, the “ Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment “) and (z) an

 

17



 

amount equal to the sum of (1) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated GTA Bonus (such product, the “ Estimated GTA Bonus Payment ”), (2) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated PA Costs (such product, the “ Estimated PA Cost Payment “), (3) the product of (A) 0.80 and (B) the Estimated Restructuring Costs (such product, the “ Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment “) and (4) the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) the Estimated M&A Costs (such product, the “ Estimated M&A Cost Payment “).

 

(c)            Within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, Buyer and the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the following (collectively, the “ Preliminary Closing Statement “):

 

(i)                 an unaudited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet “), prepared by Buyer in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;

 

(ii)                a certificate of an officer of Buyer, or one of its Subsidiaries,certifying that the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis; and

 

(iii)               (x) a reasonably detailed calculation by Buyer of the Net Working Capital as of the open of business on the Closing Date based on the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet (the “ Preliminary Net Working Capital “), and (y) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail (1) the Company Portion Retention Payments as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments “), (2) the GTA Bonus as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary GTA Bonus “), (3) the Project Austin Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary PA Costs “), (4) the Restructuring Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary Restructuring Costs “) and (5) the Closing Indebtedness as of the open of business on the Closing Date other than the Travelport Facility (which shall be repaid by Seller on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.24) (the “ Preliminary Closing Indebtedness “), (6)  the M&A Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary M&A Costs “) and (7) the Project Nova Costs as of the open of business on the Closing Date (the “ Preliminary Project Nova Costs ”).

 

(iv)               Seller shall have fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Preliminary Closing Statement to review the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital and to notify Buyer in writing if it disputes the amount of the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs and/or the Preliminary Restructuring Costs set forth on the Preliminary Closing Statement (the “ Dispute Notice “), specifying the reasons therefor in reasonable detail.

 

18



 

(d)            In connection with Seller’s review, Seller and its Representatives shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by Buyer or its Representatives in connection with its preparation of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and/or its calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs and to finance personnel of Buyer and its Subsidiaries and any other information which Seller reasonably requests, and Buyer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate reasonably with Seller and its Representatives in connection therewith.

 

(e)            In the event that Seller shall deliver a Dispute Notice to Buyer, Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute as promptly as practicable and, upon such resolution, if any, any adjustments to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs shall be made in accordance with the agreement of Buyer and Seller. If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any such dispute within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period as Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree in writing) of Seller’s delivery of such Dispute Notice, such dispute shall be resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, and such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. The Independent Accounting Firm shall consider only those items and amounts as to which Buyer and Seller have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In making such determination, the Independent Accounting Firm may rely only upon information submitted to it by Buyer or Seller. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed to use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Buyer and Seller a written report setting forth the resolution of each disputed matter within thirty (30) days of submission of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs, the Preliminary Project Nova Costs and the Preliminary Restructuring Costs to it and, in any case, as promptly as practicable after such submission. Any expenses relating to the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm in respect of its services pursuant to this Section 2.3(e) shall be shared equally by Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, on the other hand. The Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Company Portion Retention Payments, the Preliminary GTA Bonus, the Preliminary PA Costs, the Preliminary Restructuring Costs, the Preliminary Closing Indebtedness, the Preliminary M&A Costs and the Preliminary Project Nova Costs, (i) if no Dispute Notice has been timely delivered by Seller, as originally submitted by Buyer or (ii) if a Dispute Notice has been timely delivered by Seller, as determined pursuant to the resolution of such dispute in accordance with this Section 2.3(e), shall be, respectively, the “ Final Closing Balance Sheet ,” the “ Final Net Working Capital ,” “ Final Company Portion Retention Payments ,” the “ Final GTA Bonus ,” the “ Final PA Costs ,” the “ Final Restructuring Costs ,” the “ Final Closing

 

19



 

Indebtedness ,” the “ Final M&A Costs “ and the “ Final Project Nova Costs “(collectively, the “ Final Amounts “).

 

(f)             The “ Final Net Working Capital Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between the Final Net Working Capital and the Estimated Net Working Capital (it being understood that the Final Working Capital Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(g)            The “ Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Company Portion Retention Payments Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.65 and (2) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments (it being understood that the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(h)            The “ Final GTA Bonus Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated GTA Bonus Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final GTA Bonus (it being understood that the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(i)             The “ Final PA Costs Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated PA Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final PA Costs (it being understood that the Final PA Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(j)             The “ Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Restructuring Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final Restructuring Costs (it being understood that the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(k)            The “ Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Closing Indebtedness and (B) the Final Closing Indebtedness (it being understood that the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(l)             The “ Final M&A Costs Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated M&A Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.65 and (2) the Final M&A Costs (it being understood that the Final M&A Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(m)           The “ Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment “ shall be equal to the difference between (A) the Estimated Project Nova Cost Payment and (B) the product of (1) 0.80 and (2) the Final Project Nova Costs (it being understood that the Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

 

(n)            The “ Purchase Price “ shall be equal to (i) the Closing Consideration plus (ii) the Final Working Capital Adjustment plus (iii) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment plus (iv) the Final PA Costs Adjustment plus (v) the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment plus (vi) the Final Closing

 

20



 

Indebtedness Adjustment plus (vii) the Final M&A Costs Adjustment plus (viii) the Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment (it being understood that the amounts referred to in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii) and (viii) above may be either positive or negative).

 

(o)            If the sum of (i) the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, (ii) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment, (iii) the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment, (iv) the Final PA Costs Adjustment, (v) the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment, (vi) the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment, (vii) the Final M&A Costs Adjustment and (viii) the Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment, is (x) positive, Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay such amount to Seller or (y) negative, Seller shall pay such amount to Buyer. Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally (on the one hand) or Seller (on the other hand), as the case may be, shall, within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Final Amounts pursuant to Section 2.3(e), make payment to the other by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the amount payable by Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, or Seller, as the case may be, in respect of the amounts determined pursuant to this Section 2.3(o), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period. Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date.

 

(p)            On a Business Day falling on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the Closing, Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay to Seller an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) 0.75 and (ii) the amount by which cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at the open of business on the Closing Date exceeds $25,000,000; provided, however, that the amount payable by Buyer and the Company under this Section 2.3(p) in no event shall exceed $30,000,000. Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.3(p) shall be made without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period. Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date. Any disputes with respect to the determination of the amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.3(p) shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism applicable to the determination of the Final Amounts set forth in Section 2.3(c), Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.3(e).

 

Section 2.4             Withholdings . Buyer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold or cause to be deducted and withheld from amounts otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payments under any provision of federal state, local or foreign Tax Law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

21



 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 3.1             Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

(a)            Due Organization and Good Standing . Each of Seller and CFHC is an entity duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. Each of Seller and CFHC has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority does not have a material adverse effect on Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or CFHC and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as the case may be.

 

(b)            Authorization of Transaction by Seller . Each of Seller and CFHC has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham will have all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Separation Agreements to which it is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller and CFHC of this Agreement and the consummation by each of Seller and CFHC of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each of Seller and CFHC and no other proceedings on the part of Seller or CFHC are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller and CFHC of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham of the Separation Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham of the transactions contemplated thereby will have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham and no other proceedings on the part of Seller, Realogy or Wyndham will have been necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by each of Seller, Realogy and Wyndham of the Separation Agreements to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and the Company, constitutes, and each Separation Agreement (to the extent Seller, Realogy, Wyndham or CFHC is a party thereto), when executed and delivered by each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham or CFHC (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham and CFHC, enforceable against each of Seller, Realogy, Wyndham and CFHC in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

22



 

(c)            Ownership of Shares. All of the Shares are beneficially owned by Seller and of record by CFHC free and clear of all Encumbrances. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will convey to Buyer good title to the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for those created by the Buyer or arising out of ownership of the Shares by the Buyer and other than restrictions on transfer of unregistered securities arising under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws.

 

(d)            Governmental Filings . No filings or registration with, notification to, or authorization, license, clearance, permit, qualification, waiver, order consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (collectively, “ Governmental Filings “) are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Separation Agreements by each of Seller and CFHC, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under any applicable antitrust or other competition Laws of other jurisdictions (“ Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws “), (iii) the Governmental Filing required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in Section 3.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter and (vi) such other Governmental Filings the failure of which to be obtained do not materially impair or delay Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)            No Conflict or Violation . Except as set forth in Section 3.1(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter , the execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and by Seller of the Separation Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and thereby do not: (i) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 3.1(d), Section 3.2(d) and Section 3.3(c) (other than clause (iv) thereof) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which Seller is subject; (ii) require a consent, notice or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation, termination or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, cancel, or modify any obligation or result in the loss of any right under, or result in the loss of any benefit or cause any additional fees to be due under any material Contract to which Seller or CFHC is a party; or (iii) violate the Organizational Documents of Seller or CFHC, except with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above as would not materially impair or delay Seller’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)         Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth on Section 3.1(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter , as of the date of this Agreement, there are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller or CFHC which challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Separation Agreements or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Seller nor CFHC is subject to any judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity which constitutes a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23



 

(g)            Brokers’ Fees . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee, expense or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller for which any of the Acquired Companies or Buyer has or will have any liability.

 

Section 3.2             Representations and Warranties of the Company . Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter , the Company represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

(a)        Due Organization and Good Standing of the Company . The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is qualified or otherwise authorized to act as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)            Authorization of Transaction by the Company. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company will have all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Separation Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Separation Agreements and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated thereby will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of the Company will be necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Separation Agreements or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and Seller, constitutes, and each Separation Agreement (to the extent the Company is a party thereto), when executed and delivered by the Company (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of

 

24



 

equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

(c)            Subsidiaries . Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a list of each Subsidiary of the Company, including its name, and its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter , each Subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, is validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is in good standing and it is qualified or authorized to do business (as customarily certified by the applicable Governmental Entity in respect of the entities registered in such jurisdictions) under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is required, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter , (A) all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Company are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (the percentage and type of ownership of any Subsidiary of the Company of which the Company does not own all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests being set forth on Section 3.2 of the Company Disclosure Letter ), free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than any restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws), and are duly authorized and validly issued, free of preemptive or any other third party rights and, as to Equity Interests of corporate Subsidiaries, are fully paid and non-assessable, (B) there is no subscription, option, warrant, call right, agreement or commitment relating to the issuance, sale, delivery, transfer or redemption by any Subsidiary of the Company (including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument) of the capital stock, partnership capital or equivalent of any Subsidiary of the Company or to make any payment based on the value of any Equity Interests of such Subsidiary (other than any such subscription, option, warrant, call right, agreement or commitment in favor of the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company) and (C) other than Organizational Documents, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which any of the Acquired Companies is a party with respect to voting such Equity Interests. There is no provision of any Acquired Company’s Organizational Documents that would restrict the ability to encumber any of the assets or Equity Interests of an Acquired Company owned by another Acquired Company or that is the Company.

 

(d)            Governmental Filings . No Governmental Filings are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) the Governmental Filings required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in Section 3.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter , or (vi) such other Governmental Filings, the failure of which to be obtained or made do not materially impair or delay the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25



 

(e)            Capital Structure . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 100 shares are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights. The Company has no other Equity Interests authorized, issued or outstanding, and there are no subscriptions, agreements, options, warrants, call rights, commitments or other rights or arrangements existing or outstanding that provide for the sale or issuance of any of the foregoing by Seller or the Company (other than this Agreement). CFHC is the record and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares, and, at Closing, the Shares purchased by Buyer shall constitute all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company.

 

(f)             Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to Buyer a true and complete copy of the Financial Statements in draft form. The Financial Statements in draft form have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the dates thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto. When delivered to Buyer in accordance with Section 4.27, the Financial Statements in final form will have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the dates thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto. If they are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Closing Financial Statements will have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied and, upon delivery, will fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the date thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the period ended June 30, 2006, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, and the absence of notes thereto.

 

(g)        No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements (or the notes thereto), as set forth in Section 3.2(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter , for the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs, the Project Nova Costs and the Closing Indebtedness, none of the Acquired Companies had, as of the Balance Sheet Date, any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved against on (or disclosed in the footnotes to) an audited combined balance sheet of the Acquired Companies (but excluding any liabilities related or attributable to Taxes). Except as set forth in Section 3.2(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter , for liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, and for the GTA Bonus, the Project Austin Costs, the Restructuring Costs, the Retention Payments, the Severance Costs, the M&A Costs, the Project Nova Costs, the Closing

 

26



 

Indebtedness, obligations or liabilities reflected or reserved against (or of a category reflected or reserved against) on the Financial Statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 or as are not material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, since the Balance Sheet Date none of the Acquired Companies has incurred any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise.

 

(h)            No Conflict or Violation . Except as set forth in Section 3.2(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter , the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not (i) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 3.1(d), Section 3.2(d) and Section 3.3(c) (other than clause (iv) of Section 3.3(c)) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which any Acquired Company are subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel or modify any material obligation or result in the loss of any material right under any Company Contract or Company Lease; or (iii) create or impose any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, on the assets and properties of any Acquired Companies; or (iv) violate the Organizational Documents of any Acquired Company, except with respect to the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)             Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in Section 3.2(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter , there are no Actions (or group of related Actions) pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in any written notice addressed and delivered to any Acquired Company which, (i) if adversely determined, would constitute a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as of the date of this Agreement, challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no Acquired Company is subject to any material judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity other than any material judgment, decree, injunction or order that is generally applicable to all Persons or to Persons in businesses similar to those of the Acquired Companies.

 

(j)             Personal Property . Except as may be reflected in the Financial Statements, the Acquired Companies have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), to all the tangible personal property reflected in the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements and all tangible personal property acquired since the date of the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements, except for such tangible personal property that has been disposed of in the ordinary course of business or where the failure to have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)            Real Property . Section 3.2(k)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth the location of all real property owned by any Acquired Company (the “ Owned Real Property “). The Company owns with good, valid and

 

27



 

marketable title, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances, all of the material Owned Real Property. Section 3.2(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (x) the location of all real property (the “ Leased Real Property “) directly or indirectly leased to any Acquired Company by a third party pursuant to a lease, sublease or other similar agreement under which any Acquired Company is the lessee or sublessee (collectively, the “ Company Leases “) and (y) a list of all Company Leases. Complete copies of all Company Leases, together with any modifications, extensions, amendments and assignments thereof, have heretofore been furnished or made available to Buyer. Each of the material Company Leases is in full force and effect, without modification or amendment from the form furnished to Buyer and is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreements, no Acquired Company has assigned its interests under any of the material Company Leases, or subleased all or any part of the space demised thereby, to any third party. No Acquired Company is in default under any material provision of the material Company Leases, and no amount due on any material Company Lease remains unpaid.

 

(l)             Taxes . Except as set forth in Section 3.2(l) of the Company Disclosure Letter : (i) the Acquired Companies have accurately and timely filed (taking into account properly filed extensions) all income Tax Returns required to have been filed by them, and all such Tax Returns are complete and correct in all respects, except for such Tax Returns the failure of which to file or be complete and correct does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Acquired Companies have timely paid in full all income Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on such Tax Returns) and all non-income Taxes shown to be due on any Tax Return or, where payment is not yet due, has made adequate provision for all Taxes in the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP except for such Taxes for which the failure to have paid or make adequate provisions does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) there are no pending, current or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations for the assessment or collection of material amounts of Taxes with respect to any Acquired Company except for such claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations that do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) there are no liens for Taxes against any Acquired Company’s assets, other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and for which appropriate reserves have been established or contested in good faith except for such liens that do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) the Acquired Companies have not executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any material amount of income Taxes; (v) no Acquired Company has ever been, or is required to, make any disclosure to the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 6111 of the Code or Section 1.6011 of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) all Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to any Acquired Company have been timely withheld, collected or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required, have been paid to the relevant taxing authority; (vii) no closing agreement pursuant to section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) has been entered into by or with respect to any Acquired Company; and (viii) no Acquired Company will be required to include amounts in income, or exclude items of

 

28



 

deduction, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date.

 

(m)           Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth in Section 3.2(m) of the Company Disclosure Letter and as otherwise contemplated or permitted hereby or by the Separation Agreements, from the Balance Sheet Date through the date of this Agreement (i) the businesses of the Acquired Companies have been conducted in the ordinary course of business, (ii) there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect that is continuing and (iii) the Acquired Companies have not discontinued any business material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole.

 

(n)            Company Contracts .

 

(i)                 Section 3.2(n)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement to which any Acquired Company is a party, which are in the categories listed below (collectively, the “ Company Contracts “); provided , however , that a Contract referenced by more than one description need only be listed once on the Company Disclosure Letter :

 

(1)              any employment, management consulting or similar agreement requiring payment by any Acquired Company of base annual salary in excess of $200,000;

 

(2)              any Contract evidencing Indebtedness material to any Acquired Company, or under which any of the Acquired Companies have issued any note, bond, indenture, mortgage, security interest or other evidence of Indebtedness material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole, or has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness of any Person (other than any Acquired Company) that are material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole;

 

(3)              any license agreement pursuant to which any Acquired Company (i) has acquired the right to use any material Company Intellectual Property, other than software and other Intellectual Property that is (1) generally commercially available and (2) for which any Acquired Company has paid annual license fees of less than $2,000,000 during the 12-month period ending on May 31, 2006 or (ii) has granted to any third party, other than any Acquired Company, any material license to use any material Company Intellectual Property owned by any Acquired Company (excluding any such licenses granted in connection with agency subscriber agreements and other customer agreements);

 

(4)              any other Contracts not cancelable without penalties on less than 120 days’ notice and under which any Acquired Company would reasonably be expected to make payments,

 

29



 

individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000 during any 12-month period;

 

(5)              any Contract for capital expenditures, or the purchase or sale of any asset or securities of any Person or the acquisition or construction of assets for the benefit and use of any Acquired Company, requiring payments by any Acquired Company in excess of $2,000,000 for any 12-month period;

 

(6)              any Contract containing a covenant not to compete or any exclusivity provision that materially restricts the ability of any of the Acquired Companies to freely conduct any material aspect of their business;

 

(7)              any material joint venture agreement, limited liability company or partnership agreement;

 

(8)              any Contract related to a material acquisition or divestiture of any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit by an Acquired Company, other than inventory, since January 1, 2003 or prior to such date to the extent an Acquired Company has any continuing obligations or liabilities to the counterparty to such transaction; and

 

(9)              any outstanding written or otherwise binding commitment to enter into any agreement of the type described in subsections (1) through (8) of this Section 3.2(n)(i).

 

(ii)                Except as set forth in Section 3.2(n)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter , (i) each Company Contract (A) constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquired Company party thereto and (B) assuming such Company Contract is binding and enforceable against the other parties thereto, is enforceable against the Acquired Company party thereto, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in an Action at law or in equity) and the discretion of any court before which any Action therefor may be brought, (ii) no Acquired Company is or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no counterparty is in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract.

 

(o)            Labor . No labor strike, slowdown, lockout, picketing or work stoppage against any of the Acquired Companies is pending or, to the Knowledge

 

30



 

of the Company, threatened, and no such labor strike, slowdown or work stoppage has occurred or been threatened at any time within the three years preceding the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(o) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no Acquired Company is a party to, bound by or subject to any agreement with any labor organization and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no union organizing activities involving any such labor organization is pending or threatened.

 

(p)            Compliance With Law .

 

(i)                 Except for Laws relating or attributable to Taxes and employee benefits, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 3.2(l) and Section 3.2(q), respectively, and except as set forth in Section 3.2(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter , the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have been, operating their respective businesses in compliance with applicable Laws (and their publicly posted privacy policies), except to the extent any non-compliance therewith does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter , all approvals, permits and licenses of Governmental Entities (collectively, “ Permits “) required for the Acquired Companies to conduct their business, as conducted on the date hereof, are in the possession of the relevant Acquired Company, as applicable, are in full force and effect and the Acquired Companies are and since January 1, 2004 have been operating in compliance therewith, except for such Permits the failure of which to possess or with which to be in compliance does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii)                Except as set forth in Section 3.2(p)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have been, in compliance in all respects with all applicable Laws and regulations relating to pollution, Hazardous Substances or protection of human health or the environment (“ Environmental Laws “), and have obtained and are in compliance in all respects with all Permits required under Environmental Laws. The Acquired Companies have not received notice of any written actions, claims or investigations by any Person alleging liability under, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws.

 

(iii)               Except as set forth in Section 3.2(p)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, Hazardous Substances are not present at and have not been disposed of, arranged to be disposed of, released or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be released at or from any of the properties or facilities currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of the Acquired Companies in violation of, or in a condition or a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to Damages to any of the Acquired Companies under or relating to, any Environmental Laws.

 

31



 

(q)            Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(i)                 Section 3.2(q)(i)(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of each material Seller Plan. Section 3.2(q)(i)(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of each Company Plan (excluding any employment, management, consulting or similar agreement requiring payment by any Acquired Company of base annual salary of less than $200,000). With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Buyer true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto (or if the Company Plan is not a written Company Plan, a description thereof), any related trust or other funding vehicle, any reports or summaries required under ERISA or the Code and the most recent determination letter received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Company Plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of Code. With respect to each Seller Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Buyer true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto. All contributions required to be made under the terms of the Company Plan have been timely made and all contributions required to be made by the Acquired Companies under Seller Plans have been timely made. None of any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any Seller Plan, any trust created under any Company Plan or Seller Plan, nor any trustee or administrator thereof has engaged in a transaction in connection with which any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any Company Plan or any such trust could be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 409 or 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 or 4976 of the Code.

 

(ii)                Each Company Plan has been established and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, including, as to each Company Plan that is subject to United States Law, ERISA and the Code. For each Company Plan with respect to which a Form 5500 has been filed, no material change has occurred with respect to the matters covered by the most recent Form since the end of the period covered thereby. No “reportable event” (as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability, no material nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code (whether or not waived)) has occurred with respect to any Company Plan. No Company Plan is a split-dollar life insurance program or otherwise provides for loans to any Affected Employee who would constitute an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

 

32



 

(iii)               Each Company Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)) of the Acquired Companies is qualified within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code and has received a favorable determination letter as to its qualification. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that could reasonably be expected to give rise to disqualification or loss of tax-exempt status of any Company Plan or a related trust or otherwise subject any Acquired Company, either directly or by reason of its affiliation with any member of its “Controlled Group“ (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code), to any material tax, material fine, material lien, material penalty or other material liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Laws. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no Company Plan is subject to the provisions of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. No liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by Seller and its Affiliates that has not been satisfied in full, other than liability for premiums due the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (which premiums have been paid when due). With respect to each Company Plan that is not a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA but is subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of the Closing Date, the assets of each such Company Plan are at least equal in value to the present value of the accrued benefits (vested and unvested) of the participants in such Company Plan on a termination and projected benefit obligation basis, based on the actuarial methods and assumptions indicated in the most recent applicable actuarial valuation reports. No Company Plan is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) and neither the Company, its Subsidiaries nor any member of their Controlled Group has at any time sponsored or contributed to, or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of, any multiemployer plan. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(iii)(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no Company Plan provides for post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for Affected Employees, except as required to avoid an excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code or otherwise except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Law.

 

(iv)               With respect to each Company Plan, (A) no material Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, (B) no facts or circumstances exist that reasonably could give rise to any material Actions and (C) no written or oral communication has been received from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation concerning the funded status thereof or any transfer of assets and liabilities therefrom in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

(v)                Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(v)(A) of the Company Disclosure Letter , the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not, either alone or in combination

 

33



 

with another event (A) entitle any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of the Acquired Companies to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment (or any increase in such payment), (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee, officer or other service provider or (C) limit or restrict the right of any Acquired Company to merge, amend or terminate any Company Plan. Section 3.2(q)(v)(B) of the Company Disclosure Letter includes a schedule of all Retention Payments and Retention Letters.

 

(vi)               Except as set forth in Section 3.2(q)(vi) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no Acquired Company has any contractual obligation to make any tax gross-up payments as a result of the golden parachute excise tax of Section 4999 of the Code.

 

(vii)              With respect to each Foreign Plan, each such plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities.

 

(viii)             The fair market value of the assets of each Foreign Plan required to be funded under applicable local Law, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations, as of the Closing Date, with respect to all current and former participants in such plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to determine employer contributions to such Foreign Plan and no transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall cause such assets or insurance obligations to be less than such benefit obligations.

 

(r)             Intellectual Property .

 

(i)                 Section 3.2(r)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, for the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, a list of all material U.S. and foreign:  (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademark registrations and applications (including Internet domain name registrations); (c) copyright registrations and applications and (d) unregistered common law trademarks and service marks material to the business of the Acquired Companies. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(r)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter , to the Knowledge of the Company, the foregoing registrations and applications that are material to and currently used in the businesses of the Acquired Companies are, in the case of registrations, in effect and subsisting, and in the case of applications, pending and are not subject to any action alleging the invalidity of any such registration or seeking to have any such registration or application canceled, re-examined or found invalid.

 

34



 

(ii)                Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in Section 3.2(r)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter , (a) the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies does not infringe or otherwise violate (1) to the Knowledge of the Company, any Person’s Patents or Trademarks, and (2) any Person’s other Intellectual Property, and there is no claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company threatened against the Acquired Companies alleging such infringement or other violation, (b) to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person is infringing or otherwise violating any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, and no claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Person by any Acquired Company alleging such infringement or other violation and (c) subject to Section 3.2(r)(ii)(a), the Acquired Companies own or have the right to use all of the Intellectual Property used by the Acquired Companies in their businesses as currently conducted, free and clear of Encumbrances (except Permitted Encumbrances) on the Acquired Companies’ rights in such Intellectual Property.

 

(iii)               The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) maintain registrations for registered Company Intellectual Property that are material to the businesses of the Acquired Companies and (b) protect the confidentiality of their material confidential information. Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, employees who contributed to the creation or invention of Intellectual Property in which the Acquired Companies assert ownership have assigned to the Company all of their rights therein that did not initially vest in the Company by operation of law.

 

(iv)               The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect personally identifiable information provided by the Acquired Companies ‘ customers and website users from unauthorized disclosure or use. Except as set forth in Section 3.2(r)(iv) of the Company Disclosure Letter and except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect the integrity and security of their information technology systems, websites, databases and networks and the information transmitted thereby or stored therein and none of them have, as of the date of this Agreement, any Actions pending against them regarding the foregoing and (ii) no Acquired Company has received any complaints during the two years prior to the date of this Agreement relating thereto.

 

(s)        Brokers’ Fees . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the

 

35



 

Company, for which any of the Acquired Companies or Buyer has or will have any liability.

 

(t)             Insurance Coverage (u)       . The Company has furnished to Buyer a list of all insurance policies and fidelity bonds relating to the assets, business, operations, employees, officers or directors of the Acquired Companies. All such policies are valid and in full force and effect and, except as set forth in Section 3.2(t) of the Company Disclosure Letter , no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received by the Acquired Companies with respect to any such policy. All premiums due on such policies have been paid and none of the Acquired Companies is in default under any material obligation of any such policy.

 

(u)        Sufficiency of Assets . As of the Closing Date, the assets, rights and Permits of the Acquired Companies, including any rights of the Acquired Companies arising pursuant to the Separation Agreements, will be in all material respects the assets, rights and Permits of Seller and its Subsidiaries that are used to conduct the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted, it being understood that no representation is being made with respect to any assets, rights or Permits not owned by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(v)            Indebtedness; Certain Payments

 

(i)                 Following the repayment of the Estimated Closing Indebtedness at Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A) of the definition of Indebtedness) immediately after such repayment other than Indebtedness incurred by the Company on the Closing Date in connection with the Debt Financing.

 

(ii)                (A) To the Knowledge of the Company, there is not expected to be any earn-out or deferred purchase price payable with respect to the acquisition of Needahotel and (B) there will not by any earn-out or deferred purchase price payable with respect to the acquisition of Donvand Limited (d/b/a Guliver’s Travels Associates) and Octopustravel Group Limited pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement between Sarah Newman, Andrew Collins, Anne Keogh, Cendant Corporation and Castlenau Limited, dated February 8, 2006 and the Share and Purchase Agreement between David Babai, Uzi Kattan, Edward Faith, Murray Sweet, Bernard Bialylew, Codesilver Limited (n/k/a Cendant Travel Services Limited) and Cendant Corporation (as Guarantor), dated December 16, 2004, respectively.

 

Section 3.3                Representations and Warranties of Buyer . Buyer represents and warrants to Seller and the Company as follows:

 

(a)            Due Organization and Good Standing of Buyer . Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

 

36



 

(b)            Authorization of Transaction by Buyer . Buyer has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement, and the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of Buyer and no other limited liability company proceedings on the part of Buyer are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller and the Company, constitutes, a valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

(c)            Governmental Filings . No Governmental Filings are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) the Governmental Filings required to be made with the FSA, (iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Seller or its Affiliates, (v) as set forth in Section 3.3(c) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter or (vi) such other Governmental Filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)            No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not (i) assuming all authorizations, consents and approvals described in Section 3.1(d) (other than clause (iv) of Section 3.1(d)), Section 3.2(d) (other than clause (iv) thereof) and Section 3.3(c) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which Buyer is subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation, termination or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel any Contract to which Buyer is a party; or (iii) violate the Organizational Documents of Buyer, except with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e)            Legal Proceedings . As of the date of this Agreement, there are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened against Buyer which challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer is not subject to any judgment, decree,

 

37



 

injunction or order of any Governmental Entity which would materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(f)             Acquisition of Equity for Investment . Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Buyer’s purchase of the Shares. Buyer confirms that it can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Shares and can afford to lose its entire investment in the Shares, has been furnished the materials relating to Buyer’s purchase of the Shares which it has requested, and Seller has provided Buyer the opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management employees of the Acquired Companies and to acquire additional information about the business and financial condition of the Acquired Companies. Buyer is acquiring the Shares for investment and not with a view toward or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling such Shares. Buyer agrees that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration available under such Act.

 

(g)            Funding .

 

(i)             Section 3.3(g)(i) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, accurate and complete copy of the executed commitment letter from Credit Suisse, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Loan Finance LLC and UBS Securities LLC (the “ Debt Commitment Letter “), pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the lender parties thereto have committed to lend the amounts set forth therein to Buyer for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Debt Financing “). Section 3.3(g)(ii) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, accurate and complete copy of the executed commitment letter (the “ Equity Commitment Letter “ and together with the Debt Commitment Letter, the “ Financing Commitments “) from Blackstone Capital Partners V Merchant Banking Fund L.P. (the “ Investor “) pursuant to which the Investor has committed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to invest the amounts set forth therein, to purchase Equity Interests of Buyer ( the “ Equity Financing “ and together with the Debt Financing, the “ Financing “). The Equity Commitment Letter provides that the Investor is guaranteeing Buyer’s obligations to Seller, subject to the limits set forth therein.

 

(ii)            As of the date of this Agreement, the Financing Commitments are in full force and effect and have not been withdrawn or terminated or otherwise amended or modified in any respect. Each of the Financing Commitments, in the form so delivered, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer and, to the knowledge of Buyer, the other parties thereto. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements, side letters or arrangements relating to the Financing Commitments that could affect the availability of the Debt Financing or the Equity Financing. Buyer has no reason to believe that it

 

38



 

will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by it contained in the Financing Commitments. Buyer has fully paid any and all commitment fees or other fees required by the Financing Commitments to be paid on or before the date of this Agreement. The aggregate proceeds from the Financing will constitute all of the financing required to be provided by Buyer, and will be sufficient for the satisfaction of all of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the payment of the Purchase Price and the payment of all associated costs and expenses (the “ Required Amount “). The Financing Commitments contain all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the parties thereunder to make the Financing available to Buyer on the terms therein.

 

(h)            Brokers’ Fees . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Buyer, for which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries have or will have any liability.

 

(i)             Other Business Interests . Section 3.3(i) of the Buyer Disclosure Letter lists, as of the date of this Agreement, with respect to the private equity funds of which Affiliates of The Blackstone Group serve as general partner and investment adviser, all portfolio company investees in which such private equity funds own more than a five percent stake.

 

Section 3.4                No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person on behalf of Seller or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Seller, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or with respect to any other information provided to Buyer, its Affiliates, agents or representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or other obligation to Buyer, its Affiliates, agents or representatives or any Person resulting from the sale of the Shares to Buyer or Buyer’s use of, or the use by any of Buyer’s Affiliates, agents or representatives of, any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts of other material made available to Buyer, its Affiliates or representatives in certain “data rooms”, offering memorandum, Offering Materials or management presentations in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, unless any such information is expressly and specifically included in a representation or warranty contained in Section 3.1 or Section 3.2. Each of Seller and the Company disclaims any and all other representations and warranties, whether express or implied.

 

39



 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                Conduct of the Company’s Business .

 

(a)            Seller agrees that, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, except (i) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) as required by applicable Law, (iii) as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter , (iv) as set forth in, in pursuit of or otherwise pursuant to the Separation Agreement (including the incurrence, use of proceeds from and repayment of Indebtedness under the Travelport Facility), (v) as consented to by Buyer in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (vi) in connection with the projects, matters and actions described on Section 1.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter , Seller shall cause the Acquired Companies to conduct their respective businesses and operations in the ordinary course of business and, subject to the foregoing, shall procure that the Acquired Companies shall not:

 

(i)                 authorize or effect any amendment to or change its Organizational Documents in any material respect (it being understood that any such change that would negatively affect the Debt Financing shall be deemed to be material);

 

(ii)                issue or authorize the issuance of any Equity Interests, or grant any options, warrants , or other rights to purchase or obtain any of its Equity Interests or issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests, other than to an Acquired Company;

 

(iii)               issue any note, bond, or other debt security, or create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or any material capitalized lease obligation, in each case (A) in excess of $10,000,000 and other than Current Liabilities or (B) which would be adverse in any material respect to the Financing;

 

(iv)               with respect to Contracts that are not Specified Contracts, except in the ordinary course of business, enter into any Contract that, had it been entered into prior to the date hereof, would be a Company Contract, or materially amend, modify, terminate or cancel (1) any existing Company Contract or Contract with any Affiliate of the Company, other than the Separation Agreements or (2) any Contract that is, or had it been entered into prior to the date hereof would be, a Company Contract;

 

(v)                enter into or materially amend, modify, terminate or cancel any Specified Contract unless such action is in the ordinary course of business and either (1) such Specified Contract or amendment or modification thereof contains terms and conditions substantially similar, taken as a whole, to

 

40



 

other Specified Contracts of a similar nature to which an Acquired Company is a party or (2) the relevant Acquired Company has reasonably consulted with Buyer prior to entering into, amending, modifying, terminating or canceling such Specified Contract;

 

(vi)               except in the ordinary course of business, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the material property rights (including material Intellectual Property), assets or rights of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, other than distributions of cash to any Affiliate of Seller, and other than as required pursuant to existing contracts or commitments;

 

(vii)              make any capital expenditure, or commitments therefor, in excess of the amounts set forth in the capital expenditure budget set forth in Section 4.1(a)(vii) of the Company Disclosure Letter the (“ Capex Budget “);

 

(viii)             cancel, compromise or settle any material Action, or intentionally waive or release any material rights, of any Acquired Company;

 

(ix)                adopt, enter into, amend, alter, or terminate (or grant any waiver or consent under) any Company Plan or grant or agree to grant any increase in the wages, salary, bonus or other compensation, remuneration or benefits of any executive-level employee of any Acquired Company, except as required under applicable Law, any existing Company Plan or any existing employment agreement;

 

(x)                 make any changes to their accounting principles or practices, other than as may be required by Law, GAAP or generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdictions of incorporation of the relevant Acquired Company;

 

(xi)                acquire (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation , partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit or make any investment in any Person in excess of $15,000,000;

 

(xii)               discontinue any business material to the Acquired Companies;

 

(xiii)              declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution on or in respect of any of its Equity Interests, other than any dividend or distribution paid prior to the Closing Date exclusively in cash, Equity Interests of any Acquired Company or a combination of Equity Interests of any Acquired Company and cash in the case of Equity Interests, to the extent distributed to the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company;

 

41



 

(xiv)             change in any material respect the policies or practices of any Acquired Company with regard to the extension of discounts or credit to customers or collection of receivables from customers;

 

(xv)              (A) make or change any material Tax election, file any amended Tax Return, or settle or compromise any proceeding with respect to any material Tax claim or assessment related to any Acquired Company, that, in each case, reasonably could increase Taxes of such Acquired Company after the Closing; (B) surrender any right to claim a refund of material Taxes that would be for Buyer’s account under this Agreement; or (C) change any accounting method with respect to material Taxes, or enter into any closing agreement;

 

(xvi)             except pursuant to the Separation Agreements, enter into or adopt a plan or agreement of recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

(xvii)            amend or modify any of the Separation Agreements in a manner adverse to Buyer or any of the Acquired Companies; and

 

(xviii)           agree or otherwise commit to take any of the actions prohibited by the foregoing clauses (i) through (xvi) above.

 

(b)            From and after the date hereof until the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Capex Budget for such period.

 

(c)            At the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no less than $25,000,000 of cash and cash equivalents.

 

(d)            Other than the right to consent or withhold consent with respect to the foregoing matters, nothing contained herein shall give Buyer any right to manage, control, direct or be involved in the management of Seller, the Company, or their respective Subsidiaries or businesses prior to the Closing.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, each Acquired Company shall be permitted to incur indebtedness to any other Acquired Companies in connection with transferring cash or cash equivalents among the Acquired Companies; provided , however , that Seller shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, use reasonable best efforts to effect such transfers without incurring such indebtedness to the extent such other means of transfer do not result in costs to any of the Acquired Companies or otherwise adversely impact Seller or any of the Acquired Companies. To the extent any such indebtedness is incurred and will remain outstanding following the Closing, the final maturity of such indebtedness shall not occur prior to a date which is less than ten and one-half (10.5) years following the Closing.

 

42



 

Section 4.2                Employment Matters .

 

(a)            Upon the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies shall continue to employ all individuals who are employees of any Acquired Company on the Closing Date, including employees not actively at work due to injury, vacation, military duty, disability or other leave of absence (the “ Affected Employees “). Until at least December 31, 2007, Buyer shall not reduce any Affected Employee’s base salary or incentive compensation opportunity, each as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Buyer’s or the Acquired Companies’ ability to choose the form of such incentive compensation opportunity), and shall provide employee benefits and compensation (excluding equity-based benefits and compensation) to Affected Employees that are no less favorable in the aggregate (excluding, for this purpose, any compensation arrangements designed for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreements) than those provided to such persons immediately prior to the Closing Date whether arising under a Company Plan or any Seller Plan. Periods of employment with any Acquired Company (including, without limitation, any current or former Affiliate of the Company or any predecessor, to the extent previously recognized under the Company Plans), shall be taken into account for purposes of determining, as applicable, the eligibility for participation, vesting and the calculation of benefits (including severance) of any employee under all employee benefit plans offered by Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer to the Affected Employees, including vacation plans or arrangements, 401(k) or other retirement plans and any severance or welfare plans (but excluding for purposes of any defined benefit pension plan or post-employment welfare benefit plan). Buyer shall cause the Acquired Companies to (i) waive any limitation on medical coverage of Affected Employees due to pre-existing conditions under the applicable medical plan of Buyer to the extent such Affected Employees are currently covered under a medical employee benefit plan of any Acquired Company or their Affiliates and (ii) credit each Affected Employee with all deductible payments and co-payments paid by such employee under the medical employee benefit plan of the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date during the year in which the Closing occurs for the purpose of determining the extent to which any such employee has satisfied his or her deductible and whether he or she has reached the out-of-pocket maximum under any medical plan of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer for such year.

 

(b)            Prior to the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies shall withdraw, effective as of the Closing Date, from any Seller Plan in the manner, if any, that such Seller Plan specifies for withdrawal of a participating employer.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the general provisions of Section 4.2(a), until at least December 31, 2007, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide each Affected Employee with severance benefits that are no less favorable than (i) those that would have been provided to such Affected Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date or (ii) those that may be provided to such Affected Employee under the terms of a severance plan of Buyer or its Affiliates, whichever is more favorable to such Affected Employee on the date of termination of employment.

 

43



 

(d)            The parties hereby agree to take all actions necessary to effectuate the provisions set forth on Section 4.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

(e)            Seller, Buyer and the Company acknowledge and agree that all provisions contained in this Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 with respect to Affected Employees are included for the sole benefit of Buyer and the Company and shall not create any right (i) in any other Person, including, Affected Employees, Company Plans or any beneficiary thereof or (ii) to continued employment with Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

Section 4.3                Retention Payments .

 

Buyer shall take all actions necessary to assume and honor any Company Plan that expressly requires such assumption. The Acquired Companies shall be solely responsible for all liabilities relating to the amendment, termination or alleged termination of any Company Plan following the Closing Date. The Acquired Companies and Seller shall share responsibility for stay bonuses, transaction bonuses and fees and other retention payments (each, a “ Retention Payment “) (it being understood that Retention Payments shall not include (i) any severance payments other than Severance Costs and (ii) the 2006 Award as described in Section 4.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter ) due from any Acquired Company under any agreement with employees, officers and other service providers of the Acquired Companies (each, a “ Retention Letter “). Seller shall pay one-half of each Retention Payment on the Closing Date (to the extent not previously paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable Retention Letter) (the “ Seller Portion Retention Payment “) and (ii) the Buyer shall cause the Company to assume and honor the Retention Letters and shall pay, or shall cause the Company to pay, the balance of each Retention Payment in accordance with the terms of the applicable Retention Letter, but in no event later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Company Portion Retention Payment “). Buyer agrees to pay Seller an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) all Company Portion Retention Payments that are forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date by, and any amounts otherwise not paid on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date to any, Affected Employee party to a Retention Letter in accordance with the Retention Letter to which such Affected Employee is a party. The payment contemplated by the foregoing sentence shall be made promptly following the first anniversary of the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds (it being understood that any such payments that are rolled over into Equity Interest or other securities of Buyer will be deemed paid unless forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date).

 

Section 4.4                Publicity . Buyer and Seller agree to communicate with each other and cooperate with each other prior to any public disclosure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer and Seller agree that no public release or announcement concerning the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be issued by any party without the prior consent of Buyer and Seller, except (i) as such release or announcement, upon the advice of outside counsel, may be required by Law or the rules and regulations of any stock exchange upon which the securities of Seller are listed, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement, to

 

44



 

the extent practicable after using reasonable best efforts to avoid such disclosure, shall allow the other parties reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance and (ii) Seller may disclose any information concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which it deems appropriate in its reasonable judgment after reasonable advance notice to Buyer, in light of its status as a publicly owned company, including without limitation to securities analysts and institutional investors and in press interviews and Governmental Filings.

 

Section 4.5                Confidentiality .

 

(a)            Buyer and its Representatives shall treat all nonpublic information obtained in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as confidential in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement. The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate. If this Agreement is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as provided in Section 6.2 in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)            From and after the Closing, (i) Buyer shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, keep confidential and not use for any purpose all nonpublic information regarding Seller and its current and former Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) of which the Acquired Companies are actually aware and (ii) except as contemplated by the Separation Agreements, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, keep confidential and not use for any purpose all nonpublic information regarding Buyer or its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) of which Seller and its Affiliates are actually aware, except, in each case, to the extent required by Law.

 

Section 4.6                Access to Information .

 

(a)            Subject to Section 4.5, Seller shall cause its officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to afford the officers, directors, employees, auditors, providers of financing, counsel, financial advisors and other agents of Buyer reasonable access during normal business hours to the officers, directors, employees, agents, properties, offices and other facilities of the Acquired Companies and their books and records, and shall furnish Buyer with such financial, operating and other data and information with respect to the Acquired Companies, as Buyer, through its officers, employees, auditors, providers of financing, counsel, financial advisors or other agents, may reasonably request. In exercising its rights hereunder, Buyer shall conduct itself so as not to unreasonably interfere in the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies prior to Closing. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any contact by Buyer and its agents and representatives with officers, employees, customers or agents of the Acquired Companies hereunder shall be arranged and supervised by representatives of Seller, unless Seller otherwise expressly consents with respect to any specific contact. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) shall be required to disclose to Buyer or any agent or representative thereof any (i) information (A) relating to any sale

 

45



 

or divestiture process conducted by Seller or its Affiliates for the Company or its business or Seller’s or its Affiliates’ (or their representatives’) evaluation of the Company or its business in connection therewith, including projections, financial or other information relating thereto or (B) if doing so, in Seller’s good faith opinion, could violate any Contract or Law to which Seller or any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) is a party or is subject or which it believes in good faith could result in a loss of the ability to successfully assert a claim of privilege (including without limitation, the attorney-client and work product privileges) or (ii) consolidated, combined, unitary or similar Tax Return of which Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than any of the Acquired Companies) is the common parent or any other information relating to Taxes or Tax Returns other than information relating solely to the Acquired Companies.

 

(b)            After the Closing for a period of seven years, upon reasonable written notice, Buyer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Seller and its counsel, auditors, agents and representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to such information and assistance relating solely to the Acquired Companies as is necessary for any reasonable business purpose, including, without limitation, financial reporting and accounting matters or in connection with any disclosure obligation or the defense of any Action. Seller shall reimburse the Company for reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in assisting Seller pursuant to this Section 4.6(b).

 

Section 4.7                Filings and Authorizations, Including HSR Act Filing .

 

(a)            Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, promptly file or cause to be filed all necessary Governmental Filings, including, but not limited to, (i) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement file all required Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement file all required Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than five (5) Business Days of the date of this Agreement filing the FSA Notice with the FSA and (iv) submissions of additional information requested by any Governmental Entity. Each of Buyer and Seller further agrees that it shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with any applicable post-Closing notification or other requirements of the FSA or of any antitrust, trade competition, investment or control reporting or similar Law or regulation of any Governmental Entity with competent jurisdiction. Each of Buyer and Seller agrees to cooperate with and promptly to consult with, to provide any reasonably available information with respect to, and to provide, subject to appropriate confidentiality provisions, copies of all presentations and filings to any Governmental Entity to the other party or its counsel.

 

(b)            In addition to the agreements set forth in Section 4.6(a) above, Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the consents, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, including without limitation, any approvals required by the FSA in connection with Buyer’s acquisition of the control of Bastion, respectively, and antitrust clearance under the HSR Act and any Foreign

 

46



 

Antitrust Merger Control Laws, as promptly as practicable, and in any event prior to the Outside Date, and that any conditions set forth in or established by any such consents, clearances, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities are wholly satisfied. In fulfillment of this covenant, Buyer agrees, among other steps or actions and without limiting the scope of Buyer’s obligations, to:

 

(i)                 offer and agree to an order providing for the divestiture by Buyer and its Affiliates of such properties, assets, operations or businesses (including such properties, assets, or operations of any of the Acquired Companies) as are necessary to permit Buyer fully to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(ii)                offer and agree to hold separate such properties, assets, operations or businesses, pending the satisfaction or termination of any such conditions, restrictions or agreements affecting Buyer’s full rights of ownership of any of the Acquired Companies (or any portion thereof) as may be necessary to permit Buyer fully to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(iii)               agree to the conditions requested by the FSA in connection with its approval of Buyer’s acquisition of control of Bastion including, but not limited to, any such condition (i) restricting the ability of Buyer to place any Encumbrance on the shares of stock of Bastion once it acquires control of Bastion, (ii) restricting the use of dividends issued by Bastion or (iii) restricting or otherwise affecting the business plan or business activities of Bastion; and

 

(iv)               Buyer and Seller agree to oppose fully and vigorously any Action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, to appeal promptly any adverse decision or order by any Governmental Entity or, if reasonably requested by Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, to commence or threaten to commence and to pursue vigorously any Action reasonably believed to be helpful in obtaining authorization from Governmental Entities or in terminating any outstanding Action; it being understood that the costs and expenses of all such Action shall be borne by Buyer.

 

Section 4.8                Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification .

 

(a)            If the Closing occurs, Buyer shall and shall cause the Acquired Companies to take any necessary actions to provide that all rights to indemnification and all limitations on liability existing in favor of any current or former officers, directors, managers or employees of any of the Acquired Companies (or their respective predecessors) (collectively, the “ Company Indemnitees “), as provided in (i) the Organizational Documents of any of the Acquired Companies in effect on the date of this Agreement or (ii) any agreement providing for indemnification by any Acquired Company of any of the Company Indemnitees in effect on the date of this Agreement and

 

47



 

which is disclosed to Buyer on or before the date hereof (an “ Indemnity Agreement “) to which Seller or any Acquired Company is a party shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and continue in full force and effect on equal or more favorable terms (including, at the option of Buyer, in new indemnity agreements) and be honored by the Acquired Companies after the Closing; provided, that such indemnification shall be subject to limitations imposed from time to time by Law. Buyer further agrees to assume or cause the Company to comply with the indemnification and continuing insurance obligations of Seller under each of the agreements set forth on Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter . Without the prior written consent of such Company Indemnitee, Buyer shall not and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to settle any matter for which it or they are providing indemnification to any Company Indemnitee other than any settlement exclusively requiring the payment of monetary damages to be paid entirely by or on behalf of the indemnifying party.

 

(b)            For six years from the Closing, Buyer shall cause to be maintained in effect for the benefit of the Company’s directors and officers an insurance and indemnification policy with an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A that provides coverage for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing (the “ D&O Insurance “) covering each such person currently covered by the officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policies held by or for the benefit of the Company on terms with respect to coverage and in amounts no less favorable than those of the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to pay annual premiums for such D&O Insurance in excess of $5,500,000. Buyer may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.8(b) by purchasing a “tail” policy from an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A under the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, which (i) has an effective term of six years from the Closing, (ii) covers each person currently covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement for actions and omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing and (iii) contains terms that are no less favorable than those of the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Action (whether arising before, at or after the Closing) is made against any person covered by the D&O Insurance on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing, the provisions of this Section 4.8 shall continue in effect until the final disposition of such Action.

 

(d)            In the event that the Company or Buyer or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company or Buyer, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 4.8.

 

48



 

(e)            The obligations of Buyer under this Section 4.8 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any indemnitee to whom this Section 4.8 applies without the express written consent of such affected indemnitee (it being expressly agreed that the indemnitees to whom this Section 4.8 applies shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.8).

 

Section 4.9                Reasonable Best Efforts .

 

(a)            Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and without limiting the obligations of the parties under Section 4.7, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done and to assist and cooperate with the other party hereto in doing all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (i) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (ii) the obtaining of applicable consents, waivers or approvals of any third parties (including Governmental Entities); (iii) the defending of any Actions, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder; and (iv) the execution and delivery of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions as the other party hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Seller, the Company, Buyer or any of their respective Affiliates shall be obligated to make any payments or otherwise pay any consideration to any third party to obtain any applicable consent, waiver or approval, other than any payment to a Governmental Entity necessary for the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Article V.

 

(b)            Each party hereto shall promptly inform the others of any communication from any Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If any party or Affiliate thereof receives a request for additional information or documentary material from any such Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then such party shall use its reasonable best efforts to make, or cause to be made, as soon as practicable and after consultation with the other party, an appropriate response in compliance with such request.

 

Section 4.10              Insurance . Buyer acknowledges that all insurance coverage for the Acquired Companies under policies of Seller and its Affiliates shall terminate as of the Closing and, following the Closing, no claims may be brought against any policy of Seller and its Affiliates in respect any Acquired Company regardless of whether the events underlying such claim arose prior to or after the Closing, except pursuant to the Separation Agreements.

 

49



 

Section 4.11              Termination of Agreements .

 

(a)            On and as of the Closing, except for (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Separation Agreements and (iii) those Contracts, if any, set forth on Section 4.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter , all Contracts between any Acquired Company, on the one hand, and Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies), on the other hand (the “ Terminating Contracts “) shall be terminated as between them without any further force and effect, and there shall be no further obligations of any of the relevant parties thereunder following the Closing. Buyer agrees to take, and to cause the Acquired Companies to take, and Seller agrees to take, and to cause its Affiliates to take, any action following the Closing that would be required to give effect to the termination of the Terminating Contracts.

 

(b)            Except as set forth in Section 4.11(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter , all inter-company accounts, whether payables or receivables, between Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies), on the one hand, and the Acquired Companies, on the other hand, as of the Closing shall be eliminated (by way of capital contribution, cash settlement or as otherwise determined by Seller in its sole discretion) prior to the Closing Date, after reasonable consultation with Buyer; provided, however , that such eliminations of inter-company accounts shall be completed in a manner that does not have any adverse financial or Tax consequences to Buyer or the Acquired Companies following the Closing.

 

Section 4.12              Release of Guarantees . Prior to the Closing Date, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate and shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to, effective as of the Closing Date, (i) terminate or cause to be terminated, or cause Buyer or one of its Affiliates to be substituted in all respects for Seller and any of its Affiliates or former Affiliates (other than the Acquired Companies) (collectively, the “ Released Parties “) in respect of all obligations of the Released Parties under, any guarantee of or relating to obligations or liabilities (including under any Contract, letter of credit or Company Lease) of the Acquired Companies listed on Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter (“ Guarantees “) or entered into or issued following the date hereof in the ordinary course of business (including renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing) and (ii) cause Buyer or one of its Affiliates to have surety bonds (and any necessary collateral, indemnity or other agreements associated therewith) issued on behalf of Buyer or one of its Affiliates in replacement of, but not having materially worse terms for the Buyer and the Acquired Companies than, all surety bonds (and all collateral, indemnity and other agreements associated therewith) issued on behalf of the Released Parties for the benefit of any of the Acquired Companies and listed on Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Letter (the “ Surety Bonds “) or issued following the date hereof in the ordinary course of business (including renewals and extensions of any of the foregoing). In the case of the failure to do so by the by the Closing Date, then, Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer and the Company, jointly and severally, on the other hand, shall continue to cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to terminate, or cause Buyer or one of its Affiliates to be substituted in all respects for the Released Parties in respect of, all obligations of the Released Parties under any such Guarantees and to replace surety bonds issued on behalf of Released Parties with surety bonds issued

 

50



 

on behalf of Buyer or one of its Affiliates, and Buyer shall (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Released Parties for any Damages arising from such Guarantees and surety bonds and (ii) not permit any Acquired Company or Affiliates to (A) renew or extend the term of or (B) increase its obligations under, or transfer to another third party, any loan, lease, Contract or other obligation for which any Released Party is or would reasonably be expected to be liable under such Guarantee and Surety Bond. To the extent that any Released Party has performance obligations under any such Guarantee or Surety Bond, Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to (i) perform such obligations on behalf of such Released Party or (ii) otherwise take such action as reasonably requested by Seller so as to put such Released Party in the same position as if Buyer, and not such Released Party, had performed or were performing such obligations.

 

Section 4.13              Provision of Certain Services . Buyer acknowledges that the Acquired Companies currently receive from Seller and its Affiliates certain administrative and corporate services and benefits of a type generally provided to other businesses and Subsidiaries of Seller (“ Support Services “). Seller, the Company and Buyer acknowledge that, except as provided in the Separation Agreements, the Support Services shall cease at Closing, and all agreements and arrangements (whether or not in writing) in respect thereof shall terminate as of the Closing Date, with no further obligation of any party thereto.

 

Section 4.14              Website . For up to 180 days following the Closing Date, to the extent that Seller maintains a website at <www.cendant.com>, it shall include on such website a mutually-agreeable (i) statement as to the transactions contemplated herein and (ii) link to Buyer’s website for the Acquired Companies. The parties shall cooperate to transition all content of the Acquired Companies on Seller’s website to Buyer’s website within fifteen (15) days following the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.15              Tax Matters .

 

(a)            Tax Return Preparation .

 

(i)                 Seller shall (and shall cause its Affiliates to), to the extent permitted by applicable Tax Law and consistent with prior year practice, include the Acquired Companies in the consolidated federal income Tax Returns and any combined, consolidated or unitary state and local Tax Returns filed by Seller for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (“ Seller Consolidated Returns “), including the short-period ending on the Closing Date. With respect to each Seller Consolidated Return for a Tax year or period that includes the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the due date (taking into account any valid extensions thereof) (“ Due Date “) for the filing of such Seller Consolidated Return, Seller shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Buyer for its review a draft calculation of the Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes due and owing for the Tax period covered by such Seller Consolidated Return. Within thirty (30) days following Buyer’s receipt of such calculation, Buyer shall have the right to object to such calculation by written notice to

 

51



 

Seller. If Buyer does not object by written notice to Seller within such time period, such calculation shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(a)(i). If Buyer objects to such calculation, it shall notify Seller in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Buyer and Seller shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of the relevant Seller Consolidated Return. With respect to each such Seller Consolidated Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Seller Consolidated Return, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the liability for Section 338 Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes that are due and payable on the face of such Seller Consolidated Return.

 

(ii)                To the extent not filed prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by any Acquired Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, other than Tax Returns which are described in clause (i) of this Section 4.15(a) (each, a “ Pre-Closing Period Tax Return ”). Buyer shall prepare such returns in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law. Seller shall allow Buyer reasonable access to any and all data and information reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns and shall cooperate fully with Buyer in the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns. With respect to each Pre-Closing Period Tax Return filed after the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Seller for its review a draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. Within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, Seller shall have the right to object to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return by written notice to Buyer. If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(a)(ii). If Seller objects to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, it shall notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing

 

52



 

Period Tax Return. With respect to each such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, (x) Buyer shall submit to Seller a final draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and (y) Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the liability for Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. Buyer shall cause the applicable Acquired Company to file each Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return.

 

(iii)               Buyer shall, or shall cause each Acquired Company to, prepare (or cause to be prepared) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by each Acquired Company for all Straddle Periods (each, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return “). All such Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed in a manner that is consistent with prior practice, except as required by applicable Law. With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Seller for its review a draft of such Straddle Period Tax Return, and shall notify Seller of Buyer’s calculation of the Taxes of such Straddle Period allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement). Within thirty (30) days following Seller’s receipt of such Straddle Period Tax Return (and the calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period), Seller shall have the right to object to such Straddle Period Tax Return or calculation by written notice to Buyer. If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Straddle Period Tax Return and calculation shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(a)(iii). If Seller objects to such Straddle Period Tax Return and/or calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement), it shall notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Seller and Buyer have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Seller and Buyer, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return. With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return that are allocable to any Interim Period, in accordance with the principles set forth in the definition of the term “Pre-Closing Taxes”. Buyer shall cause the Company or applicable Subsidiary

 

53



 

(as the case may be) to file each Straddle Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return.

 

(b)            Tax Matters Cooperation . Buyer, the Acquired Companies and Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Acquired Companies, Seller and Buyer shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to each of the Acquired Companies relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Buyer or Seller, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Tax authority and (ii) give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, shall allow the requesting party to take possession of such books and records.

 

(c)            Section 338 Election .

 

(i)                 Except as provided in clause (ii) below, neither Buyer nor Seller nor any of their Affiliates shall make or cause to be made any election under Section 338 of the Code in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(ii)                To the extent requested by Buyer, Seller shall join Buyer in timely making elections under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (collectively the “ Section 338(h)(10) Elections “) with respect to the purchase and sale of the stock of any Acquired Companies other than those listed on Section 4.15(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter (such companies other than those listed on Section 4.15(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter the “ Section 338(h)(10) Companies “), and Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in the completion and timely filing of such elections in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.338(h)(10)-1 (or any comparable provisions of state, local or foreign Tax law) or any successor provision. Buyer may at its discretion make elections under Section 338(g) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (together with the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, the “ Section 338 Elections “) with respect to the stock of any Acquired Company that is not a United States domestic corporation. Buyer shall not make a 338(g) Election for any United States domestic corporation. Seller and Buyer shall determine the fair market value of the assets of the Section 338(h)(10) Companies and the allocation of Purchase Price (as required pursuant to section 338(h)(10) of the Code and

 

54



 

regulations promulgated thereunder), together with applicable liabilities, among such assets. The parties shall agree on a schedule setting forth the allocation as soon as practicable after the Closing Date. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall take any position on any Tax Return or with any taxing authority that is inconsistent with such allocation.

 

(d)            Limitations on Actions Affecting Pre-Closing Taxes . Except as required by applicable Law, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies) shall, without the prior written consent of Seller, make or change any Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax election of or with respect to any Acquired Company or amend, refile or otherwise modify (or grant an extension of any applicable statute of limitations with respect to) any Tax Return of any Acquired Company for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that could result in any increased Tax liability of any Acquired Company (or Seller or any of its Affiliates) in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof).

 

(e)            Tax Package . To the extent not previously provided, Buyer (at its own cost and expense) shall prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and provided to Seller a Tax Package for each relevant Acquired Company. The Tax Package shall be provided to Seller as promptly as practicable but in the case of the Tax Package for Seller’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2006, shall be provided no later than May 31, 2007. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Buyer does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.15(e), Seller shall be entitled, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer, to prepare or cause to be prepared the information included in the Tax Package for purposes of preparing any such Tax Return.

 

(f)             Certain Tax Agreements . As of the Closing, all Tax indemnification agreements and Tax sharing agreements between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Seller or its Subsidiaries (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, shall be terminated and, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no further rights or obligations under any such Tax indemnification agreement or Tax sharing agreement.

 

(g)            Tax Indemnification.

 

(i)                 Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, any Damages attributable to (a) Pre-Closing Taxes, (b) Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which any Acquired Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, (c) except for amounts payable under the Orbitz Tax Agreement, which shall be exclusively governed by the provisions of clause (ii) of this Section 4.15(g), all Taxes of any person imposed on any Acquired Company or any other liability imposed under any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax allocation or similar contracts (whether or not written) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was obligated, or was a party, on or prior to the Closing Date, and (d)

 

55



 

notwithstanding Section 7.4, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense attributable to any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.2(l)(v), Section 3.2(l)(vii) or Section 3.2(l)(viii).

 

(ii)                Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, any Damages attributable to any liability or obligation under the Tax Agreement dated as of November 25, 2003, by and among Orbitz, Inc., American Airlines, Inc., Continental Airlines, Inc., Omicron Reservations Management, Inc., Northwest Airlines, Inc., and UAL Loyalty Services, Inc. (the “ Orbitz Tax Agreement “) that relates to a payment required to be made to any Airline (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) under the Orbitz Tax Agreement after the Closing Date to the extent that such payment is attributable to (1) Actually Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) that are realized by Seller, Realogy, Wyndham, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than the Acquired Companies), regardless of when realized; or (2) Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) that are realized by the Acquired Companies to the extent that such Actually Realized Tax Benefits are not realized in a Post-Closing Tax Period.

 

(iii)               Buyer shall be responsible for and shall indemnify Seller and its Affiliates for any Damages attributable to Section 338 Taxes and any Extraordinary Transaction Taxes.

 

(iv)               Except in the case of any Acquired Company with respect to which a Section 338(h)(10) Election is made, in calculating amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.15(g), with respect to liabilities or indemnified amounts for any Acquired Company such amounts shall be determined without duplication and computed net of any Tax Benefit Actually Realized by any payee or its Affiliate; provided , however , that if a Tax Benefit attributable to an amount paid pursuant to this Section 4.15(g) is Actually Realized after the payment date of such amount paid the party realizing such Tax Benefit shall promptly pay it to the other party; provided , further , that in the event a Tax Benefit is reduced as a result of a determination by any Governmental Entity in a later year, the indemnified party shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party for such reduction. The determination of whether there has been a Tax Benefit shall be made solely at the indemnified party’s good faith discretion. In computing the amount of any such Tax Benefit, the indemnified party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the payment of any indemnified Tax.

 

(h)            Tax Indemnification Procedures .

 

(i)                 If a notice of deficiency, proposed adjustment, adjustment, assessment, audit, examination or other administrative or court proceeding, suit, dispute or other claim (a “ Tax Claim ”) shall be delivered or sent to or commenced or initiated against any Acquired Company by any Tax authority with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns of any Acquired Company for

 

56



 

which Buyer may reasonably be entitled to indemnification from Seller pursuant to Section 4.15, Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing of the Tax Claim.

 

(ii)                With respect to Tax Claims of or relating solely to Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, Seller may, upon written notice to Buyer, assume and control the defense of such Tax Claim at its own cost and expense and with its own counsel. Buyer may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Tax Claim (including participation in any relevant meetings and conference calls). Seller shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such Tax Claim without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and shall keep Buyer informed of all developments and events relating to such Tax Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to Buyer of any related correspondence).

 

(iii)               Seller and Buyer shall jointly control and participate in all proceedings taken in connection with any Tax Claim relating to a Straddle Period, and shall bear their own respective costs and expenses. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the other.

 

(iv)               The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Seller, except to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets are taken into account in determining Net Working Capital. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes shall be for the account of Buyer to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes are attributable (determined on a marginal basis) to the carryback from a Post-Closing Tax Period of items of loss, deduction or credit, or other Tax items, of the Acquired Companies (or any of their respective Affiliates, including Buyer). The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Post-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Buyer. The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between Seller and Buyer. Each party shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party entitled to receive the amount or economic benefit of a refund, credit or offset to Tax the amount of such refund, or the economic benefit of such credit or offset to Tax, within ten (10) days after such refund is received or after such credit or offset is allowed or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be.

 

(i)             Unless otherwise required by a final determination of a Governmental Entity, the Parties shall treat all payments made pursuant to this Agreement after the Closing as adjustments to the Purchase Price.

 

57



 

(j)             Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4.15 shall exclusively govern matters relating to Taxes of the Acquired Companies.

 

Section 4.16              Compliance with WARN Act and Similar Statutes . Buyer shall not, and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to, at any time within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, effectuate (i) a “plant closing” (as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 (the “ WARN Act “)) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of the Acquired Companies or (ii) a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Acquired Companies; or, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), any similar action under any comparable state, local or foreign Law requiring notice to employees in the event of a plant closing or layoff. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall be responsible for notices or payments due to any employees, and all notices, payments, fines or assessments due to any Governmental Entity pursuant to any applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law with respect to the employment, discharge or layoff of any employees by Buyer or any Acquired Company on or after the Closing, including but not limited to the WARN Act or any comparable state, local or foreign Law.

 

Section 4.17              Buyer’s Financing Activities .

 

(a)            Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Seller and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives shall not have any responsibility for, or incur any liability to, any Person under, any financing that Buyer may raise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (except for Seller’s obligations hereunder) any cooperation provided pursuant to this Section 4.17.

 

(b)            Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to (i) maintain in effect the Financing and the Financing Commitments, (ii) enter into definitive financing agreements with respect to the Financing, so that such agreements are in effect as promptly as practicable but in any event no later than the Closing Date and (iii) consummate the Financing at or prior to Closing. Buyer shall provide to Seller copies of all documents relating to the Financing and shall keep Seller reasonably informed of material developments in respect of the financing process relating thereto. Prior to the Closing, Buyer shall not agree to, or permit, any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Financing Commitments or other documentation relating to the Financing in any material respect adverse (including with respect to conditionality or timing) to Seller without the prior written consent of Seller (it being understood that Buyer may agree to amend the Financing Commitments to provide for the assignment of a portion of the debt commitment to additional agents or arrangers and granting such persons approval rights with respect to certain matters as are customarily granted to additional agents or arrangers). Buyer shall promptly, upon request by Seller, reimburse Seller for all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Seller or its Affiliates or representatives in connection with such cooperation.

 

58



 

(c)            If, notwithstanding the use of reasonable best efforts by Buyer to satisfy its obligations under Section 4.17(b), any of the Financing or the Financing Commitments (or any definitive financing agreement relating thereto) expire or are terminated or otherwise becomes unavailable prior to the Closing, in whole or in part, for any reason, Buyer shall (i) promptly notify Seller of such expiration or termination and the reasons therefor and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts promptly to arrange for alternative financing (which shall be in an amount sufficient to pay the Required Amounts from other sources and which do not include any conditions of such alternative debt financing that are materially more onerous than or in addition to the conditions set forth in the Financing), on comparable or more favorable terms to Buyer, the Company and its Subsidiaries to replace the financing contemplated by such expired, terminated or unavailable commitments or agreements.

 

(d)            Prior to the Closing and, with respect to clause (iv), prior to and following the Closing, Seller shall provide, shall, prior to the Closing, cause the Acquired Companies to provide, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the respective officers, employees, representatives and advisors, including legal and accounting advisors, of Seller and, prior to the Closing, the Acquired Companies to provide, to Buyer all cooperation reasonably requested by Buyer that is necessary, proper or advisable in connection with Buyer’s financing and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (in each case, provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of Seller and the Acquired Companies) including using reasonable best efforts with respect to (i) participation in meetings, presentations, road shows, due diligence sessions and sessions with rating agencies, (ii) assisting with the preparation of materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents required in connection with the Financing, (iii) executing and delivering at Closing any pledge and security documents, other definitive financing documents, or other certificates, legal opinions or documents as may be reasonably requested by Buyer (including a certificate of the chief executive officer of any of the Acquired Companies with respect to solvency matters and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Financing), (iv) furnishing Buyer and its Financing sources with financial and other pertinent information regarding the Acquired Companies as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, including all financial statements and financial data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and in compliance with the other rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC “) (including the Financial Statements) to consummate the offerings of debt securities contemplated by the Financing Commitments at the time during the Company’s fiscal year such offerings will be made and to effect a registered exchange offer with the SEC with respect to any such debt securities, (v) obtaining accountants’ comfort letters (including comfort levels customary in similar types of transactions for pro forma financial information and related adjustments), legal opinions, surveys and title insurance as reasonably requested by Buyer; provided that nothing herein shall require such cooperation to the extent it would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Acquired Companies, (vi) at Closing enter into interest rate hedge transactions, (vii) taking all actions reasonably necessary to (A) permit the prospective lenders involved in

 

59



 

the Financing to evaluate the Company’s current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for the purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and (B) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing, (viii) obtaining any necessary rating agencies’ confirmation or approvals for the Financing, (ix) if the Closing has not occurred prior to August 15, 2006, providing Buyer by no later than August 15, 2006 with an unaudited combined balance sheet and unaudited combined statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2006 (the “ Closing Financial Statements “); and (x) taking all corporate actions necessary to permit the consummation of the Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof to be made available as of the Closing Date; provided , however , that, under no circumstances shall the Acquired Companies be required to incur any obligations or liabilities that arise prior to the Closing. Whether or not the Closing occurs, Buyer shall, promptly upon request by Seller, reimburse Seller for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by Seller or (to the extent paid prior to Closing) the Acquired Companies in connection with such cooperation. The Company hereby consents to the use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Financing.

 

(e)            The Company shall provide monthly financial reports of the Acquired Companies prepared in the ordinary course of business to the Buyer.

 

Section 4.18              Resignations . Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain the written resignations of each director or manager, as applicable, and officer of the Acquired Companies listed on Section 4.17 of the Company Disclosure Letter , effective as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 4.19              Certain Transactions .

 

(a)            Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets if such business or person competes in any line of business with any business of any of the Acquired Companies and the entering into of a definitive agreement relating to or the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation could reasonably be expected to (i) impose any delay in the obtaining of, or increase the risk of not obtaining, any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental Entity necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, (ii) increase the risk of any Governmental Entity entering an order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise or (iv) delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)            Prior to Closing, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, agree to divest or otherwise dispose of, or cause the direct or indirect

 

60



 

divestiture or disposition of, any of the assets of or interests in, or by any other manner, any of the Acquired Companies, including without limitation, any of the assets of or interests in Buyer or the Investor, except as expressly set forth in Section 4.7.

 

Section 4.20              Disclosure Supplement . The Company shall have the right from time to time prior to the Closing to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Letter with respect to any matter hereafter arising that, if existing or known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Company Disclosure Letter ; provided that without the consent of Buyer no such updates shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether or not the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 are satisfied or in determining whether Seller or the Company has breached any of its respective representations and warranties or covenants or other agreements for any purpose under this Agreement.

 

Section 4.21              Exclusive Dealing . Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.1 of the Cendant Separation Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, neither Seller nor the Acquired Companies shall take or permit any other Person on its behalf to take, directly or indirectly, any action to encourage, initiate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person (other than Buyer and its Representatives) concerning any purchase of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests, any merger involving the Acquired Companies, any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or any similar transaction involving the Acquired Companies. Seller shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Equity Interests of CFHC and will not permit CFHC to transfer any Shares.

 

Section 4.22              Structuring Cooperation .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, prior to the Closing Seller shall, and shall cause the Acquired Companies to, cooperate with Buyer in connection with structuring the acquisition of the Shares in such manner as may be requested by Buyer (including, without limitation, allowing for the purchases contemplated hereunder to be effected by one or more Affiliates of the Buyer, and providing for the separate purchase of all or any portion of the equity of any of the Acquired Companies by Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer, any such equity to be included in the definition of “Shares” for purposes of this Agreement (in which case representations in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 with respect to Shares shall be deemed to be references to such securities) and shall take any and all actions necessary to effectuate such structure (including without limitation entering into separate agreements with respect to such transactions and making Tax elections), provided that such cooperation and other actions do not have any material adverse financial or Tax consequences to the Seller or any of its Affiliates that will not be reimbursed pursuant to a mutually agreed upon indemnity given by Buyer. Seller and Buyer shall and shall cause each of their Affiliates to file all relevant Tax Returns consistently with the structure agreed upon by the parties hereto pursuant to this Section 4.22(a), unless and until otherwise required by a Governmental Entity.

 

61



 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, prior to the Closing Buyer shall cooperate with Seller and the Acquired Companies in connection with structuring the acquisition of the Shares in such manner as may be requested by Seller (including, without limitation, allowing for the purchase by Buyer of one or more Acquired Companies pursuant to Section 4.22(a) of this Agreement from a seller that is different from the entity that currently owns such Acquired Company) and Buyer shall permit Seller and the Acquired Companies to take any and all actions necessary to effectuate such structure (including, without limitation, entering into separate agreements with respect to such transactions and making Tax elections) so as to permit Seller and the Acquired Companies to minimize Taxes (including, without limitation, Taxes attributable to the triggering of dual consolidated losses within the meaning of Section 1503 of the Code) attributable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that such cooperation and other actions do not have any material adverse financial or Tax consequences to Buyer or the Acquired Companies for periods after the Closing that will not be reimbursed pursuant to a mutually agreed upon indemnity given by Seller. Seller and Buyer shall and shall cause each of their Affiliates to file all relevant Tax Returns consistently with the structure agreed upon by the parties hereto pursuant to this Section 4.22(b), unless and until otherwise required by a Governmental Entity.

 

(c)            Each of Buyer and Seller shall bear its own costs incurred in connection with this Section 4.22 and no such cost shall constitute Damages for purposes of Section 4.15(g).

 

Section 4.23              Solvency . To the extent that Buyer, any of its Affiliates or any Person providing all or any part of the Financing receives a solvency opinion of a third party appraisal firm with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or Financing, Buyer agrees to use reasonable best efforts to cause such opinion to be addressed and delivered to Seller.

 

Section 4.24              Travelport Facility . Concurrently with the Closing on the Closing Date, Seller shall repay all amounts outstanding under the Travelport Facility.

 

Section 4.25              Separation Agreements . Prior to or concurrently with the Closing, Seller shall and shall cause the other intended parties thereto to enter into the Separation Agreements substantially in the forms provided to Buyer prior to the date of this Agreement, with such amendments thereto that do not adversely affect Buyer or any of the Acquired Companies or to which Buyer has consented.

 

Section 4.26              Severance Costs . From and after the Closing Date, Seller shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify Buyer and the Acquired Companies from and against any liabilities or obligations relating to the Severance Costs.

 

Section 4.27              Delivery of Financial Statements . As promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days following the date hereof, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the Financial Statements referred to in clause (i) of the definition thereof in final form, which shall be substantively identical to the drafts

 

62



 

thereof delivered to Buyer in connection with the execution of this Agreement. Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Buyer as promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than July 19, 2006, the Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) of the definition thereof, which shall conform in all material respects to the draft thereof delivered to Buyer in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

 

Section 5.1                Conditions to Obligations of Buyer . The obligations of Buyer to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by Buyer:

 

(a)            Representations and Warranties and Covenants of Seller and the Company.

 

(i)                 The representations and warranties of Seller and the Company contained (A) in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b), Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(g), Section 3.2(a), Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(e), Section 3.2(m)(ii), Section 3.2(s) and Section 3.2(u) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for failures to be true and correct that are expressly permitted by this Agreement or consented to by Buyer or that result from actions taken at the request of Buyer in connection with the Financing and (B) in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 (other than those representations and warranties specified in clause (A) above) shall, without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications therein, be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for such failures to be true and correct as do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(ii)                Seller shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if Seller shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and

 

(iii)               Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate of Seller, dated the Closing Date, to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

(b)            Waiting Periods . All waiting periods applicable under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. All waiting periods applicable to the

 

63



 

transaction under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth in Section 5.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

(c)            No Prohibition . No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)            Material Adverse Effect . No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement and be continuing (excluding the effects of any action taken by Seller, the Company or Buyer pursuant to Section 4.7).

 

Section 5.2                Conditions to Obligations of Seller . The obligations of Seller to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by Seller:

 

(a)            Representations and Warranties and Covenants of Buyer .

 

(i)                 The representations and warranties of Buyer contained (A) in Section 3.3(b) and Section 3.3(h) shall be true and correct as of such specified date) and (B) in Section 3.3 (other than those representations and warranties specified in clause (A) above), without giving effect to any materiality qualifications, therein, shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not in the aggregate prevent or materially impair or delay consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(ii)                Buyer shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if Buyer shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and

 

(iii)               Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate of Buyer, dated the Closing Date to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

(b)            Waiting Periods . All applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. All waiting periods applicable to the transaction under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth on Section 5.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter .

 

(c)            No Prohibition . No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no

 

64



 

order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

 

Section 6.1                Termination of Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date as follows:

 

(a)            by mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller;

 

(b)            by the written notice of Seller to Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2006 (the “ Outside Date “); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.1(b) shall not be available to Seller if the failure of Seller to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

 

(c)            by the written notice of Buyer to Seller if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.1(c) shall not be available to Buyer if the failure of Buyer to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

 

(d)            either Seller or Buyer, upon written notice to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Entity shall have issued a statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or other action shall have become final and non-appealable, unless the failure to consummate the Closing because of such action by a Governmental Entity shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to have fulfilled any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(e)            by written notice of Seller to Buyer if (x) Buyer shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by Buyer such that the condition set forth in Section 5.2(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after Buyer receives written notice of such breach from Seller; or

 

(f)             by written notice of Buyer to Seller if (x) Seller shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by Seller such that the condition set forth in Section 5.1(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller contained in this

 

65



 

Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 5.1(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after Seller receives written notice of such breach from Buyer.

 

(g)            by written notice of Buyer to Seller upon Seller’s breach of the first sentence of Section 4.27.

 

Section 6.2                Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement by a party hereto pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given by the terminating party to the other parties hereto, and this Agreement shall thereupon terminate and become void and have no effect, without any liability or obligation on the part of any party hereto except as provided in the following sentence, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto, except that the provisions of Section 4.5, Section 7.1, Section 7.2, Section 7.3, Section 7.5, Section 7.7, Section 7.8, Section 7.9, Section 7.10 and this Section 6.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided , however , that if such termination shall result from the willful and material breach by a party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, Seller, the Company or, subject to the limitations set out below, Buyer, as the case may be, shall be fully liable for any and all Damages of the other parties as a result of such breach prior to termination. In the event that the conditions to the Closing set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereunder (other than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied until the Closing) are satisfied or waived and Buyer breaches (whether or not intentionally) its obligation to effect the Closing pursuant to Article II and satisfy its obligation to make the payment pursuant to Section 2.1 because of a failure to receive the proceeds of one or more of the debt financings contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters or the failure to have received the proceeds of any alternative debt financing (a “ Debt Receipt Failure ”), then, upon Seller’s termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1(e) or by either party pursuant to Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c), Buyer shall pay $107,500,000 (the “ Termination Fee ”) to Seller or as directed by Seller as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days following such termination), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary: (1) if in the circumstances in which Buyer becomes obligated to pay the Termination Fee, Buyer is not otherwise in breach of this Agreement (including its obligation under Section 4.17) such that the conditions set forth in Section 5.2(a) would not be satisfied (excluding Buyer’s failure to make the payment pursuant to Section 2.1 and otherwise effect the Closing because of a Debt Receipt Failure that would cause the conditions set forth in Section 5.2(a) not to be satisfied, subject to Buyer’s compliance with its obligation under Section 4.17), then the right of Seller to receive payment of the Termination Fee in accordance herewith shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Seller against Buyer for any loss or damage suffered as a result of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement by Buyer and the failure of the transactions to be consummated (it being understood that in any other case Seller’s right to recover any other or additional damages and remedies available to it in respect of any willful breach of this Agreement by Buyer shall not be limited in any respect, subject to

 

66



 

the limitation set forth in the immediately following clause (2)); and (2) in no event shall Buyer be subject to liability in excess of $215,000,000 (inclusive of the Termination Fee) for all Damages arising from or in connection with breaches by Buyer of its representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1                Assignment; Binding Effect . This Agreement and the rights hereunder are not assignable unless (i) such assignment is consented to in writing by both Buyer and Seller, (ii) Seller assigns its rights or obligations hereunder to one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries or (iii) Buyer assigns its rights, in whole or in part, to one or more Affiliates of Buyer, but in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, no such assignment will relieve Seller or Buyer of its respective obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement and all the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 7.2                Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York.

 

Section 7.3                Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial . ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES, IRREVOCABLY (I) ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THESE COURTS; (II) WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (III) AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO SUCH PARTY AT THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.5; AND (IV) AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY

 

67



 

RESPECT. THE PARTIES UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Section 7.4                Survival .

 

(a)            The representations and warranties contained herein shall not survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, and no Action for any breach thereof or to recover Damages in respect of any breach thereof shall survive, or be available after, the Closing; provided , however , that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1(a), Section 3.1(b), Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(g), Section 3.2(a), Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(e), Section 3.2(s), Section 3.2(u), Section 3.2(v), Section 3.3(a) and Section 3.3(b) shall survive the Closing indefinitely.

 

(b)            All covenants and agreements contained herein which by their terms are to be performed in whole or in part, or which prohibit actions, subsequent to the Closing Date and the covenants and agreements set forth in Section 7.7, shall survive the Closing in accordance with their terms. All other covenants and agreements contained herein shall not survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, including any Actions for indemnification or for Damages in respect of any breach thereof.

 

Section 7.5                Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally, when sent by confirmed cable, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, when sent by overnight courier service or when mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to Buyer, to:

 

TDS Investor LLC

c/o The Blackstone Group

345 Park Avenue

Floor 31

New York, New York 10154

Attn:        Paul C. Schorr, IV

Fax:          (212) 583-5842

 

with copies, in the case of notice to Buyer, to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attn:
       William E. Curbow, Esq.
Fax:          (212) 455-2502

 

68



 

If to Seller, to:

 

Cendant Corporation
9 West 57 th Street
New York, New York  10019
Attn:
       General Counsel
Fax:          (212) 413-1922

 

with copies, in the case of notice to Seller, to:

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York  10036

Attn:        Daniel Wolf, Esq.
Alejandro Radzyminski, Esq.

Fax:          (212) 735-2000

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Travelport Inc.
7 Sylvan Way
Parsippany, New Jersey  07054
Attn:
       Eric J. Bock, Esq.
Fax:          (212) 413-1922

 

Section 7.6                Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in interpreting or construing any of the provisions contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 7.7                Fees and Expenses . Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including investment advisory and legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, that Seller shall bear all of the Acquired Companies’ Transaction Fees; and, provided further, Buyer and Seller shall each be responsible for 50% of all Transfer Taxes other than Transfer Taxes attributable to the making of the Section 338 Elections, which shall be characterized as Section 338 Taxes for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.8                Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter; provided , however , that this Agreement shall not supersede the terms and provisions of the Separation Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall survive and

 

69



 

remain in effect until expiration or termination thereof in accordance with their respective terms and this Agreement.

 

Section 7.9                Interpretation .

 

(a)            When a reference is made to an Article, Section or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article, Section or Schedule of or to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

(b)            Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(c)            Unless the context requires otherwise, words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other genders.

 

(d)            References to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars.

 

(e)            The terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement.

 

(f)             This Agreement was prepared jointly by the parties hereto and no rule that it be construed against the drafter will have any application in its construction or interpretation.

 

Section 7.10              Disclosure . Any matter disclosed in any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall be considered disclosed with respect to each other Section of such Schedule to the extent the relevance of such disclosure to such other Section is reasonably apparent. The inclusion of information in any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material or that such matter actually constitutes noncompliance with, or a violation of, any Law, Permit or Contract or other topic to which such disclosure is applicable.

 

Section 7.11              Waiver and Amendment . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written mutual agreement executed and delivered by Seller and Buyer. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligations, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

 

Section 7.12              Third-party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and, except for Section 4.8, nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

 

70



 

Section 7.13          Enforcement .

 

(a)            Seller and the Company agree that, to the extent they have incurred Damages in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) the maximum aggregate liability of Buyer for such losses or damages shall be limited to $215,000,000 and (ii) in no event shall Seller or the Company seek to recover any money damages in excess of such amount from (or seek any other remedy against) Buyer or its representatives and Affiliates in connection herewith.

 

(b)            The parties hereto agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed by Seller in accordance with the terms hereof and that, prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, Buyer shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity. The parties acknowledge that Seller shall not be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement by Buyer or to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that Seller’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any such breach shall be the remedies set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 7.13(a).

 

Section 7.14              Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

 

Section 7.15              No Consequential Damages . NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION THROUGH WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH LOST PROFITS WOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES.

 

Section 7.16              Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument binding upon all of the parties hereto notwithstanding the fact that all parties are not signatory to the original or the same counterpart. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

 

Section 7.17              Remedies . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each representation and warranty that speaks as to a specific matter shall be the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Company relating to, and shall be the sole and exclusive basis for any claim by Buyer in relation to such matter.

 

71



 

Section 7.18              No Right of Setoff . No party hereto nor any Affiliate thereof may deduct from, set off, holdback or otherwise reduce in any manner whatsoever any amount owed to it hereunder or pursuant to any Separation Agreement against any amounts owed hereunder or pursuant to any Separation Agreement by such Persons to the other party hereto or any of such other party’s Affiliates.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

72



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

 

CENDANT CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James E. Buckman

 

 

 

Name:

James E. Buckman

 

 

Title:

Vice Chairman and
General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and
General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

 

Name:

Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

i




Exhibit 2.2

 

AMENDMENT

TO THE

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

 

This Amendment, dated as of August 23, 2006 (this Amendment” ), of the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (the Agreement ), is hereby made among Cendant Corporation (“ Seller ”), Travelport Inc. (the “ Company ”), TDS Investor Corporation, formerly TDS Investor LLC (“ Buyer ”), and TDS Investor (Bermuda), Ltd. (“ Parent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 7.11 of the Agreement, Seller, Buyer and the Company wish to amend the terms of the Agreement as provided in Section I below and Parent wishes to become a party to the Agreement with respect to certain provisions of the Agreement as set forth in this Amendment;

WHEREAS, unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION I
AMENDMENTS

1.             Amendment to Third WHEREAS Clause .  The third WHEREAS Clause of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“WHEREAS, (i) Buyer desires to purchase, and Seller desires to cause the sale to Buyer of, the Shares, and (ii) Buyer and Parent desire to cause each of the entities designated as a Buyer Sub on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Buyer Subs ”) to purchase, and Seller desires to cause the sale of, the Equity Interests held by the Company and its Subsidiaries of each entity designated as a “Foreign Subsidiary” on Exhibit A hereto (the Equity Interests with respect to each such entity, the “ Subsidiary Shares ” and each such entity, a “ Foreign Subsidiary ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;”

2.             Amendment to defined term “Acquired Companies” .  The defined term “Acquired Companies” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“ “ Acquired Companies “ means, collectively, the Company and those entities which are Subsidiaries of the Company immediately prior to the Closing.”

3.             Amendment to defined term “Material Adverse Effect” .  Clauses (vi) and (viii) of the defined term “Material Adverse Effect” are hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Buyer” therein and replacing each such reference with “Buyer or Parent”.



4.             Amendment to defined term “Pre-Closing Taxes” .  The defined term “Pre-Closing Taxes” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“ “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” means all liabilities for Taxes of the Acquired Companies for Pre-Closing Tax Periods and any Interim Period except for any (x) Taxes for which Buyer is responsible under Section 4.15(h)(iii)  of this Agreement and (y)  Taxes included as Current Liabilities in the calculation of Final Net Working Capital.  For purposes of calculating the liability of the Acquired Companies for Taxes of any Interim Period, the portion of any Tax for a Straddle Period that is allocable to the Interim Period shall be deemed to equal: (i) in the case of Taxes based upon or related to income, gain or receipts, the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period had ended on the Closing Date and the books of the Acquired Companies were closed as of the close of such date; provided , however , that depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions will be taken into account in accordance with the principles of clause (iii) below; (ii) in the case of Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events, Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events occurring on or before the Closing Date; and (iii) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis, or in the case of any other Taxes not covered by clauses (i) or (ii) above, the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and (b) the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period.”

5.             Amendment to defined term “Tax” .  The defined term “Tax” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“ “ Tax ” means any foreign, federal, state, county or local income (including any installment or estimated payment thereof), sales and use, excise, franchise, occupancy, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance, or withholding tax or other tax, duty, custom, levy, fee, assessment or charge in the nature of (or similar to) taxes imposed by any Tax authority or other Governmental Entity, including any interest, addition to Tax or penalties related thereto.”

6.             Amendment to defined term “Tax Return” .  The defined term “Tax Return” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“ “ Tax Return ” means any return, report, declaration, information return or other document filed or required to be filed with any Tax authority with respect to Taxes, including any amendments thereof and including any schedules or attachments thereto, and including any installment or estimated payments of income tax.”

7.             Addition of defined term “Tax Detriment” .  Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following between the definitions of Tax Claim and the Tax Package:

“ “ Tax Detriment ” shall mean the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability of a Person to a Governmental Entity is increased as the result of the receipt of a payment made pursuant to Section 4.15 of this Agreement less the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability of such Person to a Governmental Entity is decreased as a result of



payment that gave rise to the indemnification obligation pursuant to such Section, taking into account the principles of the definition of Tax Benefit.”

8.             Amendment to 2.1 .  Section 2.1 is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a)         Buyer and Seller hereby agree that, upon the terms and subject to the satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions hereof, at the Closing, and in the order set forth in the Steps Memo set forth on Schedule 4.15(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter (the “ Steps Memo ” and each step therein, a “ Step ”), (i) Buyer shall purchase from Cendant Finance Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Seller (“ CFHC ”), and Seller shall cause CFHC to sell, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, all of the Shares free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than (x) restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws and (y) those created by Buyer or arising out of ownership of the Shares by Buyer) and (ii) Buyer and Parent shall cause each Buyer Sub to purchase from the entity identified as a “Seller Sub” opposite such Buyer Sub’s name on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Seller Subs ”) the Subsidiary Shares held by such Seller Sub, and Seller shall cause the Seller Subs to sell, transfer, assign and deliver to the respective Buyer Subs, pursuant to transfer documents agreed by Buyer and Seller (each document, a “ Transfer Document ”), all of the Subsidiary Shares.

(b)           At or prior to the Closing, Buyer shall pay, and Buyer and Parent shall cause the Buyer Subs to pay, in consideration for the purchase of the Shares and the Subsidiary Shares, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), in cash $4,300,000,000 (the “ Initial Purchase Price “) in the aggregate, as adjusted by the Estimated Closing Adjustment pursuant to Section 2.3(b) (the “ Closing Consideration “), payable to the Seller and the Subsidiary Sellers as set forth in the funds flow memo set forth as Exhibit B (the “ Funds Flow Memo ”).  The Closing Consideration is subject to adjustment following the Closing by the Final Adjustments and pursuant to Section 2.3(p).

(c)           Prior to the Closing, Seller and the Acquired Companies shall execute the steps set forth in Steps 25 - 39 of the Steps Memo.”

9.             Amendment to Section 2.2(a) .  Section 2.2(a) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing “) shall be held at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, located at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, or at such other location as Buyer and Seller may mutually agree, at 9:00 a.m., New York City time, following the satisfaction or waiver, if permissible, of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article V (other than conditions which by their nature can be satisfied only at Closing) on August 23, 2006.”

10.           Amendment to Section 2.2(c)(i) .  Section 2.2(c)(i) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(i)          the Closing Consideration, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts set forth in the Funds Flow Memo; and”



11.           Amendment to Section 2.3(o) .  Section 2.3(o) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(o)         If the sum of (i) the Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, (ii) the Final Company Portion Retention Payments Adjustment, (iii) the Final GTA Bonus Adjustment, (iv) the Final PA Costs Adjustment, (v) the Final Restructuring Costs Adjustment, (vi) the Final Closing Indebtedness Adjustment, (vii) the Final M&A Costs Adjustment and (viii) the Final Project Nova Costs Adjustment, is (x) positive, Buyer, Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay such amount to Seller or (y) negative, Seller shall pay such amount to or as directed by Buyer.  Buyer, Parent and the Company, jointly and severally (on the one hand) or Seller (on the other hand), as the case may be, shall, within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Final Amounts pursuant to Section 2.3(e), make payment to the other by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the amount payable by Buyer, Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, or Seller, as the case may be, in respect of the amounts determined pursuant to this Section 2.3(o), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period.  Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date.”

12.           Amendment to Section 2.3(p) .  Section 2.3(p) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(p)         (i) If cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at the open of business on the Closing Date exceeds $25,850,000, on a Business Day falling on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the Closing, Buyer, Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay to Seller an amount in cash equal to the product of (A) 0.75 and (B) the amount by which cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at the open of business on the Closing Date exceeds $25,850,000; provided, however, that the amount payable by Buyer, Parent and the Company under this Section 2.3(p) in no event shall exceed $30,000,000 and (ii)  if cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at the open of business on the Closing Date is less than $25,850,000, on a Business Day falling on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) day following the Closing, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount in cash equal to the amount by which cash and cash equivalents of the Acquired Companies at the open of business on the Closing Date is less than $25,850,000.  Any payment pursuant to this Section 2.3(p) shall be made without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period.  Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date.  Any disputes with respect to the determination of the amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.3(p) shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism applicable to the determination of the Final Amounts set forth in Section 2.3(c), Section 2.3(d) and Section 2.3(e).”



13.           Amendment to Section 3.1(c) .  Section 3.1(c) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(c)         Ownership of Shares . All of the Shares are beneficially owned by Seller and of record by a Subsidiary of Seller free and clear of all Encumbrances. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will convey to Buyer, Parent or one of their respective Affiliates good title to the Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for those created by the Buyer or Parent or arising out of ownership of the Shares by the Buyer or Parent and other than restrictions on transfer of unregistered securities arising under applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws.”

14.           Amendment to Section 3.1(d)(iv) .  Section 3.1(d)(iv) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer, Parent or their Affiliates”

15.           Amendment to Section 3.2(c) .  Section 3.2(c) of the Agreement is amended by adding the following after the last sentence of such section:

“As of the Closing Date, (i) each Seller Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Transfer Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Transfer Document; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by each Seller Sub of the Transfer Document to which it is a party and the consummation by each such Seller Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Transfer Document have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Seller Sub and no other corporate or similar action or proceedings on the part of such Seller Sub is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by such Seller Sub of the Transfer Document to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or such Transfer Document; and (iii) each Transfer Document, when executed and delivered by the Seller Sub party thereto (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of such Seller Sub, enforceable against such Seller Sub in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.”

16            Amendment to Section 3.2(d)(iv) .  Section 3.2(d)(iv) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(iv) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Buyer, Parent or their Affiliates”

17.           Amendment to Section 3.2(v)(i) .  Section 3.2(v)(i) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(i)          Following the repayment of the Estimated Closing Indebtedness at Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A) of the definition of Indebtedness) immediately after such



repayment other than Indebtedness incurred by the Acquired Companies on the Closing Date in connection with the Debt Financing.”

18.           Amendment to Section 3.2(e) .  Section 3.2(e) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

(e)           Capital Structure.  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 100 shares are issued and outstanding.  All of the issued and outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.  The Company has no other Equity Interests authorized, issued or outstanding, and there are no subscriptions, agreements, options, warrants, call rights, commitments or other rights or arrangements existing or outstanding that provide for the sale or issuance of any of the foregoing by Seller or the Company (other than this Agreement).  Seller or one of its Subsidiaries is the record and beneficial owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares, and, at Closing, the Equity Interests of the Company purchased by Buyer shall constitute all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company.

19.           Amendment to Section 3.3(a) .  Section 3.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(a)         Due Organization and Good Standing of Buyer, Parent and Buyer Subs; Ownership of Buyer and Buyer Subs.   Buyer is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.  As of the date of the Amendment, each of Parent and each Buyer Sub is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.  All of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Buyer and each Buyer Sub are owned directly or indirectly by Parent.”

20.           Amendment to Section 3.3(b) .  Section 3.3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following provision immediately after the last sentence of such section:

“As of the date of the Amendment, (i) Parent has all requisite limited company power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement, and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited company action on the part of Parent and no other limited company proceedings on the part of Parent are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller and the Company, constitutes, a valid and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against Parent in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.  As of the date of the Amendment, (i) each Buyer Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute,



deliver and perform its obligations under the Transfer Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Transfer Document; (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by each Buyer Sub of the Transfer Document to which it is a party and the consummation by each such Buyer Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Transfer Document have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Buyer Sub and no other corporate action or proceedings on the part of such Buyer Sub is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by such Buyer Sub of the Transfer Document to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iii) each Transfer Document, when executed and delivered by the Buyer Sub party thereto (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) shall constitute, a valid and binding obligation of such Buyer Sub, enforceable against such Buyer Sub in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.”

21.           Amendment to Sections 3.1(b), 3.2(b), 3.3(c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) .  Sections 3.1(b), 3.2(b), 3.3(c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) are each hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Buyer” therein and replacing each such reference with “each of Buyer and Parent”.

22.           Amendment to Section 3.4 .  Section 3.4 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

No Other Representations or Warranties .  Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2, neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person on behalf of Seller or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to Seller, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates or with respect to any other information provided to Buyer, Parent or their respective Affiliates, agents or representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Seller, the Company nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or other obligation to Buyer, Parent, their respective Affiliates, agents or representatives or any Person resulting from the sale of the Acquired Companies to Buyer and Parent or Buyer’s and Parent’s use of, or the use by any of Buyer’s or Parent’s Affiliates, agents or representatives of, any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts of other material made available to Buyer, Parent, their respective Affiliates or representatives in certain “data rooms”, offering memorandum, Offering Materials or management presentations in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, unless any such information is expressly and specifically included in a representation or warranty contained in Section 3.1 or Section 3.2.  Each of Seller and the Company disclaims any and all other representations and warranties, whether express or implied.”



23.           Amendment to Section 4.1(c) .  Section 4.1(c) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“Notwithstanding the Letter Agreement among the parties, dated August 14, 2006, to the contrary, at the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have, in aggregate, no less than $20,000,000 of deposits in banking and brokerage accounts.”

24.           Amendment to Section 4.2(a) .  Section 4.2(a) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(a)         Upon the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies shall continue to employ all individuals who are employees of any Acquired Company on the Closing Date, including employees not actively at work due to injury, vacation, military duty, disability or other leave of absence (the “Affected Employees”).  Until at least December 31, 2007, neither Buyer, Parent nor any Acquired Company shall reduce any Affected Employee’s base salary or incentive compensation opportunity, each as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Buyer’s, Parent’s or the Acquired Companies’ ability to choose the form of such incentive compensation opportunity), and shall provide employee benefits and compensation (excluding equity-based benefits and compensation) to Affected Employees that are no less favorable in the aggregate (excluding, for this purpose, any compensation arrangements designed for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Separation Agreements) than those provided to such persons immediately prior to the Closing Date whether arising under a Company Plan or any Seller Plan.  Periods of employment with any Acquired Company (including, without limitation, any current or former Affiliate of the Company or any predecessor, to the extent previously recognized under the Company Plans), shall be taken into account for purposes of determining, as applicable, the eligibility for participation, vesting and the calculation of benefits (including severance) of any employee under all employee benefit plans offered by Buyer, Parent or an Affiliate of Buyer or Parent to the Affected Employees, including vacation plans or arrangements, 401(k) or other retirement plans and any severance or welfare plans (but excluding for purposes of any defined benefit pension plan or post-employment welfare benefit plan).  Buyer and Parent shall cause the Acquired Companies to (i) waive any limitation on medical coverage of Affected Employees due to pre-existing conditions under the applicable medical plan of Buyer or Parent to the extent such Affected Employees are currently covered under a medical employee benefit plan of any Acquired Company or their Affiliates and (ii) credit each Affected Employee with all deductible payments and co-payments paid by such employee under the medical employee benefit plan of the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date during the year in which the Closing occurs for the purpose of determining the extent to which any such employee has satisfied his or her deductible and whether he or she has reached the out-of-pocket maximum under any medical plan of Buyer, Parent or an Affiliate of Buyer or Parent for such year.”

25.           Amendment to Section 4.2(c) .  Section 4.2(c) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(c)         Notwithstanding the general provisions of Section 4.2(a), until at least December 31, 2007, Buyer and Parent shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, provide each Affected Employee with severance benefits that are no less favorable than (i) those that would have been provided to such Affected Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date or (ii) those that may be provided to such Affected Employee under the terms of a severance plan of



Buyer, Parent or their respective Affiliates, whichever is more favorable to such Affected Employee on the date of termination of employment.”

26.           Amendment to Section 4.2(e) .  Section 4.2(e) of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

“(e)         Seller, Buyer, Parent and the Company acknowledge and agree that all provisions contained in this Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 with respect to Affected Employees are included for the sole benefit of Buyer, Parent and the Company and shall not create any right (i) in any other Person, including, Affected Employees, Company Plans or any beneficiary thereof or (ii) to continued employment with Buyer, Parent, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates.”

27.           Amendment to Section 4.3 .  Section 4.3 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

Each of Buyer and Parent shall take all actions necessary to assume and honor any Company Plan that expressly requires such assumption.  The Acquired Companies shall be solely responsible for all liabilities relating to the amendment, termination or alleged termination of any Company Plan following the Closing Date.  The Acquired Companies and Seller shall share responsibility for stay bonuses, transaction bonuses and fees and other retention payments (each, a “ Retention Payment ”) (it being understood that Retention Payments shall not include (i) any severance payments other than Severance Costs and (ii) the 2006 Award as described in Section 4.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter ) due from any Acquired Company under any agreement with employees, officers and other service providers of the Acquired Companies (each, a “ Retention Letter ”).  Seller shall pay one-half of each Retention Payment on the Closing Date (to the extent not previously paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable Retention Letter) (the “ Seller Portion Retention Payment ”) and (ii) each of Buyer and Parent shall cause the Company to assume and honor the Retention Letters and Buyer or Parent shall pay, or shall cause the Company to pay, the balance of each Retention Payment in accordance with the terms of the applicable Retention Letter, but in no event later than the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Company Portion Retention Payment ”).  Buyer agrees, and Parent agrees to cause Buyer, to pay Seller an amount equal to the product of (A) 0.65 and (B) all Company Portion Retention Payments that are forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date by, and any amounts otherwise not paid on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date to any, Affected Employee party to a Retention Letter in accordance with the Retention Letter to which such Affected Employee is a party.  The payment contemplated by the foregoing sentence shall be made promptly following the first anniversary of the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds (it being understood that any such payments that are rolled over into Equity Interest or other securities of Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer will be deemed paid unless forfeited on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date).

28.           Amendment to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.16, 4.17 and 7.17 .  Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.16, 4.17 and 7.17 of the Agreement are each hereby amended by deleting each reference to “Buyer” therein and replacing each such reference with “each of Buyer and Parent”.



29.           Amendment to Section 4.15 .  Section 4.15 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:

Section 4.15                       Tax Matters .

(a)

(i)              Seller’s actions pursuant to this Section 4.15(a) shall not be deemed to waive or modify Seller’s right to payment and indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

(ii)           The Steps Memo constitutes a list of the steps to be undertaken by Seller, the Acquired Companies, and Buyer in connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Companies and the businesses operated by the Acquired Companies.  The parties agree that they shall take, or cause to be taken, at the times and in the order prescribed therein, the transactions set forth in the Steps Memo.

(iii)          The parties agree to report the transactions set forth in the Steps Memo consistently with their form and in accordance with the Purchase Price allocation set forth on Exhibit A.  In addition, and without limiting the foregoing, Seller agrees to file all Tax Returns relating to the transactions set forth in Steps 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo as directed by Buyer, provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 4.15(a)(iv) below, Seller shall not be required to take any position on any Tax Return if Seller receives a written opinion (a copy of which will be provided to Buyer) from Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP or other nationally recognized Tax counsel chosen by Seller and reasonably acceptable to Buyer concluding that there is no substantial authority, within the meaning of the U.S. federal income tax Law, for such position.

(iv)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to subsection (v) of this Section 4.15(a), Seller agrees that for purposes of determining Seller’s obligation for Taxes for Seller’s 2006 taxable year (including, without limitation, the Taxes shown to be due on Seller’s Tax Returns for the 2006 taxable year for purposes of Section 6655 of the Code), Seller shall determine the amount required to be paid by taking into account (w) Seller’s ordinary income and gain realized in respect of the transactions contemplated by Steps 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo, (x) the carryback of the capital loss realized by Seller in respect of such Steps to Seller’s 2005 taxable year, (y) the corresponding reduction by Seller in the use of pre-2005 net operating loss carryforward to reduce its 2005 taxable income and (z) the resultant carryforward to 2006 of Seller’s pre-2005 net operating loss previously used to reduce Seller’s 2005 taxable income, with the result that for purposes of determining Seller’s taxable income for 2006, such income shall be calculated net of the amount of capital loss realized by Seller as a result of the transactions undertaken pursuant to Steps 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo (the “Net Reporting Method” ).

(v)           Seller shall adopt the Net Reporting Method if and only if Buyer has obtained an irrevocable letter of credit, reasonably acceptable in form and substance to Seller, in favor of Seller in the amount of $30 million dollars (together with



any replacement or renewal as contemplated below , the “Letter of Credit”) from a United States bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $10 billion (the “Issuing Bank”), which Buyer covenants to use reasonable best efforts to do as soon as practicable after the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, if Buyer does not obtain the Letter of Credit, Seller shall not be required to file on the Net Reporting Method. The terms of the Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be reasonably acceptable to Seller provided that they include, among other provisions, the absolute and unconditional right of Seller to make one or more draws upon such Letter of Credit in the amount demanded to be paid to the IRS in, and immediately following the receipt by Seller of, a notice of demand for payment from the IRS described in Section 6303 of the Code or similar notice or demand following a final determination (within the meaning of “determination” under Section 1313(a) of the Code) to the extent that such required payment is attributable to the Net Reporting Method (a “Required Payment”) . The terms of the Letter of Credit shall provide for the Letter of Credit to continue in full force and effect (as reduced by any previous draws pursuant to this Agreement) until the earlier of (such earlier date, the “L/C Termination Date” ) (x) the amount available thereunder (or under a replacement or renewal Letter of Credit) is reduced to zero as a result of one or more Seller draws upon it in accordance with this Section 4.15(a)(v); (y) Seller certifies to the Issuing Bank that the IRS has accepted the Net Reporting Method in a Closing Agreement or other final settlement; or (z) Seller certifies to the Issuing Bank that all the applicable statutes of limitation for the IRS or other Tax authorities to assess Taxes, interest and penalties in respect of the Net Reporting Method have expired. In the case of the certifications described in (y) and (z) of this subsection (v) of Section 4.15(a), Seller shall have the affirmative duty to make such certifications as promptly as practicable after the IRS has accepted the Net Reporting Method in a closing agreement or other final settlement or after the applicable statutes of limitation for the IRS or other Tax authorities to assess Taxes, interest and penalties in respect of the Net Reporting Method have expired, as applicable, to keep Buyer informed of the availability of such certifications and respond to Buyer’s reasonable inquiries as to the status of any such closing agreement or statutes of limitation, and to obtain, and supply to the Issuing Bank, such certifications promptly when they are available, and to cooperate with Buyer to permit the termination of the Letter of Credit as soon as reasonably possible to the extent permissible under this Section 4.15(a)(v). To the extent any Letter of Credit provided to Seller has an expiration date or otherwise expires or is terminated prior to the L/C Termination Date, such Letter of Credit must provide for the renewal or replacement (automatic or otherwise) thereof for additional periods of no less than one year prior to such expiration date, expiration or termination; provided that if such Letter of Credit is not renewed or replaced on such terms within 10 business days prior to its otherwise scheduled expiration or prior to its expiration or termination, as the case may be, the full amount of such Letter of Credit shall be automatically and irrevocably drawn and paid to Seller prior to such expiration or termination (subject to an obligation of the Seller to repay to Buyer, as soon as reasonably practicable   (and in any event within 5 days following the earlier to occur of the events specified in clauses (x) and (y) below), any amounts of such draw that are in excess of the total Required Payments incurred prior to such time, after the earlier of (x) L/C Termination Date and (y) such date as Buyer obtains and provides to Seller



a replacement Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Section 4.15(a)(v), in each case, with interest accruing on the amount of such repayment beginning five (5) days after such repayment is due in accordance with clause (x) or (y), as applicable,   until the date such repayment is made , calculated at an annual rate of ten (10) percent, compounded annually ). For purposes of this Agreement, to the extent of any draw under the Letter of Credit, Buyer shall be treated for all purposes as if it had paid such amount to Seller in satisfaction of its obligation for such Tax under Section 4.15(h)(iii). For the avoidance of doubt, the Letter of Credit shall not otherwise limit Seller’s right to indemnification pursuant to Section 4.15(h)(iii) of the Agreement.

 

(vi)          Promptly after the Closing Date, Buyer shall have the right, but not the obligation, to seek on behalf of Seller at Buyer’s expense, an opinion to be issued from Deloitte Tax LLP or other nationally recognized Tax advisor reasonably acceptable to Seller, which opinion shall be addressed to Seller, reasonably acceptable to Seller, and expressly permitted to be relied upon by Seller, that it is “more likely than not” that the Net Reporting Method will prevail if challenged by the IRS.  If Buyer does not obtain such an opinion on or before December 15, 2006, Buyer and Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to seek to obtain a closing agreement pursuant to Code section 7121 (the “Closing Agreement”) with respect to the Net Reporting Method pursuant to one or more pre-filing agreements with the IRS in accordance with Revenue Procedure 2005-12 or other mutually agreeable method, with respect to the taxable period of Seller (for United States federal income Tax purposes) commencing on January 1, 2006.  Buyer and Seller shall jointly control any such proceeding, with each bearing its own internal expenses, shall cooperate in the filing of any documents, the participation in any conferences or discussions, and the drafting of any agreements.  None of Buyer nor any of the Acquired Companies, on the one hand, or Seller, on the other hand, shall file or submit any document to the IRS in connection with any such proceeding without first providing the other party with (X) copies of any such document and (Y) an opportunity to review and comment on any such document prior to such filing or submission. The out-of-pocket costs of seeking a pre-filing agreement or any similar agreement shall be paid one-half each by Buyer and Seller.  Neither Buyer nor Seller will enter into a Closing Agreement with respect to the Net Reporting Method without the written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(b)           Tax Return Preparation .

(i)

(A)                                                              Seller shall (and shall cause its Affiliates to), to the extent permitted by applicable Tax Law and consistent with prior year practice, include the Acquired Companies in the consolidated federal income Tax Returns and any combined, consolidated or unitary state, local, and foreign Tax Returns filed by Seller for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (“ Seller Consolidated Returns “), including any short period ending on the Closing Date.  Subject to Section 4.15(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Seller shall prepare such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law.  With



respect to each Seller Consolidated Return for a Tax year or period that includes the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days (thirty (30) days in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes)  prior to the due date (taking into account any valid extensions thereof) (“ Due Date “) for the filing of such Seller Consolidated Return, Seller shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Buyer for its review a good faith draft calculation of Taxes due and owing on such Seller Consolidated Return.  Seller shall also submit to Buyer a good faith calculation (x) of the Taxes that would have been due and owing on each such Seller Consolidated Return (“ Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes ”) if, rather than engaging in the transactions contemplated by Steps 1 - 24 and 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo, Buyer had purchased only the Shares of the Company as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement signed by Buyer and Seller on June 30 th , 2006 and no Section 338 Election had been made with respect to such purchase and that the transactions contemplated by Steps 25 - 39 of the Steps Memo had occurred (the “ Base Case ”) plus (y) any Extraordinary Transaction Taxes.  Within thirty (30) days (twenty (20) days in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes) following Buyer’s receipt of such calculations, Buyer shall have the right to object to such calculations by written notice to Seller, but only to the extent relevant to the calculation of Taxes attributable to the transactions set forth in Steps 1 - 24 and 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo, Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes and Extraordinary Transaction Taxes.  For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall not be permitted to object to Seller’s calculations of the Acquired Companies’ Taxes relating to ordinary course of business operations of the Acquired Companies, except to the extent that any such item increases the Taxes due and payable on any Seller Consolidated Return over the Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes determined with respect to any such Seller Consolidated Return.  If Buyer does not object by written notice to Seller within such time period, such calculations shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(b)(i).  If Buyer objects to such calculation, it shall notify Seller in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Buyer and Seller shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable.  If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of the relevant Seller Consolidated Return.  With respect to each such Seller Consolidated Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Seller Consolidated Return, Buyer shall pay to Seller the amount by which (x) the Taxes due and payable on such Seller Consolidated Return exceeds (y) the Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes, in each case as determined with respect to the relevant Seller Consolidated Return (provided that Buyer shall not be required to make any payment relating to any Taxes for which Buyer is not responsible under Section 4.15(h)(iii) of this Agreement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Seller consolidated federal income Tax Return that includes the period ending on the Closing Date, including



any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes (“ Seller Federal Consolidated Return” ), Buyer shall make a payment only to the extent that the amount owed by Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(i) exceeds (x) the aggregate amount of Taxes payable with respect to all Tax Returns previously or concurrently filed under this Section 4.15(b), including the Seller Federal Consolidated Return, for which Buyer is responsible under Section 4.15(h)(iii) of this Agreement minus (y) the sum of all Taxes previously paid by Buyer to any Governmental Authority or to Seller or its Affiliates under this Section 4.15(b) or Section 4.15(h)(iii), reduced by any amounts Buyer has received from Seller under this Section 4.15(b).  Seller shall file or cause to be filed the applicable Seller Consolidated Return and pay to the applicable Governmental Entity all amounts shown to be due and payable on such Seller Consolidated Return.

(B)                                                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to compliance by Seller with Sections 4.15(a)(iii) and 4.15(a)(iv) and Seller’s obligations to act in good faith under Section 4.15(b)(i)(A), if Buyer and Seller have not reached a final resolution with respect to all disputed items for which proper written notice has been given within two (2) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Seller Consolidated Return, such Seller Consolidated Return shall be filed as prepared by Seller (revised to reflect all initially disputed items that Buyer and Seller have agreed upon prior to such date). All amounts required to be paid by Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(i) with respect to a Seller Consolidated Return shall be based upon the amounts shown to be due and owing on such Seller Consolidated Return as filed by Seller. In the event Seller files a Seller Consolidated Return that includes properly disputed items pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(i) that were not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 4.15(b)(i).  In the event that the resolution of such disputed item (or items) in accordance with the provisions of this section 4.15(b)(i) with respect to a Seller Consolidated Return is inconsistent with such Seller Consolidated Return as filed by Seller, Seller shall, as promptly as practicable, amend such Seller Consolidated Return to properly reflect the final resolution of the disputed item (or items).  In the event that the amount of Taxes shown to be due and owing on a Seller Consolidated Return is adjusted as a result of a resolution in accordance with the provisions contained in this Section 4.15(b)(i), proper adjustment to reflect the principles of this Section 4.15(b)(i) shall be made to the amounts previously paid by Buyer in a manner that reflects such resolution.   For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of such adjustment, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the excess of (x) any amounts previously paid by Buyer under this Section 4.15(b)(i) not taking into account such adjustment over (y) the amounts that would have been payable by Buyer under this Section 4.15(b)(i) had such adjustment been taken into account in determining the amounts of such previous payments, increased by an amount equal to interest on such excess amount from the date of payment by Buyer to the date of repayment, calculated at an annual rate of ten (10) percent, compounded annually.



(ii)

(A)                                                              To the extent not filed prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by any Acquired Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, other than Tax Returns that are described in clause (i) of this Section 4.15(b) (each, a “ Pre-Closing Period Separate Return ”).  Subject to Section 4.15(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Buyer shall prepare such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law.  With respect to each Pre-Closing Period Separate Return filed after the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days (thirty (30) days in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes) prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Seller for its review a good faith draft of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and, to the extent relevant to such Tax Return, of the Taxes that would have been due under the Base Case with respect to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return (“ Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes ”).  For purposes of this Agreement, Taxes shown on any Pre-Closing Period Separate Return reviewed by Seller shall not include or take into account Extraordinary Transaction Taxes, which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall be Buyer’s responsibility.  Within thirty (30) days (twenty (20) days in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes) following Seller’s receipt of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and calculation of Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes, Seller shall have the right to object to such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and calculation of Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes by written notice to Buyer.  If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and calculation of Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(b)(ii).  If Seller objects to such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return or calculation of Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes, it shall notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable.  If Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Buyer and Seller, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return.  With respect to each such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return, (x) Buyer shall submit to Seller a final draft of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and calculation of Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes and (y) Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return or, if less, the Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes that would have been due and payable on the relevant Pre-Closing Period Separate Return, taking into account any estimated Tax payments previously made by, or



caused to be made by, Seller to the applicable Governmental Entity; provided , however , that in the case of any Pre-Closing Period Separate Return other than an income Tax Return, the amount paid by Seller to Buyer shall be reduced by any such Taxes included as current liabilities in the calculation of Final Net Working Capital.  Buyer shall cause the applicable Acquired Company to file each Pre-Closing Period Separate Return and pay to the applicable Governmental Entity all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return.

(B)                                                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, but subject to Buyer’s obligations to act in good faith under Section 4.15(b)(ii)(A), if Buyer and Seller have not reached a final resolution with respect to all disputed items for which proper written notice has been given within two (2) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return, such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return shall be filed as prepared by Buyer (revised to reflect all initially disputed items that Buyer and Seller have agreed upon prior to such date). All amounts required to be paid by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(ii) with respect to a Pre-Closing Period Separate Return shall be based upon the amounts shown to be due and owing on such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return as filed by Buyer. In the event Buyer files a Pre-Closing Period Separate Return that includes properly disputed items pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(ii) that were not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 4.15(b)(ii).  In the event that the resolution of such disputed item (or items) in accordance with the provisions of this section 4.15(b)(ii) with respect to a Pre-Closing Period Separate Return is inconsistent with such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return as filed by Buyer, Buyer shall, as promptly as practicable, amend such Pre-Closing Period Separate Return to properly reflect the final resolution of the disputed item (or items).  In the event that the amount of Taxes shown to be due and owing on a Pre-Closing Period Separate Return is adjusted as a result of a resolution in accordance with the provisions contained in this Section 4.15(b)(ii), proper adjustment to reflect the principles of this Section 4.15(b)(ii) shall be made to the amounts previously paid by Seller in a manner that reflects such resolution.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of such adjustment, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the excess of (x) any amounts previously paid by Seller under this Section 4.15(b)(ii) not taking into account such adjustment over (y) the amounts that would have been payable by Seller under this Section 4.15(b)(ii) had such adjustment been taken into account in determining the amounts of such previous payments, increased by an amount equal to interest on such excess amount from the date of payment by Seller to the date of repayment, calculated at an annual rate of ten (10) percent, compounded annually.

(iii)

(A)                                                              Buyer shall, or shall cause each Acquired Company to, prepare (or cause to be prepared) all Tax Returns that are required to



be filed by each Acquired Company for all Straddle Periods (each, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return “).  Subject to Section 4.15(a)(iii) of this Agreement, all such Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed in a manner that is consistent with prior practice, except as required by applicable Law.  With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than sixty (60) days (thirty (30) in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes) prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Buyer shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to Seller for its review a good faith draft of such Straddle Period Tax Return and a good faith calculation of the Taxes that would have been due under the Base Case with respect to such Straddle Period Tax Return (“ Base Case Straddle Period Taxes ”), and shall notify Seller of Buyer’s calculation of the Taxes for such Straddle Period allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement) and of the Base Case Straddle Period Taxes that would have been allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period under the Base Case.  For purposes of this Agreement, Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of a Straddle Period and Base Case Straddle Period Taxes shall not include or take into account any Extraordinary Transactions Taxes, which, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, shall be Buyer’s responsibility.  Within thirty (30) days (twenty (20) days in the case of any Tax Return in respect of estimated Taxes) following Seller’s receipt of such Straddle Period Tax Return and calculation of Base Case Straddle Period Taxes, Seller shall have the right to object to such Straddle Period Tax Return or calculation of Base Case Straddle Period Taxes by written notice to Buyer.  If Seller does not object by written notice to Buyer within such time period, such Straddle Period Tax Return and calculation of Base Case Straddle Period Taxes shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 4.15(b)(iii).  If Seller objects to such Straddle Period Tax Return or Base Case Straddle Period Taxes allocated to the Straddle Period or Interim Period of the Straddle Period, it shall notify Buyer in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and Seller and Buyer shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable.  If Seller and Buyer have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Seller and Buyer, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return.  With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Seller shall pay to Buyer an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Straddle Period Tax Return, or, if less, the Base Case Straddle Period Taxes that would have been due and payable on the relevant Straddle Period Tax Return, taking into account any estimated Tax payments previously made by, or caused to be made by, Seller to the applicable Governmental Entity; provided , however , that in the case of any Straddle Period Tax Return other than an income Tax Return, the amount paid by Seller to Buyer shall be reduced by any such Taxes included as current liabilities in the calculation of Final Net Working Capital.  Buyer shall cause the Company or applicable Subsidiary (as the



case may be) to file each Straddle Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return.

(B)                                                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer’s obligations to act in good faith under Section 4.15(b)(iii)(A), if Buyer and Seller have not reached a final resolution with respect to all disputed items for which proper written notice has been given within two (2) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Straddle Period Tax Return, such Straddle Period Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by Buyer (revised to reflect all initially disputed items that Buyer and Seller have agreed upon prior to such date). All amounts required to be paid by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(iii) with respect to a Straddle Period Tax Return shall be based upon the amounts shown to be due and owing on such Straddle Period Tax Return as filed by Buyer. In the event Buyer files a Straddle Period Tax Return that includes properly disputed items pursuant to this Section 4.15(b)(iii) that were not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 4.15(b)(iii).  In the event that the resolution of such disputed item (or items) in accordance with the provisions of this section 4.15(b)(iii) with respect to a Straddle Period Tax Return is inconsistent with such Straddle Period Tax Return as filed by Buyer, Buyer shall, as promptly as practicable, amend such Straddle Period Tax Return to properly reflect the final resolution of the disputed item (or items).  In the event that the amount of Taxes shown to be due and owing on a Straddle Period Tax Return is adjusted as a result of a resolution in accordance with the provisions contained in this Section 4.15(b)(iii), proper adjustment to reflect the principles of Section 4.15(b)(iii) shall be made to the amounts previously paid by Seller in a manner that reflects such resolution.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of such adjustment, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the excess of (x) any amounts previously paid by Seller under this Section 4.15(b)(iii) not taking into account such adjustment over (y) the amounts that would have been payable by Seller under this Section 4.15(b)(iii) had such adjustment been taken into account in determining the amounts of such previous payments, increased by an amount equal to interest on such excess amount from the date of payment by Seller to the date of repayment, calculated at an annual rate of ten (10) percent, compounded annually.

(iv)          In lieu of and notwithstanding the penultimate sentences of Sections 4.15(b)(i)(A), 4.15(b)(ii)(A) and 4.15(b)(iii)(A), with respect to any Tax Return to which this Section 4.15(b) applies that is filed after the Seller Federal Consolidated Return is filed, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date for such Tax Return, Buyer shall make a payment to Seller or Seller shall make a payment to Buyer, as the case may be, such that (x) the total Taxes then paid by Buyer under this Section 4.15(b) or Section 4.15(h)(iii) to the date of such payment (taking into account such payment, any payments Buyer has previously received from Seller under this Section 4.15(b) and any Taxes payable by Buyer with respect to Tax Returns related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) equals (y) the sum of the Taxes that are payable with



respect to such Tax Return and  all Tax Returns previously filed under this Section 4.15(b) for which Buyer is responsible under Section 4.15(h)(iii) of this Agreement.

(c)           Tax Matters Cooperation .   Buyer, the Acquired Companies and Seller shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns of the Acquired Companies, Tax Returns of Seller (including, without limitation, filing multiple Tax Returns or as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the Net Reporting Method), and any audit, request for pre-filing agreement, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes.  Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the timely provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such Tax Return (including, without limitation, calculations with respect to any Seller Consolidated Return and Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes pursuant to Section 4.15(b)(i)(A)), audit, request for pre-filing agreement, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.  The Acquired Companies, Seller and Buyer shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to each of the Acquired Companies relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Buyer or Seller, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Tax authority and (ii) give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, shall allow the requesting party to take possession of such books and records.

(d)           Section 338 Election .

(i)            Except as provided in clause (ii) below, neither Buyer nor Seller nor any of their Affiliates shall make or cause to be made any election under Section 338 of the Code in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii)           To the extent requested by Buyer, Seller shall join Buyer in timely making elections under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (collectively the “ Section 338(h)(10) Elections “) with respect to the purchase and sale of the stock of any Acquired Company that is a United States domestic corporation other than Orbitz, Inc., Travel Network, Inc. (the successor to Cheap Tickets, Inc.), and Trip.com (such companies the “ Section 338(h)(10) Companies “), and Buyer and Seller shall cooperate in the completion and timely filing of such elections in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.338(h)(10)-1 (or any comparable provisions of state, local or foreign Tax law) or any successor provision.  Buyer shall, at its election, make elections under Section 338(g) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (together with the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, the “ Section 338 Elections “) with respect to the stock of any Acquired Company that is not a United States domestic corporation.  For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall not make an election under Section 338(g) for any United States domestic corporation.  Seller and Buyer shall determine the fair market value of the assets of all corporations in respect of whom the Section 338



Elections are made and the allocation of Purchase Price (as required pursuant to regulations promulgated under Section 338 of the Code), together with applicable liabilities, among such assets in accordance with applicable law.  The parties shall agree on a schedule setting forth the allocation as soon as practicable after the Closing Date.  None of Seller, Buyer or the Acquired Companies shall take any position on any Tax Return or with any Governmental Entity that is inconsistent with such allocation.

(e)           Limitations on Actions Affecting Pre-Closing Taxes .   Except as required by applicable Law, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies) shall, without the prior written consent of Seller, make or change any Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax election of or with respect to any Acquired Company or amend, refile or otherwise modify (or grant an extension of any applicable statute of limitations with respect to) any Tax Return of any Acquired Company for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that could result in any increased Tax liability of any Acquired Company (or Seller or any of its Affiliates) in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof).

(f)            Tax Package .  To the extent not previously provided, Buyer (at its own cost and expense) shall prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and provided to Seller a Tax Package for each relevant Acquired Company.  Subject to Section 4.15(a)(iii), the Tax Package shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law and shall be provided to Seller as promptly as practicable but in the case of the Tax Package for Seller’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year ended December 31, 2006, shall be provided no later than May 31, 2007.  For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Buyer does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 4.15(f), Seller shall be entitled, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer, to prepare or cause to be prepared the information included in the Tax Package for purposes of preparing any such Tax Return.

(g)           Certain Tax Agreements .  As of the Closing, all Tax indemnification agreements and Tax sharing agreements between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Seller or its Subsidiaries (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries), on the other hand, shall be terminated and, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no further rights or obligations under any such Tax indemnification agreement or Tax sharing agreement.

(h)           Tax Indemnification.

(i)            Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, without duplication, any Damages attributable to (a) Pre-Closing Taxes, (b) Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which any Acquired Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, (c) except for amounts payable under the Orbitz Tax Agreement, which shall be exclusively governed by the provisions of clause (ii) of this Section 4.15(h), all Taxes of any person imposed on any Acquired Company or any other liability imposed under any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax allocation or similar contracts (whether or not written) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was obligated, or was a party, on or prior to the Closing Date, and (d)



notwithstanding Section 7.4, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense attributable to any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 3.2(l)(v), Section 3.2(l)(vii) or Section 3.2(l)(viii).

(ii)           Seller shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Buyer, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, without duplication, any Damages attributable to any liability or obligation under the Tax Agreement dated as of November 25, 2003, by and among Orbitz, Inc., American Airlines, Inc., Continental Airlines, Inc., Omicron Reservations Management, Inc., Northwest Airlines, Inc., and UAL Loyalty Services, Inc. (the “ Orbitz Tax Agreement “) that relates to a payment required to be made to any Airline (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) under the Orbitz Tax Agreement after the Closing Date to the extent that such payment is attributable to (1) Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) that are realized by Seller, Realogy, Wyndham, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing (other than the Acquired Companies), regardless of when realized; or (2) Realized Tax Benefits (as defined in the Orbitz Tax Agreement) that are realized by the Acquired Companies to the extent that such Realized Tax Benefits are not realized in a Post-Closing Tax Period.

(iii)          Parent, Buyer and the Acquired Companies, jointly and severally, shall be responsible for and shall indemnify Seller and its Affiliates for, without duplication, any Damages attributable to (x) the sum of Taxes for any Pre-Closing Period and any Interim Period in excess of the sum of Base Case Consolidated Return Taxes, Base Case Pre-Closing Separate Return Taxes, and Base Case Straddle Period Taxes and (y) any Extraordinary Transaction Taxes; provided that none of Parent, Buyer or the Acquired Companies shall be responsible for (I) any Taxes relating to the transactions contemplated by Steps 25 - 39 of the Steps Memo, (II) any Taxes resulting from the transactions contemplated by the Amendment to the extent such Taxes would also have been payable by Seller or its Affiliates in the Base Case, or (III) any Taxes resulting from any actions taken by Seller or its Affiliates or any actions taken by the Acquired Companies, in each case prior to Closing, that are in violation of this Agreement; provided , further , that the parties agree that any Taxes attributable to the recapture under Section 1503 and the regulations thereunder of any dual consolidated loss incurred prior to Closing (but excluding any dual consolidated losses that are incurred or generated as a result of Steps 1 - 24 and 40 - 79 as set forth in the Steps Memo) will be the same under the transactions contemplated in the Steps Memo as under the Base Case and that the Buyer is not responsible for any such Taxes.

(iv)          If and to the extent that Seller is not permitted or able to carry back the capital loss or other Tax attributes that Seller cannot currently utilize that Seller realizes as a result of the transactions contemplated by Steps 1 - 24 and 40 - 79 of the Steps Memo, Seller shall, to the extent permissible under applicable law, carry such capital losses or other Tax attributes forward and shall pay to Buyer, within thirty (30) days of such reduction being Actually Realized, any reduction in the Tax liability of Seller or any Affiliate in a Post-Closing Period that results from such carry forward, but only to the extent that such reduction in Tax liability exceeds any such reduction that would have been realized under the Base Case.

 



(v)           In calculating amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.15(h), with respect to liabilities or indemnified amounts for any Acquired Company, such amounts shall be determined without duplication and computed net of any Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment Actually Realized by any payee or its Affiliate; provided , however , that if a Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment attributable to an amount paid pursuant to this Section 4.15(h) is Actually Realized after the payment date of such amount, appropriate payments among the parties reflecting such Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment shall be made; provided , further , that in the event a Tax Benefit is reduced or a Tax Detriment is increased as a result of a determination by any Governmental Entity in a later year, the indemnified party shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party for such reduction or increase, as the case may be.  The determination of whether there has been a Tax Benefit or Tax Detriment shall be made solely at the indemnified party’s good faith discretion.  In computing the amount of any such Tax Benefit, the indemnified party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the payment of any indemnified Tax.

(i)            Tax Indemnification Procedures .

(i)            If a notice of deficiency, proposed adjustment, adjustment, assessment, audit, examination or other administrative or court proceeding, suit, dispute or other claim (a “ Tax Claim ”) shall be delivered or sent to or commenced or initiated against any Acquired Company by any Tax authority with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns of any Acquired Company for which Buyer may reasonably be entitled to indemnification from Seller pursuant to Section 4.15, Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing of the Tax Claim.

(ii)           If a Tax Claim shall be delivered or sent to or commenced or initiated against the Seller or any of its Affiliates by any Tax authority with respect to any Taxes or Tax Returns for which Seller may reasonably be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 4.15, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of the Tax Claim.

(iii)          With respect to Tax Claims of or relating solely to Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, Seller may, upon written notice to Buyer, assume and control the defense of such Tax Claim at its own cost and expense and with its own counsel. Buyer may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Tax Claim (including participation in any relevant meetings and conference calls).  Seller shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such Tax Claim without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and shall keep Buyer informed of all developments and events relating to such Tax Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to Buyer of any related correspondence).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer may, upon written notice to Seller, assume and control the defense of any portion of a Tax Claim described in this Section 4.15(i) that is attributable to Steps 1 - 24 and 40 - 79 in the Steps Memo at its own cost and expense and with its own counsel.  Seller may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and expense and participate in the defense of the Tax Claim (including participation in any relevant meetings and conference calls).  Buyer shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such Tax Claim without Seller’s prior written consent,



which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and shall keep Seller informed of all developments and events relating to such Tax Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to Seller of any related correspondence).

(iv)          Seller and Buyer shall jointly control and participate in all proceedings taken in connection with any Tax Claim relating to a Straddle Period, and shall bear their own respective costs and expenses. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the other.

(v)           The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Seller, except to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets are taken into account in determining Net Working Capital.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes shall be for the account of Buyer to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes are attributable (determined on a marginal basis) to the carryback from a Post-Closing Tax Period of items of loss, deduction or credit, or other Tax items, of the Acquired Companies (or any of their respective Affiliates, including Buyer).  The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Post-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Buyer.  The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between Seller and Buyer. Each party shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party entitled to receive the amount or economic benefit of a refund, credit or offset to Tax the amount of such refund, or the economic benefit of such credit or offset to Tax, within ten (10) days after such refund is received or after such credit or offset is allowed or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be.

(j)            The parties acknowledge that the cash distributed by Galileo International, Inc. to the Company and the Company to CFHC pursuant to the Steps Memo is being distributed pursuant to a plan of liquidation adopted by each of Galileo International, Inc. and the Company solely in connection with and for purposes of the Section 338(h)(10) Elections to be made with respect to such entities and, as such, such cash shall be characterized as a distribution in complete liquidation of a subsidiary corporation made pursuant to Section 332(a) of the Code.

(k)           Unless otherwise required by a final determination of a Governmental Entity, the parties to this Agreement shall treat all payments made pursuant to this Agreement after the Closing as adjustments to the Purchase Price.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4.15 shall exclusively govern matters relating to Taxes of the Acquired Companies.”

30.           Amendment to Section 7.3 .  Section 7.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following provision immediately after the last sentence of such section:

“BUYER AND PARENT HEREBY APPOINT BUYER AS THE AGENT OF BUYER, PARENT, EACH ACQUIRED COMPANY AND ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE



AFFILIATES FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.”

31.           Amendment to Section 7.4 .  Section 7.4 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following provision immediately after the last sentence of such section:

“; provided , further , that immediately preceding proviso shall not apply to the additional representations and warranties in Section 3.2(c) contained in this Amendment.”

32.           Amendment to Section 7.9 .  Section 7.9 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection (g):

“(g)         Unless the context requires otherwise, the tense or number of any verb or adjective contained in a clause modified by this Amendment shall be read to give effect to the changes contained in this Amendment.”

 

SECTION II
MISCELLANEOUS

1.     No Other Amendments; Effectiveness .  Except as set forth in this Amendment, the Agreement is ratified and confirmed in all respects.  This Amendment shall be effective as of the date hereof.

2.     Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York.

3.     Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument binding upon all of the parties hereto notwithstanding the fact that all parties are not signatory to the original or the same counterpart.



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

 

CENDANT CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Wyshner

 

 

 

Name:

David Wyshner

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle Boas

 

 

 

Name:

Rochelle Boas

 

 

Title:

Vice President, Legal & Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

 

Name:

Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA), ltd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

 

Name:

Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

 

Title:

Director

 




Exhibit 2.3

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

TRAVELPORT INC.

WARPSPEED SUB INC.

WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.

CITIGROUP VENTURE CAPITAL EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P.
(in the limited capacity provided herein)

ONTARIO TEACHERS PENSION PLAN BOARD
(in the limited capacity provided herein)

and

BLACKSTONE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS V L.P.
(solely with respect to Section 5.7 and Section 5.14)

Dated as of December 7, 2006

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Index Of Additional Defined Terms

12

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

14

Section 2.1

The Merger

14

Section 2.2

Closing

14

Section 2.3

Effective Time

14

Section 2.4

Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws

14

Section 2.5

Directors; Officers

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE III    CONVERSION OF SHARES; CONSIDERATION

15

 

 

Section 3.1

Conversion of Capital Stock

15

Section 3.2

Calculation of Merger Consideration

16

Section 3.3

Payment; Escrow; Payment Procedures

19

Section 3.4

Stock Transfer Books

22

Section 3.5

Dissenting Shares

22

Section 3.6

Withholdings

22

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

22

 

 

Section 4.1

Representations and Warranties of the Company

22

Section 4.2

Representations and Warranties of Parent and Merger Sub

34

Section 4.3

No Other Representations or Warranties

36

 

 

 

ARTICLE V    COVENANTS

36

 

 

Section 5.1

Conduct of the Company’s Business

36

Section 5.2

Employment Matters

39

Section 5.3

Retention Payments

40

Section 5.4

Publicity

40

Section 5.5

Confidentiality

40

Section 5.6

Access to Information

41

Section 5.7

Filings and Authorizations, Including HSR Act Filing

41

Section 5.8

Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification

43

Section 5.9

Reasonable Best Efforts

44

Section 5.10

Termination of Agreements

45

Section 5.11

Tax Matters

45

Section 5.12

Parent’s Financing Activities

50

Section 5.13

Resignations

52

Section 5.14

Certain Transactions

52

Section 5.15

Disclosure Supplement

52

Section 5.16

Exclusive Dealing

52

 

i



Section 5.17

Solvency

53

Section 5.18

Debt

53

Section 5.19

Drag-Along Rights

53

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI    CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

53

 

 

Section 6.1

Conditions to Obligations of Parent

53

Section 6.2

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

54

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII    TERMINATION

55

 

 

Section 7.1

Termination of Agreement

55

Section 7.2

Effect of Termination

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII    MISCELLANEOUS

58

 

 

Section 8.1

Assignment; Binding Effect

58

Section 8.2

Choice of Law

58

Section 8.3

Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

58

Section 8.4

Survival

59

Section 8.5

Notices

59

Section 8.6

Headings

60

Section 8.7

Fees and Expenses

61

Section 8.8

Entire Agreement

61

Section 8.9

Interpretation

61

Section 8.10

Disclosure

61

Section 8.11

Waiver and Amendment

61

Section 8.12

Third-Party Beneficiaries

62

Section 8.13

Enforcement

62

Section 8.14

Severability

62

Section 8.15

No Consequential Damages

62

Section 8.16

Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

63

Section 8.17

Remedies

63

Section 8.18

No Right of Setoff

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A    —    Selling Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Exhibit B    —    Form of Certificate of Incorporation

 

Exhibit C    —    Form of Bylaws

 

Exhibit D    —    Form of Escrow Agreemen

 

 

ii



AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into and effective as of the 7th day of December, 2006, by and among Travelport Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Warpspeed Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation wholly owned by Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), Worldspan Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Citigroup Venture Capital Equity Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ CVC ”) and Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board, a corporation without share capital organized under the laws of Ontario (“ OTPP ”) solely in their capacities as the Stockholder Representatives hereunder and solely with respect to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.10, 5.11, 5.13, 5.19 and Article VIII hereof, and Blackstone Management Partners V L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Blackstone”) solely with respect to Sections 5.7 and 5.14 hereof.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company, Parent and Merger Sub have each determined that it is advisable for, and in the best interests of their respective stockholders that, Merger Sub merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”); and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and as an inducement to Parent and Merger Sub to enter into this Agreement, holders of shares of outstanding common stock of the Company (the “ Stockholders ”) have entered into an agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and dated as of the date of this Agreement (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Selling Stockholders’ Agreement ”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Stockholders have approved and adopted this Agreement and the Merger and have approved the designation of CVC and OTPP as the Stockholder Representatives with respect to this Agreement (the “ Stockholder Representatives ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1            Definitions.

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement. In addition, for purposes of this Agreement, the following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1.



 

Action ” means any action, claim, complaint, investigation, petition, suit, arbitration or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, at law or in equity by or before any arbitral body of competent jurisdiction or Governmental Entity.

Acquired Companies ” means, collectively, the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Actually Realized ” with respect to a Tax Benefit, shall mean the time that any refund of Taxes is actually received or applied against other Taxes due, or at the time of the filing of a Tax Return (including any Tax Return relating to estimated Taxes) on which a loss, deduction or credit or increase in basis is applied to reduce the amount of Taxes that would otherwise be payable.

Additional Exercisable Option ”  means or shall mean Options that would have been Exercisable Options if the Exercisable Option Formula were calculated by adding the Final Adjustment Amount to clause (A) of such definition.

Additional Exercise Price ” means the aggregate of the Shares subject to Additional Exercisable Options multiplied by the per share exercise or purchase price of each such Additional Exercisable Option.

Affiliate ” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a specified Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Aggregate Exercise Price ” means the aggregate of the Shares subject to Exercisable Options times the per share exercise or purchase price of each such Exercisable Option.

Agreement ” means this Agreement, as the same may be amended or supplemented, together with all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto.

“Applicable Employee Plans” shall mean agreements with Affected Employees or Company Plans in each case entered into by the Company or its Affiliates prior to Closing or the arrangements with Affected Employees contemplated by this Agreement (including Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter).

Balance Sheet ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2005 included in the Financial Statements.

Balance Sheet Date ” means December 31, 2005.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in New York, New York.

Closing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

2



 

Closing Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Closing Net Indebtedness ” means all Net Indebtedness of the Acquired Companies outstanding on the Closing Date immediately prior to the Closing.

 “ Closing Per Share Amount” shall mean the Estimated Per Share Amount minus the Escrow Per Share Amount.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company Contracts ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(n)(i).

Company Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter of the Company referred to in, and delivered to Parent pursuant to, this Agreement.

Company Intellectual Property ” means the Intellectual Property owned or licensed from third parties by any Acquired Company.

“Company Plan ” means each Plan that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to or entered into by any Acquired Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of any of the Acquired Companies or as to which any Acquired Company has any present or future liability.

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Confidentiality Agreement between the Company and Parent, dated October 13, 2006, as amended from time to time.

Contract ” means any binding contract, agreement, commitment, franchise, indenture, lease, purchase order, license, note, bond or mortgage.

Copyrights ” means all U.S. and foreign copyrights (including all registrations and applications to register the same, and all unregistered copyrights) and copyrightable works.

Current Assets ,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the applicable date, (i) total accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts plus (ii) other related party receivables plus (iii) prepaid and other current assets as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company (other than cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments); provided , that Current Assets shall not include any deferred Tax assets, income Taxes receivable, prepaid advisory fees or pre-petition receivables from Northwest Airlines.

Current Liabilities ,” with respect to the Acquired Companies, means, as of the opening of business on the applicable date, (i) accounts payable (including the negative cash reclassification) plus (ii) intercompany payables plus (iii) accrued expenses and other liabilities minus to the extent such item would otherwise be included in Current Liabilities the sum of (x) the aggregate principal outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest payable under the Closing Net Indebtedness, if any, and any liabilities or obligations (including costs) incurred at the

 

3



 

request of Parent in connection with the Debt Financing plus (y) Transaction Expenses plus (z) any deferred Tax liabilities and income Taxes payable.

Damages ” means actual damages, losses, liabilities, claims, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses, interest, penalties, judgments and settlements.

Delta FASA Credits” shall have the meaning given to such term under the Delta Founder Airline Services Agreement dated as of June 30, 2003, between Delta Airlines Inc. and Worldspan, L.P. as amended.

Encumbrance ” means any lien, encumbrance, security interest, option, pledge, mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation, conditional sale or restriction on transfer of title or voting, whether imposed by agreement, law, equity or otherwise.

Equity Interests ” means any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity or voting interest or any security or evidence of Indebtedness convertible into or exchangeable for any share capital, capital stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other equity interest, or any right, warrant or option to acquire any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the related regulations published thereunder.

Escrow Per Share Amount ” shall mean the quotient of (A) the Escrow Amount, divided by (B) the sum of the number of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time plus the total number of Shares subject to Exercisable Options.

Estimated Per Share Amount ” shall mean the quotient of (A) the sum of (i) Estimated Merger Consideration plus (ii) the Aggregate Exercise Price divided by (B) the sum of (i) the total number of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time plus (ii) the total number of Shares subject to Exercisable Options.

Exercisable Options ” shall be Options remaining after the completion of the Exercisable Option Formula.

Exercisable Option Formula ” shall be the quotient of (A) the sum of (i) Estimated Merger Consideration and (ii) the aggregate exercise price for all Options for Shares divided by (B) the sum of (i) the total number of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time plus (ii) the total number of Shares subject to Options immediately prior to the Effective Time.  If the quotient of this formula results in an amount which is less than or equal to the exercise or purchase price of any Shares subject to Options, the formula shall be recalculated without such Options, and such process shall be repeated until such time as the resulting amount is greater than the exercise or purchase price of all such remaining Shares subject to Options.

Extraordinary Transaction Taxes ” mean Taxes attributable to any transaction of any Acquired Company that is caused or permitted by Parent to occur or be deemed to occur on the Closing Date after the Closing.

 

 

4



 

FASA Amounts ” means the net present value as of the Closing Date of the outstanding and unapplied Delta FASA Credits and Northwest FASA Credits as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, using a discount rate of 11% per annum.

Final Adjustment Per Share Amount ” shall mean the Final Adjustment Amount minus the Additional Option Payment divided by the sum of (i) the issued and outstanding Shares immediately prior to the Effective Time plus (ii) the total number of Shares subject to Exercisable Options.

Final Per Share Amount ” shall mean the quotient of (A) the sum of (i) Estimated Merger Consideration, plus (ii) the Final Adjustment Amount (it being understood that the Final Adjustment Amount may be either a positive or a negative number), plus (iii) the Aggregate Exercise Price, plus (iv) the Additional Exercise Price divided by (B) the sum of (i) the total number of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time plus (ii) the total number of Shares subject to Exercisable Options, plus (iii) the total number of Shares subject to Additional Exercisable Options.

Financial Statements ” means, collectively, (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and the audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, including any notes thereto, and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, and September 30, 2005.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved. With respect to any calculation of Net Working Capital for purposes of this Agreement, no change in accounting principles shall be made from those used in preparing the monthly internal balance sheets made available to Parent and reflected in the calculation of Target Net Working Capital, including, without limitation, with respect to the nature of accounts, level of reserves or level of accruals unless otherwise specified in this Agreement. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “changes in accounting principles” includes all changes in accounting principles, policies, practices, procedures or methodologies with respect to financial statements, their classification or presentation, as well as all changes in practices, methods, conventions or assumptions (unless required by objective changes in underlying events or to conform with United States generally accepted accounting principles) utilized in making accounting estimates.

Governmental Entity ” means any United States or foreign federal, state or municipal government, or any agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, tribunal or instrumentality thereof or any self regulatory authority with similar powers.

Hazardous Substances ” means all substances defined or regulated as pollutants, contaminants, toxic, or hazardous by any Environmental Law or any other material that would reasonably be expected to result in liability under Environmental Law, including without limitation, petroleum and petroleum products, friable asbestos, lead, toxic mold, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon, and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

 

5



 

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the related regulations.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) the principal of and any premium in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money, including any accrued interest and any cost or penalty associated with prepaying or purchasing any such indebtedness, and including any such obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations or any guarantee of the foregoing; (ii) obligations under or with respect to (A) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements obtained or entered into in the ordinary course of business not exceeding, individually or in the aggregate, $500,000, (B) acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements obtained or entered into other than in the ordinary course of business or individually or in the aggregate in excess of $500,000 and (C) bank guarantees and surety bonds (other than those issued for the benefit of the Acquired Companies), (iii) obligations in respect of capital leases, (iv) the FASA Amounts and (v) obligations in respect of any hedging, swap or similar arrangement; provided , however , that with respect to any Acquired Company, obligations and liabilities of the types described in clauses (i) and (ii) above to or for the benefit of another wholly-owned (other than director qualifying shares and similar regimes) Acquired Company shall not constitute “Indebtedness” for purposes of this Agreement.

Independent Accounting Firm ” means a mutually acceptable nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants, other than Ernst & Young LLP or PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, upon which Parent and the Company shall have mutually agreed, or if no such firm is available and willing to serve, then a mutually acceptable expert in public accounting, in each case, upon which Parent and the Company shall have mutually agreed.

Intellectual Property ” means all Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Trade Secrets and all other intellectual property rights in any jurisdiction, to the extent recognized under the Laws of such jurisdiction.

Interim Period ” means, with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period that begins on the first day of such Straddle Period and ends on the Closing Date.

Knowledge of the Company ” means the actual knowledge of Rakesh Gangwal, Kevin Mooney, Jeff Smith, Ninan Chacko, Susan Powers and David Lauderdale.

Law ” means any law, statute, code, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, judgment or decree or other pronouncement of any Governmental Entity having the effect of law.

Material Adverse Effect ” means any changes, events or conditions that have or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or that materially impairs the ability of the Acquired Companies to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than any changes, events or conditions resulting from: (i) general economic conditions in any of the markets or geographical areas in which any of the Acquired Companies operates, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (ii) changes in economic conditions or the financial, banking, currency or capital markets in general (whether in the United States or any

 

6



other country or in any international market) or changes in currency exchange rates or currency fluctuations, unless such changes disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iii) other conditions generally affecting any of the industries in which the Acquired Companies operate, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iv) acts of God, calamities, national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by any country in hostilities, whether commenced before or after the date hereof, and whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, unless such event disproportionately affects the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (v) changes in Law or in GAAP (or other generally accepted accounting principles applied by any of the Acquired Companies) or interpretations thereof; (vi) any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Parent has expressly consented; (vii) any item or items set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter; (viii) the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including by reason of losses of customers, subscribers or suppliers and including by reason of the identity of Parent or any communication by Parent regarding the plans or intentions of Parent with respect to the conduct of the business of any of the Acquired Companies; (ix) any change, event or circumstance resulting from or relating to, or any action taken by, Parent or its Subsidiaries (including by means of any agreement or concerted action with Expedia); or (x) any change, event or circumstance resulting from or relating to the Acquired Companies’ business relationship with Parent, its Affiliates, any investor in the equity or equity equivalents of Parent or any portfolio company of any investor in the equity or equity equivalents of Parent.  In determining whether changes, events or conditions resulting from or relating to any action taken by Expedia constitute or contribute to a Material Adverse Effect, anticipated shortfalls of revenue from Expedia (net of any offsetting revenue commitments from airlines) which were disclosed in the projections provided to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement or in the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be considered to constitute or contribute to such determination to the extent such shortfalls (net of such offsetting commitments) were so disclosed.

Net Indebtedness ” shall mean, at the time of the determination, (a) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A) of the definition of Indebtedness) minus (b) the sum of (i) cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments (in each case, net of any costs, including, without limitation, any Taxes, that would be incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to distribute such cash, cash equivalents and liquid investments from any Subsidiary in which it is located to the Company), plus (ii) all deposited but uncleared bank deposits and cash held by counterparties, and minus (iii) $1,941,720, in each case of the Acquired Companies.

Net Working Capital ” means Current Assets minus Current Liabilities.

Northwest FASA Credit ” shall have the meaning given to such term under the Northwest Founder Airline Services Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2003 between Northwest Airlines, Inc. and Worldspan, L.P., as amended.

“Online Travel Agency ” shall mean any travel agency whose primary business is operating one or more publicly accessible internet web sites that markets or sells the products or services of travel suppliers to consumers.

 

7



 

Organizational Documents ” means the documents by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal existence or which govern its internal affairs (including, but not limited to, certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, memorandum of association, articles of association, partnership agreements, constitutional documents, by-laws or operating agreement).

“Parent Controlled Employee Payment” shall mean any payment to, or change in the compensation or benefits payable to, any Affected Employee made by Parent at any time or made, or caused to be made, by the Company after the Closing (other than payments, compensation or benefits made in accordance with Applicable Employee Plans) that would cause any compensation expense otherwise deductible in the calculation of Pre-Closing Taxes to be non-deductible (it being understood that providing any payment, compensation or benefits in accordance with Applicable Employee Plans shall not be a Parent Controlled Employee Payment).

Patents ” means all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, including divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, and any extensions thereof.

Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) Encumbrances incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government Contracts, performance and return of money bonds and similar obligations; (ii) mechanics, carriers’, workers’, repairers’, materialmen’s, warehousemen’s and other Encumbrances which have arisen in the ordinary course of business; (iii) Encumbrances expressly approved by Parent; (iv) Encumbrances for Taxes not yet delinquent or contested in good faith and for which appropriate reserves have been established on the Financial Statements or that arose or were created in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date; (v) requirements and restrictions of zoning, building and other Laws, rules and regulations; (vi) statutory liens of landlords for amounts not yet due and payable; (vii) liens arising under conditional sales contracts and equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business; (viii) Encumbrances set forth in any title policy or title report with respect to Real Property that is provided to Parent prior to the date of this Agreement or as set forth in Section 4.1(k) of the Company Disclosure Letter; and (ix) Encumbrances which, in the aggregate, are not reasonably likely to impair, in any material respect, the continued use of the asset or property to which they relate, as used on the date hereof.

Person ” means an association, a corporation, an individual, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, or any other entity or organization, including a Governmental Entity.

Plans ” means each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), including, but not limited to, each pension, profit sharing, 401(k), severance, welfare, disability, deferred compensation, stock purchase, stock option, other equity-based plan or arrangement, employee loan, retirement, employment, change-in-control, retention, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive and all other employee benefit agreements, programs, policies or other

 

8



 arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefor now in effect), whether formal or informal, oral or written, legally binding or not.

Post-Closing Tax Period ” shall means any Tax period beginning after the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date.

Pre-Closing Taxes ” means all liabilities for Taxes of the Acquired Companies for Pre-Closing Tax Periods and any Interim Period, except for Extraordinary Transaction Taxes. For purposes of calculating the liability of the Acquired Companies for Taxes of any Interim Period, the portion of any Tax for a Straddle Period that is allocable to the Interim Period shall be deemed to equal: (i) in the case of Taxes based upon or related to income, gain or receipts, the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period had ended on the Closing Date and the books of the Acquired Companies were closed as of the close of such date; provided , however , that depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions will be taken into account in accordance with the principles of clause (iii) below; (ii) in the case of Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events, Taxes imposed on specific transactions or events occurring on or before the Closing Date; and (iii) in the case of Taxes imposed on a periodic basis, or in the case of any other Taxes not covered by clauses (i) or (ii) above, the amount of such Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and (b) the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire Straddle Period.

Real Property ” means, collectively, the Owned Real Property and the Leased Real Property.

Recapitalization ” shall mean the recapitalization transaction described on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Recapitalization Financing Expenses ” shall mean any fees paid to debt providers in connection with the Recapitalization.

“Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 2003, among the Company, the Stockholder Representatives, and the other Stockholders party thereto, as amended.

Shares ” shall mean the issued and outstanding Class A common stock, par value $0.01, per share, and Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share of the Company.

Specified Contracts ” means (A) Contracts with outside service providers providing for payments in any 12 month period of more than $1,000,000, (B) airline content agreements, (C) subscriber agreements, and (D) other Contracts with customers or suppliers.

Stockholders Agreement ” means the Stockholders Agreement, dated June 30, 2003, among the Company, the Stockholder Representatives, and the other Stockholders party thereto, as amended.

 

9



Straddle Period ” shall mean any Tax period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date.

Straddle Period Tax Return ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.15(a)(iii).

Subsidiary ” of any Person means, on any date, any Person (i) the accounts of which would be consolidated with and into those of the applicable Person in such Person’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date or (ii) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than fifty percent of the Equity Interests or more than fifty percent of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than fifty percent of the general partnership interests or more than fifty percent of the profits or losses of which are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the applicable Person or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Target Net Working Capital ” shall mean $(32,154,878.00). which has been calculated in accordance with the procedures set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Tax ” means any foreign, federal, state, county or local income, sales and use, excise, franchise, occupancy, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance, or withholding tax or other tax, duty, custom, levy, fee, assessment or charge in the nature of (or similar to) taxes imposed by any Tax authority or other Governmental Entity, including any interest, addition to Tax or penalties related thereto.

Tax Benefit ” means the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is reduced (including, without limitation, by or as a result of a deduction, increase in basis, entitlement to refund, credit, or otherwise, whether available in the current taxable year, as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year or as a carryforward or carryback, as applicable) as the result of a payment that gives rise to an indemnification obligation under Section 5.11(e) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability less the sum of the amount by which the actual Tax liability (after giving effect to any alternative minimum or similar Tax) of a Person to the appropriate Governmental Entity is increased (including, without limitation, by or as a result of the inclusion in income, loss of a deduction, decrease in basis, loss of a refund or credit, or otherwise, whether applicable in the current taxable year or as an adjustment to the taxable income in any other taxable year, as applicable) as a result of the receipt of any indemnity payment received pursuant to Section 5.11(e) plus any interest (on an after-Tax basis) from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax liability.

Tax Return ” means any return, report, declaration, information return or other document filed or required to be filed with any Tax authority with respect to Taxes, including any amendments thereof and including any schedules or attachments thereto.

 

10



Trade Secrets ” means all U.S., state and foreign trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential and proprietary information.

Trademarks ” means all U.S. and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, Internet domain names, logos, slogans and other identifiers of the source of goods or services, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, and all registrations and applications relating to the foregoing.

Traditional Travel Agency ” shall mean any travel agency other than an Online Travel Agency.

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees and expenses of the Acquired Companies in connection with the negotiation and the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement incurred prior to or as of the Closing Date that are unpaid following the Closing, including (i) all fees and expenses associated with the Recapitalization including Recapitalization Financing Expenses, (ii) any amounts payable to, and the value of any other benefits provided to, current or former employees of the Acquired Companies as a result of the consummation of any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, (including the Recapitalization or as specified in Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter and including the value and cost to the Company of any gross-up payable to any such Person who owes an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code if the liability for such excise tax arises out of or is triggered by a payment, benefit or compensation that does not constitute a Parent Controlled Employee Payment), but excluding normal accrued payroll, normal employment taxes and normal employee benefits and excluding severance obligations (including the value and cost of any gross-up payable to any such Person who owes an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code if the liability for such excise tax arises out or is triggered by a payment, benefit or compensation that constitutes a Parent Controlled Employee Payment) that are Parent’s obligations pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, and (iii) the amount of the excess, if any, of the Capex Budget adjusted on a pro rata basis for the number of months elapsed in the period from January 1, 2007 until the Closing Date over the actual amount of capital expenditures made by the Acquired Companies during such period; provided , however , that Transaction Expenses shall not include any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the Debt Financing.

Transfer Taxes ” means any sales, use, stock transfer, real property transfer, real property gains, transfer, stamp, registration, documentary, recording or similar duties or taxes together with any interest thereon, penalties, fines, costs, fees, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

“Travelport Notes” shall mean the promissory notes issued by the Company in favor of Travelport Limited and Travelport Worldwide Limited on the date hereof in the aggregate principal amount of $250,000,000.

Section 1.2            Index Of Additional Defined Terms.

Additional Funds

 

19

Additional Option Payment

 

16

 

11



Affected Employees

 

39

Agreement

 

1

Appraised Value

 

22

Approval Termination Date

 

56

Benefit Funding Mechanism

 

30

Blackstone

 

1

Cancelled Shares

 

15

Capex Budget

 

37

Cash Option Payment

 

16

Certificate

 

20

Certificate of Merger

 

14

Closing

 

14

Closing Date

 

14

Closing Financial Statements

 

51

Company

 

1

Company Contracts

 

27

Company Indemnitees

 

43

Company Leases

 

26

Company Stock Plan

 

16

CVC

 

1

D&O Insurance

 

43

Debt Commitment Letter

 

35

Debt Financing

 

35

Debt Receipt Failure

 

57

DGCL

 

1

Dispute Notice

 

17

Dissenting Shares

 

22

Dissenting Shares Amount

 

19

Due Date

 

45

Effective Time

 

14

Environmental Laws

 

29

Escrow Agent

 

19

Escrow Agreement

 

19

Escrow Amount

 

20

Escrow Fund

 

20

Estimated Closing Working Capital Adjustment

 

16

Estimated Merger Consideration

 

17

Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness

 

16

Estimated Net Working Capital

 

16

Estimated Payment Fund

 

19

Estimated Transaction Expenses

 

16

Final Adjustment Amount

 

18

Final Amounts

 

18

Final Closing Balance Sheet

 

18

Final Closing Net Indebtedness

 

18

Final Net Closing Indebtedness Adjustment

 

18

 

12



Final Net Working Capital

 

18

Final Net Working Capital Adjustment

 

18

Final Transaction Expenses

 

18

Final Transaction Expenses Adjustment

 

18

Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws

 

24

Governmental Filings

 

24

Indemnity Agreement

 

43

Leased Real Property

 

26

Merger

 

1

Merger Sub

 

1

Merger Sub Common Stock

 

15

Option

 

15

OTPP

 

1

Outside Date

 

56

Owned Real Property

 

26

Parent

 

1

Payment Fund

 

19

Permits

 

29

Pre-Closing Period Tax Return

 

45

Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet

 

17

Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness

 

17

Preliminary Closing Statement

 

17

Preliminary Net Working Capital

 

17

Preliminary Transaction Expenses

 

17

Retention Program

 

40

SEC

 

51

Second Request

 

43

Selling Stockholders’ Agreement

 

1

Stockholder Representatives

 

1

Stockholders

 

1

Straddle Period Tax Return

 

46

Surviving Corporation

 

14

Surviving Corporation Common Stock

 

15

Tax Claim

 

49

Terminating Contracts

 

45

Termination Fee

 

57

Transmittal Letter

 

20

 

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

Section 2.1            The Merger.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the DGCL, at the Effective Time, Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the

 

13



Company.  As a result of the Merger, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation of the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ” and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

Section 2.2            Closing .

The closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at 10:00 a.m., Eastern time, on a date to be specified by the Parent and the Company (the “ Closing Date ”), which shall be no later than the tenth Business Day after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article VII (other than delivery of items to be delivered at the Closing and other than satisfaction of those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, it being understood that the occurrence of the Closing shall remain subject to the delivery of such items and the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Closing), at the offices of Dechert LLP, 30 Rockefeller Center, New York, New York, unless another date, place or time is agreed to in writing by the Parent and the Company.

Section 2.3            Effective Time .

Prior to the Closing, the parties hereto shall prepare, and on the Closing Date shall cause the Merger to be consummated by the filing of, a certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in the form required by, and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of, the DGCL and in a form approved by the Company and Parent prior to such filing (the date and time of the filing of the Certificate of Merger or the time specified therein as the effective time of the Merger being the “ Effective Time ”), and the Company, Parent and Merger Sub shall make all other recordings or filings required under the DGCL or any other applicable Law as may be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 2.4            Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws .

At the Effective Time, (a) the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be amended in the Merger so as to read in its entirety as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, and, as so amended, shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and the DGCL, and (b) the bylaws set forth in Exhibit C hereto shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended in accordance with the provisions of the Surviving Corporation’s certificate of incorporation and the DGCL.

Section 2.5            Directors ; Officers .

The directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal.  The officers of the Company shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, as the case may be.

 

14



ARTICLE III

CONVERSION OF SHARES; CONSIDERATION

Section 3.1            Conversion of Capital Stock.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of any holder of Shares:

(a)           Capital Stock of Merger Sub .  Each issued and outstanding share of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Merger Sub (“ Merger Sub Common Stock ”) shall be converted into and become one fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation (“ Surviving Corporation Common Stock ”).  Each certificate representing outstanding shares of Merger Sub Common Stock shall at the Effective Time represent an equal number of shares of Surviving Corporation Common Stock.

(b)           Cancellation of Treasury Stock .   All Shares that are owned by the Company as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Cancelled Shares ”) automatically shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.  All Shares that are owned by any Subsidiaries of the Company shall be converted into and become one fully paid and non-assessable share of Surviving Corporation common stock.

(c)           Conversion of Shares .  All Shares (but excluding Cancelled Shares, Shares owned by any Subsidiary of the Company and shares that are Dissenting Shares (as defined in Section 3.5)) shall no longer be outstanding and shall be cancelled automatically and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a certificate representing any such Shares shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive, without interest, (i) the Closing Per Share Amount, (ii) the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount, if any, to be paid to such Person pursuant to Section 3.3, and (iii) their portion of the Escrow Fund, if any, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, upon the surrender of such certificate in accordance with Section 3.3(d).

(d)           Treatment of Options .  Prior to the Closing, the Board of Directors of the Company (or, if appropriate, any committee thereof) shall have adopted appropriate resolutions and taken all other actions necessary to provide that each outstanding stock option (each an “ Option ”) heretofore granted under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Company Stock Plan ”), whether or not currently vested or exercisable at the Effective Time, and which remains outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be cancelled, no longer be outstanding and cease to represent the right to acquire Shares and in consideration for such cancellation, each holder of an Option shall, at the Effective Time, have the right to receive an amount in cash from Parent in respect thereof equal to (A) in the case of Exercisable Options (i) the product of (x) the total number of Shares subject or related to such Option, and (y) the excess, if any, of the Closing Per Share Amount over the exercise price or purchase price, as the case may be, for each Share subject or related to such Option (subject to any applicable withholding taxes, the “ Cash Option Payment ”), (ii) the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount, if any, to be paid to such

 

15



Person pursuant to Section 3.3, and (iii) their portion of the Escrow Fund, if any, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, (B) in the case of Additional Exercisable Options (i) the product of (x) the total number of Shares subject or related to such Option, and (y) the excess, if any, of the Final Per Share Amount over the exercise price or purchase price, as the case may be, for each Share subject to or related to such Option (subject to any applicable withholding taxes, the “ Additional Option Payment ”), and (ii) their portion of the Escrow Fund, if any, pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, in each case as if such Option had been exercised and converted into Shares immediately prior to the Effective Time and (C) in the case of Options that are not Exerciseable Options or Additional Exerciseable Options, no amount shall be payable.  The Shares and any Company Plan (or other plan, program or arrangement) providing for the issuance or grant of any other interest in respect of the capital stock of the Company shall terminate upon the Effective Time.  The Company has taken all steps necessary to ensure that the Company is not or will not be bound by any Options, other options, warrants, rights or agreements which would entitle any person, other than the current stockholders of Merger Sub or its Affiliates, to acquire any capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

(e)           Conversion of Other Company Shares .  All capital stock of the Company other than the Shares shall no longer be outstanding and shall cease to exist and no payment shall be made thereon.

Section 3.2            Calculation of Merger Consideration.

(a)           No later than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Parent a certificate of an officer of the Company, setting forth its good faith estimate as of the opening of business on the Closing Date of (i) the Net Working Capital (the “ Estimated Net Working Capital ”), (ii) the Closing Net Indebtedness (the “ Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness ”), and (iii) the Transaction Expenses (the “ Estimated Transaction Expenses ”).

(b)           The initial merger consideration shall be $1,400,000,000.00 (i) (A) increased, if the Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to the amount of such excess or (B) decreased, if the Target Net Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Net Working Capital, by an amount equal to such excess (such increase or decrease, as the case may be, being the “ Estimated Closing Working Capital Adjustment ”), (ii) decreased by (y) the Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness and (z) the Estimated Transaction Expenses, and (iii) increased by the amount of any Recapitalization Financing Expenses that were incurred up to $18,750,000 (such amount, the “ Estimated Merger Consideration ).

(c)           Within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, Parent and the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the following (collectively, the “ Preliminary Closing Statement ”):

(i)            an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet ”), prepared by Parent in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis;

 

16



(ii)           a certificate of an officer of Parent, or one of its Subsidiaries, certifying that the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet has been prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis; and

(iii)          a reasonably detailed calculation by Parent of (x) the Net Working Capital as of the opening of business on the Closing Date based on the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet (the “ Preliminary Net Working Capital ”), and (y) the Net Indebtedness as of the Closing Date immediately prior to the Closing (the “ Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness ”), and (z) the Transaction Expenses (the “ Preliminary Transaction Expenses ).

(iv)          The Stockholder Representatives shall have fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Preliminary Closing Statement to review the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness and the Preliminary Transaction Expenses and to notify Parent in writing if they dispute the amount of the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness, and/or the Preliminary Transaction Expenses (the “ Dispute Notice ”), specifying the reasons therefor in reasonable detail.

(d)           In connection with the Stockholder Representatives’ review, the Stockholder Representatives and their representatives shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to all relevant work papers, schedules, memoranda and other documents prepared by Parent or its representatives in connection with its preparation of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet and/or its calculation of Preliminary Net Working Capital, Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness and Preliminary Transaction Expenses and to finance personnel of Parent and its Subsidiaries and any other information which the Stockholder Representatives reasonably request, and Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, cooperate reasonably with the Stockholder Representatives and their representatives in connection therewith.

(e)           In the event that the Stockholder Representatives shall deliver a Dispute Notice to Parent, Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute as promptly as practicable and, upon such resolution, if any, any adjustments to the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, Preliminary Net Working Capital, Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness or Preliminary Transaction Expenses shall be made in accordance with the agreement of Parent and the Stockholder Representatives.  If Parent and the Stockholder Representatives are unable to resolve any such dispute within ten (10) Business Days (or such longer period as Parent and the Stockholder Representatives shall mutually agree in writing) of the Stockholder Representatives’ delivery of such Dispute Notice, such dispute shall be resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, and such determination shall be final and binding on the parties. The Independent Accounting Firm shall consider only those items and amounts as to which Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. In making such determination, the Independent Accounting Firm may rely only upon information submitted to it by Parent or the Stockholder Representatives. The Independent Accounting Firm shall be instructed to use reasonable best efforts to deliver to Parent and the Stockholder Representatives a written report setting forth the resolution of each disputed matter within thirty (30) days of submission of the Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Closing Net

 

17



Indebtedness and/or Preliminary Transaction Expenses to it and, in any case, as promptly as practicable after such submission. Any expenses relating to the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm in respect of its services pursuant to this Section 3.2(e) shall be shared equally by the Stockholders, on the one hand, and Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, on the other hand.  The Preliminary Closing Balance Sheet, the Preliminary Net Working Capital, the Preliminary Closing Net Indebtedness and the Preliminary Transaction Expenses, (i) if no Dispute Notice has been timely delivered by the Stockholder Representatives, as originally submitted by Parent or (ii) if a Dispute Notice has been timely delivered by the Stockholder Representatives, as determined pursuant to the resolution of such dispute in accordance with this Section 3.2(e), shall be, respectively, the “ Final Closing Balance Sheet, ” the “ Final Net Working Capital, ” the “ Final Closing Net Indebtedness” and the “ Final Transaction Expenses ).

(f)            The “ Final Net Working Capital Adjustment ” shall be equal to the difference between the Final Net Working Capital and the Estimated Net Working Capital (it being understood that the Final Working Capital Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

(g)           The “ Final Closing Net Indebtedness Adjustment ” shall be equal to the difference between the Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness and the Final Closing Net Indebtedness (it being understood that the Final Closing Net Indebtedness Adjustment may be either a positive or a negative number).

(h)           The “ Final Transaction Expenses Adjustment ” shall be equal to the difference between the Estimated Transaction Expenses and the Final Transaction Expenses (it being understood that the Final Transaction Expenses Adjustment may be either a positive or negative number) (the sum of Final Net Working Capital Adjustment, Final Closing Net Indebtedness Adjustment and Final Transaction Expenses Adjustment, shall be the “ Final Adjustment Amount ”)

(i)            If the Final Adjustment Amount is (x) positive, Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, shall within five (5) Business Days after the determination of the Final Amounts pursuant to Section 3.2(e) pay such amount (minus the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount times the total number of Dissenting Shares) to the Stockholder Representatives on behalf of the Stockholders by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Stockholder Representatives or (y) negative, the Stockholder Representatives and the Parent shall issue joint written instructions directing the Escrow Agent to pay such amount (minus the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount multiplied by the total number of Dissenting Shares) to Parent out of the Escrow Fund by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by Parent (if the balance of the Escrow Fund available for payment is not sufficient to satisfy such amount in full, the Stockholder Representatives shall pay the difference between the available Escrow Fund balance and such amount).  Parent and the Company, jointly and severally (on the one hand) or the Stockholder Representatives (on the other hand), as the case may be, shall, make payment to the other by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the amount payable by Parent and the Company, jointly and severally, or the Stockholder Representatives, as the case may be, in respect of the amounts determined pursuant to this Section 3.2(i), without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding, together with

 

18



interest thereon from the Closing Date to the date of payment, at a floating rate equal to the U.S. dollar prime rate per annum, as quoted by Citibank, N.A. from time to time during such period. Such interest shall be calculated based on a year of 365 days and the number of days elapsed since the Closing Date.  If the Final Adjustment Amount is a positive amount, or is a negative amount that is less than the amount remaining in the Escrow Fund, then, promptly after determination of the Final Adjustment Amount, any amount remaining in the Escrow Fund after the payments referred to above in this Section 3.2(i) shall be distributed by the Escrow Agent by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Stockholder Representatives to be distributed as set forth in Section 3.3(d), and Parent hereby agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Stockholder Representatives in any necessary joint instruction to the Escrow Agent.

Section 3.3            Payment; Escrow; Payment Procedures.

(a)           Initial Payment Fund .  On the Closing Date, Parent shall pay to the Company at the direction of the Stockholder Representatives (on behalf of the Stockholders) an amount in cash equal to (A) the Estimated Merger Consideration minus an amount (the “ Dissenting Shares Amount ”) equal to the product of the total number of Dissenting Shares multiplied by the Estimated Per Share Amount minus the Escrow Amount (as defined below) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the Stockholder Representatives.  The amount paid to the Company pursuant to this Section 3.3(a) (the “ Estimated Payment Fund ”), together with any amounts paid to the Stockholder Representatives by Parent pursuant to Section 3.2(i) (the “ Additional Funds” and together with the Estimated Payment Fund and all interest or other earnings thereon, the “ Payment Fund ”) shall be held and disbursed by the Company at the direction of the Stockholder Representatives or by the Stockholder Representatives, as the case may be, strictly in accordance with this Article III and the terms of the Escrow Agreement.  The Company will acknowledge in writing to Parent the receipt of the Estimated Payment Fund simultaneously with receipt thereof and delivery of such Estimated Payment Fund to the Company in its capacity as paying agent hereunder shall be deemed to be delivery to the Stockholders.

(b)           Escrow Fund .  Pursuant to an escrow agreement entered into on the Closing Date by and among Parent, the Stockholder Representatives and an escrow agent to be mutually agreed upon by the parties (in such capacity, the “ Escrow Agent ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Escrow Agreement ”), Parent and the Stockholder Representatives will appoint the Escrow Agent to hold and disburse the Escrow Fund as provided below.  At the Closing, Parent shall deposit with the Escrow Agent (on behalf of the Stockholders) an amount in cash equal to $5,000,000 (the “ Escrow Amount, ” and together with all interest or other earnings thereon, the “ Escrow Fund ”), by wire transfer of immediately available funds.  The Escrow Fund shall be held by the Escrow Agent in a segregated account to serve as the original source of payment of Parent for any claims under this Agreement, including the payment of the Final Adjustment Amount to Parent, if any, required by Section 3.2(i).  In addition, the Stockholder Representatives, in their sole discretion, may pay costs, fees and expenses incurred by or for the benefit of the Stockholders after the Closing Date from the Escrow Fund in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement from any remaining funds in the Escrow Fund after paying all amounts due to Parent.

 

19



 

(c)           Use and Disbursement of Payment Fund .  The Company shall hold the Estimated Payment Fund in a segregated account on behalf of the Stockholders and use such funds for the sole purposes of (i) delivery of the Cash Option Payment, and (ii) delivery of the Closing Per Share Amount in respect of Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to Closing.  The Stockholder Representatives shall hold the Additional Funds in a segregated account on behalf of the Stockholders and use such funds for the sole purposes of (x) the Additional Option Payment, and (y) delivery of the Additional Funds, if any, in accordance with the terms hereof.

(d)           Payment Procedures.

(i)            Each record holder of a certificate evidencing Shares (a “ Certificate ”) shall be provided by the Company with a form of letter of transmittal (the “ Transmittal Letter ”) and instructions for the use thereof to surrender such Certificate to the Stockholder Representatives for payment pursuant to this Section 3.3(d).  The Transmittal Letter shall be in a form as the parties shall reasonably agree and shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificate shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificate (or an appropriate, in the Stockholder Representatives’ and the Parent’s reasonable judgment, affidavit of loss in respect thereof) to the Company in accordance with the terms of delivery specified in the Transmittal Letter and the instructions for the use thereof in surrendering Certificate(s).

(ii)           Each holder of Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding the Cancelled Shares and Dissenting Shares) shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the Certificates representing such Shares and a duly executed Transmittal Letter, and subject to any required withholding of Taxes (as determined in good faith by the Company at the direction of the Stockholder Representatives), the Closing Per Share Amount.  If a Stockholder delivers his, her or its Certificate(s), a properly completed Transmittal Letter and payment instructions (including wire transfer instructions if applicable) to the Company at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, such Closing Per Share Amount, less the aforesaid reductions, will be paid to such Stockholder promptly following the Effective Time and in no event later than the second Business Day following the Effective Time.  From and after the Effective Time until surrendered to the Company, each Certificate shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to evidence only the right to receive, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Closing Per Share Amount and the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount, if any, into which the Shares previously represented thereby shall have been converted in the Merger.  No interest will accrue or be paid on any amount payable to the holder of any outstanding Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

(iii)          Each holder of Exercisable Options shall be entitled to receive, upon delivery of payment instructions satisfactory to the Company and subject to any required withholding of Taxes (as determined in good faith by the Parent) the Cash Option Payment.  If a holder of Exercisable Options delivers his, her or its payment instructions (including wire transfer instructions if applicable) to the Company at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, such Cash Option Payment, less the aforesaid reductions, will be paid to such Stockholder promptly following the Effective Time and in no event later than the second Business Day following the Effective Time

 

20



 

(iv)          If any Additional Funds are received by the Stockholder Representatives from Parent pursuant to Section 3.2(i) the Stockholder Representatives shall, (A) pay to holders of Additional Exercisable Options, if any, who have delivered a duly executed Instruction Letter, and subject to any required withholding of Taxes (as determined in good faith by the Parent), the Additional Option Amount, (B) pay to each Stockholder who has delivered his, her or its Certificate(s), a properly completed Transmittal Letter and payment instructions (including wire transfer instructions if applicable) to the Company, and each holder of Exercisable Options, such Stockholder’s or optionholder’s Final Adjustment Per Share Amount.

(e)           No Further Rights .  All cash paid upon conversion of the Shares in accordance with the terms of this Article III to or for the benefit of Stockholders, shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such Shares upon delivery to the Company in its capacity as paying agent hereunder or the Stockholder Representatives, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms hereof.  By approval of the Merger and their execution of the Selling Stockholders’ Agreement, each holder of Shares shall be deemed to have irrevocably authorized Parent to pay the Estimated Merger Consideration, as adjusted, and the Additional Funds, if any, to the Stockholder Representatives, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Article III, and shall further be deemed to have agreed that following such payment by Parent to the Company or the Stockholder Representatives none of Parent or Merger Sub shall have any further liability to such holders with respect to, and such holders shall only look to the Company in its capacity as paying agent hereunder or the Stockholder Representatives for disbursements of, and any liability for, such amounts.

(f)            Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates .  In the event any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit setting forth that fact by the Person claiming such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate(s) and granting adequate (in the Stockholder Representatives’ reasonable judgment) indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Surviving Corporation, Parent or the Stockholder Representatives with respect to such Certificate(s), the Company or the Stockholder Representatives, as the case may be, shall pay the applicable amount required to be paid hereunder with respect to each share evidenced by such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate(s).

Section 3.4            Stock Transfer Books.

At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company with respect to all shares of capital stock of the Company shall be closed and no further registration of transfers of such shares of capital stock shall thereafter be made on the records of the Company.

Section 3.5            Dissenting Shares.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, Shares that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that are held by a Person who shall not have voted in favor of the Merger or consented thereto in writing and who shall have demanded properly in writing appraisal for such shares in accordance with Section 262 of Delaware Law (collectively, the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive the Closing Per Share Amount or the Final Adjustment Per Share Amount.  The holders of Dissenting Shares shall be entitled to receive from the Surviving

 

21



Corporation payment of the appraised value of such shares of Common Stock held by them in accordance with the provisions of such Section 262 (the “ Appraised Value ”), except that (i) all Dissenting Shares held by a Person who shall have failed to perfect or who effectively shall have withdrawn or lost their rights to appraisal of such shares of Common Stock under such Section 262 shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted into and to have become exchangeable, as of the Effective Time, for the right to receive, without any interest thereon, the Closing Per Share Amount, and the Additional Funds, if any, upon surrender, payable in the manner and subject to the adjustments provided for in Section 3.2, of the certificate or certificates that formerly evidenced such shares of Common Stock, and (ii) in such case, the Surviving Corporation shall promptly deliver the Closing Per Share Amount and the Additional Funds, if any, to the Stockholder Representatives by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Stockholder Representatives.

Section 3.6            Withholdings.

Parent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold or cause to be deducted and withheld from amounts otherwise payable to any Person pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to such payments under any provision of federal state, local or foreign Tax Law. Any amounts so deducted and withheld will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1            Representations and Warranties of the Company .

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company represents and warrants to Parent as follows:

(a)           Due Organization and Good Standing of the Company . The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Company is qualified or otherwise authorized to act as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is necessary under applicable Law, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its businesses as now conducted, except where the failure to have such power and authority does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)           Authorization of Transaction by the Company . The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no other corporate

 

22



action or proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Parent and Merger Sub, constitutes, a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of a court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(c)           Subsidiaries . Section 4.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter contains a list of each Subsidiary of the Company, including its name and its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each Subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or formed, as the case may be, is validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and is in good standing and it is qualified or authorized to do business (as customarily certified by the applicable Governmental Entity in respect of the entities registered in such jurisdictions) under the Laws of every other jurisdiction in which such qualification or authorization is required, except where the failure to be so qualified or otherwise authorized does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, and subject to such changes that occur following the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, (A) all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary of the Company are owned directly or indirectly by the Company (the percentage and type of ownership of any Subsidiary of the Company of which the Company does not own all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests being set forth on Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter), free and clear of all Encumbrances (other than any restrictions on transfer of securities arising under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws), and are duly authorized and validly issued, free of preemptive or any other third party rights and, as to Equity Interests of corporate Subsidiaries, are fully paid and non-assessable, (B) there is no subscription, option, warrant, call right, agreement or commitment relating to the issuance, sale, delivery, transfer or redemption by any Subsidiary of the Company (including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument) of the capital stock, partnership capital or equivalent of any Subsidiary of the Company or to make any payment based on the value of any Equity Interests of such Subsidiary (other than any such subscription, option, warrant, call right, agreement or commitment in favor of the Company or any wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company) and (C) other than Organizational Documents, there are no voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which any of the Acquired Companies is a party with respect to voting such Equity Interests. There is no provision of any Acquired Company’s Organizational Documents that would restrict the ability to encumber any of the assets or Equity Interests of an Acquired Company owned by another Acquired Company or that is the Company.

(d)           Governmental Filings . No filings or registration with, notification to, or authorization, license, clearance, permit, qualification, waiver, order consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (collectively, “ Governmental Filings ”) are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under any foreign antitrust,

 

23



competition or similar law (“ Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws”) , (iii) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to Parent or its Affiliates, (iv) as set forth in Section 4.1(d) of the Company Disclosure Letter, or (v) such other Governmental Filings, the failure of which to be obtained or made do not materially impair or delay the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(e)           Capital Structure . The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 330,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 125,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 per share, 11,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share and 125,000,000 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.  As of the date hereof (giving effect to all option exercises made prior to or on the date hereof), there are 86,403,448 shares of Class A Common Stock and 11,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding and 2,795,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to Options outstanding as of the date hereof.   There are no shares of Preferred Stock or Class C Common Stock outstanding.  All of the issued and outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights. Subect to changes after the date of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, the Company has no other Equity Interests authorized, issued or outstanding, and there are no subscriptions, agreements, options, warrants, call rights, commitments or other rights or arrangements existing or outstanding that provide for the sale or issuance of any of the foregoing by the Company (other than this Agreement).  Section 4.1 (e) of the Disclosure Letter sets forth (a) each record holder of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company, and the number of shares of common stock held by each such record holder and (b) each holder of Options, the number of shares subject to each Option and the exercise price per share under each option.

(f)            Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to Parent and Merger Sub a true and complete copy of the Financial Statements. The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied (except as disclosed in the footnotes thereto), and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the dates thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto.  If they are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the Closing Financial Statements will have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied and, upon delivery, will fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Acquired Companies as of the date thereof and their results of operations and cash flows for the period then-ended, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments, which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, and the absence of notes thereto.

(g)           No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements (or the notes thereto), as set forth in Section 4.1(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter, for the Transaction Expenses, none of the Acquired Companies had, as of the Balance Sheet Date, any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise, that would be required by GAAP to be reflected or reserved against on (or disclosed in the footnotes to) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired

 

24



Companies (but excluding any liabilities related or attributable to Taxes). Except as set forth in Section 4.1(g) of the Company Disclosure Letter, for liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, and for the Transaction Expenses, obligations or liabilities reflected or reserved against (or of a category reflected or reserved against) on the Financial Statements as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006 or as are not material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, since the Balance Sheet Date none of the Acquired Companies has incurred any liabilities or obligations of any nature, whether or not accrued, contingent or otherwise.

(h)           No Conflict or Violation . Except as set forth in Section 4.1(h) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not (i) assuming all Governmental Filings described in Section 4.1(d) and Section 4.2(c) (other than clause (iii) of Section 4.2(c)) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which any Acquired Company are subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, or create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel or modify any material obligation or result in the loss of any material right under any material Contract of the Acquired Companies or Company Lease; or (iii) create or impose any Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances, on the assets and properties of any Acquired Companies; or (iv) violate the Organizational Documents of any Acquired Company, except with respect to the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(i)            Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in Section 4.1(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, there are no Actions (or group of related Actions) pending, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in any written or oral notice to the Company that the Company reasonably believes is unresolved which, (i) if adversely determined, would constitute a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) as of the date of this Agreement, challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Acquired Company is subject to any material judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity other than any material judgment, decree, injunction or order that is generally applicable to all Persons or to Persons in businesses similar to those of the Acquired Companies.

(j)            Personal Property . Except as may be reflected in the Financial Statements, the Acquired Companies have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), to all the tangible personal property reflected in the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements and all tangible personal property acquired since the date of the most recent balance sheet contained in the Financial Statements, except for such tangible personal property that has been disposed of in the ordinary course of business or where the failure to have valid title, free and clear of Encumbrances (except for Permitted Encumbrances), does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(k)           Real Property . Section 4.1(k)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth the location of all real property owned by any Acquired Company (the “ Owned Real Property ”). The Company owns with good, valid and marketable title, subject only to Permitted

 

25



Encumbrances, all of the material Owned Real Property. Section 4.1(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth (x) the location of all real property (the “ Leased Real Property ”) directly or indirectly leased to any Acquired Company by a third party pursuant to a lease, sublease or other similar agreement under which any Acquired Company is the lessee or sublessee as of the date hereof (collectively, the “ Company Leases ”) and (y) a list of all Company Leases. Complete copies of all Company Leases, together with any modifications, extensions, amendments and assignments thereof, have heretofore been furnished or made available to Parent. Each of the material Company Leases is in full force and effect, without modification or amendment from the form furnished to Parent and is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(k)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter no Acquired Company has assigned its interests under any of the material Company Leases, or subleased all or any part of the space demised thereby, to any third party. No Acquired Company is in default under any material provision of the material Company Leases, and no amount due on any material Company Lease remains unpaid.

(l)            Taxes . Except as set forth in Section 4.1(l) of the Company Disclosure Letter: (i) the Acquired Companies have accurately and timely filed (taking into account properly filed extensions) all income Tax Returns required to have been filed by them, and all such Tax Returns are complete and correct in all respects, except for such Tax Returns the failure of which to file or be complete and correct does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. The Acquired Companies have timely paid in full all income Taxes due and payable (whether or not shown on such Tax Returns) and all non-income Taxes shown to be due on any Tax Return or, where payment is not yet due, has made adequate provision for all Taxes in the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP except for such Taxes for which the failure to have paid or make adequate provisions does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) there are no pending, current or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations for the assessment or collection of material amounts of Taxes with respect to any Acquired Company except for such claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations that do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) there are no liens for Taxes against any Acquired Company’s assets, other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and for which appropriate reserves have been established or contested in good faith except for such liens that do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) the Acquired Companies have not executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any material amount of income Taxes; (v) no Acquired Company has ever been, or is required to, make any disclosure to the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Section 6111 of the Code or Section 1.6011 of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) all Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to any Acquired Company have been timely withheld, collected or deposited as the case may be, and to the extent required, have been paid to the relevant taxing authority; (vii) no closing agreement pursuant to section 7121 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) has been entered into by or with respect to any Acquired Company; and (viii) no Acquired Company will be required to include amounts in income, or exclude items of deduction, in a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date as a result of a change in method of accounting occurring prior to the Closing Date.

(m)          Absence of Certain Changes . Except as set forth in Section 4.1(m) of the Company Disclosure Letter and as otherwise contemplated or permitted hereby, from the

 

26



Balance Sheet Date through the date of this Agreement (i) the businesses of the Acquired Companies have been conducted in the ordinary course of business, (ii) there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect that is continuing and (iii) the Acquired Companies have not discontinued any business material to the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole.

(n)           Company Contracts .

(i)            Section 4.1(n)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of Contracts in effect as of the date of this Agreement to which any Acquired Company is a party, which are in the categories listed below (collectively, the “ Company Contracts ”):

(1)           any employment, management, severance, consulting or similar agreement with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, with any of the Chief Executive Officer’s direct reports (other than administrative personnel) or with any other employee whose base annual salary exceeds $200,000;

(2)           any Contract evidencing Indebtedness material to any Acquired Company, or under which any of the Acquired Companies have issued any note, bond, indenture, mortgage, security interest or other evidence of Indebtedness material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole, or has directly or indirectly guaranteed Indebtedness of any Person (other than any Acquired Company) that are material to the Acquired Companies taken as a whole;

(3)           any license agreement pursuant to which any Acquired Company (i) has acquired the right to use any material Company Intellectual Property, other than software and other Intellectual Property that (1) is generally commercially available and (2) for which any Acquired Company has paid annual license fees of less than $2,000,000 during the 12-month period ending on September 30, 2006, and is not expected to pay annual license fees in excess of $2,000,000 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, or (ii) has granted to any third party, other than any Acquired Company, any material license to use any material Company Intellectual Property owned by any Acquired Company (excluding any such licenses granted in connection with agency subscriber agreements and other customer agreements);

(4)           other than airline content agreements and Contracts made in the ordinary course of business with customers and suppliers, any other Contracts not cancelable without penalties on less than 120 days’ notice and under which any Acquired Company would reasonably be expected to make payments, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $5,000,000 during any 12-month period;

(5)           any Contract for capital expenditures, or the purchase or sale of any asset or securities of any Person or the acquisition or construction of assets for the benefit and use of any Acquired Company, requiring payments by any Acquired Company in excess of $2,000,000 for any 12-month period;

(6)           any Contract containing a covenant not to compete or any exclusivity provision that materially restricts the ability of any of the Acquired Companies to freely conduct any material aspect of their business;

 

27



 

(7)           any material joint venture agreement, marketing alliance, limited liability company or partnership agreement or similar Contract;

(8)           any Contract related to a material acquisition or divestiture of any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit by an Acquired Company, other than inventory, since November 1, 2003 or prior to such date to the extent an Acquired Company has any continuing obligations or liabilities to the counterparty to such transaction; and

(9)           any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which would be required to be filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(i) of Regulation S-K (not taking into account clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(10) (1)) providing for payment upon a change of control of any of the Acquired Companies or (2) containing a “most favored nations” or similar non-discrimination clause;

(10)         any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business that is material to the Acquired Companies which would prohibit or delay consummation of the Merger or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

(11)         any outstanding written or otherwise binding commitment to enter into any agreement of the type described in subsections (1) through (9) of this Section 4.1(n)(i).

(ii)           Except as set forth in Section 4.1(n)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (i) each Company Contract (A) constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquired Company party thereto and (B) assuming such Company Contract is binding and enforceable against the other parties thereto, is enforceable against the Acquired Company party thereto, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in an Action at law or in equity) and the discretion of any court before which any Action therefor may be brought, (ii) no Acquired Company is or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is alleged to be in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no counterparty is in breach of or default in any material respect under any Company Contract.

(o)           Labor . No labor strike, slowdown, lockout, picketing or work stoppage against any of the Acquired Companies is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, and no such labor strike, slowdown or work stoppage has occurred or been threatened at any time within the three years preceding the date of this Agreement. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(o) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Acquired Company is a party to, bound by or subject to any agreement with any labor organization and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no union organizing activities involving any such labor organization are pending or threatened.

(p)           Compliance With Law .

(i)            Except for Laws relating or attributable to Taxes and employee benefits, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 4.1(l) and Section 4.1(q), respectively,

 

 

28



and except as set forth in Section 4.1(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have been, operating their respective businesses in compliance with applicable Laws (and their publicly posted privacy policies), except to the extent any non-compliance therewith does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(p) of the Company Disclosure Letter, all approvals, permits and licenses of Governmental Entities (collectively, “ Permits ”) required for the Acquired Companies to conduct their business, as conducted on the date hereof, are in the possession of the relevant Acquired Company, as applicable, are in full force and effect and the Acquired Companies are and since January 1, 2004 have been operating in compliance therewith, except for such Permits the failure of which to possess or with which to be in compliance does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii)           Except as set forth in Section 4.1(p)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, the Acquired Companies are, and since January 1, 2004 have been, in compliance in all respects with all applicable Laws and regulations relating to pollution, Hazardous Substances or protection of human health or the environment (“ Environmental Laws ”), and have obtained and are in compliance in all respects with all Permits required under Environmental Laws. The Acquired Companies have not received notice of any written actions, claims or investigations by any Person alleging liability under, or non-compliance with, any Environmental Laws.

(iii)          Except as set forth in Section 4.1(p)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Letter or as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, Hazardous Substances are not present at and have not been disposed of, arranged to be disposed of, released or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be released at or from any of the properties or facilities currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, leased or operated by any of the Acquired Companies in violation of, or in a condition or a manner or to a location that could reasonably be expected to give rise to Damages to any of the Acquired Companies under or relating to, any Environmental Laws.

(q)           Employee Benefit Plans .

(i)            Section 4.1(q)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list as of the date of this Agreement of each Company Plan (excluding any employment, management, severance, consulting or similar agreement requiring payment by any Acquired Company of base annual salary of less than $200,000).  Section 4.1(q)(i) of the Company Disclosure Letter also separately lists any funding mechanism or requirement (“ Benefit Funding Mechanism ”) that will be required to be adopted or satisfied for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or service provider of any Acquired Company in the future as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise.  With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Parent true and complete copies of the Company Plan and any amendments thereto (or if the Company Plan is not a written Company Plan, a description thereof), any related trust or other funding vehicle, reports or summaries required under ERISA or the Code and the most recent determination letter received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Company Plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of Code.  With respect to each Company Plan, the Company has, prior to the date of this Agreement, made available to Parent true and complete copies of the Company

 

 

29



Plan and any amendments thereto.  All contributions required to be made under the terms of each Company Plan with respect to any Acquired Company have been timely made.  None of any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any trust created under any Company Plan, nor any trustee or administrator thereof has engaged in a transaction in connection with which any Acquired Company, any Company Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any Company Plan or any such trust could be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 409 or 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed pursuant to Section 4975 or 4976 of the Code that could, in any such case, reasonably be expected to be or become a liability of any Acquired Company or any Company Plan.

(ii)           Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, each Company Plan has been established and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable Law, including, as to each Company Plan that is subject to United States Law, ERISA and the Code. For each Company Plan with respect to which a Form 5500 has been filed, no material adverse change has occurred with respect to the matters covered by the most recent Form since the end of the period covered thereby.  No “reportable event” (as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability, no material nonexempt “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as such term is defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code (whether or not waived)) has occurred with respect to any Company Plan.  Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan is a split-dollar life insurance program or otherwise provides for loans to any Affected Employee who would constitute an executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).

(iii)          Each Company Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(2)) intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and has received a favorable determination letter as to its qualification. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that could reasonably be expected to give rise to disqualification or loss of tax-exempt status of any Company Plan or a related trust or otherwise subject the Company, either directly or by reason of its affiliation with any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of organizations within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code), to any material tax, material fine, material lien, material penalty or other material liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or 1other applicable Laws. Except as set forth in Section 4.2(q)(iii)(a) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan is subject to the provisions of Section 302 or Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. No liability under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA has been incurred by the Company and its Affiliates that has not been satisfied in full, other than liability for premiums due the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (which premiums have been paid when due). With respect to each Company Plan that is not a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA but is subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of the Closing Date, except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(iii)(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the assets of each such Company Plan are at least equal in value to the present value of the accrued benefits (vested and unvested) of the participants in such Company Plan on a termination and projected benefit obligation basis, based on the actuarial methods and assumptions indicated in the most recent applicable actuarial valuation reports. No Company Plan is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in

 

 

30



Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) and neither the Company, its Subsidiaries nor any member of their Controlled Group has at any time sponsored or contributed to, or has or had any liability or obligation in respect of, any multiemployer plan. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(iii)(c) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no Company Plan provides for post-employment or post-retirement health, medical or life insurance benefits for Affected Employees, except as required to avoid an excise tax under Section 4980B of the Code or otherwise except as may be required pursuant to any other applicable Law.

(iv)          With respect to each Company Plan, (A) no material Action is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, (B) no facts or circumstances exist that reasonably could give rise to any material Actions and (C) no written or oral communication has been received from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation concerning the funded status thereof or any transfer of assets and liabilities therefrom in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

(v)           Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(v)(A) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not, either alone or in combination with another event (A) entitle any current or former employee, officer or other service provider of the Acquired Companies to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment in excess of $100,000 (or any increase in such payment) other than in their capacity solely as a Stockholder or an Option holder, (B) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due any such employee, officer or other service provider or payable pursuant to a Benefit Funding Mechanism, (C) limit or restrict the right of any Acquired Company to merge, amend or terminate any Company Plan or Benefit Funding Mechanism or (D) result in payments under any of the Company Plans which would not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code.  Section 3.2(q)(v)(B) of the Company Disclosure Letter includes a schedule of all amounts that could become payable under the Retention Program.

(vi)          Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(vi) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the Company has no contractual obligation to make any tax gross-up payments as a result of the golden parachute excise tax of Section 4999 of the Code.

(vii)         With respect to each Foreign Plan, each such plan required to be registered has been registered and has been maintained in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities.

(viii)        Except as set forth in Section 4.1(q)(viii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, the fair market value of the assets of each Foreign Plan required to be funded under applicable local Law, the liability of each insurer for any Foreign Plan funded through insurance or the book reserve established for any Foreign Plan, together with any accrued contributions, is sufficient to procure or provide for the accrued benefit obligations, as of the Closing Date, with respect to all current and former participants in such plan according to the actuarial assumptions and valuations most recently used to determine employer contributions to such Foreign Plan and no transaction contemplated by this Agreement shall cause such assets or insurance obligations to be less than such benefit obligations.

 

31


 

 

(r)            Intellectual Property .

(i)            Section 4.1(r)(I) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth, for the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, a list of all material U.S. and foreign: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademark registrations and applications; (c) Internet domain name registrations; (d) copyright registrations and applications and (e) unregistered common law trademarks and service marks material to the business of the Acquired Companies. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(r)(II) of the Company Disclosure Letter, to the Knowledge of the Company, the foregoing registrations and applications that are material to and currently used in the businesses of the Acquired Companies are, in the case of registrations, in effect and subsisting, and in the case of applications, pending and are not subject to any action alleging the invalidity of any such registration or seeking to have any such registration or application canceled, re-examined or found invalid.

(ii)           Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect or as set forth in Section 4.1(r)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Letter, (a) to the Knowledge of the Company, the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted does not infringe, misappropriate or dilute any Person’s Intellectual Property, and there is no claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company threatened against the Acquired Companies alleging such infringement or other violation, (b) to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person is infringing or otherwise violating any Company Intellectual Property owned by the Acquired Companies, and no claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Person by any Acquired Company alleging such infringement or other violation and (c) subject to Section 4.1(r)(ii)(a), the Acquired Companies own or have the right to use all of the Intellectual Property used by the Acquired Companies in their businesses as currently conducted, free and clear of Encumbrances (except Permitted Encumbrances) on the Acquired Companies’ rights in such Intellectual Property.

(iii)          The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) maintain registrations for registered Company Intellectual Property that is material to the businesses of the Acquired Companies and (b) protect the confidentiality of their material confidential information. Except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, employees who contributed to the creation or invention of Intellectual Property in which the Acquired Companies assert ownership have assigned to the Company all of their rights therein that did not initially vest in the Company by operation of law.

(iv)          The Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect personally identifiable information provided by the Acquired Company customers and website users from unauthorized disclosure or use. Except as set forth in Section 4.1(r)(iv) of the Company Disclosure Letter and except as does not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Acquired Companies use commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with their internal policies and procedures, to protect the integrity and security of their information technology systems, websites, databases and networks and the information transmitted thereby or stored therein and none of them have, as of the date of this Agreement, any Actions pending against them regarding the foregoing and (ii) no Acquired Company has received any complaints during the two years prior to the date of this Agreement relating thereto.

 

32



 

(s)           Brokers’ Fees . Except as set forth in Section 4.1(s) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company, for which any of the Acquired Companies or Parent has or will have any liability.

(t)            Insurance Coverage . The Company has furnished to Parent and Merger Sub a list of all insurance policies and fidelity bonds relating to the assets, business, operations, employees, officers or directors of the Acquired Companies. All such policies are valid and in full force and effect and, except as set forth in Section 4.1(t) of the Company Disclosure Letter, no written notice of cancellation or termination has been received by the Acquired Companies with respect to any such policy. All premiums due on such policies have been paid and none of the Acquired Companies is in default under any material obligation of any such policy.

(u)           Sufficiency of Assets . As of the Closing Date, the assets, rights and Permits of the Acquired Companies will be in all material respects the assets, rights and Permits that are used to conduct the business of the Acquired Companies as currently conducted, it being understood that no representation is being made with respect to any assets, rights or Permits not owned by the Acquired Companies.

(v)           Indebtedness .  Following the repayment of any Indebtedness constituting Estimated Closing Net Indebtedness at Closing, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type described in clause (ii)(A), clause (iii), clause (iv) and clause (v) of the definition of Indebtedness) immediately after such repayment other than Indebtedness incurred by the Company on the Closing Date in connection with the Debt Financing and any outstanding 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2011 issued by Worldspan, L.P. and WS Financing Corp.

Section 4.2      Representations and Warranties of Parent and Merger Sub .

Parent and Merger Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company as follows :

(a)           Due Organization and Good Standing of Parent and Merger Sub.   Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

(b)           Authorization of Transaction by Parent and Merger Sub . Each of Parent and Merger Sub has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement, and the consummation by Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of Parent and Merger Sub and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent or Merger Sub are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Parent or Merger Sub of this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this

 

33



 

Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by and Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company and the Stockholder Representatives, constitutes, a valid and binding obligation of each of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against each of Parent and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, except that such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(c)           Governmental Filings . No Governmental Filings are required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Parent or Merger Sub, except (i) Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, (iii) Governmental Filings that become applicable as a result of matters specifically related to the Company or its Affiliates, (iv) as set forth in Section 4.2(c) of the Parent Disclosure Letter or (v) such other Governmental Filings the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair or delay Parent’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)           No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not (i) assuming all authorizations, consents and approvals described in Section 4.1(d) (other than clause (iii) thereof ) and Section 4.2(c) have been obtained or made, violate any applicable Law to which Parent or Merger Sub is subject; (ii) require a consent or approval under, conflict with, result in a violation, termination or breach of, or constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate or cancel any Contract to which Parent or Merger Sub is a party; or (iii) violate the Organizational Documents of Parent or Merger Sub, except with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair or delay Parent’s or Merger Sub’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(e)           Legal Proceedings . As of the date of this Agreement, there are no Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Parent or Merger Sub, threatened in any written or oral notice to the Parent or Merger Sub that Parent or Merger Sub reasonably believes is unresolved which, as of the date of this Agreement, challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or seek to enjoin or prohibit consummation of, or seek other material equitable relief with respect to, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Nether Parent nor Merger Sub is subject to any judgment, decree, injunction or order of any Governmental Entity which would materially impair or delay Parent’s or Merger Sub’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f)            Funding .

(i)            Section 4.2(f)(i) of the Parent Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, accurate and complete copy of the executed commitment letter from Credit Suisse, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers

 

34



 

Commercial Bank, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. (the “ Debt Commitment Letter ”), pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the lender parties thereto have committed to lend the amounts set forth therein to Parent and Merger Sub for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Debt Financing ”).

(ii)           As of the date of this Agreement, the Debt Commitment Letter is in full force and effect and has not been withdrawn or terminated or otherwise amended or modified in any respect.  The Debt Commitment Letter, in the form so delivered, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and, to the knowledge of Parent, the other parties thereto. As of the date hereof, there are no other agreements, side letters or arrangements relating to the Debt Commitment Letter that could affect the availability of the Debt Financing.  Parent has no reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of closing to be satisfied by it contained in the Debt Commitment Letter.  Parent has fully paid any and all commitment fees or other fees required by the Debt Commitment Letter to be paid on or before the date of this Agreement.  The aggregate proceeds from the Debt Commitment Letter and other available funds will constitute all of the financing required to be provided by Parent, and will be sufficient for the satisfaction of all of Parent’s obligations under this Agreement in an amount sufficient to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the payment of the Estimated Merger Consideration and the Additional Funds, if any, and the payment of all associated costs and expenses.  The Debt Commitment Letter contains all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the parties thereunder to make the Debt Financing available to Parent on the terms therein.

(g)           Brokers’ Fees . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent or Merger Sub, for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries have or will have any liability.

(h)           Other Business Interests . Section 4.2(h) of the Parent Disclosure Letter lists, as of the date of this Agreement, with respect to the private equity funds of which Affiliates of the Blackstone Group serve as general partner and investment adviser, all portfolio company investees in which such private equity funds own more than a five percent stake.

(i)            Ownership of Merger Sub; No Prior Activities .  Merger Sub is a direct wholly-owned Subsidiary of Parent.  Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  All the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Merger Sub are owned of record and beneficially by Parent.

Section 4.3            No Other Representations or Warranties.

Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2, neither Parent, Merger Sub, the Company nor any other Person on behalf of Parent, Merger

 

 

35



 

 

Sub or the Company or any of their respective Affiliates makes any express or implied representation or warranty with respect to the Company or any of its respective Affiliates or with respect to any other information provided to Parent, Merger Sub, their Affiliates, agents or representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or other obligation to Parent, Merger Sub, their Affiliates, agents or representatives or any Person resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or Parent’s or Merger Sub’s use of, or the use by any of Parent’s or Merger Sub’s Affiliates, agents or representatives of, any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts of other material made available to Parent, Merger Sub, their Affiliates or representatives in certain management presentations or other due diligence materials in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, unless any such information is expressly and specifically included in a representation or warranty contained in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2. The Company disclaims any and all other representations and warranties, whether express or implied.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

Section 5.1          Conduct of the Company’s Business.

(a)           The Company agrees that, during the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, except (i) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) as required by applicable Law, (iii) as set forth in Section 5.1 of the Company Disclosure Letter or (iv) as consented to by Parent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Company shall conduct its businesses and operations in the ordinary course of business and, subject to clauses (i) through (iv) above, shall not and shall cause its Subsidiaries not to:

(i)            authorize or effect any amendment to or change its Organizational Documents in any material respect (it being understood that any such change that would negatively affect the Debt Financing shall be deemed to be material);

(ii)           in the case of all Acquired Companies other than the Company, issue or authorize issuance of any Equity Interests, or grant any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain any of its Equity Interests or issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Equity Interests, other than to an Acquired Company;

(iii)          issue any note, bond, or other debt security, or create, incur, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness or any material capitalized lease obligation, in each case, which is not prepayable, and other than intercompany Indebtedness or any hedging or swap transaction entered into with respect to any floating rate notes issued in connection with the Recapitalization;

(iv)          except in the ordinary course of business (A) with respect to Contracts that are not Specified Contracts, (1) enter into any Contract that, had it been entered into prior to the date hereof, would be a Company Contract, or, (2) materially amend, modify,

 

 

36



 

 

terminate or cancel (I) any existing Company Contract or Contract with any Affiliate of the Company or (II) any Contract that is, or had it been entered into prior to the date hereof would be, a Company Contract, or (B) enter into, materially amend, modify, terminate or cancel any Specified Contract;

(v)           enter into an agreement to satisfy its obligations with respect to the FASA Amount or any portion of the FASA Amount, or establish a trust fund to pre-pay or defease its obligations with respect to all or any portion of the FASA Amount;

(vi)          except in the ordinary course of business, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the material property rights (including material Intellectual Property), assets or rights of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, other than distributions of cash to any Affiliate of the Company, and other than as required pursuant to existing contracts or commitments;

(vii)         make any capital expenditure, or commitments therefor in excess of an amount $7,000,000 greater annually than the amounts set forth in the capital expenditure budget set forth in Section 5.1(a)(vii) of the Company Disclosure Letter the (“ Capex Budget “);

(viii)        cancel, compromise or settle any material Action, or intentionally waive or release any material rights, of any Acquired Company;

(ix)           adopt, enter into, amend, alter, or terminate (or grant any waiver or consent under) any Company Plan or grant or agree to grant any increase in the wages, salary, bonus or other compensation, remuneration or benefits of (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, any of the Chief Executive Officer’s direct reports (other than administrative personnel) or any employee acting in a similar capacity or (ii) any other employee of the Acquired Companies, except in any such case as required under applicable Law, any existing Company Plan or any existing employment agreement and, solely in respect of clause (ii), except in the ordinary course of business;

(x)            make any changes to their accounting principles or practices, other than as may be required by Law, GAAP or generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdictions of incorporation of the relevant Acquired Company;

(xi)           acquire (by merger, consolidation or acquisition of stock or assets) any corporation, partnership or other business organization or division thereof or collection of assets constituting all or substantially all of a business or business unit or make any investment in any Person, other than any minority interest that may be acquired as a result of any settlement of litigation or in connection with any transaction with a customer;

(xii)          discontinue any business material to the Acquired Companies;

(xiii)         other than as contemplated by the Recapitalization, declare, set aside or pay any dividend or distribution on or in respect of any of its Equity Interests, other than any dividend or distribution paid prior to the Closing Date exclusively in cash, Equity Interests of any Acquired Company or a combination of Equity Interests of any Acquired Company and

 

 

37



 

 

cash in the case of Equity Interests, to the extent distributed to the Company or a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (including tax distributions);

(xiv)        change in any material respect the policies or practices of any Acquired Company with regard to the extension of discounts or credit to customers or collection of receivables from customers;

(xv)         (A) make or change any material Tax election, file any amended Tax Return, or settle or compromise any proceeding with respect to any material Tax claim or assessment related to any Acquired Company, that, in each case, reasonably could increase Taxes of such Acquired Company after the Closing; (B) surrender any right to claim a refund of material Taxes that would be for Parent’s account under this Agreement; or (C) change any accounting method with respect to material Taxes, or enter into any closing agreement;

(xvi)        other than the Recapitalization, enter into or adopt a plan or agreement of recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

(xvii)       agree or otherwise commit to take any of the actions prohibited by the foregoing clauses (i) through (xvi) above.

(b)           From and after the date hereof until the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to execute the Capex Budget for such period adjusted on a pro rata basis for the number of months elapsed in the fiscal year as of the Closing Date.

(c)           Other than the right to consent or withhold consent with respect to the foregoing matters, nothing contained herein shall give Parent any right to manage, control, direct or be involved in the management of the Company, or their respective Subsidiaries or businesses prior to the Closing.

Section 5.2            Employment Matters.

(a)           Upon the Closing Date, the Acquired Companies shall continue to employ all individuals who are employees of any Acquired Company on the Closing Date, including employees not actively at work due to injury, vacation, military duty, disability or other leave of absence (the “ Affected Employees “). Parent shall cause the Acquired Companies to assume, continue and honor the terms of any employment agreement with any Affected Employee.  The Parent shall not, and following the Closing shall cause the Company not to, make any Parent Controlled Employee Payment.  Until at least twelve months after the Closing Date, Parent shall not reduce any Affected Employee’s base salary or incentive compensation opportunity, each as in effect immediately prior to the Closing Date (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict Parent’s or the Acquired Companies’ ability to choose the form of such incentive compensation opportunity), and shall provide employee benefits and compensation (excluding equity-based benefits and compensation) to Affected Employees that are no less favorable in the aggregate (excluding, for this purpose, any compensation arrangements designed for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) than those provided to such persons immediately prior to the Closing Date whether or not arising under a Company Plan. Periods of

 

 

38



 

 

employment with any Acquired Company (including, without limitation, any current or former Affiliate of the Company or any predecessor, to the extent previously recognized under the Company Plans), shall be taken into account for purposes of determining, as applicable, the eligibility for participation, vesting and the calculation of benefits (including severance) of any employee under all employee benefit plans offered by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent to the Affected Employees, including vacation plans or arrangements, 401(k) or other retirement plans and any severance or welfare plans (but excluding for purposes of any defined benefit pension plan or post-employment welfare benefit plan). Parent shall cause the Acquired Companies to (i) waive any limitation on medical coverage of Affected Employees due to pre-existing conditions under the applicable medical plan of Parent to the extent such Affected Employees are currently covered under a medical employee benefit plan of any Acquired Company or their Affiliates and (ii) credit each Affected Employee with all deductible payments and co-payments paid by such employee under the medical employee benefit plan of the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Closing Date during the year in which the Closing occurs for the purpose of determining the extent to which any such employee has satisfied his or her deductible and whether he or she has reached the out-of-pocket maximum under any medical plan of Parent or an Affiliate of Parent for such year.

(b)           Notwithstanding the general provisions of Section 5.2(a), until at least twelve months after the Closing Date, Parent shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide each Affected Employee with severance benefits that are no less favorable than (i) those that would have been provided to such Affected Employee immediately prior to the Closing Date, or (ii) those provided for in Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

(c)           Within 6 months prior to the Closing, the Company shall seek an approval by more than 75 percent of the applicable shareholders within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code of  “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code or shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such other action as it may deem appropriate to the extent necessary so that the deduction of such payments and benefits, whether provided before or after the Closing, is not limited by Section 280G of the Code, except as such limitation is caused or triggered by any Parent Controlled Employee Payment.

(d)           Parent and the Company acknowledge and agree that all provisions contained in this Section 5.2 and Section 5.3 with respect to Affected Employees are included for the sole benefit of Parent and the Company and shall not create any right (i) in any other Person, including, Affected Employees, Company Plans or any beneficiary thereof, (ii) to continued employment with Parent, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, or (iii) to have any provision of this Agreement treated as an amendment to any Company Plan.

Section 5.3            Retention Payments.

Parent shall take all actions necessary to assume and honor any Company Plan that expressly requires such assumption. Except as provided in Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter, Parent and the Acquired Companies shall be solely responsible for all liabilities relating to the amendment, termination or alleged termination of any Company Plan following the Closing Date.  Prior to the Closing, the Company shall adopt a retention program (the “ Retention Program “) containing the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5.3 of the

 

 

39



 

 

Company Disclosure Letter for its key employees.  The parties hereby acknowledge and agree to the obligation to make the payments set forth in Section 5.3 of the Company Disclosure Letter.

Section 5.4            Publicity.

Parent and the Company agree to communicate with each other and cooperate with each other prior to any public disclosure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Parent and the Company agree that no public release or announcement concerning the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be issued by any party without the prior consent of Parent and the Company, except as (i) such release or announcement, upon the advice of outside counsel, may be required by Law, in which case the party required to make the release or announcement, to the extent practicable after using reasonable best efforts to avoid such disclosure, shall allow the other parties reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance and (ii) the Company may disclose any information concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which it deems appropriate in its reasonable judgment after reasonable advance notice to Buyer, in light of its status as a reporting company, including without limitation to securities analysts and institutional investors and in press interviews and Governmental Filings.

Section 5.5            Confidentiality.

Parent and its representatives shall treat all nonpublic information obtained in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as confidential in accordance with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.  The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and shall continue in full force and effect until the Closing, at which time such Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate. If this Agreement is, for any reason, terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as provided in Section 7.2 in accordance with its terms.

Section 5.6            Access to Information.

(a)           Subject to Section 5.5, the Company shall cause its officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to afford the officers, directors, employees, auditors, providers of financing, counsel, financial advisors and other agents of Parent reasonable access during normal business hours to the officers, directors, employees, agents, properties, offices and other facilities of the Acquired Companies and their books and records, and shall furnish Parent with such financial, operating and other data and information with respect to the Acquired Companies, as Parent, through its officers, employees, auditors, providers of financing, counsel, financial advisors or other agents, may reasonably request. In exercising its rights hereunder, Parent shall conduct itself so as not to unreasonably interfere in the conduct of the business of the Acquired Companies prior to Closing. Parent acknowledges and agrees that any contact by Parent and its agents and representatives with officers, employees, customers or agents of the Acquired Companies hereunder shall be arranged and supervised by representatives of the Company, unless the Company otherwise expressly consents with respect to any specific contact. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) shall be required to disclose to Parent or any agent or representative thereof any information (i) relating to any sale or divestiture process

 

 

40



 

conducted by the Company or its Affiliates for the Company or its business or the Company’s or its Affiliates’ (or their representatives’) evaluation of the Company or its business in connection therewith, including projections, financial or other information relating thereto, (ii) if doing so, in the Company’s good faith opinion, could violate any Contract or Law to which the Company or any of its Affiliates (including the Acquired Companies) is a party or is subject or which it believes in good faith could result in a loss of the ability to successfully assert a claim of privilege (including without limitation, the attorney-client and work product privileges), or (iii) that is, in the reasonable determination of the Company, of a competitively sensitive nature, including but not limited to customer and supplier pricing information and information relating to any ongoing litigation between any Acquired Company and Orbitz, LLC or any of its Affiliates.

(b)           After the Closing for a period of seven years, upon reasonable written notice, Buyer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Stockholder Representatives and their counsel, auditors, agents and representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to such information and assistance relating solely to the Acquired Companies as is necessary for any reasonable business purpose, including, without limitation, financial reporting and accounting matters or in connection with any disclosure obligation or the defense of any Action. The Stockholder Representatives shall reimburse the Company for reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in assisting the Stockholder Representatives pursuant to this Section 5.6(b).

Section 5.7            Filings and Authorizations, Including HSR Act Filing.

(a)           The Company, on the one hand, and Parent, on the other hand, shall, and shall each cause its Affiliates to, promptly file or cause to be filed all necessary Governmental Filings, including, but not limited to, (i) as promptly as practicable but in no event later than ten Business Days of the date of this Agreement file all required Governmental Filings under the HSR Act, (ii) as promptly as practicable file all required Governmental Filings under Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, and (iii) submissions of additional information requested by any Governmental Entity. Each of Parent and the Company further agrees that it shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, comply with any applicable post-Closing notification or other requirements of any antitrust, trade competition, investment or control reporting or similar Law or regulation of any Governmental Entity with competent jurisdiction. Each of Parent and the Company agrees to cooperate with and promptly to consult with, to provide any reasonably available information with respect to, and to provide, subject to appropriate confidentiality provisions, copies of all presentations and filings to any Governmental Entity to the other party or its counsel.

(b)           In addition to the agreements set forth in Section 5.7(a) above, Parent shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain the consents, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, including without limitation, any antitrust clearance under the HSR Act and any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws, as promptly as practicable, and in any event prior to the Outside Date, and that any conditions set forth in or established by any such consents, clearances, approvals, waivers or other authorizations from Governmental Entities are wholly satisfied.  Parent’s obligation under this Section 5.7(b) includes and is limited to the following:

 

 

41



 

 

(i)            offering and agreeing to an order providing for the divestiture or holding separate by Parent and its Affiliates of such properties, assets, operations or businesses of any of the Acquired Companies as are necessary to permit Parent fully to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that (A) none of Parent, the Company, nor any of their Affiliates shall be obligated to (or, in the case of the Acquired Companies, shall, without Parent’s prior written consent) offer or agree to an order providing for the divesture or holding separate by Parent, the Company, or any of their Affiliates of any properties, assets, operations or businesses of the Parent, or of any portion of the Acquired Companies to the extent that such divesture or holding separate of any portion of the Acquired Companies would be reasonably likely to result in a material and adverse effect on the Acquired Companies or Parent and its Subsidiaries; (B) none of Parent, the Company, nor any of their Affiliates shall be obligated to (or, in the case of the Acquired Companies, shall, without Parent’s prior written consent) offer or agree to an order providing for the divestiture or holding separate by Parent, the Company or any of their Affiliates of any properties, assets, operations or businesses responsible for any of the aggregate revenues of the Acquired Companies derived from Online Travel Agencies and (C) none of Parent, the Company, nor any of their Affiliates shall be obligated to (or, in the case of the Acquired Companies, shall, without Parent’s prior written consent) offer or agree to an order providing for the divestiture or holding separate by Parent, the Company, or any of their Affiliates of any properties, assets, operations or businesses responsible for more than twenty (20) percent of the segments of the Acquired Companies derived from Traditional Travel Agencies in the twelve months prior to the date of such determination; provided, however, that Parent agrees that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Acquired Companies may modify their Contracts with Traditional Travel Agencies representing up to twenty(20) percent of the segments of the Acquired Companies derived from Traditional Travel Agencies in the twelve months prior to the date of such determination to permit any such Traditional Travel Agency to cancel its Contract with any of the Acquired Companies on thirty days notice and, to the extent the Acquired Companies so modify such Contracts, the percentages specified in this clause 5.7(b)(i)(C) above shall be correspondingly reduced.

(ii)           Parent and the Company agree to oppose fully and vigorously any Action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, to appeal promptly any adverse decision or order by any Governmental Entity or, if reasonably requested by the Company or Parent, as the case may be, to commence or threaten to commence and to pursue vigorously any Action reasonably believed to be helpful in obtaining authorization from Governmental Entities or in terminating any outstanding Action; it being understood that the costs and expenses of all such Action shall be borne by Parent.

(c)           The parties agree that if a Request for Additional Information (“ Second Request “) is issued by either the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice or the Federal Trade Commission in connection with the Governmental Filings under the HSR Act made by the parties, the parties will substantially comply with the Second Request as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the receipt of the Second Request.

(d)           Blackstone hereby agrees to comply with this Section 5.7 to the extent applicable to an Affiliate of Parent.

 

 

42



Section 5.8            Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification.

(a)           If the Closing occurs, Parent shall and shall cause the Acquired Companies to take any necessary actions to provide that all rights to indemnification and all limitations on liability existing in favor of any current or former officers, directors, managers or employees of any of the Acquired Companies (or their respective predecessors) (collectively, the “ Company Indemnitees “), as provided in (i) the Organizational Documents of any of the Acquired Companies in effect on the date of this Agreement or (ii) any agreement providing for indemnification by any Acquired Company of any of the Company Indemnitees in effect on the date of this Agreement and which is disclosed to Parent on or before the date hereof (an “ Indemnity Agreement “) to which any Acquired Company is a party shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and continue in full force and effect on equal or more favorable terms (including, at the option of Parent, in new indemnity agreements) and be honored by the Acquired Companies after the Closing; provided, that such indemnification shall be subject to limitations imposed from time to time by Law. Parent further agrees to assume or cause each Acquired Company to comply with the indemnification and continuing insurance obligations of such Acquired Company under each of the agreements set forth on Section 5.8 of the Company Disclosure Letter or provide for new insurance agreements with at least the same level of protection. Without the prior written consent of such Company Indemnitee, Parent shall not and shall cause the Acquired Companies not to settle any matter for which it or they are providing indemnification to any Company Indemnitee other than any settlement exclusively requiring the payment of monetary damages to be paid entirely by or on behalf of the indemnifying party.

(b)           For six years from the Closing, Parent shall cause to be maintained in effect for the benefit of the Company’s directors and officers an insurance and indemnification policy with an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A that provides coverage for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing (the “ D&O Insurance “) covering each such person currently covered by the officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policies held by or for the benefit of the Company on terms with respect to coverage and in amounts no less favorable than those of the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement; provided, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be obligated to pay annual premiums for such D&O Insurance in excess of 200% of the current premiums paid by the Company for such insurance, in which case, Parent shall cause the Company and its Subsidiaries to obtain as much coverage as possible under substantially similar policies for such maximum amount in aggregate premiums.  Parent may satisfy its obligations under this Section 5.8(b) by purchasing a “tail” policy from an insurer with a Standard & Poor’s rating of at least A under the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ insurance policy, which (i) has an effective term of six years from the Closing, (ii) covers each person currently covered by the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement for actions and omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing and (iii) contains terms that are no less favorable than those of the Company’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policy in effect on the date of this Agreement.

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Action (whether arising before, at or after the Closing) is made against any person covered by the D&O Insurance

 

 

43



 

 

on or prior to the sixth anniversary of the Closing, the provisions of this Section 5.8 shall continue in effect until the final disposition of such Action.

(d)           In the event that the Company or Parent or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 5.8.

(e)           The obligations of Parent under this Section 5.8 shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any indemnitee to whom this Section 5.8 applies without the express written consent of such affected indemnitee (it being expressly agreed that the indemnitees to whom this Section 5.8 applies shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 5.8).

Section 5.9            Reasonable Best Efforts.

(a)           Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and without limiting or enhancing the obligations of the parties under Section 5.7, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done and to assist and cooperate with the other party hereto in doing all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (i) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (ii) the obtaining of applicable consents, waivers or approvals of any third parties (including Governmental Entities); (iii) the defending of any Actions, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder; and (iv) the execution and delivery of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions as the other party hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Section 5.7, none of the Company, Parent or any of their respective Affiliates shall be obligated to make any payments or otherwise pay any consideration to any third party to obtain any applicable consent, waiver or approval, other than any payment to a Governmental Entity necessary for the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Article VI.

(b)           Each party hereto shall promptly inform the others of any communication with any Governmental Entity regarding any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securing of necessary approvals therefor. If any party or Affiliate thereof receives a request for additional information or documentary material from any such Governmental Entity with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then such party shall use its reasonable best efforts to make, or cause to be made, as soon as practicable and after consultation with the other party, an appropriate response in compliance with such request.

Section 5.10         Termination of Agreements .   On and as of the Closing, except as set forth in Section 5.10 of the Company Disclosure Letter, all Contracts between any of the Acquired Companies, on the one hand, and the Stockholders or any of their Affiliates, on the

 

 

44



 

 

other hand, including, without limitation, the Stockholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, but excluding any employment-related Contracts with Stockholders who are employees or former employees of any of the Acquired Companies (the “Terminating Contracts“ ) shall be terminated as between them without any further force and effect, and there shall be no further obligations of any of the relevant parties thereunder following the Closing.  Parent agrees to take, and to cause the Acquired Companies to take, and the Stockholder Representatives agree to take, and to cause their Affiliates to take, any action following the Closing that would be required to give effect to the termination of the Terminating Contracts.

Section 5.11         Tax Matters.

(a)           Tax Return Preparation .

(i)            To the extent not filed prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by any Acquired Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods (each, a “ Pre-Closing Period Tax Return “). Parent shall prepare such returns in a manner consistent with past practice, except as required by applicable Law.  The Stockholder Representatives shall reimburse Parent for any reasonable third-party expenses attributable to the preparation and filing of such Pre-Closing Tax Returns and shall allow Parent reasonable access to any and all data and information reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns and shall cooperate fully with Parent in the preparation of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns. With respect to each Pre-Closing Period Tax Return filed after the Closing Date, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the due date (taking into account any valid extensions thereof) (the “ Due Date“) for the filing of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, Parent shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to the Stockholder Representatives for their review a draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. Within thirty (30) days following the Stockholder Representatives’ receipt of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, the Stockholder Representatives shall have the right to object to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return by written notice to Parent. If the Stockholder Representatives do not object by written notice to Parent within such time period, such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 5.11(a)(i).  If the Stockholder Representatives object to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, they shall notify Parent in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for their objection, and the Stockholder Representatives and Parent shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If Parent and the Stockholder Representatives have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both Parent and the Stockholder Representatives, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days from the date of presentation but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return. With respect to each such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return, (x) Parent shall submit to the Stockholder Representatives a final draft of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return and (y) the Stockholder Representatives shall pay to Parent an amount equal to the liability for Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return to the extent such Taxes exceed the accrual for such Taxes in the determination of Final Net Working Capital.  Parent shall cause the applicable Acquired Company to file each Pre-Closing

 

 

45



 

 

Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Pre-Closing Period Tax Return.

(ii)           Parent shall, or shall cause each Acquired Company to, prepare (or cause to be prepared) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by each Acquired Company for all Straddle Periods (each, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return “). All such Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared and filed in a manner that is consistent with prior practice, except as required by applicable Law.  Any reasonable third-party expenses attributable to the preparation and filing of any such Straddle Period Tax Return shall be allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period in accordance with the allocation of the Taxes shown on such Straddle Period Tax Return to such Interim Period and the Stockholder Representatives shall reimburse Parent for any such expenses that are allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period.  With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than sixty (60) days prior to the Due Date for the filing of such Straddle Period Tax Return, Parent shall submit, or cause to be submitted, to the Stockholder Representatives for their review a draft of such Straddle Period Tax Return, and shall notify the Stockholder Representatives of Parent’s calculation of the Taxes of such Straddle Period allocated to the Interim Period of such Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement). Within thirty (30) days following the Stockholder Representatives’ receipt of such Straddle Period Tax Return (and the calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period), the Stockholder Representatives shall have the right to object to such Straddle Period Tax Return or calculation by written notice to Parent. If the Stockholder Representatives do not object by written notice to Parent within such time period, such Straddle Period Tax Return and calculation shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 5.11(a)(ii). If the Stockholder Representatives object to such Straddle Period Tax Return and/or calculation of the Taxes allocated to the Interim Period of the Straddle Period (in accordance with this Agreement), they shall notify Parent in writing of the disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection, and the Stockholder Representatives and Parent shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If the Stockholder Representatives and Parent have not reached agreement regarding such dispute, the dispute shall be presented to the Independent Accounting Firm, whose determination shall be binding upon both the Stockholder Representatives and Parent, and who shall make such determination within ten (10) days but in no event later than five (5) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return. With respect to each Straddle Period Tax Return, no later than two (2) days prior to the Due Date of such Straddle Period Tax Return, the Stockholder Representatives shall pay to Parent an amount equal to the Pre-Closing Taxes that are shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return that are allocable to any Interim Period, in accordance with the principles set forth in the definition of the term “Pre-Closing Taxes” (net of any estimated Taxes or other amounts paid to any taxing authority in respect thereof on or before the Closing) to the extent such amount exceeds the accrual for such Taxes in the determination of Final Net Working Capital.  Parent shall cause the Company or applicable Subsidiary (as the case may be) to file each Straddle Period Tax Return and pay to the applicable Tax authority all amounts shown to be due and payable on the face of such Straddle Period Tax Return.

(b)           Tax Matters Cooperation . Parent, the Acquired Companies and the Stockholder Representatives shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax

 

 

46



 

 

Returns of the Acquired Companies and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. The Acquired Companies, the Stockholder Representatives and Parent shall (i) retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to each of the Acquired Companies relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Parent or the Stockholder Representatives, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any Tax authority and (ii) give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if the other party so requests, shall allow the requesting party to take possession of such books and records.

(c)           Limitations on Actions Affecting Pre-Closing Taxes . Except as required by applicable Law, neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies) shall, without the prior written consent of the Stockholder Representatives, make or change any Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax election of or with respect to any Acquired Company or amend, refile or otherwise modify (or grant an extension of any applicable statute of limitations with respect to) any Tax Return of any Acquired Company for a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that could result in any increased Tax liability of any Acquired Company (or any of their Affiliates) in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof).

(d)           Certain Tax Agreements . As of the Closing, all Tax indemnification agreements and Tax sharing agreements between the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be terminated and, after the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall have no further rights or obligations under any such Tax indemnification agreement or Tax sharing agreement.

(e)           Tax Indemnification .

(i)            The Stockholder Representatives shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Parent, the Company, and Affiliates thereof for, severally and not jointly, any Damages attributable to (a) Pre-Closing Taxes, (b) Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which any Acquired Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, (c) all Taxes of any person imposed on any Acquired Company or any other liability imposed under any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax allocation or similar contracts (whether or not written) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries was obligated, or was a party, on or prior to the Closing Date, (d) notwithstanding Section 8.4, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense attributable to any breach of any representation or warranty contained in Section 4.1(l)(v), Section 4.1(l)(vii) or Section 4.1(l)(viii) to the extent in any case, the amount of such Taxes exceeds the accrual for such Taxes in the determination of Final Net Working Capital, (e) the actual cost (net of any net operating loss carryforward available from a Pre-Closing Tax Period available to reduce such cost) to the Company of not being able to deduct any payment, benefit or compensation in accordance with any Applicable Employee Plan required to be provided after the Closing to

 

 

47



 

 

current or former employees of any of the Acquired Companies as a result of the application of Section 280G thereto (except as such lack of deductibility is caused or triggered by any Parent Controlled Employee Payment) and (f) the value and cost to the Company of any gross-up payable to any person who owes an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code if the liability for such excise tax arises out of or is triggered by a payment, benefit or compensation in accordance with an Applicable Employee Plan (except as such excise tax is caused or triggered by any Parent Controlled Employee Payment).

(ii)           In calculating amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5.11(e), with respect to liabilities or indemnified amounts for any Acquired Company such amounts shall be determined without duplication and computed net of any Tax Benefit Actually Realized by any payee or its Affiliate; provided, however, that if a Tax Benefit attributable to an amount paid pursuant to this Section 5.11(e) is Actually Realized after the payment date of such amount paid the party realizing such Tax Benefit shall promptly pay it to the other party; provided, further, that in the event a Tax Benefit is reduced as a result of a determination by any Governmental Entity in a later year, the indemnified party shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party for such reduction. The determination of whether there has been a Tax Benefit shall be made solely at the indemnified party’s good faith discretion. In computing the amount of any such Tax Benefit, the indemnified party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any item arising from the payment of any indemnified Tax.

(iii)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, (A) neither the Stockholder Representatives nor any Stockholder shall have any responsibility for, or be required to provide indemnification hereunder for, any Damages attributable to any increase in Pre-Closing Taxes of any of  the Acquired Companies due to the loss of any deduction for any compensation expense otherwise deductible in determining such Pre-Closing Taxes as a result of  any Parent Controlled Employee Payment and (B) Parent and the Company shall indemnify and hold the Stockholders harmless for the loss of any Tax Benefit of any Acquired Company related to Pre-Closing Taxes (including a reduction in refund of such Pre-Closing Taxes otherwise available) as a result of any such Parent Controlled Employee Payment, it being understood that any payment to be made by Parent or the Company pursuant to this clause (B) shall be made to the Stockholder Representatives on behalf of the Stockholders.

(f)            Tax Indemnification Procedures .

(i)            If a notice of deficiency, proposed adjustment, adjustment, assessment, audit, examination or other administrative or court proceeding, suit, dispute or other claim (a “ Tax Claim “) shall be delivered or sent to or commenced or initiated against any Acquired Company by any Tax authority with respect to Taxes or Tax Returns of any Acquired Company for which Parent may reasonably be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 5.11(e), Parent shall promptly notify the Stockholder Representatives in writing of the Tax Claim.

(ii)           With respect to Tax Claims of or relating solely to Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, the Stockholder Representatives may, upon written notice to Parent, assume and control the defense of such Tax Claim at their own cost and expense and with its own counsel. Parent may retain separate co-counsel at its sole cost and

 

 

48



 

 

expense and participate in the defense of the Tax Claim (including participation in any relevant meetings and conference calls).  The Stockholder Representatives shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such Tax Claim without Parent’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and shall keep Parent informed of all developments and events relating to such Tax Claim (including promptly forwarding copies to Parent of any related correspondence).

(iii)          The Stockholder Representatives and Parent shall jointly control and participate in all proceedings taken in connection with any Tax Claim relating to a Straddle Period, and shall bear their own respective costs and expenses. Neither the Stockholder Representatives nor Parent shall settle any such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of the other.

(iv)          The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of the Stockholders, except to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets are taken into account in the determination of Final Net Working Capital.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes shall be for the account of Parent to the extent such refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes are attributable (determined on a marginal basis) to the carryback from a Post-Closing Tax Period of items of loss, deduction or credit, or other Tax items, of the Acquired Companies (or any of their respective Affiliates, including Parent).  The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of any Acquired Company for any Post-Closing Tax Period shall be for the account of Parent.  The amount or economic benefit of any refunds, credits or offsets of Taxes of the Acquired Companies for any Straddle Period shall be equitably apportioned between the Stockholders and Parent. Each party shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party entitled to receive the amount or economic benefit of a refund, credit or offset to Tax the amount of such refund, or the economic benefit of such credit or offset to Tax, within ten (10) days after such refund is received or after such credit or offset is allowed or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be.

(g)           Unless otherwise required by a final determination of a Governmental Entity, the Parties shall treat all payments made pursuant to this Agreement after the Closing as adjustments to the merger consideration or payments in respect of Options made pursuant to Article III hereof.

(h)           Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 5.11 shall exclusively govern matters relating to Taxes of the Acquired Companies.

Section 5.12         Parent’s Financing Activities.

(a)           Parent and Merger Sub acknowledge and agree that the Company and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives shall not have any responsibility for, or incur any liability to, any Person under, any financing that Parent may raise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any cooperation provided pursuant to this Section 5.12.

 

 

49



 

 

(b)           Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to (i) maintain in effect the Debt Financing, (ii) enter into definitive financing agreements with respect to the Debt Financing, so that such agreements are in effect as promptly as practicable but in any event no later than the Closing Date and (iii) consummate the Debt Financing at or prior to Closing. Parent shall provide to the Company copies of all documents relating to the Debt Financing and shall keep the Company reasonably informed of material developments in respect of the financing process relating thereto. Prior to the Closing, Parent shall not agree to, or permit, any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, the Debt Commitment Letter or other documentation relating to the Debt Financing in any material respect adverse (including with respect to conditionality or timing) to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company (it being understood that Parent may agree to amend the Debt Commitment Letter to provide for the assignment of a portion of the debt commitment to additional agents or arrangers and granting such persons approval rights with respect to certain matters as are customarily granted to additional agents or arrangers). Parent shall promptly, upon request by the Company, reimburse the Company for all documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or its Affiliates or representatives in connection with such cooperation.

(c)           If, notwithstanding the use of reasonable best efforts by Parent to satisfy its obligations under Section 5.12(b), any of the Debt Financing or the Debt Commitment Letter (or any definitive financing agreement relating thereto) expire or are terminated or otherwise becomes unavailable prior to the Closing, in whole or in part, for any reason, Parent shall (i) promptly notify Company of such expiration or termination and the reasons therefor and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts promptly to arrange for alternative debt financing (which shall be in an amount sufficient to pay the amounts set forth in Article III from other sources and which do not include any conditions of such alternative debt financing that are materially more onerous than or in addition to the conditions set forth in the Debt Financing), on comparable or more favorable terms to Parent, the Company and its Subsidiaries to replace the financing contemplated by such expired, terminated or unavailable commitments or agreements.

(d)           Prior to the Closing and, with respect to clause (iv), prior to and following the Closing, the Acquired Companies shall use their reasonable best efforts to provide and to cause their respective officers, employees, representatives and advisors, including legal and accounting advisors to provide, to Parent all cooperation reasonably requested by Parent that is necessary, proper or advisable in connection with Parent’s financing and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement (in each case, provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Acquired Companies) including using reasonable best efforts with respect to (i) participation in meetings, presentations, road shows, due diligence sessions and sessions with rating agencies, (ii) assisting with the preparation of materials for rating agency presentations, offering documents, private placement memoranda, bank information memoranda, prospectuses and similar documents required in connection with the Debt Financing, (iii) executing and delivering at Closing any pledge and security documents, other definitive financing documents, or other certificates, legal opinions or documents as may be reasonably requested by Parent (including a certificate of the chief executive officer of any of the Acquired Companies with respect to solvency matters and consents of accountants for use of their reports in any materials relating to the Debt Financing), (iv) furnishing Parent and its Debt Financing sources with financial and other pertinent information regarding the Acquired

 

 

50



 

 

Companies as may be reasonably requested by Parent, including all financial statements and financial data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and in compliance with the other rules and regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC “) (including the Financial Statements) to consummate the offerings of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter at the time during the Company’s fiscal year such offerings will be made and to effect a registered exchange offer with the SEC with respect to any such debt securities, (v) obtaining accountants’ comfort letters (including comfort levels customary in similar types of transactions for pro forma financial information and related adjustments), legal opinions, surveys and title insurance as reasonably requested by Parent; provided that nothing herein shall require such cooperation to the extent it would interfere unreasonably with the business or operations of the Acquired Companies, (vi) at Closing enter into interest rate hedge transactions, (vii) taking all actions reasonably necessary to (A) permit the prospective lenders involved in the Debt Financing to evaluate the Company’s current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for the purposes of establishing collateral arrangements and (B) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing, (viii) obtaining any necessary rating agencies’ confirmation or approvals for the Debt Financing, (ix) if the Closing has not occurred prior to March 31, 2007 providing Parent within the time periods that would be required pursuant to Regulation S-X with an audited or unaudited (as the case may be) consolidated balance sheet and audited or unaudited (as the case may be) consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Acquired Companies as of and for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 and any applicable subsequent three month period (the “ Closing Financial Statements “); and (x) taking all corporate actions necessary to permit the consummation of the Debt Financing and to permit the proceeds thereof to be made available as of the Closing Date; provided, however, that, under no circumstances shall the Acquired Companies be required to incur any obligations or liabilities that arise prior to the Closing. Whether or not the Closing occurs, Parent shall, promptly upon request by the Company, reimburse the Company for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Company or (to the extent paid prior to Closing) the Acquired Companies in connection with such cooperation. The Company hereby consents to the use of its and its Subsidiaries’ logos in connection with the Debt Financing.

(e)           The Company shall provide monthly financial reports of the Acquired Companies prepared in the ordinary course of business to the Parent.

Section 5.13         Resignations.

The Company and the Stockholder Representatives shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain the written resignations of each director in their capacity as a director that is reasonably requested by Parent, effective as of the Closing Date.

Section 5.14         Certain Transactions.

Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial portion of the assets of or equity in, or by any other manner, or make any investment in, any business or any Person or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire or make

 

 

51



 

 

any investment in any assets if such business or person competes in any line of business with any business of any of the Acquired Companies and the entering into of a definitive agreement relating to or the consummation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation could reasonably be expected to (i) impose any delay in the obtaining of, or increase the risk of not obtaining, any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental Entity necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the expiration or termination of any applicable waiting period, (ii) increase the risk of any Governmental Entity entering an order prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise or (iv) delay or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Blackstone hereby agrees to comply with this Section 5.14 to the extent applicable to an Affiliate of Parent.

Section 5.15         Disclosure Supplement.

The Company shall have the right from time to time prior to the Closing to supplement or amend the Company Disclosure Letter with respect to any matter hereafter arising that, if existing or known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in the Company Disclosure Letter; provided that without the consent of Parent no such updates shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether or not the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 are satisfied or in determining whether the Company has breached any of its respective representations and warranties or covenants or other agreements for any purpose under this Agreement.

Section 5.16         Exclusive Dealing.

During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.1, none of the Acquired Companies shall take or permit any other Person on its behalf to take, directly or indirectly, any action to encourage, initiate or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to, any Person (other than Parent and its representatives) concerning any purchase of all or substantially all of the Shares, any merger involving the Acquired Companies, any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, or any similar transaction involving the Acquired Companies.

Section 5.17         Solvency.

To the extent that Parent, any of its Affiliates or any Person providing all or any part of the Debt Financing receives a solvency opinion of a third party appraisal firm with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or Debt Financing, Parent agrees to use reasonable best efforts to cause such opinion to be addressed and delivered to the Company.

Section 5.18         Debt.

                Concurrently with the Closing on the Closing Date, the Company shall repay all Closing Net Indebtedness, other than any outstanding 9 5/8% Senior Notes due 2011 issued by Worldspan, L.P. and Worldspan Financing Corp.

 

 

52



Section 5.19         Drag-Along Rights.

Prior to the Closing, the Stockholder Representatives shall exercise and fully enforce the “drag-along rights” with respect to the Shares as provided by the Stockholders Agreement by giving timely notice to the other Stockholder parties thereto and complying with all other applicable provisions therein.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASE

Section 6.1            Conditions to Obligations of Parent.

The obligations of Parent and Merger Sub to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by Parent:

(a)           Representations and Warranties and Covenants of the Company .

(i)            The representations and warranties of the Company contained (A) in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(m)(ii) shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for failures to be true and correct that are expressly permitted by this Agreement or consented to by Parent or that result from actions taken at the request of Parent in connection with the Financing, (B) in Section 4.1(c), Section 4.1(e), Section 4.1(n)(i) and Section 4.1(q)(i) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, and (C) in Section 4.1 (other than those representations and warranties specified in clauses (A) and (B) above) shall, without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications therein, be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for failures to be true and correct as do not constitute a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii)           The Company shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if the Company shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and

(iii)          The Company shall have delivered to Parent and Merger Sub a certificate of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) above.

(b)           Waiting Periods . All waiting periods applicable under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. The required approvals under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth in Section 6.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter shall have been obtained or any applicable waiting period thereunder shall have been terminated or expired.

 

 

53



 

 

(c)           No Prohibition . No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)           Material Adverse Effect .   No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the date of this Agreement and be continuing (excluding the effects of any action taken by the Company or Parent pursuant to Section 5.7).

(e)           Dissenters’ Rights .   No more than one percent of the outstanding Shares shall be Dissenting Shares (not taking into account any Shares owned by the Persons listed in Section 6.1(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter).

(f)            Tax Certificate .  The Company shall deliver to Parent at the Closing a duly executed and acknowledged certificate, in form and substance acceptable to Parent and in compliance with the Code and Treasury Regulations, certifying such facts as to establish that the sale of the Shares and any other transactions contemplated hereby are exempt from withholding pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code.

Section 6.2            Conditions to Obligations of the Company.

The obligations of the Company to effect the Closing shall be subject to the following conditions except to the extent waived in writing by the Company:

(a)           Representations and Warranties and Covenants of Parent and Merger Sub .

(i)            The representations and warranties of Parent and Merger Sub contained (A) in Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.2(h) shall be true and correct as of such specified date) and (B) in Section 4.2 (other than those representations and warranties specified in clause (A) above), without giving effect to any materiality qualifications, therein, shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (except for representations and warranties that expressly speak as of an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true as of such specified date), except for such failures to be true and correct as would not in the aggregate prevent or materially impair or delay consummation by Parent or Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii)           Parent and Merger Sub shall have in all material respects performed the obligations and complied with the covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing or, if Parent or Merger Sub shall have failed to so perform such obligations or comply with such covenants, such failures shall have been cured; and

(iii)          Parent and Merger Sub shall have delivered to the Company a certificate of Parent and Merger Sub, dated the Closing Date to the effect of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

 

54



 

 

(b)           Waiting Periods . All waiting periods applicable under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. The required approvals under any Foreign Antitrust Merger Control Laws set forth on Section 6.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Letter shall have been obtained or any applicable waiting period thereunder shall have been terminated or shall have expired.

(c)           No Prohibition . No statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted or promulgated by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and there shall be no order or injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction in effect preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

Section 7.1            Termination of Agreement.

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing Date as follows:

(a)           by mutual written consent of Parent and the Company;

(b)           by either the Company or Parent, upon written notice to the other, if the Closing shall not have occurred by either the date that is ten months after the date of the date of this Agreement or any date marking the end of any subsequent thirty-day period following such date because the condition set forth in Sections 6.1(b) or 6.1(c) (as such conditions relate to any antitrust, competition or similar law), with respect to a termination by Parent, or 6.2(b) or 6.2(c) (as such conditions relate to any antitrust, competition or similar law), with respect to a termination by the Company, has not been satisfied as of such date (any such date, an “ Approval Termination Date “), provided that such termination right may only be exercised for three days after any such Approval Termination Date; provided further that, at the expiration of the ten month period referred to above, the parties agree not to exercise their respective termination right under this Section 7.1(b) for an additional (60) days if (i) no action has been commenced seeking to enjoin the transactions contemplated hereby on antitrust/competition grounds by any Governmental Entity, (ii) the parties are engaged in active negotiations to resolve any objections raised by any Governmental Entity on antitrust/competition grounds and both parties have a reasonable expectation that the transactions contemplated hereby can be closed within such additional sixty (60) day period and (iii) there is a proposed consent decree under consideration by the relevant Governmental Entity.

(c)           by the written notice of the Company to Parent if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the date which is the two year anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the “ Outside Date ”); provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(c) shall not be available to the Company if the failure of the Company to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

 

 

55



 

 

(d)           by the written notice of Parent to the Company if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(d) shall not be available to Parent if the failure of Parent to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or prior to such date;

(e)           by either the Company or Parent, upon written notice to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent Governmental Entity shall have issued a statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or taken any other action other than an action under any antitrust, competition or similar law permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such statute, rule, regulation, order, decree or injunction or other action shall have become final and non-appealable, unless the failure to consummate the Closing because of such action by a Governmental Entity shall be due to the failure of the party seeking to terminate this Agreement to have fulfilled any of its obligations under this Agreement;

(f)            by written notice of the Company to Parent if (x) Parent shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by Parent such that the condition set forth in Section 6.2(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of Parent contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 6.2(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of either (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after Parent receives written notice of such breach from the Company; or

(g)           by written notice of Parent to the Company if (x) the Company shall have breached any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement to be complied with by the Company such that the condition set forth in Section 6.1(a)(ii) would not be satisfied, or (y) there exists a breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement such that the condition set forth in Section 6.1(a)(i) would not be satisfied and, in the case of (x) or (y), such breach is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date or is not cured within thirty (30) Business Days after the Company receives written notice of such breach from Parent.

Section 7.2            Effect of Termination.

In the event of termination of this Agreement by a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given by the terminating party to the other parties hereto, and this Agreement shall thereupon terminate and become void and have no effect, without any liability or obligation on the part of any party hereto except as provided in the following sentence, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto, except that the provisions of Section 5.5, Section 8.1, Section 8.2, Section 8.3, Section 8.5, Section 8.7, Section 8.8, Section 8.9, Section 8.10 and this Section 7.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that if such termination shall result from the willful and material breach by a party of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, the Company or, subject to the limitations set out below, Parent, as the case may be, shall be fully liable for any and all Damages of the other parties as a result of such breach prior to termination.  In the

 

 

56



 

 

event the conditions to the Closing set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereunder (other than those conditions that by their nature cannot be satisfied until the Closing) are satisfied or waived and Parent breaches (whether or not intentionally) its obligation to effect the Closing pursuant to Article II and satisfy its obligation to make the payment pursuant to Article III because of a failure to receive the proceeds of one or more of the debt financings contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter or the failure to have received the proceeds of any alternative debt financing (a “ Debt Receipt Failure “), then, upon the Company’s termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(f) or by either party pursuant to Section 7.1(c) or 7.1(d), Parent shall pay $30,000,000 (the “ Termination Fee “) to the Company or as directed by the Company as promptly as reasonably practicable (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days following such termination) without deduction, set-off, counterclaim or withholding.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary: (1) if in the circumstances in which Parent becomes obligated to pay the Termination Fee, Parent is not otherwise in breach of this Agreement (including its obligation under Section 5.12) such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a) would not be satisfied (excluding Parent’s failure to make the payment pursuant to Section 3.3 and otherwise effect the Closing because of a Debt Receipt Failure that would cause the conditions set forth in Section 6.2(a) not to be satisfied, subject to Parent’s compliance with its obligations under Section 5.12), then the right of the Company to receive payment of the Termination Fee in accordance herewith shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company against Parent for any loss or damage suffered as a result of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement by Parent and the failure of the transactions to be consummated (it being understood that in any other case the Company’s right to recover any other or additional damages and remedies available to it in respect of any willful breach of this Agreement by Parent shall not be limited in any respect, subject to the limitation set forth in the immediately following clause (2)); and (2) in no event shall Parent be subject to liability in excess of $100,000,000 (inclusive of the Termination Fee) for all Damages arising from or in connection with breaches by Parent of its representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1            Assignment; Binding Effect.

This Agreement and the rights hereunder are not assignable unless (i) such assignment is consented to in writing by both Parent and the Company, or (ii) Parent assigns its rights, in whole or in part, to one or more Affiliates of Parent (including in connection with a transfer of Merger Sub to an Affiliate of Parent), but in the case of clause (ii) above, no such assignment will relieve the Company or Parent of its obligations under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may without such consent assign its rights hereunder or under any instrument executed or delivered in connection herewith as collateral security to any lender or any other debt financing source providing financing in connection with the Recapitalization, which assignment shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  This Agreement and all the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

 

57



 

 

Section 8.2            Choice of Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Laws, and not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York, provided that the provisions hereof relating to the Merger shall be governed by the DGCL.

Section 8.3            Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST THE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, COUNTY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES, IRREVOCABLY (I) ACCEPT GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THESE COURTS; (II) WAIVE ANY OBJECTIONS WHICH SUCH PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (I) ABOVE AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM; (III) AGREE THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO SUCH PARTY AT THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.5; AND (IV) AGREE THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (III) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER SUCH PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT. THE PARTIES UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH JUDICIAL PROCEEDING OR OTHER ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 8.4            Survival.

(a)           The representations and warranties contained herein shall not survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, and no Action for any breach thereof or to recover Damages in respect of any breach thereof shall survive, or be available after, the Closing; provided, however, that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(b), Section 4.1(c), Section 4.1(e), Sections 4.1(l)(v), 4.1(l)(vii) and 4.1(l)(viii) (which clauses of Section 4.1(l) survive for purposes of Section 5.11(e)), Section 4.1(s), Section 4.1(v), Section 4.2(a) and Section 4.2(b) shall survive the Closing indefinitely.

(b)           All covenants and agreements contained herein which by their terms are to be performed in whole or in part, or which prohibit actions, subsequent to the Closing Date and the covenants and agreements set forth in Section 8.7, shall survive the Closing in accordance

 

 

58



 

 

with their terms. All other covenants and agreements contained herein shall not survive the Closing and shall thereupon terminate, including any Actions for indemnification or for Damages in respect of any breach thereof.

Section 8.5            Notices.

All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally, when sent by confirmed cable, telecopy, telegram or facsimile, when sent by overnight courier service or when mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to Parent or Merger Sub, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Travelport Inc.

 

 

7 Sylvan Way

 

 

Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

 

Attn:  Eric J. Bock, Esq.

 

 

Fax:   (212) 413-1922

 

 

 

 

 

with copies, in the case of notice to Parent, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

 

425 Lexington Avenue

 

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

Attn:  William E. Curbow, Esq.

 

 

Fax:   (212) 455-2502

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Company, to:

 

 

 

 

 

Worldspan Technologies Inc.

 

 

300 Galleria Parkway, N.W.

 

 

Atlanta, GA 30339

 

 

Attn:  General Counsel

 

 

Fax:   (770) 563-7878

 

 

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

 

 

 

 

Dechert LLP

 

 

Cira Centre

 

 

2929 Arch Street

 

 

Philadelphia, PA 19104

 

 

Attn:  Geraldine A. Sinatra, Esq.

 

 

Fax:   (215) 655-2824

 

 

 

 

 

If to the Stockholder Representatives, to:

 

 

 

59



 

 

 

Citigroup Venture Capital Equity Partners, L.P.

 

 

339 Park Avenue

 

 

14 th Floor

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

Fax No.: (212) 888-2940

 

 

Attention: Joe Silvestri

 

 

 

 

 

Ontario Teachers Pension Plan Board

 

 

5650 Yonge Street

 

 

Toronto, Ontario

 

 

M2M 4H5

 

 

Fax No.: (416) 730-5082

 

 

Attention: Shael Dolman

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Dechert LLP

 

 

Cira Centre

 

 

2929 Arch Street

 

 

Philadelphia, PA 19104

 

 

Attn:  Geraldine A. Sinatra, Esq.

 

 

Fax:  (215) 655-2824

 

 

Section 8.6            Headings.

The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be considered in interpreting or construing any of the provisions contained in this Agreement.

Section 8.7            Fees and Expenses.

Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own costs and expenses (including investment advisory and legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 8.8            Entire Agreement.

This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not supersede the terms and provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall survive and remain in effect until expiration or termination thereof in accordance with its terms and this Agreement.

 

 

60



 

 

Section 8.9            Interpretation.

(a)           When a reference is made to an Article, Section or Schedule, such reference shall be to an Article, Section or Schedule of or to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

(b)           Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

(c)           Unless the context requires otherwise, words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other genders.

(d)           References to “dollars” or “$” are to U.S. dollars.

(e)           The terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereto” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement.

(f)            This Agreement was prepared jointly by the parties hereto and no rule that it be construed against the drafter will have any application in its construction or interpretation.

Section 8.10         Disclosure.

The inclusion of information in any Section of the Company Disclosure Letter shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material or that such matter actually constitutes noncompliance with, or a violation of, any Law, Permit or Contract or other topic to which such disclosure is applicable.

Section 8.11         Waiver and Amendment.

This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a written mutual agreement executed and delivered by the Company and Parent. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligations, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

Section 8.12         Third-Party Beneficiaries.

This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and, except for Section 5.8, nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

 

 

61



 

Section 8.13         Enforcement.

(a)           The Company agrees that, to the extent it has incurred Damages in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) the maximum aggregate liability of Parent for such losses or damages shall be limited to $100,000,000, (ii) in no event shall the Company seek to recover any money damages in excess of such amount from (or seek any other remedy against) Parent or its representatives and Affiliates in connection herewith, and (iii) Blackstone will not be responsible for any monetary Damages arising from any breach of its obligations under Section 5.7 or 5.14 of this Agreement and subject only to specific performance as described in and in accordance with Section 8.13(b) below, provided, however, that in any such case, if specific performance is not available to the Company pursuant to Section 8.13(b) below, then, subject to Section 7.2 and the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Parent shall be liable to the Company for any Damages resulting from any such breach by Blackstone.

(b)           The parties hereto agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed by either party in accordance with the terms hereof then, prior to the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1, the non-defaulting party shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy at law or equity (except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2); provided, however that the Company shall not be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent Parent from failing to, or to specifically enforce Parent’s obligation to, effect the Closing pursuant to Article II and satisfy its obligation to make the payment pursuant to Article III, and the Company’s sole and exclusive remedy under this Agreement for such failure shall be payment by Parent to the Company pursuant to Section 7.2.

Section 8.14         Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision hereof.

Section 8.15         No Consequential Damages.

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION THROUGH WHICH SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, SUCH LOST PROFITS WOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED CONSEQUENTIAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES.

Section 8.16         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed, shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument binding upon all of the parties hereto notwithstanding the fact that

 

62



 

 

all parties are not signatory to the original or the same counterpart. For purposes of this Agreement, facsimile signatures shall be deemed originals, and the parties agree to exchange original signatures as promptly as possible.

Section 8.17         Remedies.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each representation and warranty that speaks as to a specific matter shall be the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Company relating to, and shall be the sole and exclusive basis for any claim by Parent in relation to such matter.

Section 8.18         No Right of Setoff.

No party hereto nor any Affiliate thereof may deduct from, set off, holdback or otherwise reduce in any manner whatsoever any amount owed to it hereunder against any amounts owed hereunder by such Persons to the other party hereto or any of such other party’s Affiliates.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

63



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

 

WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

 

WORLDSPAN TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey C. Smith

 

Name:

Jeffrey C. Smith

 

Title:

General Counsel, Secretary and Senior Vice President Human Resources

 

 

64



 

 

 

CITIGROUP VENTURE CAPITAL EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P., on behalf of the Stockholders, solely in its capacity as a Stockholder Representative hereunder and solely with respect to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.10. 5.11, 5.13, 5.19 and Article VIII of the Agreement

 

 

 

By: CVC PARTNERS, LLC, as general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Authorized Signatory

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ONTARIO TEACHERS PENSION PLAN BOARD, on behalf of the Stockholders, solely in its capacity as a Stockholder Representative hereunder and solely with respect to Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.10. 5.11, 5.13, 5.19 and Article VIII of the Agreement

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shael Edlman

 

Name:

Shael Edlman

 

Title:

Director

 

 

65



 

 

BLACKSTONE MANAGEMENT PARTNERS V L.P., solely with respect to Sections 5.7 and 5.14 of the Agreement

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul C. Schorr IV

 

Name:

Paul C. Schorr IV

 

Title:

Senior Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66




Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

TDS INVESTOR LLC

 

1.             The name of the limited liability company is TDS Investor LLC.

 

2.             The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of TDS Investor LLC this 12 th day of June, 2006.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anthony Vernace

 

 

Name: Anthony Vernace

 

Title: Authorized Person

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION TO CORPORATION

 

OF

 

TDS INVESTOR LLC

 

TO

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

 

This Certificate of Conversion to Corporation, dated as of July 21, 2006, is being duly executed and filed by Martin Brand, to convert TDS Investor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), to TDS Investor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, pursuant to Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

1.             The Company was first formed on June 12, 2006, as a Delaware limited liability company.

 

2.             The name of the limited liability company immediately prior to filing this Certificate of Conversion to Corporation was TDS Investor LLC.

 

3.             The name of the corporation set forth in its certificate of incorporation being filed herewith is TDS Investor Corporation.

 

[Remainder of page left blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Conversion to Corporation as of the date first-above written.

 

 

TDS Investor LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Martin Brand

 

 

Name: Martin Brand

 

Title: Manager

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purpose hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is TDS Investor Corporation.

 

SECOND: The registered office and registered agent of the Corporation is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 each.

 

FIFTH: The name of the sole incorporator is Martin Brand, and his address is The Blackstone Group, 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by majority vote, may adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH: Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this Article SEVENTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation on July 21, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Martin Brand

 

 

Name: Martin Brand

 

Title: Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

TDS Investor Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport Inc.”

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the stockholder has given its written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

“RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport Inc .”
and it is further

RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle J. Boas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 26 th day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

 

FROM A CORPORATION

 

TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 


 

Pursuant to Sections 18-201 and 18-214 of the
Delaware Limited Liability Company Act
and Section 266 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


 

 

1. The name of the Corporation immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Conversion is Travelport Inc: The Corporation was originally formed as TDS Investor LLC on June 12, 2006. On July 21, 2006, the Corporation filed a Certificate of Conversion with the Secretary of State of Delaware changing its name to TDS Investor Corporation.

 

2. The Corporation was originally formed on the I2’h day of June 2006 tinder the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3. The name of the limited liability company into which the Corporation shall be converted, as set forth in its Certificate of Formation, is Travelport LLC.

 

4. The Conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 266 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Conversion to be executed in its name this 31st day of January, 2007.

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

TRAVELPORT LLC

 

1.             The name of the limited liability company is Travelport LLC.

 

2.             The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is: Corporation Service Company.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation on this 31st day of January, 2007,

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Title: Authorized Person

 


 

 



Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

TRAVELPORT LLC

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agree­ment”) of Travelport LLC (the “Company”) dated as of this 1 st day of March, 2007, by TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l., a Luxembourg company, as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

WHEREAS, on March 1, 2007, the sole member consented to the adoption of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company;

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1. Formation .  The member hereby forms the Company  pursuant to the Act.  A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2. Company Name .  The name of the Company “Travelport LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Members from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and

 



 

changes as the Members deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

SECTION 2.3.  Registered Office; Registered Agent .  The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 

SECTION 2.4.  Place of Business .  The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below).  The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5.  Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers .  The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.  The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by the Operating Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.  Business Transactions of a Member with the Company .  In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

                SECTION 2.7.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

                SECTION 2.8  EffectiveTime .  This agreement shall be deemed effective as of March 1, 2007.

 

2



 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Members

 

                SECTION 3.1.  Members .  The Members of the Company shall consist of the Members set forth on Scheduled A hereto.  Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in the Operating Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

                SECTION 3.2  Classes .  The membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common membership interests (“Common Interests”).  Except as specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

                SECTION 3.3.  Voting .  Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Operating Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class.  Members shall only entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to Members for their consideration by the Board.  Each Member shall be entitled to vote in proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

                SECTION 3.4.  Liability of Members .  All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

                SECTION 3.5.  Company Property .  No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company.  The interests of the Members in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

                SECTION 3.6.  Actions by the Members; Meetings; Quorum .

 

                                (a)     The Members may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Members at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent.  Meetings of the Members may be conducted in person or by

 

3



 

conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if such number of members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Members.

 

                                (b)           For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

                                (c)           The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Management

 

                SECTION 4.1.  Management of the Company.

 

                                (a)     Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Members for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company.  The Board shall consist of a minimum of one (1) individuals but not more than five (5) (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Members from time to time.  Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

                                (b)     Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the members with or without cause.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or disability shall be filled by the members.  A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

                SECTION 4.2.     Meetings of the Board .

 

                                (a)     The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager.  A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

4



 

                                (b)     All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers.  A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless:  (i)   the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat, (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or   (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

                                (c)     Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

                                (d)     Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.3.     Officers .     The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.4.     Reliance by Third Parties .     Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.5.     Expenses .     Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

 (a) all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Members of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to the Operating Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Members;

 

                (b) all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

5



 

                (c) all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

                (d) all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

                (e) all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

                (f) all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to the Operating Agreement.

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

                SECTION 5.1.  Capital Structure .  The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

                SECTION 5.2.  Capital Contributions .

 

                         (a)   Each Member shall contribute, as in initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.                                     100%

 

       (b) In exchange for the Initial Capital Contributions, Leading Residences of the World, LLC shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of each such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 5.3.  Additional Contributions .  No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company.  Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1.  Allocation of Profits and Losses .  For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in

 

6



 

accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes.  In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 6.2.  No Right to Distributions .  No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

                SECTION 6.3.  Ordinary Distributions .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

                SECTION 6.4.  Restrictions on Distributions .  The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

                SECTION 6.5.  Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law.  Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of the Operating Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Books and Records

 

                SECTION 7.1.  Books and Records; Accounting .  The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

                SECTION 7.2.  Company Tax Returns .  The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company.

 

7



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

                SECTION 8.1.  Term .  The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

                (a) a determination by a Majority of the Members to terminate the Company; or

 

                (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.  No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetence of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

                SECTION 8.2.     Liquidation .

 

                 (a) In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up.  All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled.  Distributions to the Members shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (b) In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Members from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

                (c) In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Members, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Members in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (d) Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Members shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

8



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Reports

 

                SECTION 9.1.  Form K-1 .  After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-1 and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

                SECTION 10.1.  Exculpation .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, the Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.2.  Indemnification .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.3.  Advancement of Expenses .  The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may

 

9



 

assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

                SECTION 10.4.  Indemnification Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

                SECTION 10.5  Insurance .  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6.  Continuation of Indemnity .   The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

                SECTION 11.1.  Transfers of Common Interests .  Each Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i) a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its

 Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a

 Member of the Company; and

 

(ii) the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee

consents to be bound by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

10



 

 

SECTION 11.2.  Amendment to the Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Operating Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by all of the Members.

 

                SECTION 11.3.  Successors; Counterparts .  The Operating Agreement   (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Members and   (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 11.4.  Governing Law; Severability .  The Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  In particular, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of the Operating Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement.  In that case, the Operating Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, the Operating Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as  (a) to make it enforceable or valid and   (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in the Operating Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5.  Filings .  Following the execution and delivery of the Operating Agreement, the Members shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Members shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business.  The Members shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

                SECTION 11.6.  Headings .  Section and other headings contained in the Operating Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of the Operating Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

11



 

                SECTION 11.7.  Additional Documents .  Each Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

                SECTION 11.8.  Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice.  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received,  (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or  (c)   if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

                SECTION 11.9.  Waiver of Partition .  Each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

                SECTION 11.10.  Interpretation .  Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

{SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS}

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the 1 st  day of March, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.R.L.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Sutherland

 

 

Name:

John Sutherland

 

 

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

 



 

 

Schedule A

 

 

Members

 

Common Interest

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.R.L.

 

100

%

 

13




Exhibit 3.3

 

FORM NO. 6

Registration No. 38682

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

I hereby in accordance with section 14 of the Companies Act 1981 issue this Certificate of Incorporation and do certify that on the 13th day of July, 2006

 

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

was registered by me in the Register maintained by me under the provisions of the said section and that the status of the said company is that of an exempted company.

 

 

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of
the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES
this 13th day of July 2006

 

 

 

 

/s/ Registrar of Companies

 

 

 

for Registrar of Companies

 

 

 



Registration No. 38682

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

ON CHANGE OF NAME

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in accordance with section 10 of the Companies Act 1981 TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd. by resolution and with the approval of the Registrar of Companies has changed its name and was registered as Travelport Limited on the 2nd day of October, 2006 .

 

Given under my hand and the Seal of the

REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 4th

day of October, 2006

 

 

/s/ Authorized Signatory

for Registrar of Companies




Exhibit 3.4

 

FORM NO. 2

 

 

BERMUDA

 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF

 

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.
(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1.                                        The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.                                        We, the undersigned, namely,

 

NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

BERMUDIAN
STATUS
(Yes/No)

 

NATIONALITY

 

NUMBER OF
SHARES
SUBSCRIBED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.J. Doyle

 

Clarendon House 2 Church Street Hamilton HM II Bermuda

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.G. Garrad

 

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.R. Guilfoyle

 

 

No

 

British

 

One

 

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 



 

3.                                        The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.                                        The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding  in all, including the following parcels:

 

N/A

 

5.                                        The authorised share capital of the Company is US$12,000 divided into shares of US$1.00 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is US$12,000.

 

6.                                        The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are -

 

(1)                                  To acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, create, market, design, assemble, manufacture, repair, lease, hire, let, sell, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), maintain, improve, develop, manage, invent, build, construct, operate, package and otherwise trade, invest or deal in and with products, financial instruments, goods, and real and personal property of all kinds whatsoever and wheresoever situated, and enter into arrangements for or with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

(2)                                  To perform, provide, procure, market and deal in services and undertakings of all kinds;

 

(3)                                  To advise and act as consultants and managers of all kinds and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to provide investment and financial advice, consultation and management services;

 

(4)                                  To research, create, develop, invent, improve, discover, design, collate and draft original works, software, inventions, designs, concepts, formulas, processes, strategies, methodologies and the like, and acquire, build, own, hold, sell, lease, license, dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), market, franchise, and otherwise exploit and deal in or with all intellectual and intangible property rights pertaining thereto whether registered or not, including but not limited to trade and service marks, trade names, copyrights, computer software, inventions, designs, patents, provisional patents, utility models, trade secrets, confidential information, brow how, get-up and any other rights and privileges vesting in or attaching thereto;

 

(5)                                  To explore for, drill for, mine for, quarry for, move, transport, and refine metals, minerals, fossil fuel, petroleum, hydrocarbon products including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, oil and oil products, and precious stones of all kinds and to prepare the same for sale or use;

 

(6)                                  To enter into any guarantee, contract of indemnity or suretyship and to assure, support or secure with or without consideration or benefit the performance of any obligations of any

 



 

person or persons and to guarantee the fidelity of individuals filling or about to fill situations of trust or confidence;

 

(7)                                  To own, manage, operate, act as agents with respect to, build, repair, acquire, own, sell, charter, or deal in ships and aircraft;

 

(8)                                  To lend to or deposit with any person funds, property or assets and to provide collateral or credit enhancement for loans, leasing or other forms of financing, with or without consideration or benefit;

 

(9)                                  To create, enter into, undertake, procure, arrange for, acquire by purchase or otherwise, buy, own, hold, sell or otherwise dispose of (with or without consideration or benefit), trade, invest and or otherwise deal in, whether on a speculative basis or otherwise, all and or any kind of (including without limitation all and or any combinations of and all and or any rights or interests under) instrument, agreement, contract, covenant and undertaking, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, derivative instrument, agreement or contract, option, swap option contract, bond, warrant, debenture, equity, forward exchange contract, forward rate contract, future, hedge, security, note, certificate of deposit, unit, guarantee and or financial instrument; and

 

(10)                           To carry on any trade or business which can, in the opinion of the board of directors, be advantageously carried on by the Company.

 

7.                                        Powers of the Company

 

1,             The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42 of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed.

 

2.             The Company shall, pursuant to Section 42A of the Companies Act 1981, have the power to purchase its own shares.

 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

     /s/ Authorized Signatory

 

      /s/ Rosane S. Viera

 

 

 

 

     /s/ Authorized Signatory

 

      /s/ Rosane S. Viera

 

 

 

 

     /s/ Authorized Signatory

 

      /s/ Rosane S. Viera

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Subscribers)

 

(Witnesses)

 

 

SUBSCRIBED this July 12th 2006 .

 



 

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

 

FIRST SCHEDULE

 

A company limited by shares, or other company having a share capital, may exercise all or any of the following powers subject to any provision of the law or its memorandum:

 

1.                                        [Deleted]

 

2.                                        to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on any business that the company is authorised to carry on;

 

3.                                        to apply for register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold, use, control, licence, sell, assign or dispose of patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade makers, formulae, licences, inventions, processes, distinctive makers and similar rights;

 

4.                                        to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint venture, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction that the company is authorised to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

5.                                        to take or otherwise acquire and hold securities in any other body corporate having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

 

6.                                        subject to section 96 to lend money to any employee or to any person having dealings with the company or with whom the company proposes to have dealings or to any other body - corporate any of those shares are held by the company;

 

7.                                        to apply for, secure or acquire by grant, legislative enactment, assignment, transfer, purchase or otherwise and to exercise, carry out and enjoy any charter, licence, power, authority, franchise, concession, right or privilege, that any government or authority or any body corporation or other public body may be empowered to grant, and to pay for, aid in and contribute toward carrying it into effect and to assume any liabilities or obligations incident& thereto;

 

8.                                        to establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such employees or former employees, and grant pensions and allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any object similar to those set forth in this paragraph, and to subscribe or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational and religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful objects;

 



 

9.                                        to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;

 

10.                                  to purchase, lease, take in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that the company considers necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business;

 

11.                                  to construct, maintain, alter, renovate and demolish any buildings or works necessary or convenient for its objects;

 

12.                                  to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding fifty years, being land “bona fide’ required for the purposes of the business of the company and with the consent of the Minister granted in his discretion to take land in Bermuda by way of lease or leasing agreement for a term not exceeding twenty-one years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees and when no longer necessary for any of the above purposes to terminate or transfer the lease or letting agreement;

 

13.                                  except to the extent, if any, as may be otherwise expressly provided in its incorporating Act or memorandum and subject to the provisions of this Act every company shall have power to invest the moneys of the Company by way of mortgage of real or personal property of every description in Bermuda or elsewhere and to sell, exchange, vary, or dispose of such mortgage as the company shall from time to time determine;

 

14.                                  to construct, improve, maintain, ‘work, manage, carry out or control any roads, ways, tramways, branches or sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences that may advance the interests of the company and contribute to, subsidise or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof;

 

15.                                  to raise and assist in raising money for, and aid byway of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise, any person and guarantee the performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of any person, and in particular guarantee the payment of the principal of and interest on the debt obligations of any such person;

 

16.                                  to borrow or raise or secure the payment of money in such manner as the company may think fit;

 

17.                                  to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

 

18.                                  when properly authorised to do so, to sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks fit;

 



 

19.                                  to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the company in the ordinary course of its business;

 

20.                                  to adopt such means of making known the products of the company as may seem expedient, and in particular by advertising, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals and by granting prizes and rewards and making donations;

 

21.                                  to cause the company to be registered and recognised in any foreign jurisdiction, and designate persons therein according to the laws of that foreign jurisdiction or to represent the company and to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any process or suit;

 

22.                                  to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in payment or part payment of any property purchase or otherwise acquired by the company or for any past services performed for the company;

 

23.                                  to distribute among the members of the company in cash, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable, any property of the company, but not so as to decrease the capital of the company unless the distribution is made for the purpose of enabling the company to be dissolved or the distribution, apart from this paragraph, would be otherwise lawful;

 

24.                                  to establish agencies and branches;

 

25.                                  to take or hold mortgages, hypothecs, liens and charges to secure payment of the purchase price, or of any unpaid balance of the purchase price, of any part of the property of the company of whatsoever kind sold by the company, or for any money due to the company from purchasers and others and to sell or otherwise dispose of any such mortgage, hypothec, lien or charge;

 

26.                                  to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the incorporation and organisation of the company;

 

27.                                  to invest and deaf with the moneys of the company not immediately required for the objects of the company in such manner as may be determined;

 

28.                                  to do any of the things authorised by this subsection and all things authorised by its memorandum as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others;

 

29.                                  to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the objects and the exercise of the powers of the company.

 

Every company may exercise its powers beyond the boundaries of Bermuda to the extent to which the laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit.

 



 

BYE-LAWS

 

of

 

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.

 

 

 

/s/ T.W. Tucker Hall

 

 

Name:    T.W. Tucker Hall

 

 

Title:             Secretary

 

 

 

ADOPTED: 13th July, 2006.

 



 

BYE-LAWS

 

of

 

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.           Definitions

 

SHARES

 

2.           Power to Issue Shares

3.           Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

4.           Rights Attaching to Shares

5.           Calls on Shares

6.           Prohibition on Financial Assistance

7.           Forfeiture of Shares

8.           Share Certificates

9.           Fractional Shares

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

10.     Register of Members

11.     Registered Holder Absolute Owner

12.     Transfer of Registered Shares

13.     Transmission of Registered Shares

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

14.     Power to Alter Capital

15.     Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

16.     Dividends

17.     Power to Set Aside Profits

18.     Method of Payment

19.     Capitalisation

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

20.     Annual General Meetings

21.     Special General Meetings

22.     Requisitioned General Meetings

23.     Notice

24.     Giving Notice

25.     Postponement of General Meeting

26.     Participating in Meetings by Telephone

27.     Quorum at General Meetings

28.     Chairman to Preside

29.     Voting on Resolutions

30.     Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

31.     Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

32.     Instrument of Proxy

33.     Representation of Corporate Member

34.     Adjournment of General Meeting

35.     Written Resolutions

36.     Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

37.     Election of Directors

38.     Number of Directors

39.     Term of Office of Directors

40.     Alternate Directors

41.     Removal of Directors

42.     Vacancy in the Office of Director

43.     Remuneration of Directors

44.     Defect in Appointment of Director

45.     Directors to Manage Business

46.     Powers of the Board of Directors The Board may:

47.     Register of Directors and Officers

48.     Officers

49.     Appointment of Officers

50.     Duties of Officers

51.     Remuneration of Officers

52.     Conflicts of Interest

53.     Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

54.     Board Meetings

55.     Notice of Board Meetings

56.     Participation in Meetings by Telephone

57.     Quorum at Board Meetings

58.     Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

59.     Chairman to Preside

60.     Written Resolutions

61.     Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

62.     Minutes

63.     Place Where Corporate Records Kept

64.     Farm and Use of Seal

 

ACCOUNTS

 

65.     Books of Account

66.     Financial Year End

 

AUDITS

 

67.     Annual Audit

68.     Appointment of Auditor

69.     Remuneration of Auditor

70.     Duties of Auditor

71.     Access to Records

72.     Financial Statements

73.     Distribution of Auditor’s Report

74.     Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

75.     Winding-Up

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

76.     Changes to Bye-laws

77.     Changes to the Memorandum of Association

78.     Discontinuance

 



 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

Act

the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

 

Alternate Director

an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

 

Auditor

includes an individual or partnership;

 

 

Board

the board of directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum;

 

 

Company

the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;

 

 

Director

a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;

 

 

Member

the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;

 

 

notice

written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

 

Officer

any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

 

Register of Directors

 

and Officers

the register of directors and officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

Register of Members

the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

Resident Representative

any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative; and

 

 

Secretary

the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or

 



 

 

assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary.

 

1.2                                In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context,

 

(a)                                   words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

(c)                                   words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d)                                  the words:

 

(i)                                      “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

(ii)                                   “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

(e)                                   unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

1.3                                In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile. printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

1.4                                Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof,

 

SHARES

 

2.                                       Power to Issue Shares

 

2.1                                Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares of the Company on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital, or otherwise as the Company may by resolution of the Members prescribe.

 

2.2                                Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board (before the issue or conversion).

 

3.                                       Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

 

2



 

The Company may purchase its own shares in accordance with the provisions of the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

4.                                       Rights Attaching to Shares

 

Subject to any resolution of the Members to the contrary (and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares), the share capital of the Company shall be divided into shares of a single class the holders of which shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

(a)                                   be entitled to one vote per share;

 

(b)                                  be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

(c)                                   in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

(d)                                  generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

5.                                       Calls on Shares

 

5.1                                The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any monies (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

5.2                                The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

5.3                                The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up,

 

6.                                       Prohibition on Financial Assistance

 

The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of the acquisition or proposed acquisition by any person of any shares in the Company, but nothing in this Bye-law shall prohibit transactions permitted under the Act.

 

7.                                       Forfeiture of Shares

 

7.1                                If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time

 

 

3



as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call
• (the “Company”)

 

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [ ] day of [ ], 200[ 3, in respect of the [number] share(s) [number in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [ ] day of [ ], 209[ ], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [ ] per annum computed from the said [ ] day of j ], 200[ j at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will he liable to be forfeited.

 

Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board

 

7.2                                If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Bye-laws and the Act.

 

7.3                                A Member whose share or shares have been forfeited as aforesaid shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, he liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture and all interest due thereon.

 

7.4                                The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

8.                                       Share Certificates

 

8.1                                Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

8.2                                The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

8.3                                If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

4



 

9.                                       Fractional Shares

 

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

10.                                Register of Members

 

10.1                         The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

10.2                         The Register of Members shall be open to inspection at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

11.                                Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

12.                                Transfer of Registered Shares

 

12.1                         An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Board may accept;

 

Transfer of a Share or Shares
• (the “Company”)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED     [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address), [number] of shares of the Company.

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

Transferee

 

Witness

 

5



 

 

12.2                         Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

12.3                         The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

12.4                         The joint holders of any share may transfer such shame to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

12.5                         The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share. The Board shall refuse to register a transfer unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

13.                                Transmission of Registered Shares

 

13.1                         In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the provisions of the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

13.2                         Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled an Death/Bankruptcy of a Member
s (the “Company’)

 

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member) to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myselt7ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators axed assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

 

6



 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

Transferee

 

Witness

 

13.3                         On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer’ of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

13.4                         Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint bolder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to the said share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

14.                                Power to Alter Capital

 

14.1                         The company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

14.2                         Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.

 

15.                                Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

If at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of airy class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

7



DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

16.                                Dividends

 

16.1                         The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in, specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

16.2                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

16.3                         The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares that on others.

 

16.4                         The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company. No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

17.                                Power to Set Aside Profits

 

The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such sum as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose.

 

18.                                Method of Payment

 

18.1                         Any dividend, interest, or other monies payable in cash in respect of the shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the Member at such Member’s address in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the holder may in writing direct.

 

18.2                         In the case of joint holders of shares, any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the address of the holder first named in the Register of Members, or to such person and to such address as the joint holders may in writing direct. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

18.3                         The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all monies due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

19.                                Capitalisation

 

19.1                         The Board may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss

 

 

8



account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rate to the Members.

 

19.2                         The Board may resolve to capitalise any sum for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full partly paid or nil paid shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution,

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

20.                                Annual General Meetings

 

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint,

 

21.                                Special General Meetings

 

The President or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene a special general meeting of the Company whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.

 

22.                                Requisitioned General Meetings

 

The Board shall, on the requisition. of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at genera’ meetings of the Company, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting of the Company and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

23.                                Notice

 

23.1                         At least five days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

23.2                         At least five days’ notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

23.3                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting of the Company.

 

23.4                         A general meeting of the Company shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting,

 

9



being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

23.5                         The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

24.                                Giving Notice

 

24.1                         A notice may be given by the Company to any Member either by delivering it to such Member in person or by sending it to such Member’s address in the Register of Members or to such other address given for the purpose. For the purposes of this Bye-law, a notice may be sent by letter mail, courier service, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile, electronic mail or other mode of representing words in a legible form,

 

24.2                         Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

24.3                         Any notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or to the cable company or transmitted by telex, facsimile, electronic mail, or such other method as the case may be.

 

25.                                Postponement of General Meeting

 

The Secretary may postpone any general meeting called in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed meeting shall be given to each Member in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

26.                                Participating in Meetings by Telephone

 

Members may participate in any general meeting by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

27.                                Quorum at General Meetings

 

27.1                         At any general meeting of the Company two or more persons present in person and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall ferns a quorum for the transaction of business, provided that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any general meeting of the Company held during such time.

 

10



27.2                         If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the Secretary shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and plane, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting being adjourned. If the Secretary shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the resumption of the meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

28.                                Chairman to Preside

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not the President, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Members at which such person is present. In their absence, the Deputy Chairman or Vice President, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

29.                                Voting on Resolutions

 

29.1                         Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

29.2                         No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

 

29.3                         At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares and subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his or her hand.

 

29.4                         At any general meeting if an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting shall rule on whether the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

29.5                         At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to the provisions of these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

30.                                Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

30.1                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

 

11



 

(a)                                   the chairman of such meeting; or

 

(b)                                  at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

(c)                                   any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

(d)                                  any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one tenth of the total sum paid up on all such shaves conferring such right.

 

30.2                         Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein; or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

30.3                         A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith and a poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and at such time and place at such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll,

 

30.4                         Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken, and each ballot paper shall be signed or initialed or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman for the purpose and the result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

31.                                Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

32.                                Instrument of Proxy

 

32.1                         An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing or transmitted by electronic mail in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept:

 

12



 

Proxy
• (the “Company”)

 

I /We, [insert names here], being a Member of the Company with [Number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT Inane] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for metes at the meeting of the Members to be held on the [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ] and at any adjournment thereof. (Any restrictions on eating to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this [ ] day of [ ], 200[ ]

 

 

 

Member (s)

 

32.2                         The instrument of proxy shall be signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman, by the appointor or by the appointor’s attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or signed or, in the case of a transmission by electronic mail, electronically signed in a manner acceptable to the chairman, by a duly authorised officer or attorney.

 

32.3                         A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf.

 

32.4                         The decision of’ the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

33.                                Representation of Corporate Member

 

33.1                         A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Members and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

33.2                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member,

 

34.                                Adjournment of General Meeting

 

The chairman of a general meeting may, with the consent of the Members at any general meeting at which a quorum is present, and shall if so directed, adjourn the meeting. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with the provisions of these Bye-laws.

 

35.                                Written Resolutions

 

35.1                         Subject to the following, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting and without any previous notice being required, be done by resolution in writing signed by, or in the

 

13



 

case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members who at the date of the resolution would be entitled to attend the meeting and vote on the resolution.

 

35.2                         A resolution in writing may be signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, all the Members, or all the Members of the relevant class thereof, in as many counterparts as may be necessary,

 

35.3                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

35.4                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

35.5                         This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

(a)                                   a resolution passed to remove an auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or

 

(b)                                  a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.

 

35.6                         For the purposes of this Bye-law, the date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member to sign and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

 

36.                                Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

The Directors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

37.                                Election of Directors

 

37.1                         The Board of Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place at the statutory meeting of the Company and thereafter, except in the case of a casual vacancy, at the annual general meeting or at any special general meeting called for that purpose.

 

37.2                         At any general meeting the Members may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting.

 

38.                                Number of Directors

 

 

14



 

The Board shall consist of not less than two Directors or such number in excess thereof as the Members may determine.

 

39.                                Term of Office of Directors

 

Directors shall hold office for such term as the Members may determine or, in the absence of such determination, until the next annual general meeting or until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.

 

40.                                Alternate Directors

 

40.1                         At any general meeting of the Company, the Members may elect a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to any one or more Directors of the Company or may authorise the Board to appoint such Alternate Directors.

 

40.2                         Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice in writing deposited with the Secretary. Any person so elected or appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

40.3                         An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Board and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.

 

40.4                         An Alternate Director shall cease to he such if the Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed ceases for any reason to be a Director but may be re-appointed by the Board as an alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

41.                                Removal of Directors

 

41.1                         Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than I4 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

41.2                         If a Director is removed from the Board under the provisions of this Bye-law the Members may fill the vacancy at the Meeting at which such Director is removed. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.

 

42.                                Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

42.1                         The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

15



 

(a)                                   is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

(b)                                  is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

(c)                                   is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

 

(d)                                  resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company.

 

42.2                         The Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed.

 

43.                                Remuneration of Directors

 

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from the meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings of the Company, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

44.                                Defect in Appointment of Director

 

All acts done in good faith by the Board or by a. committee of the Board or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

45.                                Directors to Manage Business

 

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by statute or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by -the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to these Bye-laws, the provisions of any statute and to such directions as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting.

 

46.                                Powers of the Board of Directors The Board may:

 

(a)                                   appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

(b)                                  exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

16



(c)                                   appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the genera( business and affairs of the Company;

 

(d)                                  appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

(e)                                   by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think it and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney. Such attorney may, if so authorised under the seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under such attorney’s personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the seal of the Company;

 

(f)                                     procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company;

 

(g)                                  delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;

 

(h)                                  delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit;

 

(i)                                      present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

(j)                                      in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and

 

(k)                                   authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

47.                                Register of Directors and Officers

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

17



 

48.                                Officers

 

The Officers shall consist of a President and a Vice President or a Chairman and a Deputy Chairman, a Secretary and such additional Officers as the Board may determine all of whom shall be deemed to be Officers for the purposes of these Bye-laws.

 

49.                                Appointment of Officers

 

The Board shall, as soon as possible after the statutory meeting of Members and after each annual general meeting, appoint a President and Vice President or a Chairman and Deputy Chairman who shall be Directors. The Secretary (and additional Officers, if any) shall be appointed by the Board from time to time.

 

50.                                Duties of Officers

 

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

51.                                Remuneration of Officers

 

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.

 

52.                                Conflicts of Interest

 

52.1                         Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or company shall be entitled to remuneration as if such Director were not a Director. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.

 

52.2                         A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

52.3                         Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum for such meeting.

 

53.                                Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

53.1                         The Directors, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company, any subsidiary thereof, and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of

 

 

18



their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of a1~.y action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall. not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

53.2                         The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer of the Company against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer of the Company or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

54.                                Board Meetings

 

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

55.                                Notice of Board Meetings

 

A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board. Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, cable, telex, telecopier, facsimile, electronic mail or other mode of representing words in a legible form at such Director’s last known address or any other address given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

56.                                Participation in Meetings by Telephone

 

Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

 

19



57.                                Quorum at Board Meetings

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be two Directors.

 

58.                                Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

 

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting of the Company; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

59.                                Chairman to Preside

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not, the President shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board at which such person is present. In their absence the Deputy Chairman or Vice President, if present, shall act as chairman and in the absence of all of them a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

60.                                Written Resolutions

 

A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution. For the purposes of this Bye-law only, “Director” shall not include an Alternate Director.

 

61.                                Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

62.                                Minutes

 

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)                                   of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

(b)                                  of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

(c)                                   of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, meetings of managers and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

63.                                Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

20



 

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

64.                                Farm and Use of Seal

 

64.1                         The seal of the Company shall be in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

64.2                         The seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except attested by the signature of (i) a Director and the Secretary; or (ii) any two Directors; or (iii) any person appointed by the Board for that purpose, provided that any Director, Officer or Resident Representative, may affix the seal of the Company attested by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative’s signature to any authenticated copies of these Bye-laws, the incorporating documents of the Company, the minutes of any meetings or any other documents required to be authenticated by such Director, Officer or Resident Representative,

 

ACCOUNTS

 

65.                                Books of Account

 

65.1                         The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

(a)                                   all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

(b)                                  all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

(c)                                   all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

65.2                         Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, or subject to the provisions of the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

66.                                Financial Year End

 

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31” December in each year.

 

AUDITS

 

67.                                Annual Audit

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall he audited at least once in every year.

 

68.                                Appointment of Auditor

 

21



 

68.1                         Subject to the provisions of the Act, at the annual general meeting or at a subsequent special general meeting in each year, an independent representative of the Members shall be appointed by them as Auditor of the accounts of the Company.

 

68.2                         The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

69.                                Remuneration of Auditor

 

Save in the case of an Auditor appointed pursuant to Bye-law 74, the remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine. In the case of an Auditor appointed pursuant to Bye-law 74, the remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Directors.

 

70.                                Duties of Auditor

 

70.1                         The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

70.2                         The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

71.                                Access to Records

 

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

72.                                Financial Statements

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the provisions of the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting.

 

73.                                Distribution of Auditor’s Report

 

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

74.                                Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

The Board may fill any casual vacancy in the office of the auditor.

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

75.                                Winding-Up

 

22



 

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

76.                                Changes to Bye-laws

 

No Bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law shall be made save in accordance with the provisions of the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.

 

77.                                Changes to the Memorandum of Association

 

No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association shall be made save in accordance with the provisions of the Act and until same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.

 

78.                                Discontinuance

 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.

 

23




Exhibit 3.5

 

TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à r.l.
Société à responsabilité limitée

GESELLSCHAFTSGRÜNDUNG
vom 14. Juli 2006 - N°

In the year two thousand and six, on the fourteenth day of July.

Before the undersigned Maítre Joseph Elvinger, notary, residing in Luxembourg.

There appeared:

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., an exempted limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda,

duly represented by Ms. Nicole Schmidt-Troje, lawyer, residing in Luxembourg, by virtue of a proxy given on 13 July 2006.

This proxy, after having been signed ne varietur by the proxyholder of the appearing party and the undersigned notary, shall remain attached to this document in order to be registered therewith.

Such appearing party, acting in its hereabove stated capacity, has drawn up the following articles of association of a sociétè a responsabilité limitée, which it declares organised as follows:

A. PURPOSE — DURATION — NAME — REGISTERED OFFICE

Art. 1             There is hereby established by the current owner of the shares created hereafter and all those who may become shareholders in future, a société a responsabilité limitée (hereinafter the “ Company ”) which shall be governed by the law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies, as amended, as well as by the present articles of incorporation.

Art. 2              The purpose of the Company is the holding of participations, in any form whatsoever, in Luxembourg and foreign companies and any other form of investment, the acquisition by purchase, subscription or in any other manner as well as the transfer by sale, exchange or otherwise of securities of any kind and the administration, control and development of its portfolio.

The Company may further guarantee, grant loans or otherwise assist the companies in which it holds a direct or indirect participation or which form part of the same group of companies as the Company.

The Company may carry out any commercial, industrial or financial activities which it may deem useful in accomplishment of its purpose.

Art. 3              The Company is incorporated for unlimited period.

 



 

Art. 4              The Company is incorporated under the name of “TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.I.”

Art. 5             The registered office of the Company is established in Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. It may be transferred to any other place in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg by mean of a resolution of a general meeting of its shareholders. A transfer of the registered office within the same municipality may be decided by a resolution of the board of managers. Branches or other offices may be established either in Luxembourg or abroad.

B. SHARE CAPITAL — SHARES

Art. 6             The Company’s share capital is set at twelve thousand five hundred euro (EUR 12,500) represented by five hundred (500) shares with a par value of twenty-five euro (EUR 25) each.

Each share is entitled to one vote at ordinary and extraordinary general meetings.

Art. 7              The share capital may be modified at any time by approval of a majority of shareholders representing three quarters of the share capital at least.

Art. 8              The Company will recognize only one holder per share. The joint co-owners shall appoint a single representative who shall represent them towards the Company.

Art. 9             The Company’s shares are freely transferable among shareholders. Inter vivos, they may only be transferred to new shareholders subject to the approval of such transfer given by the existing shareholders in a general meeting, at a majority of three quarters of the share capital.

In the event of death, the shares of the deceased shareholder may only be transferred to new shareholders subject to the approval of such transfer given by the other shareholders in a general meeting, at a majority of three quarters of the share capital. Such approval is, however, not required in case the shares are transferred either to parents, descendants or the surviving spouse.

Art. 10            The death, suspension of civil rights, bankruptcy or insolvency of one of the shareholders will not cause the dissolution of the Company.

Art. 11            Neither creditors, nor assigns, nor heirs of the shareholders may for any reason affix seals on assets or documents of the Company.

C. MANAGEMENT

Art. 12            The Company is managed by one or several managers, which do not need to be shareholders.

The manager(s) is (are) appointed by the general meeting of shareholders which sets the term of their office.

In the case of several managers, the Company is managed by a board of managers, who need not necessarily be shareholders. The company will be bound in all circumstances by the sole

 

2



 

signature of any member of the board of managers. The manager(s) may be dismissed freely at any time, without there having to exist any legitimate reason ( cause légitime ).

The board of managers may grant special powers by authentic proxy or power of attorney by private instrument.

Art. 13            The death or resignation of a manager, for any reason whatsoever, shall not cause the dissolution of the company.

Art. 14           The manager(s) do not assume, by reason, of its/their position, any personal liability in relation to commitments regularly made by them in the name of the company. They are authorised agents only and are therefore merely responsible for the execution of their mandate.

D.            DECISIONS OF THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER -
COLLECTIVE DECISIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

Art. 15           Each shareholder may participate in the collective decisions irrespective of the numbers of shares which he owns. Each shareholder is entitled to as many votes as he holds or represents shares.

Art. 16            Collective decisions are only validly taken in so far they are adopted by shareholders owning more than half of the share capital.

The amendment of the articles of incorporation requires the approval of a majority of shareholders representing three quarters of the share capital at least.

Art. 17           The sole shareholder exercises the powers granted to the general meeting of shareholders under the provisions of section XII of the law of 10 August 1915 concerning commercial companies, as amended.

E. FINANCIAL YEAR — ANNUAL ACCOUNTS — DISTRIBUTION OF PROFITS

Art. 18            The Company’s year commences on the first of January and ends on the thirty-first of December.

Art. 19           Each year on the thirty-first of December, the accounts are closed and the managers prepare an inventory including an indication of the value of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Each shareholder may inspect the above inventory and balance sheet at the Company’s registered office.

Art. 20           Five per cent (5 %) of the net profit is set aside for the establishment of a statutory reserve, until such reserve amounts to ten per cent (10 %) of the share capital. The balance may be freely used by the shareholders. Interim dividends may be distributed in compliance with the terms and conditions provided for by law.

 

3



 

F. DISSOLUTION - LIQUIDATION

Art. 21           In the event of a dissolution of the Company, the Company shall be liquidated by one or more liquidators, which do not need to be shareholders, and which are appointed by the general meeting of shareholders which will determine their powers and fees. Unless otherwise provided, the liquidators shall have the most extensive powers for the realisation of the assets and payment of the liabilities of the Company.

The surplus resulting from the realisation of the assets and the payment of the liabilities shall be distributed among the shareholders proportionally to the shares of the Company held by them.

Art. 22           All matters not governed by these articles of incorporation shall be determined in accordance with the law of 10 August 1915 on commercial companies and amendments thereto.

SUBSCRIPTION AND PAYMENT

The five hundred (500) shares have been subscribed as follows:

-                                             five hundred (500) shares have been subscribed by TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., as aforementioned, and have been fully paid up in cash for a total price of twelve thousand five hundred euro (EUR 12,500)

All the shares have been entirely paid-up, so that the amount of twelve thousand five hundred euro (EUR 12,500.-) entirely allocated to the share capital, is as of now available to the Company, as it has been justified to the undersigned notary.

TRANSITIONAL DISPOSITIONS

The first financial year shall begin on the date hereof and shall terminate on 31 December 2006.

EXPENSES

The expenses, costs, remunerations or charges in any form whatsoever which shall be borne by the Company as a result of its incorporation are estimated at approximately 2,000.- Euro.

EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

Immediately after the incorporation of the Company, the above named person, representing the entire subscribed capital and exercising the powers of the meeting, passed the following resolutions:

1.                                                                The registered office of the Company shall be 4a, rue Henri Schnadt, L-2530 Luxembourg.

2.                                                                The following persons are appointed as the managers of the Company for an indefinite period:

 

4



 

-                                             Paul C. Schorr, Senior Managing Director, born on 31 March 1967 in Lincoln, NE, USA, with professional address at 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, United States of America;

-                                             Robert L. Friedman, Senior Managing Director, born on 19 March 1943 in Mt. Vernon, NY, USA, with professional address at 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, United States of America;

-                                             Ben Jenkins, Principal, born on 25 February 1971 in Clarksville, TN, USA, with professional address at 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, United States of America; and

-                                             John Sutherland, Manager, born on 2 December 1964 in Lower Hutt, New Zealand, residing at 9, rue Principale, L-6990 Hostert, Luxembourg.

The undersigned notary who understands and speaks English, states herewith that on request of the above appearing person(s), the present deed is worded in English followed by a German translation; on the request of the same appearing person(s) and in case of divergences between the English and the German text, the English version will prevail.

Whereof the present notarial deed was drawn up in Luxembourg, on the day named at the beginning of this document.

The document having been read to the appearing person(s), the said person(s) appearing signed together with the notary, the present original deed.

ES FOLGT DIE DEUTSCHE ÜBERSETZUNG DES ENGLISCHEN TEXTES

Im Jahre zweitausendsechs, den vierzehnten Juli.

Vor dem unterzeichneten Notar Maitre Joseph Elvinger, mit Amtssitz in Luxemburg,

IST ERSCHIENEN:

TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd. , eine Gesellschaft gegründet nach dem Recht von Bermuda mit Sitz in Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda,

hier vertreten durch Frau Nicole Schmidt-Troje, Rechtsanwältin, wohnhaft zu Luxemburg, aufgrund einer privatschriftlichen Vollmacht, ausgestellt am 13. Juli 2006.

Die Vollmacht bleibt nach Zeichnung ne varietur durch die Erschienene und den unterzeichneten Notar gegenwärtiger Urkunde als Anlage beigefügt, um mit derselben eingetragen zu werden.

Die Erschienene ersucht den unterzeichneten Notar, die Satzung einer Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung, die sie hiermit gründet, wie folgt zu beurkunden:

A. ZWECK — DAUER — NAME — SITZ

 

5



 

Art. 1             Hiermit wird zwischen dem jetzigen Inhabern der ausgegebenen Anteile und denjenigen, die in Zukunft Gesellschafter werden, eine Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung nach Luxemburger Recht (nachstehend die „ Gesellschaft ”) gegründet, die durch die Bestimmungen des Gesetzes vom 10. August 1915 über die Handelsgesellschaften, neue Fassung, sowie durch nachstehende Satzung geregelt wird.

Art. 2             Zweck der Gesellschaft ist der Erwerb von Beteiligungen jeder Art an in- und ausländischen Gesellschaften und die Verwirklichung sonstiger Investitionen jeder Art, der Erwerb von Wertpapieren jeder Art durch Kauf, Zeichnung oder auf andere Weise, die Übertragung von Wertpapieren durch Verkauf, Tausch oder auf andere Weise sowie die Verwaltung, Kontrolle undVerwertung dieser Beteiligungen.

Die Gesellschaft kann weiterhin Gesellschaften, in denen: sie eine direkte oder indirekte Beteiligung hält oder die der gleichen Gesellschaftsgruppe wie sie selbst angehören, Bürgschaften oder Kredite gewähren oder sie auf andere Weise unterstütze..

Die Gesellschaft kann alle Geschäfte kaufmännischer, gewerblicher oder finanzieller Natur betreiben, die der Erreichung ihres Zweckes förderlich sind.

Art. 3             Die Dauer der Gesellschaft ist auf unbestimmte Zeit festgesetzt.

Art. 4             Die Gesellschaft führt die Bezeichnung „ TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à r.l” .

Art.5              Der Sitz der Gesellschaft befindet sich in Luxemburg-Stadt, Großherzogtum Luxemburg. Er kann durch Beschluss der Hauptversammlung der Gesellschafter an jeden beliebigen Ort im Großherzogtum Luxemburg verlegt werden. Innerhalb desselben Bezirkes kann der Gesellschaftssitz durch einfachen Beschluss des Geschäftsfuhrers oder des Geschäftsführerrates verlegt werden. Die Gesellschaft kann Filialen oder andere Geschäftsstellen sowohl im Großherzogtum Luxemburg als auch im Ausland eröffnen.

B. GESELLSCHAFTSKAPITAL — ANTEILE

Art. 6             Das Gesellschaftskapital beträgt zwölftausendfünfhundert Euro (EUR 12.500,-), aufgeteilt in fünfhundert (500) Anteile mit einem Nennwert von je fünfundzwanzig Euro (EUR 25,-) pro Anteil.

Jeder Anteil gewährt jeweils ein Stimmrecht bei ordentlichen und außerordentlichen Hauptversammlungen.

Art. 7             Die Änderung des Gesellschaftskapital bedarf der Zustimmung der Mehrheit der Gesellschafter, die mindestens drei Viertel des Kapitals vertreten.

Art. 8             Die Gesellschaft erkennt nur einen einzigen Eigentümer pro Anteil an. Miteigentümer eines einzelnen Anteils müssen eine Person ernennen, die beide gegenüber der Gesellschaft vertritt.

 

6



 

Art. 9             Die Anteile können zwischen den Gesellschaftern frei übertragen werden. Die Übertragung der Gesellschaftsanteile zu Lebzeiten an Dritte bedarf der Zustimmung der Gesellschafter, die drei Viertel des Gesellschaftskapitals vertreten.

Die Übertragung von Todes wegen an Dritte bedarf der Zustimmung der Gesellschafter, die drei Viertel des Gesellschaftskapitals vertreten. Keine Zustimmung ist erforderlich, wenn die Übertragung an Aszendente, Deszendente oder an den überlebenden Ehegatten erfolgt.

Art. 10           Die Gesellschaft erlischt nicht durch den Konkurs oder die Zahlungsunfähigkeit eines ihrer Gesellschafter.

Art. 11           Gläubiger, Rechtsnachfolger oder Erben der Gesellschafter dürfen unter keinen Umständen Siegel an Vermögensgütern oder Dokumenten der Gesellschaft anbringen.

C. GESCHÄFTSFÜHRUNG

Art. 12           Die Gesellschaft wird geführt durch einen oder mehrere Geschäftsführer, die nicht Gesellschafter sein müssen.

Der/die Geschäftsführer wird/werden von der Hauptversammlung ernannt. Die Hauptversammlung bestimmt auch die Dauer ihres Mandates.

Im Falle von mehreren Geschäftsführern wird die Gesellschaft durch den Geschäftsführerrat, bestehend aus mindestens zwei Geschäftsführern, verwaltet. Die Gesellschaft wird jederzeit durch die alleinige Unterschrift jedes Mitglieds des Geschäftsführerrates verpflichtet. Die Geschäftsführer können jederzeit, ohne Angabe von Gründen aus ihren Funktionen entlassen werden.

Besondere Vollmachten können durch den Geschäftsführerrat privatschriftlich oder aufgrund notariell beglaubigter Urkunde erteilt werden.

Art. 13           Die Gesellschaft wird durch den Tod oder den Rücktritt eines Geschäftsführers, aus welchem Grund auch immer, nicht aufgelöst.

Art. 14           Es besteht keine persönliche Haftung der Geschäftsführer für Verbindlichkeiten, die sie vorschriftsmäßig im Namen der Gesellschaft eingehen. Als Bevollmächtigte sind sie lediglich für die Ausübung ihres Mandates verantwortlich.

D. ENTSCHEIDUNGEN DES ALLEINIGEN GESELLSCHAFTERS —
HAUPTVERSAMMLUNGEN DER GESELLSCHAFTER

Art. 15           Jeder Gesellschafter kann an den Hauptversammlungen der Gesellschaft teilnehmen, unabhängig von der Anzahl der in seinem Eigentum stehenden Anteile. Jeder Gesellschafter hat so viele Stimmen, wie er Gesellschaftsanteile besitzt oder vertritt.

Art. 16           Die Beschlüsse der Gesellschafter sind nur rechtswirksam, wenn sie von Gesellschaftern angenommen werden, die mehr als die Hälfte des Gesellschaftskapitals vertreten.

 

7



 

Die Abänderung der Satzung erfordert die Zustimmung der einfachen Mehrheit der Gesellschafter, die wenigstens drei Viertel des Gesellschaftskapitals vertreten.

Art. 17           Sollte die Gesellschaft einen alleinigen Gesellschafter haben, so übt dieser die Befugnisse aus, die der Hauptversammlung gemäß Sektion XII des Gesetzes vom 10. August 1915 über die Handelsgesellschaften, neue Fassung, zustehen.

E. GESCHÄFTSJAHR — KONTEN — GEWINNAUSSCHÜTTUNGEN

Art. 18           Das Geschäftsjahr der Gesellschaft beginnt am ersten Januar eines jeden Jahres und endet am einunddreißigsten Dezember desselben Jahres.

Art. 19           Am einunddreißigsten Dezember jeden Jahres werden die Konten geschlossen und der oder die Geschäftsführer stellen ein Inventar auf, in dem sämtliche Vermögenswerte und Verbindlichkeiten der Gesellschaft aufgeführt sind. Jeder Gesellschafter kann am Gesellschaftssitz Einsicht in das Inventar und die Bilanz nehmen.

Art. 20           Fünf Prozent (5%) des Nettogewinnes werden der gesetzlichen Reserve zugeführt, bis diese zehn Prozent (10%) des Gesellschaftskapitals erreicht hat. Der verbleibende Betrag steht den Gesellschaftern zur freien Verfügung. Abschlagszahlungen auf Dividenden können in Übereinstimmung mit den gesetzlichen Vorschriften vorgenommen werden.

F. GESELLSCHAFTSAUFLÖSUNG - LIQUIDATION

Art. 21           Im Falle der Auflösung der Gesellschaft wird die Liquidation von einem oder mehreren von der Hauptversammlung ernannten Liquidatoren, die keine Gesellschafter sein müssen, durchgeführt. Die Hauptversammlung legt Befugnisse und Vergütungen der Liquidatoren fest. Die Liquidatoren haben alle Befugnisse zur Verwertung der Vermögensgüter und Begleichung der Verbindlichkeiten der Gesellschaft.

Der nach Begleichung der Verbindlichkeiten der Gesellschaft bestehende Überschuss wird unter den Gesellschaftern im Verhältnis zu dem ihnen zustehenden Kapitalanteil aufgeteilt.

Art. 22           Für alle nicht in dieser Satzung geregelten Punkte gelten die Bestimmungen des Gesetzes vom 10. August 1915 über die Handelsgesellschaften, neue Fassung.

ZEICHNUNG UND ZAHLUNG DER GESELLSCHAFTSANTEILE

Die fünfhundert (500) Gesellschaftsanteile wurden folgendermaßen gezeichnet:

-                                             fünfhundert (500) Anteile wurden von TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., vorgenannt, gezeichnet, und wurden vollständig in bar einbezahlt für einen Gesamtpreis von zwölftausendfünfhundert Euro (EUR 12.500,-)

Alle Anteile wurden vollständig einbezahlt, so dass die Summe von zwölftausendfiinfhundert Euro (EUR 12.500,-), die vollständig dem Gesellschaftskapital zugewiesen wird, von jetzt an der Gesellschaft zur Verfügung steht wie dem nachzeichnenden Notar nachgewiesen wurde.

 

8



 

ÜBERGANGSBESTIMMUNGEN

Das erste Geschäftsjahr beginnt mit der Gründung der Gesellschaft und endet am 31. Dezember 2006.

KOSTEN

Die der Gesellschaft aus Anlass ihrer Gründung entstehenden Kasten, Honorare und Auslagen werden auf ungefähr 2.000.-Euro geschätzt.

AUßERORDENTLICHE HAUPTVERSAMMLUNG

Unverzüglich nach Gesellschaftsgründung hat der Gesellschafter, der das gesamte gezeichnete Gesellschaftskapital vertritt, folgende Beschlüsse gefasst:

1.                                        Die Adresse des Gesellschaftssitzes der Gesellschaft befindet sich in 4a, rue Henri Schnadt, L.-2530 Luxemburg.

2.                                        Folgende Personen werden auf unbestimmte Zeit zum Geschäftsführer ernannt:

-                                             Paul C. Schorr, Senior Managing Director , geboren am 31. März 1967 in Lincoln, NE, USA, wohnhaft in 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, USA;

-                                             Robert L. Friedman, Senior Managing Director , geboren am 19. März 1943 in Mt. Vernon, NY, USA, wohnhaft in 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, USA;

-                                             Ben Jenkins, Principal , geboren am 25. Februar 1971 in Clarksville, TN, USA, wohnhaft in 345 Park Avenue, Floor 31, New York, New York 10154, USA; und

-                                             John Sutherland, Manager , geboren am 2. Dezember 1964 in Lower Hutt, New Zealand, wohnhaft in 9, rue Principale, L-6990 Hostert, Luxemburg.

Worüber Urkunde, aufgenommen zu Luxemburg, Datum wie eingangs erwähnt.

Der amtierende Notar, der englischen Sprache kundig, stellt hiermit fest, dass auf Ersuchen der vorgenannten Partei(en) diese Urkunde in englischer Sprache verfasst ist, gefolgt von einer Übersetzung in deutscher Sprache. Im Falle von Abweichungen zwischen dem englischen und dem deutschen Text, ist die englische Fassung maßgebend.

Nach Vorlesung und Erklärung alles Vorstehenden an die Erschienene(n), die dem Notar nach Namen, gebräuchlichem Vornamen, sowie Stand und Wohnort bekannt ist(sind), hat(haben) die Erschienene(n) mit dem Notar gegenwärtige Urkunde unterzeichnet.

POUR COPIE
conforme à l’original.

 

9



 

Luxembourg, le 14 JUIL, 2006
/s/ Joseph Elvinger

 

10




Exhibit 3.6

 

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT


FOR


APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP


Effective as of July 31, 1997

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

 

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1. Formation

 

2

SECTION 2.2. Name and Office

 

2

SECTION 2.3. Purpose

 

2

SECTION 2.4. Term

 

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1. Additional Capital Contributions

 

2

SECTION 3.2. No Further Capital Contributions

 

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

INTERESTS IN THE PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1. Percentage Interests

 

3

SECTION 4.2. Capital Accounts

 

3

SECTION 4.3. Return of Capital

 

3

SECTION 4.4. Ownership

 

3

SECTION 4.5. Waiver of Partition and Accounting

 

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATIONS

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1. Distributions

 

4

SECTION 5.2. Limitations on Distributions

 

4

SECTION 5.3. Allocations

 

4

SECTION 5.4. Tax Matters Partner

 

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1. Management

 

4

SECTION 6.2. Duties and Conflicts

 

4

 

i



 

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1. Books and Records

 

5

SECTION 7.2. Accounting and Fiscal Year

 

5

SECTION 7.3. Reports

 

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1. No Transfer

 

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1. Dissolution

 

6

SECTION 9.2. Termination

 

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1. Further Assurances

 

7

SECTION 10.2. Notices

 

7

SECTION 10.3. Governing Law

 

7

SECTION 10.4. Successors and Assigns

 

7

SECTION 10.5. Extension Not a Waiver

 

8

SECTION 10.6. Creditors Not Benefitted

 

8

SECTION 10.7. Severability

 

8

SECTION 10.8. Amendments

 

8

SECTION 10.9. Counterparts

 

8

 

ii



 

PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
FOR
APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP

 

This PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT of Apollo Galileo USA Partnership (the “Partnership”) is entered into effective as of the 31 st day of July 1997 and between Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sub I”) and Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Sub II”) (each also referred to herein as a “Partner” and collectively as the “Partners”).

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1.   Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” of any Person means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.  The team “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Partnership Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

Business Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized by law to be closed.

 

Capital Account ” has the meaning set forth in Section 42.

 

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the sum of all cash and the fair market value of property (as specified in this Agreement or, if not so specified, as determined by the Partners in good faith) that has actually been paid or contributed by such Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Article III.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.  Any and all references to specific provisions of the Code shall be deemed to refer to any corresponding provisions of succeeding law.

 

Distributable Proceeds ” means cash or other property of the Partnership which the Partners determine is available for distribution to the Partners.

 

DUPL ” means the Uniform Partnership Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

 

Interest ” with respect to any Partner means the interest of such Partner in the Partnership at any particular time, including the rights and obligations of such Partner as provided in this Agreement and the DUPL.

 



 

Partnership ” means the Partnership formed by this Agreement.

 

Partnership Property ” means all property, real, personal or mixed, owned by or leased to the Partnership.

 

Percentage Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity.

 

Regulations ” means the applicable Treasury Regulations under the Code.  Any and all references herein to specific provisions of the Regulations shall be deemed to refer to any corresponding successor provision.

 

Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

 

SECTION 2.1.   Formation .  The Partners do hereby form the Partnership pursuant to the DUPL for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

SECTION 2.2.   Name and Office .  The name of the Partnership shall be Apollo Galileo USA Partnership.  The Partnership shall be conducted under that name or any other name that the Partners may select.  The principal place of business and office of the Partnership shall be located at 9700 West Higgins Road, Rosemont, Illinois 60018 and at such other place or places as the Partners may from time to time select.

 

SECTION 2.3.   Purpose .  The purpose of the Partnership shall be to engage in the business of any lawful act or activity for which general partnerships may be organized under the DUPL, and in any and all lawful activities directly or indirectly related or incidental to that business.  The Partnership may also engage in and conduct any other business activity with the prior written consent of all of the Partners.

 

SECTION 2.4.   Term .  The term of the Partnership shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement and shall continue until terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or applicable law.

 

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

SECTION 3.1.   Additional Capital Contributions .  Each Partner agrees to make additional contributions to the capital of the Partnership that are agreed to by all of the Partners.

 

SECTION 3.2.   No Further Capital Contributions .  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or with the prior consent of all of the Partners, no Partner shall be required or entitled to contribute any other or further capital to the Partnership.

 

2



 

ARTICLE IV

INTERESTS IN THE PARTNERSHIP

 

SECTION 4.1.   Percentage Interests .  The Interest of each Partner in the Partnership, expressed as a percentage of the whole (a “Percentage Interest’’), shall be equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of the Partner’s initial capital contribution under Section 3.1 and the denominator of which is the aggregate initial capital contributions made by all Partners under Section 3.1.

 

SECTION 4.2.   Capital Accounts .  There shall be established for each Partner on the books and records of the Partnership an account (a “Capital Account”), which shall equal, as to any Partner: (i) the sum of that Partner’s Capital Contributions plus all items of Partnership income and gain allocated to such Partner pursuant to this Agreement as reflected on the Partnership’s federal income tax returns, (ii) reduced by any distributions made by the Partnership to such Partner plus all items of Partnership costs, expenses, losses and deductions allocated to such Partner pursuant to this Agreement as reflected on the Partnership’s federal income tax returns.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Capital Account shall be maintained in accordance with the applicable Regulations under Code Section 704.

 

SECTION 4.3.   Return of Capital .  No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contributions, to receive interest on its Capital Contributions or to receive any distributions from the Partnership, except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or by applicable law

 

SECTION 4.4.   Ownership .  All Partnership Property shall be owned by the Partnership, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  No Partner shall have any interest in specific Partnership Property.  The Interests of all Partners in this Partnership are personal property.

 

SECTION 4.5.   Waiver of Partition and Accounting .

 

(a)   Except in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct by any Partner, each of the Partners hereby irrevocably waives any right that such Partner might have to maintain any action for partition with respect to any of the Partnership’s assets.

 

(b)   To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and except for circumstances involving a breach of this Agreement or in the event of gross negligence or willful misconduct by any Partner, each of the Partners covenants that it will not file a bill for Partnership accounting.

 

3



 

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATIONS

 

SECTION 5.1.   Distributions .  Prior to the dissolution of the Partnership, any Distributable Proceeds shall be distributed to the Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.  Any Distributable Proceeds arising in connection with the dissolution of the Partnership shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with Section 9.2.

 

SECTION 5.2.   Limitations on Distributions .

 

(a)   The Partnership may be restricted from making distributions under the terms of notes, mortgages or other agreements or instruments to which it may be a party or which it may issue or assume in conjunction with the business of the Partnership as herein contemplated, and distributions may also be restricted or suspended in circumstances when the Partners determine that such action is in the best interests of the Partnership.

 

(b)   The making of any distribution is subject to the payment or satisfaction of Partnership obligations and to the maintenance of such reserves as the Partnership deems necessary, desirable or appropriate for, among other things, operating expenses, repairs, maintenance, replacements, contingencies and capital additions and improvements of or relating to any Partnership Property or the business of the Partnership.

 

SECTION 5.3.   Allocations .  All items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or tax credit recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated for each fiscal year to the Partners pro rata , according to their respective Percentage Interests.

 

SECTION 5.4.   Tax Matters Partner .  Apollo Galileo USA is hereby designated as the Partnership’s “Tax Matters Partner” under Code Section 6231(a)(7).]

 

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT

 

SECTION 6.1.   Management Each Partner shall participate in the control, management and direction of the Partnership’s business.  In exercising this control, management and direction, each Partner’s vote shall have the same weight as the vote of each other Partner.

 

SECTION 6.2.   Duties and Conflicts .  The Partners shall devote such time to the affairs of the Partnership as they deem to be necessary or desirable in connection with their respective duties and responsibilities hereunder.  No Partner or any partner, representative or employee of any Partner shall receive any salary or other remuneration for its services rendered pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(a)   Each of the Partners recognizes that each of the other Partners and its employees, agents, partners and representatives have or may have other business interests, activities and investments, some of which may be in conflict or competition with the business of the Partnership and that each such Person is entitled to carry on such other business interests,

 

4



 

activities and investments.  Neither the Partnership nor any other Partner shall have any right, by virtue of this Agreement, in or to such interests, activities or investments or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of such interests, activities or investments, even if in conflict or competitive with the business of the Partnership, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper.

 

(b)   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Partnership is hereby authorized to purchase property from, sell property to, borrow funds from, or otherwise deal with, any Partner (acting other than in its capacity as Partner), any Affiliate of such Partner, any other Person having an interest in the Partnership Property or any Affiliate of such Person; provided that any such dealing (i) shall be on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than would be available from unaffiliated Persons and (ii) shall not otherwise be in violation of this Agreement or any Partner’s constituency documents.

 

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

SECTION 7.1.   Books and Records .  The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate books and records of account of the Partnership’s business.  Such books and records of account shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the Partnership or such other place or places as may be determined by the Partnership.  Each Partner or its duly authorized representative shall have the right to inspect, examine and copy such books and records of account at the Partnership’s office during reasonable business hours.

 

SECTION 7.2.   Accounting and Fiscal Year .  The books of the Partnership shall be kept on the [accrual] basis and the Partnership shall report its operations for tax purposes on the [accrual] method.  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall end on December 31 of each year except as otherwise required in accordance with the Code.

 

SECTION 7.3.   Reports .  All reports provided to the Partners pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall be prepared on such basis as the Management Committee determines will appropriately reflect the operations and assets of the Partnership.

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

SECTION 8.1.   No Transfer .  No Partner may sell, assign, give, hypothecate, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer (any such sale, assignment, gift, hypothecation, pledge, encumbrance or other transfer being hereinafter referred to as a “Transfer”) any Interest whether directly or indirectly (other than transfers of interests in any Partner as permitted by such Partner’s constituent documents), without the prior written consent of the other Partners.  Any Transfer of any Interest in contravention of this Article VIII shall be null and void.  No Partner, without the prior written consent of other Partners, shall retire or withdraw from the Partnership except as a result of such Partner’s involuntary dissolution or final adjudication as a bankrupt.

 

5



 

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION

 

SECTION 9.1.   Dissolution The Partnership shall be dissolved and its business wound up upon the happening of any of the following events, whichever shall first occur:

 

(a)   the sale, condemnation or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Partnership Property and the receipt of all consideration therefor;

 

(b)   the dissolution, or final adjudication of any Partner as a bankrupt or the filing by any Partner of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy unless the remaining Partners shall, within 90 days thereafter, elect to continue the Partnership;

 

(c)   the agreement by the Partners to terminate the Partnership; or

 

(d)   any other event that causes the dissolution of the Partnership under applicable law unless its business is continued pursuant to applicable law.

 

SECTION 9.2.   Termination .  In all cases of dissolution of the Partnership (except upon an election to continue the Partnership under Section 9.1(b) or (e), the business of the Partnership shall be wound up and the Partnership terminated as promptly as practicable thereafter, and each of the followings shall be accomplished:

 

(a)   A statement setting forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as of the date of dissolution shall be furnished to all of the Partners.

 

(b)   The property and assets of the Partnership shall be liquidated as promptly as possible, but in an orderly and businesslike and commercially reasonable manner.  Property and assets of the Partnership may be distributed in kind only with the consent of all Partners.

 

(c)   The proceeds of sale or other disposition and all property or assets of the Partnership shall be applied and distributed as follows and in the following order of priority:

 

(i)             To the payment of (x) the liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (unless otherwise satisfied or duly provided for) in the order of priority provided by law and (y) the expenses of liquidation.

 

(ii)            To the setting up of any reserves which are reasonably necessary for liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (whether contingent or liquidated or otherwise).

 

(iii)           Within one year of dissolution, the balance, if any, to the Partners, in accordance with their respective positive Capital Accounts, except that such one-year period may be extended with the approval of the Partners holding a majority of the Percentage Interests.

 

6



 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 10.1.   Further Assurances .  Each Partner agrees to execute, acknowledge, deliver, file, record and publish such further instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be required by law, or as may be required to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 10.2.   Notices .  All notices, requests, and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given to such party at its address or facsimile number set forth below:

 

To Sub I

 

9700 West Higgins Road
Rosemont, Illinois 60018
Attention:  Legal Department
Facsimile No.:  847/518-4915

 

To Sub II:

 

9700 West Higgins Road
Rosemont, Illinois 60018
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile No.:  847/518-4915

 

To Apollo Galileo USA Partnership:

 

9700 West Higgins Road
Rosemont, Illinois 60018
Attention: Legal Department
Facsimile No.: 847/518-4915

 

or to such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties.  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by facsimile, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section 10.2 and confirmation is received, (ii) if given by mail, five Business Days after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (iii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section 10.2.

 

SECTION 10.3.   Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

SECTION 10.4.   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective executors, administrators, legal representatives, heirs,

 

7



 

successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, except as otherwise provided herein, their respective executors, administrators, legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 10.5.   Extension Not a Waiver .  No delay or omission in the exercise of any power, remedy or right herein provided or otherwise available to a Partner or the Partnership shall impair or affect the right of such Partner or the Partnership thereafter to exercise the same.  Any extension of time or other indulgence granted to a Partner hereunder shall not otherwise alter or affect any power, remedy or right of any other Partner or of the Partnership, or the obligations of the Partner to whom such extension or indulgence is granted.

 

SECTION 10.6.   Creditors Not Benefitted .  Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended or shall be deemed to benefit any creditor of the Partnership or of any Partner, and no creditor of the Partnership shall be entitled to require the Partnership or the Partners to solicit or accept any Capital Contribution for the Partnership or to enforce any right which the Partnership or any Partner may have against any Partner under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.7.   Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other application thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 10.8.   Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by all of the Partners.

 

SECTION 10.9.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cheryl M. Ballenger

 

 

 

Name: Cheryl M. Ballenger

 

 

Title: President, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cheryl M. Ballenger

 

 

 

Name: Cheryl M. Ballenger

 

 

Title: President, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Treasurer

 




Exhibit 3.7

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

ATS SUB I, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Name

 

The name of the corporation is ATS Sub I, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center. 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Corporate Purpose

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL “).

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Capital Stock

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporatjon shall have authority to issue is 1,000, aU of which shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 



 

ARTICLE V

 

Directors

 

(a) Elections of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot, except and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(b) To the fullest extent pennitted by the DGCL as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

 

(a) General. The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) detennines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any mamler in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent authorized or pelmitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect.

 

(b) Proceedings Initiated by any Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contTary contained in subsection (a) above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereot) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

(c) Advancement of Expenses. The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article VI also include, to the fullest extent pennitted by applicable law, the right to be paid the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any such civil,

 

2



 

criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

(d) Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, agajnst any liabHity asserted against him or her and incuITed by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indeuU1ify him or her against such liability under the provisions of applicable law.

 

(e) Repeal or Modification. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

By-Laws

 

The directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Reorganization

 

Whenever a compromise or anangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them andlor between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any coul1 of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of tIUstees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, andlor of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case

 

3



 

 

may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of credhors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders. of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Amendment

 

The Corporation reserves tbe right to amend. alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders in this Certificate of Incorporation are subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Incorporator

 

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows;

 

Name

 

Mailing Address

 

 

 

 

 

Claudia B. Guerra

 

Shearman & Sterling
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022

 

 

4



 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED. being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 11day of July, 1997.

 

 

 

/s/ Claudia B. Guerra

 

 

Claudia B. Guerra

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

ATS Sub I, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of ATS Sub I, Inc. be amended by changing the first Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

The name of the corporation is Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous :written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228  of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said ATS Sub I, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Babetta R. Gray, its Senior Vice President - Legal and Secretary, this First day of June, 1998.

 

 

 

ATS Sub I, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

 

Name:

Babetta R. Gray

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President - Legal & Secretary

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.             The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is A POLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.

2.             The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

3.             The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

4.             The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

Name:  Lynn Feldman

 

Title:   Assistant Secretary

 


 



Exhibit 3.8

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ATS SUB I, INC

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

1. 0 1.

Registered Office

1

 

1. 02.

Other Offices

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

2.01.

Annual Meetings

1

 

2.02.

Special Meetings

1

 

2.03.

Notice of Meetings

2

 

2.04.

Waiver of Notice

2

 

2.05.

Adjournments

2

 

2.06.

Quorum

3

 

2.07.

Voting

3

 

2.08.

Proxies

3

 

2.09.

Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

3

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE   III

 

 

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

3.01.

General Powers

3

 

3.02.

Number and Term of Office

4

 

3.03.

Resignation

4

 

3.04.

Removal

4

 

3.05.

Vacancies

4

 

3.06.

Meetings

4

 

3.07.

Committees of the Board of Directors

6

 

3.08.

Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

6

 

3.09.

Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment

7

 

3.10.

Compensation

7

 

i



 

Section

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

 

4.01.

Officers

7

 

4.02.

Authority and Duties

7

 

4.03.

Term of Office, Resignation and Removal

7

 

4.04.

Vacancies

8

 

4.05.

The Chairman

8

 

4.06.

The President

8

 

4.07.

Vice Presidents

8

 

4.08.

The Secretary .

8

 

4.09.

Assistant Secretaries

9

 

4.10.

The Treasurer

9

 

4.11.

Assistant Treasurers

9

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

 

CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES, AND PROXIES

 

 

 

 

 

5.01.

Checks, Drafts and Notes

10

 

5.02.

Execution of Proxies

10

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

6.01.

Cenificates Evidencing Shares

10

 

6.02.

Stock Ledger

10

 

6.03.

Transfers of Shares

11

 

6.04.

Addresses of Stockholders

11

 

6.05.

Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Cenificates

11

 

6.06.

Regulations

11

 

6.07.

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

11

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SEAL

 

7.01.

Seal

12

 

ii



 

Section

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

 

 

 

 

8.01.

Fiscal Year

12

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

 

9.01.

General

12

 

9.02.

Derivative Actions

13

 

9.03.

Successful Defense

13

 

9.04.

Proceedings Initiated by any Person

14

 

9.05.

Procedure

14

 

9.06.

Advancement of Expenses

14

 

9.07.

Rights Not Exclusive

14

 

9.08.

Insurance

14

 

9.09.

Definition of “Corporation”

15

 

9.10.

Certain Other Definitions

15

 

9.11.

Continuation of Rights

15

 

9.12.

Repeal or Modification

15

 

9.13

Amendments to DGCL

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

10.01.

Amendments

16

 

iii



 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ATS SUB I, INC.

 

ART1CLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01. Registered Office. The registered office of ATS Sub I, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be at the principal office of The Corporation Trust Company in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors of the Corporation (“Directors”), and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting, shall be held at such place, date and time as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and designated in the notice or waiver of notice of such annual meeting; provided, however, that no annual meeting of stockholders need be held if all actions, including the election of Directors, required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) to be taken at such annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

 

SECTION 2.02. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation or by the recordholders of at least a majority of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding (“Shares”) and entitled to vote thereat, to be held at such place, date and time as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

 



 

SECTION 2.03. Notice of Meetings. (a) Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders stating the place, date and time of such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be held, shall be given personally or by first-class mail (airmail in the case of international communications) to each recordholder of Shares (a “Stockholder”) entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If, prior to the time of mailing, the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Secretary”) shall have received from any Stockholder a written request that notices intended for such Stockholder are to be mailed to some address other than the address that appears on the records of the Corporation, notices intended for such Stockholder shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

 

(b) Notice of a special meeting of Stockholders may be given by the person or persons calling the meeting, or, upon the written request of such person or persons, such notice shall be given by the Secretary on behalf of such person or persons. If the person or persons calling a special meeting of Stockholders give notice thereof, such person or persons shall deliver a copy of such notice to the Secretary. Each request to the Secretary for the giving of notice of a special meeting of Stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.04. Waiver of Notice. Notice of any annual or special meeting of Stockholders need not be given to any Stockholder who files a written waiver of notice with the Secretary, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of Stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such Stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the notice of such meeting was inadequate or improperly given.

 

SECTION 2.05. Adjournments. Whenever a meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to vote thereat. At the adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

2



 

SECTION 2.06. Ouorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of Stockholders, whether annual or special. If, however, such quorum shall not be present in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, the Stockholders entitled to vote thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof until a quorum shall be present in person or by proxy.

 

SECTION 2.07. Voting. Each Stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each Share held of record by such Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, when a quorum is present at any meeting of Stockholders, the vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares constituting such quorum shall decide any question brought before such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.08. Proxies. Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or to express, in writing, consent to or dissent from any action of Stockholders without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before such meeting of Stockholders or such action of Stockholders without a meeting, at such time as the Board of Directors may require. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon more than three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

SECTION 2.09. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, and any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the recordholders of Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which the recordholders of all Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by Stockholders.

 

3



 

SECTION 3.02. Number and Term of Office. The number of Directors shall be three or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Directors need not be Stockholders. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of Stockholders or, if, in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof, no such annual meeting is held, by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, and each Director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 3.03. Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Chairman”) or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.04. Removal. Any or all of the Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of the recordholders of Shares pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

 

SECTION 3.05. Vacancies. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors as a result of the removal of Directors without cause may be filled only by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of such recordholders pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any other reason, including, without limitation, vacancies occurring as a result of the creation of new directorships that increase the number of Directors, may be filled by such vote or written consent or by vote of the Board of Directors or by written consent of the Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. If the number of Directors then in office is less than a quorum, such other vacancies may be filled by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or by written consent of all such Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. Unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, each Director chosen in accordance with this Section 3.05 shall hold office until the next annual election of Directors by the Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 3.06. Meetings. (a) Annual Meetings. As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors by the Stockholders, the Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

 

4



 

(b) Other Meetings. Other meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as the Chairman, the President of the Corporation (the “President”), the Secretary or a majority of the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

 

(c) Notice of Meetings. The Secretary shall give written notice to each Director of each meeting of the Board of Directors, which notice shall state the place, date, time and purpose of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each Director, if by mail, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telecopy, telegraph, cable, or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. A written waiver of notice, signed by the Director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting referred to in such waiver, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Director at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except as provided by law.

 

(d)           Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the Chairman may from time to time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

 

(e) Quorum and Manner of Acting. One-third of the total number of Directors then in office (but in no event less than two if the total number of directorships, including vacancies, is greater than one and in no event a number less than one-third of the total number of directorships, including vacancies) shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board of Directors in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the vote of a majority of those Directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

 

(f) Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside, in the following order of precedence:

 

(i) the Chairman;

 

(ii) the President;

 

5



 

(iii) any Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present.

 

The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, any person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary is present) whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

SECTION 3.07. Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however, that no such committee shall have such power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that such a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the DGCL, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the DGCL, recommending to the Stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the Stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or the revocation of a dissolution, or amending these By-laws; provided further, however, that, unless expressly so provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL. Each committee of the Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when so requested by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.08. Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the members of the Board

 

6



 

of Directors or such committee and such consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

SECTION 3.09. Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment. Anyone or more members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.10. Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may determine the compensation of Directors. In addition, as determined by the Board of Directors, Directors may be reimbursed by the Corporation for their expenses, if any, in the performance of their duties as Directors. No such compensation or reimbursement shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.01. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be the Chairman, the President, the Secretary and a Treasurer and may include one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.02. Authoritv and Duties. All officers shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.03. Term of Office. Resignation and Removal. (a) Each officer shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such term as may be determined by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been appointed and qualified or his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

 

(b) Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary,. as the case

 

7



 

 

may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

(c) All officers and agents appointed by the Board of Directors shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors or by the action of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

SECTION 4.04. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, for any reason, shall be filled by action of the Board of Directors. Unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, any officer appointed by the Board of Directors to fill any such vacancy shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term of his predecessor expires unless reappointed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.05. The Chairman. The Chairman shall have the power to call special meetings of Stockholders, to call special meetings of the Board of Directors and, if present, to preside at all meetings of Stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board of Directors and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.

 

SECTION 4.06. The President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general and active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.

 

SECTION 4.07. Vice Presidents. Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the President shall prescribe, and in the absence or disability of the President, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.

 

SECTION 4.08. The Secretary. The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of Stockholders and shall record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform the same duties for any committee of the Board of Directors when so requested by such committee. He shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of Stockholders and of the Board of Directors, shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President and shall act under the supervision of the Chairman. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any instrument that requires that the seal be affixed to it

 

8



 

and which shall have been duly authorized for signature in the name of the Corporation and, when so affixed, the seal shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer of the Corporation (the “Treasurer”) or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. He shall keep in safe custody the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President may direct and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President.

 

SECTION 4.09. Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation (“Assistant Secretaries”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the Secretary and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Secretary shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

SECTION 4.10. The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds of the Corporation and shall deposit such funds in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors, or any officer or officers, or any officer and agent jointly, duly authorized by the Board of Directors, shall, from time to time, direct or approve. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation under the direction of the Board of Directors and the President. He shall keep a full and accurate account of all moneys received and paid on account of the Corporation and shall render a statement of his accounts whenever the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President shall so request. He shall perform all other necessary actions and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of treasurer of a corporation. When required by the Board of Directors, he shall give bonds for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall approve.

 

SECTION 4.11. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation (“Assistant Treasurers”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the Treasurer and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Treasurer shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

9



 

ARTICLE V

 

CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES. AND PROXIES

 

SECTION 5.01. Checks. Drafts and Notes. All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 5.02. Execution of Proxies. The Chairman or the President, or, in the absence or disability of both of them, any Vice President, may authorize, from time to time, the execution and issuance of proxies to vote shares of stock or other securities of other corporations held of record by the Corporation and the execution of consents to action taken or to be taken by any such corporation. All such proxies and consents, unless otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES

 

SECTION 6.01. Certificates Evidencing Shares. Shares shall be evidenced by certificates in such form or forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. Certificates shall be issued in consecutive order and shall be numbered in the order of their issue, and shall be signed by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. If such a certificate is manually signed by one such officer, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In the event any such officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to hold such office or to be employed by the Corporation before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer had held such office on the date of issue.

 

SECTION 6.02. Stock Ledger. A stock ledger in one or more counterparts shall be kept by the Secretary, in which shall be recorded the name and address of each person, firm or corporation owning the Shares evidenced by each certificate evidencing Shares issued by the Corporation, the number of Shares evidenced by each such certificate, the date of issuance thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name Shares stand on the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and recordholder thereof for all purposes.

 

10



 

 

SECTION 6.03. Transfers of Shares. Registration of transfers of Shares shall be made only in the stock ledger of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder of such shares, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed, together with such proof of the authenticity of signatures as the Corporation may reasonably require.

 

SECTION 6.04. Addresses of Stockholders. Each Stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such Stockholder, and, if any Stockholder shall fail to so designate such an address, corporate notices may be served upon such Stockholder by mail directed to the mailing address, if any, as the same appears in the stock ledger of the Corporation or at the last known mailing address of such Stockholder.

 

SECTION 6.05. Lost. Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates. Each recordholder of Shares shall promptly notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of any certificate or certificates evidencing any Share or Shares of which he is the recordholder. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, cause the Corporation to issue a new certificate in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it and alleged to have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the recordholder of the Shares evidenced by the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

SECTION 6.06. Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such other rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates evidencing Shares.

 

SECTION 6.07. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to, or to dissent from, corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rightsin respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any otherlawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not bemore than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 daysprior to any other such action. A determination of the Stockholders entitled to notice of orto vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting;  provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VII

 

SEAL

 

SECTION 7.01. Seal. The Board of Directors may approve and adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal Delaware”.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

SECTION 8.01. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the thirty-first day of December of each year unless changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 9.01. General. The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent

 

12



 

authorized or pennitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The tennination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 9.02. Derivative Actions. The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or pennitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors detennines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or an agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or an agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or pennitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall detennine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

SECTION 9.03. Successful Defense. To the extent that (i) a director or an officer of the Corporation or (ii) any other employee or agent of the Corporation who the

 

13



 

Board of Directors has authorized the Corporation to indemnify, has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 9.04. Proceedings Initiated bv any Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 9.01 or 9.02 above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereot) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereot) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.05. Procedure. Any indemnification under Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 9.06. Advancement of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article IX or as otherwise authorized by law. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 9.07. Rights Not Exclusive. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

SECTION 9.08. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the

 

14



 

 

Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 9.09. Definition of “Corporation”. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

SECTION 9.10. Certain Other Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fmes” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation”, as referred to in this Article IX.

 

SECTION 9.11. Continuation of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

SECTION 9.12. Repeal or Modification. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

15



 

 

SECTION 9.13 Amendments to DGCL. If the DGCL is amended hereafter to broaden the rights of those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses, then such rights shall be extended to such persons to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended, without further action by either the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 10.01. Amendments. Any By-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors or by written consent of Stockholders pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, or by vote of the Board of Directors or by a written consent of Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

 

16




Exhibit 3.9

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

ATS SUB II, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

Name

 

The name of the corporation is ATS Sub II. Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

Corporate Purpose

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCLT ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000, all of which shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 

ARTICLE V

Directors

 

(a)           Elections of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot, except and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 



 

(b)           To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others

 

(a)           General . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect.

 

(b)           Proceedings Initiated by any Person . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsection (a) above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

(c)           Advancement of Expenses . The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article VI also include, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the right to be paid the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any such civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

(d)           Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of applicable law.

 

(e)           Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

2



 

ARTICLE VII

By-Laws

 

The directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Reorganization

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

Amendment

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders in this Certificate of Incorporation are subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE X

Incorporator

 

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

3



 

Name

 

Mailing Address

 

 

 

Claudia B. Guerra

 

Shearman & Sterling
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this Certificate of Incorporation, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 11 day of July, 1997.

 

 

 

/s/ Claudia B.Guerra

 

 

 

Claudia B.Guerra

 

 

4



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

ATS Sub II, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of ATS Sub II, Inc. be amended by changing the first Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

The name of the corporation is Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said ATS Sub II, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Babetta R. Gray, its Senior Vice President — Legal and Secretary, this First day of June, 1998.

 

 

ATS SUB II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

Name: Babetta R. Gray

 

Title: Senior Vice President — Legal & Secretary

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB II, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.             The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB II, INC.

2.             The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

3.             The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

4.             The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

Signed on June 24, 2002.

/s/ Lynn Feldman                                

Name: Lynn Feldman

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

 




Exhibit 3.10

 

BY-LAWS

OF

ATS SUB II, INC.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

 

OFFICES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01

Registered Office

1

SECTION 1.02

Other Offices

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01

Annual Meetings

1

SECTION 2.02

Special Meetings

1

SECTION 2.03

Notice of Meetings

1

SECTION 2.04

Waiver of Notice

2

SECTION 2.05

Adjournments

2

SECTION 2.06

Quorum

2

SECTION 2.07

Voting

2

SECTION 2.08

Proxies

3

SECTION 2.09

Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

3

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.01

General Powers

3

SECTION 3.02

Number and Term of Office

3

SECTION 3.03

Resignation

3

SECTION 3.04

Removal

3

SECTION 3.05

Vacancies

4

SECTION 3.06

Meetings

4

SECTION 3.07

Committees of the Board of Directors

5

SECTION 3.08

Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting

 

SECTION 3.09

Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment

6

SECTION 3.10

Compensation

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.01

Officers

6

SECTION 4.02

Authority and Duties

6

SECTION 4.03

Term of Office, Resignation and Removal

6

SECTION 4.04

Vacancies

7

 

i



 

SECTION 4.05

The Chairman

7

SECTION 4.06

The President

7

SECTION 4.07

Vice Presidents

7

SECTION 4.08

The Secretary

7

SECTION 4.09

Assistant Secretaries

8

SECTION 4.10

The Treasurer

8

SECTION 4.11

Assistant Treasurers

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

 

CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES, AND PROXIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01

Checks, Drafts and Notes

8

SECTION 5.02

Execution of Proxies

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01

Certificates Evidencing Shares

9

SECTION 6.02

Stock Ledger

9

SECTION 6.03

Transfers of Shares

9

SECTION 6.04

Addresses of Stockholders

9

SECTION 6.05

Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates

9

SECTION 6.06

Regulations

10

SECTION 6.07

Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

 

SEAL

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.01

Seal

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.01

Fiscal Year

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.01

General

10

SECTION 9.02

Derivative Actions

11

SECTION 9.03

Successful Defense

12

SECTION 9.04

Proceedings Initiated by any Person

12

SECTION 9.05

Procedure

12

 

ii



 

SECTION 9.06

Advancement of Expenses

12

SECTION 9.07

Rights Not Exclusive

12

SECTION 9.08

Insurance

12

SECTION 9.09

Definition of “Corporation”

13

SECTION 9.10

Certain Other Definitions

13

SECTION 9.11

Continuation of Rights

13

SECTION 9.12

Repeal or Modification

13

SECTION 9.13

Amendments to DGCL

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.01

Amendments

13

 

iii



 

BY –LAWS

OF


ATS SUB II, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01       Registered Office . The registered office of ATS Sub II, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be at the principal office of The Corporation Trust Company in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 1.02       Other Offices . The Corporation may also have an office or offices at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01       Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors of the Corporation (“ Directors ”), and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before such meeting, shall be held at such place, date and time as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and designated in the notice or waiver of notice of such annual meeting; provided , however , that no annual meeting of stockholders need be held if all actions, including the election of Directors, required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) to be taken at such annual meeting are taken by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

 

SECTION 2.02       Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation or by the recordholders of at least a majority of the shares of common stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding (“ Shares ”) and entitled to vote thereat, to be held at such place, date and time as shall be designated in the notice or waiver of notice thereof.

 

SECTION 2.03       Notice of Meetings . (a)  Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders stating the place, date and time of such meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be held, shall be given personally or by first-class mail (airmail in the case of international communications) to each recordholder of Shares (a “ Stockholder ”) entitled to vote

 

1



 

thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If, prior to the time of mailing, the Secretary of the Corporation (the “ Secretary ”) shall have received from any Stockholder a written request that notices intended for such Stockholder are to be mailed to some address other than the address that appears on the records of the Corporation, notices intended for such Stockholder shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

 

(b)           Notice of a special meeting of Stockholders may be given by the person or persons calling the meeting, or, upon the written request of such person or persons, such notice shall be given by the Secretary on behalf of such person or persons. If the person or persons calling a special meeting of Stockholders give notice thereof, such person or persons shall deliver a copy of such notice to the Secretary. Each request to the Secretary for the giving of notice of a special meeting of Stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.04       Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting of Stockholders need not be given to any Stockholder who files a written waiver of notice with the Secretary, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after such meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of Stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such Stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the notice of such meeting was inadequate or improperly given.

 

SECTION 2.05       Adjournments . Whenever a meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder entitled to vote thereat. At the adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

SECTION 2.06       Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of Stockholders, whether annual or special. If, however, such quorum shall not be present in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders, the Stockholders entitled to vote thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof until a quorum shall be present in person or by proxy.

 

SECTION 2.07       Voting . Each Stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each Share held of record by such Stockholder. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, when a quorum is present at any meeting of Stockholders, the vote of the

 

2



 

recordholders of a majority of the Shares constituting such quorum shall decide any question brought before such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.08       Proxies . Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or to express, in writing, consent to or dissent from any action of Stockholders without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before such meeting of Stockholders or such action of Stockholders without a meeting, at such time as the Board of Directors may require. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon more than three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

SECTION 2.09       Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, and any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the recordholders of Shares having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which the recordholders of all Shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01       General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by Stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02       Number and Term of Office . The number of Directors shall be three or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Directors need not be Stockholders. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of Stockholders or, if, in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof, no such annual meeting is held, by written consent in lieu of meeting pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, and each Director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 3.03       Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Chairman ”) or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.04       Removal . Any or all of the Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of the recordholders of Shares pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof.

 

3



 

SECTION 3.05       Vacancies . Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors as a result of the removal of Directors without cause may be filled only by vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, or by written consent of such recordholders pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof. Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any other reason, including, without limitation, vacancies occurring as a result of the creation of new directorships that increase the number of Directors, may be filled by such vote or written consent or by vote of the Board of Directors or by written consent of the Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. If the number of Directors then in office is less than a quorum, such other vacancies may be filled by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or by written consent of all such Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof. Unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 3.04 hereof, each Director chosen in accordance with this Section 3.05 shall hold office until the next annual election of Directors by the Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 3.06       Meetings . (a)  Annual Meetings . As soon as practicable after each annual election of Directors by the Stockholders, the Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

 

(b)           Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times as the Chairman, the President of the Corporation (the “ President ”), the Secretary or a majority of the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine.

 

(c)           Notice of Meetings . The Secretary shall give written notice to each Director of each meeting of the Board of Directors, which notice shall state the place, date, time and purpose of such meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each Director, if by mail, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the day on which such meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telecopy, telegraph, cable, or other form of recorded communication, or be delivered personally or by telephone not later than the day before the day on which such meeting is to be held. A written waiver of notice, signed by the Director entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the meeting referred to in such waiver, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice thereof. Attendance of a Director at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except as provided by law.

 

(d)           Place of Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors or the Chairman may from time to time determine, or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

 

(e)           Quorum and Manner of Acting . One-third of the total number of Directors then in office (but in no event less than two if the total number of directorships, including vacancies, is greater than one and in no event a number less than one-third of the total number of directorships, including vacancies) shall be present in person at any meeting of the Board of Directors in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting, and the vote of a majority of those Directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present

 

4



 

shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board of Directors, except as otherwise expressly required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

 

(f)            Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, one of the following shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside, in the following order of precedence:

 

(i)    the Chairman;

 

(ii)   the President;

 

(iii)  any Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present.

 

The Secretary or, in the case of his absence, any person (who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if an Assistant Secretary is present) whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

SECTION 3.07       Committees of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided , however , that no such committee shall have such power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that such a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the DGCL, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Section 251 or 252 of the DGCL, recommending to the Stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the Stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or the revocation of a dissolution, or amending these By-laws; provided further , however , that, unless expressly so provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL. Each committee of the Board of Directors shall

 

5



 

keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when so requested by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.08       Directors’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee and such consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.

 

SECTION 3.09       Action by Means of Telephone or Similar Communications Equipment . Any one or more members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.10       Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may determine the compensation of Directors. In addition, as determined by the Board of Directors, Directors may be reimbursed by the Corporation for their expenses, if any, in the performance of their duties as Directors. No such compensation or reimbursement shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 4.01       Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be the Chairman, the President, the Secretary and a Treasurer and may include one or more Vice Presidents and one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 4.02       Authority and Duties . All officers shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these By-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.03       Term of Office, Resignation and Removal . (a)Each officer shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such term as may be determined by the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor has been appointed and qualified or his earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. The Board of Directors may require any officer to give security for the faithful performance of his duties.

 

(b)           Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified in such notice or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof by the

 

6



 

Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary, as the case may be. Unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

(c)           All officers and agents appointed by the Board of Directors shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Board of Directors or by the action of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

SECTION 4.04       Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation, for any reason, shall be filled by action of the Board of Directors. Unless earlier removed pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, any officer appointed by the Board of Directors to fill any such vacancy shall serve only until such time as the unexpired term of his predecessor expires unless reappointed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.05       The Chairman . The Chairman shall have the power to call special meetings of Stockholders, to call special meetings of the Board of Directors and, if present, to preside at all meetings of Stockholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board of Directors and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.

 

SECTION 4.06       The President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general and active management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and all such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.

 

SECTION 4.07       Vice Presidents . Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the President and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the President shall prescribe, and in the absence or disability of the President, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.

 

SECTION 4.08       The Secretary . The Secretary shall, to the extent practicable, attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of Stockholders and shall record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform the same duties for any committee of the Board of Directors when so requested by such committee. He shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of Stockholders and of the Board of Directors, shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President and shall act under the supervision of the Chairman. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and affix the same to any instrument that requires that the seal be affixed to it and which shall have been duly authorized for signature in the name of the Corporation and, when so affixed, the seal shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the Treasurer of the Corporation (the “ Treasurer ”) or an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. He shall keep in safe custody the certificate books and stockholder records and such other books and records of the Corporation as the Board of

 

7



 

Directors, the Chairman or the President may direct and shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President.

 

SECTION 4.09       Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation (“ Assistant Secretaries ”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the Secretary and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Secretary shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

SECTION 4.10       The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds of the Corporation and shall deposit such funds in such banks or other depositories as the Board of Directors, or any officer or officers, or any officer and agent jointly, duly authorized by the Board of Directors, shall, from time to time, direct or approve. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation under the direction of the Board of Directors and the President. He shall keep a full and accurate account of all moneys received and paid on account of the Corporation and shall render a statement of his accounts whenever the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President shall so request. He shall perform all other necessary actions and duties in connection with the administration of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall generally perform all the duties usually appertaining to the office of treasurer of a corporation. When required by the Board of Directors, he shall give bonds for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall approve.

 

SECTION 4.11       Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation (“ Assistant Treasurers ”), if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board of Directors, shall generally assist the Treasurer and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Treasurer shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

ARTICLE V

CHECKS, DRAFTS, NOTES, AND PROXIES

 

SECTION 5.01       Checks, Drafts and Notes . All checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 5.02       Execution of Proxies . The Chairman or the President, or, in the absence or disability of both of them, any Vice President, may authorize, from time to time, the execution and issuance of proxies to vote shares of stock or other securities of other corporations held of record by the Corporation and the execution of consents to action taken or to be taken by any such corporation. All such proxies and consents, unless otherwise authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President.

 

8



 

ARTICLE VI

SHARES AND TRANSFERS OF SHARES

 

SECTION 6.01       Certificates Evidencing Shares . Shares shall be evidenced by certificates in such form or forms as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. Certificates shall be issued in consecutive order and shall be numbered in the order of their issue, and shall be signed by the Chairman, the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. If such a certificate is manually signed by one such officer, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In the event any such officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to hold such office or to be employed by the Corporation before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer had held such office on the date of issue.

 

SECTION 6.02       Stock Ledger . A stock ledger in one or more counterparts shall be kept by the Secretary, in which shall be recorded the name and address of each person, firm or corporation owning the Shares evidenced by each certificate evidencing Shares issued by the Corporation, the number of Shares evidenced by each such certificate, the date of issuance thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name Shares stand on the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner and recordholder thereof for all purposes.

 

SECTION 6.03       Transfers of Shares . Registration of transfers of Shares shall be made only in the stock ledger of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder of such shares, or of his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed, together with such proof of the authenticity of signatures as the Corporation may reasonably require.

 

SECTION 6.04       Addresses of Stockholders . Each Stockholder shall designate to the Secretary an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such Stockholder, and, if any Stockholder shall fail to so designate such an address, corporate notices may be served upon such Stockholder by mail directed to the mailing address, if any, as the same appears in the stock ledger of the Corporation or at the last known mailing address of such Stockholder.

 

SECTION 6.05       Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . Each recordholder of Shares shall promptly notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of any certificate or certificates evidencing any Share or Shares of which he is the recordholder. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, cause the Corporation to issue a new certificate in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it and alleged to have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction, and the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, require the recordholder of the Shares evidenced by the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or his legal representative to give the Corporation a bond

 

9



 

sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

SECTION 6.06       Regulations . The Board of Directors may make such other rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates evidencing Shares.

 

SECTION 6.07       Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to, or to dissent from, corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other such action. A determination of the Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

ARTICLE VII

SEAL

 

SECTION 7.01       Seal . The Board of Directors may approve and adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in the form of a circle and shall bear the full name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal Delaware”.

 

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR

 

SECTION 8.01       Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the thirty-first day of December of each year unless changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 9.01       General . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she

 

10



 

acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

SECTION 9.02       Derivative Actions . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or an agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or an agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided , however , that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

11



 

SECTION 9.03       Successful Defense . To the extent that (i) a director or an officer of the Corporation or (ii) any other employee or agent of the Corporation who the Board of Directors has authorized the Corporation to indemnify, has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 9.04       Proceedings Initiated by any Person . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Sections 9.01 or 9.02 above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.05       Procedure . Any indemnification under Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 above. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 9.06       Advancement of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article IX or as otherwise authorized by law. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 9.07       Rights Not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

SECTION 9.08       Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

12



 

SECTION 9.09       Definition of “Corporation” . For purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

SECTION 9.10       Certain Other Definitions . For purposes of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation”, as referred to in this Article IX.

 

SECTION 9.11       Continuation of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

SECTION 9.12       Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article IX by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

SECTION 9.13       Amendments to DGCL . If the DGCL is amended hereafter to broaden the rights to those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses, then such rights shall be extended to such persons to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended, without further action by either the Board of Director or the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 10.01     Amendments . Any by-law (including these By-laws) may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote of the recordholders of a majority of the Shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors or by written consent of Stockholders of Directors

 

13



 

pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, or the vote of the Board of Directors or by a written consent of Directors pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof.

 

14




 

Exhibit 3.11

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

CENDANT TECHNOLOGY HOLDING, LLC

 

1.                                        The name of the limited liability company is Cendant Technology Holding, LLC.

 

2.                                        he address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

3.                                        The Certificate of Formation shall become effective on June 25,2002.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of this 25th day of June, 2002.

 

 

/s/ Leigh Elixson

 

 

Name: Leigh Elixson

 

 

Title: Authorized Person

 

 

 



 

STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

1.             Name of Limited Liability Company: Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

2.             The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

1.             The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC.

3.             The foregoing name change shall be effective upon filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 27 th day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 




 

Exhibit 3.12

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of June 25, 2002, (this “Agreement”), of Cendant Technology Holding, LLC (the “Company”), by Galileo International, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, as member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

The Member desires to form the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “Act”).

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1. Formation . The Member hereby forms the Company pursuant to the Act. A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2. Company Name . The name for the Company “Cendant Technology Holding, LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Member from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Member deems necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

SECTION 2.3. Registered Office; Registered Agent . The Company

 

 

 



 

shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 

SECTION 2.4. Place of Business . The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below). The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5. Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers . The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6. Business Transactions of a Member with the Company . In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

SECTION 2.7. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Member

 

SECTION 3.1. Member . The Member of the Company shall consist of the Member set forth on Scheduled A hereto. Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

SECTION 3.2 Classes . The Membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common Membership interests (“Common Interests”). Except as

 

 

2



 

 

specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

SECTION 3.3. Voting . Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class. The Member shall only be entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Member pursuant to this Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to the Member for their consideration by the Board. Each Member shall be entitled to vote in proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

SECTION 3.4. Liability of Member . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

SECTION 3.5. Company Property . No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company. The interests of the Member in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

SECTION 3.6. Actions by the Member; Meetings; Quorum .

 

(a)  The Member may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Member at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent. Meetings of the Member may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Member may be taken without a meeting if such number of Members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Member.

 

(b)  For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1 %) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

(c)  The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Management

 

 

3



 

 

SECTION 4.1. Management of the Company .

 

(a)  Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company. The Board shall consist of a minimum of two (2) individuals (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Member from time to time. Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

(b)  Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the Member with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or disability shall be filled by the Member. A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

SECTION 4.2. Meetings of the Board .

 

(a)  The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager. A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

(b)  All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers. A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (i) the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat, (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

(c)  Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

(d)  Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if the Member of the Board consents thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

 

 

4



 

 

SECTION 4.3. Officers . The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.4. Tax Matters Partner . Galileo International, LLC is hereby designated as the Company’s “Tax Matters Partner” under Section 6231 (a) (7) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and shall have all the powers and responsibilities of such position as provided in the Code. The Tax Matters Partner is specifically directed and authorized to take whatever steps are necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including filing any forms or documents with the Internal Revenue Service and taking such other action as may from time to time be required under the Regulations issued under the Code.

 

SECTION 4.5  Reliance by Third Parties . Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.6.                        Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

(a)  all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Member of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Member;

 

(b)  all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

(c)  all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

(d)  all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

(e)  all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

(f)  all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

5



 

 

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

SECTION 5.1. Capital Structure . The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

SECTION 5.2. Capital Contributions .

 

(a) Each Member shall contribute, as an initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

Galileo International, LLC          100%

 

(b)  In exchange for the Initial Capital Contribution, Galileo International, LLC shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

SECTION 5.3.                        Additional Contributions . No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1. Allocation of Profits and Losses . For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

SECTION 6.2. No Right to Distributions .  No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

SECTION 6.3. Ordinary Distributions . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

SECTION 6.4 . Restrictions on Distributions .        The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company

 

 

6



 

is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

SECTION 6.5. Withholding . The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law. Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of this Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Books and Records

 

SECTION 7.1. Books and Records; Accounting . The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

SECTION 7.2. Company Tax Returns . The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company. The Tax Matters Partner may, in its discretion, make or refrain from making any Federal, state or local income or other tax elections for the Company that it deems necessary or advisable.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

SECTION 8.1. Term . The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

(a)  a determination by a Majority of the Member to terminate the Company; or

 

(b)  the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetency of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

 

7



 

SECTION 8.2. Liquidation .

 

(a)  In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up. All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled. Distributions to the Member shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(b)  In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Member from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

(c)  In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Member, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Member in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(d)  Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Member shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Reports

 

SECTION 9.1. Form K-1 . After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-l and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

 

8



 

 

ARTICLE X

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

SECTION 10.1. Exculpation . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by this Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.2. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.3. Advancement of Expenses . The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

SECTION 10.4. Indemnification Not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other

 

 

9



 

 

indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

SECTION 10.5 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6. Continuation of Indemnity . The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 11.1. Transfers of Common Interests . The Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i) a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a Member of the Company; and

 

(ii) the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee consents to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.2. Amendment to the Agreement . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

SECTION 11.3. Successors; Counterparts . This Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Member and (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

 SECTION 11.4. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. In particular, this Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the

 

 

10



 

 

terms and conditions of the Act. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. In that case, this Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, this Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in this Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5. Filings . Following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Member shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Member shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business. The Member shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

 SECTION 11.6. Headings . Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 11.7. Additional Documents . The Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.8. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to the Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

 

11



 

 

SECTION 11.9. Waiver of Partition . The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

SECTION 11.10. Interpretation . Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Meisner

 

 

Name: Richard Meisner

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

Schedule A

 

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

 

Member

 

Common Interest Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Galileo International, LLC

 

100%

 

 




Exhibit 3.13

 

CHARTER

 

OF

 

BANK TRAVEL CLUBS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

The undersigned natural person or persons, having capacity to contract and acting as the incorporator or incorporators of a corporation under the Tennessee General Corporation Act, adopt the following charter for such corporation:

 

1.              The name of the corporation is Bank Travel Clubs of America, Inc.

 

2.              The duration of the corporation is perpetual.

 

3.              The address of the principal office of the corporation in the State of Tennessee shall be 2 International Plaza, Nashville, County of Davidson.

 

4.              The corporation is for profit.

 

5.              The purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized are:

 

To act as an approved sales agent for any and all companies, corporations, and agencies related to the travel industry (such as airlines, steamship companies, railroads, buses, hotels, motels, wholesale travel agencies, etc.), and to sell, convey, exchange, hire, lease, pledge, mortgage, and otherwise deal in and dispose of such personal property, chattels, chattels real, rights, easements, privileges, choses in action, notes, bonds, mortgages and securities as may lawfully be acquired, held, or disposed of by the corporation under the laws of the State of Tennessee and selling, or otherwise dealing in, either as principal or agent upon commission or otherwise, any and all kinds of goods, articles, or personal property whatsoever, and generally with full power to perform any and all acts connected therewith or arising therefrom, or incidental thereto, and any and all acts proper or necessary for the purpose of the business.

 

6.              The maximum number of shares which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is five thousand (5,000) shares, with no par value.

 

7.              The corporation will not commence business until consideration of $1,000 dollars has been received for the issuance of shares (not less than $1,000).

 



 

8.              Other provisions, none.

 

Dated: December 21, 1981.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jay Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mary Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sandra J. Smith

 

 

(Incorporators)

 



 

ARTICLE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

BANK TRAVEL CLUBS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

Pursuant to provisions of Section 48-1-303 of the Tennessee General Corporation Act, the undersigned corporation adopts the following article of amendment to its charter:

 

1.              The name of the corporation is Bank Travel Clubs of America, Inc.

 

2.              The amendment adopted is:

 

Article 3 of the Charter is deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

3.                The address of the principal office of the corporation in the state of Tennessee shall be 49 Music Square West, Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee 37203.

 

3.              The amendment was duly adopted by unanimous written consent of the sole shareholder of the Company on December 5, 1985.

 

Dated: December 5, 1985

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK TRAVEL CLUBS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ John D. Whalley

 

 

 

JOHN D. WHALLEY

 



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE CHARTER

 

OF

 

BANK TRAVEL CLUBS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-1-303 of the Tennessee General Corporation Act, the undersigned corporation adopts the following articles of amendment to its charter:

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is Bank Travel Clubs of America, Inc.

 

2.                                        The amendment adopted is:

 

“The name of the corporation is: “TELETRAVEL SERVICES, INC.”

 

3.                                        The amendment was duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the shareholder on October 10, 1986.

 

4.                                        If the amendment is not to be effective when these articles are filed by the Secretary of State, the date it will be effective is November 1, 1986.

 

Dated October 10, 1986.

 

 

 

 

BANK TRAVEL CLUBS OF AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Howard Sanders

 

 

 

Name:

Howard Sanders

 

 

Title:

President

 



 

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE CHARTER

 

OF TELETRAVEL SERVICES, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provision of Section 48-20-106 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the undersigned corporation adopts the following articles of amendment to its charter:

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is: Teletravel Services, Inc.

 

2.                                        The text of each amendment adopted is: Paragraph 1 of the charter is deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:  “The name of the corporation is CUC Travel Services, Inc.”

 

3.                                        The corporation is a for-profit corporation.

 

4.                                        The manner (if not set forth in the amendment) for implementation of any exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares is as follows:

 

5.                                        The amendment was duly adopted on February 24, 1988 by the board of directors and the sole shareholder of the corporation.

 

6.                                        If the amendment is not to be effective when these articles are filed by the Secretary of State, the date it will be effective is March 1, 1988.

 

February 24, 1988

 

Teletravel Services, Inc.

Signature Date

Name of Corporation

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief

 

Executive Officer

/s/ Mack Koonce

 

Signer’s Capacity

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Mack Koonce

 

Name

 



 

ARTICLES OF MERGER

 

OF

 

CARDWELL TRAVEL CENTER, INC.

 

INTO

 

CUC TRAVEL SERVICES, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-21-105 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the undersigned corporations adopt the following articles of merger:

 

1.                                        The Plan of Merger is attached hereto as Annex A.

 

2.                                        The Plan of Merger was duly adopted by written consent of the Board of Directors of Cardwell Travel Center, Inc. on May 22, 1989, and was duly approved by written consent of the sole shareholder of Cardwell Travel Center, Inc. on May 22, 1989.

 

3.                                        The Plan of Merger was duly adopted by written consent of the Board of Directors of CUC Travel Services, Inc. on May 22, 1989, and was duly approved by written consent of the sole shareholder of CUC Travel Services, Inc. on May 22, 1989.

 

4.                                        The Merger shall become effective May 24, 1989 at 5:00 p.m., E.D.T.

 

 

 

CARDWELL TRAVEL CENTER, INC.

 

 

May 22, 1989

By:

  /s/ Stuart L. Bell

 

 

 

Name: Stuart L. Bell

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

CUC TRAVEL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

May 22, 1989

By:

  /s/ Stuart L. Bell

 

 

 

Name: Stuart L. Bell

 

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

ANNEX A

 

PLAN OF MERGER

 

FIRST: The name of each constituent corporation and the state under the laws of which each is organized are:

 

Name of Corporation

 

State

 

 

 

Cardwell Travel Center, Inc.

 

Virginia

 

 

 

CUC Travel Services, Inc.

 

Tennessee

 

SECOND:  At the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), Cardwell Travel Center, Inc. will be merged with and into CUC Travel Services, Inc. (the “Merger”).

 

THIRD:  The name of the surviving corporation is CUC Travel Services, Inc. (the “Surviving Corporation”).

 

FOURTH:  The Merger shall become effective May 24, 1989 at 5:00 p.m., E.D.T. (the “Effective Time”).

 

FIFTH:  Each share of common stock, par value $100 per share, of Cardwell Travel Center, Inc. outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled, and no payment shall be made with respect thereto. Each share of common stock, no par value per share, of CUC Travel Services, Inc. outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding.

 

SIXTH:  The charter of CUC Travel Services, Inc. at the Effective Time shall be the charter of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

SEVENTH: The by-laws of CUC Travel Services, Inc. at the Effective Time shall be the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until amended in accordance with applicable law.

 

EIGHTH:  The directors and officers of CUC Travel Services, Inc. at the Effective Time shall be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation and shall serve until their successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.

 

NINTH: The officers of each corporation party to the Merger shall be and hereby are authorized to do all acts and things necessary and proper to effect the Merger.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned corporations has caused this instrument to be duly executed by its authorized officers on this 22nd day of May, 1989.

 

 

CARDWELL TRAVEL CENTER, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stuart L. Bell

 

 

 

Name: Stuart L. Bell

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

CUC TRAVEL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stuart L. Bell

 

 

 

Name: Stuart L. Bell

 

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE CHARTER

 

CORPORATE CONTROL NUMBER (IF KNOWN)

 

PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 48–20–106 OF THE TENNESSEE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED CORPORATION ADOPTS THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO ITS CHARTER:

 

PLEASE MARK THE BLOCK THAT APPLIES:

 

x

AMENDMENT IS TO BE EFFECTIVE WHEN FILED BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE.

 

 

o

AMENDMENT IS TO BE EFFECTIVE

 

 

 

MONTH

 

DAY

YEAR

 

 

(NOT TO BE LATER THAN THE 90 TH DAY AFTER THE DATE THIS DOCUMENT IS FILED.) IF NEITHER BLOCK IS CHECKED, THE AMENDMENT WILL BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF FILING.

 

1.

PLEASE INSERT THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION AS IT APPEARS ON RECORD:

 

CUC Travel Services, Inc.

 

IF CHANGING THE NAME, INSERT THE NEW NAME ON THE LINE BELOW:

 

Cendant Travel, Inc.

2.

PLEASE INSERT ANY CHANGES THAT APPLY

A. PRINCIPAL ADDRESS: (Street)

 

 

 

(City)

(State)

(Zip Code)

 

 

 

 

 

B. REGISTERED AGENT:

 

 

 

C. REGISTERED ADDRESS:  (Street)

 

 

 

(City)

(State)

(Zip Code)

(County)

 

 

 

D. OTHER CHANGES:

 

 

3.

THE CORPORATION IS FOR PROFIT.

 

 

4.

THE MANNER (IF NOT SET FORTH IN THE AMENDMENT) FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ANY EXCHANGE, RECLASSIFICATION, OR CANCELLATION OF ISSUED SHARES IS AS FOLLOWS:

 

 

5.

THE AMENDMENT WAS DULY ADOPTED ON

January

19,

1998

BY:

 

 

MONTH

DAY

YEAR

 

 

 

 

(NOTE:  PLEASE MARK THE BLOCK THAT APPLIES)

 

 

o

THE INCORPORATORS.

 

 

o

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL, AS SUCH WAS NOT REQUIRED.

 

 

x

THE SHAREHOLDERS.

 

Executive Vice President

 

/S/ E. Kirk Shelton

 

SIGNER’S CAPACITY

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

E. Kirk Shelton

 

 

NAME OF SIGNER

 

 



 

 

 

Corporate Filings
312 Eighth Avenue North

6 th Floor, William R. Snodgrass Tower
Nashville, TN  37243

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO THE CHARTER
(For-Profit)


For Office Use Only

 

 

 

CORPORATE CONTROL NUMBER (IF KNOWN)                                                                                                                     

PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 48-60-106 OF THE TENNESSEE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT, THE UNDERSIGNED CORPORATION ADOPTS THE FOLLOWING ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO ITS CHARTER:

1.      PLEASE INSERT THE NAME OF THE CORPORATION AS IT APPEARS OF RECORD:

Cendant Travel, Inc.

IF CHANGING THE NAME, INSERT THE NEW NAME ON THE LINE BELOW:

Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc.

2.      PLEASE MARK THE BLOCK THAT APPLIES:

x     AMENDMENT IS TO BE EFFECTIVE WHEN FILED BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE.

o     AMENDMENT IS TO BE EFFECTIVE,                                                                           (MONTH, DAY, YEAR)

(NOT TO BE LATER THAN THE 90TH DAY AFTER THE DATE THIS DOCUMENT IS FILED.) IF NEITHER BLOCK IS CHECKED, THE AMENDMENT WILL BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF FILING.

3.      PLEASE INSERT ANY CHANGES THAT APPLY:

A.     PRINCIPAL ADDRESS:

 

 

STREET ADDRESS

 

CITY

STATE/COUNTY

ZIP CODE

B.     REGISTERED AGENT:

 

C.     REGISTERED ADDRESS:

 

 

STREET ADDRESS

 

                  TN

CITY

STATE

ZIP CODE

COUNTY

D.     OTHER CHANGES:

 

4.      THE CORPORATION IS FOR PROFIT.

5.      THE MANNER (IF NOT SET FORTH IN THE AMENDMENT) FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ANY EXCHANGE, RECLASSIFICATION, OR CANCELLATION OF ISSUED SHARES IS AS FOLLOWS:

6.      THE AMENDMENT WAS DULY ADOPTED ON September 7, 2006 (MONTH , DAY, YEAR) BY (Please mark the block that applies):

o     THE INCORPORATORS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL, AS SUCH WAS NOT REQUIRED.

o     THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS WITHOUT SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL, AS SUCH WAS NOT REQUIRED.

x     THE SHAREHOLDERS.

7.      INDICATE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENTS APPLIES BY MARKING THE APPLICABLE BLOCK:

o     ADDITIONAL APPROVAL FOR THE AMENDMENT (AS PERMITTED BY §48-60-301 OF THE TENNESSEE NONPROFIT CORPORATION ACT) WAS NOT REQUIRED.

o     ADDITIONAL APPROVAL FOR THE AMENDMENT WAS REQUIRED BY THE CHARTER AND WAS OBTAINED.

 

Vice President and Asst. Secretary

 

     /s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNER’S CAPACITY

 

SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

 

September 7, 2006

 

Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

 

 

DATE

 

NAME OF SIGNER (TYPED OR PRINTED)

 

 

 

SS-4416 (Rev. 10/01)

Filing Fee: $20

RDA 1678

 


 



Exhibit 3.14

 

CENDANT TRAVEL, INC.
formerly known as

 

CUC TRAVEL SERVICES, INC.

 

********

 

BY - LAWS

 

********

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                The registered office shall be located in Nashville, Tennessee.

 

Section 2.                The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Tennessee, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                All meetings of shareholders for the election of directors shall be held in Stamford, Connecticut, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

 

Section 2.                Annual meetings of shareholders, commencing with the year 1989, shall be held on the 20th day of June if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 3:00 p.m., at which they shall elect, by a plurality vote, a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3.                Written or printed notice of the annual meeting, stating the date, time and place of the meeting, shall be delivered not less than ten days nor more than two months before the date of the meeting either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                Special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose other than the election of directors, may be held at such time and place within or without the State of Tennessee as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.                Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the charter, may be called by the president, the board of directors or upon written demand of at least ten percent of all of the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered.

 

Section 3.                Written or printed notice of a special meeting, stating the date, time and place of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten days nor more than two months before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 4.                The business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK

 

Section 1.                A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of the voting group for action on that matter except as otherwise provided by statute or by the charter. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders present in person or represented by proxy shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

2



 

Section 2.                If a quorum is present, action on a matter by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number of affirmative votes is required by law or the charter.

 

Section 3.                Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, unless the charter or law provides otherwise. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his dUly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

If the charter so provides, each shareholder having voting power shall be entitled to cumulate his votes.

 

Section 4.                Any action required to be taken at a meeting o~ the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if one or more written consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE V

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                The number of directors shall be no fewer than two and no more than eleven. Directors need not be residents of the State of Tennessee nor shareholders of the corporation. The directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, and each director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. The first board of directors shall hold office until the first meeting of shareholders.

 

Section 2.                Unless the charter provides otherwise, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the shareholders, the board of directors or, if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, the vacancy may be filled by the affirmative vote of the directors remaining in office.

 

3



 

Section 3.                The business affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors which may exerclse all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not, by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws, directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

Section 4.                The directors may keep the books of the corporation, except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of Tennessee, at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

 

Section 5.                The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                Meetings of the board of directors, regular or special, may be held either within or without the State of Tennessee.

 

Section 2.                The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

 

Section 3.                Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall, from time to time, be determined by the board.

 

Section 4.                Special meetings of the board of directors may be called on one day’s notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the chairman of the board, the president or by any two

 

4



 

directors.

 

Section 5.                Attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon his arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, not the purpose of, any regular or special meeting or the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of the notice of such meeting.

 

Section 6.                A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by law or by the charter. The act of a majority number is required by law or by the charter. The act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by statute or by the charter. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 7.                Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors may be taken without a meeting if one or more written consents, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vdte with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 5.                The board of directors may create one or more committees that may consist of one or more members. All members of committees exercising the powers of the board of directors must be members of the board of directors and serve at the board of directors’ pleasure. To the extent specified by the board of directors or charter, each committee shall have, and exercise all of, the authority of the board of directors in the management of the corporation, except as otherwise

 

5



 

provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1.                Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but sucn notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or shareholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

Section 2.                Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the charter or these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers.

 

Section 2.                The board of directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of shareholders, shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.

 

Section 3.                The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents, as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the

 

6



 

board of directors.

 

Section 4.                The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

Section 5.                The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

THE PRESIDENT

 

Section 6.                The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

Section 7.                He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

Section 8.                The vice-president or, if there shall be more than one, the vice presidents, in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

 

Section 9.                The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of the

 

7



 

meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be.

He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10.              The assistant secretary or, if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries, in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

Section 11.              The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in the books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other vaiuable effects, in the name and to the credit of the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

Section 12.              He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

Section 13.              If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with

 

8



 

such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors .for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in the case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

Section 14.              The assistant treasurer or, if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer, and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE X

 

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

Section 1.                The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertified. Each share certificate shall be signed by the president or a vice-president and the secretary or treasurer or an assistant secretary or treasurer of the corporation or by the board of directors and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof.

 

When the corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, there shall be set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the corporation will furnish to any shareholder, upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights, preferences, and limitations determined for each series and the authority of the board of directors to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.

 

Section 2.                The signatures of the persons signing a share certificate may be facsimiles. In case any person who has signed or whose facsimile signature has

 

9



 

been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to hold such office before such certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid.

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Section 3.                The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation and alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as it deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.

 

TRANSFERS OF SHARES

 

Section 4.                Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence or succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

Section 5.                For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix a record date, in advance, that may not be more than seventy days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders.

 

REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 6.                The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,

 

10



 

and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books”as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee.

 

LIST OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 7.                A list of shareholders, as of the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its preparation or the transfer agent, shall be open for inspection at any meeting of shareholders. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the person presiding thereat may rely on such list as evidence of the right of the persons challenged to vote at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 1.                Subject to the provisions of the charter relating thereto, if any, dividends may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation, subject to any provisions of the charter.

 

Section 2.                Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside, out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

11



 

CHECKS

 

Section 3.                All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 4.                The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

SEAL

 

Section 5.                The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization, and the words “Corporate Seal, Tennessee.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                These by-laws may be amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote or a majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board, unless the charter or law reserves this power to the shareholders.

 

12




Exhibit 3.15

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shal1 have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Leigh Anne Elixson

1 Campus Drive

Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH: The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or appeal by the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 



 

(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH: Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of the certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 18 th day of November 2004.

 

 

/s/ Leigh Anne Elixson

 

 

Name: Leigh Anne Elixson

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CENDANT UK ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation.”

 

SECOND:  That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

 

“RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation .”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle J. Boas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 23 rd day of January, 2007.

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary




Exhibit 3.16

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

CENDANT UK Acquisition Corporation.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.               Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.               Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.               Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.               Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place,

 



 

date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 3.               Special Meetings. Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 4.               Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after

 

2



 

the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 5.               Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 6.               Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent In writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 7.               List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days

 

3



 

before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

Section 8.               Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.               Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

4



 

Section 2.               Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.               Duties and Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4.               Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 5.               Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of

 

5



 

business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 6.               Actions of Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 7.               Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or which committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 8.               Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence

 

6



 

of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9.               Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 10.             Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or

 

7



 

transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.               General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.               Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold

 

8



 

their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.               Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.               Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other

 

9



 

instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.               President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. He shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman or the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no chairman of the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.               Vice Presidents. At the request of the President or in his absence or in the event of his inability or refusal to act (and if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

10



 

Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 7.               Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

11



 

Section 8.               Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 9.               Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these By-Laws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 10.             Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and

 

12



 

in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 11.             Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 1.               Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.

 

Section 2.               Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer

 

13



 

agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.               Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 4.               Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.               Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a

 

14



 

record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 6.               Beneficial Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1.               Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 2.               Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a

 

15



 

committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.               Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2.               Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.               Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.               Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

16



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.               Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2.               Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation. Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify

 

17



 

any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer; employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3.               Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the

 

18



 

stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 4.               Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

19



 

Section 5.               Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 6.               Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 7.               Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article

 

20



 

VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.               Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 9.               Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to

 

21



 

indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 10.             Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 11.             Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by

 

22



 

such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.             Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.               Amendments. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 2.               Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

23




 

 

Exhibit 3.17

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

BRITAIR ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

1. The name of the corporation is.

 

BRITAIR ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4. The total number of shares of common stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Cent ($.01) amounting in the aggregate to Ten Dollars ($10.00).

 

5. The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the bylaws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

 

 

J. L. Austin

 

Corporation Trust Center

 

1209 Orange Street Wilmington,

 

Delaware 19801

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a oorporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 27th day of April, 1988.

 

 

 

J. L. Austin

 

 

 

J. L. Austin

 

 

 



 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

BEFORE PAYMENT OF CAPITAL

 

OF

 

BRITAIR ENTERPRISES, INC.

 

I, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator of BRITAIR ENTERPRISES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:  That Article 1 of the Certificate of Incorporation be and it hereby is amended to read as follows:

 

1. The name of the corporation is:

 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

SECOND:  That the corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

 

THIRD:  That the amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate this 28 th day of April, 1988.

 

 

 

/s/ J. L. Austin

 

J. L. Austin

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.              The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is:

 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

2.                                        The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

 

3.                                        The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4.                                        The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on January 28, 2003.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.18

 

DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, INC.

 

* * * * *

B Y - LAW S

* * * * *

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the  City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices  at such other places both within and without the State of  Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time  determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for  the election of directors shall be held at such place either  within or without the State of Delaware as shall be desig  nated from time to time by the board of directors and stated

 



 

in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for  any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within  or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the  notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice  thereof.

 

Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall  be held at such date and time as shall be designated from  time to time by the board of directors and stated in the  notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a  plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other  business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting  stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be  given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting  not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date  of the meeting.

 

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the  stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at  least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a  complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the  meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the  address of each stockholder and the number of shares regis  tered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be

 



 

open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose  germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for  a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either  at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,  which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting,  or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is  to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the  time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof,  and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders,  for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by  statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be  called by the president and shall be called by the president  or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the  board of directors, or at the request in writing of stock  holders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital  stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled  to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes  of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting  stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the  purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall  be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before

 



 

the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock  issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present  in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum  at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of  business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the  certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum  shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the  stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power  to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice  other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall  be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at  which a quorum shall be present or represented any business  may be transacted which might have been transacted at the  meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for  more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new  record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of

 



 

the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any  meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock  having voting power present in person or represented by  proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,  unless the question is one upon which by express provision  of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a  different vote is required in which case such express  provision shall govern and control the decision of such  question.

 

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the  certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every  meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in  person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock  having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy  shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless  the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the  certificate of incorporation, any action required to be  taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of  the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any  annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken

 



 

without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote,  if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,  shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having  not less than the minimum number of votes that would be  necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at  which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and  voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action  without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent  shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented  in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. The number of directors which shall  constitute the whole board shall be three. The directors  shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders,  except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each  director elected shall hold office until his successor is  elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and newly created director  ships resulting from any increase in the authorized number  of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors  then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole

 



 

remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their  newly created directorship, the directors then in office  shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as  constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the  Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder  or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total  number of the shares at the time outstanding having the  right to vote for such directors, summarily order an elec  tion to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created  directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the  directors then in office.

 

Section 3. The business of the corporation shall  be managed by or under the direction of its board of direc  tors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation  and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute  or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws  directed or required to be exercised or done by the stock  holders.

 



 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 4. The board of directors of the corpora  tion may hold meetings, both regular and special, either  within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5. The first meeting of each newly  elected board of directors shall be held at such time and  place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at  the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be  necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to  constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the  time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected  board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held  at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the  meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be  specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for  special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be  specified in a written waiver signed by all of the direc  tors.

 

Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of  directors may be held without notice at such time and at  such place as shall from time to time be determined by the  board.

 



 

Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be  called by the president on fourteen days’ notice to each  director, either personally or by mail or by telegram;  special meetings shall be called by the president or  secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written  request of two directors unless the board consists of only  one director; in which case ~pecial meetings shall be called  by the president or secretary in like manner and on like  notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

Section 8. At all meetings of the board a  majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business and the act of a majority of the  directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum  shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be  otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certi  ficate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present  at any meeting of the board of directors the directors  present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time,  without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until  a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the  certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action  required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the

 



 

board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken  without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee,  as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the  writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceed  ings of the board or committee.

 

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the  certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of  the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference  telephone or similar communications equipment by means of  which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each  other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute  presence in person at the meeting.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 11. The board of directors may, by  resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, desig  nate one or more committees, each committee to consist of  one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board  may designate one or more directors as alternate members of  any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified  member at any meeting of the committee.

 



 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corpora  tion to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but  no. such committee shall have the power or authority in  reference to amending the certificate of incorporation,  (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in  the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of  shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as  provided in Section 151(a) fix any of the preferences or  rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption,  dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation  or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for,  shares of any other class or classes or any other series of  the same or any other class or classes of stock of the  corporation) adopting an agreement of merger or consolida  tion, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or  exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s  property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a  dissolution of the co~poration or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the by-laws of the corporation; and,

 



 

unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation  expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power  or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the  issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and  merger. Such committee or committees shall have such name  or names as may be determined from time to time by resolu  tion adopted by the board of directors.

 

Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular  minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of  directors when required.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the  certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of  directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation  of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if  any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors  and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting  of the board of directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the  corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation  therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be  allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 



 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the  certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the  entire board of directors may be removed, with or without  cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to  vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the  statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these  by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or  stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal  notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail,  addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as  it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage  thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given  at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United  States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by  telegram.

 

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver

 



 

thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled  to said notice, whether before or after the time stated  therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall  be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a presi  dent, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The  board of directors may also choose additional vice-presi  dents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant  treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same  person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these  by-laws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2. The board of directors at its first  meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall  choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary  and a treasurer.

 

Section 3. The board of directors may appoint  such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary  who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall  exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be  determined from time to time by the board.

 



 

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall  hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify.  Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors  may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a  majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring  in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the  board of directors.

 

THE PRESIDENT

 

Section 6. The president shall be the chief  executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all  meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors,  shall have general and active management of the business of  the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolu  tions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and  other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the  corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be  otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing  and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the

 



 

board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

Section 8. In the absence of the president or in  the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice  president (or in the event there be more than one vice  president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by  the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in  the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the  president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of  and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have  such other powers as the board of directors may from time to  time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meet  ings of the board of directors and all meetings of the  stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings  of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book  to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties  for the standing committees when required. He shall give,

 



 

or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stock  holders and special meetings of the board of directors, and  shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the  board of directors or president, under whose supervision he  shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of  the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall  have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring  it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature  or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board  of directors may give general authority to any other officer  to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the  affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there  be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order  determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such  determination, then in the order of their election) shall,  in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his  inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise  the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other  duties and have such other powers as the board of directors  may from time to time prescribe.

 



 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody  of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full  and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books  belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys  and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of  the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by  the board of directors.

 

Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the  corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors,  taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall  render to the president and the board of directors, at its  regular meetings, or when the board of directors so re  quires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and  of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

Section 13. If required by the board of direc  tors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be  renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or  sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors  for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and  for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his  death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of  all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of

 



 

whatever kind in his possession or under his control belong ing to the corporation.

 

Section 14. The assistant treasurer, or if there  shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the  order determined by the board of directors (or if there be  no such determination, then in the order of their election)  shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of  his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and  exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such  other duties and have such other powers as the board of  directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be  represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated.  Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the  corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board  of directors, or the president or a vice-president and the  treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an  assistant secretary of the corporation.

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send

 



 

to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing  the information required to be set forth or stated on  certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a)  or a statement that the corporation will furnish without  charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers,  designations, preferences and relative participating,  optional or other special rights of each class of stock or  series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or  restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on a  certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer  agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signa  ture has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to  be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such  certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation  with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer  agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Section 3. The board of directors may direct a  new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to  be issued in place of any certificate or certificates

 



 

theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been  lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit  of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock  to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such  issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated  shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as  a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the  owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or  certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the  same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the  corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity  against any claim that may be made against the corporation  with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed.

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or  the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for  shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of  succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall  be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to  the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and  record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of

 



 

proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of  uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be  cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated  shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person  entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon  the books of the corporation.

 

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

Section 5. In order that the corporation may  determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote  at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,  or to express consent to corporate action in writing without  a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or  other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled  to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion  or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful  action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record  date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten  days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty  days prior to any other action. A determination of stock  holders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a  meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of

 



 

the meeting: provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to  recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its  books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to  vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assess  ments a person registered on its books as the owner of  shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or  other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the  part of any other person, whether or not it shall have  express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise pro  vided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of  the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certifi  cate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board  of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to  law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in

 



 

shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there  may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation avail  able for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from  time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as  a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equal  izing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any proper  ty of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the  directors shall think conducive to the interest of the  corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any  such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ANNUAL STATEMENT

 

Section 3. The board of directors shall present  at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the  stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a  full and clear statement of the business and condition of  the corporation.

 

CHECKS

 

Section’4. All checks or demands for money and

 



 

notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or  officers or such other person or persons as the board of  directors may from time to time designate.

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

SEAL

 

Section 6. The corporate seal shall have in  scribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its  organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The  seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be  impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7. The corporation shall indemnify its  officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent  permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended

 



 

or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stock  holders or by the board of directors, when such power is  conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of  incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such  alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be  contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the  power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon  the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation  it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders  to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 




Exhibit 3.19

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

BritAir Acquisition Corp. Inc.

 

FIRST. The name of the corporation is BritAir Acquisition Corp. Inc.

 

SECOND. The address of the corporation’s regis tered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD. The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH. The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each of such shares is $.01.

 

FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Stuart K. Min, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.

 

SIXTH. The board of directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws of the corporation.

 



 

SEVENTH. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the by laws of the corporation.

 

EIGHTH. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares at the time entitled to vote at an election of directors, whether or not the board of directors .is classified as ~rovided in subsection (d) of section 141 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this certificate of incorporation this 4th day of September, 1987.

 

 

 

/s/ Stuart K. Min

 

 

 

Stuart K. Min

 

 

2



 

STATEMENT OF ORGANIZATION

 

OF THE INCORPORATOR OF

 

BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC.

 

The undersigned incorporator of BritAir Acqusition Corp. Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies pursuant to Section 108 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware:

 

1. The certificate of incorporation of said corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 8, 1987 and recorded in the office of the Recorder of New Castle County, Delaware on September 8, 1987.

 

 

2. The by-laws annexed hereto have been adopted by me as and for the by-laws of said corporation.

 

3. The following named persons have been elected by me as the directors of said corporation to hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders. or until their successors are elected and qualify:

 

 

Richard A. Gamble

 

 

Richard E. Gerien

 

 

Dard F. Stagg

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have signed this instrument as of the date when these sections were so taken this 8th day of September, 1987.

 

 

/s/ Stuart K. Min

 

 

Stuart K. Min

 

 


 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC.

 

BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST. The Board of Directors if said corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring advisable the amendment of Article Fourth of the certificate of incorporation of said corporation to increase the total number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue from One Thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock of the par value of $.01 per share to Five Thousand (5,000) shares of Common Stock of the part value of $.01 per share so that, as amended, said Articles shall read as follows:

 

“FOURTH. The total number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Five Thousand (5,000) shares of Common Stock, and the par value of each of such shares is $.01.”

 

SECOND. In lieu of a vote of stockholders, written consent to the foregoing amendment has been given by the holder of all of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; and such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the

provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC. has caused this certificate to be signed by John Story, its President, and attested by Pail C. Jasinski, its Secretary on the 24 th day of May, 1993.

 

 

BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ John Story

 

 

Name: John Story

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul C. Jasinski

 

 

 

Name: Paul C. Jasinski

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BRITAIR ACQUISITION CORP. INC.

The undersigned, being the Secretary of BritAir Acquisition Corp. Inc., a Delaware corporation, does hereby certify as follows:

1.             The Board of Directors of the corporation duly adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring advisable a proposed amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as hereinafter set forth:

2.             Said resolution called for the following amendment to said Certificate of Incorporation:

That the Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“FIRST, The name of the corporation is Galileo B.A., Inc.”

3.             In lieu of a vote of stockholders, written consent to the foregoing amendment has been given by the holder of all the outstanding capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon in accordance with the provision of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4.             That the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended as set forth above on the effective date as hereinafter set forth, its accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

5.             The effective date of the amendment set forth above shall be June 30, 1999.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned being the duly authorized officer of BritAir Acquisition Corp., executes this certificate on the 29 th day of June, 1999.

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Jasinaki

 

 

Name: Paul Jasinski

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attest:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Judith Finch

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

GALILEO BA, INC.

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.             The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is GALILEO BA, INC.

2.             The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

3.             The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

4.             The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 3.20

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

BRITAIR ACQUSITION CORP. INC.

 

ARTICLE I

 

Stockholders

 

Section 1.1. Annual Meetings, An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 1.2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors, to be held at such date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.3. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.4. Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice

 



 

 

of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 1.5. Quorum. At each meeting of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each class of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. For purposes of the foregoing, two or more classes or series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting. In the absence of a quorum the stockholders so present may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided by Section 1.4 of these by-laws until a quorum shall attend. Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 1.6. Organization. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in the absence of the President by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, or in the absence of the Secretary by an Assistant Secretary, or in their absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 1.7. Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a

 

2



 

longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall so determine. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. With respect to other matters, unless otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of all classes of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, provided that (except as otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation) the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such matter. Where a separate vote by class is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

 

Section 1.8. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed:  (1) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; (2) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the

 

3



 

Board is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and (3) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 1.9. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 1.10. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Board of Directors

 

Section 2.1. Powers; Number; Qualifications. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by

 

4



 

or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation. The Board shall consist of one or more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.2. Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

 

Section 2.3. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined notice thereof need not be given.

 

Section 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President or by any two directors. Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting.

 

Section 2.5. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone Permitted. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each

 

5



 

other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.6. Quorum; Vote Required for Action. At all meetings of the Board of Directors one-third of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall require a vote of a greater number. In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall attend.

 

Section 2.7. Organization. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.8. Action by Directors Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 2.9. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Committees

 

Section 3.1. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

 

6



 

disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending these by-laws; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock.

 

Section 3.2. Committee Rules. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the Board or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these by-laws.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

Section 4.1. Officers; Election. As soon as practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more

 

7



Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board may deem desirable or appropriate and may give any of them such further designations or alternate titles as it considered desirable.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

                                Section 4.2.  Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies.   Except as otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the Board after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.  The Board may remove any officer with or without cause at any time.  Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board at any regular or special meeting.

 

                                Section 4.3.  Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present and shall have and may exercise such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board and as may be provided by law.

 

                                Section 4.4.  Vice Chairman of the Board .  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present and shall have and may exercise such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board and as may be provided by law.

 

                                Section 4.5.  President .  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all Meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  The President shall be the chief executive officer and shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation and, in general, shall perform

 

 

8



 

all duties incident to the office of president of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be provided by law.

 

Section 4.6. Vice Presidents. The Vice President or Vice Presidents, at the request or in the absence of the President or during the President’s inability to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have the powers of the President. If there be more than one Vice President, the Board of Directors may determine which one or more of the Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties; or if such determination is not made by the Board, the President may make such determination; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may perform any of such duties.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her or them by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

 

Section 4.7. Secretary. The Secretary shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law, shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation, may affix the corporate seal to any document the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation, is duly authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same, and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

 

Section 4.8. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by or under authority of the Board of Directors. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties, with such surety or sureties as the Board may determine. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts and disbursements in books of the Corporation, shall render to the President and to the Board, whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation, and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer of a

 

9



 

corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

 

Section 4.9. Other Officers. The other officers, if any, of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board. The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Stock

 

Section 5.1. Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. If such certificate is manually signed by one officer or manually countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 6.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.2. Seal. The Corporation may have a corporate seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

Section 6.3. Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the. person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

 

Section 6.4. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees. The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or such person’s testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee. For purposes of this by-law, the term “Corporation” shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation or merger; the term “other enterprise” shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service “at the request of the Corporation” shall include service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or

 

11



 

involves services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.5. Interested Directors; Quorum. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

Section 6.6. Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books or account and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs or any other information storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

 

12



 

Section 6.7. Amendment of By-Laws. These may be amended or repealed, and new by-laws adopted, Board of Directors, but the stockholders entitled to may adopt additional by-laws and may amend or repeal by-law whether or not adopted by them.

 

13




Exhibit 3.21

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GALILEO BRASIL LIMITED

 

I, the undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purposes hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. do hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of the corporation is Galileo Brasil Limited (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name and address of the Corporation’s registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware.

 

THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred (100), all of which shall be shares of common stock without par value.

 

FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

Paul H. Bristow
9700 West Higgins Road
Suite 400
Rosemont, Illinois 60018

 

SIXTH:  The by-laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended, changed, added to or repealed by the Corporation’s board of directors without the assent or vote of its stockholders.

 

SEVENTH:  To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, section 145 thereof), as amended from time to time, the Corporation shall, in general, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto or otherwise and, in particular, a director shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

 



 

EIGHTH:  The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved power.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have duly signed this Certificate of Incorporation on the 15th day of January, 1995.

 

 

 

/s/ Paul H. Bristow

 

Paul H. Bristow

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF
REGISTERED OFFICE AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

GALILEO BRASIL LIMITED

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is GALILEO BRASIL LIMITED.

 

2. The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

 

3. The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4. The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

 

 /s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

 




Exhibit 3.22

 

GALILEO BRASIL LIMITED

 

* * * * * * *

 

BY-LAWS

 

* * * * * * *

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

 

1.1  These by-laws are subject to the certificate of incorporation of the corporation. In these by-laws, references to the certificate of incorporation and by-laws mean the provision of the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.

 

Section 2. OFFICES

 

2.1   Registered Office . The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

2.2   Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

Section 3. STOCKHOLDERS

 

3.1   Location of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors. Any adjourned session of any meeting shall be held at the place designated in the vote of adjournment.

 

3.2   Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders, for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the board of directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen months of the later of the date of incorporation or the last annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

3.3   Special Meeting in Place of Annual Meeting . If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated by these by-laws, the directors shall cause such election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefor or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special

 

 

Page 1 of 13



 

meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting, and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholder, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called and the purposes thereof shall be specified in the call, as provided in Section 3.4.

 

3.4   Notice of Annual Meeting . Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. Such notice may specify the business to be transacted and actions to be taken at such meeting.

 

3.5   Other Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the chief executive officer and shall be called by the chief executive officer or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting and business to be transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders.

 

3.6   Notice of Special Meeting . Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

3.7   Stockholder List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

3.8   Quorum of Stockholders . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of

 

 

Page 2 of 13



 

business except as otherwise required by law, or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. Except as otherwise provided by law, no stockholder present at a meeting may withhold his shares from the quorum count by declaring his shares absent from the meeting.

 

3.9   Adjournment . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these by-laws, which time and place shall be announced at the meeting, by a majority of votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

3.10   Proxy Representation . Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, objecting to or voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Except as provided by law, a revocable proxy shall be deemed revoked if the stockholder is present at the meeting for which the proxy was given. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest which with it is coupled an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. The authorization of a proxy may but not need be limited to specified action, provided, however, that if a proxy limits its authorization to a meeting or meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise specifically provided such proxy shall entitle the holder thereof to vote at any adjourned session but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof.

 

3.11   Inspectors . The directors or the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election and any substitute inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count

 

 

Page 3 of 13



 

and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, questions or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them.

 

3.12   Action by Vote . When a quorum is present at any meeting, whether the same be an original or an adjourned session, a plurality of the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than an election to any office shall decide the question, except when a larger vote is required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election.

 

3.13   Action Without Meetings . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 4. DIRECTORS

 

4.1   Number . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, the board of directors shall consist of one (1) or more members as the board of directors shall designate from time to time. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4.4 of these by-laws. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

4.2   Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation, or by these by-laws, each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

 

4.3   Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, which shall have and may exercise all the powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

 

Page 4 of 13



 

4.4   Vacancies . Vacancies and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by vote of the stockholders at a meeting called for the purpose, or by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. When one or more directors shall resign from the board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote or action by writing thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective. The directors shall have and may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in their number, subject to any requirements of law or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws as to the number of directors required for a quorum or for any vote or other actions.

 

4.5   Committees . The board of directors may, by vote of a majority of the whole board, (a) designate, change the membership of or terminate the existence of any committee or committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors; (b) designate one or more directors as alternate members of any such committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee; and (c) determine the extent to which each such committee shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, including the power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it and the power and authority to declare dividends or to authorize the issuance of stock; excepting, however, such powers which by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws they are prohibited from so delegating. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee and his alternate, if any, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Except as the board of directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the board or such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as may be in the same manner as is provided by these by-laws for the conduct of business by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors upon request.

 

4.6   Regular Meeting . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without call or notice at such place within the State of Delaware or without (whether within the United States of America or without) and at such times as the board may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent directors. A regular meeting of the directors may be

 

 

Page 5 of 13



 

held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders.

 

4.7   Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time and at any place within the State of Delaware or without (whether within the United States of America or without) designated in the notice of the meeting, when called by the president, or by one-third or more in number of the directors, reasonable notice thereof being given to each director by the secretary or by the chief executive officer or by anyone of the directors calling the meeting.

 

4.8   Notice . It shall be reasonable and sufficient notice to a director to send notice by mail at least forty eight hours or by telegram at least twenty-four hours before the meeting, addressed to him at his usual or last know business or residence address or to give notice to him in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director if a written waiver of notice, executed by him before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any director who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

4.9   Quorum . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, at any meeting of the directors a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum; a quorum shall not in any case be less than one-third of the total number of directors constituting the whole board. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

4.10   Action by Vote . Except as may be otherwise provided by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, when a quorum is present at any meeting the vote of a majority of the directors present shall be the act of the board of directors.

 

4.11   Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the records of the meetings of the board or of such committee. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as the act of the board or of such committee, as the case may be.

 

4.12   Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may participate in the meeting of such board or

 

 

Page 6 of 13



 

committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

4.13   Resignation or Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at an election of directors. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his resignation in writing to the president or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. No director resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation) no director removed shall have any right to receive compensation as such director for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

 

Section 5. NOTICES

 

5.1   Form of Notice . Whenever, under the provisions of law, or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Unless written notice by mail is required by law, written notice may also be given by telegram, cable, commercial delivery service, telex or similar means, addressed to such director or stockholder at his address as it appears on the record of the corporation, in which case such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered into control of the persons charged with effecting such transmission, the transmission charge to be paid by the corporation or the person sending such notice and not by the addressee. Oral notice or other in-hand delivery (in person or by telephone) shall be deemed given at the time it is actually given.

 

5.2   Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under the provisions of law, the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of

 

 

Page 7 of 13



 

notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

Section 6. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

6.1   Enumeration; Qualification . The officers of the corporation shall consist of president, a treasurer, a secretary, and such other officers, including a chairman of the board of directors, one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, and assistance secretaries, as the directors from time to time may elect or appoint. Any officer may be, but none need be, a director or stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the board of directors to secure the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation by giving bond in such amount and with sureties or otherwise as the board of directors may determine.

 

6.2   Powers . Subject to law, to the certificate of incorporation and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

6.3   Election . The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a secretary and a treasurer. Other officers may be appointed by the board of directors at such meeting or at any other meeting. At any time or from time to time, the directors may delegate to any officer their power to elect or appoint any other officer or any agent.

 

6.4   Tenure . Each officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his successor is elected and qualified unless a shorter period shall have been specified in terms of his election or appointment, or in each case until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. Each agent of the corporation shall retain his authority at the pleasure of the directors, or the officer by whom he was appointed or by the officer who then holds agent appointive power.

 

6.5   Chairman of the Board, President and Vice President . The directors may appoint either the chairman of the board, if any, or the president to be chief executive officer of the corporation. In the absence of the appointment of a chairman, the president shall be the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer shall preside at all meetings of stockholders,

 

 

Page 8 of 13



 

except as otherwise determined by the board of directors. The chief executive officer shall also have direct and active charge of all business operation of the corporation and shall have general supervision of the entire business of the corporation, subject to the control of the board of directors.

 

The chief executive officer or treasurer shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

Any vice president shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors or by the chief executive officer.

 

6.6   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be assigned to him from time to time by the board of directors or by the chief executive officer.

 

Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the treasurer.

 

6.7   Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall record all proceedings of the stockholders, of the board of directors and of committees of the board of directors in a book or series of books to be kept therefor and shall file therein all writings of, or related to, action by stockholders or director consent. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting, an assistant secretary, or if there be none or he is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed, the secretary shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all stockholders and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. He shall have such other duties and powers as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Any assistant secretaries shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the secretary.

 

6.8   Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign at any time by delivering his resignation in writing to the chief executive officer or the secretary or to a meeting of the board of directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time or upon the

 

 

Page 9 of 13



 

happening of some other event. The board of directors may at any time remove any officer either with or without cause. The board of directors may at any time terminate or modify the authority of any officer. No officer resigning and (except where a right to receive compensation shall be expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation) no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation as such officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise; unless in the case of a resignation, the directors, or in the case of removal, the body acting on the removal, shall in their or its discretion provide for compensation.

 

6.9   Vacancies . If the office of the chairman of the board, if any, the president or the treasurer or the secretary becomes vacant, the directors may elect a successor by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. If the office of any other officer becomes vacant, any person or body empowered to elect or appoint that office may chose a successor. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor, and in the case of the chairman, if any, the president, the treasurer and the secretary, until his successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.

 

Section 7. CAPITAL STOCK

 

7.1   Stock Certificates . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by him, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws, be prescribed from time to time by the board of directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the chairman of the board or the president or vice-president and (i) the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or (ii) the secretary or an assistant secretary. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case an officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the time of its issue.

 

7.2   Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such

 

 

Page 10 of 13



 

lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 8. TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK

 

8.1   Transfer on Books . Subject to any restrictions with respect to the transfer of shares of stock, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the board of directors or the transfer agent of the corporation may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote or to give any consent with respect thereto and to be held liable for such calls and assessments, if any, as may lawfully be made thereon, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been properly transferred on the books of the corporation.

 

It shall be the duty of each stockholder to notify the corporation of his post office address.

 

Section 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

9.1   Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action to which such record date relates. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed,

 

 

Page 11 of 13



 

(a)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

 

(b)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and

 

(c)  The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

9.2   Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting or by written consent, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

9.3   Payment of Dividends . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

9.4   Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

9.5   Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on the last day of December in each year, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

9.6   Seal . The board of directors may, by resolution, adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the word “Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. The seal may be altered from time to time by the board of directors.

 

 

Page 12 of 13



 

Section 10. INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1  It being the intent of the corporation to provide maximum protection available under the law to its officers and directors, the corporation shall indemnify its officers and directors to the full extent the corporation is permitted or require to do so by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Such indemnification shall include payment by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of a civil or criminal action or proceeding and upon the undertaking of the person to be indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification, of expenses incurred by such person in defending any such action or proceeding. The corporation may accept any such undertaking without reference to the financial ability of the person to make such repayment. As used in this paragraph, the terms “director” and “officer” include their respective heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 11. AMENDMENTS

 

11.1  These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

 

Page 13 of 13




Exhibit 3.23

 

RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL. INC.

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.             The name of the Corporation is Galileo International, Inc. (the “Corporation”). The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was May 13, 1997.

 

2.             This Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

3.             The text of the Certificate of incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“ARTICLE I

 

Name

 

SECTION 1.1.   Name . The name of the Corporation is GALILEO INTERNATIONAL„ INC.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

SECTION 2.1.   Office and Agent . The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Corporate Purposes

 

SECTION 3.1.   Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Capitalization

 

SECTION 4.1.   Authorized Capital . Shares . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 275,000,007 shares, of which (i) 250,000,000 shares shall be common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”); (ii) 7 shares shall be special voting preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, of which (A) 1 share has been designated Series A Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series A Special Voting Preferred Stock”), (B) 1 share has been designated Series B Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series B Special Voting Preferred Stock”), (C) 1 share has been designated Series C Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series C Special Voting Preferred Stock”), (D) 1 share has been designated Series D Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series D Special Voting Preferred Stock”), (E) 1 share has been designated Series E Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series E Special Voting Preferred Stock”), (F) 1 share has been designated Series F Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.0l per share (the “Series F Special Voting Preferred Stock”), and (G) 1 share has been designated Series G Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series G Special Voting Preferred Stock”); and (iii) 25,000,000 shares shall be ordinary preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Ordinary Preferred Stock”; and, collectively, with the Special Voting Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”).

 

SECTION 4.2.   Common Stock . (a)  Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder as of the record date for such meeting.

 

(b)           Dividends and Distributions . Subject to any rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, when, as and if dividends or distributions are declared on outstanding shares of Common Stock, whether payable in cash, in property or in securities of the Corporation, each holder of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in such dividends and distributions in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder.

 

(c)           Liquidation . Subject to any rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, each holder of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the assets of the Corporation to be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder.

 

SECTION 4.3.   Special Voting Preferred Stock . The designation and the powers, preferences and rights of each of the series of the Special Voting Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

(a)           Rank . Each series of the Special Voting Preferred Stock shall, with respect to rights on any liquidation, winding up or dissolution of the Corporation, rank senior to the Common Stock and, unless otherwise provided, on a parity with any other series of Preferred Stock. All equity securities of the Corporation to which each series of the Special Voting Preferred Stock may rank prior upon liquidation, dissolution, winding up or otherwise, including the Common Stock, are collectively referred to herein as the “Junior Securities”; and all equity securities of the Corporation with which each series of the Special Voting Preferred Stock may rank on a parity as to liquidation, dissolution or winding up and does not rank senior as to any of the same are collectively referred to herein as the “Parity Securities”.

 

(b)           Dividends . The holders of the shares of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends on such shares.

 



 

(c)           Liquidation Preference . (l)  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, the holder of shares of Special Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders an amount in cash equal to $100 for each such share outstanding before any assets shall be distributed to the holders of any of the Junior Securities. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the holders of the Special Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any distribution in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation. If the assets of the Corporation arc not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation payments payable to the holders of outstanding shares of the Special Voting Preferred Stock and any Parity Securities, then the holders of all such shares shall share ratably in such distribution of assets in accordance with the amount which would be payable on such distribution if the amounts to which the holders of the outstanding shares of Special Voting Preferred Stock and the holders of outstanding shares of such Parity Securities are entitled were paid in full.

 

(2)           For the purposes of this subsection 4.3(c), neither the voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all the property or assets of the Corporation nor the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more other Corporations shall be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

(d)           Voting Rights . (1) (A)  Subject to the provisions of subsection 4.3(f)(2), the Special Voting Preferred Stock shall have the voting rights set forth in this subsection 4.3(d).

 

(B)           Subject to subsections 4.3(d)(I)(C) and (D) and subsections 4.3(d)(2) and (3), each series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single series, shall he entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) so long as the number of shares of Common Stock that are Shares (as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), dated as of July 30, 1997, among the Corporation, certain of its stockholders and certain related parties of such stockholders) (the “Relevant Shares”) that are held by the holder of the share of such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates represents at least 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
(C)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsection 4.3(d)(1)(B), if the holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates hold, in the aggregate, two such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, then each of such two series of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled, voting separately as a single class, to elect one director to the Board of Directors so long as the number of Relevant Shares that are held by such holder and its Affiliates represents at least 15% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. In the event the number of Relevant Shares that are held by such holder and its Affiliates represents less than 15% but at least 5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the lowest letter in alphabetical order shall be entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors and the series of Special Voting Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the highest letter in alphabetical order shall cease immediately to be entitled w elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f).
 
(D)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsection 4.3(d)(l)(B), if the holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates hold, in the aggregate, three or more series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, then each of three or such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled, voting separately as a single class, to elect one director to the

 



 

Board of Directors so long as the number of Relevant Shares that are held by such holder and its Affiliates represents at least 25% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. In the event the number of Relevant Shares that are held by such holder and its Affiliates represents at least 15% but less than 25% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, then each of the two of such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the lowest letters in alphabetical order shall be entitled, voting separately as a single class, to elect one director to the Board of Directors and the series of Special Voting Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the highest letter in alphabetical order shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f), and in the event the number of Relevant Shares that are held by such holder and its Affiliates represents at least 5% but less than 15% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the lowest letter in alphabetical order shall be entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors and the series of Special Voting Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the highest letters in alphabetical order shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f).
 

(2)           If (i) a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, held, immediately following the closing of the initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to the Corporation’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-27495) (the “IPO”) (not taking into account any shares of Common Stock purchased by the underwriters in the IPO pursuant to the exercise of an over-allotment option (“ Over-Allotment Shares ”)), Relevant Shares representing 7% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock and, as a result of such issuance, such holder and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, hold less than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates shall continue to be entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors so long as such holder and its Affiliates hold a number of Relevant Shares that represents at least 3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that if, immediately prior to such issuance, such holder or one its Affiliates held more than one series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, then, immediately following such issuance, the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the lowest letter in alphabetical order shall be entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors and the remaining series of Special Voting Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f).

 

(3)           If (i) a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, held, immediately following the closing of the IPO (not taking into account any Over-Allotment Shares), Relevant Shares representing at least 5% but less than 7% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock and, as a result of such issuance, such holder and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, hold Relevant Shares that represent less than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates shall continue to be entitled to elect one director to the Board of Directors so long as such holder and its Affiliates hold a number of Relevant Shares that represents at least 4% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock; provided , however , that if, immediately prior to such issuance, such holder or one of its Affiliates held more than one series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, then, immediately following such issuance, the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates with the lowest letter in alphabetical order shall be entitled to elect one director to the Hoard of Directors and the remaining series of Special Voting Stock held by such holder or one of its Affiliates shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f).

 



 

(4)           If (i) a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, held, immediately following the closing of the IPO (not taking into account any Over-Allotment Shares), Relevant Shares representing 7% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock and, as a result of such issuance, such holder and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, hold Relevant Shares that represent less than 3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, if such holder or its Affiliates shall not have purchased additional shares of Common Stock in the public market or otherwise in order to increase its and its Affiliates’ holdings of Relevant Shares to at least 3% within 90 days after such holdings fall below 3%, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder and its Affiliates shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f) upon the expiration of such 90 day period; provided that such period shall be tolled for any period in which there is a suspension in the trading of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(5)           if (i) a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, held, immediately following the closing of the !PO (not taking into account any Over-Allotment Shares), Relevant Shares representing at least 5% but less than 7% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and (ii) at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock and, as a result of such issuance, such holder and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, hold Relevant Shares that represent less than 4% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, if such holder or its Affiliates shall not have purchased additional shares of Common Stock in the public market or otherwise in order to increase its and its Affiliates’ holdings of Relevant Shares to at least 4% within 90 days after such holdings fall below 4%, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder and its Affiliates shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall he redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f) upon the expiration of such 90 day period; provided that such period shall he tolled for any period in which there is a suspension in the trading of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(6)           If at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock and, as a result of such issuance, a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock that is a Permitted Preferred Stock Transferee (as such term is defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) holds Relevant Shares that represent less than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, if such holder or its Affiliates shall not have purchased additional shares of Common Stock in the public market or otherwise in order to increase its and its Affiliates’ holdings of Relevant Shares to at least 5% within 90 clays after such holdings fall below 5%, then the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder and its Affiliates shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the share of such series shall be redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to subsection 4.3(f) upon the expiration of such 90 day period; provided that such period shall be tolled for any period in which there is a suspension in the trading of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

(7)           If (i) a holder of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, holds either (x) Relevant Shares representing at least 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and three or more series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, or (y) Relevant Shares representing at least 15% but less than 25% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and two or more series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, and (ii) at any time the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock in connection with a Significant Transaction (as such term is defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement) which results in an increase in the size of the Board, then the shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation in connection with such Significant Transaction shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder are entitled to elect any directors pursuant to Section 4.3(d)(l)(B), (C) and (D) hereof.

 



 

(8)           The director elected by any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock may be removed, at any time, by the holder of the share of such series in its sole discretion, and such holder may elect another individual to serve in the stead of such removed director, and in the event of the death, disability or resignation of any such director, such holder may elect another individual to serve in the stead of such director.

 

(9)           For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) the term “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, other than the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person, (ii) “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly or as trustee or executor, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person, and (iii) “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(e)           Restrictions on Transfer . (1)  The holder of any share of a series of Special Voting Preferred Stock may transfer such share only if (i) such transfer is made in connection with a simultaneous transfer of Relevant Shares to the transferee, (ii) the transferee is either an Original Owner (as defined below), an Affiliate thereof or a third party that is or becomes a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and a non-competition agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Stockholders’ Agreement, as such agreement may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 5.08 of the Stockholders’ Agreement (as so amended, a “Non-Competition Agreement”), and (iii) such transferee and its Affiliates, in the aggregate, would, after giving effect to such transfer (or within 90 days after such transfer, in the circumstances described in Section 3.07(a)(iii)(A)(y) of the Stockholders’ Agreement), hold Relevant Shares representing at least 5% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(2)           Subject to the provisions of subsection 4.3(d) relating to the redemption of series of Special Voting Preferred in certain circumstances, any share of Special Voting Preferred Stock transferred in accordance with this subsection 4.3(e) shall continue to have the special voting rights set forth in subsection 4.3(d).

 

(3)           For purposes of this subsection 4.3(e) and subsection 4.3(f) below, “Original Owner” means United Airlines, British Airways, Swissair, KLM, US Airways, Alitalia, Olympic Airways, Air Canada, TAP Air Portugal, Austrian Airlines, Aer Lingus or any Affiliate of the foregoing.

 

(f)            Redemption . (1)  If, at any time, a series of Special Voting Preferred Stock is not entitled to elect a director to the Board of Directors pursuant to subsection 4.3(d) above, then the Corporation shall redeem automatically and immediately (to the extent the Corporation shall have funds legally available for such payment) the share of such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock at a redemption price of $100 per share.

 

(2)           If the share of a series of Special Voting Preferred Stock is transferred to a party that is neither an Original Owner nor a third party that is or becomes a party to the Stockholders’ Agreement and a Non-Competition Agreement, the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock so transferred shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director pursuant to subsection 4.3(d) and the share of such series shall be redeemed automatically and immediately by the Corporation (to the extent

 



 

the Corporation shall have funds legally available for such payment) at a redemption price of $100 per share.

 

(3)           If, at any time, the share of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock is held by a Person that is no longer subject to the terms of a Non-Competition Agreement, or by a Person that has given the Corporation notice of its intention to terminate its Non-Competition Agreement, then such series of Preferred Stock shall cease immediately to be entitled to elect a director and the Corporation shall redeem automatically and immediately (to the extent the Corporation shall have funds legally available for such payment) the share of such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock at a redemption price of $100 per share.

 

(4)           In the event the Corporation redeems the share of one or more series of Special Voting Preferred Stock from a holder that, immediately prior to such redemption, held more than one series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem the share of the series of Special Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder beginning with the series with the highest letter in alphabetical order and in descending alphabetical order thereafter.

 

(5)           Shares of Special Voting Preferred Stock which have been issued and reacquired in any manner, including shares purchased, redeemed or exchanged, shall (upon compliance with any applicable provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware) be retired and shall not thereafter be reissued as part of any series of the Preferred Stock.

 

(g)           No Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock may be issued by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4.4.   Preferred Stock . Shares of Ordinary Preferred Stock of the Corporation may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive designation or title as shall be fixed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof. Each such class or series of Preferred Stock shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including the dividend rate, redemption price and liquidation preference, and may he convertible into, or exchangeable for, at the option of either the holder or the Corporation or upon the happening of a specified event, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of capital stock, or any debt securities, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rate or rates of exchange and with such adjustments as shall be stated and expressed in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or in any amendment hereto or in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of Ordinary Preferred Stock as may be adopted from time to time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with the DGCL; provided , however , that so long as any share of Special Voting Preferred Stock is outstanding, no shares of Ordinary Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right to elect directors to the Board of Directors, except to the extent provided by Section 303 of the New York Stock Exchange Rules, pursuant to which holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, have the right to elect at least two directors upon default by the Corporation in the payment of the equivalent of six quarterly dividends. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall also include, but not be limited to, the determination of restrictions, if any, on the issue or reissue of any additional shares of Ordinary Preferred Stock.

 



 

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnification

 

SECTION 5.1.   Indemnification . General. (a)  The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any manner in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect.

 

(b)           Proceedings Initiated by any Person . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsection (a) above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

(c)           Advancement of Expenses . The rights to indemnification conferred in this Article V also include, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the right to be paid the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any such civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition.

 

(d)           Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of applicable law.

 

(e)           Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article V by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Liability of a Director

 

SECTION 6.1.   Director Liability . (a)  A director of the Corporation shall not he personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

 



 

(b)           If the DGCL is amended hereafter to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of’ a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended, without further action by either the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(c)           Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to or at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Corporate Opportunities

 

SECTION 7.1.   Conduct of Certain Affairs of the Corporation . (a)  In anticipation that the Corporation will cease to be wholly-owned by the Original Owners, but that the Original Owners will remain, for some period of time, substantial stockholders of the Corporation, and in anticipation that the Corporation and the Original Owners may, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Original Owners, engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with the Original Owners (including possible service of officers and directors of the Original Owners as officers and directors of the Corporation), the provisions of this Article VII are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the Original Owners and their respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

(b)           Except as the Original Owners may otherwise agree in writing, the Original Owners shall have no duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation, and no Original Owner nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided in paragraph (c) below) shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any such activities of such Original Owner. In the event that any Original Owner acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both such Original Owner and the Corporation, such Original Owner shall have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of the Corporation by reason of the fact that such Original Owner pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation.

 

(c)           In the event that a director or officer of the Corporation who is also a director or officer of an Original Owner acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and such Original Owner, such director or officer of the Corporation shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled the fiduciary duty of such director or officer to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, if such director or officer acts in a manner consistent with the following policy:

 

(i)            A corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director but not an officer of such Original Owner, shall belong to the Corporation; (ii) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but not an officer of the Corporation, and who is also a director, officer or employee of such Original Owner shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person primarily

 



 

in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation, and otherwise shall belong to such Original Owner; and (iii) a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of both the Corporation and such Original Owner shall belong to the Corporation if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person primarily in his or her capacity as an officer of the Corporation, and otherwise shall belong to such Original Owner.

 

(d)           Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

 

(e)           For purposes of this Article VII only:

 

(1)           A director of the Corporation who is Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or of a committee thereof shall not be deemed to be an officer of the Corporation by reason of holding such position (without regard to whether such position is deemed an office of the Corporation under the By-Laws of the Corporation), unless such person is a full-time employee of the Corporation;

 

(2)           The term “ Corporation ” shall mean the Corporation and its Affiliates (other than any Original Owner); and

 

(3)           The term “ Original Owners ” shall mean the former general partners of Galileo International Partnership, a Delaware general partnership, together with their respective Affiliates (other than the Corporation).

 

(f)            Notwithstanding anything in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, in addition to any vote of the stockholders required pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, until the time that the Original Owners cease to own beneficially, in the aggregate, Common Stock representing at least 20% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of more than 80% of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation shall he required to alter, amend or repeal in a manner adverse to the interests of the Original Owners, or adopt any provisions adverse to the interests of the Original Owners and inconsistent with, any provision of this Article VII. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article VII nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Management of the Affairs of the Corporation

 

SECTION 8.1.   Management of the Affairs of the Corporation . (a)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board of Directors, which may exercise all the powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things that are not conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders by law, by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by the restated by-laws of the Corporation (the “By-Laws”).

 

(b)           Election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot, unless required by the By-Laws.

 



 

(c)           The following provisions are inserted for the limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)           The By-Laws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be made, but only to the extent any such alteration, amendment, repeal or new by-law is not inconsistent with any provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, either by a majority of the whole Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Corporation upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

(2)           The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of such number of directors as shall be fixed in the By-Laws, which number shall be in accordance with the Stockholders’ Agreement. The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors. The term of the initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders; the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders; and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting of stockholders, beginning with the 1998 annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall he elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The term of a director elected by stockholders to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancy shall expire at the same time as the terms of the other directors of the class for which the new directorship is created or in which the vacancy occurred. Subject to the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, and except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy on the Board of Directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any other vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors, howsoever resulting, may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.

 

(3)           Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this subsection 8.1(c)(3) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this subsection 8.1(c)(3). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 



 

To he timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder, in order to be timely, must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting is mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is made, whichever first occurs, or (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting is mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made, whichever first occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (1) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary of such beneficial ownership, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 or the procedures set forth in this subsection 8.1(c)(3). If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall he disregarded.

 

(4)           Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any or all of the directors of the Corporation may be removed from office at any time by the stockholders of the Corporation, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this paragraph as one class.

 

(5)           Upon the redemption by the Corporation of the share of any series of Special Voting Preferred Stock, the director elected by such series of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have resigned automatically and immediately upon the occurrence of such

 



 

redemption, and the vacancy resulting from such resignation shall be filled with an “independent director”, as such term is used in Rule 303 of the Rules of the New York Stock Exchange as in existence on the date hereof or as amended from time to time hereafter, chosen by a majority of the whole Board. Any director so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.

 

(6)           Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly announced and called, as provided in the By-Laws, and may not he taken by a written consent of the stockholders pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(7)           Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Private Property

 

SECTION 9.1.   Private Property . The private property of the stockholders of the Corporation shall not he subject to the payment of corporate debts to any extent whatsoever.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 10.1.   Amendments . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision to (i) reclassify the Board of Directors, (ii) permit stockholder action by written consent, (iii) permit the calling of special meetings by stockholders or (iv) approve amendments to the by laws of the Corporation, in each case, in a manner inconsistent with subsection 8.1(c) or this Article X of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.”

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC. has caused this Certificate to be signed by Babetta R. Gray, its Senior Vice President, Legal and General Counsel, this 30 th day of July, 1997,

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

 

Name:

Babetta R. Gray

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President,

 

 

 

Legal and General Counsel

 


 



Exhibit 3.24

 

RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

ARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.   Registered Office in Delaware . The address of the registered office of Galileo International, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Trust Center,1200 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

SECTION 1.02.   Other Offices . The Corporation may have an office or offices at any other place or places within or without the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.   Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware, and at such date and hour, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) and set forth in the notice or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

SECTION 2.02.   Special Meetings . A special meeting of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by a majority of the Board. A special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons. Any such meeting shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware, and at such date and hour, as shall be designated in the notice or in a duly executed waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

 



 

Only such business as is stated in the written notice of a special meeting may be acted upon thereat.

 

SECTION 2.03.   Notice of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is to be held, shall be given personally or by first class mail to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, not less than 10 nor more than 60 calendar days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If prior to the time of mailing, the Secretary shall have received from any stockholder entitled to vote a written request that notices intended for such stockholder are to be mailed to an address other than the address that appears on the records of the Corporation, notices intended for such stockholder shall be mailed to the address designated in such request.

 

Notice of a special meeting may be given by the person or persons calling the meeting, or, upon the written request of such person or persons, by the Secretary of the Corporation on behalf of such person or persons. If the person or persons calling a special meeting of stockholders give notice thereof, such person or persons shall forward a copy thereof to the Secretary. Every request to the Secretary for the giving of notice of a special meeting of stockholders shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting.

 

SECTION 2.04.   Waiver of Notice . Notice of any annual or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting who files a written waiver of notice with the Secretary, duly executed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except as provided by law.

 

SECTION 2.05.   Adjournments . When a meeting is adjourned to another date, hour or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, hour and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. If the adjournment is for more than 30 calendar days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting. At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

When any meeting is convened the presiding officer, if directed by the Board, may adjourn the meeting if (a) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, or (b) the Board determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders

 

2



 

(i) to consider fully information which the Board determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders or (ii) otherwise to exercise effectively their voting rights.

 

SECTION 2.06.   Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Restated Certificate of Incorporation”), whenever a class of stock of the Corporation is entitled to vote as a separate class, or whenever classes of stock of the Corporation are entitled to vote together as a single class, on any matter brought before any meeting of the stockholders, whether annual or special, holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all the holders of the shares of stock of such class voting as a separate class, or classes voting together as a single class, as the case may be, outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any such meeting of the stockholders. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any such meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time in accordance with Section 5 of this Article II until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

SECTION 2.07.   Voting . Unless otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated By-Laws when a quorum is present with respect to any matter brought before any meeting of the stockholders, the vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all the holders of the shares constituting such quorum shall decide any such matter. Votes need not be by written ballot, unless the Board, in its discretion or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, requires any vote or votes cast at such meeting to be cast by written ballot.

 

SECTION 2.08.   Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before such meeting of stockholders at such time as the Board may require. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

SECTION 2.09.   Advance Notice of Business to Be Transacted at Annual Meetings . To be properly brought before the annual meeting of stockholders, business must be either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 9 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders

 

3



 

entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 9. In addition to any other applicable requirements, including but not limited to the requirements of Rule 14a-8 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting is mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is made, whichever first occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, (b) the name and record address of such stockholder, (c) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary of such beneficial ownership, (d) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (e) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Restated By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9; provided , however , that, once business has been properly brought before such meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of such meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01.   General Powers . The property, business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law or by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 3.02.   Number and Term of Directors Holding Office . Subject to the rights, if any, of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation, the Board shall consist of thirteen (13) members (including such directors as shall be elected by any series of special voting preferred stock of the Corporation) or such other number as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board in accordance with the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of July 30, 1997, among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Stockholders’ Agreement”). The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The Board shall, by resolution passed by a majority of the Board, designate the directors to serve as initial Class I, Class II and Class III directors upon filing of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Except as provided in Section 5 of this Article III, and except as provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at annual meetings of stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office as provided by Article VIII of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation. None of the directors need be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.03.   Nomination of Directors and Advance Notice Thereof . Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nomination of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an

 

5



 

annual meeting, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided , however , that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting is mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is made, whichever first occurs, or (b) in the case of a specific meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting is mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is made, whichever first occurs.

 

To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other things required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary of such beneficial ownership, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3, except as may be otherwise provided in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting

 

6



 

shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

SECTION 3.04.   Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, then it shall take reflect when accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 3.05.   Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock or any other class of capital stock of the Corporation (other than the Common Stock) then outstanding, any vacancy in the Board, arising from death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled wither by a majority vote of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any director elected to fill the vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the class to which such director shall have been elected.

 

SECTION 3.06.   Meetings . i)  Annual Meetings. As soon as practicable after each annual election of directors, the Board shall meet for the purpose of organization and the transaction of other business, unless it shall have transacted all such business by written consent pursuant to Section 7 of this Article III.

 

(a)   Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as the Board shall from time to time determine or upon call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or any four directors.

 

(b)   Notice of Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice. The Secretary of the Corporation shall give notice to each director of each special meeting, including the time and place of such special meeting. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each director by telephone, telegram, facsimile, telex or cable not later than four Business Days before the day on which such meeting is to be held or on such shorter notice (but in no event fewer than two Business Days’ notice) as the Chairman of the Board may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any director who shall attend such meeting. A waiver of notice by the person entitled thereto, whether before or after the time of any such meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to adequate notice. For purposes of this Section 6(c), a “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized by law to close.

 

(c)   Place of Meetings . The Board may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time by resolution determine or as shall be designated in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

 

7



 

(d)   Quorum and Manner of Acting . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated By-Laws, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall be necessary at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting and the affirmative vote of a majority of those directors present at any such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be necessary for the passage of any resolution or act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum for any such meeting, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present thereat. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given.

 

(e)   Organization and Order of Business . The Chairman of the Board shall act as chairman of each meeting of the Board and preside thereat or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board at any meeting of the Board, any other director chosen by a majority of the directors present thereat shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in the case of the Secretary’s absence, any person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall act as secretary of such meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

 

SECTION 3.07.   Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent or consents are filed with the minutes of the proceeding of the Board or such committee.

 

SECTION 3.08.   Meetings by Conference Telephone, etc . At the request of any one or more members of the Board, or of any committee thereof, any meeting of the Board or such committee shall provide for the ability of any director to participate in a meeting of the Board, or of such committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 3.09.   Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the Board or the Compensation Committee may determine the compensation of directors. Each director who is independent within the meaning of Rule 303 of the Rules of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended from time to time hereafter, in consideration for his or her serving as such, shall receive from the Corporation compensation in an amount and form customary for comparable public companies. Directors who are managers of the Corporation shall not receive compensation

 

8



 

for serving as directors. Any other director may be compensated as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee. The Corporation shall reimburse each director or member of a committee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him or her on account of his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board or such committee. Nothing contained in this Section 9 shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

 

SECTION 4.01.   Audit Committee . The Board may designate an Audit Committee to be composed of two or more directors as of whom shall be independent within the meaning of Rule 303 of the Rules of the New York Stock Exchange as in existence on the date hereof, or as amended from time to time hereafter. A majority of the members of the Audit Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Audit Committee shall from time to time review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the selection of independent auditors, the fees paid to such auditors, the adequacy of the audit and accounting procedures of the Corporation and such other matters as may be specifically delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board. In this connection the Audit Committee shall, at its request, meet with representatives of the independent auditors and with the financial officers of the Corporation separately or jointly.

 

SECTION 4.02.   Compensation Committee . The Board may designate a Compensation Committee to be composed of two or more directors in accordance with the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement. A majority of the members of the Compensation Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Compensation Committee shall from time to time review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the management remuneration policies of the Corporation, including salary rates and benefits of appointed officers, other remuneration plans such as incentive compensation, deferred compensation and stock option plans, directors’ compensation and benefits and such other matters as may be specifically delegated to the Compensation Committee by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.03.   Nominating Committee . The Board may designate a Nominating Committee to be composed of two or more directors in accordance with the provisions of the Stockholders’ Agreement. A majority of the members of the Nominating Committee shall constitute a quorum. The Nominating Committee shall from time to time review, report and make recommendations to the Board on the following matters:  (i) nominees for directors who may be elected from time to time by the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation, selection criteria for directors, and removal of Directors if deemed

 

9



 

appropriate; (ii) evaluation and performance of the Board and individual Directors; and (iii) such other matters as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 4.04.   Board Designated Committees . The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees (“Special Committees”), each Special Committee to consist of one or more directors.

 

SECTION 4.05.   Committee Procedure, Seal . The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee; provided, however, that alternate members of the Audit Committee must satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 1 above and alternate members of the Compensation Committee must satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 2 above. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member; provided, however, that appointees to the Audit Committee must satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 1 above and appointees to the Compensation Committee must satisfy the criteria set forth in Section 2 above. Any committee of the Board, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board designating such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however, that no such committee shall have such power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting or recommending to the stockholders of the Corporation, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL) to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any by-law of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

SECTION 5.01.   Executive Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chairman of the Board, a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a General Counsel, a Treasurer and a Secretary. The officers of the Corporation may also include a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries. Each such officer shall be elected by the Board at its annual meeting and shall hold office for such term as may be determined by the Board. Each such officer shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board and until his or her successor is elected or until his or her earlier death or resignation

 

10



 

or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

The Board may elect, and the Chief Executive Officer may appoint, such other officers of the Corporation as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer deems necessary who shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may prescribe. If additional officers are elected or appointed, each of them shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed or until his or her earlier death or resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 5.02.   Authority and Duties . All officers, as between themselves and the Corporation, shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as may be provided in these Restated By-Laws or, to the extent not so provided, by resolution of the Board.

 

SECTION 5.03.   Resignation and Removal . ii)  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation, and such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, when accepted by action of the Board. Except as aforesaid, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

(a)   All officers elected, and all agents appointed, by the Board shall be subject to removal at any time by the Board and all officers and agents appointed by the Chief Executive Officer shall be subject to removal at any time by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board, in each case, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 5.04.   Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the same manner as provided for election and appointment to such office.

 

SECTION 5.05.   Chairman of the Board . The initial Chief Executive Officer shall be the Chairman of the Board of the Corporation. Thereafter, the Chairman of the Board shall be selected by the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board and at all meetings of the stockholders and shall have and exercise such further powers and duties as may from time to time be conferred upon or assigned to him or her by the Board.

 

SECTION 5.06.   President and Chief Executive Officer . The President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board, shall have general charge of the business and affairs of the Corporation, shall have the direction of all other officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and may assign such duties to

 

11



 

the other officers of the Corporation as he or she deems appropriate. In case of the absence or inability to act of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Board may designate such other person as it deems appropriate to assume the duties of the President and Chief Executive Officer and, when so acting, but subject to the foregoing, such person shall have all of the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 5.07.   Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, shall have charge of the day-to-day operations of the Corporation, shall assist the President and Chief Executive Officer in carrying out the orders and resolution of the Board and shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time assign. At the request of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, until otherwise determined, and subject to any limitations imposed by the Board, shall assume the duties of the President and Chief Executive Officer and, when so acting, but subject to the foregoing, shall have all of the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer.

 

SECTION 5.08.   Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the direction of the President and Chief Executive Officer, shall have overall charge of all of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time assign.

 

SECTION 5.09.   General Counsel . The General Counsel, subject to the direction of the President and the Chief Executive Officer, shall have overall charge of all of the legal affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors shall from time to time assign.

 

SECTION 5.10.   Senior Vice Presidents, Executive Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents . Each Senior Vice President, Executive Vice President and Vice President of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time prescribe and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by these Restated By-Laws.

 

SECTION 5.11.   Treasurer . The Treasurer of the Corporation shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5.12.   Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation, if any, in order or their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board, shall generally assist the Treasurer and perform such other duties as the Board or the Treasurer shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

12



 

SECTION 5.13.   Secretary . The Secretary of the Corporation shall keep the records of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. He or she shall affix the seal of the Corporation to all deeds, contracts, bonds or other instruments requiring the corporate seal when the same shall have been signed on behalf of the Corporation by a duly authorized officer and shall be the custodian of all contracts, deeds, documents and all other indicia of title to properties owned by the Corporation and of its other corporate records.

 

SECTION 5.14.   Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretaries, if any, in order of their seniority or in any other order determined by the Board, shall generally assist the Secretary and perform such other duties as the Board or the Secretary shall prescribe, and, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.

 

SECTION 6.01.   Execution of Documents . Any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation designated by the Board (or any duly authorized committee of the Board to the extent permitted by law) shall have power to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, mortgages, bonds, debentures, checks, drafts and other orders for the payment of money and other documents for and in the name of the Corporation, and the Board (or such a committee) may authorize any such officer, employee or agent to delegate such power (including authority to redelegate) by written instrument to other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 6.02.   Deposits . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation or otherwise as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or any other officer of the Corporation to whom power in that respect shall have been delegated by the Board shall select.

 

SECTION 6.03.   Proxies in Respect of Stock or Other Securities of Other Corporations . The Board or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate the officers of the Corporation who shall have authority from time to time to appoint an agent or agents of the Corporation to exercise in the name and on behalf of the Corporation the powers and rights that the Corporation may have as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, and to vote or consent in respect of such stock or securities. Such designated officers may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of exercising such powers and rights, and

 

13



 

such designated officers may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or otherwise, such written proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as they may deem necessary or proper in order that the Corporation may exercise such powers and rights.

 

ARTICLE VII
SHARES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

SECTION 7.01.   Certificates of Stock . Every owner of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate evidencing the number of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such owner and designating the class of stock to which such shares belong, which shall otherwise be in such form as the Board shall prescribe. Each such certificate shall bear the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of the President and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.02.   Record . A record shall be kept of the name of the person, firm or corporation owning the stock represented by each certificate evidencing stock of the Corporation issued, the number of shares represented by each such certificate, and the date thereof, and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. Except as otherwise expressly required by law, the person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7.03.   Transfer of Stock . iii)  The transfer of shares of stock and the certificates evidencing such shares of stock of the Corporation shall be governed by Article 8 of Subtitle I of Title 6 of the Delaware Code (the Uniform Commercial Code), as amended from time to time.

 

(a)   Registration of transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation upon request of the registered holder thereof, or of such holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and upon the surrender of the certificate or certificates evidencing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a stock power duly executed.

 

SECTION 7.04.   Addresses of Stockholders . Each stockholder shall designate to the Secretary of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be served or mailed to such stockholder, and, if any stockholder shall fail to so designate such an address, corporate notices may be served upon such stockholder by mail directed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s post office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of the Corporation or at such stockholder’s last known post office address.

 

14



 

SECTION 7.05.   Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation shall promptly notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of any certificate or certificates evidencing all or any such shares of stock. The Board may, in its discretion, cause the Corporation to issue a new certificate in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it and alleged to have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction, and the Board may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or such owner’s legal representative to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

SECTION 7.06.   Facsimile Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate evidencing shares of stock of the Corporation may be facsimiles.

 

SECTION 7.07.   Regulations . The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with the Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated By-Laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates evidencing stock of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any principal officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures (or a facsimile or facsimiles thereof) of any of them. The Board may at any time terminate the employment of any transfer agent or any registrar of transfers. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar, whether because of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar.

 

SECTION 7.08.   Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other such action.

 

15



 

A determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

SECTION 7.09.   Registered Stockholders . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

SECTION 7.10.   Stockholder Agreements . Shares of stock of the Corporation may be subject to one or more agreements abridging, limiting or restricting the rights of any one or more stockholders to sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or hypothecate any or all of the stock of the Corporation held by them or providing for preemptive rights, or may be subject to one or more agreements providing a purchase option with respect to any shares of stock of the Corporation. If such agreements exist, all certificates evidencing shares of stock subject to such abridgements, limitations, restrictions or options shall have reference thereto endorsed on such certificate and such stock shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation except in accordance with the terms and conditions of such agreement or agreements. Copies of such agreement or agreements shall be maintained at the offices of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE IX
SEAL

 

The Board shall provide a corporate seal which shall bear the full name of the Corporation.

 

16



 

ARTICLE X
FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change from time to time, by the Board.

 

ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 11.01.   General . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expense including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

17



 

SECTION 11.02.   Derivative Actions . The Corporation (i) shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or an officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (ii) may indemnify, if the Board of Directors determines such indemnification is appropriate, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or an agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or an agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, to the full extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided , however , that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

SECTION 11.03.   Successful Defense . To the extent that (i) a director or an officer of the Corporation or (ii) any other employee or agent of the Corporation who the Board of Directors has authorized the Corporation to indemnify, has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in sections 1 and 2 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

SECTION 11.04.   Proceedings Initiated by any Person . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in sections 1 or 2 above, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in advance, or unanimously consented to, by the Board of Directors.

 

18



 

SECTION 11.05.   Procedure . Any indemnification under sections 1 and 2 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in sections 1 and 2 above. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

 

SECTION 11.06.   Advancement of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation pursuant to this Article XI or as otherwise authorized by law. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 11.07.   Rights Not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Article XI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

SECTION 11.08.   Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, gain any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 11.09.   Definition of “Corporation” . For purposes of this Article XI, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of

 

19



 

such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article XI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

SECTION 11.10.   Certain Other Definitions . For purposes of this Article XI, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or  involves service by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article XI.

 

SECTION 11.11.   Continuation of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article XI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

SECTION 11.12.   Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of this Article XI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses that any person may have at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

SECTION 11.13.   Amendments to DGCL . If the DGCL is amended hereafter to broaden the rights of those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses, then such rights shall be extended to such persons to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as so amended without further action by either the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Restated By-Laws, or any of them, may be altered, amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be made, but only to the extent any such alteration, amendment, repeal or new by-law is not inconsistent with any provision of the Restated

 

20



 

Certificate of Incorporation, either by a majority of the whole Board or by the stockholders of the Corporation upon the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2 / 3 % or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote therein, voting as a single class; provided , however , that no alteration, amendment or repeal of Section 8 of Article III of these Restated By-Laws may be made by the Board without the consent of all of the directors.

 

 

21


 



Exhibit 3.25

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

This Certificate of Formation of Galileo International, L.L.C. (the “Company”), dated as of July 11, 1997, is being duly executed and filed by Galileo International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq .).

 

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Galileo International, L.L.C.

 

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware are The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation as of this 11 day of July, 1997.

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

 

  authorized person

 

 

 

 

 

BY

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

 

Name: Babetta R. Gray

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President,

 

 

  Legal & General Counsel

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 

MERGING

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIP

 

WITH AND INTO

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

The undersigned limited liability company, organized and existing under and by virtue of the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware (the “ Act ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

 

FIRST :  The name, form of business entity and jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the constituent business entities in the merger (the “ Constituent Entities ”) are as follows:

 

Name and Form of Business Entity

 

Jurisdiction of Formation or Organization

 

 

 

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.
(a limited liability company)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL PARTNERSHIP
(a general partnership)

 

Delaware

 

 

SECOND :  A Merger Agreement dated as of July 30, 1997 (the “ Merger Agreement ”) by and among Galileo International Partnership (the “ Partnership ”), Galileo International, L.L.C. (“ Galileo, L.L.C. ”) and Galileo International, Inc. (“ Galileo, Inc. “), providing for the merger (the “ Merger ”) of the Partnership with and into Galileo. L.L.C., has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Entities in accordance with the requirements of Section 18-209 of the Act.

 

THIRD :  The name of the surviving business entity of the Merger (the “ Surviving Entity ”) is Galileo International. L.L.C.

 

FOURTH :  The effective date and time of the Merger shall be the date and time of the filing of this Certificate of Merger.

 

FIFTH :  The executed Merger Agreement is on file at the office of the Surviving Entity located at 9700 West Higgins Road, Suite 400, Rosemont, Illinois 60018.

 



 

SIXTH :  A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Entity, on request and without cost, to any member of or person holding an interest in either Constituent Entity.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF. this Certificate of Merger has been executed on this 30th day of July, 1997.

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

Name:

Babetta R. Gray

 

Title:

Senior Vice President,

 

 

Legal & General Counsel

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1. The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

2. The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

 

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

 

Executed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Authorized Person

 




Exhibit 3.26

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, L.L.C.

 

The undersigned member (the “ Undersigned Member ”) hereby forms a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq. (the “ Act ”), and hereby declares the following to be the Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) of such limited liability company:

 

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Galileo International, L.L.C. (the “ Company ”).

 

2. Purpose. The Company is formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act and engaging in any and all activities necessary or incidental to the foregoing.

 

3. Registered Office . The registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

4. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware are The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

 

5. Powers of the Company .

 

(i)  The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, advisable, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose set forth in Section 2, including, but not limited to, the power:

 

(a) to conduct its business, carry on its operations and have and exercise the powers granted to a limited liability company by the Act in any state, territory, district or possession of the United States, in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong or in any other foreign country that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;

 

(b) to acquire, by purchase, lease, contribution of property or otherwise, and to own, hold, operate, maintain, finance, improve, lease, sell, convey, mortgage,

 

 



 

transfer, demolish or dispose of any real or personal property that may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company;

 

(c) to enter into, perform and carry out contracts of any kind, including, without limitation, contracts with the Undersigned Member or any person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Undersigned Member (any such person or entity, an “ Affiliate ”), or any agent of the Company necessary to, in connection with, convenient to, or incidental to, the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company. For purposes of the definition of Affiliate, the term “control” means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise;

 

(d)  to purchase, take, receive, subscribe for or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, employ, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and otherwise use and deal in and with, shares or other interests in or obligations of domestic or foreign corporations, associations, general or limited partnerships (including, without limitation, the power to be admitted as a partner thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby), trusts, limited liability companies (including, without limitation, the power to be admitted as a member or appointed as a manager thereof and to exercise the rights and perform the duties created thereby), and other entities or individuals, or direct or indirect obligations of the United States or any foreign country or of any government, state, territory, governmental district or municipality or of any instrumentality of any of them;

 

(e)  to lend money for any proper purpose, to invest and reinvest its funds, and to take and hold real and personal property for the payment of funds so loaned or invested;

 

(t)  to sue and be sued, complain and defend and participate in administrative or other proceedings, in its name;

 

(g)  to appoint employees and agents of the Company, and define their duties and fix their compensation;

 

(h)  to indemnify any person or entity and to obtain any and all types of insurance;

 

(i)  to cease its activities and cancel its insurance;

 

 

2



 

(j)  to negotiate, enter into, renegotiate, extend, renew, terminate, modify, amend, waive, execute, acknowledge or take any other action with respect to any lease, contract or security agreement in respect of any assets of the Company;

 

(k)  to borrow money and issue evidences of indebtedness, and to secure the same by a mortgage, pledge or other lien on any or all of the assets of the Company;

 

(l)  to pay, collect, compromise, litigate, arbitrate or otherwise adjust or settle any and all other claims or demands of or against the Company or to hold such proceeds against the payment of contingent liabilities; and

 

(m)  to make, execute, acknowledge and file any and all documents or instruments necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company.

 

(ii) The Company may merge with, or consolidate into, another Delaware limited liability company or other business entity (as defined in Section 18-209(a) of the Act) upon the approval of the Undersigned Member, in its sole discretion.

 

6. Powers of Undersigned Member . The Undersigned Member shall have the power to exercise any and all rights and powers granted to the Undersigned Member pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this Agreement or required by the Act, the Managing Member (as hereinafter defined) shall have the power to act for and on behalf of, and to bind, the Company. Each of James E. Barlett, Paul H. Bristow and Babetta R. Gray is hereby designated as an authorized person, within the meaning of the Act, to execute, deliver and file the certificate of formation of the Company (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) and any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

 

7. Admission . Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Undersigned Member shall be admitted as the sole member of the Company. The name and address of the Undersigned Member are as follows:

 

Galileo International, Inc.
Suite 400
9700 West Higgins Road
Rosemont, Illinois 60018

 

8. Capital Contributions . The Undersigned Member agrees to make a capital contribution of $1.00 to the Company (its “ Capital Contribution ”). The Undersigned

 

 

3



 

Member is not required to make any contribution of property or money to the Company in excess of its Capital Contribution.

 

9. Distributions . The Undersigned Member may cause the Company to distribute any cash or other assets held by it to the Undersigned Member at any time to the extent such distribution is not in violation of Sections 18-607 or 18-804 of the Act.

 

10. Management . (i) The Undersigned Member shall be the managing member of the Company (the “ Managing Member ”) and, in such capacity, shall manage the Company in accordance with this Agreement. The Managing Member is an agent of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Managing Member taken in such capacity and in accordance with this Agreement shall bind the Company.

 

(ii)  The Managing Member shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purpose of the Company as set forth herein. The Managing Member shall be the sole person or entity with the power to bind the Company, except and to the extent that such power is expressly delegated to any other person or entity by the Managing Member, and such delegation shall not cause the Managing Member to cease to be the Undersigned Member or the Managing Member. There shall not be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Act) of the Company.

 

(iii)  The Managing Member may appoint individuals with or without such titles as it may elect, including the titles of President, Vice President, Treasurer, Secretary, and Assistant Secretary, to act on behalf of the Company with such power and authority as the Managing Member may delegate in writing to any such persons.

 

11. Powers of the Managing Member . The Managing Member shall have the right, power and authority, in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, to do or cause to be done any and all acts deemed by the Managing Member to be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the business, purposes and objectives of the Company, at the expense of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to:

 

(i) establish a record date with respect to all actions to be taken hereunder that require a record date be established, including with respect to allocations and distributions;

 

(ii) bring and defend on behalf of the Company actions and proceedings at law or in equity before any court or governmental, administrative or other regulatory agency, body or commission or otherwise; and

 

 

4



 

(iii) execute all documents or instruments, perform all duties and powers and do all things for and on behalf of the Company in all matters necessary, desirable, convenient or incidental to the purpose of the Company, including, without limitation, all documents, agreements and instruments related to the making of investments of Company funds.

 

The expression of any power or authority of the Managing Member in this Agreement shall not in any way limit or exclude any other power or authority of the Managing Member which is not specifically or expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

12. No Management by Other Persons or Entities . Except and only to the extent expressly delegated by the Managing Member, no person or entity other than the Managing Member and the Undersigned Member shall be an agent of the Company or have any right, power or authority to transact any business in the name of the Company or to act for or on behalf of or to bind the Company.

 

13. Reliance by Third Parties . Any person or entity dealing with the Company or the Managing Member or the Undersigned Member may rely upon a certificate signed by the Managing Member as to:

 

(i)  the identity of the Managing Member or the Undersigned Member;

 

(ii)  the existence or non-existence of any fact or facts which constitute a condition precedent to acts by the Managing Member or the Undersigned Member or are in any other manner germane to the affairs of the Company;

 

(iii)  the persons who or entities which are authorized to execute and deliver any instrument or document of or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iv)  any act or failure to act by the Company or as to any other matter whatsoever involving the Company or the Undersigned Member.

 

14. Compensation . Neither the Undersigned Member nor the Managing Member shall receive compensation for services rendered to the Company.

 

15. Assignments . The Undersigned Member may assign all or any part of its limited liability company interest at any time, and, unless the Undersigned Member otherwise provides, any transferee shall become a substituted member of the Company automatically.

 

16. Additional Members . Additional Persons (as defined in the Act) may be admitted as members in the Company, without the sale, assignment, transfer or exchange by the Undersigned Member of all or any part of its limited liability company interest, upon the

 

5



 

terms and conditions as the Undersigned Member may provide from time to time. Prior to the admission of any additional member to the Company, the Undersigned Member shall amend this Agreement to make such changes as the Undersigned Member shall determine so as to reflect the fact that the Company shall have more than one member.

 

17. Dissolution . The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon the decision of the Undersigned Member or as otherwise provided by the Act.

 

18. Distributions upon Dissolution . Upon the occurrence of an event set forth in Section 17 hereof, the Undersigned Member shall be entitled to receive, after paying or making reasonable provision for all of the Company’s creditors to the extent required by Section 18-804(a)(1) of the Act, the remaining funds or assets of the Company.

 

19. Limited Liability . The Undersigned Member shall have no liability for the obligations of the Company except to the extent provided in the Act, if any.

 

20. Indemnification .

 

20.1. Exculpation .

 

(i)  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Covered Persons” means the Undersigned Member, any Affiliate of the Undersigned Member and any officers, directors, stockholders, partners or employees of the Undersigned Member and their respective Affiliates, and any officer, employee or expressly authorized agent of the Company or its Affiliates.

 

(ii)  No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(iii)  A Covered Person shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any person or entity as to matters the Covered Person reasonably believes are within the professional or expert competence of such person or entity and who or which has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, including information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities, profits, losses, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of assets from which distributions to the Undersigned Member might properly be paid.

 

6



 

20.2. Duties and Liabilities of Covered Persons .

 

(i)  To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Undersigned Member to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

 

(ii) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between Covered Persons, or (b) whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that a Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Company or the Undersigned Member, the Covered Person shall resolve such conflict of interest, taking such action or providing such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including its own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by the Covered Person, the resolution, action or term so made, taken or provided by the Covered Person shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of the Covered Person at law or in equity or otherwise.

 

(iii) Whenever in this Agreement a Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision (a) in its “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Covered Person shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or any other Person, or (b) in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Covered Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard imposed by this Agreement or other applicable law.

 

20.3. Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any

 

7



 

loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , however , that any indemnity under this Section 18 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

 

20.4. Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 20 hereof.

 

20.5. Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance, to the extent and in such amounts as the Managing Member shall, in its sole discretion, deem reasonable, on behalf of Covered Persons and such other persons or entities as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by any such person or entity in connection with the activities of the Company or such indemnities, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such person or entity against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member and the Company may enter into indemnity contracts with a Covered Person and adopt written procedures pursuant to which arrangements are made for the advancement of expenses and the funding of obligations under Section 20 hereof and containing such other procedures regarding indemnification as are appropriate.

 

21. Outside Business . The Undersigned Member or Affiliate thereof may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company, and the Company and the Undersigned Member shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. The Undersigned Member or Affiliate thereof shall not be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Company even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company, could be taken by the Company, and the Undersigned Member or Affiliate thereof shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner, shareholder, fiduciary or otherwise) or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

 

22. Certificated Membership Interest . The limited liability company interest held by the Undersigned Member shall be evidenced by a certificate.

 

23. Tax Treatment . It is intended that, for Federal tax purposes, the Company will be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner.

 

24. Amendment . This Agreement may be amended only in a writing signed by the Undersigned Member.

 

8



 

25. Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICTS OF LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

26. Severability . Except as otherwise provided in the succeeding sentence, every term and provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable, and if any term or provision of this Agreement is illegal or invalid for any reason whatsoever, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the legality or validity of the remainder of this Agreement. The preceding sentence shall be of no force or effect if the consequence of enforcing the remainder of this Agreement without such illegal or invalid term or provision would be to cause the Undersigned Member to lose the benefit of its economic bargain.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of this 11th day of July, 1997.

 

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

Name:

Babetta R. Gray

 

Title:

Senior Vice President,

 

 

Legal & General Counsel

 

9




Exhibit 3.27

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

*   *   *   *   *

 

1.              The name of the corporation is Galileo International Services, Inc.

 

2.              The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.              The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.              The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar and No Cents ($1.00) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($1,000.00).

 

5.              The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6.              The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

 

T.L. Ford
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19801

 

7.              A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

 

8.              The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 



 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 5 th day of February, 1999.

 

 

/s/ T.L. Ford

 

 

Name: T.L. Ford

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.              The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

2.                                        The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

 

3.                                        The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4.                                        The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.28

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

* * * * *

 

B Y - LAW S

 

* * * * *

 

ARTICLE I                                      OFFICES

 

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II                                  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                             All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Rosemont, State of Illinois, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.                                             Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year

 

1



 

1999, shall be held on April 29th if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 9:00 A.M., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3.                                             Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 4.                                             The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 5.                                             Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a

 

2



 

majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 6.                                             Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 7.                                             Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 8.                                             The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 9.                                             When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person

 

3



 

or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 10.                                       Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11.                                       Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III                              DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                             The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than two nor more than five. The first board shall consist of two directors. Thereafter, within the limits above

 

4



 

specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.                                             Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 3.                                             The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

 

5



 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.                                             The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.                                             The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 6.                                             Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

Section 7.                                             Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on three days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by facsimile telecommunication; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

Section 8.                                             At all meetings of the board two directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a

 

6



 

majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9.                                             Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

Section 10.                                       Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 11.                                       The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

 

7



 

disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters:  (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any by-law of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

 

Section 12.                                       Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 13.                                       Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other

 

8



 

capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 14.                                       unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV                              NOTICES

 

Section 1.                                             Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile telecommunication.

 

Section 2.                                             Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

9



 

ARTICLE V                                  OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                             The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2.                                             The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

 

Section 3.                                             The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

 

Section 4.                                             The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

Section 5.                                             The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

THE PRESIDENT

 

Section 6.                                             The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

Section 7.                                             He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts

 

10



 

requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

Section 8.                                             In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

Section 9.                                             The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested

 

11



 

by his signature ,or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10.                                       The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

Section 11.                                       The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

Section 12.                                       He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

Section 13.                                       If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for

 

12



 

the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

Section 14.                                       The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined .by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI                              CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

Section 1.                                             The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation.

 

Section 2.                                             Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

13



 

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Section 3.                                             The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Section 4.                                             Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

14



 

 

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

Section 5.                                             In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 6.                                             The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

15



 

ARTICLE VII                          GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 1.                                             Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2.                                             Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ANNUAL STATEMENT

 

Section 3.                                             The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

CHECKS

 

Section 4.                                             All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

16



 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 5.                                             The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

SEAL

 

Section 6.                                             The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7.                                             The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII                      AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                                             These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

17



 

STATEMENT

 

OF

 

SOLE INCORPORATOR

 

OF

 

GALILEO INTERNATIONAL SERVICES, INC.

 

*****

 

The certificate of incorporation of this corporation having been filed in the office of the Secretary of State, the undersigned, being the sole incorporator named in said certificate, does hereby state that the following actions were taken on this day for the purpose of organizing this corporation:

 

l. The following persons were elected as a director to hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successor is elected and qualified:

 

Michael G. Foliot
Paul H. Bristow

 

2. That the directors were authorized to make and adopt the by-laws of the corporation and, in his discretion, to issue the shares of the capital stock of this corporation to the full amount or number of shares authorized by the certificate of incorporation, in such amounts and for such considerations as from time to time shall be determined by the board and as may be permitted by law.

 

Dated, February 5th, 1999

 

 

 

/s/ T.L. Ford

 

 

 

 

T.L. Ford

 

 

 


 



Exhibit 3.29

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

GALAXY OPERATIONS, LLC

 

1.              The name of the limited liability company is Galaxy Operations, LLC.

 

2.              The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.              The Certificate of Formation shall become effective on September 26, 2001.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of this 26th day of September 2001.

 

 

/s/ Leigh Elixson

 

 

Name: Leigh Elixson

 

Title: Authorized Person

 



 

CONSENT TO USE OF SIMILAR NAME

 

GALILEO OPERATIONS, LLC

 

Galileo International, Inc., a corporation formed in the State of Delaware, consents to the use of the name Galileo Operations, LLC to be used in the State of Delaware under Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Consent of this 17th day of October 2001.

 

 

/s/ Richard Meisner

 

 

Name: Richard Meisner

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 



 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
GALAXY OPERATIONS, LLC

 

1.                                        The name of the limited liability company is Galaxy Operations, LLC.

 

2.                                        Article One of The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

 

The name of the limited liability company is Galileo Operations, LLC

 

3.                                        This Certificate of Amendment shall be effective on October 18, 2001.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of this 18th day of October, 2001.

 

 

/s/ Leigh Anne Elixson

 

Name: Leigh Anne Elixson

 

Title: Authorized Person

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

GALILEO OPERATIONS, LLC

 

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.      The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is GALILEO OPERATIONS, LLC.

 

2.      The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

 

“The address of the registered office and the name and address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Services Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

 

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.30

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of September 26, 2001, (this “Agreement”), of Galaxy Operations, LLC (the “Company”), by Galileo International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

The Member desires to form the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “Act”).

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.1.   Definitions .  Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1.   Formation .  The Member hereby forms the Company pursuant to the Act. A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2.   Company Name .  The name for the Company “Galaxy Operations, LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Member from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Member deems necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

 



 

SECTION 2.3.   Registered Office; Registered Agent .  The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 

SECTION 2.4.   Place of Business .  The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below). The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5.   Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers .  The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.   Business Transactions of a Member with the Company .  In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

SECTION 2.7.   Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Member

 

SECTION 3.1.   Member .  The Member of the Company shall consist of the Member set forth on Scheduled A hereto. Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

2



 

SECTION 3.2.   Classes .  The Membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common Membership interests (“Common Interests”).  Except as specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

SECTION 3.3.   Voting .  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class. The Member shall only be entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Member pursuant to this Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to the Member for their consideration by the Board. Each Member shall be entitled to vote in proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

SECTION 3.4.   Liability of Member .  All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

SECTION 3.5.   Company Property .  No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company. The interests of the Member in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

SECTION 3.6.   Actions by the Member; Meetings; Quorum .

 

(a)           The Member may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Member at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent. Meetings of the Member may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Member may be taken without a meeting if such number of Members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Member.

 

(b)           For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

(c)           The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

3



 

ARTICLE IV

 

Management

 

SECTION 4.1.   Management of the Company .

 

(a)           Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Member for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company. The Board shall consist of a minimum of two (2) individuals (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Member from time to time. Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

(b)           Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the Member with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or disability shall be filled by the Member. A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

SECTION 4.2.   Meetings of the Board .

 

(a)           The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager. A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

(b)           All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers. A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (i) the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat, (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

(c)           Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

(d)           Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if the Member of the Board consents thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the Minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

4



 

SECTION 4.3.   Officers .  The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.4.   Tax Matters Partner .  Avis Rent A Car System, Inc. is hereby designated as the Company’s “Tax Matters Partner” under Section 6231 (a) (7) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and shall have all the powers and responsibilities of such position as provided in the Code. The Tax Matters Partner is specifically directed and authorized to take whatever steps are necessary or desirable to perfect such designation, including filing any forms or documents with the Internal Revenue Service and taking such other action as may from time to time be required under the Regulations issued under the Code.

 

SECTION 4.5.   Reliance by Third Parties .  Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.6.   Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

(a)           all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Member of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Member;

 

(b)           all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

(c)           all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

(d)           all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

5



 

(e)           all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

(f)            all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

SECTION 5.1.   Capital Structure .  The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

SECTION 5.2.   Capital Contributions .

 

(a)           Each Member shall contribute, as an initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

Galileo International, Inc.                    100%

 

(b)           In exchange for the Initial Capital Contribution, Avis Rent A Car System, Inc. shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

SECTION 5.3.   Additional Contributions . No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1.   Allocation of Profits and Losses .  For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

SECTION 6.2.   No Right to Distributions .  No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

6



 

SECTION 6.3.   Ordinary Distributions .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

SECTION 6.4.   Restrictions on Distributions .  The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

SECTION 6.5.   Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law. Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of this Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Books and Records

 

SECTION 7.1.   Books and Records; Accounting .  The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

SECTION 7.2.   Company Tax Returns .  The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company. The Tax Matters Partner may, in its discretion, make or refrain from making any Federal, state or local income or other tax elections for the Company that it deems necessary or advisable.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

SECTION 8.1.   Term .  The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

(a)           a determination by a Majority of the Member to terminate the Company; or

 

7



 

(b)           the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetency of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

SECTION 8.2.   Liquidation .

 

(a)            In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up. All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled. Distributions to the Member shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(a)            In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Member from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

(b)            In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Member, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Member in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(c)            Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Member shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Reports

 

SECTION 9.1.   Form K-1 .  After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-l and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

8



 

ARTICLE X

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

SECTION 10.1.   Exculpation .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by this Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.2.   Indemnification .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.3.   Advancement of Expenses .  The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

SECTION 10.4.   Indemnification Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

9



 

SECTION 10.5.   Insurance .  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6.   Continuation of Indemnity .  The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 11.1.   Transfers of Common Interests .  The Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i)             a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a Member of the Company; and
 
(ii)            the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee consents to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.
 

SECTION 11.2.   Amendment to the Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by the Member.

 

SECTION 11.3.   Successors; Counterparts .  This Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Member and (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 11.4.   Governing Law; Severability .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of

 

10



 

Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. In particular, this Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. In that case, this Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, this Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in this Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5.   Filings .  Following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Member shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Member shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof tobe published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business. The Member shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

SECTION 11.6.   Headings .  Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 11.7.   Additional Documents .  The Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.8.   Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to the Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as

 

11



 

aforesaid, or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

SECTION 11.9.   Waiver of Partition .  The Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

SECTION 11.10.   Interpretation .  Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

Galaxy Operations, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Meisner

 

 

Name: Richard Meisner

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

Schedule A

 

Galaxy Operations, LLC

 

 

Member

 

Common Interest
Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

Galileo International, Inc

 

100

%

 




Exhibit 3.31

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

COVIA DISTRIBUTED SOFTWARE, INC.

 

I, the undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purposes hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do hereby certify as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Covia Distributed Software, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name and address of the Corporation’s registered agent is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred (100), all of which shall be shares of common stock without par value.

 

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

Gregory A. Conley
9700 West Higgins Road Suite 400
Rosemont, Illinois  60018

 

SIXTH: The by-laws of the Corporation may be made, altered, amended, changed, added to or repealed by the Corporation’s board of directors without the assent or vote of its stockholders.

 

SEVENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, Section 145 thereof), as amended from time to time, the Corporation shall, in general, indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto or otherwise

 



 

and, in particular, a director shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

EIGHTH: The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved power.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have duly signed this Certificate of Incorporation on the 12th day of December, 1989.

 

 

/s/ Gregory A. Conley

 

 

Name: Gregory A. Conley

 

Title: Secretary

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

*****

 

COVIA DISTRIBUTED SOFTWARE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: that the Board of Directors of said corporation, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the Minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of Covia Distributed Software, Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

“The name of the Corporation is Covia Technologies, Inc.”

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Covia Distributed Software, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Mark S. Teflian, its President and attested by Gregory A. Conley, its Secretary, this 2 nd day of April, 1991.

 

 

COVIA DISTRIBUTED SOFTWARE, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark S. Teflian

 

 

Name: Mark S. Teflian

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Gregory A. Conley

 

 

 

Name: Gregory A. Conley

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

**********

 

Covia Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

 

RESOLVED: That the Certificate of Incorporation of Covia Technologies, Inc. be amended by changing the First Article thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

“The name of the Corporation is Galileo Technologies, Inc.”

 

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have give “unanimous” written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IT WITNESS WHEREOF, said Covia Technologies, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by Michael G. Foliot, its President and attested by Babetta R. Gray, its Secretary, this 8th day of December, 1995.

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael G. Foliot

 

 

Name: Michael G. Foliot

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Babetta R. Gray

 

 

 

Name: Babetta R. Gray

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 



 

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

GALILEO TECHNOLOGIES LLC

 

1.              The name of the limited liability company is Galileo Technologies LLC.

 

2.              The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington Delaware, 19808, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

3.              The Certificate of Formation shall become effective upon filing.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Galileo Technologies LLC on this 11 day of August, 2006.

 

 

GALILEO TECHNOLOGIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION
FROM A CORPORATION
TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

 

Pursuant to Sections 18-204 and 18-214 of the
Delaware Limited Liability Company Act

 

 

1.              The name of the Corporation immediately prior to the filing of this Certificate of Conversion is Galileo Technologies, Inc. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated is Covia Distributed Software, Inc.

 

2.              The Corporation was originally incorporated on the 13th day of December, 1989 under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.              The name of the limited liability company into which the Corporation shall be converted, as set forth in its Certificate of Formation, is Galileo Technologies LLC.

 

4.              The Conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-214 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Conversion to be executed in its name this 11 day of August, 2006.

 

 

 

GALILEO TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:  Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title:    Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.32

 

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

 

OF

 

 

GALILEO TECHNOLOGIES, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 



 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of August 11, 2006, (the “Operating Agreement”), of Galileo Technologies, LLC (the “Company”), by Galileo International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

                                The member desires to form the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “Act”).

 

                                Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1. Formation .  The member hereby forms the Company  pursuant to the Act.  A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2. Company Name .  The name of the Company “Galileo Technologies, LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Members from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Members deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

SECTION 2.3.  Registered Office; Registered Agent .  The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of

 

1



 

the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 

SECTION 2.4.  Place of Business .  The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below).  The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5.  Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers .  The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.  The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by the Operating Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.  Business Transactions of a Member with the Company .  In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

                SECTION 2.7.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Members

 

                SECTION 3.1.  Members .  The Members of the Company shall consist of the Members set forth on Scheduled A hereto.  Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in the Operating Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

2



 

                SECTION 3.2 Classes .  The membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common membership interests (“Common Interests”).  Except as specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

                SECTION 3.3.  Voting .  Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Operating Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class.  Members shall only entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to Members for their consideration by the Board.  Each Member shall be entitled to vote in proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

                SECTION 3.4.  Liability of Members .  All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

                SECTION 3.5.  Company Property .  No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company.  The interests of the Members in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

                SECTION 3.6.  Actions by the Members; Meetings; Quorum .

 

                                (a)     The Members may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Members at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent.  Meetings of the Members may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if such number of members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Members.

 

                                (b)           For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

3



 

                                (c)           The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Management

 

                SECTION 4.1.  Management of the Company.

 

                                (a) Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Members for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company.  The Board shall consist of a minimum of one (1) individuals but not more than five (5) (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Members from time to time.  Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

                                (b) Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the members with or without cause.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or disability shall be filled by the members.  A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

                SECTION 4.2.     Meetings of the Board .

 

                                (a) The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager.  A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

                                (b) All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers.  A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless:   (i) the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat,   (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or   (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

4



 

                                (c) Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

                                (d) Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.3.     Officers .     The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.4.     Reliance by Third Parties .     Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.5.     Expenses .     Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

 (a) all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Members of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to the Operating Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Members;

 

                (b) all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

                (c) all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

                (d) all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

                (e) all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

5



 

                (f) all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to the Operating Agreement.

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

                SECTION 5.1.  Capital Structure .  The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

                SECTION 5.2.  Capital Contributions .

 

                         (a)   Each Member shall contribute, as in initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

Galileo International, LLC                                     100%

 

       (b) In exchange for the Initial Capital Contributions, Sotheby’s International Realty, Inc. shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of each such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 5.3.  Additional Contributions .  No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company.  Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1.  Allocation of Profits and Losses .  For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes.  In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 6.2.  No Right to Distributions .  No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

6



 

                SECTION 6.3.  Ordinary Distributions .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

                SECTION 6.4.  Restrictions on Distributions .  The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

                SECTION 6.5.  Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law.  Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of the Operating Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Books and Records

 

                SECTION 7.1.  Books and Records; Accounting .  The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

                SECTION 7.2.  Company Tax Returns .  The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

                SECTION 8.1.  Term .  The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

                (a) a determination by a Majority of the Members to terminate the Company; or

 

7



 

                (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.  No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetence of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

                SECTION 8.2.     Liquidation .

 

                 (a) In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up.  All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled.  Distributions to the Members shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (b) In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Members from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

                (c) In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Members, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Members in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (d) Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Members shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Reports

 

                SECTION 9.1.  Form K-1 .  After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-1 and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

                SECTION 10.1.  Exculpation .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders,

 

8



 

partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, the Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.2.  Indemnification .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.3.  Advancement of Expenses .  The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

                SECTION 10.4.  Indemnification Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

                SECTION 10.5 Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or

 

9



 

incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6.  Continuation of Indemnity .   The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

                SECTION 11.1.  Transfers of Common Interests .  Each Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i) a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its

 Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a

 Member of the Company; and

 

                (ii) the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee

consents to be bound by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.2.  Amendment to the Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Operating Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by all of the Members.

 

                SECTION 11.3.  Successors; Counterparts .  The Operating Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Members and (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 11.4.  Governing Law; Severability .  The Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  In particular, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of the Operating Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other

 

10



 

applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement.  In that case, the Operating Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, the Operating Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and   (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in the Operating Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5.  Filings .  Following the execution and delivery of the Operating Agreement, the Members shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Members shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business.  The Members shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

                SECTION 11.6.  Headings .  Section and other headings contained in the Operating Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of the Operating Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

                SECTION 11.7.  Additional Documents .  Each Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

                SECTION 11.8.  Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice.  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

11



 

                SECTION 11.9.  Waiver of Partition .  Each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

                SECTION 11.10.  Interpretation .  Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

{SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS}

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the 11 th day of August, 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:

Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 



 

 

Schedule A

 

 

 

Members

 

Common Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Galileo International, LLC

 

100

%

 

13




Exhibit 3.33

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GTA NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

FIRST:  The name of this corporation shall be:  Gta North America, Inc.

 

SECOND:  Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.

 

THIRD:  The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:

 

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be
organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is: 3,000 at no par value.

 

FIFTH:  The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Cheryll A. Abuedo
665 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10022

 

SIXTH:  The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.

 

SEVENTH:  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 9th day of June, A. D. 2003

 

 

 

/s/ Cheryll A. Abuedo

 

 

Name: Cheryll A. Abuedo

 

Title: Incorporator

 

 




Exhibit 3.34

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

GTA NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.              CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK .  Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law.  Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

 

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

2.              UNCERTIFICATED SHARES .  Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

 

3.              FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS .  The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share.  A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation.  The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued

 



 

subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

 

4.              STOCK TRANSFERS .  Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by the registered holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

 

5.              RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS .  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

6.              MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS .  As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and

 



 

to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

 

7.              STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

 

  TIME .  The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting.  A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

  PLACE .  Annual meetings and special meetings may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix.  Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware. The board of directors may also, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.  If a meeting by remote communication is authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or bear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

  CALL .  Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

 

  NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE .  Written notice of all meetings shall be given, which shall state the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes.  The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law.  Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than

 



 

ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.  If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Whenever notice is required to be given under the Delaware General Corporation Law, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  STOCKHOLDER LIST .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation.  In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

  CONDUCT OF MEETING .  Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen by the stockholders.  The Secretary of the corporation, or in such Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

 

  PROXY REPRESENTATION .  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after 3 years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may

 



 

execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy.  Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.  A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.  If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making the determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to Section 212(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

 

  INSPECTORS .  The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.  Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors.  Except as may otherwise be required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

 

  QUORUM .  The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business.  The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

  VOTING .  Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the

 



 

provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

 

8.              STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS .  Except as any provision of the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission.  The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted ball be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

1.              FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION .  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation.  The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof.  The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

2.              QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER .  A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware.  The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one person. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

 



 

3.              ELECTION AND TERM .  The first Board of’ Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.  Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

 

4.              MEETINGS .

 

  TIME .  Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

 

  PLACE .  Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

 

  CALL .  No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

 

  NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER .  No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat.  Whenever notice is required to be given under the Delaware General Corporation Law, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

  QUORUM AND ACTION .  A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place.  Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.  The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

 



 

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

 

  CHAIRPERSON OF THE MEETING .  The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings.  Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

 

5.              REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS .  Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

6.              COMMITTEES .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any power or authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

7.              WRITTEN ACTION .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice-Chairperson of the Board, an Executive Vice President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate.  Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing such officer, no officer other than the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, need be a director.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing such officer, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

 



 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith.  The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to such Secretary or Assistant Secretary.  Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.  The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall also include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right.

 

The corporation may, by the action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such employees and agents of the corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by applicable law.

 

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under applicable law.

 

The rights and authority conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article nor the adoption of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any statute inconsistent with this Article shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 



 

ARTICLE VI

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

 

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

 




Exhibit 3.35

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
HotelPORT, Inc.

 

FIRST :  The name of the corporation is HotelPORT, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of $.01.

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Lynn A. Feldman
Cendant Corporation
1 Campus Corporation
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4)   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the

 



 

provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the Sate of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2 nd day of August, 2005.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.36

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

HOTELPORT, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1     Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2     Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1     Place of Meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2     Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3     Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4     Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5     Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at

 

2



 

a meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6     Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8     Stock Ledger .

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1     Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2     Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3     Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4     Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5     Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

 

Section 3.6     Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7     Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8     Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9     Compensation .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and maybe paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10   Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1     General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2     Duties .

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

 

Section 4.3     Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4     President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5     Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6     Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7     Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8     Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 5.1     Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2     Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3     Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4     Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5     Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6     Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1     Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or’ stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2     Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1     Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2     Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3     Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4     Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1     Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’

 

11



 

fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2     Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3     Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

12



 

Section 8.4     Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5     Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 83, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6     Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation

 

13



 

in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7     Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8     Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9     Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of

 

14



 

the Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11   Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12   Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1     Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2     Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




 

Exhibit 3.37

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
HOTELPORT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is HotelPORT International, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”), including but not limited to in a business as an escrow agent, in connection with mortgage settlement services.

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Lynn A. Feldman
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

 

(4)   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an

 



 

improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 28th day of February, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.38

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

HOTELPORT INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1.   Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2.   Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1.   Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2.   Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3.   Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4.   Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5.   Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6.   Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7.   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8.   Stock Ledger .

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1.   Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2.   Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3.   Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4.   Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5.   Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

 

Section 3.6.   Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7.   Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8.   Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9.   Compensation .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

 

Section 3.10.   Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1.   General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the ease of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2.   Duties .

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3.   Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4.   President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5.   Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6.   Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7.   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8.   Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1.   Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2.   Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3.   Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4.   Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5.   Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6.   Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1.   Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2.   Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee, or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1.   Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2.   Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3.   Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4.   Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1.   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,

 

11



 

order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2.   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3.   Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim,

 

12



 

issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4.   Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5.   Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6.   Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation

 

13



 

in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7.   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8.   Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9.   Certain Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

14



 

Corporation” shall include my service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10.   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11.   Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce right s to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12.   Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1.   Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2.   Entire Board of Directors

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




Exhibit 3.39

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION

 

The undersigned, acting as incorporator of a Florida corporation under the Florida General Corporation Act, Chapter 607 of the Florida Statutes, hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation:

 

ARTICLE I

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION.

 

ARTICLE II

DURATION

 

The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE III

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS AND MAILING ADDRESS

 

The principal place of business and mailing address of the Corporation is 17730 Scarsdale Way, Boca Raton, Florida 33496.

 

ARTICLE IV

PURPOSE

 

The Corporation is organized for the purpose of transacting any and all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida.

 



 

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock.

 

ARTICLE VI

INITIAL REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

The street address of the initial registered office of the Corporation is 777 S. Flagler Drive, Suite 310-East, West Palm Beach, FL 33401. The name of the initial registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Howard A. Bregman.

 

ARTICLE VII

INITIAL SOLE DIRECTOR

 

The Corporation shall initially have three (3) directors to hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders and their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation, removal from office or death. The number of directors may be either increased or decreased from time to time in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation. The names and addresses of the initial directors of the Corporation are as follows:

 

Carl B. Marbach

 

17730 Scarsdale Way
Boca Raton, FL 33496

 

 

 

William H. Marbach

 

17730 Scarsdale Way
Boca Raton, FL 33496

 

 

 

Edward D. Silver

 

17730 Scarsdale Way
Boca Raton, FL 33496

 



 

ARTICLE VIII

BYLAWS

 

The power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal bylaws of the Corporation shall be vested in the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

INCORPORATOR

 

The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

 

 

 

Howard A. Bregman

 

777 S. Flagler Drive
Suite 310-East
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Incorporation this 21st day of November, 1994.

 

 

/s/ Howard A. Bregman

 

 

INCORPORATOR

 



 

STATE OF FLORIDA

)

COUNTY OF PALM BEACH

)

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 21st day of November, 1994 by Howard A. Bregman, who is personally known to me or has produced                                     as identification and who did not take an oath.

 

 

/s/ David J. George

 

 

Notary Public, State of Florida

 

Print Name:   David J. George

 

My Commission Expires:   April 5, 1997

 

My Commission No.: CC274290

 



 

ACCEPTANCE OF DESIGNATION AS REGISTERED AGENT

 

I hereby accept the appointment as the initial registered agent of INTERNET WORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION, as made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation.

 

DATED: November 21, 1994

By:

/s/ Howard A. Bregman

 

 

 

    HOWARD A. BREGMAN

 




Exhibit 3.40

 

BY-LAWS OF

 

INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION

 

A FLORIDA CORPORATION

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.   Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be located within the State of Florida, at such place as the Board of Directors shall, from time to time, determine.

 

Section 2.   Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Florida, as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 1.   Place of Shareholders’ Meetings . Meetings of Shareholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Florida, as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, from time to time. If no such place is fixed by the Board of Directors, meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.   Annual Meeting . A meeting of the share-holders of the Corporation shall be held in each calendar year, commencing with the year 1996, on the third Monday of May at 10:00 a.m., or if that day does not fall on a business day then such meeting shall be held on the next business day.

 

At such annual meeting, there shall be held an election for a Board of Directors to serve for the ensuing year and until

 



 

their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal as well as the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

Section 3.   Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time:

 

(a)                                   By the President of the Corporation; or

 

(b)                                  By a majority of the Board of Directors; or

 

(c)                                   By shareholders entitled to cast at least

 

one-tenth of the votes which all shareholders are entitled to cast at the meeting.

 

Upon the written request of any person or persons who have duly called a special meeting, which request shall set forth the purpose for which the meeting is desired, it shall be the duty of the Secretary to fix the date of such meeting to be held at such time, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of such request, as the Secretary may determine, and to give due notice thereof, which notice shall specify the purpose or purposes for which such special meeting is called. If the Secretary shall neglect or refuse to fix the date of such meeting and to give notice thereof within ten (10) days after receipt of such request, the person or persons calling the meeting may do so.

 

Section 4.   Notices of Shareholders’ Meetings . Written notice stating the date, place, hour and purpose of any meeting of the shareholders shall be delivered to each shareholder of record

 

2



 

entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, unless otherwise required by law. Such notices may be given, at the direction of, or in the name of, the Board of Directors, President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting. If after the adjournment the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, notice to each shareholder of record shall be given as provided above.

 

Section 5.   Shareholder Quorum . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series of shares, a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such item of business. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the Articles of Incorporation. After a quorum has been established at a shareholders’ meeting, the subsequent withdrawal of shareholders, so as to reduce the number of shareholders entitled to vote below the number required for a quorum, shall not affect

 

3



 

the validity of any action taken at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

 

Section 6.   Record of Shareholders . The officer or agent having charge of the transfer books of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before any meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, with the address of and the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each. Such list shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting.

 

Section 7.   Voting of Shares . Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.

 

At each election for directors, every shareholder entitled to vote at such election shall have the right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for as many persons as there are directors to be elected.

 

4



 

 

Section 8.   Proxies . Every shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting or a shareholder’s duly authorized attorney-in-fact may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.

 

Every proxy must be signed by the shareholder or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 9.   Informal Action by Shareholders . Any action which may be taken at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. If any class of shares is entitled to vote thereon as a class, such written consent shall be required of the holders of a majority of the shares of each class of shares entitled to vote as a class thereon and of the total shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 10.   Inspectors at Shareholders Meeting . The Board of Directors, in advance of any shareholders meeting, may appoint one or more (but not more than three) inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so

 

5



 

appointed, the person presiding at a shareholders’ meeting may, and on the request of any shareholder entitled to vote thereon shall, appoint one or more (but not more than three) inspectors. In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.

 

Section 11.   Duties of Inspectors at Shareholders Meetings . The inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them.

 

Section 12.   Organization of Meeting . Meetings of the shareholders shall be presided over by the President, or if the President is not present, by a Vice President, if one has been elected and is in office or, if a Vice President is not present, by a Chairman to be chosen by

 

6



 

a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as Secretary of meetings of shareholders, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the Chairman shall appoint a person present to act as Secretary of the meeting. All determinations of parliamentary procedures shall be passed upon by the presiding officer, whose determinations shall be final.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.   Number, Tenure and Qualifications . The number of directors shall initially be three (3). Each director shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors need not be residents of the State of Florida or shareholders of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.   Place of Meeting . Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held at such place within the State of Florida or elsewhere as a majority of the Directors may from time to time appoint or as may be designated in the notice calling the meeting.

 

Section 3.   Regular Meetings . A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held annually, immediately following the annual meeting of shareholders at the place where such meeting of the shareholders is held or at such other place, date and hour as a majority of the newly elected Directors may designate. At such meeting the Board of Directors shall elect officers of the

 

7



 

Corporation. In addition to such annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall have the power to fix by resolution the place, date and hour of other regular meetings of the Board.

 

Section 4.   Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board or any two (2) directors.

 

Section 5.   Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Any director who is unable personally to attend any meeting of the Board of Directors or any Committee of the Board of Directors, if he is a member thereof, may participate in such meetings, be counted for the purpose of determining a quorum and exercise all rights and privileges to which he might be entitled were he personally in attendance, including the right to vote, by means of conference telephone or other similar communications equipment by means of which all persons on the meeting can hear each other.

 

Section 6.   Notices of Meeting of Board of Directors.

 

(a)   Regular Meetings . No notice shall be required to be given of any regular meeting of the Board, unless the same be held at other than the time or place for holding such meetings as fixed in accordance with Article III, Section 3 of these By-Laws, in which event two (2) days’ notice shall be given of the time and place of such meeting.

 

(b)   Special Meetings . At least two (2) days written notice, which notice, unless otherwise required by law or these By-Laws need not specify the purpose of the meeting, shall be

 

8



 

given to each director of the time when and place where any special meeting of the Board of Directors is to be held either by personal delivery or by first-class mail, or facsimile via telecopier, telegram or cablegram.

 

(c)   Waiver of Notice . Notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice either before or after the meeting.

 

Section 7.   Quorum . A majority of the Directors then in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the acts of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be considered as the acts of the Board of Directors. If there is no quorum present at a duly convened meeting of the Board of Directors, the majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time and place to place and shall cause notice of each such adjourned meeting to be given to all absent Directors.

 

Section 8.   Informal Action by the Board of Directors . Any action which may be taken at a meeting of the Directors, or a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the Directors, or all the members of the committee, as the case may be, and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Such consents shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

 

9



 

 

Section 9.   Powers.

 

(a)   General Powers . T he Board of Directors shall have all the power and authority granted by law to the Board, including all powers necessary or appropriate to the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation.

 

(b)   Specific Powers . Without limiting the general powers conferred by the last preceding clause and the powers conferred by the Articles and these By-Laws of the Corporation, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board of Directors shall have the following powers:

 

(i)   To confer upon any officer or officers of the Corporation the power to choose, remove or suspend assistant officers, agents or servants.

 

(ii)   To appoint any person, firm or corporation to accept and hold in trust for the Corporation any property belonging to the Corporation or in which it is interested, and to authorize any such person, firm or corporation to execute any documents and perform any duties that may be requisite in relation to any such trust.

 

(iii)   To appoint a person or persons to vote shares of another corporation held and owned by the Corporation.

 

(iv)   By resolution adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, to designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of two (2) or more of the Directors of the Corporation. To the extent provided in any such resolution and except as limited by law, a committee so designated shall have and exercise the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member and all designated alternates of such committee or committees or if the whole Board of Directors has failed to designate alternate members, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

(v)   To fix the place, time and purpose of meetings of shareholders.

 

(vi)   To fix the compensation of Directors for their services.

 

Section 10.   Removal of Directors by Shareholders . The entire Board of Directors or a class of the Board of Directors, where the Board of Directors is classified with respect to the power to elect Directors, or any individual Director may be removed from office without assigning any cause, at a meeting of the shareholders called expressly for that purpose, by a vote of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors or such class of Directors. In case the Board of Directors or such class of the Board of Directors or any one or

 

10



 

more Directors be so removed, new Directors may be elected at the same time. Where shareholders are entitled to vote cumulatively for the Board of Directors or a class of the Board of Directors, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no one of the Directors may be removed if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors, or, if there be classes of Directors, at an election of the class of Directors of which he is part.

 

Section 11.   Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of Directors, shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors though less than a quorum, and each person so elected shall be a Director until his successor is duly elected by the shareholders, who may make such election at the next annual meeting of the shareholders or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose and held prior thereto, or until his earlier resignation or removal.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.   Election and Office . The Corporation shall have a President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer who shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect additional officers and one (1) or more assistant officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

11



 

 

Section 2.   Term . The President, any Vice-President, the Secretary and the Treasurer shall each serve for a term of one (1) year and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, unless removed from office by the Board of Directors during their respective tenures. The term of office of any officer shall be as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.   Powers and Duties of the President . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall have the usual duties of a chief executive officer with general supervision and control over and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the exercise of these duties and subject to the limitations of the laws of the State of Florida, these Bylaws, and the actions of the Board of Directors, he shall have direct and active supervision and direction over all other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and may appoint, suspend, and discharge employees and agents, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and shall be a member of all committees. He shall have the power to sign all contracts and other instruments of the Corporation and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend and to act and to vote at any meeting of the shareholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold

 

12



 

stock, and, at any such meeting, shall possess and may exercise any and all the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have possessed and exercised.

 

Section 4.   Powers and Duties of the Vice-Presidents . The Corporation shall have, if determined by the Board of Directors, one or more Vice-Presidents, one of whom may be designated as an Executive Vice-President. Each Vice-President shall have the powers and perform the duties assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. In the absence of the President, or in the event of the death, inability or wrongful refusal to act of the President, the Executive Vice-President, or if there is no Vice-President so designated, the Vice-President, or if more than one Vice-President is then in office, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or as designated by the Chairman of the Board, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 5.   Powers and Duties of the Secretary . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, shareholders and all committees, in books provided for that purpose, and shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices for the Corporation. He shall have charge of the corporate seal, the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He

 

13



 

shall perform all other duties ordinarily incident to the office of Secretary and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.   Powers and Duties of the Treasurer . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall have charge of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands. When necessary or proper, unless otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors, he shall endorse for collection on behalf of the Corporation checks, notes, and other obligations, and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such banks or depositories as the Board of Directors may designate and shall sign all receipts and vouchers for payments made to the Corporation. He shall sign all checks made by the Corporation, except when the Board of Directors shall otherwise direct. He shall enter regularly, in books of the Corporation to be kept by him for the purpose, full and accurate account of all money received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. Whenever required by the Board of Directors, he shall render a statement of the financial condition of the Corporation. He shall at all reasonable times exhibit his books and accounts to any Director of the Corporation, upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours. He shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors. He shall give such bond, if any, for the faithful performance of his duties as shall be

 

14



 

required by the Board of Directors and any such bond shall remain in the custody of the President.

 

Section 8.   Powers and Duties of Assistant Officers . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each assistant officer shall have the powers and perform the duties of his respective superior officer. Assistant officers shall have such rank as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer and Secretary shall be the superior officers of the Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, respectively.

 

Section 9.   Delegation of Office . The Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties of any officer of the Corporation to any other officer or to any Director from time to time.

 

Section 10.   Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies in any office occurring from whatever reason.

 

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1.   Share Certificates . Every share certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary and may be sealed with the corporate seal, which may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, but where such certificate is manually signed by a transfer agent or a registrar, the signature of any corporate officer upon such certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed.

 

Section 2.   Transfer of Shares . Transfer of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation only upon surrender of the

 

15



 

share certificate, duly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer, which certificate shall be cancelled at the time of the transfer.

 

Section 3.   Determination of Shareholders of Record and Closing Transfer Books . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed sixty (60) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting.

 

In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.

 

If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution

 

16



 

of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders.

 

When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record for the adjourned meeting.

 

The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, with the address of and the number and class and series, if any, of shares held by each. Such list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation, at the principal place of business or at the office of the transfer agent or registrar and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder.

 

Section 4.   Lost Share Certificates . Unless waived in whole or in part by the Board of Directors from time to time, any person requesting the issuance of a new certificate in lieu of an alleged lost, destroyed, mislaid or wrongfully taken certificate, shall (1) make an affidavit or affirmation of the facts and circumstances surrounding the same; (2) advertise such facts to the extent and in the manner the Board of Directors may require; and

 

17



 

(3) give to the Corporation his bond of indemnity with an acceptable surety. Thereupon a new share certificate shall be issued in lieu of the alleged lost, destroyed, mislaid or wrongfully taken certificate, provided that the request therefor has been made before the Corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser.

 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 1.   Contents of Notice . Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to these By-Laws or the Articles of Incorporation or otherwise, the notice shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders or where otherwise required by law, the general nature of the business to be transacted at such meeting.

 

Section 2.   Method of Notice . All notices shall be given to each person entitled thereto, either personally or by sending a copy thereof through the mail or by telegraph, charges prepaid, to his address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or supplied by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. If notice is sent by mail or telegraph, it shall be deemed to have been given to the person entitled thereto when deposited in the United States Mail or with the telegraph office for transmission. If no address for a shareholder appears on the books of the Corporation and such shareholder has not supplied the Corporation with an address for the purpose of notice, notice deposited in

 

18



 

the United States Mail addressed to such shareholder care of General Delivery in the city in which the registered office of the Corporation is located shall be sufficient.

 

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND
OFFICERS AND OTHER PERSONS

 

Section 1.   Indemnification . All persons who the Corporation is empowered to indemnify pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.0850 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (or any similar provision or provisions of applicable law at the time in effect) shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent permitted thereby. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other such rights to which those seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled, including, but not limited to, any rights of indemnification to which they may be entitled pursuant to any agreement, insurance policy, other by-law or charter provisions, vote of stockholders or directors, or otherwise. No repeal or amendment of this Article VII shall adversely affect any rights of any person pursuant to this Article VII which existed at the time of such repeal or amendment with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment.

 

Section 2.   Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director,

 

19



 

officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other organization, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under law.

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.   Fiscal Year . The Board of Directors shall have the power by resolution to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation. If the Board of Directors shall fail to do so, the Chairman of the Board shall fix the fiscal year.

 

Section 2.   Dividends . The Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare and the Corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 3.   Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state and year of incorporation.

 

Section 4.   Execution of Instruments . All bills, notes, checks, other instruments for the payment of money, agreements, indentures, mortgages, deeds, conveyances, transfers, certificates, declarations, receipts, discharges, releases, satisfactions, settlements, petitions, schedules, accounts, affidavits, bonds, undertakings, proxies and other instruments or documents may be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on

 

20



 

behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or Treasurer. Any such instruments may also be signed, executed, acknowledged, verified, delivered or accepted on behalf of the Corporation in such other manner and by such other officers, employees or agents of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

The Shareholders, by a majority vote of those voting, shall have the power to alter, amend, and repeal these By-Laws, at any regular or special meeting duly convened after notice of such purpose.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INTERPRETATION OF BY-LAWS

 

All words, terms and provisions of these By-Laws shall be interpreted and defined by and in accordance with the Florida Business Corporation Act, as amended, and as amended from time to time hereafter.

 

21




Exhibit 3.41

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

LANDMARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Landmark Holding Company, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Lynn A. Feldman
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)            The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)            The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or appeal by the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)            The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by the stockholders, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4)            No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an

 



 

improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)            In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 2 nd day of April, 2005.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.42

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

LANDMARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1              Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2              Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1              Place of meetings.

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2              Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3              Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4              Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5              Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6              Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7              List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the , name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8              Stock Ledger.

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1              Number and Election of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2              Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3              Duties and Powers.

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4              Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5              Quorum.

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6              Actions of Board.

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7              Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8              Committees.

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9              Compensation.

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10            Interested Directors.

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, of have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1              General.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2              Duties.

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3              Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4              President.

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5              Vice Presidents.

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6              Secretary and Assistant Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7              Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8              Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1              Form of Certificates.

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2              Signatures.

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3              Lost Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4              Transfers.

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5              Record Date.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6              Beneficial Owners.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1              Notices.

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2              Waivers of Notice.

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1              Dividends.

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2              Disbursements.

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3              Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4              Corporate Seal.

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1              Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a

 

11



 

manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2              Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3              Authorization of Indemnification.

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim,

 

12



 

issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4              Good Faith Defined.

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case maybe.

 

Section 8.5              Indemnification by a Court.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6              Expenses Payable in Advance.

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation

 

13



 

in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7              Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8              Insurance.

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9              Certain Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

14



 

Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10            Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11            Limitation on Indemnification.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12            Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1              Amendments.

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2              Entire Board of Directors.

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




Exhibit 3.43

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
MAGELLEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

* * * * *

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is Magellen Technologies, Inc.

 

2.                                        The address of its registered office in the state of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.                                        The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.                                        The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar and No Cents ($1.00) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars and No Cents ($1,000.00).

 

5.                                        The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by- laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6.                                        The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

 

A. S. Gardner
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19801

 

7.                                        A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

 

8.                                        The corporation shall indemnity its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law’ of Delaware.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 16 th day of December, 1998.

 

 

 

 

/s/ A.S. Gardner

 

 

Name: A.S. Gardner

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

MAGELLEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.      The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is MAGELLEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

2.                The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

 

3.                The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4.                The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on June 24, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.44

 

MAGELLEN TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

* * * * *

 

B Y - LAW S

 

* * * * *

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Rosemont, State of Illinois, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year

 

1



 

1999, shall be held on April 29th if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 10:00 A.M., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a

 

2



 

majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person

 

3



 

or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than one nor more than five. The first board shall consist of two directors. Thereafter, within the limits above

 

4



 

specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

5



 

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on one days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by facsimile telecommunication; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

Section 8. At all meetings of the board two directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a

 

6



 

majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 11. The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or

 

7



 

disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any by-law of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

 

Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other

 

8



 

capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile telecommunication.

 

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing,

 

9



 

signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

 

Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

 

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

THE PRESIDENT

 

Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts

 

10



 

requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

Section 8. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant

 

11



 

secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

12



 

Section 14. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

Section 1. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation.

 

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

13



 

 

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

14



 

 

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

15



 

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ANNUAL STATEMENT

 

Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

CHECKS

 

Section 4. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

16



 

 

Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

SEAL

 

Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 7. The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

17




Exhibit 3.45

PARTNERSHIP REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

1.

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY

(Name of Partnership)

 

 

2.

Palm Beach

3.

applied for

(State/Country of Formation)

(FEI Number)

 

 

4.

5455 N. Federal Highway, Suite O, Boca Raton, FL 33481

(Street Address of Chief Executive Office)

 

 

5.

45 Kindred Street Stuart, FL 34994

(Street Address of Principal Office in Florida if applicable)

 

 

6.

In accordance with s. 620.8105(1)(c)(l & 2), Florida Statutes, required partner information is provided in one of the following options:

o

Attached is a list of the names and mailing addresses of ALL partners and Florida Registration Numbers, if other than individuals, or:

o

The name and street address of the agent in Florida who shall maintain a list of the names and addresses of all partners:

NAME & FLORIDA STREET ADDRESS
OF FLORIDA AGENT

IF OTHER THAN INDIVIDUAL, FLORIDA
REGISTRATION NUMBER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If any of the partners are other than individuals, its entity name and Florida Registration Number must be listed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Partner Entity Name

Florida Document Number

 

 

The execution of this statement as a partner constitutes an affirmation under the penalties of perjury that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Signed this 19 th day of March, 1998.

 

Signatures of TWO Partners:

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL COMPANY

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl B. Marbach

 

 

INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION

 

 

By:

/s/ Carl B. Marbach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Typed or printed names of partners signing above:

 

Carl B. Marbach, President

 

 

 

 

 

Carl B. Marbach, President

 

 

 

 

Filing Fee:

$50.00

Certified copy:

$52.50 (optional)

Certificate of Status:

$8.75 (optional)

 



 

Names and mailing addresses of ALL partners and Florida Registration Numbers:

 

National Internet Travel Company
777 South Flagler Drive
Suite 300 East
West Palm Beach, FL 33401

 


P96000085073

 

 

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation
5455 N. Federal Hwy.
Suite O
Boca Raton, FL 33496

 


P94000086028

 



 

August 12, 2002

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY

 

 

SUBJECT:  NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY
REF:  GP0200001467

 

 

We received your electronically transmitted document. However, the document has not been filed. Please make the following corrections and refax the complete document, including the electronic filing cover sheet.

 

The document must include the Florida document/registration number of any partner or agent that is a person other than an individual.

 

We cannot find an active filing for RACCOON ACQUISITION I, LLC.

 

Please return your document, along with a copy of this letter, within 60 days or your filing will he considered abandoned.

 

If you have any questions concerning the filing of your document, please call (850) 245-6950.

 

Lee Rivers

 

FAX Aud. #: EGP020000392

Document Specialist

 

Letter Number: 202A00047659

 

Division of Corporations – P.O. Box 6327 – Tallahassee, Florida  32314

 



 

AMENDMENT TO PARTNERSHIP REGISTRATION

 

Pursuant to section 620.8105(7), Florida Statutes, this partnership submits the following to amend its registration:

 

(Note:  An amendment to a partnership registration cannot be filed with the Florida Department of State unless a partnership registration was previously filed and is of record with this office.)

 

FIRST :  The name of the partnership is National Internet Travel Agency, G.P.

 

 

SECOND :  The partnership was registered with the Florida Department of State on 3/23/1998 and assigned registration number:  GP9800000375     .

 

THIRD :  Amendment(s):  (Indicate and identify substance of what is being amended, added, or deleted)

 

See Attached.

 

 

 

 

 

The execution of this statement as a partner constitutes an affirmation under the penalties of perjury that the facts stated herein are true.

 

Signed this 9 th day of August, 2002.

 

Signatures of TWO Partners:

 

X

/s/ Carl B. Marbach, CEO

 

 

X

/s/ Carl B. Marbach, President

 

 

Typed printed names of partners signing above:

 

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

 

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation

 

Filing Fee:

$25.00

Certified copy:

$52.50 (optional)

Certificate of Status:

$8.75 (optional)

 

Make checks payable to Florida Department of State and mail to:  Division of Corporations P.O. Box 6327 Tallahassee, FL  32314

 



 

Reference is hereby made to the Statement of Dissociation for Partnership filed on behalf of National Internet Travel Agency, G.P. (“NITA”) of even date herewith. As of August 9, 2002, National Internet Travel Company, a Florida corporation is dissociation with NITA. The Partnership Registration Statement (the “Registration”) of National Internet Travel, G.P. is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.              The address section attached to the “Registration” is hereby deleted in its entirety and amended as follows:

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC
9 West 57 th Street
37 th Floor
New York, NY  10019

 

M02000002124

 

 

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation
5455 N. Federal Highway
Suite O
Boca Raton, Florida  33496

 

P94000086028

 



 

STATEMENT OF DISSOCIATION FOR PARTNERSHIP

 

Pursuant to section 620.8704, Florida Statutes, I hereby submit the following statement of dissociation:

 

FIRST : The name of the partnership is:  National Internet Travel Agency, G.P.

 

 

 

SECOND:  (CHECK ONE)

 

x            The partnership was registered with the Florida Department of State on 3/23/1998 and assigned registration number GP9800000375.

 

o             The partnership has not registered with the Florida Department of State.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of this document is to state that

 

National Internet Travel Company

 

has dissociated as a partner from

(Partner’s name)

 

 

 

 

 

National Internet Travel Agency, G.P.

 

 

(Partnership name)

 

 

 

The execution of this statement in compliance with s. 620.8105(6) constitutes an affirmation under the penalties of perjury that the facts stated herein are true

 

Signed this 9 th day of August, 2002.

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL COMPANY

 

/s/ Carl B. Marbach

 

Name: Carl B. Marbach

 

Title: President

 

 

Filing Fee:

$25.00

Certified copy:

$52.50 (optional)

Certificate of Status:

$8.75 (optional)

 

Make checks payable to Florida Department of State and mail to:
Division of Corporation P.O. Box 6327 Tallahassee, FL 32314

 




Exhibit 3.46

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 22 nd day of August 2006, by and between InterNETWORK Publishing Corporation, a Florida corporation (“IPC”), and Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”, and together with IPC, the “Partners”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS NITA was formed on March 23, 1998 as a Florida general partnership by and between IPC and National Internet Travel Company (“National”), a Florida corporation ; and

 

WHEREAS the LLC was admitted as a new general partner of NITA, and National was dissociated as a partner from NITA; and

 

WHEREAS, the Partners executed a partnership agreement substantially in the form of this Agreement in August 2002 (the “Original Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Partners are unable to locate an executed copy of the Original Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS the Partners desire to evidence their original intent and to enter into this Agreement to provide for the respective rights, obligations, and interests of the Partners to each other and to the Partnership, the allocation of profits and losses, cash flow and other proceeds of the Partnership between the Partners, and certain other matters;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows.

 

AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 1

THE PARTNERSHIP AND ITS BUSINESS

 

1.1            Formation and Continuation .  The parties to this Agreement (the “Partners”) hereby form a general partnership (the “Partnership”) under the Revised Uniform Partnership Act Act of the State of Florida (the “Act”).  The rights and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

1.2            Partnership Name .  The name of the Partnership is National Internet Travel Agency (“NITA”).

 

1.3            Term of Partnership .  The term of the Partnership shall commence on the date of this Agreement and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 6.

 



 

1.4            Purposes of the Partnership .  The Partnership has been organized for the following purposes:

 

1.4.1         To purchase, own and operate travel agency business and to do any and all other things necessary, appropriate, or advisable in connection with this purposes.

 

1.4.2         To engage in any lawful acts or activities and to exercise any powers permitted to general partnerships under the laws of the State of Florida.

 

1.5            Principal Place of Business .  The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be located at 5455 North Federal Highway, Suite O, Boca Raton, Florida, 33496, or any other place that the Partners may elect.

 

1.6            Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Partnership shall end December 31 of each year.

 

SECTION 2

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

 

2.1            Partnership Interest .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the interest of each Partner in the Partnership and in all of the Partnership assets shall be as follows:

 

LLC

 

1

%

IPC

 

99

%

 

Such interest is hereinafter referred to as such Partner’s “Partnership Interest” in the Partnership.

 

(a)            The respective capital account of each Partner shall reflect the Partnership Interest of each Partner, adjusted as provided in this Agreement.

 

(b)            Each Partner shall receive the same percentage of the net profits and losses of the Partnership as the Partnership Interest held by such Partner.

 

2.2            Definition of Capital Contributions .  For purposes of this Agreement, “Capital Contribution” means, for any Partner, the amount of money plus the fair market value of property that the Partner contributes to the capital of the Partnership pursuant to this Section 2.

 

2.3            Capital Contributions by Partners .

 

(a)            Initial Contributions .  At the time of formation of the Partnership, the Partners shall contribute to the capital of the Partnership cash in the amount set forth opposite their respective names, as set forth on Exhibit “A.”

 

(b)            Additional Contributions .  The Partners shall make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership as shall be mutually agreed upon by both Partners.

 



 

2.4            Holding of Title .  Title to all Partnership assets shall be held in the Partnership name.

 

2.5            Exculpation .  A Partner, and its stockholders, affiliates, agents, and representatives shall not be liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Partnership or to any other Partner for any loss that arises out of any acts performed or omitted by it pursuant to the authority granted by this Agreement except where any act or omission constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct.  A Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for return of the Partner’s investment, and if the property of the Partnership remaining after the discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership is insufficient to return a Partner’s investment, a Partner shall have no recourse against any other Partner.

 

2.6            Permitted Transactions .

 

(a)            Other Businesses .  Any Partner (and any stockholder, affiliate, agent, or representative of a Partner) may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, whether currently existing or hereafter created, including business ventures engaged in the acquisition, ownership, operation, or management of travel agencies.  Neither the Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights in or to any independent ventures of any of the Partners or to the income or profits derived therefrom, nor shall any Partner have any obligation to any other Partner with respect to any such enterprise or related transaction.

 

(b)            Transactions with Partners and Affiliates .  Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude transactions between the Partnership and a Partner or a stockholder, affiliate, agent, or representative of a Partner.

 

SECTION 3

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS DISTRIBUTIONS, PROFITS AND LOSSES

 

3.1            Capital Accounts .

 

(a)            Generally .  A separate “Capital Account” shall be maintained for each Partner in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Subject to any contrary requirements of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, each Partner’s Capital Account shall be (a) increased by (1) the amount of any cash contributed to the Partnership by the Partner; (2) the fair market value of any property contributed by the Partner to the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by the contributed property that the Partnership is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code); (2) any amount deemed contributed pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-I(b)(2)(iv)(c) or any amount paid to any person or entity in satisfaction of a liability of the Partnership; (4) allocations to the Partner of Profits or items of income or gain pursuant to Section 3.3; (5) allocations to the Partner of unrealized gain pursuant to Section 3.1(b); and (6) other additions made in accordance with the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; and (b) decreased by (1) the amount of money distributed to the

 



 

Partner by the Partnership; (2) the fair market value (without regard to Section 7701(g) of the Code) of property distributed to the Partner by the Partnership (net of liabilities secured by the distributed property that the Partner is considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the Code); (3) any amount deemed distributed pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-I(b)(2)(iv)(c); (4) allocations to the Partner of Losses or items of expense, deduction, or loss pursuant to Section 3.3; (5) allocations to the Partner of unrealized loss pursuant to Section 3.1(b); and (6) other reductions made in accordance with the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(b)            Distributions in Kind .  If any property is distributed to a Partner in kind, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted immediately prior to such distribution to reflect the manner in which the unrealized income, gain, loss and deduction inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would have been allocated between the Partners under Section 3.3 if there had been a taxable disposition of the property for its fair market value.

 

3.2            Distributions .

 

(a)            Distributions Prior to Dissolution .  The Partnership may distribute cash or property of the Partnership to the Partners prior to the dissolution of the Partnership at the discretion of the Managing Partner, and any such distributions shall be made to the Partners in proportion to their Capital Contributions until the Partners have received distributions equal to their respective Capital Contributions and thereafter to the Partners in accordance with their Partnership Interests.

 

(b)            Distributions on Dissolution and Termination of the Partnership .  Cash or property of the Partnership available for distribution incident to the dissolution and termination of the Partnership, as provided for in Section 6, shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances, determined after allocation of Profits and Losses, including allocations pursuant to Section 3.3(d).  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing sentence, the Partners intend that cash or property of the Partnership available for distribution incident to the dissolution and termination of the Partnership will be distributed to the Partners in proportion to their Capital Contributions until the Partners have received distributions equal to their respective Capital Contributions and thereafter to the Partners in accordance with their Partnership Interests.

 

3.3            Allocations of Profits and Losses .

 

(a)            Definition of Profits and Losses .  “Profits” and “Losses” mean the annual income and loss, respectively, of the Partnership for a fiscal year (or portion thereof) as determined by the Partnership’s accountants in accordance with principles applied in determining income, gains, expenses, deductions, and losses reported by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes on its partnership tax return, including, as applicable, any gain or loss from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of assets.

 

(b)            Allocations of Losses Prior to Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all Losses and all expenditures of the Partnership that are not deductible in computing taxable income and are not capital expenditures, including expenditures described in

 



 

Sections 705(a)(2)(B) and 709(a) of the Code, shall be allocated for each fiscal year (or portion thereof) between the Partners as follows:

 

(1)            First, to the Partners with positive balances in their Capital Accounts, to the extent of, and in proportion to, those positive balances; and
 
(2)            Second, to the Partners in accordance with their Partnership
 

Interests.

 

(c)            Allocations of Profits Prior to Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all Profits and tax-exempt income and gain shall be allocated for each fiscal year (or portion thereof) between the Partners as follows:

 

(1)            First, to Partners having deficit balances in their Capital Accounts to the extent of, and in proportion to, those deficits;
 
(2)            Second, to the Partners in accordance with their Partnership Interests.
 

(d)            Allocation of Gain or Loss Upon Liquidation .  Notwithstanding Section 3.3(b) and Section 3.3(c), gain or loss recognized upon any sale, exchange, or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership incident to the dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be allocated between the Partners so as to cause the credit balance in each Partner’s Capital Account to equal, as nearly as possible, the amount each Partner would receive in a distribution on dissolution, if the distribution were made in accordance with the Partners’ intentions as described in Section 3.2(b).

 

(e)            Section 704(c) and Similar Allocations .  Gain or loss with respect to any property contributed to the Partnership by a Partner shall be allocated between the Partners, solely for tax purposes, in accordance with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, so as to take into account the variation, if any, between the fair market value and the adjusted basis of such property at the time of contribution.  To the maximum extent permitted under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, deductions attributable to contributed property shall be allocated to the noncontributing Partners based on the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution, and all remaining deductions shall be allocated to the contributing Partner.

 

SECTION 4

RIGHTS, POWERS, AND DUTIES OF THE PARTNERS

 

4.1            General .  IPC shall be the Managing Partner of the Partnership.  The Managing Partner shall have full and complete charge of all affairs of the Partnership, and the management and control of the Partnership’s business shall rest exclusively with the Managing Partner.

 



 

4.2            Specific Rights, Powers, and Duties .  The Managing Partner shall be responsible for the management and operations of the Partnership and shall have all powers necessary to manage and control the Partnership and to conduct its business.

 

SECTION 5

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

 

5.1            Transfers Prohibited .  Subject to Section 6.2, the interest of a Partner in the Partnership may not be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of except with the prior written consent of the other Partner.

 

SECTION 6

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

 

6.1            Events of Dissolution .  The Partnership shall dissolve upon the earliest to occur of:

 

(a)            an election to dissolve the Partnership made by the Partners;

 

(b)            the “Bankruptcy” (as defined in the Act) of the Partnership or any Partner;

 

(c)            the sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Partnership;

 

(d)            the happening of any event that, under the Act, causes the dissolution of a partnership.

 

(e)            December 31, 2036

 

Upon dissolution, the proceeds from the liquidation of Partnership assets, after payment of the just debts and liabilities of the Partnership and any expenses incurred in dissolving and winding up the Partnership, shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with their Partnership Interests.

 

Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, no Partner shall be entitled to transact business for or in the name of the Partnership, to represent itself as a Partner in the Partnership, or to otherwise imply in any manner that the Partnership is still in existence.

 

6.4            Liquidation .

 

(a)            Actions by Liquidator .  Upon the dissolution and termination of the Partnership, the Managing Partner shall act as Liquidator to wind up and terminate the Partnership.  The Liquidator shall have full power and authority to sell, assign, and encumber any of the Partnership’s assets and to wind up and liquidate the affairs of the Partnership in an orderly and businesslike manner.

 



 

(b)            Distribution of Proceeds .  The proceeds of liquidation, after payment of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including any loans made by the Partners or any of their affiliates to the Partnership), payment of the expenses of liquidation, and the establishment of any reserves that the Liquidator reasonably deems necessary for potential or contingent liabilities of the Partnership, shall be distributed to the Partners as provided in Section 3.2(b).

 

6.5            Effect of Withdrawal or Bankruptcy of Managing Partner .  The withdrawal or Bankruptcy of the Managing Partner shall not alter the allocations and distributions to be made to the Partners pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7

AMENDMENTS TO AGREEMENT

 

No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless evidenced by a writing executed by both Partners.  Any amendment made hereunder shall be effective as of the date specified in the amendment.

 

SECTION 8

 

GENERAL TERMS

 

8.1            Titles and Captions .  All section or paragraph titles or captions contained in this Agreement and the order of sections and paragraphs are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement.

 

8.2            Further Action .  The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take all actions that are necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.3            Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

8.4            Agreement Binding .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties.

 

8.5            Separability of Provisions .  Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision that is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not impair the operation of or otherwise affect those provisions of this Agreement that are valid.

 

8.6            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts and, as so executed, shall constitute one agreement, binding on all the parties.  Any counterpart of this Agreement or of any amendment, which has attached to it separate signature pages, which altogether contain the signatures of both Partners, shall for all purposes be deemed a fully executed instrument.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:   Eric J. Bock

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

InterNETWORK Publishing Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:   Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President

 




Exhibit 3.47

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NEAT ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

FIRST : The name of the corporation is Neat Acquisition Corporation (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of $.01.

 

FIFTH : The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Richard S. Meisner
Cendant Corporation
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)                                   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)                                   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)                                   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4)                                   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a

 



 

director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)                                   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH : Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein Stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 26th of March, 2003.

 

 

/s/ Richard S. Meisner

 

Name: Richard S. Meisner

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NEAT ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Neat Acquisition Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) does hereby certify:

 

FIRST:                                    That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Neat Group Corporation.”

 

SECOND:                     That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolution:

 

RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Neat Group Corporation.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon             the filing of this certificate.”

 

THIRD:                                That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Lynn A. Feldman, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 10th day of June, 2003.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.48

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

NEAT ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1                                       Registered Office.

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2                                       Other Offices.

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1                                       Place of meetings.

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2                                       Annual Meetings.

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 



 

 

Section 2.3                                       Special Meetings.

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4                                       Quorum.

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5                                       Voting.

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6                                       Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not

 

2



 

less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7                                       List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8                                       Stock Ledger.

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1                                       Number and Election of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2                                       Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

3



 

 

Section 3.3                                       Duties and Powers.

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4                                       Meetings.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5                                       Quorum.

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 3.6                                       Actions of Board.

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7                                       Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

4



 

 

Section 3.8                                       Committees.

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9                                       Compensation.

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 3.10                                 Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in

 

5



 

determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1                                       General.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2                                       Duties .

 

All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the Corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

Section 4.3                                       Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4                                       President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i)

 

6



 

where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5                                       Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6                                       Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7                                       Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the

 

7



 

Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8                                       Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1                                       Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2                                       Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3                                       Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise

 

8



 

the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4                                       Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5                                       Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6                                       Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1                                       Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

9



 

 

Section 6.2                                       Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1                                       Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2                                       Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3                                       Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4                                       Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1                                       Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

10



 

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2                                       Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation.

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3                                       Authorization of Indemnification.

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii)

 

11



 

by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4                                       Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5                                       Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6                                       Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of

 

12



 

such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7                                       Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8                                       Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9                                       Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee

 

13



 

benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10                                 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11                                 Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12                                 Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1                                       Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 9.2                                       Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

14




Exhibit 3.49

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
O HOLDINGS INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE I

NAME

 

The name of the corporation is O Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

CORPORATE PURPOSE

 

Section 3.1                                       General . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.2                                       Limitations on Activities . The Corporation shall not engage in any activity not in furtherance of the following:  (i) except to the extent approved by the holders of Class B Common Stock of Orbitz, Inc. pursuant to Section 8.2(c) of Orbitz, Inc.’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Orbitz Charter ”), marketing, selling and servicing of airline travel products and services in an Unbiased Manner (as defined in the Orbitz Charter) and a Non-Opaque Manner (as defined in the Orbitz Charter) through the Internet and other means of electronic or telephonic commerce; (ii) marketing, selling and servicing of travel products and services (other than airline travel products and services) through the Internet and other means of electronic or telephonic commerce; (iii) engaging in web site development and hosting for third parties; (iv) engaging in development and commercialization of direct connect technology; and (v) subject to Section 6.2 hereof, engaging in such other activities in connection with the foregoing as Orbitz, Inc. deems necessary or advisable; provided , however , that (X) except if approved pursuant to Article XI of Orbitz, Inc.’s Bylaws, the Corporation shall not display airline fares or other Airline Information (as defined in the Orbitz Charter) in other than an Unbiased Manner, except in response to a Customer Request (as defined in the Orbitz Charter); provided , however , that any display other than in an Unbiased Manner provided in response to a Customer Request shall offer the Customer (as defined in the Orbitz Charter) the choice to return to a display of Airline Information in an Unbiased Manner at the conclusion of such Customer

 



 

Request; and provided , further , that failure by the Corporation to display Airline Information of an airline because such airline has not provided such Airline Information to the Corporation shall not be deemed a failure to display in an Unbiased Manner, and (Y) the Corporation shall be permitted to post one or more links on its web site to an Opaque Site (as defined in the Orbitz Charter), subject to the restriction contained in Article II of Orbitz, Inc.’s Bylaws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the holders of Orbitz, Inc.’s Class B Common Stock and their Affiliates (as defined in the Orbitz Charter) and other airlines and providers of travel products and services shall be permitted to advertise or offer promotions on the Corporation’s web site.

 

ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Corporation shall have the authority to issue one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

ARTICLE V

SOLE INCORPORATOR

 

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator of the Corporation is:

 

Bradley C. Faris

c/o Latham & Watkins LLP

233 South Wacker Drive

5800 Sears Tower

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

ARTICLE VI

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Section 6.1                                       Election of Directors . Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation  need not be by written ballot.

 

Section 6.2                                       Required Approvals .

 

(a)                                   The Corporation will not take, and will not authorize any other person to take, any of the actions set forth in Section 4.13(a)(i) through (xxiv) of the Bylaws of Orbitz, Inc., without the prior approval, by vote or written consent, of a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  The Corporation will not, and will not authorize any other person to, enter into any transaction or a series of related transactions involving a sale of all or substantially all of

 

2



 

the assets or business of the Corporation or any contract for the lease or license of all or substantially all of the assets of the business of the Corporation with a Person who (or whose Affiliates) displays airline fares on a web site in other than an Unbiased Manner without the prior approval of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation pursuant to Section 8.2(c) of the Certificate of Incorporation of Orbitz, Inc.

 

ARTICLE VII

BYLAWS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY

 

The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. Any amendment or repeal of this Article by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 9.1                                       Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he, or a Person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

3



 

Section 9.2                                       Prepayment of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

 

Section 9.3                                       Claims . If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

Section 9.4                                       Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 9.5                                       Other Sources . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.

 

Section 9.6                                       Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Section 9.7                                       Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses . This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation, or by the action of a committee of the Board of Directors of Orbitz, Inc. or designated officers of Orbitz, Inc. established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation; provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, any payment or expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

 

4



 

Section 9.8                                       Approval . To the extent any approval of the Corporation is required under Delaware law with respect to indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Covered Person or other person, such approval may only be granted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the corporation, or by the action of a committee of the Board of Directors of Orbitz, Inc. or designated officers of Orbitz, Inc. established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as stockholder of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this article. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not amend, alter, change or repeal Section 3.2 or Section 6.2 hereof without the prior approval, by vote or written consent, of a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) of Orbitz, Inc., in its capacity as Stockholder of the Corporation.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned, being the sole incorporator of the Corporation, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is the act and deed of the sole incorporator and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly has hereunto set his hand this 18 th day of December, 2003.

 

 

 

/s/ Bradley C. Faris

 

 

Name: Bradley C. Faris

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE
AND OF REGISTERED AGENT

 

O HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.      The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is:

 

O HOLDINGS INC.

 

2.                The registered office of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington 19808, County of New Castle.

 

3.                The registered agent of the corporation within the State of Delaware is hereby changed to Corporation Service Company, the business office of which is identical with the registered office of the corporation as hereby changed.

 

4.                The corporation has authorized the changes hereinbefore set forth by resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

Signed on May 9, 2005.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.50

 

BYLAWS
OF
O HOLDINGS INC.
Adopted as of December 19, 2003

 

ARTICLE I

IDENTIFICATION: OFFICES

 

SECTION 1.01.            Name . The name of the corporation is O Holdings Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

SECTION 1.02.            Principal and Business Offices . The Corporation may have such principal and other business offices, either within or outside of the state of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the Corporation’s business may require from time to time.

 

SECTION 1.03.            Registered Agent and Office . The Corporation’s registered agent may be changed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors. The address of the Corporation’s registered agent may change from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, or the registered agent. The business office of the Corporation’s registered agent shall be identical to the registered office. The Corporation’s registered office may be but need not be identical with the Corporation’s principal office in the state of Delaware.

 

SECTION 1.04.            Place of Keeping Corporate Records . The records and documents required by law to be kept by the Corporation permanently shall be kept at the Corporation’s principal office.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 2.01.            Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held as required by law on such date as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to hold office for the term provided in Section 3.01 of these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 2.02.            Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called by the President of the Corporation, the Board of Directors, or by such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. Business transacted at the meeting shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.

 



 

 

SECTION 2.03.            Place of Stockholder Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting. If no such place is designated by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting will be the principal business office of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2.04.            Notice of Meetings . Unless waived as herein provided, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Such written notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting or in the event of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property, business or assets not less than twenty (20) days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place in accordance with Section 2.05 of these Bylaws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting in which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may conduct any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 2.05.            Quorum and Adjourned Meetings . Unless otherwise provided by law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of stockholders as may leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 2.06.            Fixing of Record Date . (a)  For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

1



 

(b)  For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is established by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting. When no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal office, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders’ consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

(c)  For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining the stockholders for any such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

SECTION 2.07. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

2



 

 

SECTION 2.08. Voting. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by each stockholder. In all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by a proxy at the meeting entitled to vote on the election of directors.

 

SECTION 2.09. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may remain irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

 

SECTION 2.10. Ratification of Acts of Directors and Officers. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any transaction or contract or act of the Corporation or of the directors or the officers of the Corporation may be ratified by the affirmative vote of the holders of the number of shares which would have been necessary to approve such transaction, contract or act at a meeting of stockholders, or by the written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

 

SECTION 2.11. Informal Action of Stockholders. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation at its principal place of business. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate with any governmental body, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by law concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent had been given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and that written notice has been given as provided in such section.

 

SECTION 2.12. Organization. Such person as the Board of Directors may designate or, in the absence of such a designation, the president of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of such meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to serve as secretary at the meeting.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 3.01. Number and Tenure of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) members, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The initial Board shall consist of one (1) member. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 3.02. Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

SECTION 3.03. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President or at least one-third of the number of directors constituting the whole board The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

SECTION 3.04. Notice of Special Meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at least two (2) days previous thereto by written notice to each director at his or her address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with first-class postage thereon prepaid. If sent by any other means (including facsimile, courier, or express mail, etc.), such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when actually delivered to the home or business address of the director.

 

SECTION 3.05. Quorum. A majority of the total number of directors as provided in Section 3.01 of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority of the directors are present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

SECTION 3.06. Voting. The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation requires a vote of a greater number.

 

SECTION 3.07. Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by an election either at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. Any directors elected by the stockholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term for which he or she was elected. A director appointed by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall serve until the next meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected.

 

4



 

SECTION 3.08. Removal of Directors. A director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

SECTION 3.09. Informal Action of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

SECTION 3.10. Participation by Conference Telephone. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by such board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment as long as all persons participating in the meeting can speak with and hear each other, and participation by a director pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

SECTION 4.01. Written Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any required notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the date stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

SECTION 4.02. Attendance as Waiver of Notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and objects at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE V

 

COMMITTEES

 

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member at any meeting of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors

 

5



 

and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 6.01. General Provisions. The Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such additional officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such duties as are hereafter described and such additional duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 6.02. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. New offices of the Corporation may be created and filled and vacancies in offices may be filled at any time, at a meeting or by the written consent of the Board of Directors. Unless removed pursuant to Section 6.03 of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

SECTION 6.03. Removal of Officers. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person(s) so removed.

 

SECTION 6.04. The Chief Executive Officer. The Board of Directors shall designate whether the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been chosen, or the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. If a Chairman of the Board has not been chosen, or if one has been chosen but not designated Chief Executive Officer, then the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall see that orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer may sign bonds, mortgages, and all other contracts and documents whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general powers of supervision and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the

 

6



 

Corporation and his decision as to any matter affecting the Corporation shall be final and binding as between the officers of the Corporation subject only to the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.05. The President. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act if the Chairman of the Board has been designated Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times the President shall have the active management of the business of the Corporation under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have concurrent power with the Chief Executive Officer to sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 6.06. The Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if one is chosen, shall be chosen from among the members of the board. If the Chairman of the Board has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.07. Vice Chairman of the Board. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board has been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, or if there be more than one, the Vice Chairmen, in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times, the Vice Chairman or Vice Chairmen shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 6.08. The Vice President. In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Executive Vice President and then the other Vice President or Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

7



 

 

SECTION 6.09. The Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

SECTION 6.10. The Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 6.11. The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

SECTION 6.12. The Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

8



 

SECTION 6.13. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

SECTION 6.14. Absence of Officers. In the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties, or any of such powers or duties, of any officers or officer to any other officer or to any director.

 

SECTION 6.15. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish reasonable compensation of all officers for services to the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 7.01. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify directors and officers of the Corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

SECTION 7.02. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any of its Affiliates or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

SECTION 8.01. Certificates of Shares. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

 

9



 

 

SECTION 8.02. Signatures of Former Officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

SECTION 8.03. Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of certificate for such shares. Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat a registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise have and exercise all of the right and powers of an owner of shares.

 

SECTION 8.04. Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates. Whenever a certificate representing shares of the Corporation has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder thereof may file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his knowledge and belief, the time, place, and circumstance of such loss, destruction or theft together with a statement of indemnity sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate. Thereupon the Board may cause to be issued to such person or such person’s legal representative a new certificate or a duplicate of the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. In the exercise of its discretion, the Board of Directors may waive the indemnification requirements provided herein.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock in any form determined by the Board of Directors, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

 

ARTICLE X

 

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 10.01. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

10



 

SECTION 10.02.  Loans.  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 10.03.  Checks, Drafts, Etc.  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by one or more officers or agents of the Corporation and in suck manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 10.04.  Deposits.  The funds of the Corporation may be deposited or invested in such back account, in such investments or with such other depositaries as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by either the Corporation’s Board or Directors or its stockholders.

 

11




Exhibit 3.51

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM LIMITED

 

To form a corporation for the purposes stated below under and pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the undersigned certifies that:

 

FIRST:   The name of the corporation is OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM LIMITED (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:   The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company located in the county of New Castle.

 

THIRD:   The purpose of the Corporation and the nature of its business are to engage in any lawful activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and, in general, to possess all the powers and privileges granted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by this Certificate of Incorporation, together with any powers incidental thereto.

 

FOURTH:   The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock. All such shares are to be without par value.

 

 



 

FIFTH:   The name and mailing address of the undersigned sole incorporator are:

 

Name

 

Mailing Address

 

 

 

Daniel V. Duff, Jr.

 

Windels Marx Lane & Mittendorf, LLP
156 West 56 th Street
New York, New York 10019

 

SIXTH: The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to exercise all powers granted to the directors by law except insofar as such powers are limited herein or in the By-Laws of the Corporation. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the By-Laws of the Corporation may be adopted, altered, amended, changed, added to, or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

SEVENTH:   The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this certificate in the manner prescribed by law now or in the future, and all rights and powers conferred in this certificate on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved power.

 

EIGHTH:   The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may be hereafter amended, any person who was or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is serving or served at any time, at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity, against all loss suffered and expenses incurred by such person; provided, however, the Corporation shall not indemnify any person for a Proceeding initiated by him or her unless the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall also indemnify its directors and officers for expenses incurred in connection with such

 

2



 

Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145(e) of the General Corporation Law as in effect on the date of this Certificate of Incorporation or as the same may be hereafter amended.

 

NINTH: No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the provisions of Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have signed this Certificate as of the 15 th day of May, 2000, and I affirm that the statements herein are true, under the penalty of perjury.

 

 

/s/ Daniel V. Duff, Jr.

 

 

Name: Daniel V. Duff, Jr.

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 

3



 

STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM LIMITED , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:   That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM LIMITED be amended by changing the Article thereof numbered “FIRST” so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:

 

FIRST:                                 The name of the corporation is OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:   That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation was duly called and held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

 

THIRD:   That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:   That the capital of the Corporation shall not be reduced under or by reason of said amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM LIMITED has caused this certificate to be signed by Barry Kaplan, an Authorized Officer, this eighteenth day of February, 2004.

 

By:

/s/ Barry Kaplan

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

Name:

Barry Kaplan

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 3.52

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

OCTOPUSTRAVEL.COM (USA) LIMITED

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.              CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING STOCK . Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

 

The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

2.              UNCERTIFICATED SHARES . Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

 

3.              FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS . The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in

 



 

cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

 

4.              STOCK TRANSFERS . Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by the registered holder’s attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

 

5.              RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDERS . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General

 



 

Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

6.              MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS . As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

 

7.              STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS .

 

TIME . The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

PLACE . Annual meetings and special meetings may be held at .such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware. The board of directors may also, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. If a meeting by remote communication is authorized by the board of directors in its sole discretion, and subject to guidelines and procedures as the board of directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed

 



 

present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

CALL . Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

 

NOTICE OR WAIVER OF NOTICE . Written notice of all meetings shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date, and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. If a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Whenever notice is required to be given under the Delaware General Corporation Law, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 



 

STOCKHOLDER LIST . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

CONDUCT OF MEETING . Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in such Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

 

PROXY REPRESENTATION . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after 3 years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature. A stockholder may also authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making the determination shall specify the

 



 

information upon which they relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to Section 212(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

 

INSPECTORS . The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the ‘shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by such inspector or inspectors and execute a certificate of any fact found by such inspector or inspectors. Except as may otherwise be required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

 

QUORUM . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

VOTING . Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

 

8.              STOCKHOLDER ACTION WITHOUT MEETINGS . Except as any provision of the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken

 



 

without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

1.              FUNCTIONS AND DEFINITION . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

2.              QUALIFICATIONS AND NUMBER . A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of one person. Thereafter the number of directors constituting the whole board shall be at least one. Subject to the foregoing limitation and except for the first Board of Directors, such number may be fixed from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be one. The number of directors may be increased or decreased by action of the stockholders or of the directors.

 

3.              ELECTION AND TERM . The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the

 



 

incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unf1lled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

 

4.              MEETINGS .

 

TIME . Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

 

PLACE . Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

 

CALL . No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been- fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

 

NOTICE OR ACTUAL OR CONSTRUCTIVE WAIVER . No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Whenever notice is required to be given under the Delaware General Corporation Law, certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

QUORUM AND ACTION . A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the

 



 

majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

 

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

 

CHAIRPERSON OF THE MEETING . The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

 

5.              REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS . Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

6.              COMMITTEES . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any power or authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

7.              WRITTEN ACTION . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 



 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the .Board of Directors, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice-Chairperson of the Board, an Executive Vice-President, one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing such officer, no officer other than the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, need be a director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing such officer, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such officer’s successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to such Secretary or Assistant Secretary. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be tilled by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall also include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall be a contract right.

 



 

The corporation may, by the action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such employees and agents of the corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by applicable law.

 

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under applicable law.

 

The rights and authority conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, agreement, vote of shareholders .or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article nor the adoption of any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any statute inconsistent with this Article shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CONTROL OVER BYLAWS

 

Subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and the provisions of the General Corporation Law, the power to amend, alter, or repeal these Bylaws and to adopt new Bylaws may be exercised by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

 




Exhibit 3.53

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

The undersigned, an authorized person, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the State of Delaware (Chapter 18, Title 6 of the Delaware Code and the acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, and known, identified and referred to as the “Delaware Limited Liability Company Act”), hereby certifies that:

 

FIRST :  The name of the limited liability company is ORBITZ AWAY LLC (the “Company”).

 

SECOND :  The address of its registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

THIRD :  The Company shall have perpetual existence.

 

Dated this 29 th day of October, 2004

 

 

By:

/s/ Mia DiBella

 

 

 

Name: Mia DiBella

 

 

Title: Authorized Person

 



 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

 

of

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.             The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

2.             The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

 

“The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”

 

Executed on April 25, 2005

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn Feldman

 

Title:    Authorized Person

 




Exhibit 3.54

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

 

A Delaware Limited Liability Company
Dated As Of: October 29, 2004

 



 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of October 29, 2004, (this “Operating Agreement”), of Orbitz Away LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), between the Company and Orbitz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as initial member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

The Member desires to form the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and any successor statute (as amended from time to time, the “Act”), governing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

 

Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.1.   Definitions . Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1.   Formation . The Member hereby forms the Company pursuant to the Act. A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18-201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2.   Company Name . The name for the Company shall be “Orbitz Away LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Member from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Member deems necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

SECTION 2.3.   Registered Office; Registered Agent . The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware, and the name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company , 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.

 

SECTION 2.4.   Place of Business . The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Member. The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Member may deem advisable.

 

1



 

 

SECTION 2.5.   Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers . The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Operating Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.   Business Transactions of a Member with the Company . In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, the Member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not the Member.

 

SECTION 2.7.   Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) shall be determined by the Member.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Rights and Obligations of the Member

 

SECTION 3.1.   Member . Orbitz, LLC shall be the sole Member of the Company. The address of the Member is 200 S. Wacker Drive, Suite 1900, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Operating Agreement, the Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

SECTION 3.2.   Actions by the Member; Meetings . The Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member.

 

SECTION 3.3.   Admissions of Members . New members shall be admitted only upon the approval of the Member.

 

SECTION 3.4.   Liability of the Member . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being the Member.

 

SECTION 3.5.   Company Property . No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by the Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company. The interest of the Member in the Company shall constitute personal property of the Member.

 

2



 

SECTION 3.6.   Management of the Company . The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Member, who shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company. The Company shall not have “managers”, as that term is used in the Act. In managing the business and affairs of the Company and exercising its powers, the Member shall act through resolutions adopted in written consents. The Member may, from time to time, appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Member.

 

SECTION 3.7.   Power to Bind the Company . The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have the authority to bind the Company with respect to any matter. Decisions or actions taken by the Member in accordance with this Agreement shall constitute decisions or actions by the Company and shall be binding on the Company. Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Member.

 

SECTION 3.8.   Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Operating Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

(a)            all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company;

 

(b)            all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

(c)            all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

(d)            all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

(e)            all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

(f)             all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to this Operating Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Capital Contributions

 

SECTION 4.1.   Membership Interests . The total number of Membership Interests which the Company shall have the authority to issue shall be one thousand (1,000). The Company shall not issue additional Membership Interests without the approval of the Member.

 

3



 

SECTION 4.2.   Initial Capital Contribution . The Member shall contribute the assets set forth on Schedule A hereto as an initial capital contribution to the Company.

 

SECTION 4.3.   Additional Contributions . The Member shall not be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. The Member shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions from time to time in its sole discretion. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member, to which contributions and profits shall be credited and against which distributions and losses shall be charged.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Distributions and Tax Matters

 

SECTION 5.1.   Profits and Losses . For financial accounting and tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner determined by the Member. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated entirely to the Member.

 

SECTION 5.2.   Distributions . Any cash available for distribution and liquidation proceeds shall be distributed to the Member or as otherwise determined by the Member.

 

SECTION 5.3.   Tax Matters . Unless otherwise determined by law, the Company is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes). The Member and the Company shall timely take all necessary action to ensure the Company maintains such status.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Books and Records

 

The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Member shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

SECTION 7.1.   Term . The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

(a)            a determination by the Member to terminate the Company; or

 

4



 

(b)            the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetency of the Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

SECTION 7.2.   Liquidation .

 

(a)            In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up. All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled.

 

(b)            Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Member shall cause the Company to execute and file ä Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

SECTION 8.1.   Exculpation . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, neither the Member nor any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, this Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by this Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 8.2.   Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

5



 

 

SECTION 8.3.   Advancement of Expenses . The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 8.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

 

SECTION 8.4.   Indemnification Not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as an officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

SECTION 8.5.   Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article VIII, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 8.6.   Continuation of Indemnity . The provisions of this Article VIII shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 8.2 made or commenced against any. Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 9.1.   Transfers of Interests . The Member shall be entitled to transfer its interest in the Company, and the assignee of such interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of the Member of the Company upon the execution of a written instruments whereby such assignee consents to be bound by the terms of this Operating Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.2.   Amendment to the Agreement . The Operating Agreement and the Certificate of Formation may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or, if none is specified, as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

 

SECTION 9.3.   Successors; Counterparts . This Operating Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Member and (b)

 

6



 

may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 9.4.   Governing Law; Severability . This Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. In particular, this Operating Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of this Operating Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. In that case, this Operating Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, this Operating Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, this Operating Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in this Operating Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 9.5.   Headings . Section and other headings contained in this Operating Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of this Operating Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 9.6.   Interpretation . Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Orbitz, LLC, its sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Sands

 

 

 

 

a duly authorized signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Sands

 

 

 

a duly authorized signatory

 

[Orbitz Away LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement]

 




Exhibit 3.55

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ORBITZ, INC.

 

The undersigned, Eric J. Bock, certifies that he is the Executive Vice President and Secretary of Orbitz, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), and does hereby further certify as follows:

 

(1)            The name of the Corporation is Orbitz, Inc.

 

(2)            The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated was DUNC, Inc. and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 4, 2000.

 

(3)            This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(4)            The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as amended hereby is restated to read in its entirety, as follows:

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Orbitz, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suits 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of $.01.

 

FIFTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 



 

(2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SIXTH :  Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2



 

EIGHTH : The following provisions are inserted for the indemnification of certain persons covered by the Corporation:

 

(1)  RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any officer or director of the Corporation prior to November 12, 2004 (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he, or a Person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(2)  PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH or otherwise.

 

(3)  CLAIMS, If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article EIGHTH is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

3



 

(4)  NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article EIGHTH shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Certificate, the By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

(5)  OTHER SOURCES. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of an Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity.

 

(6)  AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article EIGHTH shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

(7)  OTHER INDEMNIFICATION AND PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES. This Article EIGHTH shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the Corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies); provided , however , that, to the extent required by law, any payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article EIGHTH or otherwise.

 

(8)  To the extent any approval of the Corporation is required under Delaware law with respect to indemnification of, or advancement of expenses to, a Covered Person or other person, such approval may only be granted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies) or by the action of a committee of the Board or designated officers of the Corporation established by or designated in resolutions approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies).

 

(9)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, (a) the provisions of this

 

4



 

Article EIGHTH will apply to Covered Persons for a period ending on November 12, 2010 and (b) the Corporation shall indemnify persons other than Covered Persons as and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Orbitz, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name this 17th day of November 2004.

 

 

ORBITZ, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President Secretary

 

6




Exhibit 3.56

 

AMENDED & RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ORBITZ, Inc.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Services Company.

 

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2. Annual Meetings. The Annual Meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 3. Special Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting

 



 

of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 

Section 4. Notice. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 5. Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place therefore announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6. Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 7. Voting. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 5 of Article V hereof, each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 8. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting

 

2



 

at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 8 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this section.

 

Section 9. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

Section 10. Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 9 of this Article n or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 11. Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the

 

3



 

judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors. The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meetings of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2. Vacancies. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be fined only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3. Duties and Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4. Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the

 

4



 

meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 5. Quorum. Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 6. Actions by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 7. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 8. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

5



 

 

Section 9. Compensation. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 10. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the director or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Election. The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform

 

6



 

such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, and the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors, except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer or the President is required. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of such officer. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall supervise, coordinate and manage the Corporation’s business and activities and supervise, coordinate and manage its operating expenses and capital allocation, shall have general authority to exercise all the powers necessary for the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.

 

7



 

 

Section 6. President. The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, and in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7. Vice Presidents. At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 8. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors

 

8



 

may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 10. Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 11. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 12. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any

 

9



 

other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 1. Form of Certificates. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 4. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5. Record Date.

 

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date

 

10



 

upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; providing, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolutions taking such prior action.

 

(c) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 6. Record Owners. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other

 

11



 

person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1. Notices. Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 2. Waivers of Notice. Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 6 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2. Disbursements. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

12



 

Section 4. Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings. The corporation shall indemnify any person:

 

(a) who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by, or in the right of, the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was servicing at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

(b) who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

The extent, amount, and eligibility for the indemnification provided herein will be made by the board of directors. Said determinations will be made by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding or by the shareholders by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of shareholders who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding.

 

The corporation will have the power to make further indemnification as provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; however, the indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his actions or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute a violation of the criminal law

 

13



 

unless the director, officer, employee or agent has reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; a transaction which the director, officer, employee or agent derived an improper personal benefit; in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are applicable or willful misconduct or conscious disregard for the best interests of the corporation in proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of the shareholder.

 

Section 2. Authorization of Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 3. Good Faith Defined. For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have bad no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

Section 4. Indemnification by a Court. Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a

 

14



 

determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 5. Expenses Payable in Advance. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 6. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Artic1e VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 7. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in

 

15



 

a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 9. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 10. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 11. Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1. Amendments. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be

 

16



 

approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors. As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

17




Exhibit 3.57

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

DUNC, LLC

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Company shall be DUNC, LLC.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED OFFICE, REGISTERED AGENT

 

The registered office of the Company shall be: c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  The initial registered agent of the Company shall be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.  Either the registered officer or the registered agent may be changed in the manner provided by law.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PERIOD OF DURATION

 

The Company shall exist from and after the date of filing of this Certificate of .Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware until dissolved according to law or by the terms of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company.

 



 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Company shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized and formed under the Act.

 

ARTICLE V

 

MEMBERS

 

The initial members of the Company shall be Continental Airlines, Inc., Delta Air Lines, Inc., Northwest Airlines, Inc. and United Air Lines, Inc.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Company reserves the right to amend its Certificate of Formation from time to time in accordance with the Act.

 

 



 

The undersigned hereby certify, make and acknowledge this Certificate of Formation on this 24 th day of February, 2000.

 

 

CONTINENTAL AIRLINES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Vogel

 

 

Name: Jennifer Vogel

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

DELTA AIR LINES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vincent B. Caminiti

 

 

Name: Vincent B. Caminiti

 

Title: Senior Vice President - Sales and Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

NORTHWEST AIRLINES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ A.M. Lenya

 

 

Name: A.M. Lenya

 

Title: Vice President of Distribution Planning

 

 

 

 

 

UNITED AIR LINES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas A. Hacker

 

 

Name: Douglas A. Hacker

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

Pursuant to Section 18-202 of the
Limited Liability Company Act

 

1.              The name of the limited liability company is DUNC, LLC.

 

2.              The Certificate of Formation is hereby amended to change the name of the limited liability company to Orbitz, LLC.

 

3.              Accordingly, Article 1 of the Certificate of Formation shall, as amended, read as follows:

 

“1.  The name of the limited liability company is Orbitz, LLC.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned authorized person has executed this Certificate of Amendment this 17 th day of July, 2000.

 

 

DUNC, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Zoghlin

 

 

Name:  Alex Zoghlin

 

Title:  Authorized Person

 



 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation

 

of

 

ORBITZ, LLC

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.              The name of the limited liability company (hereinafter called the “limited liability company”) is:

 

ORBITZ, LLC

 

2.              The certificate of formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended by striking out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered agent and registered office and by substituting in lieu thereof the following new statement:

 

“The address of the registered office and the name and address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.”

 

Executed on May 10, 2005

 

 

 

  /s/ Lynn Feldman

 

 

Name:  Lynn Feldman

 

Title:  Authorized Person

 




Exhibit 3.58

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

ORBITZ, LLC
a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

dated as of December 19, 2003

 

This SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Orbitz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is dated as of the 19th day of December, 2003, by and between the Company, Orbitz, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Managing Member”), O Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“O Holdings”), and such other persons who may be admitted from time to time as members hereunder (the Managing Member, O Holdings and such other persons are each referred to as a “Member”, and collectively, the “Members”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, American Airlines, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“American”), Continental Airlines, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Continental”), Omicron Reservations Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Omicron”), Northwest Airlines, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (“Northwest”), UAL Loyalty Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“VAL Loyalty Services”), and the Managing Member entered into that certain Sixth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, dated as of April 10, 2002 (as amended from time to time, the “Old LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company, American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest, UAL Loyalty Services and the Managing Member entered into that certain First Amendment to the Old LLC Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2002, amending the Old LLC Agreement in various respects;

 

WHEREAS, the Company, American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest, UAL Loyalty Services and the Managing Member entered into that certain Second Amendment to the Old LLC Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2003, amending the Old LLC Agreement in various respects, including to effect a reverse 1-for-3 split with respect to the membership interests in the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company, American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest, UAL Loyalty Services and the Managing Member entered into that certain Third Amendment to the Old LLC Agreement, dated as of December 19th, 2003, amending the Old LLC Agreement in various respects, including to amend the definition of “Qualified Affiliate” and to permit the transfer by the Managing Member of membership interests in the Company held by it to any of the Managing Member’s wholly owned subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS effective as of December 19th, 2003, UAL Loyalty Services transferred by dividend all of its Membership Units to UAL Corp., which then transferred by a contribution to capital such Membership Units to United Air Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

1



 

(“United”), and pursuant to that certain Joinder to Sixth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, United was admitted as a Member of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, effective December 19th, 2003, pursuant to that certain subscription letter and assignment and assumption of membership interests, the Managing Member contributed 3,700,000 Class C Interests to O Holdings and O Holdings was admitted as a Member of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, effective as of December 19th, 2003, pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2003 (the “Exchange Agreement”), American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest and United contributed all of their Membership Units in the Company to the Managing Member in exchange for shares of common stock and preferred stock of the Managing Member and American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest and United withdrew as Members of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Managing Member and O Holdings desire to amend and restate the Old LLC Agreement, as amended, to reflect, among other things, the transactions described above.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms, covenants and conditions herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Act” shall mean the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101 et seq., as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

 

“Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” shall mean the balance in the capital accounts of a Member as of the end of the relevant Fiscal Year, after giving effect to the following: (a) credit to such capital account any amounts the Member is obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, and (b) debit to such capital account the items described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

“Adjusted Value” shall mean with respect to any Company asset, the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes, except that the Adjusted Value of each Company asset shall be adjusted to equal its fair market value, as determined by the Managing Member, immediately prior to: (i) the acquisition of an interest in the Company by a new or existing Member, (ii) a repurchase by the Company of a Membership Interest, (iii) a distribution by the Company to a Member of a Company asset (other than cash), if, in such case, the Managing Member determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to reflect the Members’ relative economic interests and (iv) the liquidation of the Company.

 

2



 

“Affiliate” shall mean, in respect of any specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, the Person specified.

 

“Agreement” shall mean this Seventh Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time.

 

“Airline” means each of American, Continental, Delta, Northwest, United or any of the respective corporate or non-corporate successors of any of the foregoing whether by virtue of a merger, acquisition, consolidation, reorganization, sale or other business combination or other type of transaction or series of related transactions.

 

“Airline Information” shall mean multiple airline schedules, fares, rules, seat availability or other flight information.

 

“Airline Sponsor” shall be as defined in the definition of “Unbiased Manner.”

 

“American” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Applicable Law” shall mean any law, rule, regulation, code, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, interpretation, constitution, ordinance, common law, or treaty, of any federal, state, local, municipal and foreign, international, or multinational government or administration and related agency having jurisdiction with respect to the Company or any Member.

 

“Capital Contribution” shall mean with respect to each Member, the amount of money and the net fair market value of property contributed by such Member to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Certificate” shall be as defined in Section 2.5 .

 

“Charter Associate Agreements” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Charter Associate Agreements entered into by and between the Corporation and each holder of Class B Common Stock (or an Affiliate of such holder), as amended from time to time.

 

“Claim” shall be as defined in Section 3.4(d) .

 

“Class A Interests” shall mean the Class A membership interests in the Company issued under the Old LLC Agreement.

 

“Class B Interests” shall mean the Class B membership interests in the Company issued under the Old LLC Agreement.

 

“Class C Interests” shall mean the Class C membership interests in the Company issued under the Old LLC Agreement.

 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

 

3



 

“Company” shall mean Orbitz, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Continental” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Control” shall mean, with respect to a particular Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power, whether or not exercised, to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of such Person (whether through ownership of voting securities, partnership interests or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

 

“Controlled” shall mean, with respect to a particular Person, a Person under the Control of another Person.

 

“Controlled Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, is Controlled by the Person specified.  For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Controlled Affiliate” shall include, with respect to the Managing Member, all of its Subsidiaries or any successor entities thereto.

 

“Customer” shall mean any (i) individual consumer, (ii) business traveler or (iii) entity that uses the Managing Member’s or any of its Controlled Affiliate’s Internet site to make travel decisions or purchase travel products or services on behalf of its employees, agents, contractors or authorized representatives for such entity’s business travel purposes.

 

“Customer Request” shall mean an informed affirmative request by a Customer to receive information about a specific promotion or sale or certain fares or rates of an airline carrier, to the exclusion of other airline carriers.

 

“Damages” shall be as defined in Section 3.4(a) .

 

“Default Rule” shall mean a rule or provision in the Act which (i) structures, defines or regulates the finances, governance, operations or other aspects of a limited liability company organized under the Act and (ii) applies to a limited liability company except to the extent it is negated or modified through the provisions of a limited liability company agreement or certificate of formation of a limited liability company.

 

“Delta” shall mean Delta Air Lines, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Dissolution Event” shall be as defined in Section 9.1 .

 

“Exchange Agreement” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Excluded Activities” shall be as defined in Section 3.4(a) .

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the calendar year, unless otherwise required by law.

 

“Former Member” shall mean American, Continental, Omicron, Northwest and United.

 

 

4



 

“Gain or Loss on Sale” shall mean an amount equal to the gain or loss that would be recognized for federal income tax purposes upon the sale, transfer or disposition of a Company asset (taking into account Code Section 7701(g)), if such gain or loss were computed by reference to the Adjusted Value of such asset, as determined in accordance with the definition of Adjusted Value.

 

“Indemnified Party” shall mean any Member, the officers, directors and employees of such Member and the Officers and other employees, agents and authorized representatives of the Company.

 

“Managing Member” shall mean Orbitz, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Member” shall mean a party to this Agreement other than the Company.  No Person shall be deemed to be a Member prior to the effective date of such Person’s admission as a Member, or after such Person’s ceasing to be a Member, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Each Member shall be identified in Schedule A hereto, as from time to time amended.

 

“Membership Interests” shall mean the ownership interest of a Member in the Company and thus a Member’s share of the allocation of Net Profits and Net Losses and other items of income, gain, deduction and loss of the Company, a Member’s right to receive distributions from the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Act and a Member’s right to participate in the management of the Company, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement.  Membership Interests shall be as set forth in Schedule A hereto and will be varied only as specifically provided herein.

 

“Membership Units” shall mean the Class A Interests, the Class B Interests and/or the Class C Interests issued by the Company under the Old LLC Agreement.

 

“Net Profits” or “Net Losses” shall mean for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:

 

(a)            income exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(b)            nondeductible and nonamortizable (or nondepreciable) expenditures not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profits or Net Loss shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; and

 

(c)            in lieu of the taxable gain or loss resulting from any disposition of any Company asset, there shall be taken into account the Gain or Loss on Sale resulting from such disposition.

 

5



 

“Non-Opaque Manner” shall mean the provision to a Person via the Internet of information concerning airline travel products or services in any manner other than in an Opaque Manner.

 

“Northwest” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“O Holdings” shall mean O Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Officers” shall be as defined in Section 3.2(a) .

 

“Old LLC Agreement” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Omicron” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Opaque Manner” shall mean the provision to a Person through the Internet of information, reservations, booking and ticketing services concerning airlines where the Person is unable to (i) identify the specific airline offering the airline travel product or service or (ii) determine the specific arrival or departure time until after the Person has purchased the airline travel product or service.

 

“Opaque Site” shall mean a Person engaged in the business of marketing and selling travel products in an Opaque Manner.

 

“Person” shall include a corporation, association, joint venture, partnership, trust, limited liability company or individual.

 

“Prior Agreements” shall mean each of (i) that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of DUNC, LLC, dated as of May 9, 2000, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest, and United, (ii) that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, dated as of September 7,2000, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest and United, (iii) that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, dated as of April 2, 2001, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest and United, (iv) that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, dated as of June 19, 2001, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest, United and the Managing Member, (v) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC, dated as of August 10,2001, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest, the predecessor of UAL Loyalty Services and the Managing Member, (vi) that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Orbitz, LLC dated as of September 1, 2001, by and between the Company, American, Continental, Delta, Northwest, the predecessor of UAL Loyalty Services and the Managing Member, and (vii) the Old LLC Agreement.

 

“Regulatory Allocations” shall be as defined in Section 5.2(c) .

 

“Service Fee Reduction” shall be as defined in the definition of “Unbiased Manner.”

 

6



 

“Transfer” shall mean a sale, conveyance, exchange, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, gift, bequest, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition by any other means, whether for value or no value, and whether voluntary or involuntary (including, without limitation, by operation of law).  A transfer of interests in an intermediate entity whose primary assets are Membership Interests shall be a Transfer.

 

“UAL Loyalty Services” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

“Unbiased Manner” shall mean the display of Airline Information in an integrated display, with the order of information in such integrated display determined on the basis of service criteria that do not reflect airline carrier identity and that are consistently applied to all airline carriers and to all markets and, for the avoidance of doubt, such order of information shall not be determined on the basis of any incentive payments or arrangements, commissions, fees or other consideration received directly or indirectly by or on behalf of the Managing Member or its Controlled Affiliates; provided , however , that such order of information may take into account a reduction to the service fee charged by the Managing Member or its Controlled Affiliates to Customers purchasing an airline travel product (the “ Service Fee Reduction ”) if the Service Fee Reduction is paid or otherwise funded by such airline (the “ Airline Sponsor ”) pursuant to an agreement between the Airline Sponsor and the Managing Member or its Controlled Affiliates so long as (a) the Airline Sponsor reimburses the Managing Member or its Controlled Affiliates for the full cost of the Service Fee Reduction; (b) all other airline carriers have the same opportunity to provide the Service Fee Reduction to their respective Customers; (c) in the air display, the Managing Member or its Controlled Affiliate notifies the Customer that the total fare displayed reflects the Service Fee Reduction; and (d) Service Fee Reductions are not eligible for credit toward the Airline Sponsor’s marketing support obligations as defined in the respective Charter Associate Agreement or successor commercial agreement with the Managing Member or any Controlled Affiliate.

 

“United” shall be as defined in the Recitals.

 

ARTICLE II.
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.1              Formation .  The Former Members and the Managing Member formed the Company as a limited liability company under the Act, and all other pertinent laws of the State of Delaware, for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

Section 2.2              Name .  The name of the Company shall be “Orbitz, LLC.” The Managing Member may change the name or the type of entity of the Company in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 2.3              Place of Business and Registered Office .  The principal place of business of the Company is 200 S. Wacker Drive, S-1900, Chicago, Illinois 60606.  The Company’s registered agent/office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 (New Castle County).  The Managing Member may change the Company’s principal office or registered agent.

 

7



 

Section 2.4              Purposes .

 

(a)            General .  The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Act.  The Company shall have the power to do any and all acts reasonably necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental or convenient to or for the furtherance of the purpose and business described herein and for the protection and benefit of the Company.

 

(b)            Limitations on Activities .  The Company shall not engage in any activity not in furtherance of the following: (i) except to the extent approved by the holders of Class B Common Stock of the Managing Member pursuant to Section 8.2(c) of the Managing Member’s Certificate of Incorporation, marketing, selling and servicing of airline travel products and services in an Unbiased Manner and a Non-Opaque Manner through the Internet and other means of electronic or telephonic commerce; (ii) marketing, selling and servicing of travel products and services (other than airline travel products and services) through the Internet and other means of electronic or telephonic commerce; (iii) engaging in web site development and hosting for third parties; (iv) engaging in development and commercialization of direct connect technology; and (v) subject to Section 3.2 hereof, engaging in such other activities in connection with the foregoing as the Managing Member deems necessary or advisable; provided , however , that (X) except if approved pursuant to Article XI of the Managing Member’s Bylaws, the Company shall not display airline fares or other Airline Information in other than an Unbiased Manner, except in response to a Customer Request; provided , however , that any display other than in an Unbiased Manner provided in response to a Customer Request shall offer the Customer the choice to return to a display of Airline Information in an Unbiased Manner at the conclusion of such Customer Request; and provided , further , that failure by the Company to display Airline Information of an airline because such airline has not provided such Airline Information to the Company shall not be deemed a failure to display in an Unbiased Manner, and (Y) the Company shall be permitted to post one or more links on its web site to an Opaque Site, subject to the restriction contained in Article IT of the Managing Member’s Bylaws.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the holders of the Managing Member’s Class B Common Stock and their Affiliates and other airlines and providers of travel products and services shall be permitted to advertise or offer promotions on the Company’s web site.

 

Section 2.5              Certificate of Formation; Filings .  A Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) for the Company was filed in the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on February 24, 2000, as required by the Act.  The Managing Member may execute and file any duly authorized amendments to the Certificate from time to time in a form prescribed by the Act.  The Managing Member shall also cause to be made, on behalf of the Company, such additional filings and recordings as the Managing Member deems necessary or advisable.

 

Section 2.6              Term .  The term of the Company commenced on February 24, 2000, and shall continue until the Company is dissolved pursuant to Article IX hereof.

 

8



 

ARTICLE III.
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS

 

Section 3.1              Management .  The Company shall be manager managed within the meaning of Section 18-402 of the Act.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as required by Applicable Law, the management, operation and policy of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Members shall not participate in the control of the Company, and shall have no right, power or authority to act for or on behalf of, or otherwise bind, the Company.

 

Section 3.2              Powers of the Managing Member .

 

(a)            The Managing Member shall have the sole authority and power by itself on behalf of and in the name of the Company to carry out any and all of the purposes of the Company and to perform all acts and enter into and perform all contracts and other undertakings which the Managing Member deems reasonably necessary or advisable or incidental thereto.  The Managing Member may delegate all or any of its authority to the officers of the Company (the “Officers”).

 

(b)            Notwithstanding Section 3.2(a) hereof, pursuant to Section 18-407 of the Act, the Managing Member shall not take, and shall not authorize any other person to take, any of the actions set forth in subsections (i) through (xxiv) of Section 4.13(a) of the Managing Member’s Bylaws on behalf of or in the name of the Company without the approval of a majority of the Managing Member’s entire Board of Directors (without regard to vacancies).

 

Section 3.3              Officers .  The Officers shall at all times be identical to the then officers of the Managing Member.  Any changes in the officers of the Managing Member, whether by election, resignation, removal, death or otherwise, shall automatically and concurrently take effect with respect to the Officers.  No Officer may resign unless such Officer concurrently resigns as an officer of the Managing Member.  Any resignation by an Officer shall constitute such Officer’s concurrent resignation from the Managing Member.  The Managing Member, the Company and any other Members expressly intend and agree that the Officers’ fiduciary duties to the Company shall be the same as the fiduciary duties that such Officers as officers of the Managing Member have to the Managing Member under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.4              Exculpation; Indemnification .

 

(a)            No Indemnified Party shall have any liability, responsibility or accountability, now or in the future (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to any other Indemnified Party or to the Company for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) (collectively, “Damages”) asserted against or incurred by the Company or any Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with the management or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company or any Indemnified Party, any activities of any Indemnified Party involving the offering and selling of securities in the Company, the management or conduct of the business and affairs of any Indemnified Party insofar as it relates to the Company, or any other acts reasonably believed by such Indemnified

 

9



 

Party to be within the scope of authority conferred on such person by this Agreement, the Managing Member or the Officers, including, without limitation, activities of an Indemnified Party (i) which are for the account of such Indemnified Party, (ii) in respect of which such Indemnified Party profits in any manner, or (iii) in which such Indemnified Party failed or refused to perform any act, except for any act or failure to act pursuant to advice of the independent certified public accountant or legal counsel for the Company or required or prohibited by any government rule; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not relieve any Indemnified Party for Damages asserted against or incurred by the Company or another Indemnified Party which resulted from a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Indemnified Party that establishes that such acts (A) were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (B) with respect to Indemnified Parties who are Officers or employees of the Company or employees of the Managing Member seconded to, employed by or an Officer of the Company or an officer or director of the Managing Member, were not reasonably believed by such Indemnified Party to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company (collectively, the “Excluded Activities”).

 

(b)            The provisions set forth in Section 3.4(a) shall not apply to liability for any acts or omissions of an Indemnified Party determined by a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such Indemnified Party that establishes that such Indemnified Party personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such Indemnified Party was not legally entitled.

 

(c)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Damages asserted against or incurred by such Indemnified Party arising out of or in connection with (i) the management or conduct of the business and affairs of the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or the Managing Member, (ii) any activities of any Indemnified Party involving the offering and selling of securities in the Company; provided , however , that the foregoing indemnification shall not apply with respect to Excluded Activities committed by any such Indemnified Party.  Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.4(c) shall only be made out of Company assets.

 

(d)            In the event that an Indemnified Party desires to assert its right to indemnification from the Company under this Section 3.4 the Indemnified Party will give the Company prompt notice of the claim giving rise thereto (a “Claim”), and the Company will undertake the defense thereof.  The failure to promptly notify the Company hereunder shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that the Company is actually prejudiced by the failure to so notify the Company promptly.

 

(e)            The Indemnified Party shall not settle or compromise any Claim without the written consent of the Company unless the Indemnified Party agrees in writing to forego any and all claims for indemnification from the Company with respect to such Claim.  However, if the Company, within a reasonable time after notice of any such Claim, fails to defend such Claim, including by failing to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party will have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Claim on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Company.

 

10



 

(f)             If the Company has undertaken the defense of a Claim and if there is a reasonable expectation that (i) a Claim may materially and adversely affect the Indemnified Party other than as a result of money damages or other money payments or (ii) the Indemnified Party or Parties may have legal defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to the defenses available to the Company, the Indemnified Party shall nevertheless have the right, at the Company’s cost and expense, to defend such Claim.

 

(g)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by an Indemnified Party in defending any Claim shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such Claim upon receipt by the Company of a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.4 .

 

(h)            The indemnification provided by this Section 3.4 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnified Party may be entitled under any agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnified Party who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of an Indemnified Party.

 

(i)             No amendment made to this Section 3.4 by this Agreement or any Prior Agreement shall affect the rights of any Person who was an Indemnified Party (as defined in the Prior Agreements) under any Prior Agreement.

 

Section 3.5              Status of Prior Agreement .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be effective as of and after the date hereof.  The provisions of the Old LLC Agreement shall, for the benefit of the Former Members and their Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, agents and authorized representatives of the Former Members and their Affiliates, continue to apply with respect to periods (including tax periods) or events occurring prior to the date hereof.  Solely for purposes of this Section 3.5 , the applicable provisions of the Old LLC Agreement shall be incorporated herein by reference.

 

Section 3.6              Limited Liability .  Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company.  The Managing Member, the Officers and the employees of the Company shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being the Managing Member, Officer or employee of the Company.

 

11



 

Section 3.7              Member Limited Liability .  Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Act, no Member, in its capacity as such, shall have any liability for the repayment and discharge of the Company’s debts and obligations; provided , however , that the Members shall be liable for the amount of any distributions wrongfully distributed to it, but only to the extent provided in Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Act.

 

 

ARTICLE IV.
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

Section 4.1              Membership Interests .  The total number of Membership Interests which the Company shall have the authority to issue shall be one hundred (100).  The Company shall not issue additional Membership Interests without the approval of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors of the Managing Member (without regard to vacancies).  Membership Interests are held by the Members as set forth in Schedule A hereto, as adjusted from time to time.  As of the date hereof, the Class A, Class B and Class C Interests held by the Managing Member and O Holdings shall be cancelled.

 

Section 4.2              Capital Contributions .

 

(a)            The Members or their respective predecessors in interests have previously made Capital Contributions to the Company.

 

(b)            Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV, any additional Capital Contributions may be made at the request of the Managing Member.  Such additional Capital Contributions shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice specifying the additional Capital Contribution of such Member.  Such Capital Contributions shall be made in proportion to Membership Interests.  Upon a failure by a Member to contribute all or a portion of such additional Capital Contribution, the other Members shall have the option of contributing all or a portion of the amount not contributed by the noncontributing Member as a Capital Contribution, resulting in proportionate adjustments to the Membership Interests of the Members.

 

Section 4.3              Capital Accounts .

 

(a)            The Company shall maintain on its books a capital account for each Member in accordance with this Section 4.3 .  Each Member’s capital account balance shall be equal, at any time, to the sum of (i) such Member’s Capital Contributions (i.e., the amount of cash and the Adjusted Value, as determined by the Managing Member, of any asset (net of any liabilities encumbering such asset that are transferred to the Company within the meaning of Code Section 752) contributed by such Member}, plus (ii) Net Profits allocated to such Member pursuant to Article V hereof, minus (iii) the amount of cash and the Adjusted Value, as determined by the Managing Member, of any Company asset other than cash (net of any liabilities encumbering such asset that are transferred to such Member within the meaning of Code Section 752) distributed to such Member, and minus (iv) Net Loss allocated to such Member pursuant to Article V hereof.

 

(b)            Upon the occurrence of an event described in the definition of Adjusted Value, the capital accounts of the Members, as of the effective date of such event, shall be

 

12



 

increased (or decreased) by the amount of the Gain or Loss on Sale that would have been allocated among the Members as Net Profits or Net Loss pursuant to Article V hereof upon a taxable sale of all Company assets.  If the described event is a distribution of a Company asset other than cash, such capital account adjustments shall be made immediately prior to such distribution.

 

(c)            If all or a portion of any Membership Interests are transferred in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the capital account balance of the transferor to the extent such capital account balance relates to the portion of the Membership Interests transferred.

 

(d)            The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1, and shall be interpreted and applied consistently with such Treasury Regulations.

 

ARTICLE V.
ALLOCATION OF NET PROFITS AND NET LOSSES

 

Section 5.1              Net Profits and Net Loss .  Except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof, the Net Profits and Net Loss of the Company for each Fiscal Year shall be allocated in accordance with Membership Interests.

 

Section 5.2              Allocations for Tax Purposes .  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V :

 

(a)            In order to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, the minimum gain chargeback requirements in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4) are deemed included in this Agreement.

 

(b)            If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution of the type contemplated by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) that causes an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in such Member’s capital account, items of income and gain shall be allocated to all such Members (in proportion to the amounts of their respective Adjusted Capital Account Deficits) in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balances in such Member’s capital accounts that are in excess of such Member’s respective Adjusted Capital Account Deficits, as quickly as possible as of the end of the Company’s taxable year to which adjustment, allocation or distribution relates.  It is intended that this Section 5.2(b) qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (d) .

 

(c)            The allocations set forth in these Sections 5.2(a) and (b) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.  The Managing Member is authorized to allocate Net Profits, Net Losses and other items of income, gain, loss and deductions to the Members so as to prevent the Regulatory Allocations from distorting the manner in which Company distributions will be divided between the Members.

 

13



 

(d)            Tax items with respect to Company property that is contributed to the Company with an Adjusted Value that varies from its basis in the hands of the contributing Member immediately preceding the date of contribution shall be allocated among the Members for income tax purposes pursuant to Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(c) so as to take into account such variation.  The Company shall account for such variation under any method approved under Code Section 704(c) and the applicable Treasury Regulations as chosen by the Managing Member.  If the Adjusted Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.2(d) , subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deductions with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Adjusted Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.2(d) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing any Member’s capital account or share of Net Profits, Net Loss and any other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

(e)            For purposes of determining the Net Profits, Net Loss and any other items of income, gain, loss and deductions allocable to any period, Net Profits, Net Loss and any such other items shall be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

ARTICLE VI.
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Any cash available for distribution and liquidation proceeds shall be distributed to the Members when determined by the Managing Member in accordance with Membership Interests.

 

ARTICLE VII.
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS

 

The Managing Member shall not transfer its Membership Interest except as permitted by the Managing Member’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.  No other Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interests without the prior written consent of the Managing Member.  Any Transfer not expressly permitted herein shall be void and of no effect; provided , however , if such Transfer occurs by operation of law (and cannot be voided under such law), the transferee shall only have rights to the income, gain, loss, deductions and distributions and shall not have any other rights of a Member set forth in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
ACCOUNTS, RECORDS

 

Section 8.1              Books and Records .  The Company shall cause to be kept ledgers, other books of account and supporting documentation of the financial and other business activities of the Company.

 

14



 

Section 8.2              Method of Accounting .  The Company shall use the accrual method of accounting in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Section 8.3              Certain Tax Matters .

 

(a)            The Company shall file as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and shall not make any tax election inconsistent with such partnership status.  The Company shall withhold from any distributions as required under Applicable Law.

 

(b)            The tax records for the Company shall be maintained at the Company’s principal office.  After the end of each Fiscal Year, the Company will cause to be delivered to each Member all financial reports and other information as such Member shall request.

 

(c)            The Managing Member shall be designated the “tax matters partner,” as defined in Section 6231(a)(7)(A) of the Code.

 

ARTICLE IX.
TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1              Dissolution .  The Company shall be dissolved and its business and affairs wound up upon a determination by the Manager Member in its sole discretion (a “Dissolution Event”).

 

Section 9.2              Termination .  Upon the occurrence of a Dissolution Event, the business of the Company shall be wound up and the Company terminated as promptly as practicable thereafter.  A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Company and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the liquidator to minimize any losses resulting from liquidation.

 

Section 9.3              Liquidating Distributions.

 

(a)            The assets shall first be applied to the payment of the liabilities of the Company and the expenses of liquidation.

 

(b)            The assets remaining after the application of Section 9.3(a) shall be distributed in accordance with Article VI .

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.3 , the liquidator may retain such amount as it deems necessary as a reserve for any contingent liabilities or obligations of the Company.

 

Section 9.4              Special Allocations .  If necessary, Net Profits, Net Losses and items of income, gain, loss and deduction for the Fiscal Year or portion thereof which includes the date of the final liquidating distribution and, to the extent permissible, the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, shall be allocated so that to the extent possible, each Member’s capital account shall reflect the distributions made pursuant to Section 9.3(b) .

 

15



 

Section 9.5              Final Accounting .  Each of the Members shall be furnished with a statement prepared by the Company’s accountants, which shall set forth the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the date of the complete liquidation.  Upon the compliance by the liquidator with the foregoing distribution plan, the liquidator shall execute and cause to be filed a certificate of cancellation and any and all other documents necessary with respect to termination and cancellation of the Company under the Act.

 

Section 9.6              Winding Up .  If the assets of the Company remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Company are insufficient to return the Capital Contribution of each Member, such Member shall have no recourse against any other Member, and no Member shall be required to pay to the Company or to the other Member or any Person any deficit balance in such Member’s capital account upon dissolution of the Company or otherwise.  The winding up of the affairs of the Company and the distribution of its assets shall be conducted exclusively by a liquidator, who, subject to the terms of this Agreement, is hereby authorized to take all actions necessary to accomplish such distribution, including without limitation, selling any Company assets the Members deem necessary or appropriate to sell.

 

ARTICLE X.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 10.1            Entire Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 10.2            Governing Law .  With respect to matters within the scope of the Act, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the provisions, policies or principles thereof relating to conflict of laws.

 

Section 10.3            Successors and Assigns .  No Member may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to a third party without the prior written consent of the Managing Member.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

Section 10.4            No Other Relationships .  Nothing herein contained shall be construed to cause a Member to be the legal representative or agent of the other Members.  No party to this Agreement shall have any right or authority to assume, create or incur any liability or any obligation of any kind, express or implied, against or in the name of or on behalf of any other party to this Agreement.  Except as may be specifically provided in this Agreement, neither the Company nor any party shall assume or be responsible for any liability or obligation of any nature of, or any liability or obligation that arises from any act or omission to act of, any other party however or whenever arising.  This Agreement shall not limit in any manner the carrying on by the Members of their own respective businesses and activities.

 

Section 10.5            Illegality and Severability .  If application of anyone or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be unlawful under applicable law and regulations, then the

 

16



 

parties will attempt in good faith to make such alternative arrangements as may be legally permissible and which carry out as nearly as practicable the terms of this Agreement.  Should any portion of this Agreement be deemed unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining portion hereof shall remain unaffected and be interpreted as if such unenforceable portions were initially deleted.

 

Section 10.6            Captions .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience or reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

 

Section 10.7            Counterparty; Effectiveness .  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and to this Agreement were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement shall become effective when each party to this Agreement shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.8            Amendment; No Waivers .

 

(a)            In addition to any other requirements set forth herein or in the Managing Member’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and approved by the Managing Member.

 

(b)            No failure or delay by any Member in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or other exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Section 10.9            Third party Beneficiaries .  Except for the provisions of Section 3.4 hereof in favor of the Indemnified Parties and Section 3.5 hereof in favor of the Former Members and their Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, agents and authorized representatives of the Former Members and their Affiliates, nothing in this Agreement shall provide any benefit to any third party or entitle any third party to any claim, cause of action, remedy or right of any kind, it being the intent of the Members that this Agreement shall not be construed as a third-party beneficiary contract; provided that, this Section 10.9 is not intended to derogate any rights that the Company may have under this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10          Relationship of this Agreement to the Default Rules .  Regardless of whether this Agreement specifically refers to a particular Default Rule, in no event shall any Default Rule apply to the Company, it being the intent of the Members that by virtue of this Section 10.10 all of the Default Rules shall be negated and, to the fullest extent possible, all of the rights and obligations of the Members with respect to the Company shall be as set forth in this Agreement and shall not arise from any provisions of the Act which constitute a Default Rule.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

ORBITZ, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey G. Katz

 

 

a duly authorized Signatory

 

 

 

Address: Orbitz, LLC

 

200 S. Wacker Drive, S-1900

 

Chicago, II. 60606

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey G. Katz

 

 

a duly authorized signatory

 

 

 

Address: Orbitz, Inc.

 

200 S. Wacker Drive, S-1900

 

Chicago, II. 60606

 

Attn: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

O HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey G. Katz

 

 

a duly authorized signatory

 

 

 

Address: O Holdings Inc.

 

200 8. Wacker Drive, S-1900

 

Chicago, IL 60606

 

 



 

Schedule A

 

Member

 

Membership
Interest

 

 

 

Orbitz, Inc.

 

99

 

 

 

O Holdings Inc.

 

1

 

 

 

Total:

 

100

 




Exhibit 3.59

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ORBITZ WORLDWIDE, INC.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

 

Rochelle J. Boas
400 Interpace Parkway
Building A

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

 

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of’ its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 



 

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or clone by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the state of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 30th day of January, 2007.

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Rochelle J. Boas

 

Sole Incorporator

 


 



Exhibit 3.60

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

ORBITZ WORLDWIDE, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1      Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2      Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1      Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2      Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3      Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4      Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5      Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.  Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6      Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7      List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8      Stock Ledger .

 

                The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1      Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

                Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3      Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4      Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight  (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four  (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5      Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6      Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7      Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone 

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8      Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9      Compensation .

 

                The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10     Interested Directors .

 

 No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:   (i)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or  (ii)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or  (iii)  the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1      General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2              Duties. 

 

                All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws,  by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3      Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

                The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4      President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5      Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6      Secretary and Assistant Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7      Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8      Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate.  All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1      Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2      Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3      Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4      Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5      Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6      Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1      Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2      Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1      Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2      Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3      Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall December 31 st .

 

Section 7.4   Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or

 

11



 

other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3      Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made  (i)   by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or  (ii)   if  there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or  (iii)   by the stockholders.  To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including

 

12



 

attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4      Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise.  The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent.  The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5      Indemnification by a Court.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6      Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an

 

13



 

undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7      Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8      Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9      Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee

 

14



 

benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  Section 8.11      Limitation on Indemnification .

 

                Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12      Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

            The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1      Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2      Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

 

16




Exhibit 3.61

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
QUANTITUDE, INC.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

1.              The name of the corporation is Quantitude, Inc.

 

2.              The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address in The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.              The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.              The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to Ten Dollars and No Cents ($10.00).

 

5.              The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need riot be by written ballot.

 

6.              The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

 

Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware  19801

 

7.              The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto Set my hand this 23 rd day of March, 2000.

 

 

 

/s/ M.C. Kinnamon

 

 

Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATES OF INCORPORATION
OF
QUANTITUDE, INC.

 

Quantitude, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation:

 

Article 4 of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be and hereby is amended to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Twenty Million (120,000,000) and the par value of each of such ducts is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000)”

 

SECOND:  That the sole stockholder of the Company has approved such amendment by unanimous written consent is accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD:  That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Quantitude, Inc, has caused this Certificate to be duly executed by its President and attested to by its Secretary this 6 th day of September, 2000.

 

 

/s/ Ronnie L. Thornhill

 

 

Name: Ronnie L. Thornhill

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

/s/ Jennifer L. Dressler

 

Name: Jennifer L. Dressler

Title: Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
QUANTITUDE, INC.

 

Quantitude, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation:

 

Article 4 of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such share of common stock is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01).”

 

SECOND:  That the sole stockholder of the Corporation has approved such amendment by unanimous written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD:  That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Quantitude, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed by its Vice President and attested by its Assistant Secretary this 13 th day of September, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman,

 

 

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

/s/ Richard Wisner

 

Name: Richard Wisner

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.62

 

QUANTITUDE, INC.

 

B Y- L A W S

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.  The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Rosemont, State of Illinois, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.  Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 2001, shall be held on May 1st if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 9:00 A.M., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a

 

1



 

plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3.  Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 4.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 5.  Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a

 

2



 

majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 6.  Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 7.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 8.  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 9.  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person

 

3



 

or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 10.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by  proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.  The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be not less than two nor more than five. The first board shall consist of three directors. Thereafter, within the limits above

 

4



 

specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 3.  The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

5



 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 4.  The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.  The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter

provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 6.  Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

Section 7.  Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on one days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by facsimile telecommunication; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

Section 8.  At all meetings of the board three directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a

 

6



 

majorityof the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

Section 10.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 11.  The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

 

7



 

In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any by-law of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.

 

Section 12.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 13.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other

 

8



 

 capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 14.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

 

Section 1.  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by facsimile telecommunication.

 

Section 2.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

9



 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2.  The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

 

Section 3.  The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

 

Section 4.  The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

 

Section 5.  The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

THE PRESIDENT

 

Section 6.  The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

Section 7.  He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts

 

10



 

requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

THE VICE-PRESIDENTS

 

Section 8.  In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

 

Section 9.  The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may

 

11



 

be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

 

Section 10.  The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

Section 11.  The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

Section 12.  He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

Section 13.  If required by the board of directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and

 

12



 

for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

 

Section 14.  The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

Section 1.  The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate or shall be uncertificated. Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation.

 

Section 2.  Any of or all the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

13



 

LOST CERTIFICATES

 

Section 3.  The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Section 4.  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

14



 

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

Section 5.  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 6.  The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

15



 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 1.  Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2.  Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ANNUAL STATEMENT

 

Section 3.  Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

CHECKS

 

Section 4.   All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

 

16



 

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 5.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

SEAL

 

Section 6.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.  These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.

 

17




Exhibit 3.63

 

Certificate of Incorporation
of
Quantitude Services, Inc.

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is Quantitude Services, Inc.

 

2.                                        The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.                                        The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware,

 

4.                                        The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to Ten Dollars and No Cents ($10.00).

 

5.                                        The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6.                                        The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

 

Jennine E. Guiang
Galileo International, Inc.
9700 West Higgins Road
Rosemont, Illinois 60018

 

7.                                        The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 30th day of April, 2001.

 

 

  /s/ Jennine E. Guiang

 

 

Name: Jennine E. Guiang

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.64

 

BY-LAWS OF
QUANTITUDE SERVICES, INC.

 

*****

 

ARTICLE I.
CORPORATE OFFICES

 

Section 1.                Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is hereby located at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.

 

Section 2.                Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation is hereby located at 11551 East Arapahoe, Englewood, Colorado 80112. The Board of Directors (herein referred to as the “Board”) is hereby granted the full power and authority, by a resolution of a majority of the directors, to change the principal office from one location to another. Any such change shall be noted in these by-laws opposite this section, and this section may be amended to state the new location.

 

Section 3.                Other Offices . The Corporation may establish any additional offices, at any place or places as the Board may designate, or as the business of the Corporation shall require.

 

ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                Time and Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors, or by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors, and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.                Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, at which meeting the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote the directors to succeed those whose terms expire and shall transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Section 3.                Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law or by Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

1



Section 4.                Notice of Meetings . Written notice of every meeting of the stockholders, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or by law.

 

Section 5.                Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 6.                Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled at every meeting of the stockholders to one vote for each share of stock having voting power standing in the name of such stockholder on the books of the Corporation on the record date for the meeting and such votes may be cast either in person or by written proxy. Every proxy must be duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. The vote upon any question brought before a meeting of the stockholders may be by voice vote, unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall so determine. Every vote taken by written ballot shall be counted by one or more inspectors of election appointed by the Board of Directors. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock which has voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question properly brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 7.                Action Without Meeting . Any action required to be taken, or that may be taken, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action to be taken, shall have been signed by the holders of outstanding stock, eligible to vote on such action, having not less than the minimum number of votes of each class of stock that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of each class of stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

 

2



ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                Number and Qualification . The number of directors shall consist of one or more members and shall be fixed from time to time by a majority of the Board of Directors (the “Board”). A director need not be a stockholder.

 

Section 2.                Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.                Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President on 12 hours’ written notice to each director by whom such notice is not waived, given either personally or by mail or telegram, and shall be called by the President or the Secretary.

 

Section 4.                Term . A director shall be elected at the annual meeting and shall hold office for one year or until his or her successor is elected or until his or her resignation, removal from office or death before the end of his or her term. Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not be effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office, unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the Board which are being eliminated by such decrease.

 

Section 5.                Vacancies and New Directorship . Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors which occur between annual meetings of the stockholders may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified, except as required by law.

 

Section 6.                Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time to another place, time or date, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 7.                Compensation . A director shall receive no compensation for his or her services as such.

 

Section 8.                Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

 

3



ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2.                Election of Officers . The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by the Board, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

Section 3.                Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, and may empower the Chief Executive Officer to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these by-laws or as the Board or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.                Removal and Resignation of Officers . Without prejudice to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board, at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

Section 5.                Vacancies in Offices . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these by-laws for regular election or appointment to such office.

 

Section 6.                Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board.

 

Section 7.                Chief Executive Officer . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if such an officer be elected, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board.

 

4



Section 8.                President . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, if there be such officers, the President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation (other than the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer). The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders in the absence of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, and, in the absence of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, at all meetings of the Board. The President shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president and general manager of a Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 9.                Vice Presidents . In the absence or disability of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board, or, if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board shall perform all the duties of such officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, such offices. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 10.              Secretary . The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice given, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings.

 

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board required by the by-laws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.

 

Section 11.              Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings and shares, and shall send or cause to be sent to the stockholders of the Corporation such financial statements and reports as are by law or these by-laws required to be sent to them. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

5



The Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name or to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board. The Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all transactions undertaken as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board.

 

Section 12.              Execution of Documents . The Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President shall have, and each of them is hereby given, full power and authority to execute all contracts, agreements, obligations, applications, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments made or incurred in the ordinary course of the Corporation’s business, and all duly authorized deeds, other conveyances and other instruments, including those required to be under the seal of the Corporation, except where required by law to be otherwise executed and except where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In addition, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer may delegate to other officers, employees, or agents of the Corporation the power and authority to execute on behalf of the Corporation contracts, agreements and other instruments made in the ordinary course of business, with such limitations as the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer may specify; such authority so delegated by the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer shall not be re-delegated by the persons to whom such execution authority shall have been delegated.

 

Section 13.              Compensation . No officer shall receive compensation for his or her services as such unless expressly provided for in a resolution of the Board of Directors. Reasonable expenses related to the business of the Corporation shall be reimbursed.

 

ARTICLE V.
STOCK

 

Section 1.                Certificates . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, subject to applicable legal requirements. Such certificates shall be numbered and their issuance recorded in the books of the Corporation, and such certificate shall exhibit the holder’s name and the number of shares and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board or the President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures and the seal of the Corporation, if any, upon such certificates may be facsimiles, engraved or printed.

 

Section 2.                Transfer . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue, or to cause its transfer agent to issue, a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

 

 

6



Section 3.                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Secretary may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact, satisfactory to the Secretary, by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. As a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates the Secretary may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Secretary may direct as indemnity against any claims that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of the new certificate.

 

ARTICLE VI.
GENERAL

 

Section 1.                Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

 

Section 2.                Indemnification . Each person who (a) is or was or had agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or, at the request of the Corporation, a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person), and (b) is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, shall be entitled to (i) indemnification by the Corporation to the full extent permitted by the Laws of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect and (ii) the advancement of expenses related to the defense of any such action, suit or proceeding upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Section 2. No amendment to or repeal of this Section 2 shall apply to or have any effect on the right to indemnification permitted or authorized hereunder for or with respect to claims asserted before or after such amendment or repeal arising from acts or omissions occurring in whole or in part before the effective date of such amendment or repeal.

 

Section 3.                Stock of Other Corporations . Each of the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President may vote shares of other Corporations’ capital stock which are owned by the Corporation. Such votes may be cast in person, by any proxy or proxies satisfactory to the officer appointing the same, or by signature, on behalf of the Corporation, of a consent in writing setting forth action in lieu of action which could be taken at a meeting of shareholders.

 

 

7



Section 4.                Gender . Throughout these regulations words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender.

 

ARTICLE VII.
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                Amendments . These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new by-laws may be adopted, by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors.

 

 

8




Exhibit 3.65

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

RACCOON ACQUISITION I, LLC

 

1.             The name of the limited liability company is Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC.

 

2.             The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of Raccoon Acquisition Corp. I  LLC on this 8th day of August, 2002.

 

 

RACCOON ACQUISITION l, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Bock

 

 

Name: Eric Bock

 

Title:   Authorized Person

 




Exhibit 3.66

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

RACCOON ACQUISITION I, LLC

 

 

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

Dated as of August 16, 2006

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of August 16, 2006, (this “Agreement”), of Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC (the “Company”), a Delaware limited liability company, by Travelport Inc., (the “Member”) a Delaware corporation as member of the Company.

 

RECITAL

 

WHEREAS, the Company was organized on August 8, 2002; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, the Member entered into an Operating Agreement (the “Original Agreement”) dated August 8, 2002; and

 

WHEREAS, the Original Agreement has been lost and all efforts to find the Original Agreement have been futile; and

 

WHEREAS, the Member wishes to amend and restate the Operating Agreement effective as of the date of the Original Agreement; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend and restate as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.1.        Definitions . Capitalized teens used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

ARTICLE II

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1.        Formation . The member hereby forms the Company pursuant to the Act. A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2.        Company Name . The name of the Company “Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Members from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Members deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

SECTION 2.3.        Registered Office; Registered Agent . The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 



 

SECTION 2.4.        Place of Business . The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below). The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5.        Purpose: Nature of Business Permitted: Powers . The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by the Operating Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.        Business Transactions of a Member with the Company . In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

SECTION 2.7.        Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

SECTION 2.8.        Effective Time . This agreement shall be deemed effective as of February 15, 2005.

 

ARTICLE III

Members

 

SECTION 3.1.        Members . The Members of the Company shall consist of the Members set forth on Scheduled A hereto. Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in the Operating Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

SECTION 3.2.        Classes . The membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common membership interests (“Common Interests”). Except as specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

SECTION 3.3.        Voting . Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Operating Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class. Members shall only entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to Members for their consideration by the Board. Each Member shall be entitled to vote in

 



 

proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

SECTION 3.4.        Liability of Members . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

SECTION 3.5.        Company Property . No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company. The interests of the Members in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

SECTION 3.6.        Actions by the Members; Meetings; Quorum .

 

(a)           The Members may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Members at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent. Meetings of the Members may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if such number of members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Members.

 

(b)           For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

(c)           The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

ARTICLE IV

Management

 

SECTION 4.1.        Management of the Company .

 

(a)           Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Members for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company. The Board shall consist of a minimum of one (1) individuals but not more than five (5) (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Members from time to time. Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

(b)           Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the members with or without cause. Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or

 



 

disability shall be filled by the members. A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

SECTION 4.2.        Meetings of the Board .

 

(a)           The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager. A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

(b)           All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers. A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (i) the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat, (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

(c)           Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

(d)           Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

SECTION 4.3.        Officers . The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.4.        Reliance by Third Parties . Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

SECTION 4.5.        Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

(a)           all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Members of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to the Operating Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Members;

 

(b)           all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 



 

(c)           all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

(d)           all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

(e)           all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

(f)            all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to the Operating Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

SECTION 5.1.        Capital Structure . The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

SECTION 5.2.        Capital Contributions .

 

(a)           Each Member shall contribute, as in initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

Leading Residences of the World, LLC                                              100%

 

(b)           In exchange for the Initial Capital Contributions, Leading Residences of the World, LLC shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of each such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

SECTION 5.3.        Additional Contributions . No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company. Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1.        Allocation of Profits and Losses . For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 



 

SECTION 6.2.        No Right to Distributions . No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

SECTION 6.3.        Ordinary Distributions . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

SECTION 6.4.        Restrictions on Distributions . The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

SECTION 6.5.        Withholding . The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law. Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of the Operating Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

Books and Records

 

SECTION 7.1.        Books and Records; Accounting . The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

SECTION 7.2.        Company Tax Returns . The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

SECTION 8.1.        Term . The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

(a)           a determination by a Majority of the Members to terminate the Company; or

 

(b)           the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act. No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity,

 



 

resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetence of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

SECTION 8.2.        Liquidation .

 

(a)           In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up. All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled. Distributions to the Members shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(b)           In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Members from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

(c)           In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Members, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Members in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

(d)           Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Members shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IX

Reports

 

SECTION 9.1.        Form K-1 . After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-1 and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

ARTICLE X

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

SECTION 10.1.      Exculpation . Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, the Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the

 



 

Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.2.      Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or, arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

SECTION 10.3.      Advancement of Expenses . The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

SECTION 10.4.      Indemnification Not Exclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

SECTION 10.5.      Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6.      Continuation of Indemnity . The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 



 

ARTICLE XI

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 11.1.      Transfers of Common Interests . Each Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i) a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a Member of the Company, and

 

(ii) the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee consents to be bound by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.2.      Amendment to the Agreement . Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Operating Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by all of the Members.

 

SECTION 11.3.      Successors: Counterparts . The Operating Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Members and (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 11.4.      Governing Law: Severability . The Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. In particular, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of the Operating Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. In that case, the Operating Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions. If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, the Operating Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in the Operating Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5.      Filings . Following the execution and delivery of the Operating Agreement, the Members shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Members shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which

 



 

the Company may hereafter establish a place of business. The Members shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

SECTION 11.6.      Headings . Section and other headings contained in the Operating Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of the Operating Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 11.7.      Additional Documents . Each Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.8.      Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

SECTION 11.9.      Waiver of Partition . Each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

SECTION 11.10.   Interpretation . Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

{SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS}

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the 16th day of August 2006.

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:

Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

Schedule A

 

Members

 

Common Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Travelport Inc,

 

100%

 

 




Exhibit 3.67

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
S. D. SHEPHERD SYSTEMS, INC.

 

The undersigned, Gary B. Fontenelle, acting as incorporator of the above-mentioned corporation under the Texas Business Corporation Act, hereby adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for the corporation:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name and title of this corporation shall be S. D. Shepherd Systems, Inc., which unless sooner dissolved in accordance with law shall exist and continue in perpetuity.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose for which this corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Texas Business Corporation Act.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The aggregate number of shares that this corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000 shares with each having a par value of $10.00.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

This corporation will not commence business until it has received for the issuance of its shares consideration equal to or exceeding the value of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00), consisting of money, labor done, or property actually received.

 

ARTICLE V

 

The street address of its initial registered office, and the name of its initial registered agent at this address are as follows:

 

Steven J. Shepherd
1664 Beaconshire
Houston, Texas  77077

 

ARTICLE VI

 

There shall be two Directors constituting the initial Board of Directors until the first annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified. The names and addresses of those two Directors are as follows:

 



 

Steven J. Shepherd
1664 Beaconshire
Houston, Texas  77077

 

Daryl W. Shepherd
1664 Beaconshire
Houston, Texas  77077

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Gary B. Fontenelle
2206 Gray Falls
Houston, Texas  77077

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Incorporation on this 27 day of February, 1987.

 

 

 

/s/ Gary B. Fontenelle

 

 

 

Name: Gary B. Fontenelle

 

 

Title: Incorporator

 



 

V E R I F I C A T I O N

 

State of Texas
County of Harris

 

Before me, a notary public, on this day personally appeared GARY B. FONTENELLE known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing document and, being by me first duly sworn, declared that the statements contained therein are true and correct.

 

Given under my hand and seal the 27th day of February, 1987.

 

 

 

/s/ Pat Boal

 

 

 

Notary Public In and For

 

 

The State of Texas

 

 

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

 

 

 

 

11-7-8

 

 




Exhibit 3.68

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

S.D. SHEPHERD SYSTEMS, INC.

 

I.

CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1                                              Certificates Representing Shares . Certificates in the form determined by the Board of Directors and as shall conform to the requirements of the statutes, the Articles of Incorporation and these Bylaws shall be delivered representing all shares to which shareholders are entitled. Such certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the share transfer records of the Company as they are issued. Each certificate shall state on its face the holder’s name, the number and class of shares, the par value of shares or a statement that such shares are without par value, and such other matters as may be required by law. Each certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice President and either the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and may bear the seal of the Company or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles, if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, either of which is other than the Company itself or an employee of the Company. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issuance.

 

Section 2                                              Issuance . Shares (both treasury and authorized but unissued) may be issued for such consideration (not less than par value) and to such persons as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Shares may not be issued until the full amount of the consideration, fixed as provided by law, has been paid.

 

Section 3                                              Payment for Shares .

 

(a)                                   The consideration for the issuance of shares shall consist of money paid, labor done (including services actually performed for the Company), or property (tangible or intangible) actually received. Neither promissory notes nor the promise of future services shall constitute payment for shares.

 

(b)                                  In the absence of fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the Board of Directors as to the value of consideration received shall be conclusive.

 

(c)                                   When consideration, fixed as provided by law, has been paid, the shares shall be deemed to have been issued and shall be considered fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(d)                                  The consideration received for shares shall be allocated by the Board of Directors, in accordance with law, between stated capital and capital surplus accounts.

 



 

Section 4                                              Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates . The Company shall issue a new certificate in place of any certificate for shares previously issued if the registered owner of the certificate:

 

(a)                                   Makes proof in affidavit form that it has been lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken; and

 

(b)                                  Requests the issuance of a new certificate before the Company has notice that the certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim; and

 

(c)                                   Gives a bond in such form, and with such surety or sureties, with fixed or open penalty, as the Company may direct, to indemnify the Company (and its transfer agent and registrar, if any) against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the certificate; and

 

(d)                                  Satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company.

 

When a certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed, or wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to notify the Company within a reasonable time after he has notice of it, and the Company registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the holder of record is precluded from making any claim against the Company for the transfer or for a new certificate.

 

Section 5                                              Registered Owner . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate for shares, the Company is entitled to treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notices and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of a shareholder. The Company shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

Section 6                                              Shareholders of Record . The Board of Directors of the Company may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars of any class of stock of the Company. Unless and until such appointment is made, the Secretary of the Company shall maintain among other records a stock certificate book, the stubs in which shall set forth the names and addresses of the holders of all issued shares of the Company, the number of shares held by each, the certificate numbers representing such shares, and whether or not such shares originate from original issues or from transfer. The names and addresses of the shareholders, as they appear on the stock certificate book, shall be the official list of shareholders of record of the Company for all purposes. The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any shares of the Company as the owner thereof for all purposes, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights deriving from such shares, on the part of any other person, including (but without limitation) a purchaser, assignee, or transferee, unless and until such other person becomes the holder of record of such shares, whether or not the Company shall have either actual or constructive notice of the interest of such other person.

 

Section 7                                              Transfer of Shares . The shares of the Company shall be transferable only on the stock certificate books of the Company by the holder of record thereof, or by his duly

 

2



 

authorized attorney or legal representative, upon endorsement and surrender for cancellation of the certificate(s) for such shares. The Company shall register the transfer of a certificate for shares presented to it for transfer provided the Company has no notice of an adverse claim or has discharged any duty to inquire into such a claim, and any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with. All certificates surrendered for transfer shall be cancelled, and no new certificate shall be issued until a former certificate or certificates for alike number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except that in the case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such conditions for the protection of the Company and any transfer agent or registrar (including the requirement of a bond or of indemnification) as the Board of Directors or the Secretary may prescribe.

 

Section 8                                              Agreements Among Shareholders . The shareholders of the Company shall have the power to make, amend and terminate any Voting Agreement, Voting Trust or Buy-Sell Agreement as they may deem proper.

 

II.


MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1                                              Place of Meetings . All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place within or without the State of Texas as may be designated by the Board of Directors or officer calling the meeting or as shall be specified or fixed in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

 

Section 2                                              Annual Meeting . Annual meetings of the shareholders, commencing with the year 1988, shall be held on the second Tuesday of April of each year at such hour as may be designated in the notice of the meeting, if such day is not a legal holiday and, if a holiday, then on the first following day that is not a legal holiday. The Board of Directors may postpone the time of holding the annual meeting of shareholders for such period not exceeding ninety (90) days, as they may deem advisable. Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated time shall not work a dissolution of the Company nor impair the powers, rights and duties of the Company’s officers and Directors. At annual meetings, the shareholders shall elect Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. If the election of Directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.

 

Section 3                                              Special Meetings . Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the President or the Board of Directors. Special meetings of shareholders shall be called by the President or the Secretary upon the written request of the holders of shares entitled to not less than ten percent (10%) of all the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on thereat Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

3



 

Section 4                                              Notice of Meeting . Written notice of all meetings stating the place, day, and hour of each meeting, and in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by or at the direction of the President, or the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the share transfer records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid. Waiver by a shareholder in writing of notice of a shareholders’ meeting, signed by him, whether before or after the time of such meeting, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance by a shareholder, whether in person or by proxy, at a shareholders’ meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting of which he has had no notice.

 

Section 5                                              Closing of Share Transfer Records and Fixing of Record Date for Meetings . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, fix in advance a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purposes (other than determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed to be taken without a meeting of shareholders). Such date, in any case, shall not be more than sixty (60) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, twenty (20) days. If the share transfer records are closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of shareholders, such records shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. If the share transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the mailing is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of the share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired.

 

Section 6                                              Voting List . The officer or agent having charge of the share transfer records for shares of the Company shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period often (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the Company and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection by any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share transfer records shall be prima facie evidence as to which shareholders are entitled to examine such list or transfer records or to vote at any meeting

 

4



 

of shareholders. Failure to comply with any requirements of this Section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

 

Section 7                                              Voting at Meetings . Each holder of shares of the Company entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders for each such share, either in person or by proxy, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation.

 

Section 8                                              Proxies . At any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder having the right to vote may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A telegram, telex, cablegram, or similar transmission by the shareholder, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the shareholder, shall be treated as an execution in writing for purposes of this Section. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable, and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law.

 

Section 9                                              Quorum . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, the holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders, but if a quorum is not represented, a majority in interest of those represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than fifty (50) days, or if after adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote and thus represented at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders’ meeting unless the vote of a greater number is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in which case the vote of such greater number shall be requisite to constitute the act of the meeting. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 10                                       Presiding Officer and Conduct of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and shall automatically serve as Chairman of such meetings. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Directors neglect or fail to elect a Chairman, then the President of the corporation shall preside at the meetings of the shareholders and shall automatically be the Chairman of such meeting, unless and until a different person is elected by a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 11                                       Action by Shareholders without Meeting . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

5



 

Section 12                                       Fixing Record Dates for Consents to Action . Unless a record date shall have previously been fixed or determined pursuant to Section 5, whenever action is proposed to be taken by consent in writing without a meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors may fix a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to consent to that action, which record date shall not precede, and shall not be more than ten (10) days after, the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and the prior action of the Board of Directors is not required by this Act, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action or proposed action to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Delivery to the Company’s principal place of business shall be addressed to the President or the principal executive officer of the Company. If no record date shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action of the Board of Directors is required by this Act, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 13                                       Telephone Meetings . Subject to the provisions of applicable law and these Bylaws regarding notice of meetings, the shareholders may, unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, participate in and hold a meeting using conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except when a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

 

III.

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1                                              Management . The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business, affairs and property of the Company shall be managed and controlled under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

Section 2                                              Number and Tenure . The Board of Directors shall consist of at least two (2) members, which number shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and may be increased or decreased from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall never be less than one (1) and, provided that no decrease shall effect the shortening of the term of any incumbent Director. The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, except as provided in Section 4 below. At each election, the persons receiving the greatest number of votes shall be elected Directors. Unless sooner removed in accordance with these Bylaws or until the

 

6



 

Company has received a written resignation, members of the Board of Directors shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.

 

Section 3                                              Qualifications . Directors need not be shareholders of the Company or residents of any particular state.

 

Section 4                                              Vacancies . Any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from any increase in the number of Directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum of the entire Board, and the Directors so elected shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and have qualified. A vacancy shall be deemed to exist by reason of the death, resignation, or upon the failure of shareholders to elect Directors to fill the unexpired terms of Directors removed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

Section 5                                              Place of Meeting . Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held either within or without the State of Texas, at whatever place is specified by the officer or director calling a meeting or at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. In the absence of specific designation, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Company.

 

Section 6                                              Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors shall meet each year immediately following the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place of such meeting, for the transaction of such business as may properly be brought before it. No notice of annual meetings need be given to either old or new members of the Board of Directors. Regular meetings may be held at such other times as shall be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7                                              Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time upon the call or at the request of the President, the Secretary, or any Director of the Company. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. Notice shall be delivered personally or sent by mail or telegram to the last known address of each Director at least three (3) days before the meeting. Oral notice may be substituted for such written notice if given not later than one (1) day before the meeting. Notice of the time, place, and purpose of such meeting may be waived in writing before or after such meeting, and shall be equivalent to the giving of notice. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting. Attendance of a Director at such meeting shall also constitute waiver of notice thereof, except where he attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise herein provided, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of such meeting.

 

Section 8                                              Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the number of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. The act of a majority of the Directors

 

7



 

present at such meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. Any regular or special Directors’ meeting may be adjourned from time to time by those present, whether a quorum is present or not.

 

Section 9                                              Chairman . A majority of the Directors shall elect from its members a Chairman who shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall hold this office until the next regular meeting of the Directors or until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. In the absence of the Chairman, or if the Directors neglect or fail to elect a Chairman, then the President of the Company, if he is a member of the Board of Directors, shall automatically serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10                                       Secretary . The Secretary of the Board of Directors shall be the Secretary of the Company, and the Secretary shall act as Secretary of the Directors’ meetings and record the minutes of all such meetings. If the Secretary of the Company is not available, then the Chairman, or the President, as the case may be, may appoint a person to serve as Secretary of the meeting, and such person shall not be required to be a member of the Board of Directors nor an officer of the Company.

 

Section 11                                       Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have authority to determine, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors, the amount of compensation, if any, which shall be paid to its members for their services as directors and as members of standing or special committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 12                                       Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Company and one (1) or more of its Directors, or between the Company and any firm of which one or more of its Directors are members or employees, or in which they are interested, or between the Company and any corporation or association of which one or more of its Directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees, or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such Director or Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company, which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction, and notwithstanding his or their participation in such action, if the fact of such interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors shall, nevertheless, authorize, approve, and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the Directors present, such interested Director or Directors to be counted in determining whether a quorum is present, but not to be counted in calculating the majority of such quorum necessary to carry such vote. This Section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

 

Section 13                                       Removal . The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office, either for or without cause, at any special meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at elections of Directors. The notice calling such meeting shall give notice of the intention to act upon such matter, and if the notice so provides, the vacancy caused by such removal may be filled at such meeting by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented at such meeting and

 

8



 

entitled to vote for the election of Directors. For cause, a Director may be removed at any meeting of Directors by a majority vote of the Directors in office.

 

Section 14                                       Executive Committee . The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the number of directors fixed by these Bylaws, may designate an Executive Committee, which committee shall consist of one (1) or more of the Directors of the Company. Such Executive Committee may exercise such authority of the Board of Directors in the business and affairs of the Company as the Board of Directors may by resolution duly delegate to it except where action by the Board of Directors is specified by law; provided, however, such committee shall not have the power or authority, unless authorized in the resolution designating that committee, to (1) amend or recommend to the shareholders an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, (2) amend, alter, restate or repeal the Bylaws, (3) adopt an agreement of merger or share exchange of the Company, (4) recommend to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, (5) recommend to the shareholders a voluntary dissolution of the Company or a revocation of the dissolution, (6) propose any reduction of the stated capital of the Company, (7) fill vacancies in the Board of Directors or any such committee or fill any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors, (8) elect or remove officers, (9) fix compensation for any director or (10) alter or repeal any resolution of directors that by its terms provides that it shall not be so amendable or repealable, and, (11) unless the resolution designating the particular committee or the Articles of Incorporation, or the bylaws, expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to authorize a distribution or to authorize the issuance of shares of capital stock. The designation of such committee and delegation thereto of authority shall not operate to relieve the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed upon it or him by law. Any member of the Executive Committee may be removed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the number of Directors fixed by the Bylaws whenever in the judgment of the Board the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. The Executive Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceeding and report the same to the Board of Directors when required. The minutes of the proceedings of the Executive Committee shall be placed in the minute book of the Company.

 

Section 15                                       Other Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors and for its convenience, and at its discretion, appoint one or more advisory committees of two or more Directors each; but no such advisory committee shall have the power or authority except to advise the Board of Directors, and such committee shall exist solely at the pleasure of the Board of Directors, no minutes of the proceedings of any such committee need be kept, and no member of any such committee shall receive any compensation for such membership except by way of reimbursement for reasonable expenses actually incurred by him by reason of such membership. Such other advisory committees may be established for any purposes; provided, that any such other committee or committees shall have and may exercise only the power of recommending action to the Board of Directors and of carrying out and implementing any instructions or any policies, plans and programs theretofore approved, authorized and adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 16                                       Action by Directors without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any executive committee may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all

 

9



 

the members of the Board of Directors or executive committee, as the case may be. As permitted by Article 9.l0C of the Texas Business Corporation Act, members of the Board of Directors, or members of any committee designated by such Board, may participate and hold a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meeting pursuant to a conference call or similar communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

IV.

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1                                              Officers . The officers of the Company shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of a President, a Vice President or Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers (including a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer and a Chief Financial Officer and additional vice presidents) and assistant officers as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate. Two or more offices may be held by the same person, but, when applicable, no officer shall execute, acknowledge, or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by two or more officers. None of the elected officers, with the exception of the Chairman of the Board, must be a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2                                              Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Company to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 3                                              Compensation . The compensation of the officers shall be determined by the Board of Directors and may be altered by the Board, from time to time, except as otherwise provided by contract, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Company. All officers shall be entitled to be paid or reimbursed for all costs and expenditures incurred in the Company’s business.

 

Section 4                                              Vacancies . Whenever any vacancies shall occur in any office by death, resignation, increase in the number of officers of the Company, or otherwise, the same shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and the officer so elected shall hold office for the unexpired portion of such term or until his successor is chosen and qualified.

 

Section 5                                              Removal . Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors, with or without cause, whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

10



 

Section 6                                              Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may select from among its members a Chairman of the Board who shall preside when present at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors and approve the minutes of all proceedings thereat, and he shall be available to consult with and advise the officers of the Company with respect to the conduct of the business and affairs of the Company and shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall be the highest officer of the Company and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all business and affairs of the Company.

 

Section 7                                              President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company unless the Board of Directors designates the Chairman of the Board as chief executive officer. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer shall have general executive charge, management and control of the affairs, properties and operations of the Company in the ordinary course of its business, with all such duties, powers and authority with respect to such affairs, properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; he may appoint or employ and discharge employees and agents of the Company and fix their compensation; he may make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all contracts, leases, deeds, conveyances, assignments, bills of sale, transfers, releases and receipts, any and all mortgages, deeds of trust, indentures, pledges, chattel mortgages, liens and hypothecations, and any and all bonds, debentures, notes, other evidences of indebtedness and any and all other obligations and encumbrances and any and all other instruments, documents and papers of any kind or character for and on behalf of and in the name of the Company, and, with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, he may sign all certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Company; he shall do and perform such other duties and have such additional authority and powers as from time to time may be assigned to or conferred upon him by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8                                              Chief Operating Officer . In the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of their death, inability, or refusal to act, the Company may designate a Chief Operating Officer to perform the duties of Chairman of the Board, and when so acting, to have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chairman of the Board. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chief Executive Officer, by the Chairman of the Board, or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9                                              The Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall generally assist the President and shall have such powers and perform such duties and services as shall from time to time be prescribed or delegated to him by the President or the Board of Directors. In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability, or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated at the time of their election, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certificates for shares of the Company; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President, or by the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

Section 10                                       Secretary . It shall be the duty of the Secretary to give notice to and attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of Directors and record correctly all votes, actions and the minutes of all proceedings had at such meetings in a book suitable for that purpose. It shall also be the duty of the Secretary to attest, with his signature and the seal of the Company, all stock certificates issued by the Company and to keep a stock ledger in which shall be correctly recorded all transactions pertaining to the capital stock of the Company. He shall also attest, with his signature and the seal of the Company, all deeds, conveyances, or other instruments requiring the seal of the Company. The person holding the office of Secretary shall also perform, under the direction and subject to the control of the President and the Board of Directors, such other duties as may be assigned to him. The duties of the Secretary may also be performed by any Assistant Secretary. In the absence of the appointment of a Treasurer for the Company, the Secretary shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.

 

Section 11                                       Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief accounting and financial officer of the Company and shall have active control of and shall be responsible for all matters pertaining to the accounts and finances of the Company. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine. He shall keep such monies and securities of the Company as may be entrusted to his keeping and account for the same. He shall be prepared at all times to give information as to the condition of the Company and shall make a detailed annual report of the entire business and financial condition of the Company. The person holding the office of Treasurer shall also perform, under the direction and subject to the control of the President and the Board of Directors, such other duties as may be assigned to him. The duties of the Treasurer may also be performed by any Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 12                                       Delegation of Authority . In the case of any absence of any officer of the Company, or for any other reason that the Board may deem sufficient, the President or the Board of Directors may delegate some or all the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any Director, employee, shareholder, or agent for whatever period of time seems desirable.

 

V.


INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1                                              Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents.

 

(a)                                   As used in this section:

 

(1)                                   “Company” includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Company in a merger, consolidation or other transaction in which the liabilities of the predecessor are transferred to the Company by operation of law and in any other transaction in which the Company assumes the liabilities of the predecessor but does not specifically exclude liabilities that are the subject matter of this Section 1.

 

(2)                                   “Director” means any person who is or was a director of the Company and any person who, while a director of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic

 

12



 

corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

(3)                                   “Expenses” include court costs and attorneys’ fees.

 

(4)                                   “Official Capacity” means

 

a.                                        when used with respect to a Director, the office of director in the Company, and
 
b.                                       when used with respect to a person other than a Director, the elective or appointive office in the Company held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Company, but in each case does not include service for any other foreign or domestic company or any partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.
 

(5)                                   “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, and any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit or proceeding.

 

(b)                                  The Company may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in any Proceeding because he is or was a Director only if it is determined in accordance with Section 1(f) that the person:

 

(1)                                   conducted himself in good faith;

 

(2)                                   reasonably believed:

 

a.                                        in the case of conduct in his Official Capacity as a Director of the Company, that his conduct was in the Company’s best interests, and
 
b.                                       in all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests; and
 

(3)                                   in the case of any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   Except to the extent permitted in paragraph (e) below, a Director shall not be indemnified under Section 1(b) for obligations resulting from a Proceeding:

 

(1)                                   in which the person is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken in the person’s Official Capacity; or

 

(2)                                   in which the person is found liable to the Company.

 

13



 

(d)                                  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, be determinative that the person did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 (b). A person shall be deemed to have been found liable in respect of any claim, issue or matter only after the person shall have been so adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals there from.

 

(e)                                   A person may be indemnified under Section l(b) against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes), fines settlements and reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding; but if the person is found liable to the Company or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the person, indemnification (i) shall be limited to reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding and (ii) shall not be made in respect of any Proceeding in which the person shall have been found liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company.

 

(f)                                     No indemnification under Section l(b) shall be made by the Company unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that the Director has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1(b). Such determination shall be made:

 

(1)                                   by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents in the Proceeding;

 

(2)                                   if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a committee of the Board of Directors, designated to act in the matter by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which vote Directors who are named defendants or respondents may participate), which committee shall consist solely of two (2) or more Directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents to the Proceeding; or

 

(3)                                   by special independent legal counsel, selected by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof by vote as set forth in clauses (1) or (2) of this paragraph (f), or, if the requisite quorum of the full Board of Directors cannot be obtained therefor and such a committee cannot be established, by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors (in which vote Directors who are named defendants or respondents may participate); or

 

(4)                                   by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by Directors who are named defendants or respondents in the Proceeding.

 

(g)                                  Authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination that indemnification is permissible is made by special independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in a manner specified in clause (3) in Section 1(f) for the selection of such counsel.

 

(h)                                  A Director who has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any Proceeding in which he is a party because he is a Director shall be indemnified by the Company against reasonable Expenses incurred by him in connection with the Proceeding.

 

14



 

(i)                                      If, in a suit for indemnification required by paragraph (h) above, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director is entitled to indemnification under that section, the court shall order indemnification and shall award to the director the Expenses incurred in securing the indemnification.

 

(j)                                      If, upon application of a Director, a court of competent jurisdiction determines that a Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 1(b) or has been found liable in the circumstances described in Section 1(c), the court may order such indemnification as the court determines is proper and equitable; but if the person is found liable to the Company or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the person, the indemnification shall be limited to reasonable Expenses actually incurred by the person in connection with the Proceeding.

 

(k)                                   Reasonable Expenses incurred by a Director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding and without the determination specified in Section 1(t) or the authorization or determination specified in Section 1(g) herein after:

 

(1)                                   receipt by the Company of a written affirmation by the Director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized in this Section 1, and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it shall ultimately be determined that he has not met such standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director against Expenses incurred by him in connection with that Proceeding is prohibited by Section l(e) of this Article; and

 

(2)                                   a determination that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Section 1.

 

(l)                                      The written undertaking required by Section 1(k) must be an unlimited general obligation of the Director but need not be secured. It may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. Determinations and authorizations of payments under paragraph (k) shall be made in the manner specified in paragraph (f).

 

(m)                                The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any statute, Bylaw, agreement, insurance policy, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in their Official Capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person; provided, however, no provision for the Company to indemnify or to advance Expenses to a Director who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent to a Proceeding, whether contained in the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws, a resolution of shareholders or directors, an agreement or otherwise (except as contemplated by paragraph (r)), shall be valid

 

15



 

unless consistent with this section or, to the extent that indemnity hereunder is limited by the Articles of Incorporation, consistent therewith.

 

(n)                                  Nothing contained in this Section shall limit the Company’s power to pay or reimburse Expenses incurred by a Director in connection with his appearance as a witness in a Proceeding at a time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

 

(o)                                  Unless limited by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company,

 

(1)                                   an officer of the Company shall be indemnified as and to the same extent provided in paragraphs (h), (i) and (j) for a Director and shall be entitled to the same extent as a Director to seek indemnification pursuant to the provisions of those subsections; and

 

(2)                                   the Company may indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer, employee or agent of the Company to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance Expenses to Directors pursuant to this Section 1.

 

(p)                                  The Company may indemnify and advance Expenses to nominees and designees who are not or were not officers, employees, or agents of the Company who are or were serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to Directors under this Section 1.

 

(q)                                  The Company, in addition, may indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer, employee or agent or person who is identified by Section 1(p) as a nominee or designee and who is not a Director to such further extent, consistent with law, as may be provided by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, these Bylaws, general or specific action of the Board of Directors, or contract or as permitted or required by common law.

 

(r)                                     The Company may purchase and maintain insurance or another arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity of arising out of his status as such a person, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the Texas Business Corporation Act or this Section 1.

 

(s)                                   Any indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to a Director in accordance with this Section shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice or waiver of notice of the next shareholders’ meeting or with or before the next submission to shareholders of a consent to action without a meeting pursuant to Section A, Article 9.10 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, and in any case, within the 12-month period immediately following the date of the indemnification or advance.

 

16



 

(t)                                     For purposes of this Section 1, the Company shall be deemed to have requested a Director to serve an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by him of his duties to the Company also imposed duties on, or otherwise involves services by, him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise taxes assessed on a Director with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed “fines”. Action taken or omitted by him with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

Section 2                                              Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Neither a Director nor a member of any committee shall be liable if, in the exercise of ordinary care, he relied and acted in good faith upon written financial statements of the Company represented to him to be correct by the President or by the officer of the Company having charge of its books of account, or certified by an independent public or certified public accountant or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of the Company, nor shall he be so liable if, in the exercise of ordinary care and in good faith, in determining the amount available for payment of a dividend or other distribution, he considered the assets of the Company to be of their book value.

 

VI.


MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 1                                              Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present or by unanimous written consent of all the Directors, subject to repeal or change by action of the Shareholders.

 

Section 2                                              Waiver . Whenever, under the provisions of any law, the Articles of Incorporation or amendments thereto, or these Bylaws, any notice is required to be given under the provisions of these Bylaws to any shareholder, Director, or committee member, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

Section 3                                              Offices . The principal office of the Company shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Company may also have, in addition to its registered office in the State of Texas, offices at such other places as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate or as its business may require.

 

Section 4                                              Resignations . Any Director or officer may resign at any time. Such resignations shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Company. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

Section 5                                              Seal . The seal of the Company shall be in such form as shall be adopted and approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it, or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed, affixed, imprinted or in any manner reproduced.

 

17



 

Section 6                                              Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders or Directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders or Directors, as the case may be, who are entitled to vote on the matter, and such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote thereon. The signed consent shall be placed in the minute book.

 

Section 7                                              Telephone Meetings . Shareholders and Directors may participate in and hold a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all participants in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 8                                              Securities of Other Corporation . The President or any Vice President of the Company shall have power and authority to transfer, endorse for transfer, vote, consent, or take any other action with respect to any securities of another issuer which may be held or owned by the Company and to make, execute, and deliver any waiver, proxy, or consent with respect to any such securities.

 

Section 9                                              Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10                                       Dividends . Dividends upon the outstanding shares of the Company, subject to the provisions of the statutes and of the Articles of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company, or in any combination thereof.

 

Section 11                                       Reserves . There may be created from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, out of the earned surplus of the Company, such reserve or reserves as the Directors from time to time in their discretion think proper to provide for contingencies, or to equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Company, or for such other purpose as the Directors shall think beneficial to the Company, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 12                                       Signature of Negotiable Instruments . All bills, notes, checks or other instruments for the payment of money shall be signed or countersigned by such officer, officers, agent or agents, and in such manner, as are permitted by these Bylaws and as from time to time may be prescribed by resolution (whether general or special) of the Board of Directors or the executive committee.

 

Section 13                                       Surety Bonds . Such officers and agents of the Company (if any) as the Board of Directors may direct from time to time shall be bonded for the faithful performance of their duties and for the restoration to the Company, in case of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in their possession or under their control belonging to the Company, in such amounts and by such surety companies as the Board of Directors may determine. The premiums

 

18



 

on such bonds shall be paid by the Company, and the bonds so furnished shall be in the custody of the Secretary.

 

Section 14                                       Loans and Guaranties . The Company may lend money to, guaranty obligations of, and otherwise assist its Directors, officers and employees if the Board of Directors determines that such loans, guaranties, or assistance reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly or indirectly, the Company.

 

Section 15                                       Relation to Articles of Incorporation . These Bylaws are subject to, and governed by, the Articles of Incorporation.

 

19



 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that these Bylaws are the true and correct Bylaws of the Company duly adopted on March 4, 1987.

 

Dated and executed this 5th day of March, 1987.

 

 

By:

/s/ Daryl W. Shepherd

 

 

Name: Daryl W. Shepherd

 

Title: Secretary

 

20




Exhibit 3.69

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

B2B NEWCO, INC.

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is B2B Newco, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporaion in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common St2ock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorpoator is as follows:

Rochelle J. Boas
400 lnterpace Parkway
Building A
Parsippany, New Jersey
07054

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholder:

(1)  The  business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 (2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violaton of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an

 



improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

SEVENTH :  Meeting of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, changes or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein and granted subject to this reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filnig of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hreby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 26 th day of January, 2007.

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
B2B NEWCO, .INC.

B2B Newco, Inc, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST:                    That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport Inc “

SECOND:               That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the stockholder has given its written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

“RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport Inc. ” and it is further

RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle J. Baas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, the 12 th day of February, 2007.

 

  /s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 



 

CONSENT TO USE OF SIMILAR NAME

Travelport LLC, a limited liability company formed in the State of Delaware, hereby consents to the use of the name Travelport Inc, by B2B Newco, Inc. in the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent on this 12 th day of February, 2007,

 

Travelport LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



Exhibit 3.70

 

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

TRAVELPORT, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1              Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2              Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1      Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2      Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3      Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4      Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5      Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.  Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6      Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7      List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8      Stock Ledger .

 

                The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1      Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

                Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3      Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4      Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight  (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four  (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5      Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6      Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7      Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone 

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8      Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9      Compensation .

 

                The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10     Interested Directors .

 

 No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:   (i)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or  (ii)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or  (iii)  the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1      General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2              Duties. 

 

                All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws,  by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3      Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

                The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4      President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5       Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6      Secretary and Assistant Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7      Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8      Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate.  All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1      Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2      Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3      Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4      Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5      Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6      Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1      Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2      Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1      Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2      Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3      Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be December 31 st .

 

Section 7.4   Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or

 

11



 

agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3      Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made  (i)   by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or  (ii)   if  there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or  (iii)   by the stockholders.  To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim,

 

12



 

issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4      Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise.  The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent.  The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5      Indemnification by a Court.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6      Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in

 

13



 

advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7      Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8      Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9      Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

14



 

Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  Section 8.11      Limitation on Indemnification .

 

                Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12      Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

            The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1      Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2      Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




Exhibit 3.71

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

 

OF

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

1. The name of the limited liability company is TDS Development, LLC.

 

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centervi1le Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

3. The Certificate of Formation shall become effective upon filing.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of this 27th day of February, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Richard Meisner

 

 

Name: Richard Meisner

 

Title:  Authorized Person

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
TDS Development, LLC

 

1. The name of the limited liability company is TDS Development, LLC

 

2. Article One of The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:

 

The name of the limited liability company is Travelport Development, LLC

 

3. This Certificate of Amendment shall be effective upon filing.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of this 22 nd day of January, 2006

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.72

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

 

 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT

 

 

OF

 

 

TRAVELPORT DEVELOPMENT, LLC

A Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

 

 

 

Dated as of February 26, 2007

 

 

 



 

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT dated as of February 26 , 2007 , (the “Operating Agreement”), of Travelport Development, LLC (the “Company”), by Travelport Americas, a Delaware corporation, as member of the Company (the “Member”).

 

RECITAL

 

                                The member desires to form the Company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “Act”).

 

                                Accordingly, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used by not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Act.

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

General Provisions

 

SECTION 2.1. Formation .  The member hereby forms the Company  pursuant to the Act.  A Certificate of Formation described in Section 18.201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

 

SECTION 2.2. Company Name .  The name of the Company “Travelport Development, LLC” or such other name or names as may be selected by the Members from time to time, and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Members deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

 

SECTION 2.3.  Registered Office; Registered Agent .  The Company shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware at, and the name and address of

 

2



 

the Company’s registered agent in the State of Delaware is, Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.

 

SECTION 2.4.  Place of Business .  The business address of the Company shall be determined by the Board (as defined below).  The Company may from time to time have such other place or places of business within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may deem advisable.

 

SECTION 2.5.  Purpose; Nature of Business Permitted; Powers .  The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.  The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by the Operating Agreement, together with any powers and privileges incidental thereto, insofar as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purpose or activities of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.6.  Business Transactions of a Member with the Company .  In accordance with Section 18-107 of the Act, a member may lend money to, borrow money from, act as surety, guarantor or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, and transact other business with, the Company and, subject to applicable law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect to any such matter as a person who is not a Member.

 

                SECTION 2.7.  Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Company (the “Fiscal Year”) for financial statement and federal income tax purposes shall be determined by the Board.

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Members

 

                SECTION 3.1.  Members .  The Members of the Company shall consist of the Members set forth on Scheduled A hereto.  Schedule A shall be amended from time to time to reflect the admission of any Member or the removal, expulsion, retirement or death of any Member, the receipt by the Company of notice of any change of name of a Member and any additional capital contributions. Subject to the limitations and restrictions set forth in the Operating Agreement, each Member shall have all the rights, powers and obligations which may be possessed by a member of a limited liability company under the Act.

 

3



 

                SECTION 3.2 Classes .  The membership interests of the Company shall consist of one class of common membership interests (“Common Interests”).  Except as specifically provided herein, all Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect.

 

                SECTION 3.3.  Voting .  Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Operating Agreement, all Members shall vote as a single class and no Member shall have the right to vote as a separate class.  Members shall only entitled to vote upon those matters requiring approval of the Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement, the Act or as otherwise submitted to Members for their consideration by the Board.  Each Member shall be entitled to vote in proportion to its respective Common Interests in the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto (the “Common Interest Percentage”) at the time such action is taken.

 

                SECTION 3.4.  Liability of Members .  All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Member shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member.

 

                SECTION 3.5.  Company Property .  No real or other property of the Company shall be deemed to be owned by any Member individually, but shall be owned by and title shall be vested solely in the Company.  The interests of the Members in the Company shall constitute personal property.

 

                SECTION 3.6.  Actions by the Members; Meetings; Quorum .

 

                                (a)     The Members may vote, approve a matter or take any action by the vote of the Members at a meeting, in person or by proxy, or without a meeting by written consent.  Meetings of the Members may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if such number of members holding at least the Common Interest Percentage required to approve such action pursuant to the terms of the Operating Agreement or the Act consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Members.

 

                                (b)           For any meeting of Members, the presence in person or by proxy of Members owning at least fifty and one-tenth percent (50.1%) of the outstanding Common Interests at the time of the action taken (a “Majority”) constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

4



 

                                (c)           The affirmative vote of a Majority of Members constitutes approval of any action.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Management

 

                SECTION 4.1.  Management of the Company.

 

                                (a) Subject to such matters which are expressly reserved hereunder to the Members for decision, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by a Board of Managers (the “Board”), which shall be responsible for policy setting and approval of the overall direction of the Company.  The Board shall consist of a minimum of one (1) individuals but not more than five (5) (the “Managers”) each of whom shall be designated by the Members from time to time.  Each Manager shall serve a one (1) year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.

 

                                (b) Managers may be removed from office only upon the approval of the members with or without cause.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board due to resignation, removal, death or disability shall be filled by the members.  A Manager chosen to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office.

 

                SECTION 4.2.     Meetings of the Board .

 

                                (a) The Board shall meet annually and at such other times as may be necessary for the Company’s business on at least one (1) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of such meeting given by any Manager.  A majority of the Managers elected and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transactions of business by the Board.

 

                                (b) All actions of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Managers.  A Manager who is present at a meeting of the Board when action is taken shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken unless:   (i) the Manager objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his or her arrival, to holding the meeting or transacting business thereat,   (ii) the Manager’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or   (iii) the Manager delivers written notice of his or her dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Secretary of the Company immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of dissent or abstention shall not be available to a Manager who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

5



 

                                (c) Notice of any Board meeting may be waived by any Manager before or after such meeting.

 

                                (d) Meetings of the Board may be conducted in person or by conference telephone facilities.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.3.     Officers .     The Board shall have the authority and power to appoint and terminate with or without cause officers of the Company and such officers shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to them by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.4.     Reliance by Third Parties .     Persons dealing with the Company are entitled to rely conclusively upon the power and authority of the Board herein set forth and the power and authority delegated to any officer of the Company by the Board.

 

                                SECTION 4.5.     Expenses .     Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Company will be responsible for all expenses, including, without limitation:

 

 (a) all expenses related to the business of the Company and all routine administrative expenses of the Company, including the maintenance of books and records of the Company, the preparation and dispatch to the Members of checks, financial reports, tax returns and notices required pursuant to the Operating Agreement or in connection with the holding of any meetings of the Members;

 

                (b) all expenses incurred in connection with any indebtedness or guarantees of the Company or any proposed or definitive credit facility or other credit arrangement;

 

                (c) all expenses incurred in connection with any litigation or arbitration involving the Company (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) and the amount of any judgment or settlement paid in connection therewith;

 

                (d) all expenses for indemnity or contribution payable by the Company to any person;

 

                (e) all expense incurred in connection with the collection of amounts due to the Company from any person; and

 

6



 

                (f) all expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of amendments to the Operating Agreement.

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Capital Structure and Contributions

 

                SECTION 5.1.  Capital Structure .  The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of Common Interests.

 

                SECTION 5.2.  Capital Contributions .

 

                         (a)   Each Member shall contribute, as in initial capital contribution (“Initial Capital Contribution”) to the Company, the following:

 

Travelport Americas, Inc.                                     100%

 

       (b) In exchange for the Initial Capital Contributions, Sotheby’s International Realty, Inc. shall receive Common Interests in the Company in the proportion to the Common Interest Percentage set forth opposite the name of each such Member on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 5.3.  Additional Contributions .  No Member shall be obligated to make any additional capital contribution to the Company.  Members shall be permitted to make additional capital contributions with the approval of the Board.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Allocations and Distributions

 

SECTION 6.1.  Allocation of Profits and Losses .  For financial accounting, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  For tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner in which profit or loss is determined for Federal income tax purposes.  In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated to the Members in proportion to each Member’s Common Interest Percentage as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

 

                SECTION 6.2.  No Right to Distributions .  No member shall have the right to demand distributions of any amount of its capital contributions, except as expressly provided in this Article 6.

 

7



 

                SECTION 6.3.  Ordinary Distributions .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 upon the approval of a majority of the Board, the Company may make distributions (in amounts to be determined by the Board) to Members in proportion to their respective Common Interest Percentages.

 

                SECTION 6.4.  Restrictions on Distributions .  The foregoing provisions of this Article 6 to the contrary notwithstanding, no distribution shall be made if such distribution would violate any contract or agreement to which the Company is then a party or any law, rule, regulation, order or directive of any governmental authority then applicable to the Company.

 

                SECTION 6.5.  Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from distributions to a Member, or with respect to allocations to a Member, and to pay over to a Federal, state or local government, any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any provisions of any other Federal, state or local law.  Any amounts so withheld shall be treated as having been distributed to such Member pursuant to this Article 6 for all purposes of the Operating Agreement, and shall be offset against the current or next amounts otherwise distributable to such Member.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Books and Records

 

                SECTION 7.1.  Books and Records; Accounting .  The Company shall keep or cause to be kept at the office of the Company (or at such other place as the Board shall determine in its discretion) full and accurate books and records regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Company.

 

                SECTION 7.2.  Company Tax Returns .  The Company shall cause to be prepared and timely filed all tax returns required to be filed for the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Duration and Termination of the Company

 

                SECTION 8.1.  Term .  The existence of the Company shall commence on the date of the filing of the Certificate of Formation in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall have a perpetual life unless one of the following events shall occur (an “Event of Termination”):

 

                (a) a determination by a Majority of the Members to terminate the Company; or

 

8



 

                (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.  No other event, including the retirement, withdrawal, insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, insanity, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, death, incapacity or adjudication of incompetence of a Member, shall cause the existence of the Company to terminate.

 

                SECTION 8.2.     Liquidation .

 

                 (a) In the event that an Event of Termination shall occur, then the Company shall be liquidated and its affairs shall be wound up.  All proceeds from such liquidation shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 18-804 of the Act, and all interests in the Company shall be canceled.  Distributions to the Members shall be made in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (b) In the event of the dissolution of the Company, prior to any liquidation a proper accounting shall be made to the Members from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution.

 

                (c) In the event the Board determines that a portion of the Company’s assets are best distributed in kind to the Members, then such assets shall be so distributed in kind to the Members in undivided shares therein as tenants in common in accordance with each Member’s Common Interest Percentage.

 

                (d) Upon the completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets, the Company shall be terminated and the Members shall cause the Company to execute and file a Certificate of Cancellation in accordance with Section 18-203 of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Reports

 

                SECTION 9.1.  Form K-1 .  After the end of each fiscal year, the Board shall cause to be prepared and transmitted, as promptly as possible, and in any event within 90 days of the close of the fiscal year, a federal income tax Form K-1 and any required similar state income tax form for each Member.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Exculpation and Indemnification

 

                SECTION 10.1.  Exculpation .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Operating Agreement, whether express or implied, or obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of any Manager, any Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders,

 

9



 

partners, employees, representatives or agents of either of the foregoing, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company or any of its affiliates (individually, a “Covered Person” and collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, the Operating Agreement, any related document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted in good faith by a Covered Person and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Operating Agreement, provided that such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.2.  Indemnification .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all Losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.2 with respect to any claim, issue or matter in which such Covered Person is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

                SECTION 10.3.  Advancement of Expenses .  The Company may pay for in advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a Covered Person in such proceeding referred to in Section 10.2 in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, or, where appropriate, may assume the defense of any such Covered Person at the Company’s expense upon the receipt by the Company of an undertaking by such Covered Person to repay any amounts so advanced if such Covered Person is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof.

 

                SECTION 10.4.  Indemnification Not Exclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article X shall not exclude, limit or preclude any other rights to which any such Covered Person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Act, any agreement or contract, any other applicable law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to serve as a manager, officer, employee, agent, partner, trustee, or in any other indemnified capacity, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators of any such Covered Person.

 

                SECTION 10.5 Insurance.  The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Covered Person against any liability asserted against or

 

10



 

incurred by such Covered Person in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company has the obligation or power to indemnify such Covered Person against such liability pursuant to the provisions of this Article X, the Act, or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.6.  Continuation of Indemnity .   The provisions of this Article X shall continue to apply to any proceeding specified in Section 10.2 made or commenced against any Covered Person who has ceased to be a Covered Person entitled to Indemnification hereunder and shall insure to the benefit of the estate, heirs and personal representatives of such Covered Person.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Miscellaneous

 

                SECTION 11.1.  Transfers of Common Interests .  Each Member shall be entitled to transfer its Common Interest in the Company, and the assignee of such Common Interest shall be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to participate in the management of the Company, upon the occurrence of each of the following:

 

(i) a majority of the Members (other than the Member assigning its

 Common Interest) consents to the admission of such assignee as a

 Member of the Company; and

 

                (ii) the Board receives written instruments whereby such assignee

consents to be bound by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

SECTION 11.2.  Amendment to the Agreement .  Except as otherwise provided in the Operating Agreement, the Operating Agreement may be amended by, and only by, a written instrument executed by all of the Members.

 

                SECTION 11.3.  Successors; Counterparts .  The Operating Agreement (a) shall be binding as to the legal successors, assigns, nominees and representatives of the Members and (b) may be executed in several counterparts with the same effect as if the parties executing the several counterparts had all executed one counterpart.

 

SECTION 11.4.  Governing Law; Severability .  The Operating Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.  In particular, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Act.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provisions or wording of the Operating Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Act or other

 

11



 

applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate the entire Agreement.  In that case, the Operating Agreement shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it enforceable or valid within the requirements of applicable law, and, in the event such term or provisions cannot be so limited, the Operating Agreement shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable terms or provisions.  If it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision relating to the distributions and allocations of the Company or to any expenses payable by the Company is invalid or unenforceable, the Operating Agreement shall be construed or interpreted so as (a) to make it enforceable or valid and   (b) to make the distributions and allocations as closely equivalent to those set forth in the Operating Agreement as is permissible under applicable law.

 

SECTION 11.5.  Filings .  Following the execution and delivery of the Operating Agreement, the Members shall promptly prepare any documents required to be filed and recorded under the Act, and the Members shall promptly cause each such document to be filed and recorded in accordance with the Act and, to the extent required by local law, to be filed and recorded or notice thereof to be published in the appropriate place in each jurisdiction in which the Company may hereafter establish a place of business.  The Members shall also promptly cause to be filed, recorded and published such statements of fictitious business name and any other notices, certificates, statements or other instruments required by any provision of any applicable law of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction which governs the conduct of its business from time to time.

 

                SECTION 11.6.  Headings .  Section and other headings contained in the Operating Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope or intent of the Operating Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

                SECTION 11.7.  Additional Documents .  Each Member agrees to perform all further acts and execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of the Operating Agreement.

 

                SECTION 11.8.  Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any Member shall be in writing (including telecopier or similar writing) and shall be given to such member (and any other person designated by such Member) at its address or telecopier number set forth in a schedule filed with the records of the Company or such other address or telecopier number as such Member may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice.  Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopier, when transmitted to the number specified pursuant to this Section and the appropriate confirmation is received, (b) if given by the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (c) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified pursuant to this Section.

 

12



 

                SECTION 11.9.  Waiver of Partition .  Each of the Members hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that such Member may have to maintain any action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

 

                SECTION 11.10.  Interpretation .  Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural shall include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in either the masculine, the feminine, or the neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter.

 

{SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS}

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the  26 th    day of February, 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:

Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 



 

 

Schedule A

 

 

 

Members

 

Common Interest

 

 

 

 

 

Travelport Americas, Inc.

 

100

%

 

14




Exhibit 3.73

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TRIP ACQUISITION CORP.

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this Corporation is Trip Acquisition Corp.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901, and the name of the registered agent at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations maybe organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

The name of the Corporation’s incorporator is Patricia A. Myers and the incorporator’s mailing address is Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, LLP, 370 Interlocker Boulevard, Suite 500, Broomfield, Colorado 80021.

 

ARTICLE V

 

This Corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to he designated “Common Stock.” The total number of shares of Common Stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares, $.001 par value per share.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize Corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors

 



 

then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely afoot any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any prevision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute. and all rights conferred on stockholders herein arc granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws or in an amendment thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to snake, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate of Incorporation this 15th day of September, 1999.

 

 

/s/ Patricia A. Myers

 

 

Name: Patricia A. Myers

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 

OF

 

TRAVEL INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Colorado corporation

 

WITH AND INTO

 

TRIP ACQUISITION CORP.,
a Delaware corporation

 

(under Section 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law)

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

FIRST:  The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are as follows:

 

(i)            Travel Industries, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Colorado (“Travel Industries”) and

 

(ii)           Trip Acquisition Corp., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (“Trip Acquisition”).

 

SECOND:  An Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, made and entered as of September 3, 1999 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and between Travel Industries. Trip Acquisition and The Trip.corn, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the parent corporation of Trip Acquisition, the shareholders set forth on the signature pages thereof and Peter M. Sontag, has been approved, adopted.. certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent corporations in accordance with subsection (c) of Section 252 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Law ”): to wit, by Travel Industries in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado and by Trip Acquisition in the same manner as is provided in Section 252 of the Delaware Law.

 

THIRD:  The surviving corporation in the merger herein certified shall be Trip Acquisition, which will, upon effectiveness of the merger; continue its existence as said surviving corporation under the name “ Travel Industries, Inc. ” upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Law.

 



 

FOURTH:  The Certificate of Incorporation of Trip Acquisition shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation with the following changes until farther changed or amended in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Law:

 

“ARTICLE I

 

The name of this Corporation shall be “Travel Industries, Inc.”

 

FIFTH:  The executed Merger Agreement between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at the principal place of business of the aforesaid surviving corporation, located at 6436 S. Racine Circle, Suite 202, Englewood, Colorado 80111.

 

SIXTH:  A copy of the Merger Agreement will he furnished by the surviving corporation. on request and without cost, to any shareholder or stockholder of either constituent corporation.

 

SEVENTH:  The authorized capital stock of Travel Industries consists of one million (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock. of which five hundred thousand (500,000) shares are designated Class A Voting Common Stock, $1.00 par value, and five hundred thousand (500;000) shares are designated Class B Nonvoting Common Stock, $1.00 par value.

 

EIGHTH:  The effective date of the merger of Travel Industries with and into Trip Acquisition, as the surviving corporation, shall be September 16, 1999.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger has been mooted by the surviving corporation as of the 16th day of September, 1999.

 

 

TRIP ACQUISITION CORP.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Antoine Toffa

 

 

Name: Antoine Toffa

 

Title: President

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

/s/ Bill Shopout

 

Name: Bill Shopout

Title: Secretary

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 




Exhibit 3.74

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

TRIP ACQUISITION CORP.,
a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE IARTICLE I
OFFICES

 

Section 1.        Registered Office . The registered office shall be at the office of 6436 S. Racine Circle, Suite 202, in the City of Englewood, County of Arapahoe, State of Colorado.

 

Section 2.        Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.        Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated on an annual basis by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 2.        Notice of Annual Meeting . Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 3.        Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

1



 

Section 4.        Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 5.        Notice of Special Meetings . As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section 4 of this Article II, written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.

 

Section 6.        Scope of Business at Special Meeting . Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 7.        Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.

 

Section 8.        Qualifications to Vote . The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.

 

Section 9.        Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders’ meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action. The record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action. If no record date is Fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2



Section 10.        Action at Meetings . When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 11.        Voting and Proxies . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

Section 12.        Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded.

 

3



 

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.        Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 2.        Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article Il, Section 12); provided that the number of directors shall be not less than 1 nor more than 5. With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or in Section 3 of this Article III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.        Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors maybe filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may he held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 4.        Location of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.        Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall he held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 6.        Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by

 

4



 

the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

 

Section 7.        Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on two days’ notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director. Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 8.           Quorum and Action at Meetings . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9.          Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 10.        Telephonic Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 11.        Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Section 12.        Committee Authority . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may

 

5



 

authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13.        Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 14.        Directors Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 15.        Resignation . Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time. Each such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

Section 16.        Removal . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV
NOTICES

 

Section 1.           Notice to Directors and Stockholders . Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may also be given by telephone, facsimile or telegram (with confirmation of receipt).

 

6



 

Section 2.           Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. The written waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.        Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2.        Election . The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

Section 3.        Appointment of Other Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.        Compensation . The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof. The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice-President of the corporation.

 

Section 5.        Tenure . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.        Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present. The Chairman shall have and may exercise

 

7



 

such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present. The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

Section 7.        President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; in the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

Section 8.        Vice-President . In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 9.        Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer’s signature.

 

Section 10.        Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

8



 

Section 11.        Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the Treasurer that belongs to the corporation.

 

Section 12.        Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there he more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1.        Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated. Certificates shall be sued by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

Section 2.        Class or Series . If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,

 

9



 

optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences anchor rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 3.        Signature . Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 4.        Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.        Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall he canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

Section 6.        Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

10



 

Section 7.        Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.        Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 2.        Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.        Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.        Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 5.        Loans . The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.        Scope . The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Section 2.        Advancing Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

Section 3.        Liability Offset . The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

 

Section 4.        Continuing Obligation . The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

Section 5.        Nonexclusive . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise; both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in

 

12



 

another capacity while holding such office. (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 6.        Other Persons . In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the Delaware Genera] Corporation Law.

 

Section 7.        Definitions . The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

 

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws maybe adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of-Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

13




Exhibit 3.75

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

CENDANT TDS CHINA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Cendant TDS China Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Coda (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Lynn A. Feldman
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or appeal by the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws so provide.

 

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware

 



 

General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors arc hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the C3CL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any by-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no by-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such by-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGN, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power as of the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 9 day of July, 2004.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CENDANT TDS CHINA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

                Cendant TDS China Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

                FIRST: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport China Holdings, Inc.”

 

                SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and a vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

 

                “RESOLVED, the Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

                “FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport China Holdings, Inc.

 

                FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

 

                THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle J. Boas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 1 st day of August, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name:

Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant

 

 

Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.76

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

CENDANT TDS CHINA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I


OFFICES

 

Section 1.1                                       Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2                                       Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II


MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1                                       Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall he designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof

 

Section 2.2                                       Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3                                       Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4                                       Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5                                       Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6                                       Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7                                       List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8                                       Stock Ledger .

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III


DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1                                       Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall

 

3



 

be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2                                       Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Section 3.3                                       Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4                                       Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5                                       Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6                                       Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7                                       Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8                                       Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9                                       Compensation .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10                                 Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV


OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1                                       General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2                                       Duties .

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3                                       Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4                                       President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5                                       Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6                                       Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of’ Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7                                       Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors. or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8                                       Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 5.1                                       Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2                                       Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3                                       Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof; require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4                                       Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5                                       Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6                                       Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI


NOTICES

 

Section 6.1                                       Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2                                       Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2                                       Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3                                       Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

11



 

Section 8.4                                       Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5                                       Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6                                       Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in

 

12



 

Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10                                 Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11                                 Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12                                 Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX


AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1                                       Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

13



 

Section 9.2                                       Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

14




Exhibit 3.77

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
TRAVELPORT FOR BUSINESS, INC.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Travelport for Business, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Rochelle J. Boas
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ  07054

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)                                   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)                                   The directors shall have current power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)                                   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

 

(4)                                   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breath of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the

 



 

stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)                                   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 7th day of July, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 

OF

 

TRAVELPORT FOR BUSINESS, INC.

 

AND

 

TRAVELPORT CORPORATE SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.                                        The constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:

 

(i)                                      Travelport Corporate Solutions, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Washington, (hereinafter referred to as “TCS”); and

 

(ii)                                   Travelport For Business, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, (hereinafter referred to as “Travelport For Business”)

 

2.                                        An Agreement of Merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent corporations in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of Section 252 of the General Corporation of the State of Delaware, to wit, by TCS in accordance with the laws of the State of its incorporation and by Travelport for Business in the same manner as is provided in Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                        The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Travelport for Business, which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation under its present name upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

4.                                        The Certificate of Incorporation of Travelport for Business, as now in force and effect, shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

5.                                        The executed Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at an office of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is as follows:

 

1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054

 



 

6.                                        A copy of the aforesaid Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation, on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the aforesaid constituent corporations.

 

7.                                        The authorized capital stock of TCS consists of 50,000,000 Common Stock without par value, 50,000,000 Preferred Stock without par value and 1,000,000 Non-Voting Common Stock without par value.

 

8.                                        The Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations provides that the merger herein certified shall be effective on July 14, 2006, for accounting purposes only.

 

Dated: July 14, 2006

 

 

By: TRAVELPORT CORPORATE SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: TRAVELPORT FOR BUSINESS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

   /s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.78

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

HIGHWIRE, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

 

1.                                        The registered office of the Corporation shall be located in the state of Washington at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors upon delivery for filing of such notices as may be required by law, and the registered agent shall have a business office identical with such registered office. A registered agent so appointed shall consent to appointment in writing prior to such appointment, and such consent shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the state of Washington as part of the document first appointing the registered agent.

 

2.                                        If a registered agent changes the street address of the agent’s business office, the registered agent may change the street address of the registered office of the Corporation by notifying the Corporation in writing of the change and signing, either manually or in facsimile, and delivering to the Secretary of State for filing a statement of such change, as required by law.

 

3.                                        The Corporation may change its registered agent at any time upon delivery of an appropriate notice to the Secretary of State for filing with the written consent of the new registered agent either included in or attached to such notice.

 

4.                                        A registered agent may resign as registered agent by signing and delivering to the Secretary of State for filing, a statement of resignation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Shareholders’ Meetings

 

1.                                        Meeting Place . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held, pursuant to proper notice as set forth in Article II, Section 5 of these Bylaws, at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                        Annual Meeting Time . The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held each year on such date and at such hour as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time. In the absence of such determination, the annual meeting shall be held each year on May 1 at the hour of 10:00 a.m. if not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, and if a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, then on the next business day following, at

 

 

1



 

the same hour. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the time stated in these Bylaws does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

 

3.                                        Annual Meeting – Order of Business . At the annual meeting of shareholders, the order of business shall be as follows:

 

(a)                                   Call to order.

(b)                                  Proof of notice of meeting (or filing of waiver).

(c)                                   Reading of minutes of last annual meeting.

(d)                                  Reports of officers.

(e)                                   Reports of committees.

(f)                                     Election of directors.

(g)                                  Other business.

 

4.                                        Special Meetings . The Corporation shall hold a special meeting of the shareholders on call of its Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, its President, any person or persons authorized to do so by the Articles of Incorporation, or if the holders of at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at such special meeting sign, date and deliver to the Corporation’s secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held. Special shareholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office or at such other place as shall be identified in the notice of such meeting.

 

5.                                        Notice .

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in subsection (c) hereunder, notice of the date, time and place of the annual meeting of shareholders shall be given by delivering, personally or by mailing, a written or printed notice of the same to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in subsection (c) hereunder, notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of shareholders shall be given by delivering, personally or by mailing, a written or printed notice of the same to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date. Such notice shall include a declaration of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) above, notice of any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which the shareholders will be called to act on an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, a plan of merger or share exchange, a proposed sale of assets other than in the regular course of business or the dissolution of the Corporation shall be given no fewer than twenty (20) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date.

 

6.                                        Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote, to take any other action or to receive dividends or distributions, the Board of Directors shall fix in advance a record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date to be no more than seventy (70) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, no fewer than ten (10) days (or twenty (20) days if delivered

 

 

2



 

under Section 5(c) above) prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken.

 

7.                                        Shareholders’ List . After fixing a record date for a shareholders’ meeting, the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders on the record date who are entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting. Such list shall be arranged by voting group, and within each voting group by class or series of shares, and show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. The shareholders’ list shall be available for inspection by any shareholder, the shareholder’s agent or the shareholder’s attorney, during regular business hours and at such shareholder’s expense, at the principal office of the Corporation for a period beginning ten days prior to such meeting and also shall be available and kept open at the time and place of such meeting.

 

8.                                        Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by a voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter.

 

9.                                        Voting .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation and subject to the provisions of the laws of the state of Washington, each outstanding share, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter voted on at a shareholders’ meeting.

 

(b)                                  If a quorum exists, action on a matter, other than the election of directors, is approved by a voting group if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the question is one which by express provision of law or the Articles of Incorporation requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, in any election of directors the candidates elected are those receiving the largest numbers of votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election, up to the number of directors to be elected by such shares.

 

10.                                  Proxies . A shareholder may vote either in person or by appointing a proxy by signing an appointment form, either personally or by the shareholder’s attorney-in-fact or agent. An appointment of a proxy is effective when received by the person authorized to tabulate votes for the Corporation. An appointment of a proxy is valid for eleven months unless a longer period is expressly provided in the appointment form.

 

11.                                  Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted by law to be taken at a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be

 

 

 

3



 

evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporation’s records. Action taken in accordance with this section shall be effective when all written consents have been delivered to the Corporation, unless the consent specifies a later effective date.

 

12.                                  Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice required to be given to any shareholder, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein for the meeting, shall be deemed the giving of such notice by the Corporation, provided that such waiver has been delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporation s records. A shareholder’s attendance at a meeting waives any objection to lack of notice or defective notice, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

 

13.                                  Action of Shareholders by Communications Equipment . Shareholders may participate in any meeting of shareholders by any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Shares of Stock

 

1.                                        Issuance of Shares . No shares of the Corporation shall be issued unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization shall include the number of shares to be issued, the consideration to be received and a statement regarding the adequacy of the consideration. Shares may but need not be represented by certificates. Unless otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of shareholders are identical whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

2.                                        Certificated Shares . If shares are represented by certificates, certificates of stock shall be issued in numerical order, and each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed, either manually or in facsimile, by the President, or a Vice President, and the Secretary, and such certificate may bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. If an officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate ceases to be such officer before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the person were an officer on the date of issue.

 

At a minimum each certificate of stock shall state on its face:

 

(a)                                   the name of the Corporation;

 

(b)                                  that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the state of Washington;

 

4



 

(c)                                   the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued;

 

(d)                                  the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, the certificate represents;

 

(e)                                   if the Corporation is authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class and the variations in rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series, must be summarized either on the front or back of the certificate. Alternatively, the certificate may state conspicuously on its front or back that the Corporation will furnish the shareholder this information without charge on request in writing; and

 

(f)                                     if there are any restrictions on transfer or registration of transfer of shares, such restriction shall be noted conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate.

 

In case of any mutilation, loss or destruction of any certificate of stock, another certificate may be issued in its place on proof of such mutilation, loss or destruction. The Board of Directors may impose conditions on such issuance and may require the giving of a satisfactory bond or indemnity to the Corporation in such sum as it might determine or establish such other procedures as it deems necessary or appropriate.

 

3.                                        Uncertificated Shares .

 

(a)                                   Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors may authorize the issue of any of the Corporation’s classes or series of shares without certificates. This authorization does not affect shares already represented by certificates until they are surrendered to the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Within a reasonable time after the issuance of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send the shareholder a complete written statement of the information required on certificates as provided in Article III, Section 2 of these Bylaws.

 

4.                                        Transfers .

 

(a)                                   Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the stock transfer records of the Corporation, which records shall be kept at the registered office of the Corporation or at its principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, open a share register in any state of the United States, and may employ an agent or agents to keep such register and to record transfers of shares therein.

 

(b)                                  Shares of certificated stock shall be transferred by delivery of the certificates therefor, accompanied either by an assignment in writing on the back of the certificate or an assignment separate from certificate, or by a written power of attorney to sell, assign and transfer the same, signed by the holder of said certificate. No shares of certificated

 

 

5



 

stock shall be transferred on the records of the Corporation until the outstanding certificates therefor have been surrendered to the Corporation or to its transfer agent or registrar.

 

(c)                                   Shares of uncertificated stock shall be transferred upon receipt by the Corporation of a written request for transfer signed by the shareholder. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall provide the new shareholder a complete written statement of the information required on certificates as provided in Article III, Section 2 of these Bylaws.

 

5.                                        Fractional Shares or Scrip . The Corporation may:

 

(a)                                   issue fractions of a share;

 

(b)                                  arrange for the disposition of fractional shares by the shareholders;

 

(c)                                   pay in money the value of fractions of a share; and

 

(d)                                  issue scrip in registered or bearer form entitling the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of enough scrip to equal a full share.

 

6.                                        Shares of Another Corporation . Shares owned by the Corporation in another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the Board of Directors may determine or, in the absence of such determination, by the President of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Board of Directors

 

1.                                        Powers . All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by these Bylaws, the Articles of Incorporation or by law.

 

2.                                        General Standards for Directors . A director shall discharge the duties of a director, including duties as a member of a committee:

 

(a)                                   in good faith;

 

(b)                                  with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances; and

 

(c)                                   in a manner the director reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

6



 

3.                                        Number and Term . The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two (2) person(s). Directors shall be elected by the shareholders at each annual shareholders’ meeting to hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until their respective successors are elected and qualified or there is a decrease in the number of directors. Directors need not be shareholders or residents of the state of Washington and need not meet any other qualifications. The terms of the initial directors shall expire at the first shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected.

 

4.                                        Change of Number . The number of directors may at any time be increased or decreased by amendment to these Bylaws or by resolution of either the shareholders or directors at any annual, special or regular meeting; provided, that no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director, except as provided in Sections 6 and 7 of this Article IV.

 

5.                                        Vacancies . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, if a vacancy occurs on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors:

 

(a)                                   the shareholders may fill the vacancy;

 

(b)                                  the Board of Directors may fill the vacancy; provided that , if the directors in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the Board of Directors, they may fill the vacancy by an affirmative vote of a majority of all directors in office; or

 

(c)                                   if the vacant office was held by a director elected by holders of one or more authorized classes or series of shares, only the holders of those classes or series of shares are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy.

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next shareholders’ meeting at which directors are elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

6.                                        Resignation . A director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board of Directors, its Chairperson, the President or the Secretary. A resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

7.                                        Removal of Directors . At a special meeting called for that purpose, the shareholders may remove one or more directors, with or without cause, unless the Articles of Incorporation provide that the directors may be removed only for cause. If a director is elected by holders of one or more authorized classes or series of shares, only the holders of those classes or series of shares may participate in the vote to remove that director. A director or directors may be removed only if the number of votes cast to remove the director exceeds the number of votes cast not to remove the director. The notice of such special meeting must state that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is removal of the director or directors, as the case maybe.

 

7



 

8.                                        Regular Meetings . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee may be held without notice at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at such other place or places, either within or without the state of Washington, as the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, may from time to time designate. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice immediately after adjournment of the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

9.                                        Special Meetings .

 

(a)                                   Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by the President or by any director, to be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation or at such other place or places as the Board of Directors or the person or persons calling such meeting may from time to time designate; provided, however, if a director calls the meeting, the meeting shall be held in Seattle, Washington. Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, notice of all special meetings of the Board of Directors, stating the date, time and place thereof, shall be given at least two (2) days prior to the date of the meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Article VII of these Bylaws. Such notice need not specify the business to be transacted at, or the purpose of, the meeting.

 

(b)                                  Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by such person or persons and with such notice as shall be specified for such committee by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such specification, in the manner and with the notice required for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

10.                                  Waiver of Notice . A director may waive any notice required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws before or after the time stated for the meeting, and such waiver shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Such waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to such notice and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon the director’s arrival, objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

11.                                  Quorum . Unless the Articles of Incorporation require a greater or lesser number, a quorum of the Board of Directors consists of a majority of the number of directors specified or fixed in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the Board of Directors unless the Articles of Incorporation require a greater number of directors.

 

12.                                  Registering Dissent . A director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors when action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless:

 

(a)                                   the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon the director’s arrival, to holding it, or transacting business at the meeting;

 

8



 

(b)                                  the director’s dissent or abstention from the action is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

 

(c)                                   the director delivers written notice of the director’s dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation within a reasonable time after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who voted in favor of the action taken.

 

13.                                  Action by Directors Without a Meeting .

 

(a)                                   Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors, or of a committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all members of the Board of Directors or all of the members of such committee, as the case may be. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents setting forth the action taken, signed by each of the directors or by each of the members of the committee, as the case may be, either before or after the action taken, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporation’s records.

 

(b)                                  Action taken under this section is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a later effective date. A consent signed under this Section 13 has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

 

14.                                  Participation by Means of Communications Equipment . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, any or all directors may participate in a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or of a committee thereof) by, or may conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by which all directors participating can hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means shall be deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

15.                                  Committees .

 

(a)                                   Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors may create one or more committees of directors. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken or the number of directors required by Article IV, Section 11 of these Bylaws. Each committee must have two or more members who serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. To the extent specified by the Board of Directors or the Articles of Incorporation, each committee may exercise the authority of the Board of Directors as set forth in Article IV, Section 1 of these Bylaws. A committee may not, however:

 

(i)                                      authorize or approve a distribution except according to a general formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors;

 

(ii)                                   approve or propose to shareholders action that by law is required to be approved by shareholders;

 

 

9



 

(iii)                                fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or any of its committees;

 

(iv)                               amend the Articles of Incorporation;

 

(v)                                  adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws;

 

(vi)                               approve a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval; or

 

(vii)                            authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the Corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  The creation of, delegation of authority to, or action by a committee does not alone constitute compliance by a director with the standards of conduct described in the Washington business corporation act and these Bylaws.

 

16.                                  Remuneration . No stated salary shall be paid directors, as such, for their service, but by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee thereof; provided, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Officers

 

1.                                        Designation and Term . The officers of the Corporation shall be the President, the Secretary and at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents and a Treasurer, and any other officers appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors or by any other officer empowered to do so. The Board of Directors shall have sole power and authority to appoint executive officers. As used herein, the term “executive officer” shall mean the President, any Vice President in charge of a principal business unit, division or function or any other officer who performs a policy-making function. The Board of Directors or the President may appoint such other officers and assistant officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as may be prescribed. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer the power to appoint any subordinate officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authority and duties. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Unless an officer dies, resigns or is removed from office, he or she shall hold office until his or her successor is appointed.

 

The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may elect a Chairman from among its members to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors, who, when present, shall preside at all meetings

 

 

10



 

of the Board of Directors and the shareholders, and who shall have such other powers as the Board may determine.

 

2.                                        Powers and Duties . If the Board of Directors appoints persons to fill the following positions, such officers shall have the power and duties set forth below:

 

(a)                                   The President . The President of the Corporation shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors, shall have general control and management of the business affairs and policies of the Corporation. The President shall act as liaison from and as spokesman for the Board of Directors. The President shall participate in long-range planning for the Corporation and shall be available to the other officers of the Corporation for consultation. The President shall possess power to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation. Unless a Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The President shall perform all such other duties as are incident to the office of President or are properly required by the Board of Directors.

 

(b)                                  Vice Presidents . During the absence or disability of the President, the Executive or Senior Vice Presidents, if any, and the Vice Presidents, if any, in the order designated by the Board of Directors, shall exercise all the functions of the President. Each Vice President shall have such powers and discharge such duties as may be assigned from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

(c)                                   The Secretary . The Secretary shall issue notices for all meetings, except for notices for special meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the directors which are called by the requisite percentage of shareholders or number of directors, shall keep minutes of all meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the Corporation’s books, and shall make such reports and perform such other duties as are incident to the office of Secretary, or are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

(d)                                  The Treasurer . The Treasurer, if any, shall have the custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation and shall keep regular books of account. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation in payment of the just demands against the Corporation or as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers or receipts for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board of Directors from time to time as may be required an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties incident to his or her office or that are properly required of him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

3.                                        Standards of Conduct for Officers .

 

(a)                                   An officer with discretionary authority shall discharge such officer’s duties under that authority:

 

11



 

(i)                                      in good faith;

 

(ii)                                   with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances; and

 

(iii)                                in a manner the officer reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

4.                                        Delegation . In the case of absence or inability to act of any officer of the Corporation and of any person herein authorized to act in such officer’s place, the Board of Directors (or if such officer was appointed by another officer, the officer that appointed such officer) may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or any director or other person whom the Board of Directors (or the officer that appointed such officer) may in its sole discretion select.

 

5.                                        Vacancies . Vacancies in any office arising from any cause may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

6.                                        Other Officers . The Board of Directors, or a duly appointed officer to whom such authority has been delegated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary or expedient, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or an officer authorized by the Board of Directors to prescribe the duties of other officers.

 

7.                                        Resignation . An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the Corporation. Such notice shall be effective when delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date. Any such resignation shall not affect the Corporation’s contract rights, if any, with the officer.

 

8.                                        Removal . Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors. Any officer or assistant officer, if appointed by another officer, may be removed by any officer authorized to appoint officers or assistant officers. Such removal shall not affect the Corporation’s contract rights, if any, with the officer.

 

9.                                        Salaries and Contract Rights . The salaries, if any, of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. No officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

 

 

12



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Distributions and Finance

 

1.                                        Distributions . The Board of Directors may authorize and the Corporation may make distributions to its shareholders, subject to any restrictions in the Articles of Incorporation; provided that no distribution may be made if, after giving it effect, either:

 

(a)                                   The Corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or

 

(b)                                  The Corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus, unless the Articles of Incorporation permit otherwise, the amount which would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

 

The Board of Directors may authorize distributions to holders of record at the close of business on any business day prior to the date on which the distribution is made. If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for determining shareholders entitled to a distribution, the record date shall be the date on which the Board of Directors authorizes the distribution.

 

2.                                        Measure of Effect of a Distribution . For purposes of determining whether a distribution may be authorized by the Board of Directors and paid by the Corporation under Article VI, Section 1 of these Bylaws, the effect of the distribution is measured:

 

(a)                                   In the case of a distribution of indebtedness, the terms of which provide that payment of principal and interest are made only if and to the extent that payment of a distribution to shareholders could then be made under this section, each payment of principal or interest is treated as a distribution, the effect of which is measured on the date the payment is actually made; or

 

(b)                                  In the case of any other distribution:

 

(i)                                      if the distribution is by purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of the Corporation’s shares, the effect of the distribution is measured as of the earlier of the date any money or other property is transferred or debt incurred by the Corporation, or the date the shareholder ceases to be a shareholder with respect to the acquired shares;

 

(ii)                                   if the distribution is of an indebtedness other than described in subsection (a) and (b)(i) of this Section 2, the effect of the distribution is measured as of the date the indebtedness is distributed; and

 

(iii)                                in all other cases, the effect of the distribution is measured as of the date the distribution is authorized if payment occurs within 120 days after the date of authorization, or the date the payment is made if it occurs more than 120 days after the date of authorization.

 

13



 

For purposes of determinations under this Section 2, the Board of Directors may base a determination that a distribution is not prohibited under this Section 2 either on financial statements prepared on a basis of accounting practices and principles that are reasonable in the circumstances or on a fair valuation or other method that is reasonable in the circumstances, and indebtedness of the Corporation, including indebtedness issued as a distribution, is not considered a liability if its terms provide that payment of principal and interest are made only if and to the extent that payment of a distribution to shareholders could then be made under this Section 2.

 

3.                                        Depositories . The monies of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such bank or banks or trust company or trust companies as the Board of Directors shall designate, and shall be drawn out only by check or other order for payment of money signed by such persons and in such manner as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Notices

 

Except as may otherwise be required by law, any notice to any shareholder or director must be in writing and may be transmitted by: mail, private carrier or personal delivery; telegraph or teletype; or telephone, wire or wireless equipment which transmits a facsimile of the notice. Written notice by the Corporation to its shareholders shall be deemed effective when mailed, if mailed with first-class postage prepaid and correctly addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the Corporation’s current record of shareholders. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, written notice shall be deemed effective at the earliest of the following: (i) when received; (ii) five days after its deposit in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if mailed with first-class postage, prepaid and correctly addressed; (iii) on the date shown on the return receipt, if sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and receipt is signed by or on behalf of the addressee; or (iv) if sent to a shareholder’s address, telephone number, or other number appearing on the records of the Corporation, when dispatched by telegraph, teletype or facsimile equipment.

 

 

14



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Seal

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal which seal shall be in such form and bear such inscription as may be adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Indemnification of Officers.,
Directors, Employees and Agents

 

1.                                        Definitions . For purposes of this Article:

 

(a)                                   “Corporation” includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the Corporation in a merger or other transaction in which the predecessor’s existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.

 

(b)                                  “Director means an individual who is or was a Director of the Corporation or an individual who, while a Director of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise. A Director is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporation’s request if the Director’s duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the Director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. “Director” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a Director.

 

(c)                                   “Expenses” include counsel fees.

 

(d)                                  “Liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or reasonable Expenses incurred with respect to a Proceeding.

 

(e)                                   “Official Capacity” means: (i) when used with respect to a Director, the office of Director in the Corporation; and (ii) when used with respect to an individual other than a Director, as contemplated in Article IX, Section 6 of these Bylaws the office in the Corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Corporation. “Official Capacity” does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.

 

(f)                                     “Party” includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding.

 

15



 

(g)                                  “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

 

2.                                        Right to Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Corporation shall indemnify a Director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any Proceeding to which the Director was a Party because of being a Director of the Corporation, against all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Director in connection with the Proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in subsection (e) of this Section 2, the Corporation shall indemnify an individual made a Party to a Proceeding because the individual is or was a Director against Liability incurred in the Proceeding if:

 

(i)                                      The individual acted in good faith; and

 

(ii)                                   The individual reasonably believed:

 

(A)                               In the case of conduct in the individual’s Official Capacity with the Corporation, that the individual’s conduct was in the Corporation’s best interests; and
 
(B)                                 In all other cases, that the individual’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests; and
 

(iii)                                In the case of any criminal Proceeding, the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(c)                                   A Director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the Director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement of subsection (b)(ii) of this Section 2.

 

(d)                                  The termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the Director did not meet the standard of conduct described in this Section.

 

(e)                                   The Corporation shall not indemnify a Director under this Section 2:

 

(i)                                      In connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation in which the Director was adjudged liable to the Corporation; or

 

(ii)                                   In connection with any other Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the Director, whether or not involving action in the Director’s Official

 

 

16



 

Capacity, in which the Director was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by the Director.

 

(f)                                     Indemnification under this Article IX, Section 2 in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation is limited to reasonable Expenses incurred in connection with the Proceeding.

 

3.                                        Advance for Expenses .

 

(a)                                   The Corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable Expenses incurred by a Director who is a Party to a Proceeding in advance of final disposition of the Proceeding and in advance of any determination and authorization of indemnification pursuant to Article IX, Section 5 of these Bylaws if:

 

(i)                                      The Director furnishes the Corporation a written affirmation of the Director’s good faith belief that the Director has met the standard of conduct described in Section 2 of this Article IX; and

 

(ii)                                   The Director furnishes the Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on the Director’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the Director did not meet the standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  The undertaking required by subsection (a)(ii) of this Section 3 must be an unlimited general obligation of the Director but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.

 

(c)                                   Authorization of payments under this Section 3 may be made by resolution adopted by the shareholders or board or Directors, or by contract.

 

4.                                        Court-ordered Indemnification . A Director of the Corporation who is a Party to a Proceeding may apply for indemnification or advance of Expenses to the court conducting the Proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court after giving any notice the court considers necessary may order indemnification or advance of Expenses if it determines:

 

(a)                                   The Director is entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, in which case the court shall also order the Corporation to pay the Director’s reasonable Expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification;

 

(b)                                  The Director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the Director met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 2 of this Article IX, or was adjudged liable as described in Section 2(e) of this Article IX, but if the Director was adjudged so liable, the Director’s indemnification is limited to reasonable Expenses incurred unless the Articles of Incorporation or a Bylaw, contract, or

 

 

17



 

resolution approved and ratified by the shareholders pursuant to Section 11 of this Article IX provides otherwise; or

 

(c)                                   In the case of an advance of Expenses, the Director is entitled pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, or any applicable resolution or contract, to payment or reimbursement of the Director’s reasonable Expenses incurred as a Party to the Proceeding in advance of final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

5.                                        Determination and Authorization of Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Corporation shall not indemnify a Director under this Article IX unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that indemnification of the Director is permissible in the circumstances because the Director has met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 2(b) of this Article IX.

 

(b)                                  The determination shall be made:

 

(i)                                      By the Board of Directors by majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors not at the time Parties to the Proceeding;

 

(ii)                                   If a quorum cannot be obtained under (i) of this subsection, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors, in which designation Directors who are Parties may participate, consisting solely of two or more Directors not at the time Parties to the Proceeding;

 

(iii)                                By special legal counsel:

 

(A)                               Selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in (i) or (ii) of this subsection; or
 
(B)                                 If a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be obtained under (i) of this subsection and a committee cannot be designated under (ii) of this subsection, selected by majority vote of the full Board of Directors, in which selection Directors who are Parties may participate; or
 

(iv)                               By the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of Directors who are at the time Parties to the Proceeding may not be voted on the determination.

 

(c)                                   Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if the determination is made by special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made by those entitled under subsection (b) (iii) of this Section to select counsel.

 

18



 

6.                                        Indemnification of Officers

 

(a)                                   An officer of the Corporation shall be indemnified under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, and is entitled to apply for court-ordered indemnification under Section 4 of this Article IX, in each case to the same extent as a Director; and

 

(b)                                  The Corporation shall indemnify and advance Expenses under Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX to an officer to the same extent as to a Director; and

 

(c)                                   The Corporation may also indemnify and advance Expenses to an officer to the extent, consistent with law, that may be provided by the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw, a general or specific action of its Board of Directors, or contract.

 

(d)                                  An officer who is also a Director of the Corporation is limited to the indemnification rights of Directors set forth in Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX, regardless of the capacity in which the individual is made a Party to a Proceeding.

 

7.                                        Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

(a)                                   The Corporation may indemnify employees and agents of the Corporation under Section 2(a) of this Article IX, and may afford the right to such employees or agents to apply for court-ordered indemnification under Section 4 of this Article IX, in each case to the same extent as a Director; and

 

(b)                                  The Corporation may indemnify and advance Expenses under Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of Article IX to an employee or agent of the Corporation to the same extent as to a Director;

 

(c)                                   The Corporation may also indemnify and advance Expenses to an employee or agent to the extent, consistent with law, that may be provided by a general or specific action of its Board of Directors, or contract; and

 

(d)                                  An employee or agent who is also a Director of the Corporation is limited to the indemnification rights of Directors set forth in Sections 2 through 5 and Section 11 of this Article IX, regardless of the capacity in which the individual is made a Party to a Proceeding.

 

8.                                        Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while a Director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, against Liability asserted against or incurred by the individual in that capacity or arising from the individual’s status as a Director, officer, employee, or agent, whether or not the Corporation would have power to indemnify the individual against the same Liability under this Article IX.

 

19



 

9.                                        Indemnification as a Witness . This Article IX does not limit a Corporation’s power to pay or reimburse Expenses incurred by a Director in connection with the Director’s appearance as a witness in a Proceeding at a time when the Director has not been made a named defendant or respondent to the Proceeding.

 

10.                                  Report to Shareholders . If the Corporation indemnifies or advances Expenses to a Director pursuant to this Article IX in connection with a Proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders’ meeting.

 

11.                                  Shareholder Authorized Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   If authorized by the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw adopted or ratified by the shareholders, or a resolution adopted or ratified, before or after the event, by the shareholders of the Corporation, the Corporation shall have the power to indemnify or agree to indemnify a Director made a Party to a Proceeding, or obligate itself to advance or reimburse Expenses incurred in a Proceeding, without regard to the limitations contained in Sections 2 through 5 of this Article IX; provided that no such indemnity shall indemnify any Director from or on account of:

 

(i)                                      Acts or omissions of the Director finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

(ii)                                   Conduct of the Director finally adjudged to be an unlawful distribution under RCW 23B.08.310; or

 

(iii)                                Any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such Director personally received a benefit in money, property, or services to which the Director was not legally entitled.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Articles of Incorporation, or a Bylaw, or a resolution adopted or ratified by the shareholders of the Corporation provides otherwise, any determination as to any indemnity or advance of Expenses under subsection (a) of this Section 11 shall be made in accordance with Section 5 of this Article IX.

 

12.                                  Validity of Indemnification . A provision addressing the Corporation’s indemnification of or advance for Expenses to Directors that is contained in these Bylaws, a resolution of its shareholders or Board of Directors, or in a contract or otherwise, is valid only if and to the extent the provision is consistent with RCW 23B.08.500 through 23B.08.580.

 

13.                                  Interpretation . The provisions contained in this Article IX shall be interpreted and applied to provide indemnification to Directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation to the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, as such law may be amended, interpreted and applied from time to time.

 

14.                                  Savings Clause . If this Article IX or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Director as to reasonable Expenses and liabilities with respect to any Proceeding, whether or not brought by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article IX that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.

 

15.                                  Nonexclusivity of Rights . The right to indemnification under this Article IX for Directors, officers, employees and agents shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have, or hereafter acquire, under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, other agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors, insurance policy, principles of common law or equity, or otherwise.

 

 

20



 

ARTICLE X

 

Books and Records

 

The Corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting records and shall keep as permanent records minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and Board of Directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or the Board of Directors without a meeting and a record of all actions taken by a committee of the Board of Directors exercising authority of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Corporation. In addition, the Corporation shall maintain and keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its shareholders, in a form that permits the preparation of a list of the names and addresses of all shareholders in alphabetical order by class of shares showing the number and class of shares held by each. Any such records shall be in written form or another form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.

 

The Corporation shall keep a copy of the following records at its principal office:

 

1.                                        The Articles or Restated Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto currently in effect;

 

2.                                        The Bylaws or Restated Bylaws and all amendments thereto currently in effect;

 

3.                                        The minutes of all shareholders’ meetings, and records of all actions taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three years;

 

4.                                        Its financial statements for the past three years, including balance sheets showing in reasonable detail the financial condition of the Corporation as of the close of each fiscal year, and an income statement showing the results of its operations during each fiscal year. Such statements may be consolidated or combined statements of the Corporation and one or more of its subsidiaries, as appropriate.

 

5.                                        All written communications to shareholders generally within the past three years;

 

6.                                        A list of the names and business addresses of its current directors and officers; and

 

7.                                        Its most recent annual report delivered to the Secretary of State of the state of Washington.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Amendments

 

1.                                        By Shareholders . The shareholders may alter, amend and repeal these Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws in the manner set forth in Article II, Section 9 of these Bylaws at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders. All Bylaws made by the Board of Directors may be amended, repealed, altered or modified by the shareholders.

 

 

21



 

2.                                        By Directors . The Board of Directors may alter, amend or repeal these Bylaws, and new Bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors; except that the Board of Directors may not repeal or amend any Bylaw that the shareholders have expressly provided, in amending or repealing such Bylaw, may not be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may not modify the Bylaws fixing their qualifications, classifications or term of office.

 

3.                                        Emergency Bylaws . Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors may adopt Bylaws to be effective only in an “emergency as defined in this Section 3. The emergency Bylaws, which are subject to amendment or repeal by the shareholders, may make all provisions necessary for managing the Corporation during an emergency. All provisions of these Bylaws consistent with the emergency Bylaws remain effective during the emergency. The emergency Bylaws are not effective after the emergency ends. An “emergency exists for purposes of this Section 3 if a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot be readily assembled because of some catastrophic event.

 

Adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors on November 30, 1999.

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey M. Schoenfeld

 

 

 

Name: Jeffrey M. Schoenfeld

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

22


 



Exhibit 3.79

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

RACCOON ACQUISITION CORP.

 

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Raccoon Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Coda (the “GCL”).

 

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 100 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of $.01.

 

FIFTH :  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Deborah M. Reusch
P.O. Box 636
Wilmington, DE 19899

 

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)                                   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)                                   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or repeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)                                   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.



 

(4)                                   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)                                   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors arc hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH :  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

 

2



 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 8 th day of August, 2002.

 

 

   /s/ Deborah M. Rausch

 

 

Name: Deborah M. Rausch

 

Date: Sole Incorporator

 

 

3



 

Certificate of Amendment

 

of

 

Certificate of Incorporation

 

Raccoon Acquisition Corp., a corporation organized and existing under sad by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

NINTH That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc:”

 

TENTH That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolution:

 

RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.

 

ELEVENTH That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Lynn A, Feldman, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 10 th day of July, 2003.

 

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATION OF INCORPORATION
OF
CENDANT TRAVEL DISTRIBUTION SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

TWELFTH That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport Inc.”

 

THIRTEENTH That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

 

RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport Inc.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

 

FOURTEENTH That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation. Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Lynn A. Feldman; its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 18 th day of April, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TRAVELPORT INC.

Travelport Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport Americas, Inc.”

SECOND:  That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the stockholder has given its written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

“RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

“FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Travelport Americas, Inc .”

and it is further

RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle 3. Boas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 27 th   day of September, 2006.

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.80

 

BY-LAWS

OF

RACCOON ACQUISITION CORP.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.   Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The Name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Services Company.

 

Section 2.   Other Services . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.   Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.   Annual Meetings . The Annual Meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 3.   Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 



 

Section 4.   Notice . Whenever stockholders arc required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, the written notice of any meeting shell be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 5.   Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.   Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 7.   Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a simile class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of incorporation, and subject to Section 5 of Article V hereof, each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat Held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three yaws from its date, unless such proxy provides for a 1 year period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in such effect’s discretion, may requite that arty votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 8.   Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent o r consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted end shell be delivered to the Corporation by deliver to its register office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which

 

 

2



 

proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of Signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 8 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this section.

 

Section 9.   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may he inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present

 

Section 10.   Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 9 of this Article 11 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 11.   Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairmen of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such roles, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairmen of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following; (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions op entry to the meeting after the time

 

 

3



 

fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.   Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of net less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meetings of Stockholders and each director so elected shall held office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such directs earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.   Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall bold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.   Duties and Power . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws required to be exercised or done by the Stockholders.

 

Section 4.   Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors maybe held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

 

4



 

Section 5.   Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 6.   Actions by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case maybe, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 7.   Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 8.   Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Di rectors when required.

 

Section 9.   Compensation . The directors maybe paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and maybe paid a fixed sum

 

5



 

for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 10.   Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contact or transaction, or solely because the director or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contact or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.   General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may he held by the same person unless otherwise prohibited by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.   Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined . from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and

 

6



 

qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.   Voting Scarifies Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.   Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, and the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors, except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer or the President is required. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of such officer. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.   Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall supervise, coordinate and manage the Corporation’s business and activities and supervise, coordinate and manage its operating expenses and capital allocation, shall have general authority to exercise all the powers necessary for the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-laws or by the Board of Directors. In the absence of disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the Stockholders and the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.   President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business of the

 

 

7



 

Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorised by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, and in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise s uch other powers as may from time to time be assigned , to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.   Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or is the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 8.   Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books,

 

 

8



 

reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to he kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 9.   Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in s uch sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 10.   Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 11.   Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation

 

Section 12.   Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

9



 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1.   Form of Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i)  by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

 

Section 2.   Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.   Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to have been lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to advertise the sane in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 4.   Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5.   Record Date .

 

(a)                                   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for

 

 

10



 

determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; providing, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record data shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolutions taking such prior action.

 

(c)                                   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any tights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall he not be more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 6.   Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

11



 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 1.   Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 2.   Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of meeting to the transaction dairy business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.   Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 6 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends; or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2.   Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.   Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.   Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscr i bed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

12



 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.   Power to Indemnify in Action, Suits or Proceedings . The corporation shall indemnify any person:

 

(a)                                   who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by, or in the right of, the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was servicing at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

(b)                                  who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against auch costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

The extent, amount, and eligibility for the indemnification provided herein will be made by the Board of Directors. Said determinations will be made by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit, proceeding or by the shareholders by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of shareholders who were not parties to such action, suit, or proceeding.

 

The Corporation will have the power to make neither indemnification as provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; however, the indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his actions or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute a violation of the criminal law unless the director, officer, employee or agent has reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable use to believe his conduct was unlawful: a transaction which the

 

 

13



 

director, officer, employee or agent derived an improper personal benefit; in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are applicable or willful misconduct or conscious disregard for the best interests of the Corporation in proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of the shareholder.

 

Section 2.   Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i)  by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii)by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even through less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 3.   Good Faith . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which it person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

Section 4.   Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 5.   Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

 

14



 

Section 6.   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding each office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the Stale of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 7.   Insurance . The Corporation may purchase end maintain insurance on behalf of arty person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation saving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation wand have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII.

 

Section 8.   Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article: VII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or survivor corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 9.   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and Administrators of such a person.

 

15



 

Section 10.   Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 11.   Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The C orporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and of ears of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.   Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws maybe adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case maybe. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

 

16



 

Section 2.   Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article TX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total umber of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

*  *  *

 

 

Adopted as of August 8, 2002

 

 

17


 



Exhibit 3.81

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
TDS OPERATIONS, INC.

 

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is TDS Operations, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

 

THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”), including but not limited to in a business as an escrow agent, in connection with mortgage settlement services.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows;

 

Lynn A. Feldman
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH:  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

(1)   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

 

(4)   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the

 



 

stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

(5)   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and thing as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH:  Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 4th day of January, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TDS OPERATIONS. INC.

 

TDS Operations, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the “Corporation”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY;

 

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Travelport Operations, Inc.”

 

SECOND:  That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholder, the sole stockholder has given its unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolutions:

 

“RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Travelport Operations, Inc.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective upon the filing of this certificate.”

 

THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by Rochelle J. Boas, its Vice President and Assistant Secretary, this 20th day of April, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas

 

 

Name: Rochelle J. Boas

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.82

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

TDS OPERATIONS, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1   Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2   Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1   Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2   Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 

1



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3   Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4   Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5   Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

2



 

Section 2.6   Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8   Stock Ledger .

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1   Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2   Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3   Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4   Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5   Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6   Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7   Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8   Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9   Compensation .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10   Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1   General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2   Duties .

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3   Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4   President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7 .

 

Section 4.5   Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6   Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7   Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8   Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 5.1   Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2   Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3   Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4   Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5   Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6   Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1   Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2   Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1   Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2   Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3   Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4   Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’

 

11



 

fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3   Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

12



 

Section 8.4   Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5   Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6   Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in

 

13



 

advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8   Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9   Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

14



 

Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11   Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12   Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1   Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2   Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




Exhibit 3.83

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Travelport Holdings, Inc.

FIRST :  The name of the Corporation is Travelport Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”).

SECOND :  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD :  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

FOURTH :  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

FIFTH :  The name of mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

Rochelle J. Boas
400 lnterpace Parkway
Building A
Parsippany, New Jersey
07054

SIXTH :  The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholder:

(1)  The  business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(2)  The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

(3)  The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

(4)  No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violaton of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the

 



stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5)  In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

SEVENTH :  Meeting of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH :  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, changes or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein and granted subject to this reservation.

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 8th th day of February, 2007.

 

/s/ Rochelle J. Boas                            
Name: Rochelle J. Boas
Title: Sole Incorporator

 

 

2




Exhibit 3.84

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

TRAVELPORT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1              Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2              Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1      Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2      Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3      Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4      Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5      Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat.  Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6      Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7      List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8      Stock Ledger .

 

                The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1      Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death.  Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

                Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3      Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4      Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight  (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four  (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5      Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6      Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7      Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone 

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8      Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9      Compensation .

 

                The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

5



 

Section 3.10     Interested Directors .

 

 No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:   (i)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or  (ii)  the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or  (iii)  the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1      General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.  The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2              Duties. 

 

                All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws,  by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3      Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

                The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.  If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors.  During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4      President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5      Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6      Secretary and Assistant Secretary.

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7      Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer.

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8      Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate.  All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

Section 5.1      Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2      Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3      Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4      Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5      Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6      Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1      Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2      Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1      Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2      Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3      Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be December 31 st .

 

Section 7.4   Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or

 

11



 

other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2      Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3      Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made  (i)   by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or  (ii)   if  there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or  (iii)   by the stockholders.  To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including

 

12



 

attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 8.4      Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise.  The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent.  The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5      Indemnification by a Court.

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.  Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct.  Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.  If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6      Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an

 

13



 

undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7      Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.  The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8      Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9      Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee

 

14



 

benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  Section 8.11      Limitation on Indemnification .

 

                Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12      Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

            The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1      Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be.  All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2      Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

 

16




Exhibit 3.85

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TRAVEL PORTAL, INC.

 

Travel Portal, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.              The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 28, 2000 under the name Cendant Travel Portal, Inc.

 

2.              A Certificate of Amendment to the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed on March 27, 2001 changing the name of the Corporation to “Travel Portal, Inc.”

 

3.              This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates, integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended.

 

4.              This Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation contained herein were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and were approved by the unanimous written consent of the sole stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, and have been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 DGCL.

 



 

5.              The Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation is hereby restated, integrated and further amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

FIRST:   The name of the Corporation is Travel Portal, Inc.
SECOND:   The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
 
THIRD:   The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

FOURTH:   (a)  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue 70,000 shares, consisting of 50,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 20,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
 

(b)   The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be: (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or

 

2



in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; (iv) entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of shares of the class or series and, if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which the shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund; (v) dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors, provided that the manner in which such facts shall operate upon the voting powers, designations, preferences, rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such class or series is clearly and expressly set forth in the resolution(s) providing for the issuance of such class or series by the Board of Directors; or (vi) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

 

FIFTH:   The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition,
 

3



 

limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
 

(a)            The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be four or such other number as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(b)            The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 

(c)            No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived or received an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

4



 

(d)            In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided , however , that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

 

SIXTH:   Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH:   The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
 
EIGHTH:   The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to make, alter, amend and repeal the By-Laws (except so far as the By-Laws adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise provide). Any By-Laws made by the

 

5



 

directors under the powers conferred hereby may be altered, amended or repealed by the directors in accordance with the By-Laws or by the stockholders.

 

6



 

 

Certificate of Amendment

 

of

 

Certificate of Incorporation

 

Travel Portal, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation to change the name of the Corporation to “Trip Network, Inc”.

 

SECOND:  That in lieu of a meeting and vote of the stockholders, the stockholders have given their unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by adopting the following resolution:

 

RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Trip Network, Inc.”

 

FURTHER RESOLVED, that the foregoing name change shall be effective as of October 10, 2001.

 

THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections; 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:  This Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective October 10, 2001.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Travel Portal, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by John Kim, Secretary, as of this 10th day of October 2001.

 

 

  /s/ John Kim

 

 

Name: John Kim

 

Title: Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TRIP NETWORK, INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

Trip Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), does hereby certify as follows;

 

FIRST:  That the first paragraph of Article IV of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be amended by deleting the first paragraph of such Article in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 120,000, consisting of 100,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and 20,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

SECOND:  That pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, consent of the sole stockholder of the Corporation was duly obtained in accordance with Section 228 of the GCL, which consent authorized the foregoing amendments.

 

THIRD:  That the foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the GCL.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed in its corporate name this 30th day of October 2001.

 

 

TRIP NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John S. Kim

 

 

 

Name: John S. Kim

 

 

Title: Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
OF
CHEAP TICKETS, INC.
INTO
TRIP NETWORK, INC.

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1.              The constituent business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:

 

(i)             Cheap Tickets, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware; and

 

(ii)            Trip Network, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.              An Agreement of Merger has been approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged by each of the aforesaid constituent corporations in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.              The name of the surviving corporation in the merger herein certified is Trip Network, Inc., which will continue its existence as said surviving corporation under its present name upon the effective date of said merger pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

4.              The Certificate of Incorporation of Trip Network, Inc., as now in force and effect, shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of said surviving corporation until amended and changed pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

5.              The executed Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations is on file at an office of the aforesaid surviving corporation, the address of which is as follows: 1 Campus Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054.

 

6.              A copy of the aforesaid Agreement of Merger will be furnished by the aforesaid surviving corporation, on request, and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the aforesaid constituent corporations.

 

7.              The Agreement of Merger between the aforesaid constituent corporations provides that the merger herein certified shall be effective October 1, 2005.

 



 

Dated: September 29. 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHEAP TICKETS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September 29. 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

TRIP NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

    /s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Title: Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 3.86

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

TRAVEL PORTAL, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                                             Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Section 2.                                             Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                             Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.                                             Annual Meetings . The Annual Meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 3.                                             Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by any of (i) the Chairman, if there be one, (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) at least fifty percent of the Board of Directors, (ii) a

 

1



 

committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

 

Section 4.                                             Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, the written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 5.                                             Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been trans-acted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 6.                                             Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

 

Section 7.                                             Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the capital stock represented and

 

2



 

entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 5 of Article V hereof, each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 8.                                             Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 8 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this section.

 

Section 9.                                             List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and

 

3



 

showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stock-holder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.

 

Section 10.                                       Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 9 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 11.                                       Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                             Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fourteen members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as

 

4



 

provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Annual Meetings of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 2.                                             Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise maybe filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these By-Laws, prior to the initial public offering of equity securities of the Corporation pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Initial Public Offering”), vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled in compliance with the terms of Section 4.3(b) of the Transaction Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2001 (the “Transaction Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, and Cendant Internet Group, Inc. (“CIG”).

 

Section 3.                                             Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 4.                                             Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 5.                                             Quorum; Voting . (a)  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or Section 5(b) of this Article III, at all meetings of the Board

 

5



 

of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum must include at least one director designated by each class of Holders (as that term is defined in the Transaction Agreement) and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these By-Laws, prior to the Initial Public Offering the following shall apply:

 

(i)                                      a quorum for any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be at least a majority of the directors, one of whom must be a director designated by CIG and one of whom must be a director designated by the Trust. No action may be taken by the Board of Directors at any meeting unless such quorum of the Board of Directors is present at the time such action is taken. Resolutions of the Board of Directors shall be adopted only by the affirmative vote of the majority of directors present at a meeting at which such quorum of the Board of Directors is present; and

 

(ii)                                   unless (a) contemplated by an Approved Budget or a Rollover Budget, (b) contemplated in Section 5.6 of the Transaction Agreement or (iii) as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the Transaction Agreement, the Corporation shall not take any of the following actions except pursuant to the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the Board of Directors (such approval, a “Qualified Vote”):

 

1.                                        amend or restate the Company’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws;
 
2.                                        sell, transfer, lease, sublease, license or otherwise dispose of any property or asset not in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, involving an expenditure or transfer of more than $1 million in money or money’s worth to a third party (other than through the Put Right as that term is defined in the Development Agreement);
 

6



 

 
3.                                        declare, make or pay any dividend or any other material distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property);
 
4.                                        merge or consolidate with, or acquire an interest in any Person or make an acquisition of the assets or business of any Person or any other acquisition of assets, in each case, involving an expenditure or transfer of more than $1 million in money or money’s worth;
 
5.                                        make any loans, advances or capital contributions in excess of $250,000 to, or investments in, any Person;

 

6.                                        issue, sell, adjust, split, combine, subdivide, reclassify, transfer, pledge, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock;
 
7.                                        form or participate in a joint venture or partnership outside the ordinary course of business or involving over $200,000 in assets or over $500,000 in revenues;
 
8.                                        enter into any agreement, arrangement or transaction with any officer, employee or Affiliate of the Company (or any relative, beneficiary, employee or Affiliate of such person) that calls for aggregate expenditures or transfers in any such agreement, arrangement or transaction or series of agreements, arrangements or transactions involving in the aggregate an expenditure or transfer of more than $2,500,000 in money or money’s worth (other than payment of salary, bonus or reimbursement of reasonable expenses and other than the transactions contemplated by the Development Agreement), or, except for such matters as may be directed by CIG pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of Section 6.13 hereof, amend any existing agreement or arrangement involving in the aggregate an expenditure or transfer of more than $2,500,000 in money or money’s worth with any officer, employee or Affiliate of the Company (or any relative, beneficiary, employee or Affiliate of such person);
 
9.                                        commit to any capital expenditure not included in an Approved Budget or a Rollover Budget in excess of $500,000;
 

7



 

 
10.                                  enter into any agreement, contract or arrangement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to pay or entitled to receive payments in excess of $2,500,000 over the term of such contract;
 
11.                                  appoint or terminate any chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, president or any Person who performs similar functions, or select or replace the independent auditors of the Company;
 
12.                                  enter into or amend (i) any written employment agreement or contract providing annual compensation, including bonus, in excess of $200,000 per year, or any employee benefit plan or employee policy for the benefit of any Person, (ii) any arrangement that would obligate the Company to pay any employee in excess of $200,000 per year or (iii) any arrangement that would obligate the Company to pay any employee compensation based on the net profits, revenues or gross sales of the Company or any other contingent basis;
 
13.                                  commence or settle any litigation for an amount in excess of $250,000;
 
14.                                  unless required by law or a change in GAAP, make any material change in the accounting methods of the Company;
 
15.                                  (A) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company or (B) the commencement of a voluntary proceeding seeking reorganization or other similar relief;
 
16.                                  the incurrence, issuance, assumption, guarantee or refinancing of any Debt if the aggregate amount of such Debt and all other outstanding Debt of the Company exceeds $5,000,000;
 
17.                                  any acquisition, divestiture, spin-off, merger, or consolidation that will modify the Company’s asset base by more than 5 percent or involve more than 5 percent of the revenues of the Company or involve companies that are owned in part by any Holder outside of the Company’s corporate structure (other than through a Put Right as that term is defined in the Development Agreement);

 

8



 

 
18.                                  (A) change the number of members of the Board of Directors from four, (B) nominate directors for election to the Board of Directors at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and (C) establish any committee of the Board of Directors (including the appointment of any member thereto); and
 
19.                                  sell, pledge, transfer, convey, assign, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of in any manner to any Person (other than CIG or any of its subsidiaries) any shares of Homestore Common Stock held by the Company (other than through the Put Right as that term is defined in the Development Agreement).
 

For purposes of this Section 5, capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Transaction Agreement.

 

Section 6.                                             Actions by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 7.                                             Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 8.                                             Committees . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(b) of this Article III, the Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such commit-tee. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers

 

9



 

which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 9.                                             Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 10.                                       Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the director or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if (i) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                             General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant

 

10



 

Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                                             Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stock-holders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Except as set forth in the Transaction Agreement, the salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.                                             Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

Section 4.                                             Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, and the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors, except where by law the signature of the Chief Executive Officer or the President is required. During the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of such

 

11



 

officer. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.                                             Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall super-vise, coordinate and manage the Corporation’s business and activities and supervise, coordinate and manage its operating expenses and capital allocation, shall have general authority to exercise all the powers necessary for the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.                                             President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, and in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.                                             Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there is more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of

 

12



 

Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

 

Section 8.                                             Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 9.                                             Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case

 

13



 

of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 10.                                       Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time maybe assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

 

Section 11.                                       Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 12.                                       Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 1.                                             Form of Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary

 

14



 

of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                                             Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 3.                                             Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 4.                                             Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

Section 5.               Record Date . (a)  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stock-holders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is

 

15



 

waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; providing, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolutions taking such prior action.

 

(c)                                   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 6.                                             Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not

 

16



 

be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

 

17



 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 1.                                             Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 2.                                             Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.                                             Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the DGCL and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 6 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 2.                                             Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and

 

18



 

notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.                                             Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.                                             Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal, which shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and words and figures showing that the Corporation was incorporated in the State of Delaware and the year of incorporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.                                             Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 2.                                             Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the

 

19



 

Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 3.                                             Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

Section 4.                                             Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful,

 

20



 

if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Section 4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.                                             Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 6.                                             Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 7.                                             Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of

 

21



 

Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, any By-Law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.                                             Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partner-ship, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 9.                                             Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partner-ship, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to

 

22



 

be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 10.                                       Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 11.                                       Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.                                       Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 1.                                             Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1, prior to the Initial Public Offering, (a) any amendments to these By-Laws by the Board of Directors shall require a Qualified Vote of the Board of Directors and (b) any amendments to Article III of these By-Laws shall require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.

 

23



 

Section 2.                                             Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

* * *

 

Adopted as of: March 30, 2001

 

 

24




Exhibit 3.87

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
GALILEO AC, INC.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is Galileo AC, Inc.

 

2.                                        The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, county of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.                                        The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

4.                                        The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to Ten Dollars and No Cents ($10.00).

 

5.                                        The board of directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

6.                                        The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

 

T. L. Ford
Corporation Trust Center
1209 Orange Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801

 

7.                                        A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

 

8.                                        The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 1st day of February, 2000.

 

 

 

/s/ J. L. Ford

 

 

 

Sole Incorporator

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
FILED TO CORRECT A CERTAIN ERROR IN
THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
GALILEO AC, INC.
FILED IN THE OFFICE OF
THE SECRETARY OF STATE OP DELAWARE
ON FEBRUARY 1, 2000

 

Galileo AC, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

9.                                        The name of the corporation is Galileo AC, Inc.

 

10.                                  That a Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 1, 2000 and that said Certificate requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the Sate of Delaware.

 

11.                                  The inaccuracy or defect of said Certificate to be corrected is as follows:

 

12.                                  The Barrie of the Corporation is Galileo Acquisition Co.

 

13.                                  Article I of the Certificate is corrected to road as follows: The name of the Corporation is Galileo Acquisition Co.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Galileo AC, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by Judith M. Sheetz its Assistant Secretary, this Ninth day of February, 2000.

 

 

 

Galileo AC, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 /s/ Judith M. Shuk

 

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

 

OF

 

TRIP.COM, INC.

 

WITH AND INTO

 

GALILEO ACQUISITION CO.

 

It is hereby certified that:

 

1. The business corporations participating in the merger herein certified are:

 

(i)                                      Galileo Acquisition Co., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “ GAC ” and sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation ”); and

 

(ii)                                   Trip.com, Inc., which is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ” and sometimes, together with GAC, as the “ Constituent Corporations ”).

 

2. A Merger Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Merger Agreement ”) has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company shall be merged with and into GAC, with GAC being the surviving corporation, in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Merger ”).

 

4. The name of the Surviving Corporation in the Merger herein certified is, Galileo Acquisition Co. and after the Effective Time shall be, “Trip.com, Inc.” until amended in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

5. The Certificate of Incorporation of GAC in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, as amended pursuant to Section 4 hereof to change its name to “Trip.com, Inc.,” shall continue to be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation at and after the Effective Time until amended in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Article 1. of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended as follows:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Trip.com, Inc.

 

6. The executed Merger Agreement between the Constituent Corporations is on file at the principal place of business of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is as follows:

 



 

Trip.com, Inc.
9700 West Higgins Road Suite 400
Rosemont, Illinois 60018

 

7.                                        A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of each of the Constituent Corporations.

 

Dated: March 9, 2000

 

 

 

GALILEO ACQUISITION CO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Judith M. Shuk

 

 

 

 

Its: Assistant Secretary

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TRIP.COM, INC.

 

Trip.com, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby certifies u follows:

 

First:  That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation:

 

“Article 4 of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Thirty Million (30,000,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000).”

 

SECOND:  That the sole stockholder of the Company has approved such amendment by unanimous written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD:  That such amendment bas been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trip.com, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed by its President and attested to by its Secretary this fourth day of April, 2000.

 

 

 

   /s/ James E. Lubinski

 

 

 

Name: James E. Lubinski

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Anthony C. Swanagan

 

 

 

Name: Anthony C. Swanagan

 

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TRIP.COM, INC.

 

Trip.com, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

That the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation:

 

Article 4 of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation be and hereby is amended to read as follows:

 

“The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Twenty Million (120,000,000) and the par value of each of such shares is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01) amounting in the aggregate to One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000).”

 

That the sole stockholder of the Company has approved such amendment by unanimous written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trip.com, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed by its President and attested to by its Assistant Secretary this 11 th day of September 2000.

 

 

 

  /s/ Mark D. Mastrini

 

 

 

Name: Mark D. Mastrini

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Jennifer L. Dresser

 

 

 

Name: Jennifer L. Dresser

 

 

Title: Assistant Secretary

 

 

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
TRIP.COM, INC.

 

Trip,com, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

FIRST:            That the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted a resolution proposing and declaring it advisable the following amendment to the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation:

 

Article 4 of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4.                                  The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such share of common stock is Zero Dollars and One Cent ($0.01).”

 

SECOND:                                             That the sole stockholder of the Corporation has approved such amendment by unanimous written consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

THIRD:        That such amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Quantitude, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed by its Vice President and attested by its Assistant Secretary this 13” day of September, 2002.

 

 

 

 

 /s/ Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

 

Name: Lynn A. Feldman

 

 

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Richard Meisner

 

 

 

Name: Richard Meisner

 

 

Title: Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

 

 




Exhibit 3.88

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

GALILEO ACQUISITION CO.

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1.                                 Registered Office . The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of Lexis Document Services Inc., in the City of Dover in the County of Kent, in the State of Delaware, and said company shall be the registered agent of this corporation in charge thereof.

 

Section 1.2.                                 Other Offices . The corporation may have other offices, either within or outside of the State of Delaware, at such place or places as the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1.                                 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, within or without the State of Delaware, and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2.                                 Annual Meeting of Stockholders . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may be stated in the notice of the meeting shall be held in each year, commencing in 2001, on the second Tuesday in February , if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 10:00 A.M., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors and they may transact such other corporate business as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3.                                 Other Meetings . Meetings of stockholders for any purpose other than the election of directors may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.4.                                 Voting . Each stockholder entitled to vote in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws shall, except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, be entitled to one vote, in

 



 

person or by proxy, for each share of stock entitled to vote held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors in its discretion may require that the vote for directors and the vote upon any questions before the meeting shall be by ballot. All elections for directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast; all other questions shall be decided by majority vote of the quorum except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.5.                                 List of Stockholders . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

Section 2.6.                                 Quorum . The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.7.                                 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware, may be called by the Board of Directors or the President, and shall be called upon a request in writing therefor stating the purpose or purposes thereof signed by at least two directors or by the holders of at least ten percent of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat.

 

Section 2.8.                                 Notice of Meetings . Written notice, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation, not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

2



 

Section 2.9.                                 Action Without Meeting . Any action required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1.                                 Number and Term . The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be three (3). Except as provided in Section 3.2 hereof, directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, and directors shall be elected to serve until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.2.                                 Vacancies . Any vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

Section 3.3.                                 Increase of Number . The number of directors may be increased by amendment of these Bylaws by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, though less than a quorum, or by the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders, at the annual meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose and by like vote the additional directors may be chosen at such meeting to hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are elected and qualified.

 

Section 3.4.                                 Resignations . Any director, member of a committee or other officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 3.5.                                 Removal . Any director or directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote at a special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose, and the vacancies thus created may be filled at the meeting held for the purpose of removal by the affirmative vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote.

 

3



 

Section 3.6.                                 Powers . The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers of the corporation except such as are by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws conferred upon or reserved to the stockholders.

 

Section 3.7.                                 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall (except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 141(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 3.8.                                 Meetings . The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors for the purpose of organization and the transaction of any business which may come before the meeting may be held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, if a quorum be present, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting. In the event such meeting is not held immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors.

 

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President or the Chief Executive Officer on at least ten (10) days’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by telegram, and shall be called by the President, the Chief Executive Officer or by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the directors.

 

4



 

Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

Section 3.9.                                 Quorum . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of Delaware. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at the meeting which shall be so adjourned.

 

Section 3.10.                          Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of committees of the Board of Directors may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 3.11.                          Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

Section 3.12.                          Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by such board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communication equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1.                                 Officers . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include at least a President and a Secretary. The officers shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting. None of the officers of the corporation need be directors except the Chairman, if one is elected. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 4.2.                                 Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

5



 

Section 4.3.                                 Salaries . The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4.                                 Tenure and Removal . The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors in office. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.5.                                 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and he or she shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.6.                                 President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders in the absence or non-election of the Chairman, and shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the corporation. Except as the Board of Directors shall authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, the President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the corporation, and shall cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, the seal may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 4.7.                                 Vice President . In the absence of the President, or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if one is elected (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.8.                                 Treasurer . The Treasurer, if one is elected, shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositary as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

6



 

Section 4.9.                                 Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, if one is elected, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.10.                          Secretary . The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors, and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the President, the Board of Directors or the stockholders upon whose request the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the President. The Secretary shall have the custody of the seal of the corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors or the President and attest the same.

 

Section 4.11.                          Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, if one is elected, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE V

 

PROVISIONS REGARDING STOCK OF CORPORATION

 

Section 5.1.                                 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman, the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Where a certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he, she or it were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.2.                                 Classes and Series of Stock . If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights

 

7



 

shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 5.3.                                 Lost Certificate . A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the corporation, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representatives, to give the corporation a bond, in such sum as they may direct, to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or the issuance of any such new certificate.

 

Section 5.4.                                 Transfer of Shares . The shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers, or to such other person as the directors may designate, by whom they shall be cancelled, and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer and whenever a transfer shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer, if when the certificates are presented for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the corporation to do so.

 

Section 5.5.                                 Stockholders Record Date . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining

 

8



 

stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent by corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Section 5.6.                                 Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of any shares of stock of the corporation as the owner thereof for all purposes, including all rights deriving from such shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights deriving from such shares, on the part of any other person, including, but without limiting the generality thereof, a purchaser, assignee or transferee of such shares or rights deriving from such shares, unless and until such purchaser, assignee or transferee or other person becomes the record holder of such shares, whether or not the corporation shall have either actual or constructive notice of the interest of such purchaser, assignee, transferee or other person shall not be entitled to receive notice of the meetings of stockholders; to vote at such meetings; to examine a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, or to own, enjoy, and exercise any other property or rights deriving from such shares against the corporation, until such purchaser, assignee, transferee or other person has become the record holder of such shares.

 

Section 5.7.                                 Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may, out of funds legally available therefor at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation as and when they deem expedient. Before declaring any dividend there may be set apart out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as the directors from time to time in their discretion deem proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for such other purposes as the directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the corporation.

 

9



 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.1.                                 To the extent permitted by Delaware law from time to time in effect and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of this Article, the corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 6.2.                                 To the extent permitted by Delaware law from time to time in effect and subject to the provisions of Section 6.4 of this Article, the corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 6.3.                                 To the extent that a director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

10



 

Section 6.4.                                 Any indemnification under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only upon a determination in the specific case that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in said Sections 6.1 or 6.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable and a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel (compensated by the corporation) in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.

 

Section 6.5.                                 Expenses incurred in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, or threat thereof, shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors, whether a disinterested quorum exists or not, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article.

 

Section 6.6.                                 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the other Sections of this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders, disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

Section 6.7.                                 The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article or of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 6.8.                                 For purposes of this Article references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors and officers so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

Section 6.9.                                 For purposes of this Article, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to ‘fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

11



 

corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer of the corporation which imposes duties on or involves services by such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Article.

 

Section 6.10.                          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1.                                 Seal . The corporate seal shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the corporation, the year of its creation and the words “CORPORATE SEAL DELAWARE.”  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 7.2.                                 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.3.                                 Checks . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4.                                 Notice . Whenever, under the provisions of the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

 

Section 7.5.                                 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

12



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 8.1.                                 ByLaw Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.

 

13




Exhibit 3.89

 

STATE OF FLORIDA

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

TRUST INTERNATIONAL HOTEL RESERVATION SERVICES, INC.

 

FIRST:  THE CORPORATE NAME THAT SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 607.0401 IS: TRUST INTERNATIONAL HOTEL RESERVATION SERVICES, INC.

 

SECOND:  THE STREET ADDRESS OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL OFFICE AND, IF DIFFERENT, THE MAILING ADDRESS OF THE CORPORATION IS: Suite 1129, 1155 S. SEMORAN BOULEVARD, WINTER PARK, FLORIDA 32792 .

 

THIRD:  THE NUMBER OF SHARES THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE IS TWO HUNDRED (200) WITHOUT PAR VALUE .

 

FOURTH:                                          (a)  IF THE SHARES ARE TO BE DIVIDED INTO CLASSES, THE DESIGNATION OF EACH CLASS IS:

 

******

 

******

 

(b)                                  STATEMENT OF THE PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS IN RESPECT OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS:

 

CLASS

 

PREFERENCES

 

LIMITATIONS

 

RELATIVE RIGHTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

******

 

************

 

************

 

***************

 

 

FIFTH:                                                          (a)  IF THE CORPORATION IS TO ISSUE THE SHARES OF ANY PREFERRED OR SPECIAL CLASS IN SERIES, THE DESIGNATION OF EACH SERIES IS:

 

******

 

******

 

(b)                                  STATEMENT OF THE VARIATIONS IN THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES AS BETWEEN SERIES INSOFAR AS THE SAME ARE TO BE FIXED IN THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION:

 

SERIES

 

RELATIVE RIGHTS

 

PREFERENCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

******

 

************

 

************

 

 

(c)                                   STATEMENT OF ANY AUTHORITY TO BE VESTED IN THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO ESTABLISH SERIES AND FIX AND DETERMINE THE VARIATIONS IN THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES BETWEEN SERIES:

 



 

SIXTH:  PROVISIONS GRANTING PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS ARE:

 

******

 

******

 

SEVENTH:  PROVISIONS FOR THE REGULATION OF THE INTERNAL AFFAIRS OF THE CORPORATION ARE:

 

******

 

******

 

EIGHTH:  THE STREET ADDRESS OF THE INITIAL REGISTERED OFFICE OF THE CORPORATION IS: c/o C T CORPORATION SYSTEM, 1200 SOUTH PINE ISLAND ROAD, CITY OF PLANTATION, FLORIDA 33324 , AND THE NAME OF ITS REGISTERED AGENT AT SUCH ADDRESS IS: C T CORPORATION SYSTEM .

 

NINTH:  THE NUMBER OF DIRECTORS CONSTITUTING THE INITIAL BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION IS ONE (1); THE NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF THE PERSON(S) WHO IS TO SERVE AS DIRECTOR(S) UNTIL THE FIRST ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS OR UNTIL HIS SUCCESSOR IS ELECTED AND SHALL QUALIFY IS: MARK H. BERGER, ESQ., BERGER & STEINER LLP, 747 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2803 .

 

TENTH:  THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH INCORPORATOR IS:

 

MARK H. BERGER, ESQ., BERGER & STEINER LLP, 747 THIRD AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10017-2803

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED THESE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

THIS 31 ST DAY OF July, 1997

 

 

SIGNATURE/TITLE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark H. Berger

 

Name: Mark H. Berger

 

Title: Director

 

 

ACCEPTANCE BY THE REGISTERED AGENT AS REQUIRED IN SEC, 607.0501(3) F. S.: CT CORPORATION SYSTEM IS FAMILIAR WITH AND ACCEPTS THE OBLIGATIONS PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 607.0505.

 

 

 

C T CORPORATION SYSTEM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED:

August 1, 1997

BY:

  /s/ Linda Weinberger

 

 

 

 

Name: Linda Weinberger

 

 

 

Title: Assistant Secretary and Team Leader

 




Exhibit 3.90

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.

 

A Florida Corporation

 

ARTICLE I - OFFICES

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Florida shall be located in the City and State designated in the Certificate of Incorporation. The Corporation may also maintain offices at such other places within or without the United States as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, determine.

 

ARTICLE II - MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1 - Annual Meetings:   (Chapter 607.0701*)

 

The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at the time fixed, from time to time, by the Directors, at the time fixed from time to time by the Directors.

 

Section 2 - Special Meetings:   (Chapter 607.0702)

 

Special meetings of the shareholders shall be held within or without the State of Florida. Such meetings may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the President, and shall be called by the President or the Secretary at the written request of the holders not less than ten per cent (10%), (this percentage may be raised up to 50% if provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation), of the shares then outstanding and entitled to vote thereat.

 

Section 3 - Court-ordered meeting:   (Section 607.0703)

 

The circuit court of the circuit in this State where the Corporation’s principal office is located, or where the Corporation’s registered office is located if its principal office is not located in this state, may after notice to the Corporation, order a meeting to be held:

 

(a)   On application of any shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in an annual meeting if an annual meeting has not been held within any thirteen month period; or

 


*                                          Unless otherwise stated in these bylaws, all references to Sections refer to those sections contained in the Florida Title 18 of the Florida Business Corporations Act.

 

1



 

(b)   On application of a shareholder who signed a demand for a special meeting as provided for under Section 2 of these Bylaws if the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

 

The court may fix the time and place of the meeting, determine the shares entitled to participate in the meeting, specify a record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting, prescribe the form and content of the meeting notice, and enter other orders a may be appropriate.

 

Section 4 - Place of Meetings:  (Chapter 607.0701 & 607.0702)

 

Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation, or at such other places, within or without the State of Florida as the Directors may from time to time fix. If no designation is made, the meeting shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office in the state of Florida.

 

Section 5 - Notice of Meetings:  (Chapter 607.0705)

 

(a)   Written or printed notice of each meeting of shareholders, whether annual or special, stating the time when and place where it is to be held, shall be served either personally or by first class mail, (other than first-class mail may be used to mail any notice so long as such notice is mailed at least thirty days before the meeting), by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or the person calling the meeting, not less than ten or more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed time shall have been waived before or after the taking of such action, upon each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and to any other shareholder to whom the giving of notice may be required by law. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the business to be transacted or the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and shall indicate that it is being issued by, or at the direction of, the person or persons calling the meeting. If, at any meeting, action is proposed to be taken that would, if taken, entitle shareholders to dissent and receive payment for their shares pursuant to the Business Corporation Act, the notice of such meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder as it appears on the share transfer records of the corporation, unless he shall have previously filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request that notices intended for him be mailed to some other address, in which case, it shall be mailed to the address designated in such request, with the postage thereon prepaid.

 

(b)   Notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who may become a shareholder of record after the mailing of such notice and prior to the meeting, or to any shareholder who attends such meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting the lack of notice thereof, or to any shareholder who, in person or by proxy, submits a signed waiver of notice either before or after such meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting of shareholders need not be given, unless otherwise required by law.

 

2



 

Section 6 - Waiver of Notice of Meeting:  (Section 607.0706)

 

(a)   Whenever any notice is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, a shareholder may waive such notice before or after the date and time stated in the notice, so long as such waiver is written, signed by the shareholder entitled to such notice, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the Corporate records. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the shareholders need by specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws.

 

(b)   A shareholder’s attendance at a meeting:

 

(i)   shall constitute a waiver of lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; or

 

(ii)   shall constitute a waiver of objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 

Section 7 - Shareholders’ List:  (607.0720)

 

(a)   After fixing a record date for a meeting, a Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting, arranged by voting group with the address of, and the number, class, and series, if any, of shares held by, each shareholder. The shareholders’ list must be available for inspection by any shareholder for a period of ten days before the meeting or such shorter time as exists between the record date and the meeting and continue through the meeting at the Corporation’s principal office, at a place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting will be held, or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar. Any shareholder of the Corporation or the shareholder’s agent or attorney is entitled on written demand to inspect the shareholders’ list during regular business hours and at the shareholder’s expense, during the period it is available for inspection.

 

(b)   The Corporation shall make the shareholder’s list available at the meeting of shareholders, and any shareholder or the shareholder’s agent or attorney is entitled to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment.

 

(i)   If the Corporation refuses to allow a shareholder or his agent or attorney to inspect the shareholders’ list before or at the meeting of shareholders, and such shareholder is entitled to inspect such shareholders’ list, the meeting shall be adjourned until the demand of such shareholder either in person or by proxy who failed to get such access, or if not adjourned upon such demand, the circuit court of the county where the Corporation’s principal office (or if none in this state, its registered office) is located, on application of the shareholder, may summarily order the inspection or copying at the Corporation’s expense and may postpone the meeting for which such list was prepared until the inspection or copying is complete.

 

3



 

(ii)   shareholder of the Corporation may not sell or otherwise distribute any information or records inspected under this section, except the extent that such use is for a proper purpose as described by law, and any shareholder who violates this section of these Bylaws shall be subject to a civil penalty of $5,000.

 

Section 8 - Quorum:  (Section 607.0725)

 

(a)   Except as otherwise provided herein, or by law, or in the Articles of Incorporation (such Articles and any amendments thereof being hereinafter collectively referred to as the Articles of Incorporation”), or for meetings ordered by the Superior Court called pursuant to Section 607.0703 of the Florida Business Corporations Act, a quorum shall be present at all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, if the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on that matter are represented at the meeting in person or by proxy. When a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series of stock, a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such item of business by that class or series of stock. The subsequent withdrawal of any shareholder from the meeting, after the commencement of a meeting, or the refusal of any shareholder represented in person or by proxy to vote, shall have no effect on the existence of a quorum, after a quorum has been established at such meeting.

 

(b)   Despite the absence of a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting.

 

(c)   Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.

 

Section 9 - Voting:  (Section 607.0721, & 607.0722)

 

(a)   Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, any corporate action, other than the election of directors or a matter for which the affirmative vote of the holders of a specified portion of the shareholder entitled to vote is required by statute, to be taken by vote of the shareholders, shall be authorized by an affirmative vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on that matter and represented either in person or by proxy at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present and each shareholder entitled to vote has the right to vote the number of shares owned by him for a many persons as there are directors to be elected.

 

(b)   Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Articles of Incorporation, or these bylaws, at each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, shall be entitled to one vote for each share registered in his name on the books of the Corporation. Section 9 - Proxy: (Section 607.0728)

 

Each shareholder entitled to vote or to express consent or dissent without a meeting, may do so either in person or by proxy, so long as such proxy is executed in writing by the shareholder

 

4



 

himself, or by his attorney-in-fact thereunto duly authorized in writing. Every proxy shall be revocable at will unless the proxy conspicuously states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy that is irrevocable under the terms stated in these Bylaws, becomes revocable when the interest with which it is coupled is extinguished and when the interest with which it is coupled is either a creditor of a corporation who extended credit to the Corporation under terms requiring the irrevocable proxy or an employee of the Corporation whose employment contract requires the appointment, such proxy becomes revocable three years after the date of the proxy or at the end of the period, if any, specified therein, whichever is less, unless the period of irrevocability is renewed from time to time by the execution of a new irrevocable proxy as provided for by these Bylaws. A proxy shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the shareholder, but the proxy shall continue to be in force until revoked by the personal representative or the guardian of the shareholder. The presence at any meeting of any shareholder who has given a proxy does not revoke the proxy unless the shareholder files written notice of the revocation with the Secretary of the meeting prior to the voting the proxy or votes the shares subject to the proxy by written ballot. A person named in a proxy as the attorney or agent of a shareholder may, if the proxy so provides, substitute another person to act in his place, including any other person named as an attorney or agent in the same proxy. The substitution shall not be effective until an instrument effecting it is filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. A telegram, telex, cablegram, or similar transmission by the shareholder, or as a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the shareholder shall be treated as a valid proxy. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Such instrument shall be exhibited to the Secretary at the meeting and shall be filed with the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 10 - Action Without a Meeting:  (Section 607.0704)

 

(a)   Unless otherwise provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if the action is taken by shareholders of each voting group entitled to vote thereon having not less than the minimum number of votes with respect to each voting group that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all voting groups and shares entitled to vote were present and voted. In order to be effective, the action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, dated and signed by the shareholders having the requisite number of votes of each voting group entitled to vote thereon, and delivered to the Corporation at its principal office in the State of Florida or its principal place of business, or to the Secretary or another officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. No written consent shall be effective to take corporate action unless, within sixty days of the date of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this section, written consents signed by the number of holders required to take action are delivered to the Corporation. Any written consent may be revoked before the date that the Corporation receives the required number of consents to authorize the proposed action. No revocation is effective unless in writing and until received by the Corporation at its principal office or its principal place of business, or

 

 

5



 

received by the Secretary or other officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Within ten days after obtaining authorization by written consent, notice must be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing or who are not entitled to vote on the action. The notice shall fairly summarize the material features of the authorized action and, if the action is one for which dissenters’ rights provided for under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or by law, the notice shall contain a clear statement of the right of shareholders dissenting therefrom to be paid the fair value of their shares upon compliance with applicable law regarding the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

(b)   A consent signed, as required by this section of these Bylaws, has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

 

(c)   Whenever action is taken as provided in this section of these Bylaws, the written consent of the shareholders consenting thereto or the written reports of inspectors appointed to tabulate such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of shareholders.

 

ARTICLE III - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1 - Number, Term, Election and Qualifications:  (Section 607.0802 & 607.0803)

 

(a)   The first Board of Directors and all subsequent Boards of the Corporation shall consist of (3), unless and until otherwise determined by vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The Board of Directors or shareholders all have the power, in the interim between annual and special meetings of the shareholders, to increase or decrease the number of Directors of the Corporation. A Director must be a natural person 18 years of age or older, but need not be a resident of the State of Florida or shareholders of the Corporation unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws require.

 

(b)   Except as may otherwise be provided herein or in the Articles of Incorporation, the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be elected at the first annual shareholders’ meeting and at each annual meeting thereafter, unless their terms are staggered in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders, by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election.

 

(c)   The first Board of Directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until there is a decrease in the number of Directors. Thereinafter, Directors will be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders and shall hold office until the annual meeting of the shareholders next succeeding his election, or until his prior death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 2 - Duties and Powers:  (Section 607.0801)

 

The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the control and management of the business and

 

6



 

affairs, property and interests of the Corporation, and may exercise all powers of the Corporation, except as are in the Articles of Incorporation or by statute expressly conferred upon or reserved to the shareholders. (Note: If the Corporation has thirty-five or fewer shareholders, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation may, if desired, dispense with the Board of Directors or limit the authority of the Board of Directors and such dispense or limitation of authority of the Board of Directors stated in the Articles of Incorporation will be repeated under this section of these Bylaws.)

 

Section 3 - Annual Meetings; Notice:  (Section 607.0820 & 607.0822)

 

(a)   An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held either within or without the State of Florida at such time and at such place as the Board shall fix; so long as such meeting immediately follows the annual meeting of the shareholders and is at the place of such annual meeting of shareholders. In the absence of the Board fixing such time and place, such meeting shall be held at noon on the first Tuesday of X (month). X = each September

 

(b)   No notice shall be required of any annual meeting of the Board of Directors and, if given, need not specify the purpose of the meeting; provided, however, that in case the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any annual meeting when such time and place was fixed before such change, notice of such action shall be given to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken within the time limited, and in the manner set forth in these Bylaws with respect to special meetings, unless such notice shall be waived in the manner set forth in these Bylaws.

 

Section 4 - Special Meetings: Notice:  (Section 607.0822)

 

(a)   Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof.

 

(b)   Except as otherwise required statute, notice of special meetings shall be mailed directly to each Director, addressed to him at his residence or usual place of business, at least two (2) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to him at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or shall be delivered to him personally or given to him orally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. If mailed, the notice of any special meeting shall be deemed to be delivered on the second day after it is deposited in the United States mails, so addressed, with postage prepaid. If notice is given by telegram, it shall be deemed t be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. A notice, or waiver of notice, except as required by these Bylaws, need not specify the business to be transacted at or the purposes or purposes of the meeting.

 

(c)   Notice of any special meeting shall not be required to be given to any Director who shall attend such meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to him, or who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall not be required to be given.

 

7



 

 

(d)   Unless otherwise stated in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Chairperson, President or any two Directors of the Corporation may call any special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5 - Chairperson:

 

The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. If there shall be no Chairperson, or he or she shall be absent, then the President shall preside, and in his absence, any other director chosen by the Board of Directors shall preside.

 

Section 6 - Quorum and Adjournments:  (Section 607.0820 & 607.0824)

 

(a)   At all meetings of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, the presence of a majority of the entire Board, or such committee thereof, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation, or these Bylaws. (Note: If the Articles of Incorporation authorize a quorum to consist of less than a majority, but no fewer than one-third of the prescribed number of directors as permitted by law, these Bylaws would state that this lesser amount, instead of a majority, will constitute a quorum.)

 

(b)   A majority of the Directors present at the time and place of any regular or special meeting, although less than a quorum, may adjourn the same from time to time without notice, whether or not a quorum exists. Notice of such adjourned meeting shall be given to Directors not present at time of the adjournment and, unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are announced at the time of the adjournment, to the other Directors who were present at the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 7 - Manner of Acting:  [Section 607.0820(c), 607.0821 & 607.0824]

 

(a)   At all meetings of the Board of Directors, each Director present shall have one vote, irrespective of the number of shares of stock, if any, which he may hold.

 

(b)   Except as otherwise provided by statute, by the Articles of Incorporation, or these bylaws, action approved by a majority of the votes of the Directors present at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

 

(c)   Any action authorized in writing made prior or subsequent to such action, by all of the Directors entitled to vote thereon and filed with the minutes of the Corporation shall be the act of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, and have the same force and effect as if the same had been passed by unanimous vote at a duly called meeting of the Board or committee for all purposes and may be stated as such in any certificate or document filed with the Secretary of the State of Florida. Any action taken without a meeting is deemed effective when the last director or committee member signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date for such action.

 

 

8



 

 

(d)   Where appropriate communications facilities are reasonably available, any or all directors shall have the right to participate in any Board of Directors meeting, or a committee of the Board of Directors meeting, by means of conference telephone or any means of communications by which all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

Section 8 - Vacancies:  (Section 607.0809)

 

(a)   Any vacancy in the Board of Directors occurring by reason of an increase in the number of directors, or by reason of the death, resignation, disqualification, removal (unless a vacancy created by the removal of a Director by the shareholders shall be filled by the shareholders at the meeting at which the removal was effected) or inability to act of any Director, or other cause, shall be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board or by a sole remaining Director, at any regular meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors called for that purpose.

 

(b)   Unless otherwise provided for by statute, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, when one or more Directors shall resign from the board and such resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the Directors, then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have the power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote otherwise to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

(c)   If a Director or Directors or class of Directors was elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group or a majority of the Directors then in office elected by such voting group or be a sole remaining Director elected by such voting group may fill the vacancy in the Board of Directors created by such Director. Unless the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation state otherwise, if there is no Director elected by such voting group remaining in office, the Directors not elected by such voting group may fill vacancies by an affirmative vote of a majority of those remaining Directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors exists or by the shareholders.

 

Section 9 - Resignation:  (Section 607.0807)

 

A Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Corporation unless the notice specifies a later effective date, in which event the Board may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if they provide that the successor does not take office until the effective date.

 

Section 10 - Removal: (Section 607.0808)

 

One or more or all the Directors of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause at any time by the shareholders, at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose, unless the Articles of Incorporation provide that Directors may only be removed for cause. If a Director was elected by a voting group of shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the vote to remove that Director. The notice of the meeting at which a vote is taken

 

9



 

to remove a Director must state that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is the removal of the Director or Directors.

 

Section 11 - Salary:  (Section 607.08101)

 

The Board of Directors may authorize and establish reasonable compensation of the Directors for services to the Corporation as Directors, including, but not limited to attendance at any annual or special meeting of the Board.

 

Section 12 - Committees: (Section 607.0825)

 

The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may from time to time designate from among its members an executive committee and such other committees, and alternate members thereof, as they deem desirable, each consisting of two or more members, with such powers and authority (to the extent permitted by law and these Bylaws) as may be provided in such resolution. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and, unless otherwise stated by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, shall be governed by the rules and regulations stated herein regarding the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

 

Section 1 - Number Qualifications Election and Term of Office:  (Section 607.0841)

 

(a)   The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers, including a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, and one or more Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. Any officer other than the Chairperson of the Board of Directors may be, but is not required to be, a director of the Corporation. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

(b)   The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the regular annual meeting of the Board following the annual meeting of shareholders.

 

(c)   Each officer shall hold office until the annual meeting of the Board of Directors next succeeding his election, and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, subject to earlier termination by his or her death, resignation or removal.

 

(d)   Each officer shall have the authority to perform such duties as may be provided for in these Bylaws or as may be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board not inconsistent with these Bylaws.

 

(e)   Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law or these By-Laws to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by two or more officers.

 

 

10



 

Section 2 - Resignation:  (Section 607.0842)

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Corporation, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. If a resignation is made effective at a later date and the Corporation accepts the future effective date, the Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date.

 

Section 3 - Removal:  (Section 607.0842)

 

Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, and a successor elected by the Board at any time, and any officer or assistant officer, if appointed by another officer, may likewise be removed by such officer.

 

Section 4 - Vacancies:  (Section 607.0842)

 

A vacancy, however caused, occurring in the Board and any newly created Directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of Directors may be filled by the Board of Directors, even though there is less than a quorum of the Board, or by the sole remaining Director.

 

Section 5 - Duties of Officers:  (Section 607.0841)

 

Officers of the Corporation shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, each have such authority and perform such duties as generally pertain to their respective offices as well as such powers and duties as may be set forth in these Bylaws, or may from time to time be specifically conferred or imposed by the Board of Directors, not inconsistent with these Bylaws.

 

Section 6 - Shares of Other Corporations:

 

The President, any Vice President, or such other person as the Board of Directors may authorize can execute any proxy, consent, or exercise the right to vote possessed by the Corporation shares of stock owned by the Corporation at any meeting or shareholders of, or with respect to any action of shareholders of any other corporation, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7 - Compensation:  (Section 607.0302)

 

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

11



 

 

ARTICLE V - SHARES OF STOCK

 

Section 1 - Certificate of Stock:  (Section 607.0604, 607.0621 & 607.0625)

 

(a)   The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertifcated shares.

 

(b)   The certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall state on its face that the Corporation is organized under the laws of Florida:

 

(I) the name of the person to whom issued;

(II) the number and class of shares;

(III) the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents; and

(IV) the relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class, if any, must be summarized on the front or back of each certificate or a statement on the front or back of such certificate that the Corporation will furnish the

shareholder a full statement of this information on request to such shareholder and without charge.

 

(c)   Certificated shares of the Corporation shall be signed, (either manually or by facsimile), by the President or Vice-President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or any other Officer designated by the Board of Directors. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.

 

(d)   Within a reasonable time after the issuance of by the Board or the transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or states on certificates by this subsection of these Bylaws.

 

(e)   Except as otherwise provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

Section 2 - Fractions of Shares/Scrip:  (Section 607.0826)

 

The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of certificates or payment of money for fractions of a share, either represented by a certificate or uncertificated, which shall entitled the holder to exercise voting rights, receive dividends and participate in any assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation, in proportion to the fractional holdings; or it may authorize the payment in case of the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined; or it may authorize the issuance, subject to such conditions as may be permitted by law, of scrip in registered or bearer form over the signature of an officer or agent of the Coloration, exchangeable as therein provided for full shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a shareholder, except as therein provided.

 

Section 3 - Lost or Destroyed Certificates:  (Section 678.405)

 

12



 

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed if the owner:

 

(a)   so requests before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,

 

(b)   files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and

 

(c)   satisfies such other requirements, including evidence of loss, theft, or destruction, as may be imposed by the Corporation.

 

Section 4 - Transfers of Shares:

 

(a)   Transfers or registration of transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by a owner of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar , if any; and in the case of shares represented by certificates, only after the surrender to the Corporation of the certificates representing such shares with such shares properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

 

(b)   The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any legal, equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

 

Section 5 - Record Date:  (Section 607.0723 & 607.0707)

 

(a)   The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date not exceeding seventy days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or to consent to any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividends, or allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for a shareholders entitled to notice of meeting shall be at the close of business on the day preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is given for shareholders entitled to a share dividend, it is the date the Board of Directors authorizes the share dividend.

 

(b)   If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting is the date the first shareholder delivers his/her demand to the Corporation.

 

(c)   If no record date is fixed and no prior action is required by the Board, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in this State, its

 

13



 

principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded.

 

(d)   A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a shareholders’ meeting is effective for any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

ARTICLE VI - DIVIDENDS (SECTION 607.0623)

 

Subject to applicable law, dividends may be declared and paid out of any funds available therefor, as often, in such amounts, and at such time or times as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

ARTICLE VII - FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to changed by the Board of Directors from time to time, subject to applicable law.

 

ARTICLE VIIIARTICLE VIII - CORPORATE SEAL [SECTION 607.0302(2)]

 

The corporate seal, if any, shall be in such form as shall be prescribed and altered, from time to time, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IXARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS (SECTION 602.1020)

 

Section 1 - Initial Bylaws:

 

The initial Bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Board of Directors at its organizational meeting, when such meeting is held by the Directors.

 

Section 2 - By Shareholders:

 

All Bylaws of the Corporation shall be subject to alteration or repeal, and new Bylaws may be made, by a majority vote of the shareholders at the time entitled to vote in the election of Directors even though these Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3 - By Directors:

 

The Board of Directors shall have power to make, adopt, alter, amend and repeal, from time to time, Bylaws of the Corporation; however, Bylaws made by the Board may be altered or repealed, and new Bylaws made by the shareholders.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Florida Business Corporation Act.

 

14




Exhibit 3.91

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

The undersigned, in order to form a corporation for the purpose hereinafter stated, under and pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                        The name of the corporation is Warpspeed Sub Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

2.                                        The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3.                                        The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                        The name and address of the incorporator is Matthew P. King, c/o Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, 10002.

 

5.                                        The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by majority vote, is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

6.                                        The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

7.                                        Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seven shall not adversely affect any right of protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

8.                                        The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 100 shares of which 100 of said shares shall be designated Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 

* * * * * *

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has signed this Certificate of Incorporation on November 28, 2006.

 

 

 

  /s/ Matthew P. King

 

 

Name: Matthew P. King

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.92

 

WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

Action of the Sole Incorporator

 

November 30, 2006

 

The undersigned, being the sole incorporator of Warpspeed Sub Inc. and acting without a meeting pursuant to Section 108(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby takes the following action:

 

1. Approves and adopts the By-laws of the Corporation inserted in the Minute Book of the Corporation.

 

2. Elects the following persons as Directors of the Corporation, each to serve in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal:

 

Jeff Clarke

 

Eric Bock

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew P. King

 

 

Name: Matthew P. King

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 



 

WARPSPEED SUB INC

 

BY-LAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Place of Meeting and Notice . Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

Section 2. Annual and Special Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held, at a date, time and place fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting, to elect a Board of Directors and to transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the President for any purpose and shall be called by the President or Secretary if directed by the Board of Directors or requested in writing by the holders of not less than 25% of the capital stock of the Corporation. Each such stockholder request shall state the purpose of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 3. Notice . Except as otherwise provided by law, at least 10 and not more than 60 days before each meeting of stockholders, written notice of the time, date and place of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder.

 

Section 4. Quorum . At any meeting of stockholders, the holders of record, present in person or by proxy, of a majority of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding capital stock shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present.

 

Section 5. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by law, all matters submitted to a meeting of stockholders shall be decided by vote of the holders of record, present in person or by proxy, of a majority of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding capital stock.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number, Election and Removal of Directors . The number of Directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not less than one nor more than fifteen. The first Board of Directors shall consist of two Directors. Thereafter, within the limits specified above, the number of Directors shall be determined by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders. The Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining Director or by the stockholders. A Director may be removed with or without cause by the stockholders.

 



 

Section 2. Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors or as may be specified in a notice of meeting. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time upon the call of the President and shall be called by the President or Secretary if directed by the Board of Directors. Telegraphic, facsimile or written notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be sent to each Director not less than two hours before such meeting. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3. Quorum . One-third of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such a quorum is present. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, these By-Laws or any contract or agreement to which the Corporation is a party, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4. Committees of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, including without limitation an Executive Committee, to have and exercise such power and authority as the Board of Directors shall specify. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he/she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another Director to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other additional officers with such titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, all of whom shall be chosen by and shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Such officers shall have the usual powers and shall perform all the usual duties incident to their respective offices. All officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Directors. The authority, duties or responsibilities of any officer of the Corporation may be suspended by the President with or without cause. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation shall indemnify any current or former Director or officer of the Corporation and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the Corporation against all expenses, judgments, fines and amounts

 

2



 

paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation or otherwise, to which he or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her current or former position with the Corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Notices . Whenever any statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws require notice to be given to any Director or stockholder, such notice may be given in writing by mail, addressed to such Director or stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Such notice shall be deemed to have been given when it is deposited in the United States mail. Notice to Directors may also be given by facsimile or telegram.

 

Section 2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be January 1 through December 31.

 

3


 



Exhibit 3.93

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
WIZCOM, INC.

 

FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Wizcom, Inc. (hereinafter the “Corporation”),

 

SECOND:    The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company,

 

THIRD:    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”), including but not limited to in a business as an escrow agent, in connection with mortgage settlement services.

 

FOURTH:    The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($.01).

 

FIFTH:    The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Lynn A. Feldman
1 Campus Drive
Parsippany, NJ 07054

 

SIXTH:    The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:&&

 

(1)   The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2)   The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend change, add to or appeal by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

(3)   The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.

 

(4)   No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 



 

(5)   In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

SEVENTH:    Meetings of the stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

EIGHTH:    The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation, and relinquishing all of her power upon the filing of this Certificate, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly hereunto set my hand this 4 th day of January, 2006.

 

 

/s/ Lynn A Feldman

 

 

Name: Lynn A Feldman

 

Title: Sole Incorporator

 




Exhibit 3.94

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

WIZCOM, INC.

 

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1.1              Registered Office .

 

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.2              Other Offices .

 

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1              Place of meetings .

 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

Section 2.2              Annual Meetings .

 

The Annual Meetings of Stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders shall elect by a plurality vote a Board

 



 

of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. Written notice of the Annual Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 2.3              Special Meetings .

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a Special Meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.4              Section 2.4 Quorum .

 

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 2.5              Voting .

 

Unless otherwise required by law the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock represented and entitled to vote thereat. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy but no proxy shall be voted on or acted upon or after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a

 

2



 

meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

Section 2.6              Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

 

Section 2.7              List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .

 

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8              Stock Ledger .

 

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 7 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1              Number and Election of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors, Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be

 

 

3



 

elected by a plurality of the votes cast at Annual Meetings of Stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier resignation, removal or death. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 3.2              Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .

 

Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal.

 

Section 3.3              Duties and Powers .

 

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers for the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.4              Meetings .

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or any directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegram on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

 

Section 3.5              Quorum .

 

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

4



 

Section 3.6              Actions of Board .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Section 3.7              Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone .

 

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, of the Corporation may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.8              Committees .

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent allowed by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 3.9              Compensation .

 

The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

 

5



 

Section 3.10            Interested Directors .

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to his or her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1              General .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of at least a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also choose a chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.2              Duties .

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as may be prescribed in these By-Laws, by the Board of Directors, from time to time, and shall have such other authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their offices or positions.

 

6



 

Section 4.3              Chairman of the Board of Directors .

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, and except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which maybe authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by these By-Laws and by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.4              President .

 

The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President or any other Officer authorized by the President or the Board of Directors shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except: (i) where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed; (ii) where signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation; and (iii) as otherwise permitted in Section 4.6 and 4.7.

 

Section 4.5              Vice Presidents .

 

At the request of the President or in his or her absence or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the Vice President, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Vice President, the Vice President in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President, if any, shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.6              Secretary and Assistant Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall be responsible for filing legal documents and maintaining records for the Corporation. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the

 

7



 

Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders, if any, and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision he or she shall be. In the absence of the Secretary or, in the event the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to act, the Assistant Secretary, if any, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Secretary, the Assistant Secretary in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and shall have such authority and perform such other duties and have such other powers in the management and operation of the Corporation as are incident to their office and as the Board may from time to time prescribe or as set forth herein.

 

Section 4.7              Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Assistant Treasurer, (or in the event that there be more than one Assistant Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer and an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.

 

Section 4.8              Other Officers .

 

The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it shall deem appropriate. All references in these By-Laws to a particular office shall be deemed to refer to the person holding such office regardless of whether such person holds additional offices.

 

8



 

ARTICLE V

STOCK

 

Section 5.1              Form of Certificates .

 

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or a Vice President and (ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2              Signatures .

 

Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.3              Lost Certificates .

 

The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.4              Transfers .

 

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his or her attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, which shall be canceled before a new certificate shall be issued.

 

Section 5.5              Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive

 

9



 

payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 5.6              Beneficial Owners .

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

 

Section 6.1              Notices .

 

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

Section 6.2              Waivers of Notice .

 

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed, by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

 

10



 

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 7.1              Dividends .

 

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

 

Section 7.2              Disbursements .

 

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 7.3              Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.4              Corporate Seal .

 

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 8.1              Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other Than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’

 

11



 

fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 8.2              Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation .

 

Subject to Section 8.3, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonable entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.3              Authorization of Indemnification .

 

Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders. To the extent, however, that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

 

12



 

Section 8.4              Good Faith Defined .

 

For purposes of any determination under Section 8.3, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, if his or her action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to him or her by the officers for the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The term “another enterprise” as used in Section 8.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions in Section 8.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be.

 

Section 8.5              Indemnification by a Court .

 

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 8.1 and 8.2. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 8.3 nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to Section 8.5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

Section 8.6              Expenses Payable in Advance .

 

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in

 

13



 

advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.7              Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied) of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

 

Section 8.8              Insurance .

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director of officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.9              Certain Definitions .

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the

 

14



 

Corporation” shall include any service as a director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonable believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.10            Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 8.11            Limitation on Indemnification .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 8.5 hereof), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 8.12            Indemnification of Employees and Agents .

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.1              Amendments .

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of stockholders or Board of Directors as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

 

15



 

Section 9.2              Entire Board of Directors .

 

As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

16




Exhibit 4.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of August 23, 2006

 

Among

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

the Guarantors listed herein

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

 

SENIOR DOLLAR FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2014
SENIOR EURO FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2014
and
9 7 / 8 % SENIOR DOLLAR FIXED RATE NOTES DUE 2014

 

 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

 

310(a)(1)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)(2)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

 

 

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

 

 

(a)(5)

 

7.10

 

 

(b)

 

7.10

 

 

(c)

 

N.A.

 

311(a)

 

7.11

 

 

(b)

 

7.11

 

 

(c)

 

N.A.

 

312(a)

 

2.05

 

 

(b)

 

12.03

 

 

(c)

 

12.03

 

313(a)

 

7.06

 

 

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)(2)

 

7.06;7.07

 

 

(c)

 

7.06;12.02

 

 

(d)

 

7.06

 

314(a)

 

4.03;12.02; 12.05

 

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

 

(c)(1)

 

12.04

 

 

(c)(2)

 

12.04

 

 

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

 

 

(d)

 

N.A.

 

 

(e)

 

12.05

 

 

(f)

 

N.A.

 

315(a)

 

7.01

 

 

(b)

 

7.05;12.02

 

 

(c)

 

7.01

 

 

(d)

 

7.01

 

 

(e)

 

6.14

 

316(a)(last sentence)

 

2.09

 

 

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

 

 

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

 

 

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)

 

6.07

 

 

(c)

 

2.12;9.04

 

317(a)(1)

 

6.08

 

 

(a)(2)

 

6.12

 

 

(b)

 

2.04

 

318(a)

 

12.01

 

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

 

(c)

 

12.01

 

 


N.A. means not applicable.

*  This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

31

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

32

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction.

32

Section 1.05

Acts of Holders

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

 

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating; Terms

34

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

36

Section 2.03

Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent

36

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

37

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

37

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

37

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

50

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

50

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

50

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

51

Section 2.11

Cancellation

51

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

51

Section 2.13

CUSIP/COMMON CODE/ISIN Numbers

52

Section 2.14

Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities

52

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

 

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

52

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

52

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

53

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

54

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

54

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

55

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

55

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

57

Section 3.09

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

57

 

i



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

59

Section 4.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency

59

Section 4.03

Reports and Other Information

59

Section 4.04

Compliance Certificate

61

Section 4.05

Taxes

61

Section 4.06

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

61

Section 4.07

Limitation on Restricted Payments

61

Section 4.08

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

68

Section 4.09

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

69

Section 4.10

Asset Sales

74

Section 4.11

Transactions with Affiliates

76

Section 4.12

Liens

78

Section 4.13

Corporate Existence

79

Section 4.14

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

79

Section 4.15

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

81

Section 4.16

Discharge and Suspension of Covenants

81

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

 

 

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

82

Section 5.02

Successor Corporation Substituted

84

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

 

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

85

Section 6.02

Acceleration

87

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

87

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

87

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

87

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

88

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

88

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

88

Section 6.09

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

88

Section 6.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

89

Section 6.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

89

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

89

Section 6.13

Priorities

89

Section 6.14

Undertaking for Costs

90

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

 

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

90

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

91

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

92

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

92

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

92

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

93

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

93

Section 7.08

Replacement of Trustee

94

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc

95

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

95

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

95

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

 

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

95

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

95

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

96

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

96

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

98

Section 8.06

Repayment to Issuer

98

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

98

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

 

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

99

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

100

Section 9.03

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

101

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

101

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

102

Section 9.06

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc

102

Section 9.07

Payment for Consent

102

Section 9.08

Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

102

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

 

 

GUARANTEES

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Guarantee

103

Section 10.02

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

104

Section 10.03

Execution and Delivery

104

Section 10.04

Subrogation

105

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 10.05

Benefits Acknowledged

105

Section 10.06

Release of Guarantees

105

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

 

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

106

Section 11.02

Application of Trust Money

107

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Trust Indenture Act Controls

107

Section 12.02

Notices

107

Section 12.03

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

108

Section 12.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

108

Section 12.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

108

Section 12.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

109

Section 12.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

109

Section 12.08

Governing Law

109

Section 12.09

Waiver of Jury Trial

109

Section 12.10

Force Majeure

109

Section 12.11

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

110

Section 12.12

Successors

110

Section 12.13

Severability

110

Section 12.14

Counterpart Originals

110

Section 12.15

Table of Contents, Headings, etc

110

Section 12.16

Qualification of Indenture

110

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1

 

Form of Dollar Floating Rate Note

Exhibit A-2

 

Form of Euro Floating Rate Note

Exhibit A-3

 

Form of Fixed Rate Note

Exhibit B

 

Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit C

 

Form of Certificate of Exchange

Exhibit D

 

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

iv



 

INDENTURE, dated as of August 23, 2006, among TDS Investor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York , a New York trust corporation, as Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (i) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes ”), (ii) €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the “ Initial Floating Rate Notes ”) and (iii) $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Initial Fixed Rate Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01              Definitions .

 

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the applicable Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable series of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

Additional Fixed Rate Notes ” means additional Fixed Rate Notes (other than the Initial Fixed Rate Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Fixed Rate Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Additional Dollar Floating Rate Notes ” means additional Dollar Floating Rate Notes (other than the Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

 

 

1



 

Additional Euro Floating Rate Notes ” means additional Euro Floating Rate Notes (other than the Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Additional Notes ” means Additional Fixed Rate Notes, Additional Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Additional Euro Floating Rate Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent.

 

Applicable Currency Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes, or euros, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)            1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)            the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Dollar Floating Rate Note or Euro Floating Rate Note at September 1, 2008 or such Fixed Rate Note at September 1, 2010, as the case may be (each such redemption price being set forth in the table set forth in Section 3.07(f) or 3.07(g), as the case may be, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Dollar Floating Rate Note or Euro Floating Rate Note through September 1, 2008 or such Fixed Rate Note through September 1, 2010 as the case may be (assuming that the rate of interest on the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Euro Floating Rate Notes, as applicable, for the period from the Redemption Date through September 1, 2008 will be equal to the rate of interest on Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Euro Floating Rate Notes, as applicable, in effect on the date on which the applicable notice of redemption is given) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or the Fixed Rate Notes, and the Bund Rate, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes, as of such Redemption Date, in each case plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Dollar Floating Rate Note, Euro Floating Rate Note or Fixed Rate Note, as applicable.

 

2



 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(1)            the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)            the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)            any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)            the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(c)            the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

 

(d)            any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;

 

(e)            any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

(f)             to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)            the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)            any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)             foreclosures on assets;

 

(j)             sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and

 

3



 

(k)            any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Bund Rate ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such Redemption Date, where:

 

(1)            Comparable German Bund Issue ” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2008 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Floating Rate Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to September 1, 2008; provided , however , that, if the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2008 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2008 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

 

(2)            Comparable German Bund Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)            Reference German Bund Dealer ” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

(4)            Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average as determined by the Issuer in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

 

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

4



 

(3)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)            United States dollars;

 

(2)            (a)            euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

(b)            in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)            securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)            certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)            repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)            commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)            marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

5



 

(8)            investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)            readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)          Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

(11)          Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)            Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

 

Common Depositary ” means The Bank of New York, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream and depositary for the Euro Floating Rate Notes, together with its successors in such capacity.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

6



 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)            consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) and (z) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities; plus

 

(2)            consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)            interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(1)            any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior to June 30, 2007), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

(2)            the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (including the Travel 2 Travel 4 operations being disposed) shall be excluded,

 

(4)            any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded,

 

(5)            the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted

 

7



 

into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)            solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)            effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes (other than the impact of unfavorable contract liabilities and commission agreements under purchase accounting), shall be excluded,

 

(8)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)            any impairment charge or asset write-off, including without limitation impairment charges or asset write-offs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(10)          any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

 

(11)          any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges including bonuses paid in connection with the GTA acquisition and any adjustments to liabilities du e to the former owners of Orbitz under the tax sharing arrangement or integration and non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)          accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; and

 

(13)          the following items shall be excluded:

 

8



 

(a)            any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

 

(b)            any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio ” as of any date of determination means, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) Holdings’ EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

 

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Receivables Facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of Holdings and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by Holdings.

 

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)            to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

9



 

(2)            to advance or supply funds

 

(a)            for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)            to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)            to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

 

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto, and The Bank of New York, as custodian with respect to the Euro Floating Rate Notes, in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , A-2 or A-3 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

Depositary ” means the Dollar Depositary or the Common Depositary, as the case may be.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

10



 

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Dollar Depositary ” means, with respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Fixed Rate Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Fixed Rate Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Dollar Floating Rate Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes and any Additional Dollar Floating Rate Notes.

 

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)            increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)            provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)            Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(w), (x) and (y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)            Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

11



 

(d)            any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)            the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, the separation from Cendant and the business-to-consumer platform; plus

 

(f)             any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs and the amortization of up-front bonuses in connection with the supplier services business, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(g)            the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(h)            the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus

 

(i)             the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken no later than 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $85.8 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma cost savings adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(j)             the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

 

(k)            any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings

 

12



 

(other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; and

 

(2)            decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) for the year ended December 31, 2005 an aggregate of (i) $12.5 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts; (ii) $11.1 million applicable to changes in estimates of breakage revenues relating to vendor liabilities and (iii) $2.7 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to Orbitz’s affinity credit-card liability, in each case recorded on a quarterly basis.

 

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)            public offerings with respect to Holdings’ or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)            issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and

 

(3)            any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

Euro Floating Rate Notes ” means the Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes and any Additional Euro Floating Rate Notes.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from

 

(1)            contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

13



 

(2)            the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings,

 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to or exceeds $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the

 

14



 

Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)            Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

(3)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

 

Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial Fixed Rate Notes and any Additional Fixed Rate Notes.

 

Foreign Holdco ” means Waltonville Limited, a Gibraltar corporation.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , A-2 or A-3 hereto, as the case may be, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

(1)            direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)            obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository

 

15


 

receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

 

Guarantor ” means Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holdings ” means TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)            any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)            in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)            evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)            representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)            representing any Hedging Obligations; or

 

(e)            during a Suspension Period only, obligations in respect of Sale and Lease-back Transactions in an amount equal to the present value of such obligations during the remaining term of the lease using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction determined in accordance with GAAP,

 

16



 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(2)            to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)            to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Floating Rate Notes ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Notes ” means the Initial Fixed Rate Notes and the Initial Floating Rate Notes.

 

Initial Purchasers ” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means (i) with respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Euro Floating Rate Notes, March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year to stated maturity and (ii) with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, March 1 and September 1 of each year to stated maturity.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

(1)            securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

17



 

(2)            debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)             corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

 

(1)            “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)            Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

(b)            the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)             any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

 

Investors ” means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Issue Date ” means August 23, 2006.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the recitals hereto.

 

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or London, United Kingdom.

 

18



 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Fixed Rate Notes, Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Fixed Rate Notes, Additional Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Additional Euro Floating Rate Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. The Fixed Rate Notes, Dollar Floating Rate Notes, and the Euro Floating Rate Notes (including, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, except as set forth herein. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

19



 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated August 11, 2006, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of Holdings (or its direct parent) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided , that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)            any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)            any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)            such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(b)            such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

20



 

(4)            any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)            any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)            any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)            in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)            as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)            Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(8)            any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(9)            Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(10)          guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(11)          any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

 

(12)          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(13)          additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(14)          Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

21



 

(15)          advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

 

(16)          loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

 

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)            Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)            Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)            minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(8)            Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that

 

22



 

such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)            Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)          Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the Section 4.09;

 

(11)          Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)          Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)          leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)          Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)          Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)          Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ clients;

 

(17)          Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)          Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

23



 

(19)          deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(20)          other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(21)          Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01 hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(22)          Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)          Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(24)          Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(25)          Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(26)          Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(27)          during a Suspension Period only, Liens securing Indebtedness, and Indebtedness represented by Sale and Leaseback Transactions in an amount not to exceed 15% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

24



 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Receivables Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

 

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means (i) with respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Euro Floating Rate Notes, February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date and (ii) with respect to the Fixed Rate Notes, February 15 and August 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

 

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and

 

25



 

the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note of the applicable series upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

 

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

26



 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, Foreign Holdco, Holdings, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

 

(1)            all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

(2)            all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(3)            any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

27



 

(4)            all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

 

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)            any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)            any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(c)            any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)            any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(e)            that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means (i) the $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11 7/8% Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and (ii) €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 7/8% Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016, in each case issued on the Issue Date.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investor and the Issuer, as amended from time to time.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(1)            any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)            any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination

 

28



 

owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

(2)            any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)             more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)            such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

 

Transaction ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Transaction Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport Inc. and TDS Investor LLC, as the same may be amended on or prior to the Issue Date.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2008, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, and September 1, 2010 in the case of the Fixed Rate Notes; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 

Trustee ” means The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , A-2 or A-3 attached hereto, as the case may be, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited

 

29



 

with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

(1)            any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and

 

(2)            any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(1)            any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings;

 

(2)            such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 

(3)            each of:

 

(a)            the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

(b)            its Subsidiaries

 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)            Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

 

(2)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by Holdings shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Holdings or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

30



 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available).

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)            the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)            the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02            Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in 
Section

 

“Acceptable Commitment”

 

4.10

 

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

 

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

4.10

 

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

 

“Calculation Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.14

 

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

 

“Covenant Suspension Event”

 

4.16

 

“DTC”

 

2.03

 

“Dollar Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Euro Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

 

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

 

“incur”

 

4.09

 

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

 

“Note Register”

 

2.03

 

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

 

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

 

 

31



 

Term

 

Defined in 
Section

 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

 

4.10

 

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

 

“Redemption Date”

 

3.07

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

 

4.09

 

“Refunding Capital Stock”

 

4.07

 

“Registrar”

 

2.03

 

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

 

“Reversion Date”

 

4.16

 

“Second Commitment”

 

4.10

 

“Successor Company”

 

5.01

 

“Successor Person”

 

5.01

 

“Suspended Covenants”

 

4.16

 

“Treasury Capital Stock”

 

4.07

 

 

Section 1.03            Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04            Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

32



 

(d)            words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)            “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(f)             provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)            references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)            unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

 

(i)             the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

Section 1.05            Acts of Holders .

 

(a)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

(b)            The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)            The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)            The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30

 

33



 

days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

 

(f)             Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

(g)            Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC and the Common Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC and the Common Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

(h)            The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC and the Common Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01            Form and Dating; Terms .

 

(a)            General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes), Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes) and Exhibit A-3 (in the case of the Fixed Rate Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Floating Rate Notes shall be in minimum denominations of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)            Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes), Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes) and Exhibit A-3 (in the case of the Fixed Rate Notes) attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes), Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes) and Exhibit A-3 (in the case of the Fixed Rate Notes) attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without

 

34



 

the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)            Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

 

(i)             a written certificate from the applicable Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

 

(ii)            an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.

 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note of the same series pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the corresponding Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the applicable Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)            Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

 

35


 

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

(e)            Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02            Execution and Authentication .

 

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver (i) the Initial Fixed Rate Notes, (ii) the Initial Dollar Floating Rate Notes and (iii) the Initial Euro Floating Rate Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03            Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent .

 

The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (ii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York where Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Fixed Rate Notes may be presented for payment (“ Dollar Paying Agent ”) (iii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York and London, England where Euro Floating Rate Notes may be presented for payment (“ Euro Paying Agent ”) and (iv) to the extent practicable, an office or agency in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding the taxation of savings income (the “ Directive ”). In addition, there shall be a Calculation Agent for purposes of the Floating Rate Notes (the “ Calculation Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar”

 

36



 

includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes the Dollar Paying Agent, the Euro Paying Agent and any additional paying agent. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Dollar Paying Agent and The Bank of New York as Euro Paying Agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Calculation Agent without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent, the Trustee shall, to the extent that it is capable, act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes representing the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes. The Issuer initially appoints The Bank of New York to act as Common Depositary with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Floating Rate Notes.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Calculation Agent for the Notes and the Common Depositary to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Floating Rate Notes.

 

Section 2.04            Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes and The Bank of New York shall serve as Paying Agent for the Euro Floating Rate Notes.

 

Section 2.05            Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06            Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)            Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the applicable Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) in the case of a Global Note representing Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, the Dollar Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary

 

37



 

is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, (B) in the case of a Global Note representing Euro Floating Rate Notes, (x) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency or (y) the Common Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Global Note, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (C) in the case of any Global Note,  there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)            Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of (x) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes shall be effected through the Dollar Depositary and (y) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Euro Floating Rate Notes shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(i)             Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)            All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to

 

38



 

be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the applicable Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
 
(B)            if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
 

(iv)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an

 

39



 

Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)             Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
 
(B)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
(C)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
 
(D)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a
 
40


 
certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
 
(E)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
 
(F)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)            Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(iii)           Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 
41


 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)           Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
 
(B)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
42


 
(C)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
 
(D)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
 
(E)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
 
(F)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially

 

43



 

in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
(B)            if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
 
(C)            if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
 
44


 
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)             Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable

 

45



 

Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(g)            Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)             Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)           Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

 

46



 

AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(B)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
 

(ii)            Global Note Legend . (a)  Each Global Note representing Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)           (b)            Each Global Note representing Euro Floating Rate Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

47



 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED , HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)           Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

 

(h)            Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for

 

48



 

Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)             General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)             To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)            No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)           Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)           All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v)            The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(vi)           Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

(viii)         At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement

 

49



 

Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(ix)            All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Section 2.07            Replacement Notes .

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08            Outstanding Notes .

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09            Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

50



 

Section 2.10            Temporary Notes .

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.11            Cancellation .

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12            Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

51



 

Section 2.13               CUSIP/COMMON CODE/ISIN Numbers

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers.

 

Section 2.14            Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities .

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the sum of (1) the principal amount of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes at such date of determination plus (2) the principal amount of the Fixed Rate Notes at such date of determination plus (3) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent, at such date of determination, of the principal amount of the Euro Floating Rate Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes (and not solely the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Fixed Rate Notes or the Euro Floating Rate Notes as provided for in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02), such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01            Notices to Trustee .

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Euro Floating Rate Notes, Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee,, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Euro Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

 

If less than all of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Euro Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes as the case may be, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless

 

52



 

otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes or €50,000, or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes; no Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes of less than $2,000 or Euro Floating Rate Notes of less than €50,000 can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, as the case may be, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

Section 3.03            Notice of Redemption .

 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(c) and Section 3.07(d) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date;

 

(b)            the redemption price;

 

(c)            if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)             that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(g)            the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(h)            that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or Common Code and ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

 

53



 

(i)             if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) or 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04            Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(c) and 3.07(d) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.05            Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

 

(a)            With respect to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or the Fixed Rate Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Dollar Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Dollar Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Dollar Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(b)            With respect to the Euro Floating Rate Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Euro Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Euro Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Euro Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Euro Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Euro Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(c)            If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraphs (a) or (b), as applicable, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the applicable series of Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

54



 

Section 3.06            Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that (i) each new Dollar Floating Rate Note or Fixed Rate Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and (ii) each new Euro Floating Rate Note will be in a principal amount of €50,000 or €1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07            Optional Redemption .

 

(a)            At any time prior to September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Euro Floating Rate Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with Applicable Procedures, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(b)            At any time prior to September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of each series of Fixed Rate Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with the procedures of DTC, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(c)            Until September 1, 2008, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Floating Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Dollar Floating Rate Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Floating Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Euro Floating Rate Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject in each case to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Floating Rate Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Dollar Floating Rate Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Floating Rate Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Euro Floating Rate Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(d)            Until September 1, 2009, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 109.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus a premium equal to the rate per annum on the Fixed Rate

 

55


 

Notes applicable on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, subject to the right of Holders of Fixed Rate Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(e)            Except pursuant to clause (a) or (c) of this Section 3.07, the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Euro Floating Rate Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to September 1, 2008. Except pursuant to clause (b) or (d) of this Section 3.07, the Fixed Rate Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to September 1, 2010.

 

(f)             On and after September 1, 2008, the Issuer may redeem the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Euro Floating Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Euro Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Dollar Floating 
Rate Notes 
Percentage

 

Euro 
Floating Rate 
Notes Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

102.000

%

102.000

%

2009

 

101.000

%

101.000

%

2010 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

100.000

%

 

(g)            On and after September 1, 2010, the Issuer may redeem Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

 

 

Dollar
Fixed Rate
Notes Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

104.938

%

2011

 

 

 

102.469

%

2012 and thereafter

 

 

 

100.000

%

 

(h)            Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

56



 

Section 3.08            Mandatory Redemption .

 

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09            Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

 

(a)            In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)            The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)            If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

(d)            Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)       that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)      the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii)     that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)     that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(v)      that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes, or denominations of €50,000 in excess thereof, or whole multiples of €1,000, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes;

 

(vi)     that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the applicable

 

57



 

Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)          that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the applicable Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)         that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes or denominations of €50,000, or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes, shall be purchased); and

 

(ix)            that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)            On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 

(f)             The Issuer, the applicable Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or €50,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000 in excess thereof, as the case may be. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

58



 

ARTICLE 4

 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01            Payment of Notes .

 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or the Fixed Rate Notes and noon London Time with respect to the Euro Floating Rate Notes on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02            Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under Section 2.03 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03            Reports and Other Information .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding that Holdings may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, Holdings shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without

 

59



 

exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after Holdings files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

(1)            within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
 
(2)            within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
 
(3)            promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
 
(4)            any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that Holdings shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event Holdings shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time Holdings would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, Holdings shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)            In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings becomes a guarantor of the Notes, Holdings may to satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to Holdings by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after Holdings would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum.

 

60



 

Section 4.04            Compliance Certificate .

 

(a)            The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

(b)            When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05            Taxes .

 

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06            Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07            Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)             declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

 

(a)            dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

 

61



 

(b)            dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(II)            purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)          make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(a)            Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

 

(b)            the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(IV)          make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)            no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Test ”); and

 

(3)            such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof, is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)            50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of Holdings’ recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)            100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been

 

62



 

used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(a) hereof from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)             (A) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

 

(x)             Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

 

(y)            Designated Preferred Stock;

 

and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; or

 

(ii)            debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings;

 

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(c)            100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

(d)            100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(i)             the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

 

(ii)            the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted

 

63



 

Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

(e)            in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $50.0 million, shall be set forth in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor), at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

 

(1)            the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(2)            (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
(3)            the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09(a) hereof so long as:
 

(a)            the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

(b)            such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

64



 

(c)            such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

 

(d)            such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

(4)            a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 

(a)            the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

 

(b)            the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

(c)            the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings from members of management of Holdings, any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(5)            the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;
 
(6)            (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Issue Date;
 
65


 

(b)            the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)            the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

 

provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)            Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(8)            repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
 
(9)            the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
 
(10)          Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
(11)          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;
 
(12)          distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;
 
(13)          any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;
 
(14)          the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Section 
 
66


 
4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
 
(15)          the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,
 

(a)            franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)            federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

 

(c)            customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)            general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(e)            fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of Holdings related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

 

(16)          the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
 

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

(c)            Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.”  Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

67



 

Section 4.08            Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)            (A)  pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
 

(B)            pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(3)            sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 

(b)            The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related documentation;
 
(2)            this Indenture and the Notes;
 
(3)            purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
 
(4)            applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
 
(5)            any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;
 
(6)            contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
(7)            Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(8)            restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
68


 
(9)            other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;
 
(10)          customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;
 
(11)          customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12)          any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
 
(13)          restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.
 

Section 4.09            Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $100.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

 

(b)            The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

 

(1)            the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances
 
69


 
thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $3,100 million outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;
 
(2)            the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and (b) the Senior Subordinated Notes (including any guarantee thereof);
 
(3)            Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));
 
(4)            Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
 
(5)            Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
(6)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that
 

(a)            such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

 

(b)            the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(7)            Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in
 
70


 
right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(8)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(9)            shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
 
(10)          Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
 
(11)          obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12)          (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $300.0 million; provided , however that no more than $100.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted
 
71


 
Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
 
(13)          the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
 

(a)            has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

 

(b)            to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(c)            shall not include:

 

(i)             Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

 

(iii)           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under a Credit Facility;

 

(14)          Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor or merged into the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either
 

(a)            Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

72



 

(b)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)          Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
 
(16)          Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
 
(17)    (a) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or
 

(b)            any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

(18)          Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(19)          Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof.
 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

 

(1)            in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and
 
(2)            at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) hereof.
 

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated

 

73



 

in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

Section 4.10            Asset Sales .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)            Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
(2)            except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
 

(a)            any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Holdings and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(b)            any securities received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

(c)            any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this

 

74



 

clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)            Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

(1)            to permanently reduce:
 

(a)            Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities; and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(b)            Obligations under Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(c)            Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(d)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)            to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or
 
(3)            to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
 

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation

 

75


 

or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)            Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and Fixed Rate Notes and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture.  The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $35.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered.  Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 

(d)            Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(e)            The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11               Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

(1)            such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable

 

76



 

transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)            the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

 

The provisions of Section 4.11(a) will not apply to the following:

 

(1)            transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2)            Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;
 
(3)            the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(4)            the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(5)            transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
 
(6)            any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
 
(7)            the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
 
(8)            the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum;

 

77



 

(9)            transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(10)          the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;
 
(11)          sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
 
(12)          payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith;
 
(13)          payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith; and
 
(14)          investments by the Investors in securities of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
 

Section 4.12                                 Liens .

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)            in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
(2)            in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and (C) Liens securing Indebtedness under Credit Facilities permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under this subclause (C), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0.

 

78



 

Section 4.13            Corporate Existence .

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, Holdings shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Holdings shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if Holdings in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14            Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

 

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

 

(1)            that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
 
(2)            the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
 
(3)            that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
 
(4)            that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
 
(5)            that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
 
(6)            that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30 day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the

 

79



 

principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
 
(7)            that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Notes and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Floating Rate Notes; and
 
(8)            the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14 described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.  The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

 

(b)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)            accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
 
(2)            deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
 
(3)            deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
 

(c)            The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)            Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

80



 

Section 4.15            Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

Holdings shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

 

(1)            such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:
 

(a)            if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

(b)            if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;

 

(2)            such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
 
(3)            such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:
 

(a)            such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(b)            such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.16            Discharge and Suspension of Covenants .

 

(a)            If after the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09

 

81



 

hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.15 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof shall not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

 

(b)            During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, Holdings may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

 

(c)            In the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Suspension Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events.  The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Section 4.16 as the “ Suspension Period .” The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 

(d)            During any Suspension Period, Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to ‘‘—Liens’’ below without equally and ratably securing the Senior Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10; provided , further , that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3).

 

(f)             The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.16.

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)            Neither Holdings nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

82



 

(1)            Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings or the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
 
(2)            the Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
 
(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
 
(4)            immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
 

(a)            the Successor Company or Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

(b)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)            each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and
 
(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
 

(b)            The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable.  Notwithstanding the clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

 

(1)            any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or the Issuer, and
 
(2)            Holdings or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 

(c)            Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or

 

83



 

Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)            (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
 

(b)            the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

 

(c)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(d)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

 

(2)            the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
 

(d)            Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the mergers contemplated by the Transaction Agreement shall be permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01.

 

Section 5.02            Successor Corporation Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

84



 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01            Events of Default .

 

(a)            An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)            default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
 
(2)            default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
 
(3)            failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;
 
(4)            default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
 

(a)            such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

(b)            the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)            failure by Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
 
(6)            Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
 

(i)             commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

85



 

(ii)            consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law;

 

(iii)           consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(iv)           makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(v)            generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(7)            a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 

(i)             is for relief against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)            appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)           orders the liquidation of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)            the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.
 

(b)            In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)            the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
 
(2)            holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

 

86



 

(3)            the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
 

Section 6.02            Acceleration .

 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03            Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04            Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05            Control by Majority .

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any

 

87



 

direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06            Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)      such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2)      Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3)      Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4)      the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
(5)      Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

Section 6.07            Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08            Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09            Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively

 

88



 

to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10            Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11            Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13            Priorities .

 

If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

89



 

(i)             to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(ii)            to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(iii)           to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

Section 6.14            Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01            Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)            If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)             the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)            in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

90



 

(c)            The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)             this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(ii)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)           the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)            The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)             The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02            Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)            The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)            Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)            The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)            Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

91



 

(f)             None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

(g)            The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture

 

(h)            In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i)             The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)             In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Issuer.  The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

Section 7.03            Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04            Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05            Notice of Defaults .

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may

 

92



 

withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes.

 

Section 7.06            Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

 

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.07            Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder).  The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,

 

93



 

except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08            Replacement of Trustee .

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)            the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)            the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)            a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)            the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

94



 

Section 7.09            Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10            Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11            Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02            Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)            the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

95


 

(b)            the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(c)            the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(d)            this Section 8.02.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03            Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)            the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Fixed Rate Notes and cash in euro, euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Euro Floating Rate Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may
 
96


 
be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
 
(2)            in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
 

(a)            the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(b)            since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)            in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4)            no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
 
(5)            such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Subordinated Notes or this Indenture pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
 
(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;
 
(7)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
 
97


 
(8)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
 

Section 8.05           Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06            Repayment to Issuer .

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07            Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer

 

98



 

shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01            Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

 

(1)            to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2)            to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
 
(3)            to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
 
(4)            to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
 
(5)            to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
 
(6)            to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(7)            to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(8)            to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
 
(9)            to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
 
(10)          to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
 
(11)          to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Senior Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Senior Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or
 
(12)          making any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
 
99


 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 9.02            With Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02 ; provided , however that that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the Euro Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Euro Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required .

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

100



 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2)            reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);
 
(3)            reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
 
(4)            waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
 
(5)            make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
 
(6)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
 
(7)            make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
 
(8)            impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
 
(9)            make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or
 
(10)          except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
 

Section 9.03            Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04            Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

101



 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

Section 9.05            Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06            Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.07            Payment for Consent .

 

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 9.08            Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount .

 

Except as provided in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate series on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article Nine and Section 2.14.

 

102



 

ARTICLE 10

 

GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01          Guarantee .

 

Subject to this Article 10, from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

103



 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

 

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 10.02          Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 10.03          Execution and Delivery .

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

104



 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04          Subrogation.

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 10.05          Benefits Acknowledged .

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 10.06          Release of Guarantees .

 

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)            (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
 

(B)            the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)            the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

 

(D)           the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(2)            such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
105


 

ARTICLE 11

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01          Satisfaction and Discharge .

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)            all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2)            (A)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Dollar Floating Rate Notes and/or Fixed Rate Notes and euro, euro-denominated Government Securities or a combination thereof, in the case of Euro Floating Rate Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 

(B)            no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Subordinated Notes (or this Indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness);

 

(C)            the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

(D)           the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

 

106



 

Section 11.02          Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                Trust Indenture Act Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 12.02                Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

 

TDS Investor Corporation
c/o The Blackstone Group
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Fax No.: 212-583-5712
Attention:  Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza, 23 rd Floor
New York, New York 10006
Fax No.: (212) 225-5436

Attn: Warren Goshine

 

107



 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03          Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

Section 12.04          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a)            An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b)            An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

 

108



 

(a)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 

(d)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 12.06          Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07          No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 12.08          Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 12.09          Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.10          Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

109



 

Section 12.11          No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.12          Successors .

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.13          Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14          Counterpart Originals .

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.15          Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.16          Qualification of Indenture .

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 12.17          Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions .

 

(a)            U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, Fixed Rate Notes, the Guarantees of the Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the Guarantees of the Fixed Rate Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to the Dollar Floating Rate Notes or the Fixed Rate Notes, including damages related thereto, and euros are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Euro Floating Rate Notes, the Guarantees of the Euro Floating Rate Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to the Euro Floating Rate Notes, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars

 

110



 

by a Holder of Dollar Floating Rate Notes or Fixed Rate Notes or euros by a Holder of Euro Floating Rate Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuers to the extent of the U.S. dollar or euro amount, as the case may be, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar or euro amount is less than the U.S. dollar or euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 12.17(b). In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 12.17, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The indemnities set forth in this Section 12.17 constitute separate and independent obligations from other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes.

 

(b)            The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture:

 

(A)           (A)           If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

 

(B)          If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

 

(B)            In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Applicable Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up

 

111



 

of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

(c)            The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 12.17 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 

(d)            The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 

112



 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES

 

LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 



 

 

 

APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP,

 

By: APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.,
its General Partner

 

 

By:

  /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL
AGENCY,

 

By: INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING
CORPORATION, its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

By: ORBITZ, LLC, as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

By: TRAVELPORT INC., as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:   Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren A. Goshine

 

 

 

Name: Warren A. Goshine

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

Cendant Travel, Inc.

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation

Distribution Systems, Inc.

Galileo Ba, Inc.

Galileo Brasil Limited

Galileo International, Inc.

Galileo International, L.L.C.

Galileo International Services, Inc.

Galileo Operations, LLC

Galileo Technologies LLC

Gta North America, Inc.

HotelPORT, Inc.

HotelPORT International, Inc.

Internetwork Publishing Corporation

Landmark Holding Company, Inc.

Magellen Technologies, Inc.

Neat Group Corporation

O Holdings Inc.

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited

Orbitz, Inc.

Orbitz, LLC

Quantitude Services, Inc.

Quantitude, Inc.

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.

 

113



 

Travel Industries, Inc.

Travelport China Holdings, Inc.

Travelport for Business, Inc.

Travelport Inc.

Travelport Operations, Inc.

Trip Network, Inc.

Trip.com, Inc.

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.

Wizcom, Inc.

 

114



 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL

PAPER, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Laurie Perper

 

 

 

Name: Laurie Perper

 

 

Title:  Senior Vice President

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA)
LLC,
as Co-Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ John C. Potrino

 

 

 

Name: John C. Potrino

 

 

Title:  Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH,
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Brian T. Caldwell

 

 

 

Name: Brian T. Caldwell

 

 

Title:   Director

 

 

By:

 /s/ Laurence Lapeyre

 

 

 

Name: Laurence Lapeyre

 

 

Title:   Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA),
LLC,
as Syndication Agent,

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ John C. Potrino

 

 

 

Name: John C. Potrino

 

 

Title:  Managing Director

 



 

 

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., as

 

Co-Documentation and as a Lender,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Julie Persily

 

 

 

Name: Julie Persily

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK

 

BRANCH, as Co-Documentation Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Paul O’Leary

 

 

 

Name: Paul O’Leary

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

By:

 /s/ Scottye Lindsey

 

 

 

Name: Scottye Lindsey

 

 

Title:   Director

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 23, 2006

Among

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

the Guarantors listed herein

 

and

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee


11 7 / 8 % DOLLAR SENIOR SUBORDINATED FIXED RATE NOTES DUE 2016
10 7 / 8 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED EURO FIXED RATE NOTES DUE 2016

 

 



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

 

310(a)(1)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)(2)

 

7.10

 

 

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

 

 

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

 

 

(a)(5)

 

7.10

 

 

(b)

 

7.10

 

 

(c)

 

N.A.

 

311(a)

 

7.11

 

 

(b)

 

7.11

 

 

(c)

 

N.A.

 

312(a)

 

2.05

 

 

(b)

 

14.03

 

 

(c)

 

14.03

 

313(a)

 

7.06

 

 

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)(2)

 

7.06;7.07

 

 

(c)

 

7.06;14.02

 

 

(d)

 

7.06

 

314(a)

 

4.03;14.02; 14.05

 

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

 

(c)(1)

 

14.04

 

 

(c)(2)

 

14.04

 

 

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

 

 

(d)

 

N.A.

 

 

(e)

 

14.05

 

 

(f)

 

N.A.

 

315(a)

 

7.01

 

 

(b)

 

7.05;14.02

 

 

(c)

 

7.01

 

 

(d)

 

7.01

 

 

(e)

 

6.14

 

316(a)(last sentence)

 

2.09

 

 

(a)(1)(A)

 

6.05

 

 

(a)(1)(B)

 

6.04

 

 

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

 

 

(b)

 

6.07

 

 

(c)

 

2.12;9.04

 

317(a)(1)

 

6.08

 

 

(a)(2)

 

6.12

 

 

(b)

 

2.04

 

318(a)

 

14.01

 

 

(b)

 

N.A.

 

 

(c)

 

14.01

 

 


N.A. means not applicable.

*  This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

 

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Definitions

 

1

Section 1.02

Other Definitions

 

31

Section 1.03

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

 

32

Section 1.04

Rules of Construction

 

32

Section 1.05

Acts of Holders

 

33

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

 

 

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Form and Dating; Terms

 

34

Section 2.02

Execution and Authentication

 

36

Section 2.03

Registrar and Paying Agent

 

36

Section 2.04

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

 

37

Section 2.05

Holder Lists

 

37

Section 2.06

Transfer and Exchange

 

37

Section 2.07

Replacement Notes

 

49

Section 2.08

Outstanding Notes

 

50

Section 2.09

Treasury Notes

 

50

Section 2.10

Temporary Notes

 

50

Section 2.11

Cancellation

 

51

Section 2.12

Defaulted Interest

 

51

Section 2.13

CUSIP/COMMON CODE/ISIN Numbers

 

51

Section 2.14

Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities

 

51

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Notices to Trustee

 

52

Section 3.02

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

 

52

Section 3.03

Notice of Redemption

 

52

Section 3.04

Effect of Notice of Redemption

 

53

Section 3.05

Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

 

54

Section 3.06

Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

 

54

Section 3.07

Optional Redemption

 

54

Section 3.08

Mandatory Redemption

 

55

Section 3.09

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

 

55

 

i



 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Payment of Notes

 

57

Section 4.02

Maintenance of Office or Agency

 

58

Section 4.03

Reports and Other Information

 

58

Section 4.04

Compliance Certificate

 

59

Section 4.05

Taxes

 

60

Section 4.06

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

 

60

Section 4.07

Limitation on Restricted Payments

 

60

Section 4.08

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

 

66

Section 4.09

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

 

68

Section 4.10

Asset Sales

 

72

Section 4.11

Transactions with Affiliates

 

75

Section 4.12

Liens

 

76

Section 4.13

Corporate Existence

 

77

Section 4.14

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

 

77

Section 4.15

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

 

79

Section 4.16

Discharge and Suspension of Covenants

 

80

Section 4.17

Limitation on Layering

 

80

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

 

 

 

SUCCESSORS

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

 

81

Section 5.02

Successor Corporation Substituted

 

82

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

 

 

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Events of Default

 

83

Section 6.02

Acceleration

 

85

Section 6.03

Other Remedies

 

85

Section 6.04

Waiver of Past Defaults

 

86

Section 6.05

Control by Majority

 

86

Section 6.06

Limitation on Suits

 

86

Section 6.07

Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

 

86

Section 6.08

Collection Suit by Trustee

 

87

Section 6.09

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

 

87

Section 6.10

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

 

87

Section 6.11

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

 

87

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

 

87

Section 6.13

Priorities

 

88

Section 6.14

Undertaking for Costs

 

88

 

ii



 

ARTICLE 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Duties of Trustee

 

89

Section 7.02

Rights of Trustee

 

90

Section 7.03

Individual Rights of Trustee

 

91

Section 7.04

Trustee’s Disclaimer

 

91

Section 7.05

Notice of Defaults

 

91

Section 7.06

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

 

91

Section 7.07

Compensation and Indemnity

 

92

Section 7.08

Replacement of Trustee

 

92

Section 7.09

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

93

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

 

93

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer

 

94

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

 

 

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

 

94

Section 8.02

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

 

94

Section 8.03

Covenant Defeasance

 

94

Section 8.04

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

 

95

Section 8.05

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

 

96

Section 8.06

Repayment to Issuer

 

97

Section 8.07

Reinstatement

 

97

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

 

97

Section 9.02

With Consent of Holders of Notes

 

98

Section 9.03

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

 

100

Section 9.04

Revocation and Effect of Consents

 

100

Section 9.05

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

 

100

Section 9.06

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

 

101

Section 9.07

Payment for Consent

 

101

Section 9.08

Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount

 

101

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION

 

Section 10.01

Agreement To Subordinate

 

101

Section 10.02

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

 

101

Section 10.03

Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer

 

102

Section 10.04

Acceleration of Payment of Notes

 

103

 

iii



 

Section 10.05

When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

 

103

Section 10.06

Subrogation

 

103

Section 10.07

Relative Rights

 

103

Section 10.08

Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer

 

104

Section 10.09

Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

 

104

Section 10.10

Distribution or Notice to Representative

 

104

Section 10.11

Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate

 

104

Section 10.12

Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

 

104

Section 10.13

Trustee Entitled To Rely

 

105

Section 10.14

Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

 

105

Section 10.15

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer

 

105

Section 10.16

Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer on Subordination Provisions

 

105

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

 

 

 

GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Guarantee

 

106

Section 11.02

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

107

Section 11.03

Execution and Delivery

 

108

Section 11.04

Subrogation

 

108

Section 11.05

Benefits Acknowledged

 

108

Section 11.06

Release of Guarantees

 

108

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 12

 

 

 

 

SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Agreement To Subordinate

 

109

Section 12.02

Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy

 

109

Section 12.03

Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor

 

109

Section 12.04

Demand for Payment

 

111

Section 12.05

When Distribution Must Be Paid Over

 

111

Section 12.06

Subrogation

 

111

Section 12.07

Relative Rights

 

111

Section 12.08

Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor

 

112

Section 12.09

Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent

 

112

Section 12.10

Distribution or Notice to Representative

 

112

Section 12.11

Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment

 

112

Section 12.12

Trust Moneys Not Subordinated

 

112

Section 12.13

Trustee Entitled To Rely

 

113

Section 12.14

Trustee To Effectuate Subordination

 

113

Section 12.15

Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors

 

113

Section 12.16

Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions

 

113

 

iv



 

ARTICLE 13

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

 

Section 13.01

Satisfaction and Discharge

 

114

Section 13.02

Application of Trust Money

 

115

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 14

 

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

Section 14.01

Trust Indenture Act Controls

 

115

Section 14.02

Notices

 

115

Section 14.03

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes

 

116

Section 14.04

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

 

116

Section 14.05

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

 

117

Section 14.06

Rules by Trustee and Agents

 

117

Section 14.07

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

 

117

Section 14.08

Governing Law

 

117

Section 14.09

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

118

Section 14.10

Force Majeure

 

118

Section 14.11

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

 

118

Section 14.12

Successors

 

118

Section 14.13

Severability

 

118

Section 14.14

Counterpart Originals

 

118

Section 14.15

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

 

118

Section 14.16

Qualification of Indenture

 

118

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

Form of Dollar Note

 

 

Exhibit A-2

Form of Euro Note

 

 

Exhibit B

Form of Certificate of Transfer

 

 

Exhibit C

Form of Certificate of Exchange

 

 

Exhibit D

Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

 

 

 

v



 

INDENTURE, dated as of August 23, 2006, among TDS Investor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”) and the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York , a New York trust corporation, as Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (i) $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Initial Dollar Notes ”) and (ii) €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Initial Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01               Definitions .

 

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the applicable Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the applicable series of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)            Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)            Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.

 

Additional Dollar Notes ” means additional Dollar Notes (other than the Initial Dollar Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Dollar Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Additional Euro Notes ” means additional Euro Notes (other than the Initial Euro Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Euro Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.01 and 4.09 hereof.

 

Additional Interest ” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

1



 

Additional Notes ” means Additional Dollar Notes and Additional Euro Notes.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

 

Applicable Currency Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, in the case of the Dollar Notes, or euros, in the case of the Euro Notes, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such determination.

 

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)            1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)            the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Dollar Note or Euro Note at September 1, 2011 (each such redemption price being set forth in the table set forth in Section 3.07(f) or 3.07(g), as the case may be, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Dollar Note or Euro Note through September 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate, in the case of the Dollar Notes, and the Bund Rate, in the case of the Euro Notes, as of such Redemption Date, in each case plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount of such Dollar Note or Euro Note, as applicable.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Asset Sale ” means:

 

(1)            the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

(2)            the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

2



 

in each case, other than:

 

(a)            any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)            the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(c)            the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof;

 

(d)            any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $15.0 million;

 

(e)            any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

(f)             to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)            the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)            any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)             foreclosures on assets;

 

(j)             sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; and

 

(k)            any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Bund Rate ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such Redemption Date, where:

 

3



 

(1)            Comparable German Bund Issue ” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2011 and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro-denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to September 1, 2011; provided , however , that, if the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2011 is not equal to the fixed maturity of the German Bundesanleihe security selected by such Reference German Bund Dealer, the Bund Rate shall be determined by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the yields of German Bundesanleihe securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such Redemption Date to September 1, 2011 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

 

(2)            Comparable German Bund Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)            Reference German Bund Dealer ” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and

 

(4)            Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average as determined by the Issuer in good faith of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

 

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Stock ” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during

 

4



 

such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

(1)            United States dollars;

 

(2)            (a)            euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

 

(b)            in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(3)            securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(4)            certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

 

(5)            repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

(6)            commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(7)            marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;

 

(8)            investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above;

 

(9)            readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

 

(10)          Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; and

 

5



 

(11)          Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or

 

(2)            Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.

 

Common Depositary ” means The Bank of New York, as common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream and depositary for the Euro Notes, together with its successors in such capacity.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)            consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) any Additional Interest and any “additional interest” with respect to the Senior Notes, (w) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (x) any expensing of

 

6



 

bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility) and (z) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities; plus

 

(2)            consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

(3)            interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that, without duplication,

 

(1)            any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction to the extent incurred on or prior to June 30, 2007), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

 

(2)            the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period,

 

(3)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (including the Travel 2 Travel 4 operations being disposed) shall be excluded,

 

(4)            any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded,

 

(5)            the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)            solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other

 

7



 

payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)            effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes (other than the impact of unfavorable contract liabilities and commission agreements under purchase accounting), shall be excluded,

 

(8)            any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

 

(9)            any impairment charge or asset write-off, including without limitation impairment charges or asset write-offs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(10)          any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights shall be excluded,

 

(11)          any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges including bonuses paid in connection with the GTA acquisition and any adjustments to liabilities due to the former owners of Orbitz under the tax sharing arrangement or integration and non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)          accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; and

 

(13)          the following items shall be excluded:

 

(a)            any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133; and

 

(b)            any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by

 

8



 

Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Contingent Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)            to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)            to advance or supply funds

 

(a)            for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(b)            to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)            to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 14.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer.

 

Credit Facilities ” means, with respect to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Dollar Notes, in global form, or any successor entity thereto, and The Bank of New York, as custodian with respect to the Euro Notes, in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

9



 

Depositary ” means the Dollar Depositary or the Common Depositary, as the case may be.

 

Designated Non-cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” means Preferred Stock of Holdings or any parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the applicable parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

 

(1)            any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities; and

 

(2)            any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, the principal amount of which is $50.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Issuer as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.”

 

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided , however , that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Dollar Depositary ” means, with respect to the Dollar Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Dollar Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

Dollar Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Notes and any Additional Dollar Notes.

 

10



 

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)            increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)            provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(b)            Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(w), (x) and (y) thereof to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(c)            Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(d)            any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(e)            the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date, and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, the separation from Cendant and the business-to-consumer platform; plus

 

(f)             any other non-cash charges, including any write offs or write downs and the amortization of up-front bonuses in connection with the supplier services business, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

(g)            the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

 

11



 

(h)            the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; plus

 

(i)             the amount of net cost savings projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions are taken no later than 36 months after the Issue Date and (z) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (i) shall not exceed $85.8 million for any four consecutive quarter period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma cost savings adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

 

(j)             the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility; plus

 

(k)            any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; and

 

(2)            decreased by (without duplication) (a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and (b) for the year ended December 31, 2005 an aggregate of (i) $12.5 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts; (ii) $11.1 million applicable to changes in estimates of breakage revenues relating to vendor liabilities and (iii) $2.7 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to Orbitz’s affinity credit-card liability, in each case recorded on a quarterly basis.

 

EMU ” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

 

(1)            public offerings with respect to Holdings’ or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)            issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings; and

 

(3)            any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

12



 

euro ” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

Euro Notes ” means the Initial Euro Notes and any Additional Euro Notes.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes ” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from

 

(1)            contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)            the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings,

 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officer’s certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.

 

fair market value ” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith; provided that if the fair market value is equal to or exceeds $50.0 million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date ”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

13


 

 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(1)            Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 

(2)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

 

(3)            all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

 

Foreign Holdco ” means Waltonville Limited, a Gibraltar corporation.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

 

14



 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 hereto, as the case may be, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.

 

Government Securities ” means securities that are:

 

(1)            direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

(2)            obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,

 

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

 

Guarantor ” means Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

Holdings ” means TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda corporation.

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

(1)            any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

 

15



 

(a)            in respect of borrowed money;

 

(b)            evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(c)            representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or

 

(d)            representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(2)            to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)            to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;

 

provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Independent Financial Advisor ” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

Initial Dollar Notes ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Euro Notes ” as defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Initial Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Notes and the Initial Euro Notes.

 

Initial Purchasers ” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means March 1 and September 1 of each year to stated maturity.

 

16



 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” means:

 

(1)            securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

 

(2)            debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

 

(4)             corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof:

 

(1)            “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(a)            Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less

 

(b)            the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)             any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

 

Investors ” means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Issue Date ” means August 23, 2006.

 

17



 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of the recitals hereto.

 

Issuer Order ” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or London, United Kingdom.

 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness required (other than required by clause (1) of Section 4.10(b) hereof) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

Notes ” means the Initial Dollar Notes and the Initial Euro Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Dollar Notes and Additional Euro Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes (including, in each case, any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) are separate series of Notes, but shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, except as set forth herein. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.

 

 

18



 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum, dated August 11, 2006, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided , that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of the Investors and members of management of Holdings (or its direct parent) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided , that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

 

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

(1)            any Investment in Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)            any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)            such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

19



 

(b)            such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary,

 

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided , that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)            any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)            any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)            any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:

 

(a)            in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or

 

(b)            as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)            Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(8)            any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(9)            Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of Holdings, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided , however , that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

 

(10)          guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(11)          any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);

 

(12)          Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment;

 

(13)          additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of

 

20



 

such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(14)          Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility;

 

(15)          advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

 

(16)          loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof.

 

Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

 

(1)            Equity Interests in Holdings, any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings; or

 

(2)            unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the related Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture;

 

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities is treated as part of the same class as the Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

 

Permitted Liens ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)            Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being

 

 

21



 

contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(4)            Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)            minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) or (12)(b) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the Issue Date;

 

(8)            Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided , further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(9)            Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided , further , however , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(10)          Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with the Section 4.09;

 

(11)          Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)          Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)          leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

22



 

(14)          Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)          Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)          Liens on equipment of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ clients;

 

(17)          Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)          Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9); provided , however , that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)          deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

 

(20)          other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $40.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(21)          Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) under Section 6.01 hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(22)          Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23)          Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(24)          Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

23



 

(25)          Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

(26)          Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

Qualified Proceeds ” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

Receivables Facility ” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Receivables Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.

 

 

24



 

Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means February 15 and August 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Issuer and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Issuer to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

 

Regulation S Permanent Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note of the applicable series upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note ” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

 

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

 

Related Business Assets ” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer.

 

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

 

25



 

Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Credit Facilities ” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the Issuer, Foreign Holdco, Holdings, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

 

 

26



 

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

 

(1)            all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or Senior Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

(2)            all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

 

(3)            any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

(4)            all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

 

provided , however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(a)            any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(b)            any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(c)            any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)            any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(e)            that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided , however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of the Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness of their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated the Indenture and (b) shall have receive a certificate from an officer of the Issuer to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Senior Notes ” means (i) $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, (ii) €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 and (iii) $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9⅞% Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014, in each case issued on the Issue Date.

 

 

27



 

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

 

(1)            with respect to the Issuer, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Notes issued by the Issuer; and

 

(2)            with respect to any Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of Notes.

 

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investor and the Issuer, as amended from time to time.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(1)            any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)            any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such time; and

 

(2)            any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which

 

(x)             more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(y)            such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

 

28



 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings or such other Person as may be expressly stated.

 

Transaction ” means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes and borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Transaction Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2006 by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport Inc. and TDS Investor LLC, as the same may be amended on or prior to the Issue Date.

 

Treasury Rate ” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2011; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to September 1, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 

Trustee ” means The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or A-2 attached hereto, as the case may be, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

(1)            any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by Holdings, as provided below); and

 

(2)            any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

 

29



 

(1)            any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings;

 

(2)            such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 

(3)            each of:

 

(a)            the Subsidiary to be so designated; and

 

(b)            its Subsidiaries

 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)            Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a) hereof; or

 

(2)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by Holdings shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Holdings or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

U.S. Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available).

 

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

 

30



 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)            the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

 

(2)            the sum of all such payments.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02               Other Definitions.

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

 

 

 

 

“Acceptable Commitment”

 

4.10

 

“Affiliate Transaction”

 

4.11

 

“Asset Sale Offer”

 

4.10

 

“Authentication Order”

 

2.02

 

“Blockage Notice”

 

10.03

 

“Change of Control Offer”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment”

 

4.14

 

“Change of Control Payment Date”

 

4.14

 

“Covenant Defeasance”

 

8.03

 

“Covenant Suspension Event”

 

4.16

 

“DTC”

 

2.03

 

“Dollar Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Euro Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Event of Default”

 

6.01

 

“Excess Proceeds”

 

4.10

 

Guarantee Blockage Notice

 

12.03

 

Guarantee Payment Blockage Period

 

12.03

 

“Guarantor Payment Default”

 

12.03

 

“incur”

 

4.09

 

“Legal Defeasance”

 

8.02

 

“Non-Guarantor Payment Default”

 

12.03

 

“Non-Payment Default”

 

10.03

 

“Note Register”

 

2.03

 

“Offer Amount”

 

3.09

 

“Offer Period”

 

3.09

 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

 

4.10

 

“pay its Guarantee”

 

12.03

 

“pay the Notes”

 

10.03

 

“Paying Agent”

 

2.03

 

“Payment Blockage Period”

 

10.03

 

“Payment Default”

 

10.03

 

“Purchase Date”

 

3.09

 

 

 

31



 

Term

 

Defined in
Section

 

 

 

 

 

“Redemption Date”

 

3.07

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness”

 

4.09

 

“Refunding Capital Stock”

 

4.07

 

“Registrar”

 

2.03

 

“Restricted Payments”

 

4.07

 

“Reversion Date”

 

4.16

 

“Second Commitment”

 

4.10

 

“Successor Company”

 

5.01

 

“Successor Person”

 

5.01

 

“Suspended Covenants”

 

4.16

 

“Treasury Capital Stock”

 

4.07

 

 

Section 1.03               Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04               Rules of Construction .

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)            words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

 

32



 

(e)            “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

(f)             provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)            references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(h)            unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and

 

(i)             the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision.

 

Section 1.05               Acts of Holders .

 

(a)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

 

(b)            The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)            The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

(e)            The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

 

 

33



 

(f)             Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

 

(g)            Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC and the Common Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC and the Common Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

(h)            The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC and the Common Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01               Form and Dating; Terms .

 

(a)            General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Dollar Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Euro Notes shall be in minimum denominations of €50,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(b)            Global Notes . Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes)  attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal

 

34



 

amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

(c)            Temporary Global Notes . Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the applicable Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:

 

(i)             a written certificate from the applicable Depositary, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and

 

(ii)            an Officer’s Certificate from the Issuer.

 

Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note of the same series pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the corresponding Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the applicable Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

 

(d)            Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3.

 

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

35


 

 

(e)            Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02               Execution and Authentication .

 

At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, as the case may be, by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

 

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver (i) the Initial Dollar Notes and (ii) the Initial Euro Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Section 2.03               Registrar and Paying Agent .

 

The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”), (ii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York where Dollar Notes may be presented for payment (“ Dollar Paying Agent ”), (iii) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the State of New York and London, England where Euro Notes may be presented for payment (“ Euro Paying Agent ”) and (iv) to the extent practicable, an office or agency in a European Union member state that will not be obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Directive 2003/48/EC regarding the taxation of savings income (the “ Directive ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes the Dollar Paying Agent, the Euro Paying Agent and any additional paying agent. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Dollar Paying Agent and The Bank of New York as Euro Paying Agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall, to the extent that it is capable, act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

 

36



 

The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes representing the Dollar Notes. The Issuer initially appoints The Bank of New York to act as Common Depositary with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Notes.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar for the Notes and the Common Depositary to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Notes.

 

Section 2.04               Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

 

The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Dollar Notes and The Bank of New York shall serve as Paying Agent for the Euro Notes.

 

Section 2.05               Holder Lists .

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06               Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)            Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the applicable Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless(A) in the case of a Global Note representing Dollar Notes, the Dollar Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days, (B) in the case of a Global Note representing Euro Notes, (x) Euroclear or Clearstream notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as clearing agency or (y) the Common Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as common depositary for such Global Note, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (C) in the case of any Global Note, there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered

 

 

37



 

in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)            Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of (x) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Dollar Notes shall be effected through the Dollar Depositary and (y) beneficial interests in the Global Notes representing Euro Notes shall be effected through the Common Depositary, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(i)             Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)            All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing such Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the applicable Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or

 

 

38



 

otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

 

(iii)           Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
 
(B)            if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.
 

(iv)           Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

 

39



 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

(i)             Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in paragraph (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
 
(B)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
(C)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
 
(D)           if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
 
(E)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
 
(F)            if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
 

 

40



 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)            Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes . Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

 

(iii)           Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

41



 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iv)           Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the occurrence of any of the events in subsection (i) or (ii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(d)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
 
(B)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
(C)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
 
(D)           if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

 

42



 

(E)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
 
(F)            if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)                 if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

(2)                 if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

 

43



 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)            Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)             Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
(B)            if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
 
(C)            if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
 

(ii)            Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

 

(A)           such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange,

 

 

44



 

or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;
 
(B)            any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
(C)            any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or
 
(D)           the Registrar receives the following:
 

(1)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(2)            if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)           Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)             Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted

 

 

45



 

Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

 

(g)            Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

 

(i)             Private Placement Legend .

 

(A)           Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(B)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
 

(ii)            Global Note Legend . (a)  Each Global Note representing Dollar Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

 

46



 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY TO THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DOLLAR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)           (b)            Each Global Note representing Euro Notes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS

 

 

47



 

EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(iii)           Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend . The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).”

 

(h)            Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the applicable Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)             General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

(i)             To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

 

48



 

(ii)            No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)           Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)           All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(v)            The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

(vi)           Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

(viii)         At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(ix)            All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Section 2.07               Replacement Notes .

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to

 

 

49



 

protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08               Outstanding Notes .

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09               Treasury Notes .

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of such other obligor.

 

Section 2.10               Temporary Notes .

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

 

50



 

Section 2.11               Cancellation .

 

The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12               Defaulted Interest .

 

If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.13               CUSIP/COMMON CODE/ISIN Numbers

 

The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or Common Code, as applicable, and ISIN numbers.

 

Section 2.14            Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities .

 

The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be the sum of (1) the principal amount of the Dollar Notes at such date of determination plus (2) the U.S. Dollar Equivalent, at such date of determination, of the principal amount of the Euro Notes at such date of

 

51



 

determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes (and not solely the Dollar Notes or the Euro Notes as provided for in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02), such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

 

Section 3.01               Notices to Trustee .

 

If the Issuer elects to redeem Dollar Notes or Euro Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee,, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Dollar Notes or Euro Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02               Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

 

If less than all of the Dollar Notes or Euro Notes, as the case may be, are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis or, to the extent that selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable, by lot or by such other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Notes or €50,000, or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Euro Notes; no Dollar Notes of less than $2,000 or Euro Notes of less than €50,000 can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or €1,000, as the case may be, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

 

Section 3.03               Notice of Redemption .

 

Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each

 

 

52



 

Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except as set forth in Section 3.07(c) and Section 3.07(d) hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date;

 

(b)            the redemption price;

 

(c)            if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)             that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(g)            the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

 

(h)            that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or Common Code and ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

 

(i)             if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) or 3.07(d) hereof, any condition to such redemption.

 

At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 2 Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04               Effect of Notice of Redemption .

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Section 3.07(b) hereof). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

 

53



 

Section 3.05               Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

 

(a)            With respect to the Dollar Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Dollar Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Dollar Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Dollar Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Dollar Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Dollar Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(b)            With respect to the Euro Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Euro Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Euro Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Euro Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Euro Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Euro Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

(c)            If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraphs (a) or (b), as applicable, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the applicable series of Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06               Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that (i) each new Dollar Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and (ii) each new Euro Note will be in a principal amount of €50,000 or €1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

Section 3.07               Optional Redemption .

 

(a)            At any time prior to September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to the registered address of each Holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with Applicable Procedures, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

 

54



 

(b)            Until September 1, 2009, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 111.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject in each case to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (i) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Dollar Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date and at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Euro Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are Euro Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (ii) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

(c)            Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Dollar Notes and the Euro Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to September 1, 2011.

 

(d)            On and after September 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem each series of Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Dollar Notes and/or Euro Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on September 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Dollar Notes
Percentage

 

Euro Notes
Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

105.938

%

105.438

%

2012

 

103.958

%

103.625

%

2013

 

101.979

%

101.813

%

2014 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

100.000

%

 

(e)            Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08               Mandatory Redemption .

 

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09               Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds .

 

(a)            In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

(b)            The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Issuer shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “ Offer Amount ”) to the purchase of

 

 

55


 

Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

(c)            If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

(d)            Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

 

(i)             that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

 

(ii)            the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 

(iii)           that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(iv)          that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(v)           that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Notes or denominations of €50,000 in excess thereof, or whole multiples of €1,000, in the case of the Euro Notes;

 

(vi)          that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the applicable Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

(vii)         that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

(viii)        that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Dollar Notes or denominations of

 

 

56



 

€50,000, or whole multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof, in the case of the Euro Notes, shall be purchased); and

 

(ix)           that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

 

(e)            On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.

 

(f)             The Issuer, the applicable Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; provided , that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or €50,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000 in excess thereof, as the case may be. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01               Payment of Notes .

 

The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary, holds as of noon Eastern Time in the case of the Dollar Notes and noon London Time with respect to the Euro Notes on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy

 

57



 

Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02               Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under Section 2.03 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03               Reports and Other Information .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding that Holdings may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, Holdings shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after Holdings files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,

 

(1)           within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
 
(2)           within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
 
(3)           promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
 
(4)           any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 

in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided that Holdings shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does

 

58



not permit such filing, in which event Holdings shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time Holdings would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, Holdings shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(b)            In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings becomes a guarantor of the Notes, Holdings may to satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to Holdings by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the Trustee within 15 days of the time periods after Holdings would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the SEC, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum.

 

Section 4.04               Compliance Certificate .

 

(a)            The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

(b)            When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall promptly (which shall be no more than five (5) Business Days) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile

 

 

59



 

transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event and what action the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05               Taxes .

 

The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06               Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

 

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07               Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(I)             declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:

 

(a)            dividends or distributions by Holdings payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or

 

(b)            dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(II)            purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(III)          make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

(a)            Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or

 

 

60



 

(b)            the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(IV)          make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)            no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(2)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof (the “ Fixed Charge Coverage Test ”); and

 

(3)            such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (9) and (14) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof, is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(a)            50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning July 1, 2006, to the end of Holdings’ recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

(b)            100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(a) hereof from the issue or sale of:

 

(i)             (A) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:

 

(x)             Equity Interests to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) Section 4.07(b) hereof; and

 

(y)            Designated Preferred Stock;

 

and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such

 

 

61



 

companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; or

 

(ii)            debt securities of Holdings that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings;

 

provided , however , that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

(c)            100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than by any Excluded Contributions); plus

 

(d)            100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(i)             the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date; or

 

(ii)            the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus

 

(e)            in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $50.0 million, shall be set forth in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor), at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit:

 

 

62



 

(1)      the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
 
(2)      (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Treasury Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
 
(3)      the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09(a) hereof so long as:
 

(a)            the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;

 

(b)            such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;

 

(c)            such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and

 

(d)            such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;

 

(4)      a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement; provided , however , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $25.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by
 

 

63



 

Holdings or any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
 

(a)            the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus

 

(b)            the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

 

(c)            the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings from members of management of Holdings, any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(5)      the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;
 
(6)      (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Issue Date;
 

(b)            the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or

 

(c)            the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b);

 

provided , however , in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance

 

 

64



 

or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)            Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $75.0 million and 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
 
(8)            repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;
 
(9)            the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the first public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;
 
(10)          Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
(11)          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed 1.875% of Total Assets at the time made;
 
(12)          distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;
 
(13)          any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transaction and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof;
 
(14)          the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value;
 
(15)          the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication,
 

(a)            franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence;

 

(b)            federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

 

65



 

provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity;

 

(c)            customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)            general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(e)            fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of Holdings related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent entity; and

 

(16)          the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);
 

provided , however , that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

 

(c)            Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.”  Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) hereof or under clause (7), (10), (11) or (16) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.08               Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(1)            (A)  pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
 

(B)            pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
 
66


 
(3)            sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 

(b)            The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and the indenture governing the Senior Notes and the related documentation;
 
(2)            this Indenture and the Notes;
 
(3)            purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired;
 
(4)            applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
 
(5)            any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired;
 
(6)            contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
 
(7)            Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
 
(8)            restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(9)            other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;
 
(10)          customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture;
 
(11)          customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12)          any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, no more restrictive with

 

 

67



 

respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
 
(13)            restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility.
 

Section 4.09               Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $100.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this paragraph at such time.

 

(b)            The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:

 

(1)            the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $3,100 million outstanding at any one time, less the aggregate of mandatory principal payments actually made by the borrower thereunder in respect of Indebtedness thereunder with Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales;
 
(2)            the incurrence by the Issuer and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and (b) the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof);
 
(3)            Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b));
 
(4)            Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a

 

 

68



 

Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock issued and outstanding under this clause (4) not to exceed 4.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; so long as such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease or improvement, or is created within 270 days thereafter;
 
(5)            Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided , however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
 
(6)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided , however , that
 

(a)            such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6)(a)); and

 

(b)            the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

 

(7)            Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(8)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness;
 
(9)            shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary

 

 

69



 

or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock;
 
(10)          Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
 
(11)          obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12)          (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $300.0 million; provided , however that no more than $100.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock at any one time outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
 
(13)          the incurrence by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, of Holdings of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b), this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , however , that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
 

(a)            has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced,

 

 

70



 

(b)            to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively, and

 

(c)            shall not include:

 

(i)             Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings;

 

(ii)            Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor (other than the Issuer) that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor; or

 

(iii)           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

and provided further that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under any Senior Indebtedness;

 

(14)          Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a Guarantor incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Guarantor or merged into the Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either
 

(a)            Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

(b)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;

 

(15)          Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its incurrence;
 
(16)          Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
 
(17)          (a) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or
 

(b)            any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.15 hereof;

 

 

71



 

(18)          Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(19)          Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof.
 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

 

(1)            in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (19) of Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; and
 
(2)            at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) hereof.
 

Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

Section 4.10               Asset Sales .

 

(a)            Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

 

 

72



 

(1)            Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
(2)            except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:
 

(a)            any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which Holdings and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing,

 

(b)            any securities received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and

 

(c)            any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)            Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,

 

(1)            to permanently reduce:
 

(a)            Obligations under Senior Indebtedness; and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

(b)            Obligations under Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto, provided that the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below under Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or

 

(c)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)            to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings
 
 
73


 
or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar Business, or
 
(3)      to make an investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in Holdings or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
 

provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as Holdings, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “ Acceptable Commitment ”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “ Second Commitment ”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.

 

(c)            Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “ Excess Proceeds .” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $35.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Notes and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Notes, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $35.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 

(d)            Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

 

74



 

(e)            The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

Section 4.11            Transactions with Affiliates .

 

Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

(1)            such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)            the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).

 

The provisions of Section 4.11(a) will not apply to the following:

 

(1)            transactions between or among Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2)            Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;
 
(3)            the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(4)            the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for the benefit of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(5)            transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to Holdings or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;
 
75

 
 
(6)            any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
 
(7)            the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
 
(8)            the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transaction, in each case as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum;
 
(9)            transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of Holdings or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
 
(10)          the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant;
 
(11)          sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;
 
(12)          payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith;
 
(13)          payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith; and
 
(14)          investments by the Investors in securities of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities.
 

Section 4.12            Liens .

 

The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any

 

 

76



 

Indebtedness ranking pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or any related Guarantee, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

 

(1)            in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or
 
(2)            in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees and (B) Liens securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
 

Section 4.13            Corporate Existence .

 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, Holdings shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Holdings shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if Holdings in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.14            Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

 

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

 

(1)            that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
 
(2)            the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
 
(3)            that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;
 
(4)            that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
 
 
77


 
(5)            that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
 
(6)            that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30 day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
 
(7)            that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Dollar Notes and €50,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 thereafter, in the case of the Euro Notes; and
 
(8)            the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.14 described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.14 by virtue thereof.

 

(b)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)            accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
 
(2)            deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
 
(3)            deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
 

(c)            The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such

 

78



 

Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)            Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 4.15            Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .

 

Holdings shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless:

 

(1)            such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor:
 

(a)            if the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

 

(b)            if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes;

 

(2)            such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee; and
 
(3)            such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that:
 

(a)            such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and

 

(b)            such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity;

 

provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

79



 

Section 4.16            Discharge and Suspension of Covenants .

 

(a)            If after the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, Section 4.14 hereof, Section 4.15 hereof, Section 4.17 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof shall not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).

 

(b)            During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, Holdings may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

 

(c)            In the event that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Suspension Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Section 4.16 as the “ Suspension Period .” The Guarantees of the Guarantors will be suspended during the Suspension Period. Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset to zero.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3).

 

(e)            The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate notifying it of any such occurrence under this Section 4.16.

 

Section 4.17            Limitation on Layering .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

 

(a)            equal in right of payment with the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; or

 

(b)            expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be.

 

For the purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness that is unsecured is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Senior Indebtedness is

 

 

80



 

not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)            Neither Holdings nor the Issuer may consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)            Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings or the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of Holdings or the Issuer or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Company ”);
 
(2)            the Successor Company, if other than Holdings or the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;
 
(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
 
(4)            immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period,
 

(a)            the Successor Company or Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or

 

(b)            the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company, Holdings or the Issuer, as applicable, and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)            each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; and
 
(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture.
 
 
81


 

(b)            The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof,

 

(1)            any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or the Issuer, and
 
(2)            Holdings or the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of Holdings or the Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating Holdings or the Issuer in a State of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
 

(c)            Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)            (a) such Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);
 

(b)            the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

 

(c)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(d)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or

 

(2)            the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
 

(d)            Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

(e)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the mergers contemplated by the Transaction Agreement shall be permitted without compliance with this Section 5.01.

 

Section 5.02            Successor Corporation Substituted .

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer is merged

 

82



 

 or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01            Events of Default .

 

(a)            An “ Event of Default ” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)            default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture);
 
(2)            default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest on or with respect to the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture);
 
(3)            failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;
 
(4)            default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:
 

(a)            such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

 

(b)            the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

 

83



 

(5)            failure by Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
 
(6)            Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
 

(i)             commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)            consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy law;

 

(iii)           consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

(iv)           makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or

 

(v)            generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

 

(7)            a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
 

(i)             is for relief against Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiaries, that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(ii)            appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)           orders the liquidation of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

 

(8)            the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.
 
 
84


 

(b)            In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

 

(1)            the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or
 
(2)            holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
 
(3)            the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
 

Section 6.02            Acceleration .

 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately; provided , however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facilities shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

 

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities; or

 

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Issuer and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest, Additional Interest, if any, or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

 

Section 6.03            Other Remedies .

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

 

85



 

Section 6.04            Waiver of Past Defaults .

 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer); provided , subject to Section 6.02 hereof, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05            Control by Majority .

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06            Limitation on Suits .

 

Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)            such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;
 
(2)            Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3)            Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
(4)            the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
(5)            Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

 

Section 6.07            Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

 

86



 

Section 6.08            Collection Suit by Trustee .

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09            Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

 

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

 

Section 6.10            Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

Section 6.11            Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.12            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,

 

 

87



 

disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.13            Priorities .

 

If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

 

(i)             to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(ii)            to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and, if such money or property has been collected from a Guarantor, to holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by Article 10 and/or Article 12 hereof, as applicable;

 

(iii)           to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

(iv)           to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

Section 6.14            Undertaking for Costs .

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

 

88



 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01            Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)            If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)             the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)            in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)            The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)             this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

 

(ii)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)           the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

 

(d)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

 

(e)            The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)             The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

 

89



 

Section 7.02            Rights of Trustee .

 

(a)            The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(b)            Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)            The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e)            Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.

 

(f)             None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

 

(g)            The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture

 

(h)            In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(i)             The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(j)             In the event the Issuer is required to pay Additional Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest

 

 

90



 

to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof.

 

Section 7.03            Individual Rights of Trustee .

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04            Trustee’s Disclaimer .

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05            Notice of Defaults .

 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 14.02 hereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references the Notes.

 

Section 7.06            Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

 

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

 

 

91



 

Section 7.07            Compensation and Indemnity .

 

The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08            Replacement of Trustee .

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)            the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

 

92



 

(b)            the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(c)            a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)            the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09            Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10            Eligibility; Disqualification .

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b).

 

 

93



 

Section 7.11            Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer .

 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02            Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a)            the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(b)            the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(c)            the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(d)            this Section 8.02.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03            Covenant Defeasance .

 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04,

 

 

94



 

4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.17 hereof and clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries) and 6.01(a)(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)            the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Dollar Notes and cash in euro, euro-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Euro Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
 
(2)            in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
 

(a)            the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(b)            since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same

 

 

95



 

manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)            in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4)            no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
 
(5)            such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Senior Notes or this Indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
 
(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;
 
(7)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
 
(8)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
 

Section 8.05            Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. Money and Government Securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10 or Article 12 hereof.

 

96


 

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06            Repayment to Issuer .

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 8.07            Reinstatement .

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01            Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

 

(1)            to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2)            to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
 
 
97


 
(3)            to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
 
(4)            to provide the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;
 
(5)            to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
 
(6)            to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
 
(7)            to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(8)            to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
 
(9)            to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
 
(10)          to add a Guarantor under this Indenture;
 
(11)          to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Senior Subordinated Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Senior Subordinated Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes; or
 
(12)          making any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided , however , that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, and delivery of an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Section 9.02            With Consent of Holders of Notes .

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or

 

 

98



 

exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02; provided , however that that if any amendment, waiver or other modification will only affect the Dollar Notes or Euro Notes only the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Dollar Notes or Euro Notes (and not the consent of at least a majority of all Notes), as the case may be, shall be required.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2)            reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof to the extent that any such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing the principal of or changing the fixed final maturity of any such Note or altering or waiving the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes);
 
(3)            reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
 
(4)            waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;

 

 

99



 

(5)            make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
 
(6)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;
 
(7)            make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
 
(8)            impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;
 
(9)            make any change in the subordination provisions hereof that would adversely affect the Holders; or
 
(10)          except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
 

Section 9.03            Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04            Revocation and Effect of Consents .

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

Section 9.05            Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

 

100



 

Section 9.06            Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc .

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the board of directors approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.07            Payment for Consent .

 

Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 9.08            Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount .

 

Except as provided in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate series on any matter. Determinations as to whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article Nine and Section 2.14.

 

ARTICLE 10

SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

 

Section 10.01          Agreement To Subordinate .

 

The Issuer agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of all Obligations owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer; and only Indebtedness of the Issuer that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.

 

 

101



 

Section 10.02          Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .

 

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Issuer to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Issuer or in a reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Issuer or its property:

 

(i)             the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

 

(ii)            until the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities.

 

Section 10.03          Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer .

 

The Issuer shall not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Notes, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “ pay the Notes ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):

 

(i)             any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

 

(ii)            any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

 

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that the Issuer shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Issuer and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Issuer shall not pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuer) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 10.03 and Section 10.02

 

 

102



 

hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the Issuer shall be entitled to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

 

Section 10.04          Acceleration of Payment of Notes .

 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article 10. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is outstanding, the Issuer may not pay the Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

 

Section 10.05          When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .

 

If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

Section 10.06          Subrogation .

 

After all Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Issuer and Holders, a payment by the Issuer on such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 10.07          Relative Rights .

 

This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

 

103



 

(i)             impair, as between the Issuer and Holders, the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

 

(ii)            prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

 

(iii)           affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Issuer other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 10.08          Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Issuer .

 

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Issuer or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

 

Section 10.09          Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .

 

Notwithstanding Section 10.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than FIVE Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Issuer, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled to give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.10          Distribution or Notice to Representative .

 

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

 

Section 10.11          Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate .

 

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

 

 

104



 

Section 10.12          Trust Moneys Not Subordinated .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Issuer or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other creditor of the Issuer, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article 10 were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof, as the case may be.

 

Section 10.13          Trustee Entitled To Rely .

 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Issuer, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.

 

Section 10.14          Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .

 

A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article 10 and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

Section 10.15          Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer .

 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Issuer or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.

 

Section 10.16          Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer on Subordination Provisions .

 

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such

 

 

105



 

subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 10 or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, do any one or more of the following:  (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and any other Person.

 

ARTICLE 11

GUARANTEES

 

Section 11.01          Guarantee .

 

Subject to this Article 11, from and after the consummation of the Acquisition, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

 

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

 

 

106



 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guarantor and shall be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

 

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

Section 11.02          Limitation on Guarantor Liability .

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor

 

 

107



 

under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 11.03          Execution and Delivery .

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 11.04          Subrogation .

 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

Section 11.05          Benefits Acknowledged .

 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 11.06          Release of Guarantees .

 

A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)            (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;
 
 
108


 

(B)            the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)            the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or

 

(D)           the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(2)            such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 

ARTICLE 12

SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

 

Section 12.01          Agreement To Subordinate .

 

Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 12 shall be subject to Section 12.12.

 

Section 12.02          Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy .

 

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Guarantor or its property:

 

(i)             the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

 

(ii)            until the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities.

 

Section 12.03          Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor .

 

A Guarantor shall not make any payment pursuant to its Guarantee (or pay any other Obligations relating to its Guarantee, including Additional Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and

 

 

109



 

rescission or damage claims) and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “ pay its Guarantee ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Guarantor Payment Default ”):

 

(i)             any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

 

(ii)            any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

 

unless, in either case, the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided , however , that such Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

During the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor Payment Default) (a “ Non-Guarantor Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Guarantee Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Issuer) of written notice (a “ Guarantee Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Guarantor Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities, a Guarantee Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. The Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Issuer from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantee Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 12.03 and Section 12.02 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing, the relevant Guarantor shall be entitled to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period. Each Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Guarantee Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor during such period; provided that if any Guarantee Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Guarantee Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or Periods on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which

 

 

110



 

no Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Guarantee Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantee Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Guarantee Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Guarantor Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Guarantor Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Guarantor Payment Default for this purpose).

 

Section 12.04          Demand for Payment .

 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Issuer or such Guarantor shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of such demand; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article 12. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is outstanding, such Guarantor may not pay its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay its Guarantee only if this Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

 

Section 12.05          When Distribution Must Be Paid Over .

 

If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

Section 12.06          Subrogation .

 

After all Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the relevant Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 12.07          Relative Rights .

 

This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

(i)             impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments under its Guarantee in accordance with its terms;

 

(ii)            prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

 

 

111



 

(iii)           affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Section 12.08          Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor .

 

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

 

Section 12.09          Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent .

 

Notwithstanding Section 12.03 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article 12. A Guarantor, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice; provided , however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

 

Section 12.10          Distribution or Notice to Representative .

 

Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

 

Section 12.11          Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment .

 

The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant its Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof.

 

Section 12.12          Trust Moneys Not Subordinated .

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to such Guarantor or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any other creditor of such Guarantor, provided that the subordination

 

 

112



 

provisions of this Article 12 were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article 8 or Article 13 hereof, as the case may be

 

Section 12.13          Trustee Entitled To Rely .

 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12.

 

Section 12.14          Trustee To Effectuate Subordination .

 

A Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article 12 and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on his behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

Section 12.15          Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors .

 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.

 

Section 12.16          Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions .

 

Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice

 

 

113



 

to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 12 or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following:  (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person.

 

ARTICLE 13

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 13.01          Satisfaction and Discharge .

 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

 

(1)            all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2)            (A)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in the case of Dollar Notes and euro, euro-denominated Government Securities or a combination thereof, in the case of Euro Notes, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 

(B)            no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities, Senior Notes (or this Indenture governing the Senior Notes) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness);

 

(C)            the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 

 

114



 

(D)           the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 13.01, the provisions of Section 13.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 13.02          Application of Trust Money .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01          Trust Indenture Act Controls .

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 14.02          Notices .

 

Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

 

115



 

If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor:

 

TDS Investor Corporation
c/o The Blackstone Group
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Fax No.: (212) 583-5712
Attention:  Paul C. Schorr, IV

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza, 23 rd Floor
New York, New York10006

 

Fax No.: (212) 225-5436
Attn: Warren Goshine

 

The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 14.03          Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

 

Section 14.04          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

 

Upon any request or application by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

 

116



 

(a)            An Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b)            An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 14.05          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include:

 

(a)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

 

(d)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 14.06          Rules by Trustee and Agents .

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 14.07          No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .

 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 14.08          Governing Law .

 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

117



 

Section 14.09          Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 14.10          Force Majeure .

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

 

Section 14.11          No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 14.12          Successors .

 

All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof.

 

Section 14.13          Severability .

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 14.14          Counterpart Originals .

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 14.15          Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 14.16          Qualification of Indenture .

 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification

 

 

118



 

of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 14.17          Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions .

 

(a)            U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Dollar Notes, the Guarantees of the Dollar Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to the Dollar Notes, including damages related thereto, and euros are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Euro Notes, the Guarantees of the Euro Notes or this Indenture to the extent it relates to the Euro Notes, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars by a Holder of Dollar Notes or euros by a Holder of Euro Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer shall only constitute a discharge to the Issuer to the extent of the U.S. dollar or euro amount, as the case may be, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar or euro amount is less than the U.S. dollar or euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes, the Issuer shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 14.17(b). In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 14.17, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars or euros, as applicable, on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The indemnities set forth in this Section 14.17 constitute separate and independent obligations from other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes.

 

(b)            The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture:

 

(A)           (A)           If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

 

(B)          If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the

 

 

119



 

amount due, the Issuer and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

 

(B)            In the event of the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the Applicable Currency Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

(c)            The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 14.17 shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuer and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

 

(d)            The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

 

120



 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES
LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP,

 

By: APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.,
      its General Partner

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL
AGENCY,

 

By: INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING
CORPORATION, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

By: ORBITZ, LLC, as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

By: TRAVELPORT INC., as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

  Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

  Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Warren A. Goshine

 

 

 

  Name:

Warren A. Goshine

 

 

  Title:

Vice President

 

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

 

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

 

Cendant Travel, Inc.

 

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation

 

Distribution Systems, Inc.

 

Galileo Ba, Inc.

 

Galileo Brasil Limited

 

Galileo International, Inc.

 

Galileo International, L.L.C.

 

Galileo International Services, Inc.

 

Galileo Operations, LLC

 

Galileo Technologies LLC

 

Gta North America, Inc.

 

HotelPORT, Inc.

 

HotelPORT International, Inc.

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation

 

Landmark Holding Company, Inc.

 

Magellen Technologies, Inc.

 

Neat Group Corporation

 

O Holdings Inc.

 

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited

 

Orbitz, Inc.

 

Orbitz, LLC

 

Quantitude Services, Inc.

 

Quantitude, Inc.

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

 

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.

 

 

 



 

Travel Industries, Inc.

 

Travelport China Holdings, Inc.

 

Travelport for Business, Inc.

 

Travelport Inc.

 

Travelport Operations, Inc.

 

Trip Network, Inc.

 

Trip.com, Inc.

 

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.

 

Wizcom, Inc.

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 23, 2006

 

Among

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

 

the Guarantors listed herein

 

and

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

and

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014
Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014
9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Exchange Offer

5

 

 

 

3.

Shelf Registration

8

 

 

 

4.

Additional Interest

9

 

 

 

5.

Registration Procedures

10

 

 

 

6.

Registration Expenses

17

 

 

 

7.

Indemnification and Contribution.

18

 

 

 

8.

Rules 144 and 144A

22

 

 

 

9.

Underwritten Registrations

22

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

23

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of August 23, 2006, among TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., UBS SECURITIES LLC and CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC , as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) named on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

 

This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuer, TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda corporation, Waltonville Ltd., a Gibraltar corporation, and the Initial Purchasers, which provides for, among other things, the sale by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes ”), €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the “ Floating Rate Notes ”), $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Rate Notes ” and together with the Floating Rate Notes, the “ Notes ”) and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes ”) and €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Euro Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ”). The Notes are issued under an indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, the Guarantors are required to guarantee (collectively, the “ Guarantees ”) the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. References to the “ Securities ” shall mean, collectively, the Notes and, when issued, the Guarantees. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuer has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and any subsequent holder or holders of the Securities. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Interest :  See Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Advice :  See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

 

Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Applicable Period :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 



 

Business Day :  Shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Effectiveness Date :  With respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, the 90th day after the Filing Date with respect thereto; provided , however , that if the Effectiveness Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Effectiveness Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Effectiveness Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Euro Senior Subordinated Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Exchange Act :  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Securities :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Filing Date :  The 90th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice as required pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof; provided , however , that if the Filing Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Filing Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Fixed Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantees :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantors :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Holder :  Any holder of a Registrable Security or Registrable Securities.

 

Indenture :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Information :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Initial Purchasers :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Initial Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

2



 

Inspectors :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Issue Date :  August 23, 2006, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

 

Issuer :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

NASD :  See Section 5(r) hereof.

 

Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Participant :  See Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Participating Broker-Dealer :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Person :  An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

 

Private Exchange :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Private Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Prospectus :  The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

 

Purchase Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Records :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities :  Each Security upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Security as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in each case, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) has been declared effective by the SEC and such Security, Exchange Security or such Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Security has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security or Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (iv) such Security, Exchange Security or Private

 

3



 

Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, may be resold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144(k) (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Registration Statement :  Any registration statement of the Issuer that covers any of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, including, in each case, the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Rule 144 :  Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A :  Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 405 :  Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 415 :  Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 424 :  Rule 424 under the Securities Act.

 

SEC :  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Securities Act :  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Shelf Notice :  See Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement :  Any Registration Statement relating to a Shelf Registration.

 

Shelf Suspension Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

TIA :  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

4



 

Trustee :  The trustee under the Indenture and the trustee under any indenture (if different) governing the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees).

 

Underwritten registration or underwritten offering :  A registration in which securities of the Issuer is sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, “ Regulatory Requirements ”) shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.

 

2.              Exchange Offer

 

(a)            Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a Registration Statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer (the “ Exchange Notes ”), guaranteed, to the extent applicable, on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantors (such guarantees, together with the Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Securities ”), that are identical in all material respects to the Fixed Rate Notes or Floating Rate Notes, as applicable, except that (i) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend thereon, (ii) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on such Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue Date and (iii) which are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA. The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and other applicable laws. The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) prepare and file with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Exchange Offer; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders; and (z) consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 360th day following the Issue Date.

 

Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, as a condition to participation in the Exchange Offer, will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that:  (i) any Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Registrable Securities tendered are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Person receiving such Exchange Securities, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself; (ii) at the time of the commencement or consummation of the Exchange Offer neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder has an arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act; (iii) neither the Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) of the Issuer or, if it is an affiliate of the Issuer, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery

 

5



 

requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 5 hereof in order to have their Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Additional Interest in Section 4 hereof; (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Securities; and (v) if such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Holder has acquired the Registrable Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).

 

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable and Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuer shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) and Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

No securities other than the Exchange Securities and the Senior Subordinated Notes (and the related guarantees) shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(b)            The Issuer shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also expressly permit, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities; provided , however , that such period shall not be required to exceed 90 days, such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “ Applicable Period ”).

 

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuer, upon the request of the Initial Purchasers, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for such Notes held by any such

 

6



 

Holder, a like principal amount of notes (the “ Private Exchange Notes ”) of the Issuer, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Notes. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)            mail, or cause to be mailed, to each Holder of record entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(2)            use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days from the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

 

(3)            utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in Wilmington, Delaware;

 

(4)            permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer remains open; and

 

(5)            otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Exchange Offer.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)            accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange;

 

(2)            deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(3)            cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the

 

7



 

ability of the Issuer to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer; and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Notes (and related guarantees) shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

(c)            If, (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 360 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Issuer within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, in the case of each of clauses (i) to and including (iv) of this sentence, then the Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (to deliver to the Holders) written notice thereof (the “ Shelf Notice ”) and shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

3.              Shelf Registration

 

If at any time a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereof, then:

 

(a)            Shelf Registration . The Issuer shall promptly file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initial Shelf Registration ”). The Issuer shall use their reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC the Initial Shelf Registration on or prior to the Filing Date. The Initial Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Issuer shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Securities and the Guarantees and the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related guarantees to be included in the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration (as defined below).

 

The Issuer shall use its respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Date and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earliest of (i) the date that is two years from the Issue Date (ii) such shorter period ending when all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or, if applicable, a Subsequent Shelf Registration or (iii) the date upon which all

 

8



 

Registrable Securities become eligible for resale without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144(k) (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided , however , that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Initial Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Issuer may delay the filing of any Initial Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if the Board of Directors of the Issuer determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, would be detrimental to the Issuer if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or such action is required by applicable law.

 

(b)            Withdrawal of Stop Orders; Subsequent Shelf Registrations . If the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall file an additional Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration (each, a “ Subsequent Shelf Registration ”). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously continuously effective. As used herein the term “ Shelf Registration ” means the Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

 

(c)            Supplements and Amendments . The Issuer shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities (or their counsel) covered by such Registration Statement with respect to the information included therein with respect to one or more of such Holders, or, if reasonably requested by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities, with respect to the information included therein with respect to such underwriter.

 

4.              Additional Interest

 

(a)            The Issuer and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuer fails to fulfill its obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuer agrees to pay, jointly and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Notes (“ Additional Interest ”) if (A) the Issuer has neither (i) exchanged Exchange Securities for all Securities validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer nor (ii) had a Shelf Registration Statement declared effective, in either case on or prior to the 360th day after the Issue Date, (B) notwithstanding clause (A), the Issuer is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared

 

9



 

effective on or prior to the 360th day after the date such Shelf Registration Statement filing was requested or required or (C), if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90 day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (such Additional Interest to be calculated by the Issuer) commencing on the (x) 361st day after the Issue Date, in the case of (A) above, (y) the 361st day after the date such Shelf Registration Statement filing was requested or required in the case of (B) above or (z) the day such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (C) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of clause (A) of this Section 4), upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (B) of this Section 4), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of (C) of this Section 4), Additional Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4, the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay Additional Interest provided in Section 4(a)(B) during a Shelf Suspension Period permitted by Section 3(a) hereof.

 

(b)            The Issuer shall notify the Trustee within one business day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid. Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to (a) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash (i) in the case of the Floating Rate Notes, quarterly on each March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 (to the holders of record on the February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 immediately preceding such dates) and (ii) in the case of the Fixed Rate Notes, semiannually on each March 1 and September 1 (to the holders of record on the February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding such dates), in each case commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by the Issuer by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

5.              Registration Procedures

 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer hereunder the Issuer shall:

 

(a)            Prepare and file with the SEC (prior to the applicable Filing Date in the case of a Shelf Registration), a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided , however , that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who

 

10



 

seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer shall furnish to and afford counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or counsel for such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, and counsel to the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least three business days prior to such filing). The Issuer shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.

 

(b)            Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period, the Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by an Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus in all material respects. The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective if it voluntarily takes any action that is reasonably expected to result in selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or Participating Broker-Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Securities not being able to sell such Registrable Securities or such Exchange Securities during that period unless such action is required by applicable law or permitted by this Agreement.

 

(c)            If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within three Business Days), and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or resales of Exchange Securities by Participating

 

11



 

Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

 

(d)            Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction.

 

(e)            If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 and if requested during the Effectiveness Period by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any) or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or counsel for either of them reasonably request to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

 

(f)             If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests (with respect to any such Registration Statement) and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

 

(g)            If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange

 

12



 

Securities during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Securities pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

(h)            Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided , however , that where Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to cause its counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h), keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(i)             If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (subject to applicable requirements contained in the Indenture) and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

 

(j)             Use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, except as may be required solely as a

 

13



 

consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuer will cooperate in all respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.

 

(k)            If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 6(c)(v) or 6(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereof) file with the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuer, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(l)             Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.

 

(m)           In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities (including, without limitation, a customary condition to the obligations of the underwriters that the underwriters shall have received “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of the Issuer, or of any business acquired by the Issuer, for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities), and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by Issuer to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuer, and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions reasonably requested in underwritten offerings; and (iii) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the sellers and underwriters, if any, than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and

 

14



 

procedures reasonably acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents, if any). The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(n)            If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any Initial Purchaser, any selling Holder of such Registrable Securities being sold (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, or underwriter (any such Initial Purchasers, Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents, collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), upon written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and subsidiaries of the Issuer (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and any of its subsidiaries to supply all information (“ Information ”) reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such due diligence responsibilities. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records and Information confidential, to use the Information only for due diligence purposes, to abstain from using the Information as the basis for any market transactions in Securities of the Issuer and that it will not disclose any of the Records or Information that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the opinion of counsel for any Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by an Inspector or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) thereof; provided , however , that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (o)) and that such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

 

(o)            Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Securities, to effect such changes (if

 

15



 

any) to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

 

(p)            Comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, a consolidated earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any fiscal quarter (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuer, after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods; provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied by the Issuer complying with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

 

(q)            Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, that the Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the related guarantee and the related indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications. If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Securities by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer), in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the Issuer shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Securities that such Registrable Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

(r)             Use reasonable efforts to cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”).

 

(s)            Use its respective reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Exchange Securities and/or Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

 

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Issuer may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed

 

16



 

in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such seller not materially misleading.

 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v), or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto. In the event that the Issuer shall give any such notice, each of the Applicable Period and the Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or (y) the Advice.

 

6.              Registration Expenses

 

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer of its obligations under Sections 2, 3, 5 and 8 shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (x) where the holders of Registrable Securities are located, in the case of the Exchange Securities, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement or in respect

 

17



 

of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) fees and expenses of the Trustee, any exchange agent and their counsel, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Securities selected by the Holder of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer) exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating agency fees, if any, and any fees associated with making the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities eligible for trading through The Depository Trust Company, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (ix) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual audit, (xi) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement.

 

7.              Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)            The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, and each Person, if any, who controls such Person or its affiliates within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Participant ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any Participant may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i)       any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus; or

 

(ii)      the omission or alleged omission to state, in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any other document or any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,

 

except, in each case, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing through the Initial Purchasers or any selling Holder expressly for use therein;

 

18



 

and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to this sentence) to reimburse, as incurred, the Participant for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Participant furnished to the Issuer by such Participant specifically for use therein. The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Issuer and the Guarantors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)            Each Participant, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors (or equivalent), their respective officers who sign any Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Participant, furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant, specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse, as incurred, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Participants may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Participants shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Participants, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of such Participant, effect any settlement or compromise of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Participant is or could have been a party, or indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Participant, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional written release of such Participant, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Participant, from all liability on

 

19



 

claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of such Participant.

 

(c)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 7, as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions. Any such separate firm for any Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants in the case of paragraph (a) of this Section 7 or the Issuer in the case of paragraph (b) of this Section 7. In the event that any Participants are indemnified persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses of a single separate firm under this Section 7(c), and any such Participants cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such Indemnified Persons shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be

 

20



 

sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. All fees and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

 

(d)            After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph (c) of this Section 7 or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified party waived in writing its rights under this Section 7, in which case the indemnified party may effect such a settlement without such consent.

 

(e)            In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and such Participant on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Securities received by the Issuer bear to the total discounts and commissions received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Securities (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the value or receiving the Securities). The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer on the one hand, or the Participants on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any

 

21



 

other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (e). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (e), no Participant shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total discounts, commissions and other compensation or net proceeds on the sale of Securities received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Securities, less the aggregate amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls a Participant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Participants, and each director of the Issuer and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer.

 

8.              Rules 144 and 144A

 

The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will use reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, the Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A. The Issuer further covenants and agrees, for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act and Rule 144A unless the Issuer is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and reports filed thereunder satisfy the information requirements of Rule 144A then in effect.

 

9.              Underwritten Registrations

 

The Issuer shall not be required to assist in an underwritten offering unless requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

22



 

10.            Miscellaneous

 

(a)            No Inconsistent Agreements . The Issuer has not as of the date hereof, and the Issuer shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. The Issuer will not enter into any agreement (other than the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes) with respect to any of its securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement.

 

(b)            Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)            Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of (I) the Issuer, and (II) (A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(d)            Notices . All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

 

(i)             if to a Holder of the Registrable Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers as follows:

 

23



 

 

 

Lehman Brothers Inc.

 

 

745 Seventh Avenue

 

 

New York, New York 10005

 

 

Facsimile No.: 212-526-0943;

 

 

Attention: Syndicate Department

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

 

 

80 Pine Street

 

 

New York, New York 10005

 

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 269-5420

 

 

Attention: William Hartnett, Esq.

 

 

 

(ii)

 

if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address specified in Section 10(d)(i);

 

 

 

(iii)

 

if to the Issuer, at the address as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

TDS Investor Corporation

 

 

c/o The Blackstone Group

 

 

345 Park Avenue, Floor 31

 

 

New York, NY 10154

 

 

Attention: Paul V. Schorr

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

 

425 Lexington Ave.

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

Facsimile No.: (212) 455-2502

 

 

Attention: Edward P. Tolley, III, Esq.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and upon written confirmation, if sent by facsimile.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

 

(e)            Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.

 

24



 

(f)             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(g)            Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)            Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(i)             Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(j)             Notes Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Issuer or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

(k)            Third-Party Beneficiaries . Holders of Registrable Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

 

(l)             Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel

 

 

 

and Corporate Secretary

 

 



 

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES

 

LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP,

 

By: APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC., its
General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY,

 

By: INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING CORPORATION,
its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

By: ORBITZ, LLC, as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 



 

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

By: TRAVELPORT INC., as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
UBS SECURITIES LLC

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

By:  Lehman Brothers Inc.

 

By:

/s/ Peter J. Toal

 

 

Name:

Peter J. Toal

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

For itself, the other Representatives and the other several Initial Purchasers.

 

 



 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

 

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

 

 

 

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

 

 

 

Cendant Travel, Inc.

 

 

 

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

Distribution Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Ba, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Brasil Limited

 

 

 

Galileo International, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo International, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Galileo International Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Operations, LLC

 

 

 

Galileo Technologies LLC

 

 

 

Gta North America, Inc.

 

 

 

HotelPORT, Inc.

 

 

 

HotelPORT International, Inc.

 

 

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation

 

 

 

Landmark Holding Company, Inc.

 

 

 

Magellen Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

Neat Group Corporation

 

 

 

O Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited

 

 

 

Orbitz, Inc.

 

 

 

Orbitz, LLC

 

 

 

Quantitude Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Quantitude, Inc.

 

 

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

 

 

 

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Travel Industries, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport China Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport for Business, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport Operations, Inc.

 

 

 

Trip Network, Inc.

 

 

 

Trip.com, Inc.

 

 

 

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Wizcom, Inc.

 

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 23, 2006

 

Among

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION

 

the Guarantors listed herein

 

and

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

and

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

2.

Exchange Offer

5

 

 

 

3.

Shelf Registration

8

 

 

 

4.

Additional Interest

9

 

 

 

5.

Registration Procedures

10

 

 

 

6.

Registration Expenses

17

 

 

 

7.

Indemnification and Contribution

18

 

 

 

8.

Rules 144 and 144A

22

 

 

 

9.

Underwritten Registrations

22

 

 

 

10.

Miscellaneous

22

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of August 23, 2006, among TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., UBS SECURITIES LLC and CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as representatives (the “ Representatives ”) of the several initial purchasers (the “ Initial Purchasers ”) named on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

 

This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and among the Issuer, TDS Investor (Bermuda) Ltd., a Bermuda corporation, Waltonville Ltd., a Gibraltar corporation, and the Initial Purchasers, which provides for, among other things, the sale by the Issuer to the Initial Purchasers of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes ”), €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the “ Floating Rate Notes ”), $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Rate Notes ” and together with the Floating Rate Notes, the “ Senior Notes ”) and $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes ”) and €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “ Euro Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, the “ Notes ”). The Notes are issued under an indenture, dated as of the date hereof (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, the Guarantors are required to guarantee (collectively, the “ Guarantees ”) the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture. References to the “ Securities ” shall mean, collectively, the Notes and, when issued, the Guarantees. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Issuer has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and any subsequent holder or holders of the Securities. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Interest :  See Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Advice :  See the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof.

 

Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Applicable Period :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Business Day :  Shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 14d-1 under the Exchange Act.

 

Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 



 

Effectiveness Date :  With respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, the 90th day after the Filing Date with respect thereto; provided , however , that if the Effectiveness Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Effectiveness Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Effectiveness Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Euro Senior Subordinated Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Exchange Act :  The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Securities :  See Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Filing Date :  The 90th day after the delivery of a Shelf Notice as required pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof; provided , however , that if the Filing Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, then the Filing Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Fixed Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantees :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Guarantors :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Holder :  Any holder of a Registrable Security or Registrable Securities.

 

Indenture :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Information :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Initial Purchasers :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Initial Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Inspectors :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Issue Date :  August 23, 2006, the date of original issuance of the Notes.

 

Issuer :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

NASD :  See Section 5(r) hereof.

 

Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 



 

Participant :  See Section 7(a) hereof.

 

Participating Broker-Dealer :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Person :  An individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity.

 

Private Exchange :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Private Exchange Notes :  See Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Prospectus :  The prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

 

Purchase Agreement :  See the introductory paragraphs hereof.

 

Records :  See Section 5(n) hereof.

 

Registrable Securities :  Each Security upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Security as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, until, in each case, the earliest to occur of (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees) has been declared effective by the SEC and such Security, Exchange Security or such Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Security has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security or Exchange Securities that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (iv) such Security, Exchange Security or Private Exchange Note (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, may be resold without restriction pursuant to Rule 144(k) (as amended or replaced) under the Securities Act.

 

Registration Statement :  Any registration statement of the Issuer that covers any of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) filed with the SEC under the Securities Act, including, in each case, the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Rule 144 :  Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 144A :  Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 405 :  Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 



 

Rule 415 :  Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

 

Rule 424 :  Rule 424 under the Securities Act.

 

SEC :  The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Securities Act :  The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Senior Notes :  See the introductory paragraphs hereto.

 

Shelf Notice :  See Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement :  Any Registration Statement relating to a Shelf Registration.

 

Shelf Suspension Period :  See Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration :  See Section 3(b) hereof.

 

TIA :  The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

Trustee :  The trustee under the Indenture and the trustee under any indenture (if different) governing the Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees).

 

Underwritten registration or underwritten offering :  A registration in which securities of the Issuer is sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided, all references in this Agreement to acts, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, releases, forms, no-action letters and other regulatory requirements (collectively, “ Regulatory Requirements ”) shall be deemed to refer also to any amendments thereto and all subsequent Regulatory Requirements adopted as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect therewith; provided that Rule 144 shall not be deemed to amend or replace Rule 144A.

 

2.                                        Exchange Offer

 

(a)                                   Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC a Registration Statement (the “ Exchange Offer Registration Statement ”) on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Issuer (the “ Exchange Notes ”), guaranteed, to the extent applicable, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors (such guarantees,

 



 

together with the Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Securities ”), that are identical in all material respects to the Fixed Rate Notes or Floating Rate Notes, as applicable, except that (i) the Exchange Notes shall contain no restrictive legend thereon, (ii) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on such Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from the Issue Date and (iii) which are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA. The Exchange Offer shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and other applicable laws. The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to (x) prepare and file with the SEC the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Exchange Offer; (y) keep the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders; and (z) consummate the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 360th day following the Issue Date.

 

Each Holder (including, without limitation, each Participating Broker-Dealer) that participates in the Exchange Offer, as a condition to participation in the Exchange Offer, will be required to represent to the Issuer in writing (which may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that:  (i) any Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for Registrable Securities tendered are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the Person receiving such Exchange Securities, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself; (ii) at the time of the commencement or consummation of the Exchange Offer neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder has an arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act; (iii) neither the Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) of the Issuer or, if it is an affiliate of the Issuer, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 5 hereof in order to have their Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Additional Interest in Section 4 hereof; (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, neither such Holder nor, to the actual knowledge of such Holder, any other Person receiving Exchange Securities from such Holder is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange Securities; and (v) if such Holder is a Participating Broker-Dealer, such Holder has acquired the Registrable Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder).

 

Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, mutatis mutandis , solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), Exchange Securities as to which Section 2(c)(iv) is applicable and Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Issuer shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees) and Exchange Securities as to which clause 2(c)(iv) hereof applies) pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

No securities other than the Exchange Securities and the Senior Notes (and the related guarantees) shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall include within the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution,” which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter”

 



 

status of any broker-dealer that is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer (a “ Participating Broker-Dealer ”), whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also expressly permit, to the extent permitted by applicable policies and regulations of the SEC, the use of the Prospectus by all Participating Broker-Dealers, and include a statement describing the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

The Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the Prospectus contained therein in order to permit such Prospectus to be lawfully delivered by all Persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as is necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with any resale of the Exchange Securities; provided , however , that such period shall not be required to exceed 90 days, such longer period if extended pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “ Applicable Period ”).

 

If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers hold any Notes acquired by them that have the status of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, the Issuer, upon the request of the Initial Purchasers, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange (the “ Private Exchange ”) for such Notes held by any such Holder, a like principal amount of notes (the “ Private Exchange Notes ”) of the Issuer, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except for the placement of a restrictive legend on such Private Exchange Notes. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau.

 

In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                   mail, or cause to be mailed, to each Holder of record entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(2)                                   use their respective reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days from the date that notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);

 

(3)                                   utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in Wilmington, Delaware;

 

(4)                                   permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer remains open; and

 

(5)                                   otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Exchange Offer.

 

As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange, the Issuer shall:

 

(1)                                   accept for exchange all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any Private Exchange;

 



 

(2)                                   deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(3)                                   cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.

 

The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Issuer to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Issuer; and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Issuer deem necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.

 

The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Notes (and related guarantees) shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

(c)                                   If, (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, the Issuer is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 360 days of the Issue Date, (iii) any holder of Private Exchange Notes so requests in writing to the Issuer at any time within 30 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) in the case of any Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange that may be sold without restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the status of such Holder as an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act) and so notifies the Issuer within 30 days after such Holder first becomes aware of such restrictions, in the case of each of clauses (i) to and including (iv) of this sentence, then the Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (to deliver to the Holders) written notice thereof (the “ Shelf Notice ”) and shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

3.                                        Shelf Registration

 

If at any time a Shelf Notice is delivered as contemplated by Section 2(c) hereof, then:

 

(a)                                   Shelf Registration . The Issuer shall promptly file with the SEC a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initial Shelf Registration ”). The Issuer shall use their reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC the Initial Shelf Registration on or prior to the Filing Date. The Initial Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form permitting registration of such Registrable Securities for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one

 



 

or more underwritten offerings). The Issuer shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Securities and the Guarantees and the Senior Notes and the related guarantees to be included in the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration (as defined below).

 

The Issuer shall use its respective reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Date and to keep the Initial Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act until the earliest of (i) the date that is two years from the Issue Date (ii) such shorter period ending when all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Initial Shelf Registration or, if applicable, a Subsequent Shelf Registration or (iii) the date upon which all Registrable Securities become eligible for resale without regard to volume, manner of sale or other restrictions contained in Rule 144(k) (the “ Effectiveness Period ”); provided , however , that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Initial Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, at any time, the Issuer may delay the filing of any Initial Shelf Registration Statement or delay or suspend the effectiveness thereof, for a reasonable period of time, but not in excess of 60 consecutive days or more than three (3) times during any calendar year (each, a “ Shelf Suspension Period ”), if the Board of Directors of the Issuer determines reasonably and in good faith that the filing of any such Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the continuing effectiveness thereof would require the disclosure of non-public material information that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, would be detrimental to the Issuer if so disclosed or would otherwise materially adversely affect a financing, acquisition, disposition, merger or other material transaction or such action is required by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Withdrawal of Stop Orders; Subsequent Shelf Registrations . If the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall file an additional Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by and not sold under the Initial Shelf Registration or an earlier Subsequent Shelf Registration (each, a “ Subsequent Shelf Registration ”). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Issuer shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after such filing and to keep such subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective for a period equal to the number of days in the Effectiveness Period less the aggregate number of days during which the Initial Shelf Registration or any Subsequent Shelf Registration was previously continuously effective. As used herein the term “ Shelf Registration ” means the Initial Shelf Registration and any Subsequent Shelf Registration.

 

(c)                                   Supplements and Amendments . The Issuer shall promptly supplement and amend the Shelf Registration if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration, if required by the Securities Act, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities (or their counsel) covered by such Registration Statement with respect to the information included therein with respect to one or more of such Holders, or, if reasonably requested by any underwriter of such Registrable Securities, with respect to the information included therein with respect to such underwriter.

 

4.                                        Additional Interest

 

(a)                                   The Issuer and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Issuer fails to fulfill its obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuer agrees to pay, jointly

 



 

and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Notes (“ Additional Interest ”) if (A) the Issuer has neither (i) exchanged Exchange Securities for all Securities validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer nor (ii) had a Shelf Registration Statement declared effective, in either case on or prior to the 360th day after the Issue Date, (B) notwithstanding clause (A), the Issuer is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 360th day after the date such Shelf Registration Statement filing was requested or required or (C), if applicable, a Shelf Registration has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because of the sale of all of the Securities registered thereunder), then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90 day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue, provided that the rate at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (such Additional Interest to be calculated by the Issuer) commencing on the (x) 361st day after the Issue Date, in the case of (A) above, (y) the 361st day after the date such Shelf Registration Statement filing was requested or required in the case of (B) above or (z) the day such Shelf Registration ceases to be effective in the case of (C) above; provided , however , that upon the exchange of the Exchange Securities for all Securities tendered (in the case of clause (A) of this Section 4), upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (B) of this Section 4), or upon the effectiveness of the applicable Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of (C) of this Section 4), Additional Interest on the Notes in respect of which such events relate as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4, the Issuer shall not be obligated to pay Additional Interest provided in Section 4(a)(B) during a Shelf Suspension Period permitted by Section 3(a) hereof.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee within one business day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest is required to be paid. Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to (a) of this Section 4 will be payable in cash semiannually on each March 1 and September 1 (to the holders of record on the February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding such dates), commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Additional Interest commences to accrue. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by the Issuer by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve 30 day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed), and the denominator of which is 360.

 

5.                                        Registration Procedures

 

In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Issuer shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Issuer hereunder the Issuer shall:

 

(a)                                   Prepare and file with the SEC (prior to the applicable Filing Date in the case of a Shelf Registration), a Registration Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided , however , that if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received prior written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Issuer

 



 

shall furnish to and afford counsel for the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or counsel for such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, and counsel to the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least three business days prior to such filing). The Issuer shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.

 

(b)                                  Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period, the Applicable Period or until consummation of the Exchange Offer, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by an Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus in all material respects. The Issuer shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep a Registration Statement effective if it voluntarily takes any action that is reasonably expected to result in selling Holders of the Registrable Securities covered thereby or Participating Broker-Dealers seeking to sell Exchange Securities not being able to sell such Registrable Securities or such Exchange Securities during that period unless such action is required by applicable law or permitted by this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Issuer has received written notice that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly (but in any event within three Business Days), and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if at any time when a prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or resales of Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Issuer contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct, (iv) of the receipt by the Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by

 



 

reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (vi) of the Issuer’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.

 

(d)                                  Use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer, for sale in any jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 and if requested during the Effectiveness Period by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any) or the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, (i) as promptly as practicable incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or counsel for either of them reasonably request to be included therein, (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Issuer has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, and (iii) supplement or make amendments to such Registration Statement.

 

(f)                                     If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) and to each such Participating Broker-Dealer who so requests (with respect to any such Registration Statement) and to their respective counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits.

 

(g)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Securities (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, their respective counsel, and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Issuer, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Issuer hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Securities pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 



 

(h)                                  Prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request in writing; provided , however , that where Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or Registrable Securities are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Issuer agrees to cause its counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h), keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers or the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Issuer shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(i)                                      If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (subject to applicable requirements contained in the Indenture) and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or Holders may request.

 

(j)                                      Use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Issuer will cooperate in all respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.

 

(k)                                   If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph 6(c)(v) or 6(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) hereof) file with the SEC, at the sole expense of the Issuer, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof) or to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 



 

(l)                                      Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities.

 

(m)                                In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities (including, without limitation, a customary condition to the obligations of the underwriters that the underwriters shall have received “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuer (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of the Issuer, or of any business acquired by the Issuer, for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities), and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Securities and, in such connection, (i) make such representations and warranties to, and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Issuer (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by Issuer to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Securities, and confirm the same in writing if and when requested; (ii) obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Issuer, and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions reasonably requested in underwritten offerings; and (iii) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable to the sellers and underwriters, if any, than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures reasonably acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and the managing underwriter or underwriters or agents, if any). The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(n)                                  If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any Initial Purchaser, any selling Holder of such Registrable Securities being sold (with respect to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof), or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer (with respect to any such Registration Statement), as the case may be, or underwriter (any such Initial Purchasers, Holders, Participating Broker-Dealers, underwriters, attorneys, accountants or agents, collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), upon written request, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Issuer and subsidiaries of the Issuer (collectively, the “ Records ”), as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Issuer and any of its subsidiaries to supply all information (“ Information ”) reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such due diligence responsibilities. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records and Information confidential, to use the Information only for due diligence purposes, to abstain from using the Information as the basis for any market transactions in

 



 

Securities of the Issuer and that it will not disclose any of the Records or Information that the Issuer determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records or Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such Records or Information is necessary or advisable, in the opinion of counsel for any Inspector, in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder, or (iv) the information in such Records or Information has been made generally available to the public other than by an Inspector or an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405) thereof; provided , however , that prior notice shall be provided as soon as practicable to the Issuer of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence to permit the Issuer to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (o)) and that such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.

 

(o)                                  Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Securities, to effect such changes (if any) to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.

 

(p)                                  Comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement, a consolidated earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) no later than 45 days after the end of any fiscal quarter (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Issuer, after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods; provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied by the Issuer complying with Section 4.03 of the Indenture.

 

(q)                                  Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuer, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, that the Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the related guarantee and the related indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications. If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Securities by Holders to the Issuer (or to such other Person as directed by the Issuer), in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be, the Issuer shall mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Securities that such Registrable Securities are being cancelled in exchange

 

 



 

for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Notes (and the related Guarantees), as the case may be; in no event shall such Registrable Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

 

(r)                                     Use reasonable efforts to cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “ NASD ”).

 

(s)                                   Use its respective reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Exchange Securities and/or Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

 

The Issuer may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Issuer such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Issuer may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Issuer may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Issuer by such seller not materially misleading.

 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuer, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Issuer, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, that, upon actual receipt of any notice from the Issuer of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iv), 5(c)(v), or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, until such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Issuer that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto. In the event that the Issuer shall give any such notice, each of the Applicable Period and the Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such periods from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Exchange Securities to be sold by such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or (y) the Advice.

 

6.                                        Registration Expenses

 

All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer of its obligations under Sections 2, 3, 5 and 8 shall be borne by the Issuer, whether or not the

 



 

Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any Shelf Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, (A) fees with respect to filings required to be made with the NASD in connection with an underwritten offering and (B) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions in the United States (x) where the holders of Registrable Securities are located, in the case of the Exchange Securities, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) fees and expenses of the Trustee, any exchange agent and their counsel, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Issuer and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Securities selected by the Holder of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer) exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof), (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) rating agency fees, if any, and any fees associated with making the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities eligible for trading through The Depository Trust Company, (vii) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Issuer desires such insurance, (viii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Issuer, (ix) internal expenses of the Issuer (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Issuer performing legal or accounting duties), (x) the expense of any annual audit, (xi) any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement.

 

7.                                        Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)                                   The Issuer and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Securities during the Applicable Period, and each Person, if any, who controls such Person or its affiliates within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each, a “ Participant ”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any Participant may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i)                   any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus; or

 

(ii)                the omission or alleged omission to state, in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any other document or

 



 

any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,

 

except, in each case, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Issuer in writing through the Initial Purchasers or any selling Holder expressly for use therein;

 

and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to this sentence) to reimburse, as incurred, the Participant for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Participant in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third-party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors will be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Issuer shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any Participant furnished to the Issuer by such Participant specifically for use therein. The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Issuer may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Issuer and the Guarantors, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)                                  Each Participant, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantors, their respective directors (or equivalent), their respective officers who sign any Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus, or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Participant, furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Participant, specifically for use therein; and subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, will reimburse, as incurred, any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. The indemnity provided for in this Section 7 will be in addition to any liability that the Participants may otherwise have to the indemnified parties. The Participants shall not be liable under this Section 7 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Participants, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written

 



 

consent of such Participant, effect any settlement or compromise of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Participant is or could have been a party, or indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Participant, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional written release of such Participant, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Participant, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of such Participant.

 

(c)                                   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from any liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 7, as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions. Any such separate firm for any Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants in the case of paragraph (a) of this Section 7 or the Issuer in the case of paragraph (b) of this Section 7. In the event that any Participants are indemnified persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses of a single separate firm under this Section 7(c), and any such Participants cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such Indemnified Persons shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities and Exchange Securities sold by all such Participants. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or

 



 

action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any admission of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. All fees and expenses reimbursed pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.

 

(d)                                  After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph (c) of this Section 7 or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party. After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), unless such indemnified party waived in writing its rights under this Section 7, in which case the indemnified party may effect such a settlement without such consent.

 

(e)                                   In circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 7 is unavailable to, or insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof). The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantors on the one hand and such Participant on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) of the Securities received by the Issuer bear to the total discounts and commissions received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Securities (or if such Participant did not receive discounts or commissions, the value or receiving the Securities). The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer on the one hand, or the Participants on the other, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission, and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. The parties agree that it would not be equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata or per capita allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (e). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (e), no Participant shall be obligated to make contributions hereunder that in the aggregate exceed the total discounts, commissions and other compensation or net proceeds on the sale of Securities received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Securities, less the aggregate amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of the untrue or alleged untrue statements or the

 



 

omissions or alleged omissions to state a material fact, and no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls a Participant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Participants, and each director of the Issuer and the Guarantors, each officer of the Issuer and the Guarantors and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer and the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuer.

 

8.                                        Rules 144 and 144A

 

The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will use reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Issuer is not required to file such reports, the Issuer will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Securities, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A. The Issuer further covenants and agrees, for so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding that it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act and Rule 144A unless the Issuer is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and reports filed thereunder satisfy the information requirements of Rule 144A then in effect.

 

9.                                        Underwritten Registrations

 

The Issuer shall not be required to assist in an underwritten offering unless requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Issuer.

 

No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

10.                                  Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                   No Inconsistent Agreements . The Issuer has not as of the date hereof, and the Issuer shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Issuer other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements. The Issuer will not enter into any agreement (other than the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof in respect of the Senior Notes) with respect to any of its securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement.

 



 

(b)                                  Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Securities as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, otherwise than with the prior written consent of (I) the Issuer, and (II) (A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Registrable Securities and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented without the prior written consent of each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Securities may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(d)                                  Notices . All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

 

(i)                   if to a Holder of the Registrable Securities or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to the Initial Purchasers as follows:

 

Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10005
Facsimile No.: 212-526-0943;
Attention:  Syndicate Department

 

with a copy to:

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005
Facsimile No.:  (212) 269-5420
Attention:  William Hartnett, Esq.

 

(ii)  if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address specified in Section 10(d)(i);

 

(iii) if to the Issuer, at the address as follows:

 

TDS Investor Corporation
c/o The Blackstone Group

 



 

345 Park Avenue, Floor 31

New York, NY 10154

Attention:  Paul V. Schorr

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Ave.
New York, New York 10017
Facsimile No.:  (212) 455-2502
Attention:  Edward P. Tolley, III, Esq.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given:  when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and upon written confirmation, if sent by facsimile.

 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.

 

(e)                                   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided , however , that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture.

 

(f)                                     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(g)                                  Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

 

(h)                                  Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(i)                                      Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 



 

(j)                                      Notes Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Issuer or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

(k)                                   Third-Party Beneficiaries . Holders of Registrable Securities and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons.

 

(l)                                      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Issuer on the other, or between or among any agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Director, Executive Vice

 

 

 

President, General Counsel

 

 

 

and Corporate Secretary

 



 

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES

 

LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP,

 

By: APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I,
INC., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL
AGENCY,

 

By: INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING
CORPORATION, its General
Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

By: ORBITZ, LLC, as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 



 

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

By: TRAVELPORT INC., as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby
confirmed and accepted as of the
date first above written.

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
UBS SECURITIES LLC

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

 

By:  Lehman Brothers Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter J. Toal

 

 

Name:

Peter J. Toal

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

For itself, the other Representatives and the
other several Initial Purchasers.

 

 



 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc.

 

 

 

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc.

 

 

 

Cendant Technology Holding, LLC

 

 

 

Cendant Travel, Inc.

 

 

 

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

Distribution Systems, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Ba, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Brasil Limited

 

 

 

Galileo International, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo International, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Galileo International Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Galileo Operations, LLC

 

 

 

Galileo Technologies LLC

 

 

 

Gta North America, Inc.

 

 

 

HotelPORT, Inc.

 

 

 

HotelPORT International, Inc.

 

 

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation

 

 

 

Landmark Holding Company, Inc.

 

 

 

Magellen Technologies, Inc.

 

 

 

Neat Group Corporation

 

 

 

O Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited

 

 

 

Orbitz, Inc.

 

 

 

Orbitz, LLC

 

 

 

Quantitude Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Quantitude, Inc.

 

 

 

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC

 

 

 

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc.

 

 

 



 

 

Travel Industries, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport China Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport for Business, Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport Inc.

 

 

 

Travelport Operations, Inc.

 

 

 

Trip Network, Inc.

 

 

 

Trip.com, Inc.

 

 

 

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc.

 

 

 

Wizcom, Inc.

 




Exhibit 4.5

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 1

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of January 11, 2007, among Warpspeed Sub Inc. (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Travelport Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 23, 2006, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 and 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (together, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)            Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)            Agreement to Guarantee .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)            Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee

 



 

and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)              the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii)             in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)            The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

 

(c)            The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)            This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(e)            If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)             The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)            As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

2



 

(h)            The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

 

(i)             Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

(j)             This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(k)            In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l)             This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

 

(m)           Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

(3)            Execution and Delivery .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(4)            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(i)             (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to

 

3



 

which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

(B)            the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(ii)            the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

 

(b)            Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

(5)            Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)            (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(B)            the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)            the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)           the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

4



 

(2)             the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(6)            No Recourse Against Others .  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

 

(7)            Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(8)            Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(9)            Effect of Headings .  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(10)          The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

(11)          Subrogation .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

(12)          Benefits Acknowledged .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it

 

5



 

will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(13)          Successors .  All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/

Eric Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric Bock

 

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President, General

 

 

Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Warren Goshine

 

 

 

Name: Warren A. Goshine

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

7




Exhibit 4.6

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 1

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of January 11, 2007, among Warpspeed Sub Inc. (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Travelport Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 23, 2006, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (together, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)            Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)            Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)            Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee

 



 

and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)              the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii)             in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)            The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

 

(c)            The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)            This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(e)            If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)             The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)            As between the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

2



 

(h)            The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee.

 

(i)             Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

(j)             This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(k)            In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l)             This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu with other future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any.

 

(m)           Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

(3)            Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

 

(4)            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

3



 

(i)             (A) the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

(B)            the Successor Person, if other than the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(ii)            the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

 

(b)            Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

(5)            Releases . The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)            (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(B)            the release or discharge of the guarantee by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)            the proper designation of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)           the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

4



 

(2)             the Guaranteeing Subsidiary delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(6)            No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

(7)            Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(8)            Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(9)            Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(10)          The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

 

(11)          Subrogation . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

(12)          Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it

 

5



 

will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(13)          Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

WARPSPEED SUB INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/

Eric Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric Bock

 

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President, General

 

 

Counsel and Secretary

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Warren Goshine

 

 

 

Name: Warren A. Goshine

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

7




Exhibit 4.7

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 2

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of March 13, 2007, among Travelport LLC, formerly TDS Investor Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., the parent of the Issuer (the “ New Intermediate Parent Guarantor ”), Travelport Inc. and Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. (collectively the “ New Subsidiary Guarantors ”, and together with the New Intermediate Parent Guarantor “ New Guarantors ”), each a subsidiary of the New Intermediate Parent Guarantor, and Travelport Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Obligor ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 thereto, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 23, 2006, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 and 9 7 / 8 % Senior Dollar Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (together, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has determined that it is in its best interest to add Travelport Holdings, Inc. as a co-obligor of the Notes;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has determined that it is in its best interest to add the New Guarantors as Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) of the Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantors shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 



 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)                                   Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)                                   Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantors hereby agree as follows:

 

(a)                                   Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)                                       the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii)                                    in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the New Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

 

(c)                                   The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)                                  These Guarantees shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the New Guarantors accept all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(e)                                   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the New Guarantors), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to

 

2



 

the Trustee or such Holder, these Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                     The New Guarantors shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)                                  As between the New Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of these Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the New Guarantors for the purpose of these Guarantees.

 

(h)                                  The New Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under these Guarantees.

 

(i)                                      Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Indenture, these new Guarantees shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such New Guarantor under these Guarantees will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

(j)                                      This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(k)                                   In case any provision of these Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l)                                      These Guarantees shall be general unsecured senior obligation of such New Guarantor, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the New Guarantor, if any.

 

(m)                                Each payment to be made by the New Guarantor in respect of these Guarantees shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

3



 

(3)                                   Execution and Delivery . The New Guarantors agree that the Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantees on the Notes.

 

(4)                                   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the New Guarantors may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or New Guarantors are the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(i)                                      (A) the New Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the New Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the New Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the New Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

(B)                                 the Successor Person, if other than the New Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of the New Guarantor under the Indenture and the New Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                                 immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(ii)                                   the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the New Guarantor under the Indenture and the New Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the New Guarantors may merge into or transfer all or part of their properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

4



 

(5)                                   Releases .

 

The Guarantee of the New Guarantors shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the New Guarantors, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the New Guarantors’ Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                   (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the New Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the New Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(B)                                 the release or discharge of the guarantee by the New Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)                                 the proper designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)                                the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

(2)                                    the New Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(6)                                   Addition of Co-Obligor . All references to “Issuer” contained in the Indenture and the Notes shall be deemed to include the Co-Obligor, and the Co-Obligor shall, jointly and severally with the Issuer, become obligated with respect to all Obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

(7)                                   No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

5



 

(7)                                   Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(8)                                   Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(9)                                   Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(10)                             The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors.

 

(11)                             Subrogation . The New Guarantors shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer and the Co-Obligor in respect of any amounts paid by the New Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the New Guarantors shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer and the Co-Obligor under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

(12)                             Benefits Acknowledged . The New Guarantors’ Guarantees are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The New Guarantors acknowledge that they will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to these Guarantees are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(13)                             Successors . All agreements of the Co-Obligor and the New Guarantors in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

TRAVELPORT LLC,

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

7



 

 

 

 

ORBITZ WORLDWIDE, INC.,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.R.L,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ John Sutherland

 

 

Name: John Sutherland

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

8



 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren A. Goshire

 

 

 

Name: Warren A. Goshire

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

9




Exhibit 4.8

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE No. 2

 

Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of March 13, 2007, among Travelport LLC, formerly TDS Investor Corporation (the “ Issuer ”), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., the parent of the Issuer (the “ New Intermediate Parent Guarantor ”), Travelport Inc. and Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. (collectively the “ New Subsidiary Guarantors ”, and together with the New Intermediate Parent Guarantor the “ New Guarantors ”), each a subsidiary of the New Intermediate Parent Guarantor, and Travelport Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Obligor ”), and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (as amended by Supplemental Indenture No. 1 thereto, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 23, 2006, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (together, the “ Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has determined that it is in its best interest to add Travelport Holdings, Inc. as a co-obligor of the Notes;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has determined that it is in its best interest to add the New Guarantors as Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) of the Notes under the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantors shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

 



 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

(1)                                   Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

(2)                                   Agreement to Guarantee . The New Guarantors hereby agree as follows:

 

(a)                                   Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)                                       the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii)                                    in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the New Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)                                  The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

 

(c)                                   The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)                                  These Guarantees shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, and the New Guarantors accept all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture.

 

(e)                                   If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the New Guarantors), or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to

 

2



 

the Trustee or such Holder, these Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                     The New Guarantors shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)                                  As between the New Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of these Guarantees, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the New Guarantors for the purpose of these Guarantees.

 

(h)                                  The New Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under these Guarantees.

 

(i)                                      Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, these new Guarantees shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such New Guarantor under these Guarantees will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

(j)                                      This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

(k)                                   In case any provision of these Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(l)                                      These Guarantees shall be general unsecured senior obligation of such New Guarantor, ranking pari passu with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the New Guarantor, if any.

 

(m)                                Each payment to be made by the New Guarantor in respect of these Guarantees shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

 

3



 

(3)                                   Execution and Delivery . The New Guarantors agree that the Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantees on the Notes.

 

(4)                                   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

 

(a)                                   Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the New Guarantors may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer or New Guarantors are the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(i)                                      (A) the New Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the New Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the New Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the New Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Successor Person ”);

 

(B)                                 the Successor Person, if other than the New Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of the New Guarantor under the Indenture and the New Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                                 immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; or

 

(ii)                                   the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture;

 

(b)                                  Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, the New Guarantor under the Indenture and the New Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the New Guarantors may merge into or transfer all or part of their properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

 

(5)                                   Releases .

 

4



 

The Guarantee of the New Guarantors shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the New Guarantors, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the New Guarantors’ Guarantee, upon:

 

(1)                                   (A)  any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary (including any sale, exchange or transfer), after which the New Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or all or substantially all the assets of the New Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;

 

(B)                                 the release or discharge of the guarantee by the New Guarantor of the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee which resulted in the creation of the Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;

 

(C)                                 the proper designation of a Guaranteeing Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

 

(D)                                the Issuer exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the Issuer’s obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and

 

(2)                                    the New Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

(6)                                   Addition of Co-Obligor . All references to “Issuer” contained in the Indenture and the Notes shall be deemed to include the Co-Obligor, and the Co-Obligor shall, jointly and severally with the Issuer, become obligated with respect to all Obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

(7)                                   No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

(7)                                   Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

5



 

(8)                                   Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

(9)                                   Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(10)                             The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Co-Obligor or the New Guarantors.

 

(11)                             Subrogation . The New Guarantors shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer and the Co-Obligor in respect of any amounts paid by the New Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the New Guarantors shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer and the Co-Obligor under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

(12)                             Benefits Acknowledged . The New Guarantors’ Guarantees are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The New Guarantors acknowledge that they will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to these Guarantees are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(13)                             Successors . All agreements of the Co-Obligor and the New Guarantors in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ WORLDWIDE, INC.,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.R.L,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ John Sutherland

 

 

 

Name: John Sutherland

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

7



 

 

TRAVELPORT INC.

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Monaco

 

 

 

Name: Kevin Monaco

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

8



 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren A. Goshire

 

 

 

Name: Warren A. Goshire

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

9




Exhibit 5.1

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, N.Y. 10017-3954

(212) 455-2000


 

Facsimile (212) 455-2502

March 30, 2007

TRAVELPORT LLC

400 Interpace Parkway, Building A

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Travelport LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Travelport”), Travelport Limited, a Bermuda corporation (the “Parent Guarantor”), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l., a Luxembourg société à responsabilité limité (the “Intermediate Parent Guarantor”), Travelport Holdings, Inc. (the “Co-Obligor”) and to the subsidiaries of Travelport listed on Schedule I hereto (each individually, a “Delaware Guarantor” and collectively, the “Delaware Guarantors”) and Schedule II hereto (each individually, a “Non-Delaware Guarantor” and collectively, the “Non-Delaware Guarantors”, and together with Parent, Intermediate Parent and the Delaware Guarantors, the “Guarantors”) in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by Travelport, the Co-Obligor and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the issuance by Travelport and the Co-Obligor of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes”), €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (together with the  Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes, the “Floating Rate Notes”), $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014 (together with the Floating Rate Notes, the “Senior Exchange Securities”), $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (the “Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes”) and €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 (together with the Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes, the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities” and together with the Senior Exchange Securities, the “Exchange Securities”) and the issuance by the Guarantors of guarantees with respect to the

 

1



 

Senior Exchange Securities (the “Senior Guarantees”) and with respect to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities (the “Senior Subordinated Guarantees”, and together with the Senior Guarantees, the “Guarantees”).  The term “Issuer” refers only to Travelport and is deemed to include the Co-Obligor as co-obligor. The Senior Exchange Securities and the Senior Guarantees will be issued under an indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “Senior Indenture”), among Travelport, the Co-Obligor, the Guarantors and The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Securities and Senior Subordinated Guarantees will be issued under an indenture, dated as of August 23, 2006 (together with the Senior Indenture, the “Indentures”), among Travelport, the Co-Obligor, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The Exchange Securities will be offered by Travelport in exchange for Travelport’s outstanding $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, €235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Euro Floating Rate Notes due 2014, $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9 7 / 8 % Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2014, $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 11 7 / 8 % Dollar Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016 and €160,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10 7 / 8 % Euro Senior Subordinated Notes due 2016.

We have examined the Registration Statement and the Indentures, which have been filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement.  We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or certified or conformed copies, of such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments and have made such other investigations as we have deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth.   As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of Travelport, the Co-Obligor and the Guarantors.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.  We also have assumed that the Indentures are the valid and legally binding obligations of the Trustee.

We have assumed further that (1) Parent, Intermediate Parent and each Non-Delaware Guarantor is validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of organization and has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Indentures in accordance with its organizational

 

2



 

documents and the law of its jurisdiction of organization, (2) the execution, delivery and performance by Parent, Intermediate Parent and each Non-Delaware Guarantor of the Indentures and the Guarantees do not and will not violate the law of its jurisdiction of organization or any other applicable laws (excepting the law of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States) and (3) the execution, delivery and performance by Parent, Intermediate Parent and each non-Delaware Guarantor of the Indentures and the Guarantees do not and will not constitute a breach or violation of any agreement or instrument that is binding upon Parent, Intermediate Parent or any Non-Delaware Guarantor.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

1.             When the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures upon the exchange, the Exchange Securities will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms.

2.             When (a) the Exchange Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the Indentures upon the exchange and (b) the Guarantees have been duly issued, the Guarantees will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their terms.

Our opinions set forth above are subject to (i) the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (iii) an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (iv) to the effects of the possible judicial application of foreign laws or foreign governmental or judicial action affecting creditors’ rights.

We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than the law of the State of New York, the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (including the statutory provisions, all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

 

3



 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT LLP

 

 

4



 

Schedule I
Delaware Guarantors

 

Apollo Galileo USA Partnership, a Delaware Partnership

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Cendant UK Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware Corporation

Distribution Systems, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Galileo BA, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Galileo Brasil Limited, a Delaware Corporation

Galileo International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Galileo International, L.L.C., a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Galileo International Services, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Galileo Operations, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Galileo Technologies LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

GTA North America, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

HotelPORT, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

HotelPORT International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Internetwork Publishing Corporation, a Delaware Corporation

Landmark Holding Company, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Magellen Technologies, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Neat Group Corporation, a Delaware Corporation

O Holdings Inc., a Delaware Corporation

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited, a Delaware Corporation

Orbitz Away LLC

Orbitz, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Orbitz, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Orbitz Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Quantitude, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Quantitude Services, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Travel Industries, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport Americas, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport China Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport Development, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Travelport for Business, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport Operations, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company

Trip Network, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Trip.com, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Warpspeed Sub Inc., a Delaware Corporation

Wizcom, Inc., a Delaware Corporation

 

 



 

Schedule II
Non-Delaware Guarantors

 

Internetwork Publishing Corporation, a Florida Corporation

National Internet Travel Agency, a Florida Corporation

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc., a Texas Corporation

Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc., a Tennesse Corporation

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc, a Florida Corporation

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of August 23, 2006

 

As Amended and Restated on January 29, 2007

 

among

 

TRAVELPORT INC. (F/K/A TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION),
as Borrower,

 

TRAVELPORT LIMITED (F/K/A TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.),
as Holdings

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,
as Intermediate Parent

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer,

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
as Swing Line Lender

 

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA), LLC,
as Syndication Agent,

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. and
DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Co-Documentation Agents,

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC,
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. and
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as Co-Lead Arrangers,

 

and

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC,
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. and
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10005

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01

DEFINED TERMS

2

SECTION 1.02

OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS

53

SECTION 1.03

ACCOUNTING TERMS

54

SECTION 1.04

ROUNDING

54

SECTION 1.05

REFERENCES TO AGREEMENTS, LAWS, ETC

54

SECTION 1.06

TIMES OF DAY

54

SECTION 1.07

TIMING OF PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE

54

SECTION 1.08

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS GENERALLY

54

SECTION 1.09

EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT ON THE ORIGINAL CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS

55

SECTION 1.10

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

 

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01

THE LOANS

58

SECTION 2.02

BORROWINGS, CONVERSIONS AND CONTINUATIONS OF LOANS

60

SECTION 2.03

LETTERS OF CREDIT

63

SECTION 2.04

SWING LINE LOANS

75

SECTION 2.05

PREPAYMENTS

78

SECTION 2.06

TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS

82

SECTION 2.07

REPAYMENT OF LOANS

83

SECTION 2.08

INTEREST

84

SECTION 2.09

FEES

85

SECTION 2.10

COMPUTATION OF INTEREST AND FEES

86

SECTION 2.11

EVIDENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS

86

SECTION 2.12

PAYMENTS GENERALLY

87

SECTION 2.13

SHARING OF PAYMENTS

89

SECTION 2.14

INCREMENTAL CREDIT EXTENSIONS

90

SECTION 2.15

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS

91

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

 

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

 

i



 

SECTION 3.01

TAXES

92

SECTION 3.02

ILLEGALITY

94

SECTION 3.03

INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES

95

SECTION 3.04

INCREASED COST AND REDUCED RETURN; CAPITAL ADEQUACY; RESERVES ON EUROCURRENCY RATE LOANS

95

SECTION 3.05

FUNDING LOSSES

97

SECTION 3.06

MATTERS APPLICABLE TO ALL REQUESTS FOR COMPENSATION

98

SECTION 3.07

REPLACEMENT OF LENDERS UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

99

SECTION 3.08

SURVIVAL

100

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.01

CONDITIONS OF FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT CREDIT EXTENSION

100

SECTION 4.02

CONDITIONS TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS

101

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01

EXISTENCE, QUALIFICATION AND POWER; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

101

SECTION 5.02

AUTHORIZATION; NO CONTRAVENTION

102

SECTION 5.03

GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION; OTHER CONSENTS

102

SECTION 5.04

BINDING EFFECT

102

SECTION 5.05

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT

102

SECTION 5.06

LITIGATION

103

SECTION 5.07

NO DEFAULT

104

SECTION 5.08

OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY; LIENS

104

SECTION 5.09

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

104

SECTION 5.10

TAXES

105

SECTION 5.11

ERISA COMPLIANCE

105

SECTION 5.12

SUBSIDIARIES; EQUITY INTERESTS

106

SECTION 5.13

MARGIN REGULATIONS; INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT

106

SECTION 5.14

DISCLOSURE

106

SECTION 5.15

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; LICENSES, ETC

107

SECTION 5.16

SOLVENCY

107

SECTION 5.17

SUBORDINATION OF JUNIOR FINANCING

107

SECTION 5.18

LABOR MATTERS

107

 

ii



 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

107

SECTION 6.02

CERTIFICATES; OTHER INFORMATION

109

SECTION 6.03

NOTICES

110

SECTION 6.04

PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS

110

SECTION 6.05

PRESERVATION OF EXISTENCE, ETC

111

SECTION 6.06

MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES

111

SECTION 6.07

MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE

111

SECTION 6.08

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

111

SECTION 6.09

BOOKS AND RECORDS

111

SECTION 6.10

INSPECTION RIGHTS

111

SECTION 6.11

COVENANT TO GUARANTEE OBLIGATIONS AND GIVE SECURITY

112

SECTION 6.12

COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS

114

SECTION 6.13

FURTHER ASSURANCES AND POST-CLOSING CONDITIONS

114

SECTION 6.14

DESIGNATION OF SUBSIDIARIES

115

SECTION 6.15

FLOOD INSURANCE

116

SECTION 6.16

POST-CLOSING MATTERS

116

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.01

LIENS

117

SECTION 7.02

INVESTMENTS

120

SECTION 7.03

INDEBTEDNESS

123

SECTION 7.04

FUNDAMENTAL CHANGES

127

SECTION 7.05

DISPOSITIONS

128

SECTION 7.06

RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

130

SECTION 7.07

CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS

133

SECTION 7.08

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

133

SECTION 7.09

BURDENSOME AGREEMENTS

134

SECTION 7.10

USE OF PROCEEDS

134

SECTION 7.11

MAXIMUM TOTAL LEVERAGE RATIO

134

SECTION 7.12

ACCOUNTING CHANGES

135

SECTION 7.13

PREPAYMENTS, ETC. OF INDEBTEDNESS

135

SECTION 7.14

EQUITY INTERESTS OF THE BORROWER AND RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES

136

SECTION 7.15

HOLDING COMPANY; FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES

136

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

iii



 

SECTION 8.01

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

136

SECTION 8.02

REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

138

SECTION 8.03

EXCLUSION OF IMMATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES

139

SECTION 8.04

APPLICATION OF FUNDS

139

SECTION 8.05

BORROWER’S RIGHT TO CURE

140

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.01

APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION OF AGENTS

141

SECTION 9.02

DELEGATION OF DUTIES

142

SECTION 9.03

LIABILITY OF AGENTS

142

SECTION 9.04

RELIANCE BY AGENTS

143

SECTION 9.05

NOTICE OF DEFAULT

143

SECTION 9.06

CREDIT DECISION; DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION BY AGENTS

143

SECTION 9.07

INDEMNIFICATION OF AGENTS

144

SECTION 9.08

AGENTS IN THEIR INDIVIDUAL CAPACITIES

144

SECTION 9.09

SUCCESSOR AGENTS

145

SECTION 9.10

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM

145

SECTION 9.11

COLLATERAL AND GUARANTY MATTERS

146

SECTION 9.12

OTHER AGENTS; ARRANGERS AND MANAGERS

147

SECTION 9.13

APPOINTMENT OF SUPPLEMENTAL ADMINISTRATIVE AGENTS

147

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.01

AMENDMENTS, ETC

148

SECTION 10.02

NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS; FACSIMILE COPIES

151

SECTION 10.03

NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES

152

SECTION 10.04

ATTORNEY COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXES

152

SECTION 10.05

INDEMNIFICATION BY THE BORROWER

152

SECTION 10.06

PAYMENTS SET ASIDE

153

SECTION 10.07

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

154

SECTION 10.08

CONFIDENTIALITY

158

SECTION 10.09

SETOFF

159

SECTION 10.10

INTEREST RATE LIMITATION

159

SECTION 10.11

COUNTERPARTS

159

SECTION 10.12

INTEGRATION

160

SECTION 10.13

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

160

SECTION 10.14

SEVERABILITY

160

 

iv



 

SECTION 10.15

TAX FORMS

160

SECTION 10.16

GOVERNING LAW

162

SECTION 10.17

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

163

SECTION 10.18

BINDING EFFECT

163

SECTION 10.19

JUDGMENT CURRENCY

163

SECTION 10.20

LENDER ACTION

163

SECTION 10.21

USA PATRIOT ACT

164

SECTION 10.22

AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

164

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

 

1.01A

[Reserved]

 

1.01B

Certain Security Interests and Guarantees

 

1.01C

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

1.01D

Mandatory Cost

 

1.01E

Existing Letters of Credit

 

1.01F

[Reserved]

 

1.01G

Excluded Subsidiaries

 

2.01

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment

 

2.01(b)

Euro Term Commitment

 

2.03(a)(iii)(B)

Certain Letters of Credit

 

5.05

Certain Liabilities

 

5.09(b)

Environmental Matters

 

5.09(d)

Hazardous Materials

 

5.10

Taxes

 

5.11(a)

ERISA Compliance

 

5.12

Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments

 

7.01(b)

Existing Liens

 

7.02(f)

Existing Investments

 

7.03(b)

Existing Indebtedness

 

7.04(f)

Permitted Subsidiary Fundamental Changes

 

7.05(k)

Dispositions

 

7.05(m)

Permitted Subsidiary Dispositions

 

7.08

Transactions with Affiliates

 

7.09

Existing Restrictions

 

10.02

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Form of

 

 

 

 

 

A

Committed Loan Notice

 

B

Swing Line Loan Notice

 

C-1

Tranche B Dollar Term Note

 

C-2

Euro Term Note

 

C-3

Dollar Revolving Credit Note

 

 

v



 

C-4

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note

 

C-5

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Note

 

D

Compliance Certificate

 

E

Assignment and Assumption

 

F

Guaranty

 

G

Security Agreement

 

H

[Reserved]

 

I

Opinion Matters — Counsel to Loan Parties

 

J

Intellectual Property Security Agreement

 

K

Tranche B Lender Addendum

 

 

vi



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 29, 2007, among TRAVELPORT INC. (F/K/A TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION), a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), TRAVELPORT LIMITED (F/K/A TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.), a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda (“ Holdings ”), WALTONVILLE LIMITED, a company incorporated under the laws of Gibraltar (“ Intermediate Parent ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and an L/C Issuer, UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swing Line Lender, each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as Syndication Agent, and LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as Co-Documentation Agents.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as this and other capitalized terms used in these preliminary statements are defined in Section 1.01 below), the Borrower acquired the Target (the “ Acquisition ”) on the Closing Date.

 

Simultaneously with the consummation of the Acquisition, the Lenders extended credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) Dollar Term Loans in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $1,410,000,000, (ii) Euro Term Loans in an initial aggregate amount of €620,000,000, (iii) a Dollar Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $175,000,000, (iv) an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility in an initial aggregate Dollar Amount of $100,000,000 and (v) a Synthetic L/C Facility in an aggregate Dollar Amount of $125,000,000 pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2006 (the “ Original Credit Agreement ”) (which term shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include any amendment thereto prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (as defined below). The Dollar Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Swing Line Loans and one or more Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit from time to time. The Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility may include one or more Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit from time to time.

 

The proceeds of the Term Loans, together with the proceeds of (i) the issuance of the Notes and (ii) the Equity Contribution, was used to finance the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Target and pay the Purchase Price and the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made after the Closing Date will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including the financing of Permitted Acquisitions. Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

 

The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend, and the L/C Issuers have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

1



 

The Borrower intends to (a) prepay certain Obligations in respect of the Dollar Term Loans through the repayment and/or conversion of all outstanding Dollar Term Loans into, or with the proceeds of, new Tranche B Dollar Term Loans (the “ Tranche B Dollar Term Loans ”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,406,475,000, (b) exchange the Credit-Linked Deposits of the Synthetic LC Lenders for Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic LC Lenders and (c) exchange the participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit of the Synthetic L/C Lenders for participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic LC Lenders.

 

The parties hereto wish to amend and restate the Original Credit Agreement in its entirety to, among other things, reflect the modification set forth in the previous paragraph.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions and Accounting Terms

 

Section 1.01           Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Acquired EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business (determined as if references to Holdings, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business.

 

Acquired Entity or Business ” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

 

Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.21.

 

Additional Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

Administrative Agent ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means, with respect to any currency, the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 with respect to such currency, or such other address or account with respect to such currency as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

2



 

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Agent-Related Persons ” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

 

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any).

 

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

Agreement Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

 

Alternative Currency ” means Sterling or Euros.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and having the same Interest Period made by each of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(ii), (b) purchase participations in Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Amount of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of all Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $100,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations at such time.

 

3



 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c)(ii).

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-4 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans made by such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch and any other Lender that becomes an Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(j) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit, including all Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowings.

 

Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

 

Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

 

(a)           with respect to Euro Term Loans, 2.75%;

 

4



 

(b)           with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Revolving Letter of Credit fees, Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C facility fees, (i) until delivery of financial statements for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.01, (A) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 2.75%, (B) for Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 1.75%, (C) for Revolving Letter of Credit fees, 2.75% less the fronting fee payable in respect of the applicable Revolving Letter of Credit, (D) for commitment fees, 0.50%, (E) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans that are Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, 2.50%, (F) for Base Rate Loans that are Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, 1.50% and (G) for Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C facility fees, 2.50% and (ii) thereafter, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02(b):

 

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing
Level

 

Total Leverage
Ratio

 

Eurocurrency
Rate and
Revolving
Letter of
Credit Fees

 

Base
Rate for
Revolving
Loans

 

Commitment
Fee
Rate

 

Post-First
Amendment
and
Restatement
Synthetic L/C
Facility Fee

 

Eurocurrency
Rate for
Tranche B
Dollar Term
Loans

 

Base Rate
for
Tranche B
Dollar
Term
Loans

 

1

 

>4.5:1

 

2.75

%

1.75

%

0.50

%

2.50

%

2.50

%

1.50

%

2

 

<4.5:1 but >4.0:1

 

2.50

%

1.50

%

0.50

%

2.25

%

2.25

%

1.25

%

3

 

<4.0:1 but >3.5:1

 

2.25

%

1.25

%

0.50

%

2.25

%

2.25

%

1.25

%

4

 

<3.5:1 but >3.0:1

 

2.00

%

1.00

%

0.375

%

2.25

%

2.25

%

1.25

%

5

 

<3.0:1

 

1.75

%

0.75

%

0.375

%

2.25

%

2.25

%

1.25

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b); provided that at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, the highest Pricing Level shall apply (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

 

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to Letters of Credit, (i) the relevant L/C Issuers and (ii) (x) with respect to any Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders, (y) with respect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a), the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders and (z) with respect to any Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit issued pursuant to

 

5



 

Section 2.03(a), the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Approved Bank ” has the meaning specified in clause (c) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”.

 

Approved Fund ” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

 

Arrangers ” means UBS Securities LLC, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, each in its capacity as a Joint Bookrunner and a Co-Lead Arranger under this Agreement.

 

Assignees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(b).

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E .

 

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited combined balance sheets of the Travelport business of Cendant Corporation as of each of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the Travelport business of Cendant Corporation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by UBS AG, Stamford Branch as its “prime rate.”  The “prime rate” is a rate set by UBS AG, Stamford Branch based upon various factors including UBS AG, Stamford Branch costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by UBS AG, Stamford Branch shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

6



 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing, a Term Borrowing or a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing, as the context may require.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and:

 

(a)           if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Dollars, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market;

 

(b)           if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Euros, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euros in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Euros to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a TARGET Day; and

 

(c)           if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan denominated in Sterling, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Sterling in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings in Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Sterling are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of (a) all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) all Capitalized Software Expenditures for such period and (c) the value of all assets under Capitalized Leases incurred by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period; provided that the term “Capital Expenditures” shall not include (i) expenditures made in connection with the replacement, substitution, restoration or repair of assets to the extent financed with (x) insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, restored or repaired or (y) awards of compensation arising from the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced, (ii) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased simultaneously with the trade-in of existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time, (iii) the purchase of plant, property or equipment or software to the

 

7



 

extent financed with the proceeds of Dispositions that are not required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), (iv) expenditures that constitute any part of Consolidated Lease Expense, (v) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that actually are paid for by a Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and for which none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period), (vi) the book value of any asset owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or during such period to the extent that such book value is included as a capital expenditure during such period as a result of such Person reusing or beginning to reuse such asset during such period without a corresponding expenditure actually having been made in such period; provided that (x) any expenditure necessary in order to permit such asset to be reused shall be included as a Capital Expenditure during the period in which such expenditure actually is made and (y) such book value shall have been included in Capital Expenditures when such asset was originally acquired, or (vii) expenditures that constitute Permitted Acquisitions.

 

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).

 

Cash Collateral Account ” means a blocked account at UBS AG, Stamford Branch (or another commercial bank selected in compliance with Section 9.09) in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).

 

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(a)           Dollars, Euros or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)           readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (i) the United States or (ii) any member nation of the European Union, in each case having average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and

 

8



 

credit of the United States or a member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof;

 

(c)           time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) is a Lender or (ii) (A) is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any member nation of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or is the principal banking Subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any member nation of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, and (B) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 (any such bank in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) being an “ Approved Bank ”), in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(d)           commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation rated A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with average maturities of not more than 12 months from the date of acquisition thereof;

 

(e)           repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of (i) the United States or (ii) any member nation of the European Union, in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations;

 

(f)            securities with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government having an investment grade rating from either S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof);

 

(g)           Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s;

 

(h)           instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and

 

9



 

(i)            Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in money market investment programs which are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and, in either case, the portfolios of which are limited such that substantially all of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a) through (h) of this definition.

 

Cash Management Bank ” means any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender providing cash management services to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services (including in respect of liabilities arising from purchase cards, travel and entertainment cards, or other card services) or any automated clearing house transfers of funds.

 

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as subsequently amended.

 

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

 

Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of

 

(a) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if,

 

(i)            any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of Holdings at such time or (B) the Permitted Holders own a majority of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of Holdings at such time, or

 

(ii)           at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), excluding the Permitted Holders, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%)

 

10



 

of the then outstanding voting stock of Holdings and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting stock of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders, and (B) during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings shall consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors; or

 

(b)           any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to the High Yield Notes or any Junior Financing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

 

(c)           at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, the Borrower ceasing to be a directly or indirectly wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders, Tranche B Dollar Term Lenders, Euro Term Lenders or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments, Euro Term Commitments or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Revolving Credit Loans, Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, Euro Term Loans or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans.

 

Closing Date ” means the date of the initial Credit Extensions under the Original Credit Agreement which occurred on August 23, 2006.

 

Closing Date Material Adverse Effect ” means any changes, events or conditions that have or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial condition of the Acquired Companies (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), taken as a whole, or that materially impairs the ability of Seller (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) and the Acquired Companies to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, other than any changes, events or conditions resulting from:  (i) general economic conditions in any of the markets or geographical areas in which any of the Acquired Companies operates, unless and only to the extent that such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (ii) changes in economic conditions or the financial, banking, currency or capital markets in general (whether in the United States or any other country or in any international market) or changes in currency exchange rates or currency fluctuations, unless such changes disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iii) other conditions generally affecting any of the industries in which the Acquired Companies operate, unless such conditions disproportionately affect the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (iv) acts of God, calamities, national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by any country in hostilities, whether commenced before or after the Closing Date, and whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, unless such event disproportionately affects the Acquired Companies in any material respect; (v) changes in Law (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or in GAAP (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (or other generally accepted accounting principles applied by

 

11



 

any of the Acquired Companies) or interpretations thereof; (vi) subject to the Commitment Letter, any actions taken, or failures to take action, or such other changes or events, in each case, to which Buyer (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) has expressly consented; (vii) any item or items set forth in the Borrower Disclosure Letter (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); or (viii) the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement or the Separation Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), including by reason of the identity of Buyer or any communication by Buyer regarding the plans or intentions of Buyer with respect to the conduct of the business of any of the Acquired Companies.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and rules and regulations related thereto.

 

Co-Documentation Agents ” means Lehman Brothers Inc., Citicorp North America, Inc. and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch as Documentation Agent under this Agreement.

 

Collateral ” means all the “Collateral” as defined in any Collateral Document and shall include the Mortgaged Properties.

 

Collateral Agent ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as collateral agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

 

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” means, at any time, the requirement that:

 

(a)           the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) of the Original Credit Agreement or pursuant to Section 6.11 at such time, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

 

(b)           all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed (the “ Guarantees ”) by Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Domestic Subsidiary and not an Excluded Subsidiary (each, a “ Guarantor ”);

 

(c)           all guarantees issued or to be issued in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes (i) shall be subordinated to the Guarantees to the same extent that the Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to the Obligations and (ii) shall provide for their automatic release upon a release of the corresponding Guarantee;

 

(d)           the Obligations and the Guarantees shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary pledged to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(g)) of each wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is the direct Subsidiary of Holdings, an Intermediate Holding Company or a Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings, and (iii) 65% the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each wholly owned

 

12



 

Foreign Subsidiary that is directly owned by Holdings, an Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Guarantor;

 

(e)           except to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder or under any Collateral Document, the Obligations and the Guarantees shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Holdings, the Borrower and each other Guarantor (including accounts (other than deposit accounts or other bank or securities accounts), inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property, other general intangibles, owned (but not leased) real property and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents; provided that security interests in real property shall be limited to the Mortgaged Properties;

 

(f)            none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01; and

 

(g)           the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to (x) the owned real property of the Loan Parties located at 5350 South Valentia Way, Greenwood Village, Colorado delivered in accordance with Section 6.16 of the Original Credit Agreement and (y) each owned property required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 (the “ Mortgaged Properties ”) duly executed and delivered by the record owner of such property, (ii) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each such Mortgage as a valid Lien on the property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 7.01, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and (iii) such existing surveys, existing abstracts, existing appraisals, legal opinions and other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request with respect to any such Mortgaged Property.

 

The foregoing definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the obtaining of title insurance or surveys with respect to, particular assets if and for so long as, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets or obtaining title insurance or surveys in respect of such assets shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom. The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title insurance with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) with respect to leases of real property entered into by the Borrower or any other Guarantor, the Borrower shall not be required to take any action with respect to creation or perfection of security interests with respect to such leases and (b) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and

 

13



 

Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date and, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, the Guaranty and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment, a Revolving Credit Commitment or a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment as the context may require.

 

Commitment Letter ” means the Commitment Letter dated July 24, 2006 among TDS Investor, LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS AG, Stamford Branch and UBS Securities LLC.

 

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing, (d) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (e) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus :

 

(a)           without duplication and to the extent already deducted (and not added back) in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

 

(i)            total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities,

 

14



 

(ii)           provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Pennsylvania capital tax) and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period,

 

(iii)          depreciation and amortization including amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures,

 

(iv)          Non-Cash Charges,

 

(v)           extraordinary losses and unusual or non-recurring charges, severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans,

 

(vi)          restructuring charges or reserves (including restructuring costs related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to closure/consolidation of facilities),

 

(vii)         any deductions attributable to minority interests,

 

(viii)        the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor to the extent permitted hereunder,

 

(ix)           the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs or other business optimization expenses or reserves deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Closing Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities, the separation from Cendant Corporation and the business-to-consumer platform,

 

(x)            any costs or expenses incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings, the Borrower or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), and

 

(xi)           the amount of net cost savings projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken during or prior to such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions are taken no later than 36 months after the Closing Date, (C) no cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (x) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (vi) above with respect to such period and (D) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause

 

15



 

(x) shall not exceed $85,800,000 for any period consisting of four consecutive quarters, less

 

(b)           without duplication and to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

 

(i)            extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains,

 

(ii)           (a) non-cash gains (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period) and (b) for the year ended December 31, 2005, an aggregate of (i) $12.5 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to the allowance for doubtful accounts, (ii) $11.1 million applicable to changes in estimates of breakage revenues relating to vendor liabilities and (iii) $2.7 million applicable to changes in estimates with respect to Orbitz’s affinity credit card-related liability, in each case as recorded on a quarterly basis,

 

(iii)          gains on asset sales (other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business),

 

(iv)          any net after-tax income from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or hedging obligations or other derivative instruments, and

 

(v)           all gains from investments recorded using the equity method; provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments from such investment to a Loan Party or the Restricted Subsidiary which made the investment that are actually paid in cash during such period (or to the extent converted into cash during such period),

 

in each case, as determined on a consolidated basis for Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; provided that, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,

 

(i)            there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA currency translation gains and losses (after any offset) related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including the net loss or gain resulting from Swap Contracts for currency exchange risk),

 

(ii)           there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments (after any offset) resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, and

 

(iii)          there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during

 

16



 

such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) for the purposes of the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition” and Section 7.11, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (C) for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio only, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition).

 

For the purpose of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, “ Non-Cash Charges ” means (a) losses on discontinued operations and asset sales, disposals or abandonments (including, without limitation, the Travel 2 Travel 4 operations being disposed), (b) any impairment charge or asset write-off including, without limitation, those related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, (c) all losses from investments recorded using the equity method, (d) stock-based awards compensation expense, and (e) other non-cash charges including, without limitation, the amortization of up-front bonuses in connection with the supplier services business ( provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this clause (e) represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period).

 

Consolidated Lease Expense ” means, for any period, all rental expenses of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period under operating leases for real or personal property (including in connection with sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 7.05(f)), excluding real estate taxes, insurance costs and common area maintenance charges and net of sublease income, other than (a) obligations under vehicle leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, (b) all such rental expenses associated with assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to the extent such rental expenses relate to operating leases in effect at the time of (and immediately prior to) such acquisition and related to periods prior to such acquisition and (c) all obligations under Capitalized Leases, all as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding, without duplication, (a) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Guarantors) during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary

 

17



 

of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement, instrument or requirement of law or regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary during such period unless such restriction has been legally waived (b) extraordinary items for such period, (c) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (d) in the case of any period that includes a period ending prior to or during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2007, Transaction Expenses, (e) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, asset disposition, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity securities, refinancing transaction or amendment or other modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or integration or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction (including, without limitation, (i) bonuses paid in connection with the Gullivers Travel Associates Acquisition and (ii) any adjustments to liabilities owing to former owners of Orbitz under a tax sharing agreement), (f) any income (loss) for such period attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness and (g) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transaction in accordance with GAAP; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any net income attributable to a Restricted Subsidiary shall only constitute Consolidated Net Income after deducting for any minority interests in such Restricted Subsidiary. There shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income for any period the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to property and equipment, software and other intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transaction, any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date, any Permitted Acquisitions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes (other than the impact of unfavorable contract liabilities and commission agreements under purchase accounting).

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transaction or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(u)) included in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, the Credit-Linked Deposits or the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, except to the extent of Unreimbursed Amounts thereunder (including in such Unreimbursed Amounts outstanding Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans).

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be

 

18



 

set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and L/C Obligations to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest and (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes.

 

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of Holdings on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other directors’ nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings (or the Borrower after a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower) is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of Holdings (or the Borrower after a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower).

 

Contract Consideration ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

 

Credit Extension ” means each of the following:  (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

Credit-Linked Deposit ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.

 

Cumulative Excess Cash Flow ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(i).

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate and any Mandatory Cost) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

19



 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, Euro Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, participations in Revolving L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or subsequently cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or subsequently cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(j) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

 

Disposed EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that “ Disposition ” and “ Dispose ” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by Holdings of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.

 

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments and all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Maturity Date of the Term Loans.

 

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Dollar Amount ” means, at any time:

 

20



 

(a)           with respect to any Loan denominated in Dollars (including, with respect to any Swing Line Loan, any funded participation therein), the principal amount thereof then outstanding (or in which such participation is held);

 

(b)           with respect to any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, the principal amount thereof then outstanding in the relevant Alternative Currency, converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 1.08 and Section 2.15(a); and

 

(c)           with respect to any L/C Obligation (or any risk participation therein), (A) if denominated in Dollars, the amount thereof and (B) if denominated in an Alternative Currency, the amount thereof converted to Dollars in accordance with Section 1.08 and Section 2.15(b).

 

Dollar Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

Dollar Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i).

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i), (b) purchase participations in Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations in respect of Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of all Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $175,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure ” means, as to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and its Pro Rata Share of the Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations and the Swing Line Obligations at such time.

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c)(i).

 

21



 

Dollar Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender.

 

Revolving L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

 

Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date or refinanced as a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing.

 

Dollar Revolving L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Revolving Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

 

Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch and any other Lender that becomes a Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03(j) or 10.07(j), in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Dollar Revolving L/C Obligation ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit, including all Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowings.

 

Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars.

 

Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Dollar Term Lender ” means any Dollar Term Lender under the Original Credit Agreement that is the holder of a Dollar Term Loan immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

Dollar Term Loan ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.

 

 “ Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

ECF Percentage ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

 

22



 

Eligible Assignee ” means any Assignee permitted by and consented to in accordance with Section 10.07(b).

 

EMU Legislation ” means the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, Laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment, natural resources, or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health or to the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

 

Equity Contributions ” means, collectively, (a) the contribution by the Equity Investors of an aggregate amount of cash of not less than $900,000,000 to Holdings or one or more direct or indirect holding company parents of Holdings, and (b) the further contribution to the Borrower of any portion of such cash contribution proceeds not directly received by the Borrower or used by Holdings to pay Transaction Expenses.

 

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

 

Equity Investors ” means the Sponsor, the Other Sponsor and the Management Stockholders.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

 

23



 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Euro ” and “ EUR ” means the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with EMU Legislation.

 

Euro Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

Euro Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 

Euro Term Commitment ” means, as to each Euro Term Lender, its obligation to make a Euro Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b) in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01(b) under the caption “Euro Term Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Euro Term Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The initial aggregate amount of the Euro Term Commitments is €620,000,000.

 

Euro Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Euro Term Commitment or a Euro Term Loan at such time.

 

Euro Term Loan ” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

 

Euro Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Euro Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Euro Term Lender resulting from the Euro Term Loans made by such Euro Term Lender.

 

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan or any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit:

 

(a)           the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Dow Jones Market screen (or any successor thereto) that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars or Sterling (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such

 

24



 

Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

 

(b)           if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Dollars or Sterling (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period,

 

(c)           if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars or Sterling for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by UBS AG, Stamford Branch and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by a London Affiliate of UBS AG, Stamford Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the London Interbank Market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period,

 

(d)           the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the Telerate page 248 (or any successor thereto) for deposits in Euros (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the European interbank market for deposits of amounts in Euros for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period,

 

(e)           if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (d) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available, the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average Banking Federation of the European Union Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in Euros (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the European interbank market for deposits of amounts in Euros for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, or

 

25



 

(f)            if the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (d) and (e) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Euros for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in Same Day Funds in the approximate amount of the Eurocurrency Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by UBS AG, Stamford Branch and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by a London Affiliate of UBS AG, Stamford Branch to major banks in the European interbank market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period or, if different, the date on which quotations would customarily be provided by leading banks in the European interbank market for deposits of amounts in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period. “ Eurocurrency Rate Loan ” means a Loan, whether denominated in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency, that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

 

Excess Cash Flow ” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:

 

(a)           the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ii)           an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(iii)          decreases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions (other than acquisitions of inventory in the ordinary course of business) by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period)), and

 

(iv)          an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; over

 

(b)           the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(i)            an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges included in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income,

 

(ii)           without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Capital Expenditures made in cash, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures were financed with the proceeds of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

26



 

(iii)          the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Leases and (B) the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (X) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (Y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans) made during such period (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(iv)          an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(v)           increases in Consolidated Working Capital and long-term account receivables for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period),

 

(vi)          cash payments by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness,

 

(vii)         without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period pursuant to Section 7.02(b), (i) or (n) to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(viii)        the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Section 7.06(i) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(ix)           the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

 

(x)            the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

 

27



 

(xi)           without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, and

 

(xii)          the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Exchange Rate ” means on any day with respect to any currency other than Dollars, the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency; in the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later.

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (b) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01G hereto, (c) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness; provided that each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (d) if such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured or if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to guarantee such secured Indebtedness, as applicable and (f) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” means the letters of credit outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 1.01E .

 

28



 

Facility ” means the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, the Euro Term Loans, the Letter of Credit Facility, the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility or the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, as the context may require, and are referred to collectively as the “ Facilities ”.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to UBS AG, Stamford Branch on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date ” means the date that the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.01 shall have been satisfied.

 

First Amendment and Restatement Credit Extension ” means the initial Credit Extension on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

Foreign Holdco ” means a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings which shall hold all of Holdings’ interests in all of its other Foreign Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(a)(i).

 

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

Funded Debt ” means all Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

29



 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or monetary other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or monetary other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantors ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

 

30



 

Guaranty ” means (a) the guaranty made by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F and (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedge Bank ” means (i) UBS AG, London branch, with respect to those certain three cross currency swaps executed by Borrower with UBS AG, London branch, each with an effective date of August 23, 2006 and (ii) any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto.

 

High Yield Notes ” means the Senior Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes.

 

High Yield Notes Documentation ” means the High Yield Notes, and all documents executed and delivered with respect to the High Yield Notes, including the Senior Notes Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 

Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

 

Incremental Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

Incremental Facility Closing Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

Incremental Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)           the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

 

(c)           net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

 

31



 

(d)           all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP);

 

(e)           indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

 

(f)            all Attributable Indebtedness;

 

(g)           all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and

 

(h)           all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and (B) in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary of business consistent with past practice. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

 

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit J .

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; and (c) as to any Credit-Linked Deposit or Post-First

 

32


 

Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit and any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan, the last day of each Interest Period therefor or the date of any prepayment thereof.

 

Interest Period ” means, (a) as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan other than a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan, subject to clauses (i) and (ii) Section 1.09(a) and clause (b) of the last sentence of Section 2.08(a), the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent available to each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, nine or twelve months or less than one month thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice and (b)(x) as to Post-First Amendment Credit-Linked Deposits that have been coverted from Credit-Linked Deposits (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) pursuant to the provisions hereof, the period commencing on December 28, 2006 and (y) as to Post-First Amendment Credit-Linked Deposits that are made on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date pursuant to a commitment under a Tranche B Lender Addendum, the period commencing on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, and, in each case, ending on the last Business Day of March 2007 and, in each case, for each period after such period, the day beginning on the last day of the previous period and ending on the next succeeding day that is the first to occur of last Business Day of March, June, September or December, as the case may be; provided that:

 

(a)                                   any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                                  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

(c)                                   no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan, Credit-Linked Deposit or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit was made.

 

Intermediate Holding Company ” means any Subsidiary of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, owns 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

Intermediate Parent ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of Holdings and its Subsidiaries,

 

33



 

intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

IP Collateral ” means all “Intellectual Property Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all of the other IP Rights that are or are required by the terms hereof or of the Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Judgment Currency ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.

 

Junior Financing ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.13(a).

 

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

 

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

L/C Borrowing ” means a Revolving L/C Borrowing or a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing.

 

L/C Credit Extension ” a Revolving L/C Credit Extension or a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Credit Extension.

 

L/C Issuer ” means a Revolving L/C Issuer or the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer.

 

L/C Obligations ” means the Revolving L/C Obligations and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations.

 

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes, without limitation, an L/C Issuer, a Tranche B Dollar Term Lender and the Swing Line Lender, and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

 

34



 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any Existing Letter of Credit or any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.

 

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant L/C Issuer.

 

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means (a) with respect to Letters of Credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facilities, the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facilities (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) and (b) with respect to Letters of Credit issued under the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article 2 in the form of a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan, a Euro Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan, a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

 

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Guaranty, (iv) the Collateral Documents and (v) each Letter of Credit Application.

 

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Management Stockholders ” means the members of management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof.

 

Mandatory Cost ” means, with respect to any period, the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Schedule 1.01D .

 

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of Holdings and its

 

35



 

Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which any of the Loan Parties is a party or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agents under any Loan Document.

 

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facilities, the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) with respect to the Term Loans and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date; provided that if either such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately preceding such day.

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.10.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgage ” means a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Mortgage Amendment ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.16.

 

Mortgage Policies ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.13(b)(ii).

 

Mortgaged Properties ” has the meaning specified in paragraph (g) of the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

 

(a)                                   with respect to the Disposition of any asset by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash (whether in Dollars or an Alternative Currency) or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by Holdings, the Borrower

 

36



 

or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith, and (D) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction and it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include any cash or Cash Equivalents (i) received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Disposition and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (D) of the preceding sentence or, if such liabilities have not been satisfied in cash and such reserve is not reversed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve; provided that (x) no net cash proceeds calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds unless such net cash proceeds shall exceed a Dollar Amount of $5,000,000 and (y) no such net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed a Dollar Amount of $15,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); and

 

(b)                                  with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Indebtedness by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance.

 

Non-Cash Charges ” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “ Consolidated EBITDA ”.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d).

 

Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

 

Note ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Note, a Euro Term Note, a Dollar Revolving Credit Note, an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Note or a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Note as the context may require.

 

Notice of Intent to Cure ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

 

Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event or of Excess Cash Flow that is proposed to be applied to a particular use or transaction, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the

 

37



 

Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b) and (b) was not (or is not simultaneously being) applied to anything other than that such particular use or transaction.

 

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

 

Obligations ” means all (x) advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, (y) obligations of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement, and (z) Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary.

 

Orbitz ” means Orbitz, Inc.

 

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Original Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto.

 

Other Sponsor ” shall mean another financial sponsor identified to the Administrative Agent that is a purchaser of Equity Interests in Holdings on or promptly after the Closing Date.

 

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

 

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, Euro Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof after giving effect

 

38



 

to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, Euro Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Revolving Letters of Credit or Revolving L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing), Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing, as the case may be) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

 

Overnight Rate ” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the Federal Funds Rate, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in an Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable Alternative Currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of UBS AG, Stamford Branch in the applicable offshore interbank market for such currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

 

Participating Member State ” means each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i).

 

Permitted Equity Issuance ” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (and, after a Qualifying IPO, of the Borrower or an Intermediate Holding Company) to the extent permitted hereunder.

 

Permitted Holders ” means each of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the Management Stockholders and (iii) the Other Sponsor; provided that if the Management Stockholders own beneficially or of record more than fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings in the aggregate, they shall be treated as Permitted Holders of only fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings at such time; provided further that if the Other Sponsor owns beneficially or of record more than fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting stock of

 

39



 

Holdings in the aggregate, it shall be treated as a Permitted Holder of only fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding voting stock of Holdings at such time.

 

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(t) or 7.13(a), (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees) and (iii) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

40



 

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

Post-Acquisition Period ” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the sixth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit ” means, in respect of each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, the cash deposit made by such Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(k)(i), as such amount may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 or (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(viii) or pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.07. The initial amount of each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit shall be equal to the amount of its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account ” means the operating and/or investment account of, and established by, the Administrative Agent under its exclusive dominion and control that shall be used for the purposes set forth in Sections 2.03(c)(viii) and 2.03(k).

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Cost Amount ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, an amount (expressed in basis points) reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith to represent the Administrative Agent’s administrative cost for investing the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and maintaining the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account for such Interest Period, which amount shall not exceed 12.5 basis points for such Interest Period.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the applicable Honor Date and which amount is funded by reducing the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits by a like amount, consisting of simultaneous Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans having the same Interest Period made by each of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(viii).

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment ” means, as to each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, its obligation initially to fund its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit in an amount set forth below and after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date to (a) make Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(viii) and (b) purchase participations in Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations in respect of Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount of its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with

 

41



 

this Agreement. The initial amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment of any Synthetic L/C Lender which has consented to the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement to occur on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall be equal to the principal amount of Credit-Linked Deposits held by such Synthetic L/C Lender immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (unless such Synthetic L/C Lender has committed, pursuant to the Tranche B Lender Addendum, to provide a greater Post-First Amendment and Restatement Commitment, in which case such Synthetic L/C Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Commitment shall include any incremental amount set forth in the Tranche B Lender Addendum) and the initial amount of each other Person with a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment shall be the amount set forth in such Person’s Tranche B Lender Addendum. The aggregate Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments of all Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders shall be $125,000,000 on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Exposure ” means, as to each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, its Pro Rata Share of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations at such time.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders’ Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments at such time.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch and its successors (including pursuant to Section 10.07(j)).

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment or an outstanding Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan at such time.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans ” means the loans deemed made by the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(viii) to reimburse drawings under a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, which loans are funded by reducing the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits by a like amount.

 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-5 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender resulting from the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans made by such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender.

 

42



 

Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate maximum amount then available to be drawn under all outstanding Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under any such Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit) plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit, including all Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowings.

 

Principal L/C Issuer ” means the following (i) any L/C Issuer that has issued Letters of Credit under either Revolving Credit Facility having an aggregate Outstanding Amount in excess of $10,000,000 and (ii) the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment ” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business with the operations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, the cost savings related to such actions or such additional costs, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided further that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

 

Pro Forma Balance Sheet ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

 

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant hereunder, that (A) if compliance for a Test Period ending on or before June 30, 2007 is being determined, the Transaction shall have been deemed to have been consummated on the first day of such applicable Test Period, (B) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (C) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant:  (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b)

 

43



 

any retirement of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination; provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

 

Pro Forma Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(a)(ii).

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Projections ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01(c).

 

Purchase Agreement ” means the Purchase Agreement by and among Cendant Corporation, Travelport Inc. and TDS Investor LLC dated as of June 30, 2006.

 

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings, any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).

 

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vi)

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

 

44



 

Repricing Amendment Agreement ” means the Repricing Amendment Agreement dated as of January 29, 2007 among Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and certain Lenders.

 

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, Euro Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans, or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

 

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate Dollar Amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in Dollar L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments, (c) aggregate unused Euro Term Commitments, (d) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (e) aggregate Unused Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments; provided that the unused Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment, unused Euro Term Commitment, unused Revolving Credit Commitment and Unused Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender or Holdings or any Affiliate thereof shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to Holdings or the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any Intermediate Holding Company) other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and other than the Borrower.

 

Revolving Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

45



 

Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing or an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing.

 

Revolving Credit Commitments ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure.

 

Revolving Credit Facilities ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Revolving Credit Lenders ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Revolving Credit Loans ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans.

 

Revolving Credit Notes ” means the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving Credit Notes and the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Notes.

 

Revolving L/C Advances ” means the collective reference to Dollar Revolving L/C Advances and Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Advances.

 

Revolving L/C Borrowing ” means the collective reference to Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowings and Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowings.

 

Revolving L/C Credit Extensions ” means the collectively reference to the Dollar Revolving L/C Credit Extensions and the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Credit Extensions.

 

Revolving L/C Issuer ” means the collectively reference to the Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer and the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer.

 

Revolving L/C Obligations ” means, the collective reference to the Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations and the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations.

 

Revolving Letter of Credits ” means the collective reference to Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit and Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Same Day Funds ” (a) with respect to disbursements and payments in Dollars, immediately available funds, and (b) with respect to disbursements and payments in an Alternative

 

46



 

Currency, same day or other funds as may be determined by the Administrative Agent to be customary in the place of disbursement or payment for the settlement of international banking transactions in the relevant Alternative Currency.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ” means the amendment and restatement to the Original Credit Agreement approved pursuant to the Amendment Agreement to the Original Credit Agreement dated December 21, 2006 entered into among Borrower, Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Administrative Agent and the Original Lenders, as further amended and restated pursuant to the Repricing Amendment Agreement.

 

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(f) that is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.

 

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Cash Management Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c).

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , together with each other security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.

 

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

 

Senior Notes ” means, collectively, (a) $450,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 9⅞% senior dollar fixed rate notes due 2014, (b) $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s dollar floating rate senior unsecured notes due 2014 and (c) €235,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s euro floating rate senior unsecured notes due 2014.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture for the Senior Notes, dated as of August 23, 2006.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means, collectively, (a) $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 11⅞% senior subordinated notes due 2016 and (b) €160,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Borrower’s 10⅞% senior euro fixed rate notes due 2016.

 

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes, dated as of August 23, 2006.

 

47



 

Sold Entity or Business ” has the meaning specified in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

 

Specified Transaction ” means any Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation, Incremental Term Loan, Revolving Commitment Increase that by the terms of this Agreement requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis”; provided that a Revolving Commitment Increase, for purposes of this “Specified Transaction” definition, shall be deemed to be fully drawn.

 

Sponsor ” means The Blackstone Group and its Affiliates, but not including, however, any of its portfolio companies.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement ” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsor and the Borrower.

 

Sponsor Termination Fees ” means the one time payment under the Sponsor Management Agreement of a termination fee to the Sponsor and its Affiliates in the event of either a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.

 

Sterling ” and “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of Holdings.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means, collectively, the Subsidiaries of Holdings that are Guarantors.

 

48



 

Successor Borrower ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).

 

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.13 and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

 

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

 

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

 

Swing Line Lender ” means UBS Loan Finance LLC, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

 

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

 

Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Swing Line Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.

 

49



 

Swing Line Sublimit ” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

Syndication Agent ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA), LLC, as Syndication Agent under this Agreement.

 

Synthetic L/C Commitment ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.

 

Synthetic L/C Lender ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Original Credit Agreement.

 

Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit ” means a Letter of Credit issued under the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility or pursuant to the Original Credit Agreement.

 

Target ” means Travelport Inc. (formerly known as Cendant Travel Distribution Services Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Cendant Corporation.

 

TARGET Day ” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a).

 

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

 

Term Commitments ” means the Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments and the Euro Term Commitments.

 

Term Lender ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Lender or a Euro Term Lender, as the context may require, and are referred to collectively as the “ Term Lenders ”.

 

Term Loan ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan or a Euro Term Loan, as the context may require, and are referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”.

 

Term Note ” means a Tranche B Dollar Term Note or Euro Term Note, as the context may require, and are referred to collectively as the “ Term Notes ”.

 

 “ Test Period ” in effect at any time shall mean the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter or fiscal year in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b); provided that, prior

 

50



 

to the first date that financial statements have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Target ended June 30, 2006. A Test Period may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the “March 31, 2007 Test Period” refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings ended March 31, 2007), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day thereof.

 

Threshold Amount ” means $25,000,000.

 

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower, Holdings and Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the Unaudited Financial Statements.

 

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period.

 

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

 

Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to any Tranche B Dollar Term Lender, its obligation to make a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an amount set forth below or convert its Dollar Term Loans pursuant to Section 1.09(b)(i) on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date. Such obligation shall be expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans to be made or converted by such Lender hereunder, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all the Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments shall be collectively referred to as “ Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments .”  The initial amount of the Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment of any Dollar Term Lender which has consented to the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement to occur on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall be equal to the principal amount of Dollar Term Loans held by such Dollar Term Lender immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (unless such Dollar Term Lender has committed, pursuant to the Tranche B Lender Addendum, to provide a greater Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment, in which case such Dollar Term Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment shall include any incremental amount set forth in the Tranche B Lender Addendum) and the initial amount of each other Person with a Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment shall be the amount set forth in such Person’s Tranche B Lender Addendum. The initial aggregate amount of the Tranche B Dollar Term Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment shall be $1,406,475,000.

 

Tranche B Dollar Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with a Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment or which is the holder of a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan.

 

Tranche B Dollar Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(a) .

 

51



 

Tranche B Dollar Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Tranche B Dollar Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Tranche B Dollar Term Lender resulting from the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans made by such Tranche B Dollar Term Lender.

 

Tranche B Lender Addendum ” means, with respect to any Tranche B Dollar Term Lender or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, a Tranche B Lender Addendum in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower pursuant to which (x) such Tranche B Dollar Term Lender has agreed to make Tranche B Dollar Term Loans to the Borrower under this Agreement on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date in a manner contemplated by Section 1.09(c)(i) in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Dollar Tranche B Term Commitment or (y) such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender has agreed to fund Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and acquire participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit of the Synthetic L/C Lenders on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date in a manner contemplated by Sections 1.09(c)(ii) and (iii) in an amount not to exceed such Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment.

 

Transaction ” means, collectively, (a) the Equity Contributions, (b) the Acquisition, (c) the issuance of the High Yield Notes, (d) the funding of the Dollar Term Loans and the Euro Term Loans on the Closing Date, (e) the funding of the Credit-Linked Deposits and the issuance of Letters of Credit thereunder on the Closing Date, (f) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing, and (g) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

Transaction Expenses ” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transaction, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan denominated in Dollars, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

 

UBS AG, Stamford Branch ” means UBS AG, Stamford Branch, and its successors.

 

Unaudited Financial Statements ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.16(b)(i).

 

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

 

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

 

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

 

52



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.01C and (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings designated by the board of directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the Closing Date.

 

Unused Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments at such time, less the Outstanding Amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations at such time.

 

U.S. Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(b).

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:  (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

wholly owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02                                 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)                                   The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

(ii)                                   Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

 

(iii)                                The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(iv)                               The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(c)                                   In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

53



 

(d)                                  Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Section 1.03                                 Accounting Terms .

 

(a)                                   All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Total Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

Section 1.04                                 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

Section 1.05                                 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

 

Section 1.06                                 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

Section 1.07                                 Timing of Payment of Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

Section 1.08                                 Currency Equivalents Generally .

 

(a)                                   Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, IX and X or as set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount to be determined at the rate of exchange quoted by the Reuters World Currency

 

54



 

Page for the applicable currency at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day (or, in the event such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, such rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such date for the purchase of Dollars for delivery two Business Days later); provided that the determination of any Dollar Amount shall be made in accordance with Section 2.15. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 7.03 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness or Investment in a currency other than Dollars, no Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.08 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred at any time under such Sections.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of determining compliance under Sections 7.02, 7.05, 7.06 and 7.11, any amount in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars based on the average Exchange Rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not be deemed to apply to the determination of any amount of Indebtedness.

 

Section 1.09                                 Effect of this Agreement on the Original Credit Agreement and the Other Loan Documents .

 

(a)                                   Upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement set forth in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall be binding on the Borrower, the Agents, the Lenders and the other parties hereto and the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement shall be replaced by the provisions of this Agreement; provided that (i) all Loans (other than Dollar Term Loans (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) which are not being converted into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans), Letters of Credit or other Credit Extensions (other than Synthetic L/C Credit Extensions (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) which are not being replaced by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Credit Extensions) outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement shall continue as Loans, Letters of Credit or other Credit Extensions, as applicable, under this Agreement (and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans (including any Eurocurrency Loans that are Dollar Term Loans (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) that shall have been converted into Eurocurrency Loans that are Tranche B Dollar Term Loans pursuant to the provisions hereof), with the same Interest Periods as were applicable to such Eurocurrency Loans immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date), (ii) all amounts owing by the Borrower under the Original Credit Agreement to any Person in respect of accrued and unpaid interest and fees on the Loans (other than Dollar Term Loans (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement), with respect to which accrued and unpaid interest for any Dollar Term Loans that are not being converted into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans shall be paid in accordance with Section 1.09(d)(i)(y)), Commitments and Letters of Credit shall continue to be due and owing on such Loans, Commitments and Letters of Credit under this Agreement and (iii) any Person entitled to the benefits of Article III or Section 10.05 of the Original Credit

 

55



 

Agreement shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of the corresponding provisions of this Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement in accordance with Section 4.01, each Loan Document that was in effect immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall continue to be effective and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to the Original Credit Agreement contained therein shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and any reference to the Dollar Term Loans shall be deemed to refer to the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans.

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      Each Dollar Term Lender that executes and delivers a signed Repricing Amendment Agreement will be deemed to have agreed to have committed pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this agreement to convert its Dollar Term Loans into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date in a like principal amount. By executing the Repricing Amendment Agreement, each Dollar Term Lender agrees to all other provisions of this amendment and restatement and to the conversion of its Dollar Term Loan to the Borrower into a Tranche B Dollar Term Loan to the Borrower and the Borrower will be liable for such Tranche B Dollar Term Loans. Each Dollar Term Lender, by so indicating on its executed signature page to the Repricing Amendment Agreement, may also exchange all or a portion of the Dollar Term Loans it holds immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date for Tranche B Dollar Term Loans and/or Post-First Amendment Synthetic L/C Commitments to be held by any of its Affiliates or Approved Funds.

 

(ii)                                   Each Synthetic L/C Lender that executes and delivers a signed Repricing Amendment Agreement will be deemed to have agreed to have committed pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this agreement to convert its Credit-Linked Deposits into Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date in a like principal amount. Each Synthetic L/C Lender, by so indicating on its executed signature page to the Repricing Amendment Agreement, may also exchange all or a portion of the amount held in its Credit-Linked Deposits immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date for amounts to be held in Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits to be held by any of its Affiliates or Approved Funds.

 

(iii)                                Each Synthetic L/C Lender that executes and delivers a signed Repricing Amendment Agreement will be deemed to have agreed to have committed pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this agreement to exchange its participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Synthetic L/C Lenders into Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date in a like principal amount. Each Synthetic L/C Lender, by so indicating on its executed signature page to the Repricing Amendment Agreement, may also exchange all or a portion of its participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date for participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders to be held by any of its Affiliates or Approved Funds.

 

56



 

(c)                                   (i)                                      Any Person that has agreed, pursuant to a Tranche B Lender Addendum, to provide a Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of the Dollar Term Loans that it holds and is converting into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans under Section 1.09(b)(i) will be required to fund in Dollars in immediately available funds on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date such amount pursuant to Section 2.01(a). By executing a Tranche B Lender Addendum, each Person providing a Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment shall be deemed to have become a Tranche B Dollar Term Lender (if not already so deemed) for all purposes hereof.

 

(ii)                                   Any Person that has agreed, pursuant to a Tranche B Lender Addendum, to provide a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of the Credit-Linked Deposits that it holds and is converting into Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits under Section 1.09(b)(ii) will be required to fund in Dollars in immediately available funds on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date such amount pursuant to Section 2.03(k). By executing a Tranche B Lender Addendum, each Person funding into Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits shall be deemed to have become a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender (if not already so deemed) for all purposes hereof.

 

(iii)                                Any Person that has agreed, pursuant to a Tranche B Lender Addendum, to provide a participation in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of the participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit that it then holds and is exchanging for participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders under Section 1.09(b)(ii) will be deemed to have participated in such Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit upon the funding of its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit. By executing a Tranche B Lender Addendum, each Person participating in a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders shall be deemed to have become a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender (if not already so deemed) for all purposes hereof.

 

(d)                                  (i)                                      On the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, the Borrower shall (x) use the proceeds of the Tranche B Dollar Term Commitments provided under Section 1.09(c)(i) to optionally prepay any Dollar Term Loans which are not converted into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans as contemplated by Section 1.09(b)(i) and (y) with respect to the Dollar Term Loans that are not being converted into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, pay all accrued interest thereon through the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

(ii)                                   On the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, the Agent shall (x) use the proceeds of monies funded into the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits provided under Section 1.09(c)(ii) to refund amounts in the Credit-Linked Deposits which are not exchanged for Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits as contemplated by Section 1.09(b)(ii) and (y) with respect

 

57



 

to the Credit-Linked Deposits that are not being exchanged for Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, pay all (A) accrued interest on such Credit-Linked Deposits not so exchanged pursuant to Section 2.03(k)(i) of the Original Credit Agreement and (B) all facility fees on such Credit-Linked Deposits not so exchanged pursuant to Section 2.09(b) of the Original Credit Agreement, in each case that are accrued and unpaid through the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

(iii)                                On the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, the Agent shall use the new participations in the Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders provided under Section 1.09(c)(iii) to release amounts participated in the Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Synthetic L/C Lenders which are not exchanged for participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit held by Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders as contemplated by Section 1.09(b)(iii).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the conversion of Dollar Term Loans into Tranche B Dollar Term Loans pursuant to Section 1.09(b)(i), and the repayment of any Dollar Term Loans shall not be deemed to be a prepayment or conversion of the Dollar Term Loans for purposes of Section 2.02.

 

Section 1.10                                 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement .

 

Upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article IV of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall be of no further effect, and this Agreement shall be supplanted in its entirety by the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

 

Section 2.01                                 The Loans .

 

(a)                                   The Tranche B Dollar Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each (i) Dollar Term Lender that has executed the Repricing Amendment Agreement and (ii) Tranche B Dollar Term Lender that has a Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment in excess of its Dollar Term Loans or does not hold any Dollar Term Loans that has executed a Tranche B Lender Addendum severally agrees to make or convert, as applicable (in the manner specified in Sections 1.09(b)(i) or 1.09(c)(i)), a loan in Dollars (individually, a “ Tranche B Dollar Term Loan ”; and collectively, the “ Tranche B Dollar Term Loans ”) to the Borrower on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment. Tranche B Dollar Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

(b)                                  The Euro Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Euro Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower a single loan denominated in Euros in a Dollar Amount equal to such Euro Term Lender’s Euro Term Commitment on the Closing Date. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b) and repaid or prepaid may

 

58



 

not be reborrowed. Euro Term Loans must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

(c)                                   The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein (i) each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, a “ Dollar Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Maturity Date, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; and (ii) each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated in an Alternative Currency to the Borrower as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 (each such loan, an “ Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day until the Maturity Date, in an aggregate Dollar Amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(c), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(c). Dollar Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein, and Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans must be Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

(d)                                  The Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender severally agrees to remit to the Administrative Agent on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date an amount in Dollars equal to such Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment as its Credit-Linked Deposit and any additional amounts pursuant to a Tranche B Lender Addendum. The Administrative Agent shall deposit all such amounts received by it into the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account promptly upon receipt thereof. Each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit shall be available (i) to pay to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of any Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit that is not reimbursed by the Borrower and (ii) to fund such Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans, in each case, pursuant to Section 2.03(c). Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans may be prepaid without reducing the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments; provided, however , that Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans may not be reborrowed as such.

 

59



 

(e)                                   No Person (other than the Administrative Agent) shall have the right to make any withdrawal from the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account or to exercise any other right or power with respect thereto. Each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender agrees that its right, title and interest in and to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account shall be limited to the right to require its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit to be applied as provided in Section 2.03(c) and that it will have no right to require the return of its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit other than as expressly provided in Section 2.06. Each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender hereby acknowledges that (i) its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit constitutes payment for its participations in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit issued, deemed issued or to be issued hereunder, (ii) its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit and any investments made therewith shall secure its obligations to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer hereunder (each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer, a security interest in its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit and all of its rights in the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account to secure its obligations under Section 2.01(d) and agrees that the Administrative Agent, as holder of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and any investments made therewith, will be acting as collateral agent for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer) and (iii) the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer will be issuing, amending, renewing and extending Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit in reliance on the availability of such Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit to discharge such Lender’s obligations in connection with any Unreimbursed Amount in respect thereof in accordance with Section 2.03(c). The Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer hereby appoints the Administrative Agent as its collateral agent for the purpose of holding the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, any investments made therewith and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account. The Administrative Agent hereby grants a security interest to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer in all of its rights, title and interest to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account. The funding of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and the agreements with respect thereto set forth in this Agreement constitute arrangements among the Administrative Agent, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders with respect to the funding obligations of such Lenders under this Agreement, and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits do not constitute assets of, or loans or extensions of credit to, any Loan Party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits are and at all times will continue to be property of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, and that no amount on deposit at any time in the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account shall be the property of any Loan Party, constitute “Collateral” under the Loan Documents or otherwise be available in any manner to satisfy any Obligations of any Loan Party under the Loan Documents.

 

60



 

Section 2.02                                 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

 

(a)                                   Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York, New York time or London, England time in the case of any Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency) (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (ii) four (4) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, and (iii) one (1) Business Day before the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of (x) $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, (y) €2,500,000 or a whole multiple of €500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro Term Loans or Alternative Currency Loans denominated in Euros or (z) £2,500,000 or a whole multiple of £500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Alternative Currency Loans denominated in Sterling. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing, an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing, a conversion of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the currency in which the Loans to be borrowed are to be denominated, (v) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If with respect to Loans denominated in Dollars the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans and any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans shall be made as Eurocurrency Rate Loans with an Interest Period corresponding to the Interest Period applicable to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans (other than in the case of a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan) in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period (or fails to give a timely notice requesting a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency), it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. If no currency is specified, the requested Borrowing shall be in Dollars.

 

61



 

(b)                                  Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office for the applicable currency not later than 1:00 p.m., in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, and not later than 1:00 p.m. (London time) in the case of any Loan in an Alternative Currency, in each case on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the First Amendment and Restatement Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of UBS AG, Stamford Branch with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower; provided that if, on the date the Committed Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by the Borrower, there are Swing Line Loans or L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing shall be applied, first, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, second, to the payment in full of any such Swing Line Loans, and third, to the Borrower as provided above.

 

(c)                                   Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans (other than in the case of a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan) may be converted to or continued as Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in UBS AG, Stamford Branch prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

 

(e)                                   After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods in effect (excluding those in effect for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowings).

 

(f)                                     The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

 

62



 

(g)                                  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may, with the Borrower’s consent, assume that such Lender has made such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Administrative Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, each of such Lender and the Borrower severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.02(g) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after such the date of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon accruing from the date on which the Administrative Agent made the funds available to the Borrower at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility (except in the case of any Euro Term Loans, in which case such amount shall bear interest at the rate applicable to Eurocurrency Rate Loans), on demand, from the Borrower. If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement, and the Borrower’s obligation to repay the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount pursuant to this Section 2.02(g) shall cease.

 

Section 2.03                                 Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                                   The Letter of Credit Commitments .

 

(i)                                      On and after the Closing Date the Existing Letters of Credit will constitute Letters of Credit under this Agreement and for purposes hereof will be deemed to have been issued on the Closing Date.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A)(1) each Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date applicable to Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit issued under the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, to issue Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower ( provided , that any Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drafts under the Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit and (2) the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03, (B)(1) each Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance

 

63



 

upon the agreements of the other Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date applicable to Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit issued under the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Facility, to issue Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency for the account of the Borrower ( provided , that any Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower) and to amend or renew Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drafts under the Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit and (2) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03 and (C)(1) each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (x) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date applicable to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, to issue Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower ( provided , that any Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary) and to amend or renew Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (y) to honor drafts under the Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit and (2) the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders severally agree to participate in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Section 2.03; provided that no L/C Issuer shall be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (I)(x) the Dollar Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposure of any Lender would exceed such Lender’s Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment or (z) the Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations would exceed the Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit Sublimit or (II) in the case of the Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Exposure would exceed the sum of such Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit and its Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. If the Borrower shall fail to specify whether any requested Letter of Credit is to be a Revolving Letter of Credit or a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, then the requested Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit unless the issuance thereof would not be permitted by the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, in which case it shall be deemed to be a Revolving Letter of Credit. Notwithstanding any such specification or deemed specification, the Borrower may request in writing that a Letter of Credit issued under either Revolving Credit Facility or the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility be deemed to be issued under any other Facility (and such redesignation shall become effective on the date of receipt by the Administrative Agent of such written request which shall be a Business Day) so long as if at the time of the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such request the issuance of such a Letter of Credit would be permitted under such Facility by

 

64



 

the foregoing provisions of this paragraph. All Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit will be denominated in Dollars.

 

(iii)                                An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(A)            any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or direct that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date (for which such L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder);

 

(B)              subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit (other than the Letters of Credit listed on Schedule 2.03(a)(iii)(B) ) would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date;

 

(C)              the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, as applicable, have approved such expiry date; or

 

(D)             the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws binding upon such L/C Issuer.

 

(iv)                               An L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)                                  Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .

 

(i)                                      Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the relevant L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. at least two (2) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be; or, in each case, such later date and time as the relevant L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole

 

65



 

discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer: (a) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (b) the amount thereof; (c) the expiry date thereof; (d) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (e) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (f) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (g) the currency in which the request Letter of Credit will be denominated; and (h) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the relevant L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

 

(ii)                                   Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the relevant L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of (x) each Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit, (y) each Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit and (z) each Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, acquire from the relevant L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit.

 

(iii)                                If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the relevant L/C Issuer shall agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the relevant L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the relevant L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the relevant L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter

 

66



 

of Credit has been issued, the applicable Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the relevant L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the applicable Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the relevant L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the relevant L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of Section 2.03(a)(iii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, as applicable, or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

 

(iv)                               Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the relevant L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(c)                                   Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

 

(i)                                      Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall notify promptly the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately following the date of any payment by an L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the Dollar Amount thereof in the case of an Alternative Currency) (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, (x) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, (y) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under an Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (z) in the case of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Borrowing of Eurocurrency Rate Loans as described in clause (viii) below, in each case to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Appropriate Lenders and Revolving Credit Lenders or the unutilized portion of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, as applicable, and subject, in each case, to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

 

67



 

(ii)                                   Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer. Each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender (including any such Lender acting as an L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office for payments in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer.

 

(iii)                                With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer a Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Dollar Revolving L/C Borrowing and shall constitute a Dollar Revolving L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03. With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount in respect of an Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit that is not fully refinanced by an Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer an Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

 

(iv)                               Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or Revolving L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Revolving Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such

 

68



 

Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer.

 

(v)                                  Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving L/C Advances to reimburse a Revolving L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of a Revolving L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such Revolving L/C Issuer under any Revolving Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(vi)                               If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), such Revolving L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Revolving L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(vii)                            If, at any time after a Revolving L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Revolving Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s Revolving L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such Revolving L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s Revolving L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(viii)                         If the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer shall not have received from the Borrower the payment required to be made by Section 2.03(c)(i) with respect to any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit within the time specified in such Section, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the Unreimbursed Amount and the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender of such Unreimbursed Amount and its Pro Rata Share thereof. Each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to reimburse

 

69



 

the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer solely from such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits on deposit with the Administrative Agent in the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account (it being understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan (which shall initially be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan as set forth in clause (ix) below) of such Lender and such payment shall have reduced the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits in a like amount) (it being further understood that if the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in Section 4.02 have not been met, then such amount shall not constitute a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such Unreimbursed Amount), and the Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer such amounts. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the funding obligation of each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender in respect of its participation in Synthetic L/C Letters of Credit shall be satisfied in full upon the funding of its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit. Any amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter pursuant to Section 2.03(c) in respect of an Unreimbursed Amount under a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit will be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account (it being understood that, thereafter, such amounts will be available to reimburse the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer in accordance with the preceding sentence of this paragraph).

 

(ix)                                 On each date on which the Administrative Agent charges the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account to reimburse an Unreimbursed Amount in respect of a Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit as provided in Section 2.03(c)(viii), if such amount is deemed to be a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan, the Borrower shall have the right either to reimburse such amount or to allow such amount to remain outstanding as a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan with Interest Periods coincident with the applicable Interest Periods for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and the Eurocurrency Rate therefor shall be the same as the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits.

 

(x)                                    If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in its discretion), (1) in the case of a Revolving Letter of Credit, each Revolving Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Revolving L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect and (2) in the case of a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Letter of Credit, each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to reimburse such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer solely from such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits on deposit with the Administrative Agent in the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for Term Loans.

 

70



 

(d)                                  Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

(i)                                      any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

(ii)                                   the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Loan Party may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the relevant L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)                                any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)                               any payment by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the relevant L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

 

(v)                                  any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations any Loan Party in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

 

(vi)                               any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Loan Party;

 

provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such L/C Issuer’s gross negligence or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

 

(e)                                   Role of L/C Issuers . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the relevant L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C

 

71



 

Issuers, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 2.03(e); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no L/C Issuer shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(f)                                     Cash Collateral . (i) If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, require the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the Revolving L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 8.02(c) or (ii) an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) or (g) occurs and is continuing, then the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all Revolving L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount determined as of the date of such Event of Default), and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on (x) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (i), (1) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, or (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (y) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (ii), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(f) or (g) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders, as collateral for the Revolving L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Revolving L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Revolving Credit Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Revolving Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing.

 

72



 

Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at UBS AG, Stamford Branch and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts at UBS AG, Stamford Branch as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Revolving Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds the then Outstanding Amount of such Revolving L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower. If such Event of Default is cured or waived and no other Event of Default is then occurring and continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral shall be refunded to the Borrower.

 

(g)                                  Letter of Credit Fees .

 

(i)                                      The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit). Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date relating to Dollar Revolving Letters of Credit and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit). Such letter of credit fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable in Dollars on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit, on the Letter

 

73


 

of Credit Expiration Date relating to Alternative Currency Revolving Letters of Credit and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily maximum amount of each Alternative Currency Revolving Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

 

(h)                                  Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuers . The Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Revolving Letter of Credit issued by it equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Revolving Letter of Credit (whether or not such maximum amount is then in effect under such Revolving Letter of Credit if such maximum amount increases periodically pursuant to the terms of such Revolving Letter of Credit). Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Revolving Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable within ten (10) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

 

(i)                                      Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Letter of Credit Application, in the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms hereof shall control.

 

(j)                                      Addition of a Revolving L/C Issuer .

 

(i)                                      A Dollar Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Dollar Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Dollar Revolving L/C Issuer.

 

(ii)                                   An Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender may become an additional Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer hereunder pursuant to a written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lenders of any such additional Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Issuer.

 

(k)                                   Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account .

 

(i)                                      Each of the Administrative Agent, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer and each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that (x) each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender is funding its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit to the Administrative Agent for application in the manner contemplated by Section 2.03(c)(viii) and (y) the Administrative Agent may invest the Post-First Amendment and Restatement

 

74



 

Credit-Linked Deposits in such investments as may be determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to pay to each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, on each Interest Payment Date for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) on the amount of such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits during such Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period less the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Cost Amount. With respect to any Interest Period during which a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan is deemed made, the Administrative Agent shall determine the amount of interest payable by the Borrower on such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan for the portion of such Interest Period during which such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan is outstanding and the amount of interest payable by the Administrative Agent on the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits during such Interest Period pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(ii)                                   None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have any right, title or interest in or to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account or the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits or obligations with respect thereto other than as expressly provided in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the obligation to return the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders is solely an obligation of the Administrative Agent, and none of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have any liability or obligation in respect of the principal amount of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits.

 

(l)                                      Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Letters of Credit under the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility shall only be issued by the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer.

 

Section 2.04                                 Swing Line Loans .

 

(a)                                   The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans in Dollars (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that, after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect;

 

75



 

provided further that, the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Swing Line Loans shall only be denominated in Dollars. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

 

(b)                                  Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000 (and any amount in excess of $100,000 shall be an integral multiple of $25,000), and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . (i) The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar denominated payments not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan

 

76



 

Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)                                   If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Dollar Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Dollar Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

 

(iii)                                If any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(iv)                               Each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Dollar Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

 

(d)                                  Repayment of Participations .

 

(e)                                   (i)                                      At any time after any Dollar Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)                                   If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered

 

77



 

into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

 

(f)                                     Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Dollar Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

 

(g)                                  Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

 

Section 2.05                                 Prepayments .

 

(a)                                   Optional .

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      The Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York, New York time or London, England time in the case of Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, (B) four (4) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (C) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of (x) $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, (y) €2,500,000 or a whole multiple of €500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Euro Term Loans or Alternative Currency Loans denominated in Euros or (z) £2,500,000 or a whole multiple of £500,000 in excess thereof in the case of Alternative Currency Loans denominated in Sterling; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding (it being understood that Base Rate Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only). Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by a Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each prepayment of principal of, and interest on, Alternative Currency Loans shall be made in the relevant Alternative Currency (even if Borrower is required to convert currency to do so). Each prepayment of the

 

78



 

Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (2) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. All Swing Line Loans shall be denominated in Dollars only.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

 

(iv)                               [reserved].

 

(v)                                  Voluntary prepayments of Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans made other than in connection with a corresponding reduction of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments shall be made to the Administrative Agent, which shall promptly remit the same to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account.

 

(c)                                   Mandatory .

 

(d)                                  (i)                                      Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate Dollar Amount of Term Loans equal to (A) 50% (such percentage as it may be reduced as described below, the “ ECF Percentage ”) of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007) minus (B) the sum of (i) all voluntary prepayments of Term Loans during such fiscal year and (ii) all voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans during such fiscal year to the extent the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness; provided that (x) the ECF Percentage shall be 25% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements was less than 4.25:1 and greater than or equal to 3.25:1 and (y) the ECF Percentage shall be 0% if the Total Leverage Ratio for the fiscal year covered by such financial statements was less than 3.25:1.

 

(ii)                                   (A)  If (x) Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d) (to the extent constituting a Disposition by any Restricted Subsidiary to

 

79



 

a Loan Party), (e), (g) or (h)) or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which in the aggregate results in the realization or receipt by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds an aggregate Dollar Amount of Term Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds realized or received; provided that no such prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) with respect to such portion of such Net Cash Proceeds that the Borrower shall have, on or prior to such date, given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intent to reinvest in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B) (which notice may only be provided if no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing);

 

(B)                                 With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the Borrower, the Borrower may reinvest all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for the business of Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries within (x) fifteen (15) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within fifteen (15) months following receipt thereof, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such legally binding commitment; provided that (i) so long as an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower (x) shall not be permitted to make any such reinvestments (other than pursuant to a legally binding commitment that the Borrower entered into at a time when no Event of Default is continuing) and (y) shall not be required to apply such Net Cash Proceeds which have been previously applied to prepay Revolving Credit Loans to the prepayment of Term Loans until such time as the relevant investment period has expired and no Event of Default is continuing and (ii) if any Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, an amount equal to any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days after the Borrower reasonably determines that such Net Cash Proceeds are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05.

 

(iii)                                If Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate Dollar Amount of Term Loans equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds.

 

(iv)                               If for any reason the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Exposures at any time exceeds the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) unless after the prepayment in full of the Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect. If for any reason the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Exposures at any

 

80



 

time exceeds the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay or cause to be promptly prepaid Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) unless after the prepayment in full of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

 

(v)                                  Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a); and each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares subject to clause (vi) of this Section 2.05(b).

 

(vi)                               The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Each Appropriate Lender may reject all or a portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment; provided that any Rejection Notice may be rejected by the Borrower by 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day of its receipt and shall thereupon become ineffective. Each Rejection Notice from a given Lender shall specify the principal amount of the mandatory repayment of Term Loans to be rejected by such Lender. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory repayment of Term Loans. In the event a Lender rejects all or any portion of its Pro Rata Share of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required pursuant to clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 2.05(b), the rejected portion of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment shall be retained by the Borrower.

 

(vii)                            Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.05(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b), other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any

 

81



 

other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b).

 

(e)                                   Interest, Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan (other than a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan to the extent such prepayment is applied to increase the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits) on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05.

 

Section 2.06                                 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

 

(a)                                   Optional . The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The amount of any such Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

 

(b)                                  Mandatory . The Tranche B Dollar Term Commitment of each Tranche B Dollar Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Tranche B Dollar Term Lender’s Tranche B Dollar Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(a). The Euro Term Commitment of each Euro Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of such Euro Term Lender’s Euro Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(b). The Revolving Credit Commitments and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments shall terminate on the applicable Maturity Date for each such Facility.

 

(c)                                   Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Dollar Revolving Letter of Credit Sublimit, or the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). and, in the case of a termination or reduction of the Unused Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall return to the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, from the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked

 

82



 

Deposit Account in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares, an amount equal to the amount by which the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits exceed at such time (i) the aggregate amount of Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitments remaining (after giving effect to such reduction) minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans outstanding at such time. All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments or Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

Section 2.07                                 Repayment of Loans .

 

(a)                                   Tranche B Dollar Term Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Tranche B Dollar Term Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of December 2006, an aggregate Dollar Amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate Dollar Amount of all Tranche B Dollar Term Loans that would have been outstanding on the Closing Date (assuming for this Section 2.07 only that such Tranche B Dollar Term Loans were issued on August 23, 2006 in an amount equal to the Dollar Term Loans issued under the Original Credit Agreement and that all scheduled amortization payments prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date had been made) (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche B Dollar Term Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(b)                                  Euro Term Loans . The Euro Term Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Euro Term Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the last Business Day of December 2006, an aggregate amount in Euros equal to 0.25% of the aggregate of all Euro Term Loans outstanding on the Closing Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05) and (ii) on the Maturity Date for the Euro Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Euro Term Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(c)                                   Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Appropriate Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

 

(d)                                  Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay its Swing Line Loans on the earlier to occur of (i) the date five (5) Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility.

 

(e)                                   Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, the aggregate principal amount of all Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans outstanding on such date.

 

83



 

(f)                                     For the avoidance of doubt, all Loans shall be repaid, whether pursuant to this Section 2.07 or otherwise, in the currency in which they were made.

 

Section 2.08                                 Interest .

 

(a)                                   Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate plus (in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan of any Lender which is lent from a Lending Office in the United Kingdom or a Participating Member State) the Mandatory Cost; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and (iv) each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period (or portion thereof) (which Interest Period shall be coincident with the applicable Interest Period for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits) at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits plus the Applicable Rate for Eurocurrency Rate Term Loans. For the avoidance of doubt (a) each Alternative Currency Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and (b) as of the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and subject to subsequent conversions pursuant to Section 2.02, each Tranche B Dollar Term Loan that is a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall have an Interest Period that is (x) if such Tranche B Dollar Term Loan has been converted from a Dollar Term Loan (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Interest Period in effect for such Dollar Term Loan immediately prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date and (y) if such Tranche B Dollar Term Loan is made pursuant to a commitment under a Tranche B Lender Addendum, the Interest Period set forth in the Committed Loan Notice delivered with respect thereto.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(c)                                   Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law. For the avoidance of doubt, interest on Dollar Term Loans that have been converted to Tranche B Dollar Term Loans pursuant to the provisions hereof that shall have accrued and shall have been unpaid prior to the occurrence of the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall be paid on the first Interest Payment Date applicable to such Tranche B Dollar Term Loans following the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

(d)                                  Interest on each Loan shall be payable in the currency in which each Loan was made.

 

84



 

Section 2.09                                 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(g) and (h):

 

(a)                                   Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each (i) Dollar Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Dollar Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving Credit Loans and (B) the Outstanding Amount of Dollar Revolving L/C Obligations; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Dollar Revolving Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; and provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender and (ii) Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate with respect to commitment fees times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitment exceeds the sum of (A) the Outstanding Amount of Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and (B) the Outstanding Amount of Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations; provided that any commitment fee accrued with respect to any of the Alternative Currency Revolving Commitments of a Defaulting Lender during the period prior to the time such Lender became a Defaulting Lender and unpaid at such time shall not be payable by the Borrower so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender except to the extent that such commitment fee shall otherwise have been due and payable by the Borrower prior to such time; and provided further that no commitment fee shall accrue on any of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments of a Defaulting Lender so long as such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender. The commitment fees shall accrue at all times from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facilities. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

 

(b)                                  Facility Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share of the amounts on deposit in the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account, a facility fee equal to the sum of (A) the Applicable Rate with respect to Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C facility fees times the amount of such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender’s Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit and (B) the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Cost Amount for such period. The facility fee shall accrue at all times from the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date until the Maturity Date for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met, and shall be due and payable on each Interest

 

85



 

Payment Date with respect to Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, and on any date on which any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit is terminated and the funds therein returned to such Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, facility fees on Credit-Linked Deposits (as defined in the Original Credit Agreement) that have been converted to Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits pursuant to the provisions hereof that shall have accrued and shall have been unpaid prior to the occurrence of the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall be paid on the first Interest Payment Date applicable to such Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits following the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

 

Section 2.10                                 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by UBS AG, Stamford Branch’s “prime rate” and for Alternative Currency Loans denominated in Sterling shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

Section 2.11                                 Evidence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                   The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

86



 

(b)                                  In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

 

(c)                                   Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Sections 2.11(a) and (b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 2.12                                 Payments Generally .

 

(a)                                   All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder with respect to principal and interest on Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office in such Alternative Currency and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. (London time) on the dates specified herein. If, for any reason, the Borrower is prohibited by any Law from making any required payment hereunder in an Alternative Currency, the Borrower shall make such payment in Dollars in the Dollar Amount of the Alternative Currency payment amount. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent (i) after 2:00 p.m., in the case of payments in Dollars, or (ii) after 2:00 p.m. (London time) in the case of payments in an Alternative Currency, shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

(b)                                  If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(c)                                   Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made

 

87



 

such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

 

(i)                                      if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

 

(ii)                                   if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(d)                                  If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article 2, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

 

(e)                                   The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to fund its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit or purchase its participation.

 

88



 

(f)                                     Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit in any particular place or manner.

 

(g)                                  Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.04. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (b) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

 

Section 2.13                                 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations

 

89



 

purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

 

Section 2.14                                 Incremental Credit Extensions .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders), request (a) one or more additional tranches of term loans (the “ Incremental Term Loans ”) or (b) one or more increases in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (each such increase, a “ Revolving Commitment Increase ”), provided that (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment referred to below, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Default or Event of Default shall exist and (ii) the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for the Test Period in effect at the applicable Incremental Facility Closing Date (it being understood that if the applicable Incremental Facility Closing Date is to occur prior to the date the March 31, 2007 Test Period has become effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply) determined on a Pro Forma Basis. Each tranche of Incremental Term Loans and each Revolving Commitment Increase shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000 ( provided that such amount may be less than $25,000,000 if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the aggregate amount of the Incremental Term Loans and the Revolving Commitment Increases shall not exceed the sum of $500,000,000. The Incremental Term Loans (a) shall rank pari passu in right of payment and of security with the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans, (b) shall not mature earlier than the Maturity Date with respect to the Term Loans and (c) except as set forth above, shall be treated substantially the same as the Term Loans (in each case, including with respect to mandatory and voluntary prepayments), provided that (i) the terms and conditions applicable to Incremental Term Loans may be materially different from those of the Term Loans to the extent such differences are reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers and (ii) the interest rates and amortization schedule applicable to the Incremental Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower and the lenders thereof. Each notice from the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases. Incremental Term Loans may be made, and Revolving Commitment Increases may be provided, by any existing Lender (and each existing Term Lender will have the right, but not an obligation, to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan, and each existing Revolving Credit Lender will have the right, but not an obligation, to provide a portion of any Revolving Commitment Increase, in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.14 and otherwise on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or by any other bank or other financial institution (any such other bank or other financial institution being called an “ Additional Lender ”), provided that the Administrative Agent shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Lender’s or Additional Lender’s making such Incremental Term Loans or providing such Revolving Commitment Increases if such consent would be required under Section 10.07(b) for an assignment of Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, to such Lender or Additional Lender. Commitments in respect of Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases shall become Commitments (or in the case of a Revolving Commitment Increase to be provided by an existing Revolving Credit Lender, an increase

 

90



 

in such Lender’s applicable Revolving Credit Commitment) under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “ Incremental Amendment ”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by Holdings, the Borrower, each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, each Additional Lender, if any, and the Administrative Agent. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. The effectiveness of (and, in the case of any Incremental Amendment for an Incremental Term Loan, the borrowing under) any Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof (each, an “ Incremental Facility Closing Date ”) of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (it being understood that all references to “the date of such Credit Extension” or similar language in such Section 4.02 shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) and such other conditions as the parties thereto shall agree. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans and Revolving Commitment Increases for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans or Revolving Commitment Increases, unless it so agrees. Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section, each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Revolving Commitment Increase (each a “ Revolving Commitment Increase Lender ”) in respect of such increase, and each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Revolving Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations hereunder in Revolving Letters of Credit and (ii) participations hereunder in Swing Line Loans held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Commitment Increase Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. If, on the date of such increase, there are any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Revolving Commitment Increase be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid and any costs incurred by any Lender in accordance with Section 3.05. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(b)                                  This Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

 

Section 2.15                                 Currency Equivalents .

 

(a)                                   The Administrative Agent shall determine the Dollar Amount of each Alternative Currency Loan and L/C Obligation in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency (i) in the case of any Term Loan, as of the Closing Date, and (ii) otherwise, (A) as of the first day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and (B) as of the end of each fiscal

 

91



 

quarter of the Borrower, and shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of each Dollar Amount so determined by it. Each such determination shall be based on the Exchange Rate (x) on the date of the related Borrowing Request for purposes of the initial such determination for any Alternative Currency Loan and (y) on the fourth Business Day prior to the date as of which such Dollar Amount is to be determined, for purposes of any subsequent determination.

 

(b)                                  If after giving effect to any such determination of a Dollar Amount, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans and the Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations exceeds the aggregate Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect by 5% or more, the Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice thereof from the Administrative Agent setting forth such calculation in reasonable detail, prepay or cause to be prepaid outstanding Alternative Currency Revolving Credit Loans or take other action (including, in the Borrower’s discretion, cash collateralization of Alternative Currency Revolving L/C Obligations in amounts from time to time equal to such excess) to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

 

Section 3.01                                 Taxes .

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in this Section 3.01, any and all payments by the Borrower (the term Borrower under Article 3 being deemed to include any Subsidiary for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued) or any Guarantor to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Agent and each Lender, taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a Lending Office, and all liabilities (including additions to tax, penalties and interest) with respect thereto (all such non-excluded taxes, duties, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, fees, withholdings or similar charges, and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If the Borrower shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01), each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions, (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as possible thereafter), the Borrower shall furnish to such Agent or Lender (as the case may be) the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. If the Borrower fails to pay

 

92



 

any Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to any Agent or any Lender the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify such Agent and such Lender for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by such Agent or such Lender arising out of such failure.

 

(b)                                  In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable and paid under this Section 3.01) payable by such Agent and such Lender and (ii) any liability (including additions to tax, penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. Payment under this Section 3.01(c) shall be made within ten (10) days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a demand therefor.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall not be required pursuant to this Section 3.01 to pay any additional amount to, or to indemnify, any Lender or Agent, as the case may be, to the extent that such Lender or such Agent becomes subject to Taxes subsequent to the Closing Date (or, if later, the date such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement) as a result of a change in the place of organization of such Lender or Agent or a change in the Lending Office of such Lender, except to the extent that any such change is requested or required in writing by the Borrower (and provided that nothing in this clause (d) shall be construed as relieving the Borrower from any obligation to make such payments or indemnification in the event of a change in Lending Office or place of organization that precedes a change in Law to the extent such Taxes result from a change in Law).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if a Foreign Lender or an Agent is subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate in excess of zero percent at the time such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, first becomes a party to this Agreement, U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by such jurisdiction at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon U.S. federal withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such forms; provided that, if at the date of the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which a Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under clause (a) of this Section 3.01 in respect of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to U.S. federal withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) U.S. federal withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date. A Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of Bermuda

 

93



 

withholding tax shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and as reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender; provided, further , that the Borrower, shall reimburse such Lender for any material out-of-pocket costs that are incurred by the Lender with respect to providing any such documentation.

 

(f)                                     If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund in respect of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall promptly remit such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 3.01 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund plus any interest included in such refund by the relevant taxing authority attributable thereto) to the Borrower, net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any tax refund or to make available its tax returns or disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

 

(g)                                  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or (c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to such Lender’s overall internal policies of general application and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (c).

 

Section 3.02                                 Illegality . If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate

 

94



 

Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

Section 3.03                                 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits, or that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits shall be invested so as to earn a return equal to the greater of the applicable Overnight Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

 

Section 3.04                                 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans .

 

(a)                                   If any Lender determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the Closing Date, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Loans, maintaining any Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable pursuant to Section 3.01, (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income (including branch profits), and franchise (and similar) taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, by the any jurisdiction or any

 

95



 

political subdivision of either thereof under the Laws of which such Lender is organized or maintains a Lending Office, (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c) or (iv) the requirements of the Bank of England and the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank reflected in the Mandatory Cost, other than as set forth below) or the Mandatory Cost, as calculated hereunder, does not represent the cost to such Lender of complying with the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank in relation to its making, funding or maintaining of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction or, if applicable, the portion of such cost that is not represented by the Mandatory Cost.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such demand.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurocurrency Rate Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurocurrency Rate Loans or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

 

96



 

(d)                                  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b) or (c) for any such increased cost or reduction incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender demands, or notifies the Borrower of its intention to demand, compensation therefor, provided further that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

(e)                                   If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan, Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account or Letter of Credit affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), (b), (c) or (d).

 

Section 3.05                                 Funding Losses . Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)                                   (i) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

 

(b)                                  any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

 

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded. In addition, the Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent against any loss or expense comparable to the losses or expenses covered by the preceding sentences of this Section 3.05 that the Administrative Agent may sustain or incur as a consequence of any withdrawal from the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of this Agreement prior to the end of the then-applicable Interest Period for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits.

 

97



 

Section 3.06                                 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

 

(a)                                   Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

 

(c)                                   If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02, on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

 

(i)                                      to the extent that such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

 

(ii)                                   all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

 

(d)                                  If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans and by such

 

98



 

Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

Section 3.07                                 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)                                   If at any time (i) the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01 or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (ii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (iii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided further that (A) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposits and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans and participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such assignment and assumption and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, any Lender that acts as an L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 9.09.

 

99



 

(d)                                  In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

 

Section 3.08                                 Survival . All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article 3 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

 

Section 4.01                                 Conditions of First Amendment and Restatement Credit Extension . The obligation of each applicable Lender to make its First Amendment and Restatement Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                   The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:

 

(i)                                      Fully executed counterparts of the Repricing Amendment Agreement, executed by Holdings, Intermediate Parent, the Borrower and the Required Lenders under the Original Credit Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   Fully executed Tranche B Lender Addendums for any applicable Tranche B Term Lenders or Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders;

 

(iii)                                a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of each Lender that has requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date;

 

(iv)                               such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of the Borrower as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party or is to be a party on the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date;

 

(v)                                  opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York counsel to the Loan Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit I ;

 

(vi)                               a Committed Loan Notice or Letter of Credit Application, as applicable, relating to the First Amendment and Restatement Credit Extension.

 

100



 

(b)                                  All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced before the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date shall have been paid in full in cash.

 

Section 4.02                                 Conditions to All Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension; provided that, to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided , further that, any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects on such respective dates.

 

(b)                                  No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Representations and Warranties

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01                                 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clause (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

101



 

Section 5.02                                 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the Transaction, are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (b)(i), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.03                                 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the consummation of the Transaction, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.04                                 Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

 

Section 5.05                                 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

 

(a)                                   (i)  The Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Target and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein. During the period from December 31, 2005 to and including the Closing Date, there has been (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition by Target or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of Target or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

102



 

taken as a whole and (ii) no purchase or other acquisition by Target or any of its Subsidiaries of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of Target and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto or has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

 

(ii)                                   The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2006 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the most recent fiscal year, the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and the 12-month period ending on March 31, 2006 (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such periods, as the case may be) to the Transaction, each material acquisition by Target or any of its Subsidiaries consummated after March 31, 2006 and prior to the Closing Date and all other material transactions that would be required to be given pro forma effect by Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act (including other adjustments consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment or as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Arrangers). The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis and in accordance with GAAP the estimated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2006 and their estimated results of operations for the periods covered thereby, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date or at the beginning of the periods covered thereby.

 

(b)                                  Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year ending after the Closing Date until the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date in a form reasonably satisfactory to it, have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.

 

(d)                                  As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Subsidiary has any Indebtedness or other obligations or liabilities, direct or contingent (other than (i) the liabilities reflected on Schedule 5.05 , (ii) obligations arising under or permitted by this Agreement and (iii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business) that, either individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.06                                 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings or

 

103



 

any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.07                                 No Default . Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.08                                 Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09                                 Environmental Compliance .

 

(a)                                   There are no claims, actions, suits, or proceedings alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of, or otherwise relating to, any Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(b) or except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its knowledge, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of by any Person on any property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and Hazardous Materials have not otherwise been released, discharged or disposed of by any of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries at any other location.

 

(c)                                   The properties owned, leased or operated by Holdings and the Subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or constituted a violation of, (ii) require remedial action under, or (iii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, which violations, remedial actions and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)                                  Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09(d) , neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action

 

104



 

relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for such investigation or assessment or remedial or response action that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)                                   All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                                     Except as would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries has contractually assumed any liability or obligation under or relating to any Environmental Law.

 

Section 5.10                                 Taxes . Except as set forth in Schedule 5.10 and except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, Holdings and its Subsidiaries have timely filed all Federal and state and other tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have timely paid all Federal and state and other taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 5.11                                 ERISA Compliance .

 

(a)                                   Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(a) or as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in compliance in with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws.

 

(b)                                  (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the five year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Pension Plan; (ii) no Pension Plan has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.11(b), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   Except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Foreign Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance

 

105



 

with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and neither a Loan Party nor any Subsidiary has incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of a Loan Party or Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used for purposes of the applicable jurisdiction’s financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan, and for each Foreign Plan which is not funded, the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.

 

Section 5.12                                 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any Loan Party has any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in material Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and all Equity Interests owned by Holdings or a Loan Party are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.12 (a) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, (b) sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings, the Borrower and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership and (c) identifies each Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which are required to be pledged on the Closing Date pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.

 

Section 5.13                                 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

 

(a)                                   No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.

 

(b)                                  None of Holdings, any Person Controlling the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 5.14                                 Disclosure . No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.

 

106



 

Section 5.15                                 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Each of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, licenses, technology, software, know-how database rights, design rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, and, without conflict with the rights of any Person, except to the extent such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No such IP Rights infringe upon any rights held by any Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any such IP Rights, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.16                                 Solvency . On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transaction, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

 

Section 5.17                                 Subordination of Junior Financing . The Obligations are “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

 

Section 5.18                                 Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened; (b) none of hours worked by nor any payments made to employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries have been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant party.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, each of Holdings and the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

Section 6.01                                 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

 

(a)                                   as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of the 2006 fiscal year and within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings beginning with the 2007 fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of

 

107



 

income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related (i) consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (ii) consolidated statements of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

(c)                                   as soon as available, and in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto), and, as soon as available, significant revisions, if any, of such budget and projections with respect to such fiscal year (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect; and

 

(d)                                  simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings) or (B) Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

 

108



 

Section 6.02                                 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

 

(a)                                   no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent registered public accounting firm certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default resulting from a violation of Section 7.11 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

 

(b)                                  no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and, if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default resulting from a violation of Section 7.11, any of the Equity Investors may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of their intent to cure (a “ Notice of Intent to Cure ”) such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.05; provided that the delivery of a Notice of Intent to Cure shall in no way affect or alter the occurrence, existence or continuation of any such Event of Default or the rights, benefits, powers and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Loan Document;

 

(c)                                   promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Holdings or the Borrower files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

 

(d)                                  promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) or material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any High Yield Notes Documentation or Junior Financing Documentation in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

 

(e)                                   together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b), (i) a report setting forth the information required by Section 3.03(c) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such report), (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate; and

 

(f)                                     promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the

 

109



 

Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Holdings or the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Holdings’ or the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Holdings’ or the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that:  (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(b) to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Section 6.03                                 Notices . Promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)                                   of the occurrence of any Default; and

 

(b)                                  of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default or event of default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights or the assertion or occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or as any of its Subsidiaries with, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(a) or (b) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 6.04                                 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in

 

110



 

respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.05                                 Preservation of Existence, Etc . (a)  Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except (i) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05.

 

Section 6.06                                 Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice.

 

Section 6.07                                 Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as Holdings, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

 

Section 6.08                                 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.09                                 Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Holdings or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.10                                 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during

 

111



 

any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings’ independent public accountants.

 

Section 6.11                                 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security . At the Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

 

(a)                                   upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party or the designation in accordance with Section 6.14 of any existing direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary:

 

(i)                                      within thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition or designation or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its discretion:

 

(A)            cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of the real properties owned by such Restricted Subsidiary that have a book value in excess of $5,000,000 in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(B)              cause (x) each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) Mortgages, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to Mortgages, the documents listed in Section 6.13(b)), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and (y) each direct or indirect parent of each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such Security Agreement Supplements and other security agreements as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Security Agreements in effect on the Closing

 

112



 

Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

 

(C)              (x) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary and required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent and (y) cause each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to be a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver any and all certificates representing the outstanding Equity Interests (to the extent certificated) of such Restricted Subsidiary that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and instruments evidencing the intercompany Indebtedness issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and required to be pledged in accordance with the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the Collateral Agent;

 

(D)             take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity,

 

(ii)                                   within thirty (30) days after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, and

 

(iii)                                as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent with respect to each parcel of real property that is owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and has a book value in excess of $5,000,000, any existing title reports, surveys or environmental assessment reports.

 

113



 

(b)                                  (i)  [reserved];

 

(ii)                                   the Borrower shall obtain the security interests and Guarantees set forth on Schedule 1.01B on or prior to the dates corresponding to such security interests and Guarantees set forth on Schedule 1.01B ; and

 

(iii)                                after the Closing Date, promptly after (x) the acquisition of any material personal property by any Loan Party or (y) the acquisition of any owned real property by any Loan Party with a book value in excess of $5,000,000, and if such personal property or owned real property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Borrower shall give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien, including, as applicable, the actions referred to in Section 6.13(b) with respect to real property.

 

Section 6.12                                 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and, in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

 

Section 6.13                                 Further Assurances and Post-Closing Conditions .

 

(a)                                   Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral Documents.

 

(b)                                  In the case of any real property referred to in Section 6.11(b), provide the Administrative Agent with Mortgages with respect to such owned real property within thirty (30) days of the acquisition of, or, if requested by the Administrative Agent, entry into, or renewal of, a ground lease in respect of, such real property in each case together with:

 

(i)                                      evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) for the

 

114



 

benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(ii)                                   fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies or the equivalent or other form available in each applicable jurisdiction (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) in form and substance, with endorsements and in amount, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

 

(iii)                                opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the real properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(iv)                               evidence that each such space lease contains a provision reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent permitting a collateral assignment with respect to such provisions; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to waive this requirement if it is reasonably satisfied that the Borrower has used its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with this requirement; and

 

(v)                                  such other evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken.

 

Section 6.14                                 Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of Holdings may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis (it being understood that if such designation is to be made effective prior to the date that the March 31, 2007 Test Period has become effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply), with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance) and (iii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Junior Financing, as applicable. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by Holdings therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the net book value of Holdings’ investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.

 

115


 

Section 6.15                                 Flood Insurance . With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.

 

Section 6.16                                 Post-Closing Matters .

 

To the extent such items have not been delivered as of the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, within ninety (90) days after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, unless waived or extended by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, the applicable Loan Party shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, with respect to the Mortgage encumbering Mortgaged Property entered into prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date, an amendment (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, together with:

 

(a)                                   a title endorsement to the existing Mortgage Policy assuring the Collateral Agent that the Mortgage encumbering the Mortgaged Property located at 5350 South Valentia Way, Greenwood Village, Colorado, as amended by the Mortgage Amendment, is a valid and enforceable first priority lien on such Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties free and clear of all Liens except those Liens created or permitted by this Agreement and the Collateral Documents or by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and such endorsement to such Mortgage Policy shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent;

 

(b)                                  to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties, which opinions (x) shall be addressed to each Agent and each of the Lenders, (y) shall cover the enforceability of the Mortgage as amended by the Mortgage Amendment, and (z) shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents;

 

evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings in connection with the Mortgage Amendment that the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

116



 

ARTICLE VII

 

Negative Covenants

 

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, Holdings and the Borrower shall not, nor shall they permit any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

Section 7.01                                 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

(a)                                   Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)                                  Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01(b) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;

 

(c)                                   Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)                                  statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(e)                                   (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f)                                     deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

117



 

(g)                                  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any material Subsidiary;

 

(h)                                  Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

 

(i)                                      Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property except for accessions to such property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

 

(j)                                      leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any material Subsidiary or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

 

(k)                                   Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on the items in the course of collection, and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(m)                                Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02(i) or (n) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

(n)                                  Liens on property (i) of any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) that does not constitute Collateral, which Liens secure Indebtedness of the applicable Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.03;

 

(o)                                  Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(d);

 

(p)                                  Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by

 

118



 

designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) and the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by this clause (p) upon or in the same property previously subject thereto in connection with the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or any change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the amount or value secured thereby; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(e), (g) or (k);

 

(q)                                  any interest or title of a lessor under leases entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)                                     [Reserved];

 

(s)                                   Liens encumbering out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

 

(t)                                     Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(u)                                  Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)                                  Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

 

(w)                                (i) Liens placed upon the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) Liens placed upon the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries to secure a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries of any such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g);

 

119



 

(x)                                    ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

 

(y)                                  Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings;

 

(z)                                    Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto.

 

(aa)                             other Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Liens on any IP Collateral shall be permitted at any time, other than pursuant to Section 7.01(a), (b), (c), (h), (j), (m), (o), (p), (r), (u)(iii) or (w), and no Liens (other than those referred to in Section 7.01(a)) shall be permitted on the Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of the Borrower or the Foreign Holdco.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Liens shall be permitted to exist directly or indirectly on any Mortgaged Property other than pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (g), (h), (j), (p), (q) and (x) (to the extent, with reference to clause (j) of this Section 7.01, the Borrower and the applicable Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses to be subordinate to the lien of any Mortgage).

 

Section 7.02                                 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except:

 

(a)                                   Investments by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

 

(b)                                  loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (i)  for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof or after a Qualifying IPO, the Borrower or any Intermediate Holding Company) ( provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000;

 

(c)                                   Investments (i) by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Loan Party (excluding any new Restricted Subsidiary which becomes a Loan Party and excluding any Foreign Subsidiary), (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other such Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party and (iii) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in any Foreign Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (together with, but without duplication of, the aggregate consideration paid in respect of Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.02(i)(B), but with giving effect to any Investment permitted by Section 7.02(q)) shall not exceed $250,000,000 (net of any return representing a return of capital in respect of any such Investment) or (B) in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any other Foreign Subsidiary

 

120



 

held directly by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for Indebtedness, Equity Interests or a combination thereof of the Foreign Subsidiary to which such contribution is made, (C) in any Foreign Subsidiary, constituting an exchange of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or (D) constituting Guarantees of Indebtedness or other monetary obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries owing to any Loan Party, to the extent such Guarantees are permitted under Section 7.03 and (iv) by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Loan Party in any other Foreign Subsidiary that is a Loan Party (other than any new Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Loan Party);

 

(d)                                  Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05 and 7.06, respectively;

 

(f)                                     Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(f) is not materially increased from the amount of such Investment on the Closing Date via the transfer of assets from any of Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof to such Investment;

 

(g)                                  Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;

 

(h)                                  promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

 

(i)                                      the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings (including as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

 

(A)            subject to clause (B) below, a majority of all property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary (and, to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Subsidiaries of such created or acquired Subsidiary) shall be Guarantors and shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11, within the times specified therein (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (A) shall not override any provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);

 

121



 

(B)              the aggregate amount of consideration paid in respect of acquisitions of Persons that do not become Loan Parties (together with the aggregate amount of all Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties pursuant to Section 7.02(c)(iii)(A), but with giving effect to any Investments permitted under Section 7.02(q)) shall not exceed $250,000,000 (net of any return representing a return of capital in respect of any such Investment);

 

(C)              the acquired property, assets, business or Person is in the same line of business as Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(D)             the board of directors (or similar governing body) of the person to be so purchased or acquired shall not have indicated publicly its opposition to the consummation of such purchase or acquisition (which opposition has not been publicly withdrawn);

 

(E)               (1) immediately before and immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for the Test Period in effect at the time such purchase or other acquisition is to occur (it being understood that if such purchase or other acquisition is to occur prior to the date that the March 31, 2007 Test Period is effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply) and, in the case of acquisitions the aggregate consideration which is in excess of $25,000,000, evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower demonstrating such compliance calculation in reasonable detail; and

 

(F)               the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, no later than five (5) Business Days after the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (i) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition;

 

(j)                                      the Transaction;

 

(k)                                   Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

 

(l)                                      Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of

 

122



 

delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

 

(m)                                loans and advances to Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings (or such parent) in accordance with Section 7.06(h), (i) or (j);

 

(n)                                  so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, no Default has occurred and is continuing and Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for the Test Period in effect at the time such Investment is being made (it being understood that if such Investment is to be made prior to the date that the March 31, 2007 Test Period is effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply), other Investments that do not exceed $250,000,000 in the aggregate, net of any return representing return of capital in respect of any such investment and valued at the time of the making thereof; provided that, such amount shall be increased by (i) the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Permitted Equity Issuances made pursuant to Section 8.05) that are Not Otherwise Applied and (ii) if, as of the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period (after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investments) the Total Leverage Ratio is 5.00:1 or less, the amount of Cumulative Excess Cash Flow that is Not Otherwise Applied;

 

(o)                                  advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)                                  Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or the Borrower or an Intermediate Holding Company after a Qualifying IPO of Holdings, the Borrower or such Intermediate Holding Company);

 

(q)                                  Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary (acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation merged into the Borrower or merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(r)                                     Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

provided that no Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that would otherwise be permitted under this Section 7.02 shall be permitted hereunder to the extent that any portion of such Investment is used to make any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings.

 

Section 7.03                                 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

123



 

(a)                                   Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries under the Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness (i) outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) , provided that the letters of credit and surety bonds listed thereon must be backstopped by a Letter of Credit issued hereunder and, other than in respect of any letter of credit or any surety bond listed thereon or any drawing upon any such letter of credit or surety bond, any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date;

 

(c)                                   Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue of this Section 7.03(c), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise incur under this Section 7.03); provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Note or Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guaranty and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

 

(d)                                  Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that, all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to the subordination terms set forth in Section 5.03 of the Security Agreement;

 

(e)                                   (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital assets, other than software; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, (ii) Attributable Indebtedness arising out of sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 7.05(f) and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any one time pursuant to this Section 7.03(e) shall not exceed 5% of Total Assets at such time;

 

(f)                                     Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(g)                                  Indebtedness of the Borrower, Foreign Subsidiaries or Guarantors (i) assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or (ii) incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition, in each case, that is secured only by the assets or business acquired in the applicable Permitted Acquisition (including any acquired Equity Interests) and so long as both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, (A) no Default shall exist or result therefrom, (B) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for the Test Period in effect at the time of the assumption or incurrence

 

124



 

of such Indebtedness (it being understood that if such assumption or incurrence is to occur prior to the date that the March 31, 2007 Test Period has become effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply), and (C) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof at any time outstanding pursuant to this paragraph (g) does not exceed $100,000,000; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness outstanding at Persons that are not Loan Parties pursuant to this clause (g) and clause (n) below shall not exceed $100,000,000 at any one time;

 

(h)                                  (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (A) assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, or (B) incurred to finance a Permitted Acquisition and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing; provided , in each case that such Indebtedness and all Indebtedness resulting from any Permitted Refinancing thereof (v) is unsecured, (w) both immediately prior and after giving effect thereto, (1) no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (2) Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries will be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for the Test Period in effect at the time of the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness (it being understood that if such assumption or incurrence is to occur prior to the date that the March 31, 2007 Test Period has become effective, the level set forth in Section 7.11 for the March 31, 2007 Test Period shall be deemed to apply), (x) matures after, and does not require any scheduled amortization or other scheduled payments of principal prior to, the Maturity Date of the Term Loans (it being understood that such Indebtedness may have mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemptions provisions satisfying the requirement of clause (y) hereof); (y) has terms and conditions (other than interest rate, redemption premiums and subordination terms), taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Borrower as the terms and conditions of the Notes as of the Closing Date; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees); and (z) with respect to such Indebtedness described in the immediately preceding clause (B) or any Permitted Refinancing thereof, is incurred by the Borrower or a Guarantor; provided further that notwithstanding anything contained in the Loan Documents to the contrary, (a) the maximum principal amount of all Indebtedness described in clause (A) of this paragraph (together with any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness in respect thereof) with respect to which a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may become liable shall be $100,000,000 and (b) the only obligors with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (A) of this paragraph or any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness in respect thereof shall be of those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition.

 

(i)                                      Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

125



 

(j)                                      Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings permitted by Section 7.06;

 

(k)                                   Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition to the extent constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price or other similar adjustments;

 

(l)                                      Indebtedness consisting of obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transaction and Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

 

(m)                                Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

 

(n)                                  Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that a maximum of $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors outstanding at any time under Section 7.03(g)) may be incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;

 

(o)                                  Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)                                  Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;

 

(q)                                  obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(r)                                     [Reserved];

 

(s)                                   Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit;

 

126



 

(t)                                     Indebtedness in respect of the Notes and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and

 

(u)                                  all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (v) above.

 

Section 7.04                                 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

 

(a)                                   any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that (x) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (y) such merger does not result in the Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

 

(b)                                  (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if Holdings determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders;

 

(c)                                   any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor or a Borrower, then (i) the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;

 

(d)                                  so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (A) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the

 

127



 

other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, and (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11;

 

(f)                                     so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom and no material assets have been transferred to such Subsidiaries from Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from the Closing Date to the date of such dissolution or liquidation, the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 7.04(f) may be dissolved or liquidated; and

 

(g)                                  so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.

 

Section 7.05                                 Dispositions . Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

 

(a)                                   Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  Dispositions of inventory and immaterial assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)                                   Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);

 

(d)                                  Dispositions of property to the Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor or a Borrower (i) the transferee thereof must either be a Borrower or a Guarantor or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;

 

(e)                                   Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.04 and 7.06 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

 

(f)                                     Dispositions of property (other than IP Collateral) pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that (i) with respect to such property owned by the Borrower

 

128



 

and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date (taken together with the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of pursuant to Section 7.05(j)) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of Total Assets per year and (ii) with respect to such property acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the applicable sale-leaseback transaction occurs within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the acquisition or construction (as applicable) of such property;

 

(g)                                  Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of Cash Equivalents;

 

(h)                                  leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(i)                                      transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

 

(j)                                      Dispositions of property not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (j) (taken together with the aggregate fair market value of all property Disposed of pursuant to Section 7.05(f)) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of Total Assets per year and (iii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $10,000,000, the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Section 7.01(s) and clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 7.01(u)); provided , however , that for the purposes of this clause (iii), (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of 2.5% of Total Assets (as such term is defined in the Senior Notes Indenture as of the Closing Date) at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;

 

129



 

(k)                                   any Disposition of any Subsidiary listed on Schedule 7.05(k) so long as no material assets are transferred to any such Subsidiary from Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from the Closing Date to the date of such Disposition;

 

(l)                                      Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

 

(m)                                any Disposition of any Subsidiary listed on Schedule 7.05(m) to any wholly owned Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party so long as no material assets are transferred to any such Subsidiary from Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof from the Closing Date to the date of such Disposition;

 

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(e) and (m) and except for Dispositions from a Loan Party to another Loan Party), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

 

Section 7.06                                 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

 

(a)                                   each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Holdings, the Borrower and to other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to Holdings, the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

 

(b)                                  Holdings, the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;

 

(c)                                   [Reserved];

 

(d)                                  Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transaction;

 

(e)                                   to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Section 7.04 or 7.08 other than Section 7.08(f);

 

(f)                                     repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

130



 

(g)                                  Holdings (or the Borrower or any Intermediate Holding Company after a Qualifying IPO of Holdings, the Borrower or such Intermediate Holding Company, as the case may be) may pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings (or of any such parent of Holdings or of the Borrower or any Intermediate Holding Company after a Qualifying IPO of Holdings, the Borrower or such Intermediate Holding Company, as the case may be) by any future, present or former employee or director of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee or director of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed $20,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $25,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO of Holdings, the Borrower or such Intermediate Holding Company, as the case may be) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $50,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO of Holdings, the Borrower or such Intermediate Holding Company, as the case may be)); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(i)                                      the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have been Not Otherwise Applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 7.06(i); plus

 

(ii)                                   the Net Cash Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries Not Otherwise Applied; less

 

(iii)                                the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(g);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings from members of management of Holdings, any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies or any of Holdings’ Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Holdings:

 

(i)                                      the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) the tax liability to each relevant jurisdiction

 

131



 

in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated returns for the relevant jurisdiction of Holdings (or such parent) attributable to Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries determined as if the Borrower and its Subsidiaries filed separately;

 

(ii)                                   the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay) its operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any parent thereof) attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii)                                the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) corporate existence;

 

(iv)                               the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.06(g);

 

(v)                                  to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11; and

 

(vi)                               the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) customary fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this Agreement;

 

(i)                                      in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments to Holdings the proceeds of which may be utilized by Holdings to make additional Restricted Payments, in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of (1) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings made pursuant to Section 7.13(a)(iv) and (2) loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 7.02(m) in lieu of Restricted Payments permitted by this clause (i), not to exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000, (ii) the aggregate amount of the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Permitted Equity Issuances made pursuant to Section 8.05) that are Not Otherwise Applied and (iii) if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period (after giving Pro Forma Effect to such additional Restricted Payments) is 5.00:1 or less, the amount of Cumulative Excess Cash Flow that is Not Otherwise Applied. For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Cumulative Excess Cash Flow

 

132



 

means the sum of Excess Cash Flow (but not less than zero in any period) for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2007 and Excess Cash Flow for each succeeding and completed fiscal year (it being understood that no Excess Cash Flow generated during any period shall be deemed to be Cumulative Excess Cash Flow until the financial statements for such period are delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a)); and

 

(j)                                      Holdings or the Borrower may make Restricted Payments with the proceeds of the issuance of Indebtedness of Holdings.

 

Section 7.07                                 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

 

Section 7.08                                 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions among Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, (b) on terms substantially as favorable to Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Holdings, the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the payment of fees and expenses related to the Transaction, (d) the issuance of Equity Interests to the management of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transaction, (e) the payment of management and monitoring fees to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the amount permitted to be paid pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and any Sponsor Termination Fees not to exceed the amount set forth in the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (f) equity issuances, repurchases, retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by Holdings permitted under Section 7.06, (g) loans and other transactions by Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under this Article 7, (h) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (i) payments by Holdings (and any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent thereof), the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (j) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (k) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (l) dividends, redemptions and repurchases permitted under Section 7.06 , and (m) customary payments by Holdings, the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of

 

133



 

the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith.

 

Section 7.09                                 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) the Borrower or any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing), (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e) or 7.03(g) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) only, to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, and (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 7.10                                 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, in a manner inconsistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement.

 

Section 7.11                                 Maximum Total Leverage Ratio . Permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of any date set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such date:

 

134



 

Fiscal Year

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

2007

 

7.75:1

 

7.60:1

 

7.50:1

 

7.25:1

 

2008

 

7.25:1

 

7.25:1

 

7.00:1

 

6.75:1

 

2009

 

6.75:1

 

6.75:1

 

6.50:1

 

6.00:1

 

2010

 

6.00:1

 

6.00:1

 

5.75:1

 

5.50:1

 

2011

 

5.50:1

 

5.50:1

 

5.25:1

 

5.00:1

 

2012

 

5.00:1

 

4.75:1

 

4.50:1

 

4.00:1

 

2013

 

4.00:1

 

3.75:1

 

3.50:1

 

3.25:1

 

Thereafter

 

3.25:1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.12                                 Accounting Changes . Make any change in fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

Section 7.13                                 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                   Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest shall be permitted) the Senior Subordinated Notes, any subordinated Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.03(h) or any other Indebtedness that is required to be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Refinancing and, if applicable, is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(h)), to the extent not required to prepay any Loans or Facility pursuant to Section 2.05(b), or of any Indebtedness of Holdings, (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parents, (iii) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent permitted by the Collateral Documents and (iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of (1) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(i) and (2) loans and advances to Holdings made pursuant to Section 7.02(m), not to exceed the sum of (i) $100,000,000, (ii) the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Permitted Equity Issuances made pursuant to Section 8.05) made within eighteen (18) months prior thereto that are Not Otherwise Applied and (iii) if, as of the last day of the immediately preceding Test Period (after giving Pro Forma Effect to such prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments) the Total Leverage Ratio is 5.00:1 or less, the amount of Cumulative Excess Cash Flow that is Not Otherwise Applied.

 

135



 

(b)                                  Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Arrangers.

 

Section 7.14                                 Equity Interests of the Borrower and Restricted Subsidiaries . Permit any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary to become a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, except to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary continues to be a Guarantor or in connection with a sale of all of such Restricted Subsidiary or the designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14.

 

Section 7.15                                 Holding Company; Foreign Subsidiaries . In the case of Holdings and Intermediate Parent, conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any business or operations other than those incidental to (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and the Foreign Holdco or other Foreign Subsidiaries, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, (iii) the performance of the Loan Documents, the Purchase Agreement and the other agreements contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance of its Equity Interests not prohibited by Article 7 or (v) any transaction that Holdings or Intermediate Parent is permitted to enter into or consummate under this Article 7.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Events Of Default and Remedies

 

Section 8.01                                 Events of Default . Any of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a) through (m) inclusive of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

 

(a)                                   Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

 

(b)                                  Specific Covenants . Holdings or the Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to Holdings and the Borrower) or Article 7; provided that any Event of Default under Section 7.11 is subject to cure as contemplated by Section 8.05; or

 

(c)                                   Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

 

(d)                                  Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

136



 

(e)                                   Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Secured Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Secured Hedge Agreements), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

 

(f)                                     Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and (x) continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(g)                                  Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts in excess of the Threshold Amount as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

 

(h)                                  Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

(i)                                      ERISA . (i)  An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to

 

137



 

pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(j)                                      Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

 

(k)                                   Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

 

(l)                                      Collateral Documents . (i) Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Original Credit Agreement or 6.11 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create a valid and perfected lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents, (or other security purported to be created on the applicable Collateral) on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the Borrower ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement free of Liens other than Liens created by the Security Agreement or any nonconsensual Liens arising solely by operation of Law; or

 

(m)                                Junior Financing Documentation . (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable.

 

Section 8.02                                 Remedies Upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

 

138



 

(a)                                   declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)                                  declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

 

(c)                                   require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the Revolving L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

 

(d)                                  exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

 

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

Section 8.03                                 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries . Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that did not, as of the last day of the most recent completed fiscal quarter of Holdings, have assets with a value in excess of 5% of the consolidated total assets of Holdings, Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and did not, as of the four quarter period ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter, have revenues exceeding 5% of the total revenues of Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).

 

Section 8.04                                 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article 3) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

 

139



 

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.05 and amounts payable under Article 3), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

 

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

 

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, the Swap Termination Value under Secured Hedge Agreements and the Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

 

Fifth , to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

 

Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

 

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, to the Borrower.

 

Section 8.05                                 Borrower’s Right to Cure .

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01, in the event of any Event of Default resulting from a violation of the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable fiscal quarter hereunder, Holdings or an Intermediate Holding Company (or, following a Qualifying IPO, the Borrower) may engage in a Permitted Equity Issuance to any of the Equity Investors and apply the amount of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof to increase Consolidated EBITDA with respect to such applicable quarter; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds (i) are actually received by the Borrower through capital contribution of such Net Cash Proceeds by Holdings or an Intermediate Holding Company to the Borrower no later than ten (10) days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such fiscal quarter hereunder, (ii) are Not Otherwise Applied and (iii) do not exceed the aggregate amount necessary to cure such Event of Default from a violation

 

140



 

of the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 for any applicable period. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.05(a) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.11 and shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts other than the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA referred to in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(b)                                  In each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters in which no cure set forth in Section 8.05(a) is made.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

 

Section 9.01                                 Appointment and Authorization of Agents .

 

(a)                                   Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

 

(b)                                  Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each such L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Agents in this Article 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Agent” as used in this Article 9 and in the definition of “Agent-Related Person” included such L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to such L/C Issuer.

 

(c)                                   The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the

 

141



 

Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 9 (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent shall also act as the deposit account agent for the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders, and each of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender and Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Issuer (if applicable)) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of and to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

Section 9.02                                 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact including for the purpose of any Borrowing or payment in Alternative Currencies, such sub-agents as shall be deemed necessary by the Administrative Agent and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

Section 9.03                                 Liability of Agents . No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof.

 

142



 

Section 9.04                                 Reliance by Agents .

 

(a)                                   Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

Section 9.05                                 Notice of Default . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.”  The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article 8; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

Section 9.06                                 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations,

 

143



 

property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

 

Section 9.07                                 Indemnification of Agents . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.08                                 Agents in their Individual Capacities . UBS AG, Stamford Branch and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with each of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates as though UBS AG, Stamford Branch were not the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge

 

144



 

that, pursuant to such activities, UBS AG, Stamford Branch or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, UBS AG, Stamford Branch shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or an L/C Issuer, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include UBS AG, Stamford Branch in its individual capacity.

 

Section 9.09                                 Successor Agents . The Administrative Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower, a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term “Administrative Agent,” shall mean such successor administrative agent and/or supplemental administrative agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 9 and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article 9 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent.

 

Section 9.10                                 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative

 

145



 

Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a)                                   to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(g) and (h), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)                                  to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

Section 9.11                                 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably agree that:

 

(a)                                   any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;

 

146



 

(b)                                  to release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and

 

(c)                                   any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the High Yield Notes or any Junior Financing.

 

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11. In each case as specified in this Section 9.11, the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11.

 

Section 9.12                                 Other Agents; Arrangers and Managers . None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “syndication agent,” “co-documentation agent”, “joint bookrunner” or “arranger” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

Section 9.13                                 Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .

 

(a)                                   It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

 

147


 

(b)                                  In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article 9 and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

 

(c)                                   Should any instrument in writing from the Borrower, Holdings or any other Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 10.01                           Amendments, Etc . Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that, no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(a)                                   extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

 

(b)                                  postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Section 2.07 or 2.08 without the written consent of each Lender directly

 

148



 

affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

 

(c)                                   reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Total Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate; provided that, only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

 

(d)                                  change any provision of this Section 10.01, the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” or Section 2.06(c), 8.04 or 2.13 without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

 

(e)                                   other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.05, release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(f)                                     other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender; or

 

(g)                                  change the currency in which any Loan is denominated of any Loan without the written consent of the Lender holding such Loans;

 

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of any Class of Commitments shall be required with respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of such Class in respect of payments hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Classes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or

 

149



 

deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Tranche B Dollar Term Loans, the Euro Term Loans, the Revolving Credit Loans and the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Tranche B Dollar Term Loans (“ Dollar Refinanced Term Loans ”) or Euro Term Loans (“ Euro Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement Dollar term loan tranche denominated in Dollars (“ Dollar Replacement Term Loans ”) or Euro term loan tranche denominated in Euros (“ Euro Replacement Term Loans ”), respectively, hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Dollar Refinanced Term Loans or Euro Refinanced Term Loans, respectively, (b) the Applicable Rate Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans, respectively) shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Dollar Refinanced Term Loans or Euro Refinanced Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Dollar Refinanced Term Loans or Euro Refinanced Term Loans, respectively) immediately prior to such refinancing, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Dollar Refinanced Term Loans or Euro Refinanced Term Loans, respectively, at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Dollar Replacement Term Loans or Euro Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Dollar Refinanced Term Loans or Euro Refinanced Term Loans, respectively, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.01, guarantees, collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities or defects or (iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security

 

150



 

document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Section 10.02                           Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

 

(a)                                   General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(i)                                      if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(ii)                                   if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article 2 shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

 

(c)                                   Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting

 

151



 

from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

Section 10.03                           No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

 

Section 10.04                           Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes . The Borrower agrees (a) if the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Documentation Agent and the Arrangers for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and local and foreign counsel, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Arrangers and each Lender for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all Attorney Costs of counsel to the Administrative Agent). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording and title insurance charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other (reasonable, in the case of Section 10.04(a)) out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

 

Section 10.05                           Indemnification by the Borrower . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, trustees, investment advisors and attorneys-in-fact (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in

 

152



 

connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (c) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor; provided , however , that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

Section 10.06                           Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally

 

153



 

agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

 

Section 10.07                           Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)                                   The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Holdings nor the Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(g) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  (i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“ Assignees ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment (which, in the case of an assignment of any portion of a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Commitment, must include an assignment of an equal portion of such Lender’s interest in its Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Loans and participations in Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Obligations) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 

(A)            the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g) has occurred and is continuing, any Assignee;

 

(B)              the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment of all or any portion of a Term Loan or a portion of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

 

(C)              each Principal L/C Issuer at the time of such assignment, provided that no consent of the Principal L/C Issuers shall be required for any assignment of a Term Loan or any assignment to an Agent or an Affiliate of an Agent; and

 

154



 

(D)             in the case of any assignment of any of the Dollar Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)            except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (in the case of the Revolving Credit Facilities) or $1,000,000 (in the case of a Term Loan or a portion of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Facility) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g) has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

(B)              the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments from any Lender or its Approved Funds to one or more other Approved Funds of such Lender; and

 

(C)              the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

 

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

 

(c)                                   Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(d), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause

 

155



 

(c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).

 

(d)                                  The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(e)                                   Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 (subject to the requirements of Section 10.15), 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.

 

(f)                                     A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

 

(g)                                  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its

 

156



 

obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including its obligations under Section 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

 

(i)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

 

(j)                                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, respectively; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such 30-day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have identified, in consultation with the Borrower, a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept

 

157



 

such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If an L/C Issuer resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).

 

(k)                                   In the case of any assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) above by a Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender, the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Credit-Linked Deposit of the assignor Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Lender shall not be released, but shall instead be purchased by the relevant assignee and continue to be held for application (to the extent not already applied) in accordance with this Agreement to satisfy such assignee’s obligations in respect of the Post-First Amendment and Restatement Synthetic L/C Exposure.

 

Section 10.08                           Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(g), counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; (h) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); or (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or

 

158



 

any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the Closing Date, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or (ii) is delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof.

 

Section 10.09                           Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.

 

Section 10.10                           Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

Section 10.11                           Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request

 

159



 

or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier.

 

Section 10.12                           Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

 

Section 10.13                           Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

Section 10.14                           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.15                           Tax Forms .

 

(a)                                   (i)  Each Lender and Agent that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ Foreign Lender ”) shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed, properly completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto (relating to such Foreign Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax on all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or any other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding tax, including any exemption pursuant to Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code, and in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming such an exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, a certificate that establishes in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Foreign Lender is not (i) a “bank” as defined in

 

160



 

Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (ii) a 10-percent stockholder within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, or (iii) a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower with the meaning of Section 864(d) of the Code. Thereafter and from time to time, each such Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, (A) promptly submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States Laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Foreign Lender by the Borrower or other Loan Party pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Loan Document, in each case, (1) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete, (2) after the occurrence of a change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (3) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (B) promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in the Lender’s circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

 

(ii)                                   Each Foreign Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Foreign Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation by such Foreign Lender), shall, to the extent it may lawfully do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the date when such Foreign Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in either case, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Foreign Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Foreign Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to United States federal withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Foreign Lender chooses to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Foreign Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Foreign Lender.

 

(iii)                                The Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount or any indemnity payment under Section 3.01 to (A) any Foreign Lender if such Foreign Lender shall have failed to satisfy the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.15(a), or (B) any U.S. Lender if such U.S. Lender shall have failed to satisfy the provisions of Section 10.15(b); provided that (i) if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirement of this or Section 10.15(b), as applicable, on the date such Lender became a Lender or ceased to act for its own account with respect to any payment under any of the Loan Documents, nothing in this Section 10.15(a) or Section 10.15(b) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable Law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender or other Person for the account of which such

 

161



 

Lender receives any sums payable under any of the Loan Documents is not subject to withholding or is subject to withholding at a reduced rate and (ii) nothing in this Section 10.15(a) shall relieve the Borrower of its obligation to pay any amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 in the event that the requirements of 10.15(a)(ii) have not been satisfied if the Borrower is entitled, under applicable Law, to rely on any applicable forms and statements required to be provided under this Section 10.15 by the Foreign Lender that does not act or has ceased to act for its own account under any of the Loan Documents, including in the case of a typical participation.

 

(iv)                               The Administrative Agent may deduct and withhold any taxes required by any Laws to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender and Agent that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each, a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-9 on or prior to the First Amendment and Restatement Effective Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), certifying that such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, or any successor form. If such U.S. Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to such U.S. Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable backup withholding tax imposed by the Code.

 

Section 10.16                           GOVERNING LAW .

 

(a)                                   THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

(b)                                  ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. THE BORROWER, HOLDINGS, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

 

Section 10.17                           WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR

 

162



 

INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Section 10.18                           Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and Holdings and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04.

 

Section 10.19                           Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from any Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable Law).

 

Section 10.20                           Lender Action . Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provision of this Section 10.20 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

 

163



 

Section 10.21                           USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

 

Section 10.22                           Agent for Service of Process . The Borrower agrees that promptly following request by the Administrative Agent it shall cause each material Foreign Subsidiary or for whose account a Letter of Credit is issued to appoint and maintain an agent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to receive service of process in New York City on behalf of such material Foreign Subsidiary.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

164



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

TRAVELPORT INC. (F/K/A TDS

 

INVESTOR CORPORATION),

 

as Borrower,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/  Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

TRAVELPORT LIMITED (F/K/A TDS

 

INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.),

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

as Intermediate Parent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name: Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate

 

 

 

Secretary

 



 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH , as

 

Administrative Agent and as an L/C Issuer

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Product Services, US

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Product Services, US

 



 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC , as a Lender

 

and as Swing Line Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Product Services, US

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

 

Name: Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Product Services, US

 



 

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC , as Co-Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shaw Kassalo

 

 

 

Name: Shaw Kassalo

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Bootsma

 

 

 

Name: Eric Bootsma

 

 

Title:

Director & Counsel

 

 

 

Region Americas Legal

 



 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. , as Co-Lead

 

Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurie Perper

 

 

 

Name: Laurie Perper

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL

 

PAPER, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laurie Perper

 

 

 

Name: Laurie Perper

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 



 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA)

 

LLC , as Co-Lead Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John C. Putrino

 

 

 

Name: John C. Putrino

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

BRANCH, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian T. Caldwell

 

 

 

Name: Brian T. Caldwell

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence Lapeyne

 

 

 

Name: Lawrence Lapeyne

 

 

Title:

Associate

 



 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA),

 

LLC , as Syndication Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John C. Putrino

 

 

 

Name: John C. Putrino

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 



 

 

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC. , as Co-

 

Documentation Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Laurie Perper

 

 

 

 

Name: Laurie Perper

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 



 

 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC. , as

 

Co-Documentation and as a Lender,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Julie Persily

 

 

 

 

Name: Julie Persily

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK

 

BRANCH , as Co-Documentation Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Paul O’ Leary

 

 

 

 

Name: Paul O’ Leary

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Scottye Lindsey

 

 

 

 

Name: Scottye Lindsey

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

August 23, 2006

 

among

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,
as Borrower

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,
as Holdings

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,
as Intermediate Parent

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF HOLDINGS
IDENTIFIED HEREIN

 

and

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Agent

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01

Credit Agreement

1

SECTION 1.02

Other Defined Terms

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

Pledge of Securities

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01

Pledge

3

SECTION 2.02

Delivery of the Pledged Collateral

4

SECTION 2.03

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

4

SECTION 2.04

Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests

6

SECTION 2.05

Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations

6

SECTION 2.06

Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

Security Interests in Personal Property

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.01

Security Interest

8

SECTION 3.02

Representations and Warranties

10

SECTION 3.03

Covenants

11

SECTION 3.04

Other Actions

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Remedies

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4.01

Remedies Upon Default

13

SECTION 4.02

Application of Proceeds.

15

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01

Indemnity

16

SECTION 5.02

Contribution and Subrogation

16

SECTION 5.03

Subordination.

16

 

i



 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01

Notices

17

SECTION 6.02

Waivers; Amendment

17

SECTION 6.03

Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses;

18

SECTION 6.04

Successors and Assigns

18

SECTION 6.05

Survival of Agreement

18

SECTION 6.06

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement

19

SECTION 6.07

Severability

19

SECTION 6.08

Right of Set-Off

19

SECTION 6.09

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

20

SECTION 6.10

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

20

SECTION 6.11

Headings

21

SECTION 6.12

Security Interest Absolute

21

SECTION 6.13

Termination or Release

21

SECTION 6.14

Additional Restricted Subsidiaries

22

SECTION 6.15

Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact

22

SECTION 6.16

General Authority of the Collateral Agent

23

 

 

 

Schedules

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

Subsidiary Parties

 

Schedule II

Pledged Equity; Pledged Debt

 

Schedule III

Commercial Tort Claims

 

Schedule IV

Permitted Subsidiary Dispositions

 

Schedule V

Permitted Subsidiary Liquidations

 

Schedule VI

Foreign Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

Exhibits

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit I

Form of Security Agreement Supplement

 

Exhibit II

Form of Perfection Certificate

 

 

ii



 

SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 23, 2006 among TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD. (“ Holdings ”), TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION (the “ Borrower ”), WALTONVILLE LIMITED (“ Intermediate Parent ”), the Subsidiaries of Holdings from time to time party hereto and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Agent for the Secured Parties (as defined below).

 

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of August 23, 2006 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Holdings, Intermediate Parent, UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and an L/C Issuer, UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swing Line Lender, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as Syndication Agent, and LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC. and DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH, as Co-Documentation Agents. The Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement. The obligations of the Lenders to extend such credit are conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Holdings and the Subsidiary Parties are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to extend such credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

SECTION 1.01       Credit Agreement .

 

(a)           Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the New York UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “ instrument ” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

 

(b)           The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 1.02       Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.

 

Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC.

 

Agreement ” means this Security Agreement.

 

1



 

Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 

Claiming Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

 

Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

 

Contributing Party ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

 

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

 

General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC and includes corporate or other business records, indemnification claims, contract rights (including rights under leases, whether entered into as lessor or lessee, Swap Contracts and other agreements), goodwill, registrations, franchises, tax refund claims and any letter of credit, guarantee, claim, security interest or other security held by or granted to any Grantor, as the case may be, to secure payment by an Account Debtor of any of the Accounts, provided that General Intangibles shall not include any intellectual property and related assets subject to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

 

Grantor ” means each of Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Party that is a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

Obligations ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

 

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by the chief financial officer and the chief legal officer of the Borrower.

 

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

 

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

 

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

 

Pledged Securities ” means any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral.

 

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, the Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.

 

2



 

Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

 

Security Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

 

Subsidiary Parties ” means (a) the Restricted Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Party after the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Pledge of Securities

 

SECTION 2.01       Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranties, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in, all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under (i) all Equity Interests held by it and listed on Schedule II and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include (A) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, (B) Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (C) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (D) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) of the Credit Agreement if such Equity Interests serve as security for such Indebtedness or if the terms of such Indebtedness prohibit the creation of any other lien on such Equity Interests, (E) Equity Interests of any Person that is not a direct or indirect, wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, (F) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary with respect to which the Administrative Agent has confirmed in writing to the Borrower its determination that the costs or other consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of providing a pledge of its Equity Interests is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders; (G) Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule IV so long as such Equity Interests are transferred to a wholly-owned Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party within 60 days of the Closing Date and (H) Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule V so long as such Equity Interests are dissolved or liquidated within 60 days of the Closing Date; (ii)(A) the debt securities owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II, (B) any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and (C) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing such debt securities (the “ Pledged Debt ”); (iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01; (iv) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above; (v) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; and (vi) all Proceeds of

 

3



 

any of the foregoing (the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject, however, to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

SECTION 2.02       Delivery of the Pledged Collateral .

 

(a)           Each Grantor agrees promptly to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, any and all Pledged Securities (other than (x) any uncertificated securities, but only for so long as such securities remain uncertificated and (y) share certificates for the Foreign Subsidiaries listed on Schedule VI so long as such certificates are delivered within 30 days after the Closing Date) to the extent such Pledged Securities, in the case of promissory notes or other instruments evidencing Indebtedness, are required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02.

 

(b)           Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money having an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Dollar Amount of $5,000,000 owed to such Grantor by any Person to be evidenced by a duly executed promissory note that is pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(c)           Upon delivery to the Collateral Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor and such other instruments or documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be attached hereto as Schedule II and made a part hereof; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

 

SECTION 2.03       Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to and with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

 

(a)           Schedule II correctly sets forth the percentage of the issued and outstanding units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Equity and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder in order to satisfy the Collateral and Guaranty Requirement;

 

(b)           the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than Holdings or a subsidiary of Holdings, to the best of Holdings’

 

4



 

and the Borrower’s knowledge) have been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Equity, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt (solely with respect to Pledged Debt issued by a Person other than Holdings or a subsidiary of Holdings, to the best of Holdings’ and the Borrower’s knowledge), are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof;

 

(c)           except for the security interests granted hereunder, each of the Grantors (i) is and, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, will continue to be the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Securities indicated on Schedule II as owned by such Grantors, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, (iii) will make no assignment, pledge, hypothecation or transfer of, or create or permit to exist any security interest in or other Lien on, the Pledged Collateral, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (iv) will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

 

(d)           except for restrictions and limitations imposed by the Loan Documents or securities laws generally and except as described in the Perfection Certificate, the Pledged Collateral is and will continue to be freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is or will be subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

 

(e)           each of the Grantors has the power and authority to pledge the Pledged Collateral pledged by it hereunder in the manner hereby done or contemplated;

 

(f)            no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby (other than such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect);

 

(g)           by virtue of the execution and delivery by the Grantors of this Agreement, when any Pledged Securities are delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with this Agreement, the Collateral Agent will obtain a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Obligations; and

 

(h)           the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Collateral Agent in the Pledged Collateral as set forth herein.

 

5



 

SECTION 2.04       Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . Each certificate representing an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 2.05       Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall give the Borrower notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent, and each Grantor will promptly give to the Collateral Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Securities registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.06       Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest .

 

(a)           Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

 

(i)       Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided that such rights and powers shall not be exercised in any manner that could materially and adversely affect the rights inuring to a holder of any Pledged Securities or the rights and remedies of any of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or the ability of the Secured Parties to exercise the same.

 

(ii)      The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as each Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

 

(iii)     Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof,

 

6



 

or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent).

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account.

 

(c)           Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower of the suspension of the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06.

 

(d)           Any notice given by the Collateral Agent to the Borrower suspending the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a) of this Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii)

 

7



 

may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Collateral Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Security Interests in Personal Property

 

SECTION 3.01       Security Interest .

 

(a)           As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations, including the Guaranties, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the Article 9 Collateral ”):

 

(i)       all Property;

 

(ii)      all Accounts;

 

(iii)     all Chattel Paper;

 

(iv)     all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule III hereto;

 

(v)      all Deposit Accounts;

 

(vi)     all Documents;

 

(vii)    all Equipment;

 

(viii)   all General Intangibles;

 

(ix)     all Instruments;

 

(x)      all Inventory;

 

(xi)     all Investment Property;

 

(xii)    all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral; and

 

(xiii)   to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all supporting obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

 

8



 

provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in (A) motor vehicles the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction, (B) any Equity Interests in any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition financed with Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(g) of the Credit Agreement if such Equity Interests serve as security for such Indebtedness or if the terms of such Indebtedness prohibit the creation of any other lien on such Equity Interests, (C) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, (D) any asset with respect to which the Administrative Agent has confirmed in writing to the Borrower its determination that the costs or other consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of providing a security interest in such asset is excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders, or (E) any General Intangible, Investment Property or other rights of a Grantor arising under any contract, lease, instrument, license or other document if (but only to the extent that) the grant of a security interest therein would (x) constitute a violation of a valid and enforceable restriction in respect of such General Intangible, Investment Property or other such rights in favor of a third party or under any law, regulation, permit, order or decree of any Governmental Authority, unless and until all required consents shall have been obtained (for the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions described herein shall not include negative pledges or similar undertakings in favor of a lender or other financial counterparty) or (y) expressly give any other party in respect of any such contract, lease, instrument, license or other document, the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, provided , however , that the limitation set forth in clause (E) above shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such Collateral to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable law, including the Uniform Commercial Code. Each Grantor shall, if requested to do so by the Administrative Agent, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any such required consent that is reasonably obtainable with respect to Collateral which the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be material.

 

(b)           Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and ame n dments thereto that (i) indicate the Collateral as all assets of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including (A) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (B) in the case of a financing statement filed as a fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Article 9 Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon request.

 

(c)           The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

 

9



 

SECTION 3.02       Representations and Warranties . Holdings and the Borrower jointly and severally represent and warrant, as to themselves and the other Grantors, to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that:

 

(a)           Each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

 

(b)           The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein, including the exact legal name of each Grantor, is correct and complete in all material respects as of the Closing Date. The UCC financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Collateral Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified in Schedule 2 to the Perfection Certificate (or specified by notice from the applicable Borrower to the Collateral Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

 

(c)           The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the relevant jurisdiction. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any nonconsensual Lien that is expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and has priority as a matter of law and (ii) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)           The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the New York UCC or any other applicable laws covering any Article 9 Collateral or (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any

 

10



 

Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.03       Covenants .

 

(a)           The Borrower agrees promptly to notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any change (i) in legal name of any Grantor, (ii) in the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, or (iii) in the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor.

 

(b)           Each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)           Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a certificate executed by the chief financial officer and the chief legal officer of the Borrower setting forth the information required pursuant to Schedules 1(a), 1(c), 1(e), 1(f), 2(b), 8(a) and 8(b) of the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of such certificate or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 3.03(c) and certifying that all UCC financing statements and other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations have been filed of record in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction necessary to protect and perfect the Security Interests and Liens under this Agreement and the Intellectual Property Security Agreement for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except as noted therein with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period).

 

(d)           The Borrower agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Grantor, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $5,000,000 shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note or other instrument, such note or instrument shall be promptly pledged and delivered to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(e)           At its option, the Collateral Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement,

 

11



 

and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or this Agreement and within a reasonable period of time after the Collateral Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within 10 days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization. Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein, in the other Loan Documents.

 

(f)            If at any time any Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person, the value of which is in excess of $5,000,000, to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest.

 

(g)           Each Grantor (rather than the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party) shall remain liable (as between itself and any relevant counterparty) to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Article 9 Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties from and against any and all liability for such performance.

 

(h)           If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim with a value in excess of $5,000,000, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing signed by such Grantor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Collateral Agent a security interest therein and in the Proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement pursuant to a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(i)            The Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, as soon as practicable and in any event within 30 days of the Closing Date, share certificates for the Foreign Subsidiaries listed on Schedule VI , together with stock powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and such other instruments and documents as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3.04       Other Actions . In order to further insure the attachment, perfection and priority of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Article 9 Collateral:

 

(a)           Instruments . If any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments constituting Collateral and evidencing an amount in excess of $5,000,000, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or

 

12



 

assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b)           Investment Property . Except to the extent otherwise provided in Article II, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any certificated securities, such Grantor shall forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably request. If any securities now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor are uncertificated and are issued to such Grantor or its nominee directly by the issuer thereof, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and following the occurrence of an Event of Default such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent thereof and, at the Collateral Agent’s reasonable request, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, either (i) cause the issuer to agree to comply with instructions from the Collateral Agent as to such securities, without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of the securities. If any securities, whether certificated or uncertificated, or other investment property are held by any Grantor or its nominee through a securities intermediary or commodity intermediary, upon the Collateral Agent’s request and following the occurrence of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall immediately notify the Collateral Agent thereof and at the Collateral Agent’s request and option, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent shall either (i) cause such securities intermediary or (as the case may be) commodity intermediary to agree to comply with entitlement orders or other instructions from the Collateral Agent to such securities intermediary as to such security entitlements, or (as the case may be) to apply any value distributed on account of any commodity contract as directed by the Collateral Agent to such commodity intermediary, in each case without further consent of any Grantor or such nominee, or (ii) in the case of financial assets or other Investment Property held through a securities intermediary, arrange for the Collateral Agent to become the entitlement holder with respect to such Investment Property, with the Grantor being permitted, only with the consent of the Collateral Agent, to exercise rights to withdraw or otherwise deal with such Investment Property. The Collateral Agent agrees with each of the Grantors that the Collateral Agent shall not give any such entitlement orders or instructions or directions to any such issuer, securities intermediary or commodity intermediary, and shall not withhold its consent to the exercise of any withdrawal or dealing rights by any Grantor, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any financial assets credited to a securities account for which the Collateral Agent is the securities intermediary.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Remedies

 

SECTION 4.01       Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Obligations under the

 

13



 

Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such exercise; and (iv) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.

 

The Collateral Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent shall not incur any liability in case

 

14



 

any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

 

Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or paying any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby.

 

SECTION 4.02       Application of Proceeds .

 

(a)           The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with Section 8.04 of the Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

The Collateral Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient

 

15



 

discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

(b)           In making the determinations and allocations required by this Section 4.02, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the Administrative Agent as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Obligations, and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Administrative Agent of any amounts distributed to it.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination

 

SECTION 5.01       Indemnity . In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Grantors may have under applicable law (but subject to Section 5.03), each Borrower agrees that, in the event any assets of any Grantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Collateral Document to satisfy in whole or in part an Obligation owed to any Secured Party, the relevant Borrower shall indemnify such Grantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold.

 

SECTION 5.02       Contribution and Subrogation . Each Subsidiary Party (a “ Contributing Party ”) agrees (subject to Section 5.03) that, in the event assets of any other Subsidiary Party shall be sold pursuant to any Collateral Document to satisfy any Obligation owed to any Secured Party, and such other Subsidiary Party (the “ Claiming Party ”) shall not have been fully indemnified by the relevant Borrower as provided in Section 5.01, the Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Party in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of such assets, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all the Contributing Parties together with the net worth of the Claiming Party on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Grantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 6.14, the date of the Security Agreement Supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Grantor). Any Contributing Party making any payment to a Claiming Party pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Party to the extent of such payment.

 

SECTION 5.03       Subordination .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible

 

16



 

payment in full in cash of the Obligations. No failure on the part of any Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required by Sections 5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

 

(b)           Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Collateral Agent all Indebtedness owed by it to any Subsidiary shall be fully subordinated to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 6.01       Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Party shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.02       Waivers; Amendment .

 

(a)           No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time. No notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(b)           Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Loan Party or Loan Parties with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

 

 

17



 

SECTION 6.03       Collateral Agent’s Fees and Expenses .

 

(a)           The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, the Borrower agrees to indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnitees (as defined in Section 10.05 of the Credit Agreement) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, or to the Collateral, whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any Affiliate, director, officer, employee, counsel, agent or attorney-in-fact of such Indemnitee.

 

(c)           Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.

 

SECTION 6.04       Successors and Assigns . Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

SECTION 6.05       Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under any Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

 

18



 

SECTION 6.06       Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective as to any Loan Party when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Loan Party shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Collateral Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Loan Party and the Collateral Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Loan Party, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.07       Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 6.08       Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates and each L/C Issuer and its Affiliates is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates, as the case may be, to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or such L/C Issuer and its Affiliates hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender and L/C Issuer agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each

 

19



 

L/C Issuer under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, such Lender and such L/C Issuer may have.

 

SECTION 6.09       Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a)           This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)           Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York City and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Each of the Loan Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 6.09. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)           Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

SECTION 6.10       WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY,

 

20



 

AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.10.

 

SECTION 6.11       Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.12       Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.13       Termination or Release .

 

(a)           This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, (y) Cash Management Obligations not yet due and payable and (z) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) when all the outstanding Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full and the Lenders have no further commitment to lend under the Credit Agreement, the L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero and the L/C Issuers have no further obligations to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)           A Subsidiary Party shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary Party shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Subsidiary Party ceases to be a Subsidiary or is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

 

(c)           Upon any sale or other transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral (other than any transfer to another Guarantor) that is permitted under the Credit Agreement, or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

 

21



 

(d)           In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.13, the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.13 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 6.14       Additional Restricted Subsidiaries . Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Restricted Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties that were not in existence or not Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Credit Agreement are required to enter in this Agreement as Subsidiary Parties upon becoming Restricted Subsidiaries. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Party hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Party herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan Party as a party to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 6.15       Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Collateral Agent to the Borrower of its intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor

 

22



 

their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact.

 

SECTION 6.16       General Authority of the Collateral Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Collateral Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Collateral Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR CORPORATION,

 

 

as the Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDS INVESTOR (BERMUDA) LTD.,

 

 

as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and

 

 

 

Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALTONVILLE LIMITED,

 

 

as Intermediate Parent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Director, Executive Vice President,

 

 

 

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

[Security Agreement – Travelport Sig Pages]

 



 

 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APOLLO GALILEO USA PARTNERSHIP,

 

By: APOLLO GALILEO USA SUB I, INC.,

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General Counsel

 

 

 

and Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL INTERNET TRAVEL AGENCY,

 

By: INTERNETWORK PUBLISHING

 

CORPORATION, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General

 

 

 

Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORBITZ AWAY LLC

 

By: ORBITZ, LLC, as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General

 

 

 

Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

[Security Agreement – Travelport Sig Pages]

 



 

 

TDS DEVELOPMENT, LLC

 

 

By: TRAVELPORT INC., as Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric J. Bock

 

 

 

Name:

Eric J. Bock

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, General

 

 

 

Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

[Security Agreement – Travelport Sig Pages]

 



 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH , as

 

Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Irja R. Otsa

 

 

 

Name:

Irja R. Otsa

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Products Services, US

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Toba Lumbantobing

 

 

 

Name:

Toba Lumbantobing

 

 

Title:

Associate Director Banking

 

 

 

Products Services, US

 

[Security Agreement – Travelport Sig Pages]

 




Exhibit 12.1

Travelport Businesses of Cendant Corporation
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Period July 13, 2006
(Formation Date)
through December 31,

 

Period
January 1,
2006 to
August 22,

 

For the year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Earnings available to cover fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

(146

)

$

(2,286

)

$

(118

)

$

339

 

$

341

 

$

416

 

Plus: Fixed Charges

 

160

 

49

 

43

 

21

 

13

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings available to cover fixed charges

 

$

14

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(75

)

$

360

 

$

354

 

$

431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, including amortization of deferred financing costs

 

$

156

 

$

42

 

$

34

 

$

14

 

$

6

 

$

9

 

Interest portion of rental payment

 

4

 

7

 

9

 

7

 

7

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

 

$

160

 

$

49

 

$

43

 

$

21

 

$

13

 

$

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

17.35

x

27.85

x

28.42

xx

 

A               Due to the loss in 2005, and for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the period July 13, 2006 (Formation Date) through December 31, 2006 the ratio coverage was less than 1:1 and earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by $118 million, $2,286 million and $146 million, respectively.

 

 

 


 



EXHIBIT 21.1

 

EX-21.1 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

TRAVELPORT LIMITED SUBSIDIARIES

(AS OF 3/29/2007)

 

NAME (STATE OF ORGANIZATION)
WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF TRAVELPORT LIMITED

 

1.

4Oceans Limited (in liquidation) (UK)

2.

Airways MIC AB (SWEDEN)

3.

Apollo Galileo Mexico S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)

4.

Apollo Galileo USA Partnership (DE)

5.

Apollo Galileo USA Sub I, Inc. (DE)

6.

Apollo Galileo USA Sub II, Inc. (DE)

7.

Asia-hotels.com Limited (HONG KONG)

8.

Bastion Surety Limited (UK)

9.

Beijing Si Hai Tong Jie Travel Reservation Services Co. Ltd (in liquidation) (CHINA)

10.

Biljettakuten AB (SWEDEN)

11.

Bridge the World Travel Services Limited (UK)

12.

C.N.I. Tourism Ltd. (ISRAEL)

13.

Callbookers Limited (UK)

14.

Carbookers Limited (UK)

15.

Castlenau Limited (IRELAND)

16.

Castlenau Nominees Limited (GREECE)

17.

Cendant Hellas EPE (GERMANY)

18.

Cendant Travel Germany GmbH & Co  (GERMANY)

19.

Cendant Travel Germany Verwaltungs GmbH (UK)

20.

Cheap Tickets Europe Ltd (UK)

21.

Cheap Tickets Limited

22.

Couterville Limited (Gibraltar)

23.

Covia Canada Partnership Corp. (CANADA)

24.

Cruisebookers Limited (UK)

25.

CYTS-Cendant International Travel Co., Ltd (CHINA)

26.

Distribution Systems, Inc. (DE)

27.

Donvand Limited (UK)

28.

Donvand Limited (Belgium Branch)

29.

Donvand Limited (Italy Branch)

30.

Donvand Limited (Swiss Branch)

31.

Donvand Ltd (Denmark Branch)

32.

Donvand Ltd (Israel Branch)

 



 

33.

Ebookers (India) Private Limited (INDIA)

34.

ebookers AB (SWEDEN)

35.

ebookers Limited (UK)

36.

ebookers.com Deutschland GmbH (GERMANY)

37.

Ebookers.com Limited (UK)

38.

ebookers.com SA (SWITZERLAND)

39.

ebookers.ie Ltd (IRELAND)

40.

ebookers.nl BV (NETHERLANDS)

41.

ebookers.no AS (NORWAY)

42.

ebookers Scandinavia AB (SWEDEN)

43.

Flairview Travel Hotel Club S.L. (SPAIN)

44.

Flairview Travel Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

45.

Flairview Travel LLC (ME)

46.

Flairview Travel Switzerland GmbH (In Liquidation) (SWITZERLAND)

47.

Flightbookers Limited (UK)

48.

Flightbookers.com Limited (UK)

49.

G I Worldwide Holdings C.V. (NETHERLANDS)

50.

Galileo Afrique Centrale (Cameroon) Sarl (AFRICA)

51.

Galileo Asia, LLC (DE)

52.

Galileo Asia, LLC (Hong Kong Branch)

53.

Galileo Asia, LLC (Singapore Branch)

54.

Galileo Asia, LLC (China Branch)

55.

Galileo Asia, LLC (Philippines Branch)

56.

Galileo Ba, Inc. (DE)

57.

Galileo Belgium N.V. (BELGIUM)

58.

Galileo Brasil Limited (DE)

59.

Galileo Canada Distribution Systems, Inc. (CANADA)

60.

Galileo Central and West Africa (Senegal) SARL (AFRICA)

61.

Galileo Central West Africa (Ivory Coast) Sarl (AFRICA)

62.

Galileo Danmark A/S (DENMARK)

63.

Galileo Deutschland GmbH (GERMANY)

64.

Galileo do Brasil Ltda (BRAZIL)

65.

Galileo España (SPAIN)

66.

Galileo France S.a.r.l. (FRANCE)

67.

Galileo International B.V. (NETHERLANDS)

68.

Galileo Canada ULC (NOVA SCOTIA)

69.

Galileo International Holdings, Ltd. (BERMUDA)

70.

Galileo International Limited (UK)

71.

Galileo International Limited (Dubai Br) (UAE)

72.

Galileo International Services, Inc. (DE)

73.

Galileo International Technology, LLC (DE)

74.

Galileo International, Inc. (DE)

75.

Galileo International, L.L.C. (DE)

 



 

76.

Galileo Italia S.R.L. (ITALY)

77.

Galileo Latin America, L.L.C. (DE)

78.

Galileo Malaysia, LLC (DE)

79.

Galileo Malysia Limited (HONG KONG)

80.

Galileo Nederland B.V. (NETHERLANDS)

81.

Galileo Nederland II B.V. (NETHERLANDS)

82.

Galileo Nordiska Akteibolag (SWEDEN)

83.

Galileo Operations, LLC (DE)

84.

Galileo Portugal Limited (PORTUGAL)

85.

Galileo Russia

86.

Galileo Switzerland AG (SWITZERLAND)

87.

Galileo Taiwan Co. Limited (TAIWAN)

88.

Galileo Technologies, LLC (DE)

89.

Galileo United Kingdom Limited (UK)

90.

Galileo Venezuela, C.A. (VENEZUELA)

91.

Gate Pacific Limited (MAURITIUS)

92.

GIW Holdings CV (NETHERLANDS)

93.

GTA – Reisen GmbH (GERMANY)

94.

GTA (Hong Kong) Limited (HONG KONG)

95.

GTA (Hong Kong) Limited Chengdui Rep Office (CHINA)

96.

GTA (Hong Kong) Online Sales Limited (HONG KONG)

97.

GTA Australasia Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

98.

GTA Data Services (India) Private Limited (INDIA)

99.

gta Gullivers Travel Associates GmbH (GERMANY)

100.

Gta North America, Inc. (DE)

101.

GtaTravel.com Ltd (UK)

102.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Singapore) Pte Ltd (SINGAPORE)

103.

Gullivers (Beijing) Commercial Consulting Services Limited (BEIJING)

104.

Gullivers Jersey 1 Limited (JERSEY CHANNEL ISLANDS)

105.

Gullivers Jersey 2 Limited (JERSEY CHANNEL ISLANDS)

106.

Gullivers Jersey 3 Limited (JERSEY CHANNEL ISLANDS)

107.

Gullivers Luxembourg S.A. R.L (LUXEMBOURG)

108.

Gulliver’s Travel Agency K.K. Ltd (JAPAN)

109.

Gullivers Travel Agency, England a branch of Gullivers Travel Agency K.K. Ltd (JAPAN)

110.

Gullivers Travel Associates (China) Ltd (CHINA)

111.

Gullivers Travel Associates (France) S.A.S. (FRANCE)

112.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Hong Kong) Limited (HONG KONG)

113.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Investments) Limited (UK)

 



 

114.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Middle East) F.Z.L.L.C (DUBAI)

115.

Gullivers Travel Associates (New Zealand)

116.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Taiwan) Limited

117.

Gullivers Travel Associates (Thailand) Ltd (THAILAND)

118.

GTA (Hong Kong) Limited Chengdu Rep Office (HONG KONG)

119.

Gullivers Travel Associates Korea Limited (KOREA)

120.

Gullivers Travel Associates Limited (UK)

121.

Gullivers Travel Associates SA (SPAIN)

122.

GTA (Hong Kong) Limited Beijing Rep. Office

123.

GTA (Hong Kong) Limited Shanghai Rep. Office

124.

Hotel Bookers Limited (UK)

125.

HotelClub Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

126.

Hotelclub.net Limited (UK)

127.

HotelPORT Inc. (DE)

128.

HotelPORT International, Inc. (DE)

129.

IGT Solutions Private Limited (INDIA)

130.

Insurancebookers Limited (UK)

131.

Internetwork Publishing Corporation (FL)

132.

Jogwin Limited (UK)

133.

Jogwin Warenhandelsgesellschaft mbH (AUSTRIA)

134.

Keithburg Limited (GIBRALTAR)

135.

La Compagnie Des Voyages SA (FRANCE)

136.

Landmark Holding Company, Inc. (DE)

137.

Magellen Technologies, Inc. (DE)

138.

Martillo Limited (IRELAND)

139.

Massaader Unlimited (ISLE OF MAN)

140.

Mr Jet A/S (DENMARK)

141.

Mr Jet AB (SWEDEN)

142.

Mr Jet AS (Norway)

143.

Mr Jet Oy (Finland)

144.

National Internet Travel Agency (FL)

145.

Neat Group Corporation (DE)

146.

Needahotel.com Unlimited (IRELAND)

147.

O Holdings Inc. (DE)

148.

Octopus Travel (Middle East) F.Z. L.L.C. (DUBAI)

149.

Octopus Travel (Thailand) Limited (THAILAND)

150.

Octopus Travel (Espana), S.A. (SPAIN)

151.

Octopus Travel.com Ltd (UK)

152.

Octopustravel Group Limited (UK)

153.

Octopustravel Italia S.r.l. (ITALY)

 



 

154.

Octopustravel Japan Co. Ltd (JAPAN)

155.

Octopustravel.com (Australia) Pty Ltd (AUSTRALIA)

156.

Octopustravel.com (Hong Kong) Ltd (HONG KONG)

157.

Octopustravel.com (Israel) Ltd (ISRAEL)

158.

OctopusTravel.com (USA) Limited (DE)

159.

Octopustravel.com Limited, Agencia en Chile (CHILE)

160.

Orbitz Away LLC (DE)

161.

Orbitz Canada Co. (CANADA)

162.

Orbitz, Inc. (DE)

163.

Orbitz International Inc. (NEVIS)

164.

Orbitz, LLC (DE)

165.

Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. (DE)

166.

Oy ebookers Finland Ltd (Oy Lloyd Tours Ltd) (FINLAND)

167.

Paragon Travel Limited (RHOQ) Philippines Inc. (in liquidation) (PHILIPPINES)

168.

Paragon Travel (S) Pte Limited (SINGAPORE)

169.

Paragon Travel Limited (HONG KONG)

170.

PT. Global Timur Agung (INDONESIA)

171.

PT. GTA Indonesia (INDONESIA)

172.

Quantitude Services, Inc. (DE)

173.

Quantitude United Kingdom Limited (UK)

174.

Quantitude, Inc. (DE)

175.

Raccoon Acquisition I, LLC (DE)

176.

S.D. Shepherd Systems, Inc. (TX)

177.

Sia Galileo Baltija (LATVIA)

178.

Southern Cross Distribution Services (NZ) Limited (NEW ZEALAND)

179.

Southern Cross Distribution Systems Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

180.

Sportsbookers Limited (UK)

181.

STE Gullivers Travel Agency (FRANCE)

182.

STT Airways Business AB (SWEDEN)

183.

STT Airways Net AB (SWEDEN)

184.

Studentbookers.com Limited (UK)

185.

TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l (Luxembourg)

186.

Travel Acquisition Corp. Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

187.

Tecnovate eSolutions Limited (INDIA)

188.

Tecnovate eSolutions Private Limited (INDIA)

189.

Tecnovate Inc. (DE)

190.

Tecnovate Private Limited (UK)

191.

Tecnovate UK Limited (UK)

192.

Terren Corporation (CANADA)

 



 

193.

The Galileo Company (UK)

194.

The Private Label Company (DE)

195.

Timas Limited (t/a Galileo Ireland) (IRELAND)

196.

Travel Industries, Inc. (DE)

197.

Travelbag (Australia) Pty Limited (AUSTRALIA)

198.

Travelbag Holdings Limited (UK)

199.

Travelbag Limited (UK)

200.

Travelport Americas, Inc. (DE)

201.

Travelport (Bermuda) Ltd. (BERMUDA)

202.

Travelport (Cayman) Ltd. (CAYMAN ISLANDS)

203.

Travelport China Holdings, Inc. (DE)

204.

Travelport Development, LLC (DE)

205.

Travelport for Business, Inc. (DE)

206.

Travelport Holdings, Inc. (DE)

207.

Travelport Inc. (DE)

208.

Travelport Investments Ltd (UK)

209.

Travelport Investor (Luxenbourg) S.a r.l (Luxembourg)

210.

Travelport (Luxembourg) S.a r.l (LUXEMBOURG)

211.

Travelport Operations, Inc. (DE)

212.

Travelport Fulfillment Services, Inc. (TN)

213.

Travelport Services Limited (UK)

214.

Travelport Technology Holdings, LLC (DE)

215.

Travelport UK Acquisition Corporation (DE)

216.

Travelwire Norge AS (NORWAY)

217.

Travelwire A/S (NORWAY)

218.

Trip Network, Inc. (DE)

219.

Trip.com, Inc. (DE)

220.

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services GmbH (GERMANY)

221.

Trust International Hotel Reservation Services, Inc. (FL)

222.

Viajes ebookers S.L. (SPAIN)

223.

Warpspeed Sub, Inc. (DE)

224.

Wizcom, Inc. (DE)

225.

Worldbookers Limited (UK)

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated   March 20, 2007 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the basis of presentation), relating to the consolidated balance sheet of Travelport Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for the period from July 13, 2006 (date of formation) through December 31, 2006 and the combined balance sheet of the Travelport Businesses of AvisBudget Group, Inc. (formerly Cendant Corporation) (the “Predecessor”) as of December 31, 2005, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2006 through August 22, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Selected Financial Data” and “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

March 30, 2007



Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Travelport Limited of our report dated March 8, 2007 relating to the financial statements of Worldspan Technologies Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

March 30, 2007

 




 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305 (B) (2)

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York

 

13-5691211

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization

 

(I.R.S. employer

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

Identification number)

 

One Liberty Plaza

 

 

New York, N.Y.

 

10006

(Address of principal
executive office)

 

(Zip code)

 

N/A

Name, address and telephone number of agent for service

 

TRAVELPORT LLC

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

DELAWARE

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

20-5337455

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

400 Interpace Parkway, Bldg A

 

Parsippany, NJ

 

07054

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Postal Code)

 

 

Debt Securities

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



 

Item 1.      General Information

                 Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

                 (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

                                Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

                                Washington, D.C.

 

                                State of New York Banking Department

                                State House, Albany, N.Y.

 

                 (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                                The Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2.      Affiliation with the Obligor.

                 If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

                                The obligor is not an affiliate of the Trustee.

 

Item 3 through Item 15. Not applicable.

 

Item 16.   List of Exhibits.

                 List below all exhibits filed as part of this statement of eligibility.

 

                 Exhibit 1 — Copy of the Organization Certificate of the Trustee as now in effect.

                                (Exhibit 1 to T-1 to Registration Statement  No. 333-6688).

 

                 Exhibit 2 — Copy of the Certificate of Authority of the Trustee to commerce business.

                                (Exhibit 2 to T-1 to Registration Statement No. 333-6688).

 

                 Exhibit 3 — None; authorization to exercise corporate trust powers is contained in

                                the documents identified above as Exhibit 1 and 2.

 

                 Exhibit 4 — Copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to T-1 to

                                Registration Statement No. 333-6688).

 

                 Exhibit 5 — Not applicable.

 

                 Exhibit 6 — The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321 (b) of the Trust

                                Indenture Act of 1939.(Exhibit 6 to T-1 to Registration Statement

                                No. 333-27685).

 

                 Exhibit 7 — Copy of the latest Report of Condition of the Trustee

 as of December 31, 2006

 

 

2



SIGNATURE

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee, The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 19th day of January, 2007.

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST

 

COMPANY OF NEW YORK

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ John F. Neylan

 

 

John F. Neylan

 

 

Trust Officer

 

 

 

 

 

3



 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York

 

 

Legal Title of Bank

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

 

City

 

 

 

 

 

New York

 

10006

 

State

 

Zip Code

 

FDIC Certificate Number /_/_/_/_/_/

 

 

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial

and State-Chartered Savings Banks for December 31, 2006

 

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last business day of the quarter.

 

SCHEDULE RC-BALANCE SHEET

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands

 

RCON

 

Bil

 

Mil

 

Thou

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1)

 

0081

 

 

 

 

 

479

 

1.a.

 

b.

Interest-bearing balances(2)

 

0071

 

 

 

6

 

000

 

1.b.

2.

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A)

 

1754

 

 

 

6

 

741

 

2.a.

 

b.

Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D)

 

1773

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

2.b.

3.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Federal Funds sold

 

B987

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

3.a.

 

b.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(3)

 

B989

 

 

 

1

 

000

 

3.b.

4.

Loans and lease financing receivable (from Schedule RC-C):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Loans and leases held for sale

 

5369

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

4.a.

 

b.

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

B528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.b.

 

c.

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

3123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.c.

 

d.

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c)

 

B529

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

4.d.

5.

Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D)

 

3545

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

5.

6.

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

 

2145

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

6.

7.

Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M)

 

2150

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

7.

8.

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M)

 

2130

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

8.

9.

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Goodwill

 

3163

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

10.a.

 

b.

Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M)

 

0426

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

10.b.

11.

Other assets (from Schedule RC-F)

 

2160

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

11.

12.

Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11)

 

2170

 

 

 

14

 

570

 

12.

 


(1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.

(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.

(3) Includes all securities resale agreements, regardless of maturity.

 

 

4



 

SCHEDULE RC-CONTINUED

 

Dollar Amounts in Thousands

 

RCON

 

Bil

 

Mil

 

Thou

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E)

 

2200

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

13.a.

 

 

(1)

Noninterest-bearing(l)

6631

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.a.(1)

 

 

(2)

Interest-bearing

6636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.a.(2)

 

b.

Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a.

Federal Funds purchased(2)

 

B993

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

14.a.

 

b.

Securities sold under agreements to purchase(3)

 

B995

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

14.b.

15.

Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D)

 

3548

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

15.

16.

Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)(from Schedule RC-M)

 

3190

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

16.

17.

and 18. Not applicable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.

Subordinated notes and debentures(4)

 

3200

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

19.

20.

Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G)

 

2930

 

 

 

 

 

449

 

20.

21.

Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20)

 

2948

 

 

 

 

 

449

 

21.

22.

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

 

3000

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

22.

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

 

3838

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

23.

24.

Common stock

 

3230

 

 

 

1

 

000

 

24.

25.

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

 

3839

 

 

 

10

 

030

 

25.

26.

a.

Retained earnings

 

3632

 

 

 

3

 

091

 

26.a.

 

b.

Accumulated other comprehensive incomes(3)

 

B530

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

26.b.

27.

Other equity capital components(4)

 

A130

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

27.

28.

Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27)

 

3210

 

 

 

14

 

121

 

28.

29.

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital (sum of items 21, 22, and 28)

 

3300

 

 

 

14

 

570

 

29.

 

Memorandum

To be reported with the March Report of Condition.

 

 

 

RCON

 

Number

 

1.

Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed far the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2006

 

6724

 

M.1.

 

 

1 =           Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report an the bank

 

2 =           Independent audit of the bank’s parent holding company conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company (but not on the bank separately)

 

3 =           Attestation on bank management’s assertion on the effectiveness of the bank’s internal control over financial reporting by a certified public accounting firm

 

4 =           Directors’ examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be required by state chartering authority)

5



5 =           Directors’ examination of the bank performed by other external auditors (may be required by state chartering authority)

 

6 =           Review of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

 

7 =           Compilation of the bank’s financial statements by external auditors

 

8 =           Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)

 

9 =           No external audit work

 


(1)           Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings deposits.

 

(2)           Report overnight Federal Home Loan Bank advances in Schedule RC, item 16, “Other borrowed money”.

 

(3)           Includes all securities repurchase agreements, regardless of maturity.

 

(4)           Includes limited-life preferred stock and related surplus.

 

(5)           Includes net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, accumulated net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and minimum pension liability adjustments.

 

(6)           Includes treasury stock and unearned Employee Stock Ownership Plans

 

6




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99.1

         TRAVELPORT LLC

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$150,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF SENIOR DOLLAR FLOATING RATE NOTES
DUE 2014, WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
FOR ANY AND ALL OUTSTANDING SENIOR DOLLAR
FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2014.



The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By Registered or Certified Mail:   By Facsimile:   By Overnight Courier or Hand:

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust
Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza
23 rd Floor
New York, NY 10006
Attn: Pat Keane

 

212-225-5436

 

The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust
Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza
23 rd Floor
New York, NY 10006
Attn: Pat Keane

 

 

To Confirm by Telephone:

 

 

 

 

212-225-5427

 

 

         DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

        Holders of Outstanding Notes (as defined below) should complete this Letter of Transmittal either if Outstanding Notes are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders of Outstanding Notes are to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer—Book Entry Delivery Procedures" and "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" in the Prospectus (as defined below) and an "Agent's Message" (as defined below) is not delivered. If tender is being made by book-entry transfer, the holder must have an Agent's Message delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal.

        Holders of Outstanding Notes whose certificates for such Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offers—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" in the Prospectus.

        As used in this Letter of Transmittal, the term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer (as defined below) means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person



who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on the security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes.

        The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated August 11, 2006 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus") of Travelport LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company"), TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.à.r.l. (the Co-Obligor) and certain of the Company's subsidiaries (each, a "Guarantor" and collectively, the "Guarantors"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $150,000,000 of the Company's Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, guaranteed by the Guarantors that were originally sold pursuant to a private offering (collectively, the "Outstanding Notes"), for an equal principal amount of the Company's Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (collectively, the "Exchange Notes"). The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the "Old Guarantees") by the Guarantors and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the "New Guarantees") by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this Letter of Transmittal, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the "Exchange Offer" include the Guarantors' offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the "Exchange Notes" include the related New Guarantees and references to the "Outstanding Notes" include the related Old Guarantees.

        For each Outstanding Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Outstanding Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Outstanding Note. The Exchange Notes will accrue interest at a rate per annum reset quarterly, equal to three-month LIBOR (as defined) plus 4 5 / 8 % commencing on                        , 2007, payable on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year.

        Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.

        YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT, WHOSE ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER APPEAR ON THE FRONT PAGE OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

        The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action that the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.

2


        List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts of Original Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.


All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1:



Box 1*
Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith



Name(s) and Address(es) of
Registered Holder(s) (Please fill in, if blank,
exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Certificate(s))

  Certificate or
Registration Number(s)
of Outstanding Notes**

  Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented by
Outstanding Notes

  Aggregate Principal
Amount of Outstanding
Notes Being Tendered***



            
            
            
            
    Total:                

  *   If the space provided is not adequate, list the certificate numbers and principal amount of Outstanding Notes on a separate signed schedule and attach the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
  **   Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
  ***   The minimum permitted tender is $2,000 in principal amount. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $2,000 in principal amount. Unless otherwise indicated in this column, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.


Box 2
Book-Entry Transfer

o
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name of Tendering Institution:    
   
        Account Number:    
   
        Transaction Code Number:    
   

3


        Holders of Outstanding Notes that are tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC can execute the tender through DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") for which the transaction will be eligible. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptances to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent's account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an "Agent's Message") to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal, and the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Each DTC participant transmitting an acceptance of the Exchange Offer through the ATOP procedures will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of an Agent's Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent's Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.


Box 3
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
(See Instruction 2 below)

o
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):    
   
        Window Ticket Number (if any):    
   
        Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:    
   
        Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:    
   
        IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:
        Name of Tendering Institution:    
   
        Account Number:    
   
        Transaction Code Number:    
   


Box 4
Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes
Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer

o
CHECK HERE IF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND NON-EXCHANGED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE ACCOUNT NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.

4



Box 5
Participating Broker-Dealer

o
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET-MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE TEN (10) ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

        Name:    
   
        Address:    
   

        If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.

5


Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith.

        The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company, in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Outstanding Notes, with full power of substitution and resubstitution (such power of attorney being deemed an irrevocable power coupled with an interest) to (1) deliver certificates representing such Outstanding Notes, or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, together, in each such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company, (2) present and deliver such Outstanding Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and (3) receive all benefits or otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of beneficial ownership of such Outstanding Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer.

        The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (a) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, (b) when such tendered Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and (c) the Outstanding Notes tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Outstanding Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes, and that neither the holder of such Outstanding Notes nor any such other person is an "affiliate", as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company or any Guarantor. If the undersigned is a person in the United Kingdom, the undersigned represents that its ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business.

        The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made based on the Company's understanding of an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, including Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (available June 5, 1991), Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SEC's letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2, 1993, or similar no-action letters, that the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by each holder thereof (other than a broker-dealer who acquires such Exchange Notes directly from the Company for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company or the Guarantors within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of such Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. If a holder of the Outstanding Notes is an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, is not acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its business, is engaged in or intends to engage in a distribution of the Exchange

6



Notes or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (x) may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for the Outstanding Notes, it represents that the Outstanding Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale or transfer of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act

        The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Company and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Company of its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated August 23, 2006, among the Company, Travelport Inc., formerly TDS Investor Corporation, the guarantors listed therein, and Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), and that the Company shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder except as provided in Section 7 of such agreement. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement.

        The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange offers-Conditions to the Exchange Offers." The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Company), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, the Company may not be required to exchange any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Outstanding Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown above, promptly following the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. In addition, the Company may amend the Exchange Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth under "The Exchange Offers-Conditions to the Exchange Offers" occur.

        All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the terms of this Letter of Transmittal.

        Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of the Outstanding Notes, please credit the account indicated above. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing the Outstanding Notes for any Outstanding Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled "Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith."

         THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OUTSTANDING NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX.

7



Box 6
SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 4 and 5)

        To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.

Issue: o  Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
  o  Exchange Notes to:
Name(s):       
(Please Type or Print)

Address:

 

    


    

(Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:

    


Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

    



Box 7
SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 4 and 5)

        To be completed ONLY if certificates for the Outstanding Notes not tendered and/or certificates for the Exchange Notes are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above.

Mail: o  Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
  o  Exchange Notes to:
Name(s):       
(Please Type or Print)

Address:

 

    


    

(Include Zip Code)

Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:

    


Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:

    


8



        Must be signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes exactly as their name(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers or endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 4.
-->  
  <--


(Signature(s) of Holder(s))
Date:  
Name(s):  
(Please Type or Print)
Capacity (full title):  
Address:  
(Including Zip Code)
Daytime Area Code and Telephone Number:  
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:  

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(If Required—See Instruction 4)

-->   Authorized Signature:  
  <--
Date:  
Name:  
Title:  
Name of Firm:  
Address of Firm:  

    

(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number:  
Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number:  

9



Box 9
PAYER'S NAME: Travelport LLC


Substitute
Form W-9

Department of the Treasury Internal Revenue Service

 

Part 1
—PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW.

 


Name
  

Social Security Number

OR
  

Employer Identification Number
Payer's Request for Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)  
   
        Part 3—
Awaiting TIN  o
   
    Part 2—Certification— UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
(1)  The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
(2)  I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
(3)  I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
   
    CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS— You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out such item (2).
   
    The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
    Sign Here    

 

 

Signature


 

 

Date


NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.


YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU
CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

        I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.

Signature       
  Date       
 

10



GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

         Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the Payee (You) to Give the Payer. —Social security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employee identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. "IRS" is the Internal Revenue Service.


For this type of account:

 
Give the SOCIAL SECURITY number of—


  1.   Individual   The individual

  2.

 

Two or more individuals (joint account)

 

The actual owner of the account or, if combined fund, the first individual on the account 1

  3.

 

Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

 

The minor 2

  4.

 

a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

 

The grantor-trustees 1

 

 

b. So-called trust that is not a legal or valid trust under state law

 

The actual owners 1

  5.

 

Sole proprietorship

 

The owner 3


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

 

For this type of account:

  Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of


  6.   Sole proprietorship   The owner 3

  7.

 

A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

 

The legal entity 4

  8.

 

Corporate

 

The corporation

  9.

 

Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization account

 

The organization

10.

 

Partnership

 

The partnership

11.

 

A broker or registered nominee

 

The broker or nominee

12.

 

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

 

The public entity

1.
List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person's number must be furnished.

2.
Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.

3.
You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or "doing business as" name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).

4.
List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

NOTE:    IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.

11


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Obtaining a Number

If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local Social Administration office, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, and apply for a number.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from withholding include:

    An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial ac-count under Section 403(b)(7), if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).
    The United States or a state thereof, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or a political subdivision or wholly-owned agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing.
    An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
    A foreign government and any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof.

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

    A corporation.
    A financial institution.
    A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
    A real estate investment trust.
    A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).
    An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
    A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
    A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
    A foreign central bank of issue.
    A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends generally exempt from backup withholding include:

    Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441.
    Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the United States and that have at least one nonresident alien partner.
    Payments of patronage dividends not paid in money.
    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
    Section 404(k) payments made by an ESOP.

Payments of interest generally exempt from backup withholding include:

    Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.
    Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-interest dividends under Section 852).
    Payments described in Section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens.
    Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under Section 1451.
    Payments made by certain foreign organizations.
    Mortgage interest paid to you.

Certain payments, other than payments of interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are exempt from information reporting are also exempt from backup withholding. For details, see the regulations under sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N.

Exempt payees described above must file Form W-9 or a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAX-PAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" IN PART 2 OF THE FORM, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

Privacy Act Notice. —Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers, who must report the payments to the IRS. The IRS uses the number for identification purposes and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

Penalties

(1)
Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number. —If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
(2)
Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding. —If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.
(3)
Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

12



INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

General

        Please do not send certificates for Outstanding Notes directly to the Company. Your certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with your signed and completed Letter of Transmittal and any required supporting documents, should be mailed or otherwise delivered to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof. The method of delivery of Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents is at your sole option and risk and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, or overnight or hand delivery service is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to ensure timely delivery.

        1.      Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificated Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. A holder of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

        Holders who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes and (i) whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who cannot comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in "The Exchange Offer-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" in the Prospectus and by completing Box 3. Holders may tender their Outstanding Notes if: (i) the tender is made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) the Exchange Agent receives (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), on or prior to the Expiration Date, a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery in the form provided with this Letter of Transmittal that (a) sets forth the name and address of the holder of Outstanding Notes, if applicable, the certificate number(s) of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered; (b) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (c) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, together with the Outstanding Notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Guarantor Institution with the Exchange Agent; or (iii) the Exchange Agent receives a properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, or facsimile thereof and the certificate(s) representing all tendered Outstanding Notes in proper form or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the appropriate book-entry transfer facility and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

        Any Holder who wishes to tender Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to complete the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a revocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.

13



        No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. Each tendering holder, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.

        2.      Partial Tenders; Withdrawals. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will be accepted only in the principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $2,000. If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder(s) must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the column entitled "Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith" in Box 1 above. A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such holder promptly after the Expiration Date, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise clearly indicated.

        Outstanding Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Outstanding Notes are irrevocable.

        To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal (which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter) must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Company notifies the Exchange Agent that it has accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; (v) specify the name in which any such Outstanding Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder; and (vi) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility's procedures. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Company, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.

        Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer-Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes" in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

        Neither the Issuer, any affiliate or assigns of the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give any notification of any irregularities in any notice of withdrawal or incur any liability for failure to give such notification (even if such notice is given to other persons).

        3.      Beneficial Owner Instructions. Only a holder of Outstanding Notes (i.e., a person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of the registrar or, or, in the case of Outstanding Notes held through book-entry, such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder), or the legal

14



representative or attorney-in-fact of a holder, may execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal. Any beneficial owner of Outstanding Notes who wishes to accept the Exchange Offer must arrange promptly for the appropriate holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or her behalf through the execution and delivery to the appropriate holder of the "Beneficial Owner Instructions to Registered Holder" form accompanying this Letter of Transmittal.

        4.      Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates (or on such security listing) without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

        If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

        If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimiles thereof) as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.

        When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of Outstanding Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. If, however, this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes listed or the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Outstanding Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Company and duly executed by the registered holder, in each case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes and the signatures on such certificates must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

        If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, submit proper evidence satisfactory to the Company, in its sole discretion, of such persons' authority to so act.

         Endorsements on certificates for the Outstanding Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an "Eligible Guarantor Institution").

         Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) who has not completed the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution.

        5.      Special Registration and Delivery Instructions. Tendering holders should indicate, in the applicable Box 6 or Box 7, the name and address in/to which the Exchange Notes and/or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name(s) and address(es) of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name,

15



the tax identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. A holder tendering the Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that the Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate. See Box 4.

        If no such instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Outstanding Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the holder signing this Letter of Transmittal or deposited into such holder's account at the applicable book-entry transfer facility.

        6.      Transfer Taxes. The Company shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, the Exchange Notes are delivered to or issued in the name of a person other than the registered holder, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

        Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Outstanding Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

        7.      Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

        8.      Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities. Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should promptly contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the first page hereof for further instructions. The holder will then be instructed as to the steps that must be taken in order to replace the certificate(s). This Letter of Transmittal and related documents cannot be processed until the procedures for replacing lost, destroyed or stolen certificate(s) have been completed.

        9.      No Conditional Tenders; No Notice of Irregularities. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Outstanding Notes for exchange. The Company reserves the right, in its reasonable judgment, to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Outstanding Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Outstanding Notes must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Outstanding Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is under any obligation to give such notice nor shall they incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Outstanding Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Outstanding Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holder promptly following the Expiration Date.

        10.    Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth on the first page hereof.

         IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF

16



GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.


IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

        Under U.S. federal income tax law, a tendering holder whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides The Bank of New York as Paying Agent (the "Paying Agent"), with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on the Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Outstanding Notes is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder of Outstanding Notes is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of Outstanding Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Outstanding Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Outstanding Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Paying Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Outstanding Notes may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and any payments that are made to such holder may be subject to backup withholding (see below).

        Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on the Substitute Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, providing its TIN and indicating that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit a Form W-8BEN, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual's exempt status. A Form W-8BEN can be obtained from the Paying Agent. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for more instructions. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements.

        If backup withholding applies, the Paying Agent is required to withhold 28% of any payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished. The Paying Agent cannot refund amounts withheld by reason of backup withholding.

        A holder who does not have a TIN may check the box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service.

        The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional guidance on which number to report.

17




QuickLinks

All Tendering Holders Complete Box 1
Box 2 Book-Entry Transfer
Box 3 Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (See Instruction 2 below)
Box 4 Return of Non-Exchanged Outstanding Notes Tendered by Book-Entry Transfer
Box 5 Participating Broker-Dealer
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
INSTRUCTIONS FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Exhibit 99.2

TRAVELPORT LLC

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014

March    , 2007

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,
Trust Companies and other Nominees:

        As described in the enclosed Prospectus, dated March    , 2007 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus"), and Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), Travelport LLC (the "Company"), formerly known as TDS Investor Corporation, TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l. and certain subsidiaries of the Company or its parent (together with TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l., the "Guarantors"), are offering to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (collectively, the "Exchange Notes"), for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 (collectively, the "Outstanding Notes") in integral multiples of $2,000 upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and related Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the "Old Guarantees") by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the "New Guarantees") by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the "Exchange Offer" include the Guarantors' offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the "Exchange Notes" include the related New Guarantees and references to the "Outstanding Notes" include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

         WE URGE YOU TO PROMPTLY CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS FOR WHOM YOU HOLD OUTSTANDING NOTES REGISTERED IN YOUR NAME OR IN THE NAME OF YOUR NOMINEE. PLEASE BRING THE EXCHANGE OFFER TO THEIR ATTENTION AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE.

        Enclosed are copies of the following documents:


        Your prompt action is requested. Please note that the Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March    , 2007 (the "Expiration Date"), unless the Company otherwise extends the Exchange Offer.

        To participate in the Exchange Offer, certificates for Outstanding Notes, together with a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the account of The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent"), at the book-entry transfer facility, with any required signature guarantees, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent by the Expiration Date as indicated in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

        The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the Exchange Agent) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However, the Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the tender of the Outstanding Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

        If holders of the Outstanding Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them to forward their Outstanding Notes prior to the Expiration Date or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal.

        Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer should be addressed to the Exchange Agent its address and telephone number set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. Additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from the Exchange Agent.


        NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER, OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY CONTAINED THEREIN.

2




Exhibit 99.3

TRAVELPORT LLC

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes
due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any
and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014

March    , 2007

To Our Clients:

        Enclosed for your consideration are a Prospectus, dated March    ,.2007 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Prospectus"), and a Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by Travelport LLC (the "Company") formerly known as TDS Investor Corporation, TDS Investor (Luxembourg) S.á.r.l. ("Holdings") and certain subsidiaries of the Company (together with Holdings, the "Guarantors"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as guaranteed by the Guarantors (collectively, the "Exchange Notes"), for any and all of its outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014 guaranteed by the Guarantors (collectively, the "Outstanding Notes") in integral multiples of $2,000 upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the enclosed Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. The Outstanding Notes are unconditionally guaranteed (the "Old Guarantees") by the Guarantors, and the Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the "New Guarantees") by the Guarantors. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, the Guarantors offer to issue the New Guarantees with respect to all Exchange Notes issued in the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Guarantees of the Outstanding Notes for which such Exchange Notes are issued in the Exchange Offer. Throughout this letter, unless the context otherwise requires and whether so expressed or not, references to the "Exchange Offer" include the Guarantors' offer to exchange the New Guarantees for the Old Guarantees, references to the "Exchange Notes" include the related New Guarantees and references to the "Outstanding Notes" include the related Old Guarantees. The Company will accept for exchange any and all Outstanding Notes properly tendered according to the terms of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Consummation of the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions described in the Prospectus.

        PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON            2007 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE COMPANY EXTENDS THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

        The enclosed materials are being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Outstanding Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Outstanding Notes may only be made by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, the Company urges beneficial owners of Outstanding Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if such beneficial owners wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in the Exchange Offer.

        Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all such Outstanding Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed



Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. If you wish to have us tender any or all of your outstanding notes, please so instruct us by completing, signing and returning to us the "Instructions to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner" form that appears below. We urge you to read the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal carefully before instructing us as to whether or not to tender your Outstanding Notes.

        The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and may not be used by you to tender Outstanding Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

        If we do not receive written instructions in accordance with the below and the procedures presented in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, we will not tender any of the Outstanding Notes on your account.

2




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 99.4

TRAVELPORT LLC

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for any and all outstanding Senior Dollar Floating Rate Notes due 2014

        This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used to accept the Exchange Offer made by Travelport LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Company") and the Guarantors, pursuant to its Prospectus, dated March     , 2007 (the "Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal") if the certificates for the Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company of New York (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender the Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Letter of Transmittal.

The Exchange Agent is:

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

By Registered of Certified Mail:
The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust
Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza
23 rd Floor
New York, New York 10006
Attn: Pat Keane
  By Facsimile:
212-225-5436
  By Overnight Courier or Hand:
The Bank of Nova Scotia Trust
Company of New York
One Liberty Plaza
23 rd Floor

New York, New York 10006
Attn: Pat Keane
    Confirm by Telephone:
212-225-5427
   

         DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in "The Exchange Offer-Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.

Certificate Number(s) (if known) of
Outstanding Notes or Account Number
at Book-Entry Transfer Facility

  Aggregate Principal Amount
Represented by Outstanding Notes

  Aggregate Principal Amount of
Outstanding Notes Being Tendered




 
 
         

 
 
         

 
 
         

 
 
         

 
 
         

 
 

 
(Signature(s) of Record Holder(s))
 
(Please Type or Print Name(s) of Record Holder(s))

Dated:
 
 

 
, 2007
   

Address:
 
 

 
 
(Zip Code)
 
(Daytime Area Code and Telephone No.)
o
Check this Box if the Outstanding Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company.

Account Number:
 
 


THE ACCOMPANYING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED.

2



GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

        The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature medallion program or an "eligible guarantor institution," as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby (a) represents that the above person(s) "own(s)" the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 14e-4(b)(2) under the Exchange Act, (b) represents that the tender of those Outstanding Notes complies with Rule 14e-4, and (c) guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent, at its address set forth in the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates representing all tendered Outstanding Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation (a confirmation of a book-entry transfer of the Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three (3) New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

Name of Firm:    
    (Authorized Signature)
Address:    
    (Zip Code)
Area Code and Tel. No.:    
Name:    
    (Please Type or Print)
Title:    
Address:    
Dated:    
  , 2007    
NOTE:   DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

3



INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1.    Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

        A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover page hereof prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holders and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the holders use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. If such delivery is by mail, it is recommended that the holders use properly insured, registered mail with return receipt requested. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal. No notice of Guaranteed Delivery should be sent to the Company.

2.    Signatures on this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

        If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes referred to herein, the signatures must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

        If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Outstanding Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes without alteration, addition, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority so to act must be submitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

3.    Questions and Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

        Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover hereof. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

4




QuickLinks

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY